Imported from /home/lorry/working-area/delta_bmake-tarball/bmake.tar.gz.HEAD bmake master

author: Lorry Tar Creator <lorry-tar-importer@baserock.org> 2013-04-01 14:07:52 +0000
committer: <> 2013-05-17 14:06:43 +0000
commit: 986bc2ac05bc4c08c6a0ed30c9e97674932ccfeb (patch)
tree: 8346daf16e98e93415195acbf99f09cb5326b73b
download: bmake-tarball-master.tar.gz
185 files changed, 65552 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0374ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1527 @@
+2013-03-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130330
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta.c: refine the handling of .OODATE in commands.
+	    Rather than suppress command comparison for the entire script
+	    as though .NOMETA_CMP had been used, only suppress it for the
+	    one command line.
+	    This allows something like ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} to be used to 
+	    suppress comparison of a command without otherwise affecting it.
+	  o make.1: document that
+
+2013-03-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130321
+	  yes, not quite right but its a cooler number.
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o parse.c: fix ParseGmakeExport to be portable 
+	    and add a unit-test.
+	* meta.c: call meta_init() before makefiles are read and if built
+	  with filemon support set .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON to _PATH_FILEMON
+	  this let's makefiles test for support.
+	  Call meta_mode_init() to process .MAKE.MODE.
+
+2013-03-13  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130305
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o run .STALE: target when a dependency from .depend is missing.
+	  o job.c: add Job_RunTarget() for the above and .BEGIN
+
+2013-03-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130303
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o main.c: set .MAKE.OS to utsname.sysname
+	  o job.c: more checks for read and poll errors
+	  o var.c: lose VarChangeCase() saves 4% time
+
+2013-03-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: remove MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX from environment since we
+	  want to use MAKEOBJDIR
+
+2013-01-27  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o make.1: more info on how shell commands are handled.
+	  o job.c,main.c: detect write errors to job pipes.
+
+2013-01-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130123
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta.c: if script uses .OODATE and meta_oodate() decides
+	    rebuild is needed, .OODATE will be empty - set it to .ALLSRC.
+	  o var.c: in debug output indicate which variabale modifiers
+	    apply to.
+	  o remove Check_Cwd logic the makefiles have been fixed.
+	
+2012-12-12  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* makefile.in: add a simple makefile for folk who insist on
+	  ./configure; make; make install
+	  it just runs boot-strap
+	* include mk/* to accommodate the above
+	* boot-strap:  re-work to accommodate the above
+	  mksrc defaults to $Mydir/mk
+	  allow op={configure,build,install,clean,all}
+	  add options to facilitate install
+	* Makefile.config.in: just the bits set by configure
+	* Makefile: bump version to 20121212
+	  abandon Makefile.in (NetBSD Makefile)
+	  leverage mk/* instead
+	* configure.in: ensure srcdir is absolute
+
+2012-11-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121111
+	  fix generation of bmake.cat1
+
+2012-11-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121109
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o make.c: MakeBuildChild: return 0 so search continues if a
+	    .ORDER dependency is detected.
+	  o unit-tests/order: test the above
+	
+2012-11-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121102
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o cond.c: allow cond_state[] to grow.
+	    In meta mode with a very large tree, we can hit the limit
+	    while processing dirdeps.
+	
+2012-10-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: we need to use ${srcdir} not ${.CURDIR}
+
+2012-10-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121010
+	  o protect syntax that only bmake parses correctly.
+	  o remove auto setting of FORCE_MACHINE, use configure's
+	    --with-force-machine=whatever if that is desired.
+	
+2012-10-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: do not lose history from make.1 when generating bmake.1
+
+2012-10-07  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121007
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o compat.c: ignore empty commands - same as jobs mode.
+	  o make.1: document meta chars that cause use of shell
+
+2012-09-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120911
+	* bsd.after-import.mk: include Makefile.inc early and allow it to
+	  override PROG
+
+2012-08-31  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120831
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o cast sizeof() to int for comparison
+	  o minor make.1 tweak
+
+2012-08-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120830
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES knob can control default behavior of -V
+	  o debug flag -dV causes -V to show raw value regardless.
+	
+2012-07-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* bsd.after-import.mk (after-import): ensure unit-tests/Makefile
+	  gets SRCTOP set.
+
+2012-07-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120704
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o Job_ParseShell should call Shell_Init if it has been
+	    previously called.
+	* Makefile.in: set USE_META based on configure result.
+	  also .PARSEDIR is safer indicator of bmake.
+
+2012-06-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: bump version to 20120626
+	  ensure CPPFLAGS is in CFLAGS
+	* meta.c: avoid nested externs
+	* bsd.after-import.mk: avoid ${.CURDIR}/Makefile as target
+	
+2012-06-20  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120620
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o make_malloc.c: avoid including make_malloc.h again
+
+	* Makefile.in: avoid bmake only syntax or protect with
+	  .if defined(.MAKE.LEVEL)
+	* bsd.after-import.mk: replace .-include with .sinclude
+	  ensure? SRCTOP gets a value
+	* configure.in: look for filemon.h in /usr/include/dev/filemon first.
+
+2012-06-19  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120612
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o use MAKE_ATTR_* rather than those defined by cdefs.h or compiler
+	    for greater portability.
+	  o unit-tests/forloop: check that .for works as expected wrt
+	    number of times and with "quoted strings".
+	
+2012-06-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120606
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o compat.c: use kill(2) rather than raise(3).
+	* configure.in: look for sys/dev/filemon
+	* bsd.after-import.mk: add a .-include "Makefile.inc" to Makefile
+	  and pass BOOTSTRAP_XTRAS to boot-strap.
+
+2012-06-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120604
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o util.c and var.c share same var for tracking if environ
+	    has been reallocated.
+	  o util.c provide getenv with setenv.
+	* Add MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE as an alternate means of passing MAKE_LEVEL
+	  when the shell actively strips .MAKE.* from the environment.
+	  We still refer to the variable always as .MAKE.LEVEL
+	* util.c fix bug in findenv() was finding prefix of name.
+	* compat.c: re-raising SIGINT etc after running .INTERRUPT
+	  results in more reliable termination of all activity on many
+	  platforms.
+
+2012-06-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120602
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o for.c: handle quoted items in .for list
+
+2012-05-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120530
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o compat.c: ignore empty command.
+
+2012-05-24  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120524
+	* FILES: add bsd.after-import.mk:
+	  A simple means of integrating bmake into a BSD build system.
+
+2012-05-20  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120520
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o increased limit for nested conditionals.
+	
+2012-05-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120518
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o use _exit(2) in signal hanlder
+	  o Don't use the [dir] cache when building nodes that might have
+	    changed since the last exec.
+	  o Avoid nested extern declaration warnings.
+
+2012-04-27  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.c (fgetLine): avoid %z - not portable.
+	* parse.c: Since we moved include of sys/mman.h
+	  and def's of MAP_COPY etc. we got dups from a merge.
+
+2012-04-24  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o restore duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES
+	    runtime saving can be significant.
+	  o Var_Subst() uses Buf_DestroyCompact() to reduce memory
+	    consumption up to 20%. 
+
+2012-04-20  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420
+          Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o remove duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES
+	  o improved dir cache behavior
+	  o gmake'ish export command
+	
+2012-03-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120325
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix parsing of :[#] in conditionals.
+
+2012-02-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: replace use of .Nx in bmake.1 with NetBSD
+	  since some systems cannot cope with .Nx <version>
+
+2011-11-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111111
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o debug output for .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE
+
+2011-10-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION):  bump version to 20111010
+
+2011-10-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: check for an expected file in the dirs we look for.
+	* make-bootstrap.sh: pass on LDSTATIC
+
+2011-10-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111001
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o ensure .PREFIX is set for .PHONY
+	    and .TARGET set for .PHONY run via .END
+	  o __dead used consistently
+	
+2011-09-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20110909 is a better number ;-)
+
+2011-09-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110905
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta_oodate: ignore makeDependfile
+	
+2011-08-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110828
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o silent=yes in .MAKE.MODE causes meta mode to mark targets 
+	    as SILENT if a .meta file is created
+
+2011-08-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110818
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o in meta mode, if target flagged .META a missing .meta file
+	    means target is out-of-date
+	  o fixes for gcc 4.5 warnings
+	  o simplify job printing code
+	
+2011-08-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110808
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o do not touch OP_SPECIAL targets when doing make -t
+	
+2011-06-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110622
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta_oodate detect corrupted .meta file and declare oodate.
+	* configure.in: add check for setsid
+	
+2011-06-07  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o unit-tests/modts now works on MirBSD
+
+2011-06-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110606
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o ApplyModifiers: when we parse a variable which is not
+	    the entire modifier string, or not followed by ':', do not
+	    consider it as containing modifiers.
+	  o loadfile: ensure newline at end of mapped file.
+
+2011-05-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110505
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK - list of prefixes which define the scope
+	    of make's control.  In meta mode, any generated file within
+	    said bailiwick, which  is found to be missing, causes current
+	    target to be out-of-date. 
+	
+2011-04-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110411
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o when long modifiers fail to match, check sysV style.
+	    - add a test case
+	
+2011-04-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110410
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o :hash - cheap 32bit hash of value
+	  o :localtime, :gmtime - use value as format string for strftime.
+	
+2011-03-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110330
+	  mostly because its a cooler version.
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o NetBSD tags for meta.[ch]
+	  o job.c call meta_job_finish() after meta_job_error().
+	  o meta_job_error() should call meta_job_finish() to ensure
+	    .meta file is closed, and safe to copy - if .ERROR target wants.
+	   meta_job_finish() is safe to call repeatedly.
+	
+2011-03-29  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* unit-tests/modts: use printf if it is a builtin, 
+	  to save us from MirBSD
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110329
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for use after free() in CondDoExists().
+	  o meta_oodate() report extra commands and return earlier.
+	
+2011-03-27  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110327
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta.c, if .MAKE.MODE contains curdirOk=yes
+	    allow creating .meta files in .CURDIR
+	* boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): aparently at least on linux distro
+	  formats the output of 'type' differently - so eat any "()"
+
+2011-03-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110306
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta.c, only do getcwd() once
+	
+2011-03-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110305
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o correct sysV substitution handling of empty lhs and variable
+	  o correct exists() check for dir with trailing /
+	  o correct handling of modifiers for non-existant variables
+	    during evaluation of conditionals.
+	  o ensure MAP_FILE is defined.
+	  o meta.c use curdir[] now exported by main.c
+	
+2011-02-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110225
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for incorrect .PARSEDIR when .OBJDIR is re-computed after
+	    makefiles have been read.
+	  o fix example of :? modifier in man page.
+	
+2011-02-13  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110214
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta.c handle realpath() failing when generating meta file
+	    name.
+
+	* sigcompat.c: convert to ansi so we can use higher warning levels.
+
+
+2011-02-07  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110207
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for bug in meta mode.
+	
+2011-01-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* parse.c: SunOS 5.8 at least does not have MAP_FILE
+
+2011-01-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110101
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o use mmap(2) if available, for reading makefiles
+
+2010-12-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101215
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o ensure meta_job_error() does not report a previous .meta file
+	    as being culprit.
+
+2010-12-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101210
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta_oodate: track cwd per process, and only consider target
+	    out-of-date if missing file is outside make's CWD.
+	    Ignore files in /tmp/ etc.
+	  o to ensure unit-tests results match, need to control LC_ALL
+	    as well as LANG.
+	  o fix for parsing bug in var.c
+
+2010-11-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101126
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o if stale dependency is an IMPSRC, search via .PATH
+	  o meta_oodate: if a referenced file is missing, target is
+	    out-of-date.
+	  o meta_oodate: if a target uses .OODATE in its commands,
+	    it (.OODATE) needs to be recomputed.
+	  o keep a pointer to youngest child node, rather than just its
+	    mtime.
+	
+2010-11-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101101
+
+2010-10-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* machine.sh: like os.sh, 
+	allow for uname -p producing useless drivel
+
+2010-09-13  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: document configure knobs for meta and filemon.
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100911
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o meta.c - meta mode
+
+	* make-bootstrap.sh.in: handle meta.c
+	* configure.in: add knobs for use_meta and filemon_h
+	  also, look for dirname, str[e]sep and strlcpy
+	* util.c: add simple err[x] and warn[x]
+
+2010-08-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): set this to ensure tests use
+	  the same version of diff that configure tested
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100808
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o in jobs mode, when we discover we cannot make something,
+	    call PrintOnError before exit.
+	
+2010-08-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100806
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o formatting fixes for ignored errors
+	  o ensure jobs are cleaned up regardless of where wait() was called.
+
+2010-06-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100618
+	* os.sh (MACHINE_ARCH): watch out for drivel from uname -p
+
+2010-06-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100616
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o man page update
+	  o call PrintOnError from JobFinish when we detect an error we
+	    are not ignoring. 
+	
+2010-06-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100606
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o man page update
+
+2010-06-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100605
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o use bmake_signal() which is a wrapper around sigaction() 
+	    in place of signal()
+	  o add .export-env to allow exporting variables to environment
+	    without tracking (so no re-export when the internal value is
+	    changed).
+	
+2010-05-24  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100524
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for .info et al being greedy.
+
+2010-05-23  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100520
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o back to using realpath on argv[0] 
+	    but only if contains '/' and does not start with '/'.
+
+2010-05-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: use absolute path for bmake when running tests.
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION):  bump version to 20100510
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o revert use of realpath on argv[0]
+	    too many corner cases.
+	  o print MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR before running .ERROR target.
+
+2010-05-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100505
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for missed SIGCHLD when compiled with SunPRO
+	    actually for bmake, defining FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS would have
+	    done the job.
+
+2010-04-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100430
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fflush stdout before writing to stdout
+	
+2010-04-23  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100423
+	  Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o updated unit tests for Haiku (this time for sure).
+	* boot-strap: based on patch from joerg 
+	  honor --with-default-sys-path better.
+	* boot-strap: remove mention of --with-prefix-sys-path
+	
+2010-04-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100422
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for vfork() on Darwin.
+	  o fix for bogus $TMPDIR.
+	  o set .MAKE.MODE=compat for -B
+	  o set .MAKE.JOBS=max_jobs for -j max_jobs
+	  o allow unit-tests to run without any *.mk
+	  o unit-tests/modmisc be more conservative in dirs presumed to exist.
+	* boot-strap: ignore /usr/share/mk except on NetBSD.
+	* unit-tests/Makefile.in: set LANG=C when running unit-tests to
+	  ensure sort(1) behaves as expected. 
+	
+2010-04-21  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: add FindHereOrAbove so we can use -m .../mk
+
+2010-04-20  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100420
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for variable realpath() behavior.
+	    we have to stat(2) the result to be sure.
+	  o fix for .export (all) when nested vars use :sh
+	
+2010-04-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100414
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o use realpath to resolve argv[0] (for .MAKE) if needed.
+	  o add realpath from libc.
+	  o add :tA to resolve variable via realpath(3) if possible.
+
+2010-04-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100408
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o unit tests for .ERROR, .error
+	  o fix for .ERROR to ensure it cannot be default target.
+
+2010-04-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100406
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o fix for compat mode "Error code" going to debug_file.
+	  o fix for .ALLSRC being populated twice.
+	  o support for .info, .warning and .error directives
+	  o .MAKE.MODE to control make's operational mode
+	  o .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE to control the preferred makefile
+	    name(s).
+	  o .MAKE.DEPENDFILE to control the name of the depend file
+	  o .ERROR target - run on failure.
+	
+2010-03-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* make-bootstrap.sh.in: extract MAKE_VERSION from Makefile
+
+	* os.sh,arch.c: patch for Haiku from joerg at netbsd
+
+2010-03-17  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100222
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up
+	  o better error msg for .for with mutiple inter vars
+	
+	* boot-strap: 
+	  o use make-bootstrap.sh from joerg at netbsd
+	    to avoid the need for a native make when bootstrapping.
+	  o add "" everywhere ;-)
+	  o if /usr/share/tmac/andoc.tmac exists install nroff bmake.1
+	    otherwise the pre-formated version.
+
+2010-01-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100102
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for -m .../
+
+2009-11-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20091118
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o .unexport
+	  o report lines that start with '.' and should have ':'
+	    (catch typo's of .el*if).
+	
+2009-10-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* configure.in: Ensure that srcdir and mksrc are absolute paths.
+
+2009-10-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): fix version to 20091007
+
+2009-10-07  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 200910007
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for parsing of :S;...;...; applied to .for loop iterator
+	    appearing in a dependency line. 
+	
+2009-09-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090909
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for -C, .CURDIR and .OBJDIR
+	* boot-strap: 
+	  o allow share_dir to be set independent of prefix.
+	  o select default share_dir better when prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET
+	  o if FORCE_BSD_MK etc were set, include them in the suggested
+	    install-mk command.
+
+2009-09-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090908
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o .MAKE.LEVEL for recursion tracking
+	  o fix for :M scanning \:
+
+2009-09-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* configure.in: Don't -D__EXTENSIONS__ if
+	AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS says "no".
+
+2009-08-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090826
+	Simplify MAKE_VERSION to just the bare date.
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o -C directory support.
+	  o support for SIGINFO
+	  o use $TMPDIR for temp files.
+	  o child of vfork should be careful about modifying parent's state.
+	
+
+2009-03-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Appy some patches for MiNT from David Brownlee
+
+2009-02-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090222
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o Possible null pointer de-ref in Var_Set.
+
+2009-02-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090204
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o bmake_malloc et al moved to their own .c
+	  o Count both () and {} when looking for the end of a :M pattern
+	  o Change 'Buffer' so that it is the actual struct, not a pointer to it.
+	  o strlist.c - functions for processing extendable arrays of pointers to strings.
+	  o ClientData replaced with void *, so const void * can be used.
+	  o New debug flag C for DEBUG_CWD
+
+2008-11-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081111
+	  Apply patch from Joerg Sonnenberge to
+	  configure.in:
+	  o remove some redundant checks
+	  o check for emlloc etc only in libutil and require the whole family.
+	  util.c:
+	  o remove [v]asprintf which is no longer used.
+	
+2008-11-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081101
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o util.c: avoid use of putenv() - christos
+
+2008-10-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081030
+	  pick up man page tweaks.
+
+2008-10-29  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: move processing of LIBOBJS to after is definition!
+	  thus we'll have getenv.c in SRCS only if needed.
+
+	* make.1: add examples of how to use :?
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081029
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for .END processing with -j
+	  o segfault from Parse_Error when no makefile is open
+	  o handle numeric expressions in any variable expansion
+	  o debug output now defaults to stderr, -dF to change it - apb
+	  o make now uses bmake_malloc etc so that it can build natively 
+	    on A/UX - wasn't an issue for bmake, but we want to keep in sync.
+
+2008-09-27  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080808
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for PR/38840: Pierre Pronchery: make crashes while parsing
+	    long lines in Makefiles 
+	  o optimizations for VarQuote by joerg
+	  o fix for PR/38756: dominik: make dumps core on invalid makefile
+	
+2008-05-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080515
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, to handle
+	    cases where VAR_CMD is used for other than command line vars.
+
+2008-05-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap (make_version): we may need to look in
+	$prefix/share/mk for sys.mk 
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080514
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, when already set in
+	  VAR_CMD which takes precedence.
+
+2008-03-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION):  bump version to 20080330
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for ?= when LHS contains variable reference.
+
+2008-02-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* merge some patches from NetBSD pkgsrc.
+	
+	* makefile.boot.in (BOOTSTRAP_SYS_PATH): Allow better control of
+	the MAKSYSPATH used during bootstrap. 
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080215
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o warn if non-space chars follow 'empty' in a conditional.
+
+2008-01-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080118
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o consider dependencies read from .depend as optional - dsl
+	  o remember when buffer for reading makefile grows - dsl
+	  o add -dl (aka LOUD) - David O'Brien
+
+2007-10-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071022
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o Allow .PATH<suffix> to be used for .include ""
+
+	* boot-strap: source default settings from .bmake-boot-strap.rc
+
+2007-10-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: fix maninstall on various systems 
+	  provided that our man.mk is used.
+	  For non-BSD systems we install the preformatted page
+	  into $MANDIR/cat1
+
+2007-10-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: make bmake.1 too, so maninstall works.
+
+2007-10-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071014
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o revamped handling of defshell - configure no longer needs to
+	    know the content of the shells array - apb
+	  o stop Var_Subst modifying its input - apb
+	  o avoid calling ParseTrackInput too often - dsl
+
+2007-10-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071011
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix Shell_Init for case that _BASENAME_DEFSHELL is absolute path.
+
+	* sigcompat.c: some tweaks for HP-UX 11.x based on 
+	  patch from Tobias Nygren
+
+	* configure.in: update handling of --with-defshell to match
+	  new make behavior.  --with-defshell=/usr/xpg4/bin/sh
+	  will now do what one might hope - provided the chosen shell
+	  behaves enough like sh.
+
+2007-10-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20071008
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX - control the token output before jobs - sjg
+	  o .export/.MAKE.EXPORTED - export of variables - sjg
+	  o .MAKE.MAKEFILES - track all makefiles read - sjg
+	  o performance improvements - dsl
+	  o revamp parallel job scheduling - dsl
+	
+2006-07-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060728
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o extra debug info during variable and cond processing - sjg
+	  o shell definition now covers newline - rillig
+	  o minor mem leak in PrintOnError - sjg
+
+2006-05-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION):  bump to 20060511
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o more memory leaks - coverity
+	  o possible overflow in ArchFindMember - coverity
+	  o extract variable modifier code out of Var_Parse()
+	    so it can be called recursively - sjg
+	  o unit-tests/moderrs - sjg
+
+2006-04-12  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060412
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fixes for some memory leaks - coverity
+	  o only read first sys.mk etc when searching sysIncPath - sjg
+
+	* main.c (ReadMakefile): remove hack for __INTERIX that prevented
+	setting ${MAKEFILE} - OBATA Akio
+
+2006-03-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060318
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o cleanup of job.c to remove remote handling, distcc is more
+	    useful and this code was likely bit-rotting - dsl
+	  o fix for :P modifier - sjg
+	* boot-strap: set default prefix to something reasonable 
+	  (for me anyway). 
+
+2006-03-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060301
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o make .WAIT apply recursively, document and test case - apb
+	  o allow variable modifiers in a variable appear anywhere in
+	    modifier list, document and test case - sjg
+
+2006-02-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060222
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o improved job token handling - dsl
+	  o SIG_DFL the correct signal before exec - dsl
+	  o more debug info during parsing - dsl
+	  o allow variable modifiers to be specified via variable - sjg
+	* boot-strap: explain why we died if no mksrc
+
+2005-11-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051105
+	* configure.in: always set default_sys_path 
+	  default is ${prefix}/share/mk
+	  - remove prefix_sys_path, anyone wanting more than above
+	    needs to set it manually.
+
+2005-11-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: make this a bit easier for pkgsrc folk.
+	  bootstrap still fails on IRIX64 since MACHINE_ARCH gets set to
+	  'mips' while pkgsrc wants 'mipseb' or 'mipsel'
+
+2005-11-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051102
+	* job.c (JobFinish): fix likely ancient merge lossage
+	fix from Todd Vierling.
+	* boot-strap (srcdir): allow setting mksrc=none
+
+2005-10-31  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051031
+	* ranlib.h: skip on OSF too.
+	  (NetBSD PR 31864)
+
+2005-10-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051002
+	  fix a silly typo
+
+2005-10-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051001
+	  support for UnixWare and some other systems,
+	  based on patches from pkgsrc/bootstrap
+
+2005-09-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050901
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o possible parse error causing us to wander off.
+
+2005-06-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050606
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o :0x modifier for randomizing a list
+	  o fixes for a number of -Wuninitialized issues.
+
+2005-05-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050530
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o Handle dependencies for .BEGIN, .END and .INTERRUPT
+
+	* README: was seriously out of date.
+	
+2005-03-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Important to use .MAKE rather than MAKE.
+
+2005-03-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050315
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o don't mistake .elsefoo for .else
+	  o use suffix-specific search path correctly
+	  o bunch of style nits
+
+2004-05-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: 
+	o ensure that args to --src and --with-mksrc
+	  are resolved before giving them to configure.
+	o add -o "objdir" so that builder can control it,
+	  default is $OS as determined by os.sh
+	o add -q to suppress all the install instructions.
+
+2004-05-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Remove __IDSTRING()
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040508
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o posix fixes
+	    - remove '-e' from compat mode
+	    - add support for '+' command-line prefix.
+	  o fix for handling '--' on command-line.
+	  o fix include in lst.lib/lstInt.h to simplify '-I's
+	  o we also picked up replacement of MAKE_BOOTSTRAP 
+	    with !MAKE_NATIVE which is a noop, but possibly confusing.
+
+2004-04-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040414
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o allow quoted strings on lhs of conditionals
+	  o issue warning when extra .else is seen
+	  o print line numer when errors encountered during parsing from
+	  string.
+
+2004-02-20  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION):  bump to 20040220
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for old :M parsing bug.
+	  o re-jigged unit-tests
+
+2004-02-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (accept test): use ${.MAKE:S,^./,${.CURDIR}/,}
+	so that './bmake -f Makefile test' works.
+	
+2004-02-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040214
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o search upwards for *.mk
+	  o fix for double free of var substitution buffers
+	  o use of getopt replaced with custom code, since the usage
+	  (re-scanning) isn't posix compatible.
+
+2004-02-12  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* arch.c: don't include ranlib.h on ELF systems
+	(thanks to Chuck Cranor <chuck@ece.cmu.edu>).
+
+2004-01-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040118
+
+	* boot-strap (while): export vars we assign to on cmdline
+	* unit-test/Makefile.in: ternary is .PHONY
+
+2004-01-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040108
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for ternary modifier
+
+2004-01-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040105
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o fix for cond.c to handle compound expressions better
+	  o variable expansion within sysV style replacements
+	  
+2003-12-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Make portable snprintf safer - output to /dev/null first to
+	check space needed.
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20031222
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	  o -dg3 to show input graph when things go wrong.
+	  o explicitly look for makefiles in objdir if not found in curdir so
+	    that errors in .depend etc will be reported accurarely. 
+	  o avoid use of -e in shell scripts in jobs mode, use '|| exit $?'
+	    instead as it more accurately reflects the expected behavior and
+	    is more consistently implemented.
+	  o avoid use of asprintf.
+
+2003-09-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* util.c: Add asprintf and vasprintf.
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030928
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	:[] modifier - allows picking words from a variable.
+	:tW modifier - allows treating value as one big word.
+	W flag for :C and :S - allows treating value as one big word.
+	
+2003-09-12  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make
+	pick up -de flag to enable printing failed command.
+	don't skip 1st two dir entries (normally . and ..) since
+	coda does not have them.
+
+2003-09-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030909
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, pick up:
+	- changes for -V '${VAR}' to print fully expanded value
+	  cf. -V VAR
+	- CompatRunCommand now prints the command that failed.
+	- several files got updated 3 clause Berkeley license.
+	
+2003-08-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* boot-strap: Allow setting configure args on command line.
+
+2003-07-31  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* configure.in: add --with-defshell to allow sh or ksh
+	to be selected as default shell.
+
+	* Makefile.in: bump version to 20030731
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make 
+	Pick up .SHELL spec for ksh and associate man page changes.
+	Also compat mode now uses the same shell specs.
+
+2003-07-29  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* var.c (Var_Parse): ensure delim is initialized.
+
+	* unit-tests/Makefile.in: use single quotes to avoid problems from
+	some shells.
+
+	* makefile.boot.in:
+	Run the unit-tests as part of the bootstrap procedure.
+
+2003-07-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* unit-tests/Makefile.in: always force complaints from
+	${TEST_MAKE} to be from 'make'.
+
+	* configure.in: add check for 'diff -u'
+	also fix some old autoconf'isms
+	
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030728.
+	if using GCC add -Wno-cast-qual to CFLAGS for var.o
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make
+	Pick up fix for :ts parsing error in some cases.
+	Pick unit-tests.
+
+2003-07-23  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030723.
+
+	* var.c (Var_Parse): fix bug in :ts modifier, after const
+	correctness fixes, must pass nstr to VarModify.
+
+2003-07-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Makefile.in: BMAKE_VERSION switch to a date based version.
+	We'll generally use the date of last import from NetBSD.
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make
+	Pick up fixes for const-correctness, now passes WARNS=3 on
+	NetBSD.
+	Pick up :ts modifier, allows controlling the separator used
+	between words in variable expansion.
+
+2003-07-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* FILES: include boot-strap and os.sh
+
+	* Makefile.in: only set WARNS if we are NetBSD, the effect on
+	FreeBSD is known to be bad.
+
+	* makefile.boot.in (bootstrap): make this the default target.
+
+	* Makefile.in: bump version to 3.1.19
+
+	* machine.sh: avoid A-Z with tr as it is bound to lose.
+
+2003-07-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make
+	Pick up fix for PR/19781 - unhelpful error msg on unclosed ${var:foo
+	Plus some doc fixes.
+	
+2003-04-27  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make
+	Pick up fix for PR/1523 - don't count a library as built, if there
+	is no way to build it 
+
+	* Bump version to 3.1.18
+
+2003-03-23  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make
+	Pick up fix for ParseDoSpecialSrc - we only use it if .WAIT
+	appears in src list.
+
+2003-03-21  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make (mmm 10th anniversary!)
+	pick up fix for .WAIT in srcs that refer to $@ or $* (PR#20828)
+	pick up -X which tells us to not export VAR=val via setenv if
+	we are already doing so via MAKEFLAGS.  This saves valuable env
+	space on systems like Darwin.
+	set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.17
+
+	* parse.c: pix up fix for suffix rules
+
+2003-03-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make.
+	pick up fix for propagating -B via MAKEFLAGS.
+	set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.16
+
+	* Apply some patches from pkgsrc-bootstrap/bmake
+	Originally by Grant Beattie <grant@netbsd.org>
+	I may have missed some - since they are based on bmake-3.1.12
+	
+2002-12-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* makefile.boot.in (bmake): update install targets for those that
+	use them, also clear MAKEFLAGS when invoking bmake.boot to avoid
+	havoc from gmake -w.  Thanks to Harlan Stenn <hstenn@cisco.com>.
+
+	* bmake.cat1: update the pre-formatted man page!
+
+2002-11-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make.
+	pick up fix for premature free of pointer used in call
+	to Dir_InitCur().
+	set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.15
+
+2002-11-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* configure.in: determine suitable value for MKSRC.
+	override using --with-mksrc=PATH.
+
+	* machine.sh: use `uname -p` for MACHINE_ARCH on modern SunOS systems.
+	configs(8) will use 'sun4' as an alias for 'sparc'.
+
+2002-11-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make.
+	pick up ${.PATH}
+	pick up fix for finding ../cat.c via .PATH when .CURDIR=..
+	set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.14
+	add configure checks for killpg and sys/socket.h
+
+2002-09-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* tag bmake-3-1-13
+	
+	* makefile.boot.in (bmake): use install-mk
+	Also setup ./mk before trying to invoke bmake.boot incase we
+	needed install-mk to create a sys.mk for us. 
+
+	* configure.in: If we need to add -I${srcdir}/missing, make it an
+	absolute path so that it works for lst.lib too.
+
+	* make.h: always include sys/cdefs.h since we provide one if the
+	host does not.
+	
+	* Makefile.in (install-mk): 
+	use MKSRC/install-mk which will do the right thing.
+	use uname -p for ARCH if possible.
+	since install-mk will setup links bsd.prog.mk -> prog.mk if
+	needed, just .include bsd.prog.mk
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make (NetBSD-1.6)
+	Code is ansi-C only now.
+	Bug in handling of dotLast is fixed.
+	Can now assign .OBJDIR and make will reset its notions of life.
+	New modifiers :tu :tl for toUpper and toLower.
+
+Tue Oct 16 12:18:42 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.crufty.net>
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make
+	pick up fix for .END failure in compat mode.
+	pick up fix for extra va_end() in ParseVErrorInternal.
+
+Thu Oct 11 13:20:06 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.crufty.net>
+
+	* configure.in: for systems that have sys/cdefs.h check if it is
+	compatible.  If not, include the one under missing, but tell it to
+	include the native one too - necessary on Linux.
+
+	* missing/sys/cdefs.h: if NEED_HOST_CDEFS_H is defined, use
+	include_next (for gcc) to get the native sys/cdefs.h
+
+Tue Aug 21 02:29:34 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* job.c (JobFinish): Fix an earlier merge bug that resulted in
+	leaking descriptors when using -jN.
+	
+	* job.c (JobPrintCommand): See if "curdir" exists before
+	attempting to chdir().  Doing the chdir directly in make (when in
+	compat mode) fails silently, so let the -jN version do the same.
+	This can happen when building kernels in an object tree and
+	playing clever games to reset .CURDIR.
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+	pick up .USEBEFORE
+
+Tue Jun 26 23:45:11 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* makefile.boot.in: Give bmake.boot a MAKESYSPATH that might work.
+
+Tue Jun 12 16:48:57 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* var.c (Var_Set): Add 4th (flags) arg so VarLoopExpand can tell
+	us not to export the iterator variable when using VAR_CMD context.
+
+Sun Jun 10 21:55:21 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* job.c (Job_CatchChildren): don't call Job_CatchOutput() here,
+	its the wrong "fix".
+
+Sat Jun  9 00:11:24 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Redesigned export of VAR_CMD's via MAKEFLAGS.
+	We now simply append the variable names to .MAKEOVERRIDES, and
+	handle duplicate suppression and quoting in ExportMAKEFLAGS using:
+	${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@}
+	Apart from fixing quoting bugs in previous version, this allows us
+	to export vars to the environment by simply doing:
+	.MAKEOVERRIDES+= PATH 
+	Merged again with NetBSD make, but the above is the only change.
+
+	* configure.in: added
+	--disable-pwd-override		disable $PWD overriding getcwd()
+	--disable-check-make-chdir	disable make trying to guess 
+		when it should automatically cd ${.CURDIR}
+
+	* Merge with NetBSD make, changes include:
+	parse.c (ParseDoDependency): Spot that the syntax error is
+	caused by an unresolved cvs/rcs conflict and say so.
+	var.c: most of Var* functions now take a ctxt as 1st arg.
+	now does variable substituion on rhs of sysv style modifiers.
+	
+	* var.c (Var_Set): exporting of command line variables (VAR_CMD)
+	is now done here.  We append the name='value' to .MAKEOVERRIDES
+	rather than directly into MAKEFLAGS as this allows a Makefile to
+	use .MAKEOVERRIDES= to disable this behaviour.  GNU make uses a
+	very similar mechanism.  Note that in adding name='value' to
+	.MAKEOVERRIDES we do the moral equivalent of:
+	.MAKEOVERRIDES:= ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:Nname=*} name='val'
+
+Fri Jun  1 14:08:02 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* make-conf.h (USE_IOVEC): make it conditional on HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+	make -dx can now be used to run commands via sh -x
+	better error messages on exec failures.
+
+Thu May 31 01:44:54 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Makefile.in (main.o): depends on ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} so that
+	MAKE_VERSION gets updated.  Also don't use ?= for MAKE_VERSION,
+	MACHINE etc otherwise they propagate from the previous bmake.
+
+	* configure.in (machine): allow --with-machine=generic to make
+	configure use machine.sh to set MACHINE. 
+
+	* job.c (JobInterrupt): convert to using WAIT_T and friends.
+
+	* Makefile.in: mention in bmake.1 that we use autoconf.
+
+	* make.1: mention MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR.
+
+Wed May 30 23:17:18 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* main.c (ReadMakefile): don't set MAKEFILE if reading ".depend"
+	as that rather defeats the usefulness of ${MAKEFILE}.
+
+	* main.c (MainParseArgs): append command line variable assignments
+	to MAKEFLAGS so that they get propagated to child make's.
+	Apparently this is required POSIX behaviour?  Its useful anyway.
+
+Tue May 29 02:20:07 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* compat.c (CompatRunCommand): don't use perror() since stdio may
+	cause problems in child of vfork().
+
+	* compat.c, main.c: Call PrintOnError() when we are going to bail.
+	This routine prints out the .curdir where we stopped and will also
+	display any vars listed in ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR}.
+
+	* main.c: add ${.newline} to hold a "\n" - sometimes handy in
+	:@ expansion.
+
+	* var.c: VarLoopExpand: ignore addSpace if a \n is present.
+
+	* Added RCSid's for the files we've touched.
+	
+Thu May 24 15:41:37 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* configure.in:	Thanks to some clues from mdb@juniper.net,
+	added autoconf magic to control setting of MACHINE, MACHINE_ARCH
+	as well as what ends up in _PATH_DEFSYSPATH.  We now have:
+
+  --with-machine=MACHINE  explicitly set MACHINE
+  --with-force-machine=MACHINE  set FORCE_MACHINE
+  --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH  explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH
+  --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST  use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH
+  --with-prefix-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST  prefix _PATH_PREFIX_SYSPATH
+  --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH  override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX
+ 	
+	If _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX is set to "no" we won't define it.
+
+	* makefile: added a pathetically simple makefile to drive
+	bootstrapping.  Running configure by hand is more useful.
+
+	* Makefile.in: added MAKE_VERSION, and reworked things to be less
+	dependent on NetBSD bsd.*.mk
+	
+	* pathnames.h: allow NO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX to stop us defining
+	_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX for those that don't want a default.
+	construct _PATH_DEFSYSPATH from the info we get from configure.
+
+	* main.c: allow for no _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, set ${MAKE_VERSION}
+	if MAKE_VERSION is defined.
+	
+	* compat.c: when we bail, print out the .CURDIR we were in.
+	
+Sat May 12 00:34:12 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+
+	* var.c: fixed a bug in the handling of the modifier :P
+	if the node as found but the path was null, we segfault trying to
+	duplicate it.
+
+Mon Mar  5 16:20:33 2001  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+	
+	* make.c: Make_OODate's test for a library out of date was using
+	cmtime where it should have used mtime (my bug).
+
+	* compat.c: Use perror() to tell us what really went wrong when we
+	cannot exec a command.
+	
+Fri Dec 15 10:11:08  2000  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+	
+Sat Jun 10 10:11:08  2000  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+	
+Thu Jun  1 10:11:08  2000  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+	
+Tue May 30 10:11:08  2000  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Merged with NetBSD make
+	
+Thu Apr 27 00:07:47 2000  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* util.c: don't provide signal() since we use sigcompat.c
+
+	* Makefile.in: added a build target.
+
+	* var.c (Var_Parse): added ODE modifiers :U, :D, :L, :P, :@ and :!
+	These allow some quite clever magic.
+
+	* main.c (main): added support for getenv(MAKESYSPATH).
+
+Mon Apr  2 16:25:13 2000  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Disable $PWD overriding getcwd() if MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set.
+	This avoids objdir having a different value depending on how a
+	directory was reached (via command line, or subdir.mk).
+
+	* If FORCE_MACHINE is defined, ignore getenv("MACHINE").
+	
+Mon Apr  2 23:15:31 2000  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Do a chdir(${.CURDIR}) before invoking ${.MAKE} or ${.MAKE:T} if
+	MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set and NOCHECKMAKECHDIR is not.
+	I've been testing this in NetBSD's make for some weeks.
+
+	* Turn Makefile into Makefile.in and make it useful.
+	
+Tue Feb 29 22:08:00 2000 Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@zen.quick.com.au>
+
+	* Imported NetBSD's -current make(1) and resolve conflicts.
+	
+	* Applied autoconf patches from bmake v2
+
+	* Imported clean code base from NetBSD-1.0
diff --git a/FILES b/FILES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dedc1ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FILES
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+FILES
+ChangeLog
+bmake.cat1
+boot-strap
+bsd.after-import.mk
+os.sh
+makefile.in
+Makefile
+Makefile.config.in
+PSD.doc/Makefile
+PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
+README
+arch.c
+buf.c
+buf.h
+compat.c
+cond.c
+make-conf.h
+make_malloc.c
+make_malloc.h
+config.h.in
+configure
+aclocal.m4
+configure.in
+dir.c
+dir.h
+find_lib.sh
+for.c
+getopt.c
+hash.c
+hash.h
+install-sh
+job.c
+job.h
+meta.c
+meta.h
+dirname.c
+realpath.c
+strlcpy.c
+strlist.c
+strlist.h
+stresep.c
+trace.c
+trace.h
+lst.h
+lst.lib/Makefile
+lst.lib/lstAppend.c
+lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
+lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
+lst.lib/lstClose.c
+lst.lib/lstConcat.c
+lst.lib/lstDatum.c
+lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
+lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
+lst.lib/lstDupl.c
+lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
+lst.lib/lstFind.c
+lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
+lst.lib/lstFirst.c
+lst.lib/lstForEach.c
+lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
+lst.lib/lstInit.c
+lst.lib/lstInsert.c
+lst.lib/lstInt.h
+lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
+lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
+lst.lib/lstLast.c
+lst.lib/lstMember.c
+lst.lib/lstNext.c
+lst.lib/lstOpen.c
+lst.lib/lstPrev.c
+lst.lib/lstRemove.c
+lst.lib/lstReplace.c
+lst.lib/lstSucc.c
+machine.sh
+main.c
+make.1
+bmake.1
+make.c
+make.h
+make-bootstrap.sh.in
+missing/sys/cdefs.h
+mkdeps.sh
+nonints.h
+parse.c
+pathnames.h
+ranlib.h
+setenv.c
+sigcompat.c
+sprite.h
+str.c
+suff.c
+targ.c
+util.c
+var.c
+wait.h
+unit-tests/Makefile.in
+unit-tests/comment
+unit-tests/cond1
+unit-tests/doterror
+unit-tests/dotwait
+unit-tests/error
+unit-tests/export
+unit-tests/export-all
+unit-tests/export-env
+unit-tests/forloop
+unit-tests/forsubst
+unit-tests/hash
+unit-tests/misc
+unit-tests/moderrs
+unit-tests/modmatch
+unit-tests/modmisc
+unit-tests/modorder
+unit-tests/modts
+unit-tests/modword
+unit-tests/order
+unit-tests/phony-end
+unit-tests/posix
+unit-tests/qequals
+unit-tests/sysv
+unit-tests/ternary
+unit-tests/test.exp
+unit-tests/unexport
+unit-tests/unexport-env
+unit-tests/varcmd
+mk/ChangeLog
+mk/FILES
+mk/README
+mk/auto.obj.mk
+mk/autoconf.mk
+mk/autodep.mk
+mk/auto.dep.mk
+mk/dep.mk
+mk/doc.mk
+mk/dpadd.mk
+mk/final.mk
+mk/host-target.mk
+mk/host.libnames.mk
+mk/inc.mk
+mk/init.mk
+mk/install-mk
+mk/java.mk
+mk/lib.mk
+mk/libnames.mk
+mk/libs.mk
+mk/links.mk
+mk/man.mk
+mk/mk-files.txt
+mk/nls.mk
+mk/obj.mk
+mk/options.mk
+mk/own.mk
+mk/prlist.mk
+mk/prog.mk
+mk/progs.mk
+mk/rst2htm.mk
+mk/scripts.mk
+mk/srctop.mk
+mk/subdir.mk
+mk/sys.mk
+mk/sys.clean-env.mk
+mk/sys.dependfile.mk
+mk/sys/AIX.mk
+mk/sys/Darwin.mk
+mk/sys/Generic.mk
+mk/sys/HP-UX.mk
+mk/sys/IRIX.mk
+mk/sys/Linux.mk
+mk/sys/NetBSD.mk
+mk/sys/OSF1.mk
+mk/sys/OpenBSD.mk
+mk/sys/SunOS.mk
+mk/sys/UnixWare.mk
+mk/target-flags.mk
+mk/warnings.mk
+mk/yacc.mk
+mk/dirdeps.mk
+mk/gendirdeps.mk
+mk/install-new.mk
+mk/meta2deps.py
+mk/meta2deps.sh
+mk/meta.sys.mk
+mk/meta.autodep.mk
+mk/meta.stage.mk
+mk/meta.subdir.mk
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edf0bd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+#	$Id: Makefile,v 1.10 2013/03/31 05:57:19 sjg Exp $
+
+# Base version on src date
+MAKE_VERSION= 20130330
+
+PROG=	bmake
+
+SRCS= \
+	arch.c \
+	buf.c \
+	compat.c \
+	cond.c \
+	dir.c \
+	for.c \
+	hash.c \
+	job.c \
+	main.c \
+	make.c \
+	make_malloc.c \
+	meta.c \
+	parse.c \
+	str.c \
+	strlist.c \
+	suff.c \
+	targ.c \
+	trace.c \
+	util.c \
+	var.c
+
+# from lst.lib/
+SRCS+= \
+	lstAppend.c \
+	lstAtEnd.c \
+	lstAtFront.c \
+	lstClose.c \
+	lstConcat.c \
+	lstDatum.c \
+	lstDeQueue.c \
+	lstDestroy.c \
+	lstDupl.c \
+	lstEnQueue.c \
+	lstFind.c \
+	lstFindFrom.c \
+	lstFirst.c \
+	lstForEach.c \
+	lstForEachFrom.c \
+	lstInit.c \
+	lstInsert.c \
+	lstIsAtEnd.c \
+	lstIsEmpty.c \
+	lstLast.c \
+	lstMember.c \
+	lstNext.c \
+	lstOpen.c \
+	lstPrev.c \
+	lstRemove.c \
+	lstReplace.c \
+	lstSucc.c
+
+# this file gets generated by configure
+.-include "Makefile.config"
+
+.if !empty(LIBOBJS)
+SRCS+= ${LIBOBJS:T:.o=.c}
+.endif
+
+# just in case
+prefix?= /usr
+srcdir?= ${.CURDIR}
+
+DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= .../share/mk:${prefix}/share/mk
+
+CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_META
+CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS}
+CFLAGS+= -D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\"
+CFLAGS+= -I. -I${srcdir} ${XDEFS} -DMAKE_NATIVE
+CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.ALLSRC:M*.c:T:u}}
+COPTS.main.c+= "-DMAKE_VERSION=\"${MAKE_VERSION}\""
+
+# meta mode can be useful even without filemon 
+FILEMON_H ?= /usr/include/dev/filemon/filemon.h
+.if exists(${FILEMON_H}) && ${FILEMON_H:T} == "filemon.h"
+COPTS.meta.c += -DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I${FILEMON_H:H}
+.endif
+
+.PATH:	${srcdir}
+.PATH:	${srcdir}/lst.lib
+
+.if make(obj) || make(clean)
+SUBDIR+= unit-tests
+.endif
+
+# start-delete1 for bsd.after-import.mk
+# we skip a lot of this when building as part of FreeBSD etc.
+
+# list of OS's which are derrived from BSD4.4
+BSD44_LIST= NetBSD FreeBSD OpenBSD DragonFly
+# we are...
+OS!= uname -s
+# are we 4.4BSD ?
+isBSD44:=${BSD44_LIST:M${OS}}
+
+.if ${isBSD44} == ""
+MANTARGET= cat
+INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh
+.if (${MACHINE} == "sun386")
+# even I don't have one of these anymore :-)
+CFLAGS+= -DPORTAR
+.elif (${MACHINE} != "sunos")
+SRCS+= sigcompat.c
+CFLAGS+= -DSIGNAL_FLAGS=SA_RESTART
+.endif
+.else
+MANTARGET?= man
+.endif
+
+# turn this on by default - ignored if we are root
+WITH_INSTALL_AS_USER=
+
+# supress with -DWITHOUT_*
+OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES+= \
+	AUTOCONF_MK \
+	INSTALL_MK \
+	PROG_LINK
+
+OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO+= \
+	PROG_VERSION
+
+# process options now
+.include <own.mk>
+
+.if ${MK_PROG_VERSION} == "yes"
+PROG_NAME= ${PROG}-${MAKE_VERSION}
+.if ${MK_PROG_LINK} == "yes"
+SYMLINKS+= ${PROG}-${MAKE_VERSION} ${BINDIR}/${PROG}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+EXTRACT_MAN=no
+# end-delete1
+
+MAN= ${PROG}.1
+MAN1= ${MAN}
+
+.if (${PROG} != "make")
+CLEANFILES+= my.history
+.if make(${MAN}) || !exists(${srcdir}/${MAN})
+my.history: ${MAKEFILE}
+	@(echo ".Nm"; \
+	echo "is derived from NetBSD"; \
+	echo ".Xr make 1 ."; \
+	echo "It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms."; \
+	echo ".Pp") > $@
+
+.NOPATH: ${MAN}
+${MAN}:	make.1 my.history
+	@echo making $@
+	@sed -e 's/^.Nx/NetBSD/' -e '/^.Nm/s/make/${PROG}/' \
+	-e '/^.Sh HISTORY/rmy.history' \
+	-e '/^.Sh HISTORY/,$$s,^.Nm,make,' ${srcdir}/make.1 > $@
+
+all beforeinstall: ${MAN}
+_mfromdir=.
+.endif
+.endif
+
+MANTARGET?= cat
+MANDEST?= ${MANDIR}/${MANTARGET}1
+
+.if ${MANTARGET} == "cat"
+_mfromdir=${srcdir}
+.endif
+
+.include <prog.mk>
+
+CPPFLAGS+= -DMAKE_NATIVE -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+COPTS.var.c += -Wno-cast-qual
+COPTS.job.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral
+COPTS.parse.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral
+COPTS.var.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral
+
+# Force these
+SHAREDIR= ${prefix}/share
+BINDIR= ${prefix}/bin
+MANDIR= ${SHAREDIR}/man
+
+.if !exists(.depend)
+${OBJS}: config.h
+.endif
+
+# make sure that MAKE_VERSION gets updated.
+main.o: ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE}
+
+# start-delete2 for bsd.after-import.mk
+.if ${MK_AUTOCONF_MK} == "yes"
+.include <autoconf.mk>
+.endif
+SHARE_MK?=${SHAREDIR}/mk
+MKSRC=${srcdir}/mk
+INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh
+
+.if ${MK_INSTALL_MK} == "yes"
+install: install-mk
+.endif
+
+beforeinstall:
+	test -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR}
+	test -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST}
+
+install-mk:
+.if exists(${MKSRC}/install-mk)
+	test -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK}
+	sh ${MKSRC}/install-mk -v -m 644 ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK}
+.else
+	@echo need to unpack mk.tar.gz under ${srcdir} or set MKSRC; false
+.endif
+# end-delete2
+
+# A simple unit-test driver to help catch regressions
+accept test:
+	cd ${.CURDIR}/unit-tests && MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -r -m / TEST_MAKE=${TEST_MAKE:U${.OBJDIR}/${PROG:T}} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/Makefile.config.in b/Makefile.config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16ea66e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Makefile.config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# things set by configure
+
+prefix= @prefix@
+srcdir= @srcdir@
+CC?= @CC@
+MACHINE= @machine@
+MACHINE_ARCH= @machine_arch@
+DEFAULT_SYS_PATH= @default_sys_path@
+
+CPPFLAGS+= @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} @DEFS@
+LDFLAGS= @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS= @LIBOBJS@
+LDADD= @LIBS@
+USE_META= @use_meta@
+FILEMON_H= @filemon_h@
diff --git a/PSD.doc/Makefile b/PSD.doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e1f1fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/PSD.doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.2 1995/06/14 15:20:23 christos Exp $
+#	@(#)Makefile	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/14/93
+
+DIR=	psd/12.make
+SRCS=	tutorial.ms
+MACROS=	-ms
+
+.include <bsd.doc.mk>
diff --git a/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms b/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1a6444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/PSD.doc/tutorial.ms
@@ -0,0 +1,3773 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tutorial.ms,v 1.11 2011/08/18 15:19:30 sjg Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Adam de Boor.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Adam de Boor.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)tutorial.ms	8.1 (Berkeley) 8/18/93
+.\"
+.EH 'PSD:12-%''PMake \*- A Tutorial'
+.OH 'PMake \*- A Tutorial''PSD:12-%'
+.\" xH is a macro to provide numbered headers that are automatically stuffed
+.\" into a table-of-contents, properly indented, etc. If the first argument
+.\" is numeric, it is taken as the depth for numbering (as for .NH), else
+.\" the default (1) is assumed.
+.\"
+.\" @P The initial paragraph distance.
+.\" @Q The piece of section number to increment (or 0 if none given)
+.\" @R Section header.
+.\" @S Indent for toc entry
+.\" @T Argument to NH (can't use @Q b/c giving 0 to NH resets the counter)
+.de xH
+.NH \\$1
+\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9
+.nr PD .1v
+.XS \\n%
+.ta 0.6i
+\\*(SN	\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 \\$8 \\$9
+.XE
+.nr PD .3v
+..
+.\" CW is used to place a string in fixed-width or switch to a
+.\" fixed-width font.
+.\" C is a typewriter font for a laserwriter. Use something else if
+.\" you don't have one...
+.de CW
+.ie !\\n(.$ .ft C
+.el \&\\$3\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
+..
+.\" Anything I put in a display I want to be in fixed-width
+.am DS
+.CW
+..
+.\" The stuff in .No produces a little stop sign in the left margin
+.\" that says NOTE in it. Unfortunately, it does cause a break, but
+.\" hey. Can't have everything. In case you're wondering how I came
+.\" up with such weird commands, they came from running grn on a
+.\" gremlin file...
+.de No
+.br
+.ne 0.5i
+.po -0.5i
+.br
+.mk 
+.nr g3 \\n(.f
+.nr g4 \\n(.s
+.sp -1
+.\" .st cf
+\D't 5u'
+.sp -1
+\h'50u'
+.sp -1
+\D't 3u'
+.sp -1
+.sp 7u
+\h'53u'
+\d\D'p -0.19i 0.0i 0.0i -0.13i 0.30i 0.0i 0.0i 0.13i'
+.sp -1
+.ft R
+.ps 6
+.nr g8 \\n(.d
+.ds g9 "NOTE
+.sp 74u
+\h'85u'\v'0.85n'\h-\w\\*(g9u/2u\&\\*(g9
+.sp |\\n(g8u
+.sp 166u
+\D't 3u'
+.br
+.po
+.rt 
+.ft \\n(g3
+.ps \\n(g4
+..
+.de Bp
+.ie !\\n(.$ .IP \(bu 2
+.el .IP "\&" 2
+..
+.po +.3i
+.TL
+PMake \*- A Tutorial
+.AU
+Adam de Boor
+.AI
+Berkeley Softworks
+2150 Shattuck Ave, Penthouse
+Berkeley, CA 94704
+adam@bsw.uu.net
+\&...!uunet!bsw!adam
+.FS
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies.
+The University of California, Berkeley Softworks, and Adam de Boor make no
+representations about the suitability of this software for any
+purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+.FE
+.PP
+.xH 1 Introduction
+.LP
+PMake is a program for creating other programs, or anything else you
+can think of for it to do.  The basic idea behind PMake is that, for
+any given system, be it a program or a document or whatever, there
+will be some files that depend on the state of other files (on when
+they were last modified). PMake takes these dependencies, which you
+must specify, and uses them to build whatever it is you want it to
+build.
+.LP
+PMake is almost fully-compatible with Make, with which you may already
+be familiar. PMake's most important feature is its ability to run
+several different jobs at once, making the creation of systems
+considerably faster. It also has a great deal more functionality than
+Make. Throughout the text, whenever something is mentioned that is an
+important difference between PMake and Make (i.e. something that will
+cause a makefile to fail if you don't do something about it), or is
+simply important, it will be flagged with a little sign in the left
+margin, like this:
+.No
+.LP
+This tutorial is divided into three main sections corresponding to basic,
+intermediate and advanced PMake usage. If you already know Make well,
+you will only need to skim chapter 2 (there are some aspects of
+PMake that I consider basic to its use that didn't exist in Make).
+Things in chapter 3 make life much easier, while those in chapter 4
+are strictly for those who know what they are doing. Chapter 5 has
+definitions for the jargon I use and chapter 6 contains possible
+solutions to the problems presented throughout the tutorial.
+.xH 1 The Basics of PMake
+.LP
+PMake takes as input a file that tells a) which files depend on which
+other files to be complete and b) what to do about files that are
+``out-of-date.'' This file is known as a ``makefile'' and is usually
+.Ix 0 def makefile
+kept in the top-most directory of the system to be built. While you
+can call the makefile anything you want, PMake will look for
+.CW Makefile
+and
+.CW makefile
+(in that order) in the current directory if you don't tell it
+otherwise.
+.Ix 0 def makefile default
+To specify a different makefile, use the
+.B \-f
+flag (e.g.
+.CW "pmake -f program.mk" ''). ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -f
+.Ix 0 ref makefile other
+.LP
+A makefile has four different types of lines in it:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+File dependency specifications
+.IP \(bu 2
+Creation commands
+.IP \(bu 2
+Variable assignments
+.IP \(bu 2
+Comments, include statements and conditional directives
+.RE
+.LP
+Any line may be continued over multiple lines by ending it with a
+backslash.
+.Ix 0 def "continuation line"
+The backslash, following newline and any initial whitespace
+on the following line are compressed into a single space before the
+input line is examined by PMake.
+.xH 2 Dependency Lines
+.LP
+As mentioned in the introduction, in any system, there are
+dependencies between the files that make up the system.  For instance,
+in a program made up of several C source files and one header file,
+the C files will need to be re-compiled should the header file be
+changed. For a document of several chapters and one macro file, the
+chapters will need to be reprocessed if any of the macros changes.
+.Ix 0 def "dependency"
+These are dependencies and are specified by means of dependency lines in
+the makefile.
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def "dependency line"
+On a dependency line, there are targets and sources, separated by a
+one- or two-character operator.
+The targets ``depend'' on the sources and are usually created from
+them.
+.Ix 0 def target
+.Ix 0 def source
+.Ix 0 ref operator
+Any number of targets and sources may be specified on a dependency line.
+All the targets in the line are made to depend on all the sources.
+Targets and sources need not be actual files, but every source must be
+either an actual file or another target in the makefile.
+If you run out of room, use a backslash at the end of the line to continue onto
+the next one.
+.LP
+Any file may be a target and any file may be a source, but the
+relationship between the two (or however many) is determined by the
+``operator'' that separates them.
+.Ix 0 def operator
+Three types of operators exist: one specifies that the datedness of a
+target is determined by the state of its sources, while another
+specifies other files (the sources) that need to be dealt with before
+the target can be re-created. The third operator is very similar to
+the first, with the additional condition that the target is
+out-of-date if it has no sources. These operations are represented by
+the colon, the exclamation point and the double-colon, respectively, and are
+mutually exclusive. Their exact semantics are as follows:
+.IP ":"
+.Ix 0 def operator colon
+.Ix 0 def :
+If a colon is used, a target on the line is considered to be
+``out-of-date'' (and in need of creation) if 
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target doesn't exist.
+.RE
+.Ix 0 def out-of-date
+.IP "\&"
+Under this operation, steps will be taken to re-create the target only
+if it is found to be out-of-date by using these two rules.
+.IP "!"
+.Ix 0 def operator force
+.Ix 0 def !
+If an exclamation point is used, the target will always be re-created,
+but this will not happen until all of its sources have been examined
+and re-created, if necessary.
+.IP "::"
+.Ix 0 def operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 def ::
+If a double-colon is used, a target is out-of-date if:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+any of the sources has been modified more recently than the target, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target doesn't exist, or
+.IP \(bu 2
+the target has no sources.
+.RE
+.IP "\&"
+If the target is out-of-date according to these rules, it will be re-created.
+This operator also does something else to the targets, but I'll go
+into that in the next section (``Shell Commands'').
+.LP
+Enough words, now for an example. Take that C program I mentioned
+earlier. Say there are three C files
+.CW a.c , (
+.CW b.c
+and
+.CW  c.c )
+each of which
+includes the file
+.CW defs.h .
+The dependencies between the files could then be expressed as follows:
+.DS
+program         : a.o b.o c.o
+a.o b.o c.o     : defs.h
+a.o             : a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+You may be wondering at this point, where
+.CW a.o ,
+.CW b.o
+and
+.CW c.o
+came in and why
+.I they
+depend on
+.CW defs.h
+and the C files don't. The reason is quite simple:
+.CW program
+cannot be made by linking together .c files \*- it must be
+made from .o files. Likewise, if you change
+.CW defs.h ,
+it isn't the .c files that need to be re-created, it's the .o files.
+If you think of dependencies in these terms \*- which files (targets)
+need to be created from which files (sources) \*- you should have no problems.
+.LP
+An important thing to notice about the above example, is that all the
+\&.o files appear as targets on more than one line. This is perfectly
+all right: the target is made to depend on all the sources mentioned
+on all the dependency lines. E.g.
+.CW a.o
+depends on both
+.CW defs.h
+and
+.CW a.c .
+.Ix 0 ref dependency
+.No
+.LP
+The order of the dependency lines in the makefile is
+important: the first target on the first dependency line in the
+makefile will be the one that gets made if you don't say otherwise.
+That's why
+.CW program
+comes first in the example makefile, above.
+.LP
+Both targets and sources may contain the standard C-Shell wildcard
+characters
+.CW { , (
+.CW } ,
+.CW * ,
+.CW ? ,
+.CW [ ,
+and
+.CW ] ),
+but the non-curly-brace ones may only appear in the final component
+(the file portion) of the target or source. The characters mean the
+following things:
+.IP \fB{}\fP
+These enclose a comma-separated list of options and cause the pattern
+to be expanded once for each element of the list. Each expansion
+contains a different element. For example, 
+.CW src/{whiffle,beep,fish}.c
+expands to the three words
+.CW src/whiffle.c ,
+.CW src/beep.c ,
+and 
+.CW src/fish.c .
+These braces may be nested and, unlike the other wildcard characters,
+the resulting words need not be actual files. All other wildcard
+characters are expanded using the files that exist when PMake is
+started.
+.IP \fB*\fP
+This matches zero or more characters of any sort. 
+.CW src/*.c
+will expand to the same three words as above as long as 
+.CW src
+contains those three files (and no other files that end in 
+.CW .c ).
+.IP \fB?\fP
+Matches any single character.
+.IP \fB[]\fP
+This is known as a character class and contains either a list of
+single characters, or a series of character ranges 
+.CW a-z , (
+for example means all characters between a and z), or both. It matches
+any single character contained in the list. E.g.
+.CW [A-Za-z]
+will match all letters, while
+.CW [0123456789]
+will match all numbers.
+.xH 2 Shell Commands
+.LP
+``Isn't that nice,'' you say to yourself, ``but how are files
+actually `re-created,' as he likes to spell it?''
+The re-creation is accomplished by commands you place in the makefile.
+These commands are passed to the Bourne shell (better known as
+``/bin/sh'') to be executed and are
+.Ix 0 ref shell
+.Ix 0 ref re-creation
+.Ix 0 ref update
+expected to do what's necessary to update the target file (PMake
+doesn't actually check to see if the target was created. It just
+assumes it's there).
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.LP
+Shell commands in a makefile look a lot like shell commands you would
+type at a terminal, with one important exception: each command in a
+makefile
+.I must
+be preceded by at least one tab.
+.LP
+Each target has associated with it a shell script made up of
+one or more of these shell commands. The creation script for a target
+should immediately follow the dependency line for that target. While
+any given target may appear on more than one dependency line, only one
+of these dependency lines may be followed by a creation script, unless
+the `::' operator was used on the dependency line.
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref ::
+.No
+.LP
+If the double-colon was used, each dependency line for the target
+may be followed by a shell script. That script will only be executed
+if the target on the associated dependency line is out-of-date with
+respect to the sources on that line, according to the rules I gave
+earlier.
+I'll give you a good example of this later on.
+.LP
+To expand on the earlier makefile, you might add commands as follows:
+.DS
+program         : a.o b.o c.o
+        cc a.o b.o c.o \-o program
+a.o b.o c.o     : defs.h
+a.o             : a.c
+        cc \-c a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+        cc \-c b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+        cc \-c c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+Something you should remember when writing a makefile is, the
+commands will be executed if the
+.I target
+on the dependency line is out-of-date, not the sources.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.Ix 0 ref source
+.Ix 0 ref out-of-date
+In this example, the command
+.CW "cc \-c a.c" '' ``
+will be executed if
+.CW a.o
+is out-of-date. Because of the `:' operator,
+.Ix 0 ref :
+.Ix 0 ref operator colon
+this means that should
+.CW a.c
+.I or
+.CW defs.h
+have been modified more recently than
+.CW a.o ,
+the command will be executed
+.CW a.o "\&" (
+will be considered out-of-date).
+.Ix 0 ref out-of-date
+.LP
+Remember how I said the only difference between a makefile shell
+command and a regular shell command was the leading tab? I lied. There
+is another way in which makefile commands differ from regular ones.
+The first two characters after the initial whitespace are treated
+specially.
+If they are any combination of `@' and `\-', they cause PMake to do
+different things.
+.LP
+In most cases, shell commands are printed before they're
+actually executed. This is to keep you informed of what's going on. If
+an `@' appears, however, this echoing is suppressed. In the case of an
+.CW echo
+command, say
+.CW "echo Linking index" ,'' ``
+it would be
+rather silly to see
+.DS
+echo Linking index
+Linking index
+.DE
+.LP
+so PMake allows you to place an `@' before the command
+.CW "@echo Linking index" '') (``
+to prevent the command from being printed.
+.LP
+The other special character is the `\-'. In case you didn't know,
+shell commands finish with a certain ``exit status.'' This status is
+made available by the operating system to whatever program invoked the
+command. Normally this status will be 0 if everything went ok and
+non-zero if something went wrong. For this reason, PMake will consider
+an error to have occurred if one of the shells it invokes returns a non-zero
+status. When it detects an error, PMake's usual action is to abort
+whatever it's doing and exit with a non-zero status itself (any other
+targets that were being created will continue being made, but nothing
+new will be started. PMake will exit after the last job finishes).
+This behavior can be altered, however, by placing a `\-' at the front
+of a command
+.CW "\-mv index index.old" ''), (``
+certain command-line arguments,
+or doing other things, to be detailed later. In such
+a case, the non-zero status is simply ignored and PMake keeps chugging
+along.
+.No
+.LP
+Because all the commands are given to a single shell to execute, such
+things as setting shell variables, changing directories, etc., last
+beyond the command in which they are found. This also allows shell
+compound commands (like
+.CW for
+loops) to be entered in a natural manner.
+Since this could cause problems for some makefiles that depend on
+each command being executed by a single shell, PMake has a
+.B \-B
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 ref flags -B
+flag (it stands for backwards-compatible) that forces each command to
+be given to a separate shell. It also does several other things, all
+of which I discourage since they are now old-fashioned.\|.\|.\|.
+.No
+.LP
+A target's shell script is fed to the shell on its (the shell's) input stream.
+This means that any commands, such as
+.CW ci
+that need to get input from the terminal won't work right \*- they'll
+get the shell's input, something they probably won't find to their
+liking. A simple way around this is to give a command like this:
+.DS
+ci $(SRCS) < /dev/tty
+.DE
+This would force the program's input to come from the terminal. If you
+can't do this for some reason, your only other alternative is to use
+PMake in its fullest compatibility mode. See 
+.B Compatibility
+in chapter 4.
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+.xH 2 Variables
+.LP
+PMake, like Make before it, has the ability to save text in variables
+to be recalled later at your convenience. Variables in PMake are used
+much like variables in the shell and, by tradition, consist of
+all upper-case letters (you don't
+.I have
+to use all upper-case letters.
+In fact there's nothing to stop you from calling a variable
+.CW @^&$%$ .
+Just tradition). Variables are assigned-to using lines of the form
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment
+.DS
+VARIABLE = value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment
+appended-to by
+.DS
+VARIABLE += value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable appending
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment appended
+.Ix 0 def +=
+conditionally assigned-to (if the variable isn't already defined) by
+.DS
+VARIABLE ?= value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment conditional
+.Ix 0 def ?=
+and assigned-to with expansion (i.e. the value is expanded (see below)
+before being assigned to the variable\*-useful for placing a value at
+the beginning of a variable, or other things) by
+.DS
+VARIABLE := value
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 def :=
+.LP
+Any whitespace before
+.I value
+is stripped off. When appending, a space is placed between the old
+value and the stuff being appended.
+.LP
+The final way a variable may be assigned to is using
+.DS
+VARIABLE != shell-command
+.DE
+.Ix 0 def variable assignment shell-output
+.Ix 0 def !=
+In this case, 
+.I shell-command
+has all its variables expanded (see below) and is passed off to a
+shell to execute. The output of the shell is then placed in the
+variable. Any newlines (other than the final one) are replaced by
+spaces before the assignment is made. This is typically used to find
+the current directory via a line like:
+.DS
+CWD             != pwd
+.DE
+.LP
+.B Note:
+this is intended to be used to execute commands that produce small amounts
+of output (e.g. ``pwd''). The implementation is less than intelligent and will
+likely freeze if you execute something that produces thousands of
+bytes of output (8 Kb is the limit on many UNIX systems).
+.LP
+The value of a variable may be retrieved by enclosing the variable
+name in parentheses or curly braces and preceding the whole thing
+with a dollar sign.
+.LP
+For example, to set the variable CFLAGS to the string
+.CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O" ,'' ``
+you would place a line
+.DS
+CFLAGS = \-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O
+.DE
+in the makefile and use the word
+.CW "$(CFLAGS)"
+wherever you would like the string
+.CW "\-I/sprite/src/lib/libc \-O"
+to appear. This is called variable expansion.
+.Ix 0 def variable expansion
+.No
+.LP
+Unlike Make, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows
+the variable exists. E.g. if you have a
+.CW "${i}"
+in a shell command and you have not assigned a value to the variable
+.CW i 
+(the empty string is considered a value, by the way), where Make would have
+substituted the empty string, PMake will leave the
+.CW "${i}"
+alone.
+To keep PMake from substituting for a variable it knows, precede the
+dollar sign with another dollar sign.
+(e.g. to pass
+.CW "${HOME}"
+to the shell, use
+.CW "$${HOME}" ).
+This causes PMake, in effect, to expand the
+.CW $
+macro, which expands to a single
+.CW $ .
+For compatibility, Make's style of variable expansion will be used
+if you invoke PMake with any of the compatibility flags (\c
+.B \-V ,
+.B \-B
+or
+.B \-M .
+The
+.B \-V
+flag alters just the variable expansion).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -V
+.Ix 0 ref flags -B
+.Ix 0 ref flags -M
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion
+There are two different times at which variable expansion occurs:
+When parsing a dependency line, the expansion occurs immediately
+upon reading the line. If any variable used on a dependency line is
+undefined, PMake will print a message and exit.
+Variables in shell commands are expanded when the command is
+executed.
+Variables used inside another variable are expanded whenever the outer
+variable is expanded (the expansion of an inner variable has no effect
+on the outer variable. I.e. if the outer variable is used on a dependency
+line and in a shell command, and the inner variable changes value
+between when the dependency line is read and the shell command is
+executed, two different values will be substituted for the outer
+variable).
+.Ix 0 def variable types
+.LP
+Variables come in four flavors, though they are all expanded the same
+and all look about the same. They are (in order of expanding scope):
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Local variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable local
+.IP \(bu 2
+Command-line variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable command-line
+.IP \(bu 2
+Global variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable global
+.IP \(bu 2
+Environment variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable environment
+.RE
+.LP
+The classification of variables doesn't matter much, except that the
+classes are searched from the top (local) to the bottom (environment)
+when looking up a variable. The first one found wins.
+.xH 3 Local Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable local
+Each target can have as many as seven local variables. These are
+variables that are only ``visible'' within that target's shell script
+and contain such things as the target's name, all of its sources (from
+all its dependency lines), those sources that were out-of-date, etc.
+Four local variables are defined for all targets. They are:
+.RS
+.IP ".TARGET"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 def .TARGET
+The name of the target.
+.IP ".OODATE"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .OODATE
+.Ix 0 def .OODATE
+The list of the sources for the target that were considered out-of-date.
+The order in the list is not guaranteed to be the same as the order in
+which the dependencies were given.
+.IP ".ALLSRC"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 def .ALLSRC
+The list of all sources for this target in the order in which they
+were given.
+.IP ".PREFIX"
+.Ix 0 def variable local .PREFIX
+.Ix 0 def .PREFIX
+The target without its suffix and without any leading path. E.g. for
+the target
+.CW ../../lib/compat/fsRead.c ,
+this variable would contain
+.CW fsRead .
+.RE
+.LP
+Three other local variables are set only for certain targets under
+special circumstances. These are the ``.IMPSRC,''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC
+``.ARCHIVE,''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ARCHIVE
+.Ix 0 ref .ARCHIVE
+and ``.MEMBER''
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .MEMBER
+.Ix 0 ref .MEMBER
+variables. When they are set and how they are used is described later.
+.LP
+Four of these variables may be used in sources as well as in shell
+scripts.
+.Ix 0 def "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 def source dynamic
+These are ``.TARGET'', ``.PREFIX'', ``.ARCHIVE'' and ``.MEMBER''. The
+variables in the sources are expanded once for each target on the
+dependency line, providing what is known as a ``dynamic source,''
+.Rd 0
+allowing you to specify several dependency lines at once. For example,
+.DS
+$(OBJS)         : $(.PREFIX).c
+.DE
+will create a dependency between each object file and its
+corresponding C source file.
+.xH 3 Command-line Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable command-line
+Command-line variables are set when PMake is first invoked by giving a
+variable assignment as one of the arguments. For example,
+.DS
+pmake "CFLAGS = -I/sprite/src/lib/libc -O"
+.DE
+would make 
+.CW CFLAGS
+be a command-line variable with the given value. Any assignments to
+.CW CFLAGS
+in the makefile will have no effect, because once it
+is set, there is (almost) nothing you can do to change a command-line
+variable (the search order, you see). Command-line variables may be
+set using any of the four assignment operators, though only
+.CW =
+and
+.CW ?=
+behave as you would expect them to, mostly because assignments to
+command-line variables are performed before the makefile is read, thus
+the values set in the makefile are unavailable at the time.
+.CW +=
+.Ix 0 ref +=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended
+is the same as
+.CW = ,
+because the old value of the variable is sought only in the scope in
+which the assignment is taking place (for reasons of efficiency that I
+won't get into here).
+.CW :=
+and
+.CW ?=
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+.Ix 0 ref ?=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional
+will work if the only variables used are in the environment.
+.CW !=
+is sort of pointless to use from the command line, since the same
+effect can no doubt be accomplished using the shell's own command
+substitution mechanisms (backquotes and all that).
+.xH 3 Global Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable global
+Global variables are those set or appended-to in the makefile.
+There are two classes of global variables: those you set and those PMake sets.
+As I said before, the ones you set can have any name you want them to have,
+except they may not contain a colon or an exclamation point.
+The variables PMake sets (almost) always begin with a
+period and always contain upper-case letters, only. The variables are
+as follows:
+.RS
+.IP .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def variable global .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 def variable global MAKE
+.Ix 0 def MAKE
+The name by which PMake was invoked is stored in this variable. For
+compatibility, the name is also stored in the MAKE variable.
+.IP .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def variable global .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS variable
+.Ix 0 def variable global MFLAGS
+.Ix 0 def MFLAGS
+All the relevant flags with which PMake was invoked. This does not
+include such things as
+.B \-f
+or variable assignments. Again for compatibility, this value is stored
+in the MFLAGS variable as well.
+.RE
+.LP
+Two other variables, ``.INCLUDES'' and ``.LIBS,'' are covered in the
+section on special targets in chapter 3.
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .INCLUDES
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .LIBS
+.LP
+Global variables may be deleted using lines of the form:
+.Ix 0 def #undef
+.Ix 0 def variable deletion
+.DS
+#undef \fIvariable\fP
+.DE
+The
+.CW # ' `
+must be the first character on the line. Note that this may only be
+done on global variables.
+.xH 3 Environment Variables
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable environment
+Environment variables are passed by the shell that invoked PMake and
+are given by PMake to each shell it invokes. They are expanded like
+any other variable, but they cannot be altered in any way.
+.LP
+One special environment variable,
+.CW PMAKE ,
+.Ix 0 def variable environment PMAKE
+is examined by PMake for command-line flags, variable assignments,
+etc., it should always use. This variable is examined before the
+actual arguments to PMake are. In addition, all flags given to PMake,
+either through the
+.CW PMAKE
+variable or on the command line, are placed in this environment
+variable and exported to each shell PMake executes. Thus recursive
+invocations of PMake automatically receive the same flags as the
+top-most one.
+.LP
+Using all these variables, you can compress the sample makefile even more:
+.DS
+OBJS            = a.o b.o c.o
+program         : $(OBJS)
+        cc $(.ALLSRC) \-o $(.TARGET)
+$(OBJS)         : defs.h
+a.o             : a.c
+        cc \-c a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+        cc \-c b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+        cc \-c c.c
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref .TARGET
+.Rd 3
+.xH 2 Comments
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def comments
+Comments in a makefile start with a `#' character and extend to the
+end of the line. They may appear
+anywhere you want them, except in a shell command (though the shell
+will treat it as a comment, too). If, for some reason, you need to use the `#'
+in a variable or on a dependency line, put a backslash in front of it.
+PMake will compress the two into a single `#' (Note: this isn't true
+if PMake is operating in full-compatibility mode).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -M
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.xH 2 Parallelism
+.No
+.LP
+PMake was specifically designed to re-create several targets at once,
+when possible. You do not have to do anything special to cause this to
+happen (unless PMake was configured to not act in parallel, in which
+case you will have to make use of the
+.B \-L
+and
+.B \-J
+flags (see below)),
+.Ix 0 ref flags -L
+.Ix 0 ref flags -J
+but you do have to be careful at times.
+.LP
+There are several problems you are likely to encounter. One is
+that some makefiles (and programs) are written in such a way that it is
+impossible for two targets to be made at once. The program
+.CW xstr ,
+for example,
+always modifies the files
+.CW strings
+and
+.CW x.c .
+There is no way to change it. Thus you cannot run two of them at once
+without something being trashed. Similarly, if you have commands
+in the makefile that always send output to the same file, you will not
+be able to make more than one target at once unless you change the
+file you use. You can, for instance, add a
+.CW $$$$
+to the end of the file name to tack on the process ID of the shell
+executing the command (each
+.CW $$
+expands to a single
+.CW $ ,
+thus giving you the shell variable
+.CW $$ ).
+Since only one shell is used for all the
+commands, you'll get the same file name for each command in the
+script.
+.LP
+The other problem comes from improperly-specified dependencies that
+worked in Make because of its sequential, depth-first way of examining
+them. While I don't want to go into depth on how PMake
+works (look in chapter 4 if you're interested), I will warn you that
+files in two different ``levels'' of the dependency tree may be
+examined in a different order in PMake than they were in Make. For
+example, given the makefile
+.DS
+a               : b c
+b               : d
+.DE
+PMake will examine the targets in the order
+.CW c ,
+.CW d ,
+.CW b ,
+.CW a .
+If the makefile's author expected PMake to abort before making
+.CW c
+if an error occurred while making
+.CW b ,
+or if
+.CW b
+needed to exist before
+.CW c
+was made,
+s/he will be sorely disappointed. The dependencies are
+incomplete, since in both these cases,
+.CW c
+would depend on
+.CW b .
+So watch out.
+.LP
+Another problem you may face is that, while PMake is set up to handle the
+output from multiple jobs in a graceful fashion, the same is not so for input.
+It has no way to regulate input to different jobs,
+so if you use the redirection from
+.CW /dev/tty
+I mentioned earlier, you must be careful not to run two of the jobs at once.
+.xH 2 Writing and Debugging a Makefile
+.LP
+Now you know most of what's in a makefile, what do you do next? There
+are two choices: (1) use one of the uncommonly-available makefile
+generators or (2) write your own makefile (I leave out the third choice of
+ignoring PMake and doing everything by hand as being beyond the bounds
+of common sense).
+.LP
+When faced with the writing of a makefile, it is usually best to start
+from first principles: just what
+.I are
+you trying to do? What do you want the makefile finally to produce?
+.LP
+To begin with a somewhat traditional example, let's say you need to
+write a makefile to create a program,
+.CW expr ,
+that takes standard infix expressions and converts them to prefix form (for
+no readily apparent reason). You've got three source files, in C, that
+make up the program:
+.CW main.c ,
+.CW parse.c ,
+and
+.CW output.c .
+Harking back to my pithy advice about dependency lines, you write the
+first line of the file:
+.DS
+expr            : main.o parse.o output.o
+.DE
+because you remember
+.CW expr
+is made from
+.CW .o
+files, not
+.CW .c
+files. Similarly for the
+.CW .o
+files you produce the lines:
+.DS
+main.o          : main.c
+parse.o         : parse.c
+output.o        : output.c
+main.o parse.o output.o : defs.h
+.DE
+.LP
+Great. You've now got the dependencies specified. What you need now is
+commands. These commands, remember, must produce the target on the
+dependency line, usually by using the sources you've listed.
+You remember about local variables? Good, so it should come
+to you as no surprise when you write
+.DS
+expr            : main.o parse.o output.o
+        cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+Why use the variables? If your program grows to produce postfix
+expressions too (which, of course, requires a name change or two), it
+is one fewer place you have to change the file. You cannot do this for
+the object files, however, because they depend on their corresponding
+source files
+.I and
+.CW defs.h ,
+thus if you said
+.DS
+	cc -c $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+you'd get (for
+.CW main.o ):
+.DS
+	cc -c main.c defs.h
+.DE
+which is wrong. So you round out the makefile with these lines:
+.DS
+main.o          : main.c
+        cc -c main.c
+parse.o         : parse.c
+        cc -c parse.c
+output.o        : output.c
+        cc -c output.c
+.DE
+.LP
+The makefile is now complete and will, in fact, create the program you
+want it to without unnecessary compilations or excessive typing on
+your part. There are two things wrong with it, however (aside from it
+being altogether too long, something I'll address in chapter 3):
+.IP 1)
+The string
+.CW "main.o parse.o output.o" '' ``
+is repeated twice, necessitating two changes when you add postfix
+(you were planning on that, weren't you?). This is in direct violation
+of de Boor's First Rule of writing makefiles:
+.QP
+.I
+Anything that needs to be written more than once
+should be placed in a variable.
+.IP "\&"
+I cannot emphasize this enough as being very important to the
+maintenance of a makefile and its program.
+.IP 2)
+There is no way to alter the way compilations are performed short of
+editing the makefile and making the change in all places. This is evil
+and violates de Boor's Second Rule, which follows directly from the
+first:
+.QP
+.I
+Any flags or programs used inside a makefile should be placed in a variable so
+they may be changed, temporarily or permanently, with the greatest ease.
+.LP
+The makefile should more properly read:
+.DS
+OBJS            = main.o parse.o output.o
+expr            : $(OBJS)
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+main.o          : main.c
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c main.c
+parse.o         : parse.c
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c parse.c
+output.o        : output.c
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c output.c
+$(OBJS)         : defs.h
+.DE
+Alternatively, if you like the idea of dynamic sources mentioned in
+section 2.3.1,
+.Rm 0 2.3.1
+.Rd 4
+.Ix 0 ref "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 ref source dynamic
+you could write it like this:
+.DS
+OBJS            = main.o parse.o output.o
+expr            : $(OBJS)
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+$(OBJS)         : $(.PREFIX).c defs.h
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.PREFIX).c
+.DE
+These two rules and examples lead to de Boor's First Corollary:
+.QP
+.I
+Variables are your friends.
+.LP
+Once you've written the makefile comes the sometimes-difficult task of
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+making sure the darn thing works. Your most helpful tool to make sure
+the makefile is at least syntactically correct is the
+.B \-n
+.Ix 0 ref flags -n
+flag, which allows you to see if PMake will choke on the makefile. The
+second thing the
+.B \-n
+flag lets you do is see what PMake would do without it actually doing
+it, thus you can make sure the right commands would be executed were
+you to give PMake its head.
+.LP
+When you find your makefile isn't behaving as you hoped, the first
+question that comes to mind (after ``What time is it, anyway?'') is
+``Why not?'' In answering this, two flags will serve you well:
+.CW "-d m" '' ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -d
+and
+.CW "-p 2" .'' ``
+.Ix 0 ref flags -p
+The first causes PMake to tell you as it examines each target in the
+makefile and indicate why it is deciding whatever it is deciding. You
+can then use the information printed for other targets to see where
+you went wrong. The
+.CW "-p 2" '' ``
+flag makes PMake print out its internal state when it is done,
+allowing you to see that you forgot to make that one chapter depend on
+that file of macros you just got a new version of. The output from
+.CW "-p 2" '' ``
+is intended to resemble closely a real makefile, but with additional
+information provided and with variables expanded in those commands
+PMake actually printed or executed.
+.LP
+Something to be especially careful about is circular dependencies.
+.Ix 0 def dependency circular
+E.g.
+.DS
+a		: b
+b		: c d
+d		: a
+.DE
+In this case, because of how PMake works,
+.CW c
+is the only thing PMake will examine, because
+.CW d
+and
+.CW a
+will effectively fall off the edge of the universe, making it
+impossible to examine
+.CW b
+(or them, for that matter).
+PMake will tell you (if run in its normal mode) all the targets
+involved in any cycle it looked at (i.e. if you have two cycles in the
+graph (naughty, naughty), but only try to make a target in one of
+them, PMake will only tell you about that one. You'll have to try to
+make the other to find the second cycle). When run as Make, it will
+only print the first target in the cycle.
+.xH 2 Invoking PMake
+.LP
+.Ix 0 ref flags
+.Ix 0 ref arguments
+.Ix 0 ref usage
+PMake comes with a wide variety of flags to choose from.
+They may appear in any order, interspersed with command-line variable
+assignments and targets to create.
+The flags are as follows:
+.IP "\fB\-d\fP \fIwhat\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -d
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+This causes PMake to spew out debugging information that
+may prove useful to you. If you can't
+figure out why PMake is doing what it's doing, you might try using
+this flag. The
+.I what
+parameter is a string of single characters that tell PMake what
+aspects you are interested in. Most of what I describe will make
+little sense to you, unless you've dealt with Make before. Just
+remember where this table is and come back to it as you read on.
+The characters and the information they produce are as follows:
+.RS
+.IP a
+Archive searching and caching.
+.IP c
+Conditional evaluation.
+.IP d
+The searching and caching of directories.
+.IP j
+Various snippets of information related to the running of the multiple
+shells. Not particularly interesting.
+.IP m
+The making of each target: what target is being examined; when it was
+last modified; whether it is out-of-date; etc.
+.IP p
+Makefile parsing.
+.IP r
+Remote execution.
+.IP s
+The application of suffix-transformation rules. (See chapter 3)
+.IP t
+The maintenance of the list of targets.
+.IP v
+Variable assignment.
+.RE
+.IP "\&"
+Of these all, the
+.CW m
+and
+.CW s
+letters will be most useful to you.
+If the
+.B \-d
+is the final argument or the argument from which it would get these
+key letters (see below for a note about which argument would be used)
+begins with a
+.B \- ,
+all of these debugging flags will be set, resulting in massive amounts
+of output.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fP \fImakefile\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -f
+Specify a makefile to read different from the standard makefiles
+.CW Makefile "\&" (
+or
+.CW makefile ).
+.Ix 0 ref makefile default
+.Ix 0 ref makefile other
+If
+.I makefile
+is ``\-'', PMake uses the standard input. This is useful for making
+quick and dirty makefiles.\|.\|.
+.Ix 0 ref makefile "quick and dirty"
+.IP \fB\-h\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -h
+Prints out a summary of the various flags PMake accepts. It can also
+be used to find out what level of concurrency was compiled into the
+version of PMake you are using (look at
+.B \-J
+and
+.B \-L )
+and various other information on how PMake was configured.
+.Ix 0 ref configuration
+.Ix 0 ref makefile system
+.IP \fB\-i\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -i
+If you give this flag, PMake will ignore non-zero status returned
+by any of its shells. It's like placing a `\-' before all the commands
+in the makefile.
+.IP \fB\-k\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -k
+This is similar to
+.B \-i
+in that it allows PMake to continue when it sees an error, but unlike
+.B \-i ,
+where PMake continues blithely as if nothing went wrong,
+.B \-k
+causes it to recognize the error and only continue work on those
+things that don't depend on the target, either directly or indirectly (through
+depending on something that depends on it), whose creation returned the error.
+The `k' is for ``keep going''.\|.\|.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.IP \fB\-l\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -l
+PMake has the ability to lock a directory against other
+people executing it in the same directory (by means of a file called
+``LOCK.make'' that it creates and checks for in the directory). This
+is a Good Thing because two people doing the same thing in the same place
+can be disastrous for the final product (too many cooks and all that).
+Whether this locking is the default is up to your system
+administrator. If locking is on,
+.B \-l
+will turn it off, and vice versa. Note that this locking will not
+prevent \fIyou\fP from invoking PMake twice in the same place \*- if
+you own the lock file, PMake will warn you about it but continue to execute.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fP \fIdirectory\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -m
+Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles via the <...>
+style.  Several
+.B \-m
+options can be given to form a search path.  If this construct is used the
+default system makefile search path is completely overridden.
+To be explained in chapter 3, section 3.2.
+.Rm 2 3.2
+.IP \fB\-n\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -n
+This flag tells PMake not to execute the commands needed to update the
+out-of-date targets in the makefile. Rather, PMake will simply print
+the commands it would have executed and exit. This is particularly
+useful for checking the correctness of a makefile. If PMake doesn't do
+what you expect it to, it's a good chance the makefile is wrong.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -p
+.Ix 0 ref debugging
+This causes PMake to print its input in a reasonable form, though
+not necessarily one that would make immediate sense to anyone but me. The
+.I number
+is a bitwise-or of 1 and 2 where 1 means it should print the input
+before doing any processing and 2 says it should print it after
+everything has been re-created. Thus
+.CW "\-p 3"
+would print it twice\*-once before processing and once after (you
+might find the difference between the two interesting). This is mostly
+useful to me, but you may find it informative in some bizarre circumstances.
+.IP \fB\-q\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -q
+If you give PMake this flag, it will not try to re-create anything. It
+will just see if anything is out-of-date and exit non-zero if so.
+.IP \fB\-r\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -r
+When PMake starts up, it reads a default makefile that tells it what
+sort of system it's on and gives it some idea of what to do if you
+don't tell it anything. I'll tell you about it in chapter 3. If you
+give this flag, PMake won't read the default makefile.
+.IP \fB\-s\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -s
+This causes PMake to not print commands before they're executed. It
+is the equivalent of putting an `@' before every command in the
+makefile.
+.IP \fB\-t\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -t
+Rather than try to re-create a target, PMake will simply ``touch'' it
+so as to make it appear up-to-date. If the target didn't exist before,
+it will when PMake finishes, but if the target did exist, it will
+appear to have been updated.
+.IP \fB\-v\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -v
+This is a mixed-compatibility flag intended to mimic the System V
+version of Make. It is the same as giving
+.B \-B ,
+and
+.B \-V
+as well as turning off directory locking. Targets can still be created
+in parallel, however. This is the mode PMake will enter if it is
+invoked either as
+.CW smake '' ``
+or
+.CW vmake ''. ``
+.IP \fB\-x\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -x
+This tells PMake it's ok to export jobs to other machines, if they're
+available. It is used when running in Make mode, as exporting in this
+mode tends to make things run slower than if the commands were just
+executed locally.
+.IP \fB\-B\fP
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 def flags -B
+Forces PMake to be as backwards-compatible with Make as possible while
+still being itself.
+This includes:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Executing one shell per shell command
+.IP \(bu 2
+Expanding anything that looks even vaguely like a variable, with the
+empty string replacing any variable PMake doesn't know.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Refusing to allow you to escape a `#' with a backslash.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Permitting undefined variables on dependency lines and conditionals
+(see below). Normally this causes PMake to abort.
+.RE
+.IP \fB\-C\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -C
+This nullifies any and all compatibility mode flags you may have given
+or implied up to the time the
+.B \-C
+is encountered. It is useful mostly in a makefile that you wrote for PMake
+to avoid bad things happening when someone runs PMake as
+.CW make '' ``
+or has things set in the environment that tell it to be compatible.
+.B \-C
+is
+.I not
+placed in the
+.CW PMAKE
+environment variable or the
+.CW .MAKEFLAGS
+or
+.CW MFLAGS
+global variables.
+.Ix 0 ref variable environment PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .MAKEFLAGS
+.Ix 0 ref variable global MFLAGS
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKEFLAGS variable
+.Ix 0 ref MFLAGS
+.IP "\fB\-D\fP \fIvariable\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -D
+Allows you to define a variable to have 
+.CW 1 '' ``
+as its value.  The variable is a global variable, not a command-line
+variable. This is useful mostly for people who are used to the C
+compiler arguments and those using conditionals, which I'll get into
+in section 4.3
+.Rm 1 4.3
+.IP "\fB\-I\fP \fIdirectory\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -I
+Tells PMake another place to search for included makefiles. Yet
+another thing to be explained in chapter 3 (section 3.2, to be
+precise).
+.Rm 2 3.2
+.IP "\fB\-J\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -J
+Gives the absolute maximum number of targets to create at once on both
+local and remote machines.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fP \fInumber\fP"
+.Ix 0 def flags -L
+This specifies the maximum number of targets to create on the local
+machine at once. This may be 0, though you should be wary of doing
+this, as PMake may hang until a remote machine becomes available, if
+one is not available when it is started.
+.IP \fB\-M\fP
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.Ix 0 def flags -M
+This is the flag that provides absolute, complete, full compatibility
+with Make. It still allows you to use all but a few of the features of
+PMake, but it is non-parallel. This is the mode PMake enters if you
+call it
+.CW make .'' ``
+.IP \fB\-P\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -P
+.Ix 0 ref "output control"
+When creating targets in parallel, several shells are executing at
+once, each wanting to write its own two cent's-worth to the screen.
+This output must be captured by PMake in some way in order to prevent
+the screen from being filled with garbage even more indecipherable
+than you usually see. PMake has two ways of doing this, one of which
+provides for much cleaner output and a clear separation between the
+output of different jobs, the other of which provides a more immediate
+response so one can tell what is really happening. The former is done
+by notifying you when the creation of a target starts, capturing the
+output and transferring it to the screen all at once when the job
+finishes. The latter is done by catching the output of the shell (and
+its children) and buffering it until an entire line is received, then
+printing that line preceded by an indication of which job produced
+the output. Since I prefer this second method, it is the one used by
+default. The first method will be used if you give the
+.B \-P
+flag to PMake.
+.IP \fB\-V\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -V
+As mentioned before, the
+.B \-V
+flag tells PMake to use Make's style of expanding variables,
+substituting the empty string for any variable it doesn't know.
+.IP \fB\-W\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -W
+There are several times when PMake will print a message at you that is
+only a warning, i.e. it can continue to work in spite of your having
+done something silly (such as forgotten a leading tab for a shell
+command). Sometimes you are well aware of silly things you have done
+and would like PMake to stop bothering you. This flag tells it to shut
+up about anything non-fatal.
+.IP \fB\-X\fP
+.Ix 0 def flags -X
+This flag causes PMake to not attempt to export any jobs to another
+machine.
+.LP
+Several flags may follow a single `\-'. Those flags that require
+arguments take them from successive parameters. E.g.
+.DS
+pmake -fDnI server.mk DEBUG /chip2/X/server/include
+.DE
+will cause PMake to read
+.CW server.mk
+as the input makefile, define the variable
+.CW DEBUG
+as a global variable and look for included makefiles in the directory
+.CW /chip2/X/server/include .
+.xH 2 Summary
+.LP
+A makefile is made of four types of lines:
+.RS
+.IP \(bu 2
+Dependency lines
+.IP \(bu 2
+Creation commands
+.IP \(bu 2
+Variable assignments
+.IP \(bu 2
+Comments, include statements and conditional directives
+.RE
+.LP
+A dependency line is a list of one or more targets, an operator
+.CW : ', (`
+.CW :: ', `
+or
+.CW ! '), `
+and a list of zero or more sources. Sources may contain wildcards and
+certain local variables.
+.LP
+A creation command is a regular shell command preceded by a tab. In
+addition, if the first two characters after the tab (and other
+whitespace) are a combination of
+.CW @ ' `
+or
+.CW - ', `
+PMake will cause the command to not be printed (if the character is
+.CW @ ') `
+or errors from it to be ignored (if
+.CW - '). `
+A blank line, dependency line or variable assignment terminates a
+creation script. There may be only one creation script for each target
+with a
+.CW : ' `
+or
+.CW ! ' `
+operator.
+.LP
+Variables are places to store text. They may be unconditionally
+assigned-to using the
+.CW = ' `
+.Ix 0 ref =
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment
+operator, appended-to using the
+.CW += ' `
+.Ix 0 ref +=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment appended
+operator, conditionally (if the variable is undefined) assigned-to
+with the
+.CW ?= ' `
+.Ix 0 ref ?=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment conditional
+operator, and assigned-to with variable expansion with the
+.CW := ' `
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+operator. The output of a shell command may be assigned to a variable
+using the
+.CW != ' `
+.Ix 0 ref !=
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment shell-output
+operator.  Variables may be expanded (their value inserted) by enclosing
+their name in parentheses or curly braces, preceded by a dollar sign.
+A dollar sign may be escaped with another dollar sign. Variables are
+not expanded if PMake doesn't know about them. There are seven local
+variables:
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .ALLSRC ,
+.CW .OODATE ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .IMPSRC ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER .
+Four of them
+.CW .TARGET , (
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER )
+may be used to specify ``dynamic sources.''
+.Ix 0 ref "dynamic source"
+.Ix 0 ref source dynamic
+Variables are good. Know them. Love them. Live them.
+.LP
+Debugging of makefiles is best accomplished using the
+.B \-n ,
+.B "\-d m" ,
+and
+.B "\-p 2"
+flags.
+.xH 2 Exercises
+.ce
+\s+4\fBTBA\fP\s0
+.xH 1 Short-cuts and Other Nice Things
+.LP
+Based on what I've told you so far, you may have gotten the impression
+that PMake is just a way of storing away commands and making sure you
+don't forget to compile something. Good. That's just what it is.
+However, the ways I've described have been inelegant, at best, and
+painful, at worst.
+This chapter contains things that make the
+writing of makefiles easier and the makefiles themselves shorter and
+easier to modify (and, occasionally, simpler). In this chapter, I
+assume you are somewhat more
+familiar with Sprite (or UNIX, if that's what you're using) than I did
+in chapter 2, just so you're on your toes.
+So without further ado...
+.xH 2 Transformation Rules
+.LP
+As you know, a file's name consists of two parts: a base name, which
+gives some hint as to the contents of the file, and a suffix, which
+usually indicates the format of the file.
+Over the years, as
+.UX
+has developed,
+naming conventions, with regard to suffixes, have also developed that have
+become almost as incontrovertible as Law. E.g. a file ending in
+.CW .c
+is assumed to contain C source code; one with a
+.CW .o
+suffix is assumed to be a compiled, relocatable object file that may
+be linked into any program; a file with a
+.CW .ms
+suffix is usually a text file to be processed by Troff with the \-ms
+macro package, and so on.
+One of the best aspects of both Make and PMake comes from their
+understanding of how the suffix of a file pertains to its contents and
+their ability to do things with a file based solely on its suffix. This
+ability comes from something known as a transformation rule. A
+transformation rule specifies how to change a file with one suffix
+into a file with another suffix.
+.LP
+A transformation rule looks much like a dependency line, except the
+target is made of two known suffixes stuck together. Suffixes are made
+known to PMake by placing them as sources on a dependency line whose
+target is the special target
+.CW .SUFFIXES .
+E.g.
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES       : .o .c
+\&.c.o            :
+        $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+The creation script attached to the target is used to transform a file with
+the first suffix (in this case,
+.CW .c )
+into a file with the second suffix (here,
+.CW .o ).
+In addition, the target inherits whatever attributes have been applied
+to the transformation rule.
+The simple rule given above says that to transform a C source file
+into an object file, you compile it using
+.CW cc
+with the
+.CW \-c
+flag.
+This rule is taken straight from the system makefile. Many
+transformation rules (and suffixes) are defined there, and I refer you
+to it for more examples (type
+.CW "pmake -h" '' ``
+to find out where it is).
+.LP
+There are several things to note about the transformation rule given
+above:
+.RS
+.IP 1)
+The
+.CW .IMPSRC 
+variable.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 def .IMPSRC
+This variable is set to the ``implied source'' (the file from which
+the target is being created; the one with the first suffix), which, in this
+case, is the .c file.
+.IP 2)
+The
+.CW CFLAGS
+variable. Almost all of the transformation rules in the system
+makefile are set up using variables that you can alter in your
+makefile to tailor the rule to your needs. In this case, if you want
+all your C files to be compiled with the
+.B \-g
+flag, to provide information for
+.CW dbx ,
+you would set the
+.CW CFLAGS
+variable to contain
+.CW -g
+.CW "CFLAGS = -g" '') (``
+and PMake would take care of the rest.
+.RE
+.LP
+To give you a quick example, the makefile in 2.3.4 
+.Rm 3 2.3.4
+could be changed to this:
+.DS
+OBJS            = a.o b.o c.o
+program         : $(OBJS)
+        $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+$(OBJS)         : defs.h
+.DE
+The transformation rule I gave above takes the place of the 6 lines\**
+.FS
+This is also somewhat cleaner, I think, than the dynamic source
+solution presented in 2.6
+.FE
+.Rm 4 2.6
+.DS
+a.o             : a.c
+        cc -c a.c
+b.o             : b.c
+        cc -c b.c
+c.o             : c.c
+        cc -c c.c
+.DE
+.LP
+Now you may be wondering about the dependency between the
+.CW .o
+and
+.CW .c
+files \*- it's not mentioned anywhere in the new makefile. This is
+because it isn't needed: one of the effects of applying a
+transformation rule is the target comes to depend on the implied
+source. That's why it's called the implied
+.I source .
+.LP
+For a more detailed example. Say you have a makefile like this:
+.DS
+a.out           : a.o b.o
+        $(CC) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+and a directory set up like this:
+.DS
+total 4
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor         34 Sep  7 00:43 Makefile
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor        119 Oct  3 19:39 a.c
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor        201 Sep  7 00:43 a.o
+-rw-rw-r--  1 deboor         69 Sep  7 00:43 b.c
+.DE
+While just typing
+.CW pmake '' ``
+will do the right thing, it's much more informative to type
+.CW "pmake -d s" ''. ``
+This will show you what PMake is up to as it processes the files. In
+this case, PMake prints the following:
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (a.out)
+	using existing source a.o
+	applying .o -> .out to "a.o"
+Suff_FindDeps (a.o)
+	trying a.c...got it
+	applying .c -> .o to "a.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (b.o)
+	trying b.c...got it
+	applying .c -> .o to "b.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (a.c)
+	trying a.y...not there
+	trying a.l...not there
+	trying a.c,v...not there
+	trying a.y,v...not there
+	trying a.l,v...not there
+Suff_FindDeps (b.c)
+	trying b.y...not there
+	trying b.l...not there
+	trying b.c,v...not there
+	trying b.y,v...not there
+	trying b.l,v...not there
+--- a.o ---
+cc  -c a.c
+--- b.o ---
+cc  -c b.c
+--- a.out ---
+cc a.o b.o
+.DE
+.LP
+.CW Suff_FindDeps
+is the name of a function in PMake that is called to check for implied
+sources for a target using transformation rules.
+The transformations it tries are, naturally
+enough, limited to the ones that have been defined (a transformation
+may be defined multiple times, by the way, but only the most recent
+one will be used). You will notice, however, that there is a definite
+order to the suffixes that are tried. This order is set by the
+relative positions of the suffixes on the
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+line \*- the earlier a suffix appears, the earlier it is checked as
+the source of a transformation. Once a suffix has been defined, the
+only way to change its position in the pecking order is to remove all
+the suffixes (by having a
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+dependency line with no sources) and redefine them in the order you
+want. (Previously-defined transformation rules will be automatically
+redefined as the suffixes they involve are re-entered.)
+.LP
+Another way to affect the search order is to make the dependency
+explicit. In the above example,
+.CW a.out
+depends on
+.CW a.o
+and
+.CW b.o .
+Since a transformation exists from
+.CW .o
+to
+.CW .out ,
+PMake uses that, as indicated by the
+.CW "using existing source a.o" '' ``
+message.
+.LP
+The search for a transformation starts from the suffix of the target
+and continues through all the defined transformations, in the order
+dictated by the suffix ranking, until an existing file with the same
+base (the target name minus the suffix and any leading directories) is
+found. At that point, one or more transformation rules will have been
+found to change the one existing file into the target.
+.LP
+For example, ignoring what's in the system makefile for now, say you
+have a makefile like this:
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES       : .out .o .c .y .l
+\&.l.c            :
+        lex $(.IMPSRC)
+        mv lex.yy.c $(.TARGET)
+\&.y.c            :
+        yacc $(.IMPSRC)
+        mv y.tab.c $(.TARGET)
+\&.c.o            :
+        cc -c $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.o.out          :
+        cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+and the single file
+.CW jive.l .
+If you were to type
+.CW "pmake -rd ms jive.out" ,'' ``
+you would get the following output for
+.CW jive.out :
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.out)
+	trying jive.o...not there
+	trying jive.c...not there
+	trying jive.y...not there
+	trying jive.l...got it
+	applying .l -> .c to "jive.l"
+	applying .c -> .o to "jive.c"
+	applying .o -> .out to "jive.o"
+.DE
+and this is why: PMake starts with the target
+.CW jive.out ,
+figures out its suffix
+.CW .out ) (
+and looks for things it can transform to a
+.CW .out
+file. In this case, it only finds
+.CW .o ,
+so it looks for the file
+.CW jive.o .
+It fails to find it, so it looks for transformations into a
+.CW .o
+file. Again it has only one choice:
+.CW .c .
+So it looks for
+.CW jive.c
+and, as you know, fails to find it. At this point it has two choices:
+it can create the
+.CW .c
+file from either a
+.CW .y
+file or a
+.CW .l
+file. Since
+.CW .y
+came first on the
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+line, it checks for
+.CW jive.y
+first, but can't find it, so it looks for
+.CW jive.l
+and, lo and behold, there it is.
+At this point, it has defined a transformation path as follows:
+.CW .l
+\(->
+.CW .c
+\(->
+.CW .o
+\(->
+.CW .out
+and applies the transformation rules accordingly. For completeness,
+and to give you a better idea of what PMake actually did with this
+three-step transformation, this is what PMake printed for the rest of
+the process:
+.DS
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.o)
+	using existing source jive.c
+	applying .c -> .o to "jive.c"
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.c)
+	using existing source jive.l
+	applying .l -> .c to "jive.l"
+Suff_FindDeps (jive.l)
+Examining jive.l...modified 17:16:01 Oct 4, 1987...up-to-date
+Examining jive.c...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.c ---
+lex jive.l
+\&.\|.\|. meaningless lex output deleted .\|.\|.
+mv lex.yy.c jive.c
+Examining jive.o...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.o ---
+cc -c jive.c
+Examining jive.out...non-existent...out-of-date
+--- jive.out ---
+cc -o jive.out jive.o
+.DE
+.LP
+One final question remains: what does PMake do with targets that have
+no known suffix? PMake simply pretends it actually has a known suffix
+and searches for transformations accordingly.
+The suffix it chooses is the source for the
+.CW .NULL
+.Ix 0 ref .NULL
+target mentioned later. In the system makefile, 
+.CW .out
+is chosen as the ``null suffix''
+.Ix 0 def suffix null
+.Ix 0 def "null suffix"
+because most people use PMake to create programs. You are, however,
+free and welcome to change it to a suffix of your own choosing.
+The null suffix is ignored, however, when PMake is in compatibility
+mode (see chapter 4).
+.xH 2 Including Other Makefiles
+.Ix 0 def makefile inclusion
+.Rd 2
+.LP
+Just as for programs, it is often useful to extract certain parts of a
+makefile into another file and just include it in other makefiles
+somehow. Many compilers allow you say something like
+.DS
+#include "defs.h"
+.DE
+to include the contents of
+.CW defs.h
+in the source file. PMake allows you to do the same thing for
+makefiles, with the added ability to use variables in the filenames.
+An include directive in a makefile looks either like this:
+.DS
+#include <file>
+.DE
+or this
+.DS
+#include "file"
+.DE
+The difference between the two is where PMake searches for the file:
+the first way, PMake will look for
+the file only in the system makefile directory (or directories)
+(to find out what that directory is, give PMake the
+.B \-h
+flag).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -h
+The system makefile directory search path can be overridden via the
+.B \-m
+option.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -m
+For files in double-quotes, the search is more complex:
+.RS
+.IP 1)
+The directory of the makefile that's including the file.
+.IP 2)
+The current directory (the one in which you invoked PMake).
+.IP 3)
+The directories given by you using
+.B \-I
+flags, in the order in which you gave them.
+.IP 4)
+Directories given by
+.CW .PATH
+dependency lines (see chapter 4).
+.IP 5)
+The system makefile directory.
+.RE
+.LP
+in that order.
+.LP
+You are free to use PMake variables in the filename\*-PMake will
+expand them before searching for the file. You must specify the
+searching method with either angle brackets or double-quotes
+.I outside
+of a variable expansion. I.e. the following
+.DS
+SYSTEM	= <command.mk>
+
+#include $(SYSTEM)
+.DE
+won't work.
+.xH 2 Saving Commands
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def ...
+There may come a time when you will want to save certain commands to
+be executed when everything else is done. For instance: you're
+making several different libraries at one time and you want to create the
+members in parallel. Problem is,
+.CW ranlib
+is another one of those programs that can't be run more than once in
+the same directory at the same time (each one creates a file called
+.CW __.SYMDEF
+into which it stuffs information for the linker to use. Two of them
+running at once will overwrite each other's file and the result will
+be garbage for both parties). You might want a way to save the ranlib
+commands til the end so they can be run one after the other, thus
+keeping them from trashing each other's file. PMake allows you to do
+this by inserting an ellipsis (``.\|.\|.'') as a command between
+commands to be run at once and those to be run later.
+.LP
+So for the
+.CW ranlib
+case above, you might do this:
+.Rd 5
+.DS
+lib1.a          : $(LIB1OBJS)
+        rm -f $(.TARGET)
+        ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+        ...
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+
+lib2.a          : $(LIB2OBJS)
+        rm -f $(.TARGET)
+        ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+        ...
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+This would save both
+.DS
+ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+commands until the end, when they would run one after the other
+(using the correct value for the
+.CW .TARGET
+variable, of course).
+.LP
+Commands saved in this manner are only executed if PMake manages to
+re-create everything without an error.
+.xH 2 Target Attributes
+.LP
+PMake allows you to give attributes to targets by means of special
+sources. Like everything else PMake uses, these sources begin with a
+period and are made up of all upper-case letters. There are various
+reasons for using them, and I will try to give examples for most of
+them. Others you'll have to find uses for yourself. Think of it as ``an
+exercise for the reader.'' By placing one (or more) of these as a source on a
+dependency line, you are ``marking the target(s) with that
+attribute.'' That's just the way I phrase it, so you know.
+.LP
+Any attributes given as sources for a transformation rule are applied
+to the target of the transformation rule when the rule is applied.
+.Ix 0 def attributes
+.Ix 0 ref source
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.nr pw 12
+.IP .DONTCARE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .DONTCARE
+.Ix 0 def .DONTCARE
+If a target is marked with this attribute and PMake can't figure out
+how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't
+really needed or actually exists and PMake just can't find it. This may prove
+wrong, but the error will be noted later on, not when PMake tries to create
+the target so marked. This attribute also prevents PMake from
+attempting to touch the target if it is given the
+.B \-t
+flag.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+.IP .EXEC \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXEC
+.Ix 0 def .EXEC
+This attribute causes its shell script to be executed while having no
+effect on targets that depend on it. This makes the target into a sort
+of subroutine.  An example. Say you have some LISP files that need to
+be compiled and loaded into a LISP process. To do this, you echo LISP
+commands into a file and execute a LISP with this file as its input
+when everything's done. Say also that you have to load other files
+from another system before you can compile your files and further,
+that you don't want to go through the loading and dumping unless one
+of
+.I your
+files has changed. Your makefile might look a little bit
+like this (remember, this is an educational example, and don't worry
+about the
+.CW COMPILE
+rule, all will soon become clear, grasshopper):
+.DS
+system          : init a.fasl b.fasl c.fasl
+        for i in $(.ALLSRC);
+        do
+                echo -n '(load "' >> input
+                echo -n ${i} >> input
+                echo '")' >> input
+        done
+        echo '(dump "$(.TARGET)")' >> input
+        lisp < input
+
+a.fasl          : a.l init COMPILE
+b.fasl          : b.l init COMPILE
+c.fasl          : c.l init COMPILE
+COMPILE         : .USE
+        echo '(compile "$(.ALLSRC)")' >> input
+init            : .EXEC
+        echo '(load-system)' > input
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref .USE
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .USE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.IP "\&"
+.CW .EXEC
+sources, don't appear in the local variables of targets that depend on
+them (nor are they touched if PMake is given the
+.B \-t
+flag).
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+Note that all the rules, not just that for
+.CW system ,
+include
+.CW init
+as a source. This is because none of the other targets can be made
+until
+.CW init
+has been made, thus they depend on it.
+.IP .EXPORT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORT
+.Ix 0 def .EXPORT
+This is used to mark those targets whose creation should be sent to
+another machine if at all possible. This may be used by some
+exportation schemes if the exportation is expensive. You should ask
+your system administrator if it is necessary.
+.IP .EXPORTSAME \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .EXPORTSAME
+.Ix 0 def .EXPORTSAME
+Tells the export system that the job should be exported to a machine
+of the same architecture as the current one. Certain operations (e.g.
+running text through
+.CW nroff )
+can be performed the same on any architecture (CPU and
+operating system type), while others (e.g. compiling a program with
+.CW cc )
+must be performed on a machine with the same architecture. Not all
+export systems will support this attribute.
+.IP .IGNORE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .IGNORE
+.Ix 0 def .IGNORE attribute
+Giving a target the
+.CW .IGNORE
+attribute causes PMake to ignore errors from any of the target's commands, as
+if they all had `\-' before them.
+.IP .INVISIBLE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .INVISIBLE
+.Ix 0 def .INVISIBLE
+This allows you to specify one target as a source for another without
+the one affecting the other's local variables. Useful if, say, you
+have a makefile that creates two programs, one of which is used to
+create the other, so it must exist before the other is created. You
+could say
+.DS
+prog1           : $(PROG1OBJS) prog2 MAKEINSTALL
+prog2           : $(PROG2OBJS) .INVISIBLE MAKEINSTALL
+.DE
+where
+.CW MAKEINSTALL
+is some complex .USE rule (see below) that depends on the
+.Ix 0 ref .USE
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable containing the right things. Without the
+.CW .INVISIBLE
+attribute for
+.CW prog2 ,
+the
+.CW MAKEINSTALL
+rule couldn't be applied. This is not as useful as it should be, and
+the semantics may change (or the whole thing go away) in the
+not-too-distant future.
+.IP .JOIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .JOIN
+.Ix 0 def .JOIN
+This is another way to avoid performing some operations in parallel
+while permitting everything else to be done so. Specifically it
+forces the target's shell script to be executed only if one or more of the
+sources was out-of-date. In addition, the target's name,
+in both its
+.CW .TARGET
+variable and all the local variables of any target that depends on it,
+is replaced by the value of its
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable.
+As an example, suppose you have a program that has four libraries that
+compile in the same directory along with, and at the same time as, the
+program. You again have the problem with
+.CW ranlib
+that I mentioned earlier, only this time it's more severe: you
+can't just put the ranlib off to the end since the program
+will need those libraries before it can be re-created. You can do
+something like this:
+.DS
+program         : $(OBJS) libraries
+        cc -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+
+libraries       : lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a .JOIN
+        ranlib $(.OODATE)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .OODATE
+.Ix 0 ref .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref .ALLSRC
+.Ix 0 ref .OODATE
+In this case, PMake will re-create the
+.CW $(OBJS)
+as necessary, along with
+.CW lib1.a ,
+.CW lib2.a ,
+.CW lib3.a
+and
+.CW lib4.a .
+It will then execute
+.CW ranlib
+on any library that was changed and set
+.CW program 's
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable to contain what's in
+.CW $(OBJS)
+followed by
+.CW "lib1.a lib2.a lib3.a lib4.a" .'' ``
+In case you're wondering, it's called
+.CW .JOIN
+because it joins together different threads of the ``input graph'' at
+the target marked with the attribute.
+Another aspect of the .JOIN attribute is it keeps the target from
+being created if the
+.B \-t
+flag was given.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -t
+.IP .MAKE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .MAKE
+.Ix 0 def .MAKE
+The
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute marks its target as being a recursive invocation of PMake.
+This forces PMake to execute the script associated with the target (if
+it's out-of-date) even if you gave the
+.B \-n
+or
+.B \-t
+flag. By doing this, you can start at the top of a system and type
+.DS
+pmake -n
+.DE
+and have it descend the directory tree (if your makefiles are set up
+correctly), printing what it would have executed if you hadn't
+included the
+.B \-n
+flag.
+.IP .NOEXPORT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .NOEXPORT
+.Ix 0 def .NOEXPORT attribute
+If possible, PMake will attempt to export the creation of all targets to
+another machine (this depends on how PMake was configured). Sometimes,
+the creation is so simple, it is pointless to send it to another
+machine. If you give the target the
+.CW .NOEXPORT
+attribute, it will be run locally, even if you've given PMake the
+.B "\-L 0"
+flag.
+.IP .NOTMAIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .NOTMAIN
+.Ix 0 def .NOTMAIN
+Normally, if you do not specify a target to make in any other way,
+PMake will take the first target on the first dependency line of a
+makefile as the target to create. That target is known as the ``Main
+Target'' and is labeled as such if you print the dependencies out
+using the
+.B \-p
+flag.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -p
+Giving a target this attribute tells PMake that the target is
+definitely
+.I not
+the Main Target.
+This allows you to place targets in an included makefile and
+have PMake create something else by default.
+.IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .PRECIOUS
+.Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS attribute
+When PMake is interrupted (you type control-C at the keyboard), it
+will attempt to clean up after itself by removing any half-made
+targets. If a target has the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute, however, PMake will leave it alone. An additional side
+effect of the `::' operator is to mark the targets as
+.CW .PRECIOUS .
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref ::
+.IP .SILENT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .SILENT
+.Ix 0 def .SILENT attribute
+Marking a target with this attribute keeps its commands from being
+printed when they're executed, just as if they had an `@' in front of them.
+.IP .USE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def attributes .USE
+.Ix 0 def .USE
+By giving a target this attribute, you turn it into PMake's equivalent
+of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target,
+the other target acquires the commands, sources and attributes (except
+.CW .USE )
+of the source.
+If the target already has commands, the
+.CW .USE
+target's commands are added to the end. If more than one .USE-marked
+source is given to a target, the rules are applied sequentially.
+.IP "\&" \n(pw
+The typical .USE rule (as I call them) will use the sources of the
+target to which it is applied (as stored in the
+.CW .ALLSRC
+variable for the target) as its ``arguments,'' if you will.
+For example, you probably noticed that the commands for creating
+.CW lib1.a
+and
+.CW lib2.a
+in the example in section 3.3
+.Rm 5 3.3
+were exactly the same. You can use the
+.CW .USE
+attribute to eliminate the repetition, like so:
+.DS
+lib1.a          : $(LIB1OBJS) MAKELIB
+lib2.a          : $(LIB2OBJS) MAKELIB
+
+MAKELIB         : .USE
+        rm -f $(.TARGET)
+        ar cr $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+        ...
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .TARGET
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .ALLSRC
+.IP "\&" \n(pw
+Several system makefiles (not to be confused with The System Makefile)
+make use of these  .USE rules to make your
+life easier (they're in the default, system makefile directory...take a look).
+Note that the .USE rule source itself
+.CW MAKELIB ) (
+does not appear in any of the targets's local variables.
+There is no limit to the number of times I could use the
+.CW MAKELIB
+rule. If there were more libraries, I could continue with
+.CW "lib3.a : $(LIB3OBJS) MAKELIB" '' ``
+and so on and so forth.
+.xH 2 Special Targets
+.LP
+As there were in Make, so there are certain targets that have special
+meaning to PMake. When you use one on a dependency line, it is the
+only target that may appear on the left-hand-side of the operator.
+.Ix 0 ref target
+.Ix 0 ref operator
+As for the attributes and variables, all the special targets
+begin with a period and consist of upper-case letters only.
+I won't describe them all in detail because some of them are rather
+complex and I'll describe them in more detail than you'll want in
+chapter 4.
+The targets are as follows:
+.nr pw 10
+.IP .BEGIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .BEGIN
+Any commands attached to this target are executed before anything else
+is done. You can use it for any initialization that needs doing.
+.IP .DEFAULT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .DEFAULT
+This is sort of a .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a
+source) that PMake can't figure out any other way to create. It's only
+``sort of'' a .USE rule because only the shell script attached to the
+.CW .DEFAULT
+target is used. The
+.CW .IMPSRC
+variable of a target that inherits
+.CW .DEFAULT 's
+commands is set to the target's own name.
+.Ix 0 ref .IMPSRC
+.Ix 0 ref variable local .IMPSRC
+.IP .END \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .END
+This serves a function similar to
+.CW .BEGIN ,
+in that commands attached to it are executed once everything has been
+re-created (so long as no errors occurred). It also serves the extra
+function of being a place on which PMake can hang commands you put off
+to the end. Thus the script for this target will be executed before
+any of the commands you save with the ``.\|.\|.''.
+.Ix 0 ref ...
+.IP .EXPORT \n(pw
+The sources for this target are passed to the exportation system compiled
+into PMake. Some systems will use these sources to configure
+themselves. You should ask your system administrator about this.
+.IP .IGNORE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .IGNORE target
+.Ix 0 ref .IGNORE attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .IGNORE
+This target marks each of its sources with the
+.CW .IGNORE
+attribute. If you don't give it any sources, then it is like
+giving the
+.B \-i
+flag when you invoke PMake \*- errors are ignored for all commands.
+.Ix 0 ref flags -i
+.IP .INCLUDES \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .INCLUDES target
+.Ix 0 def variable global .INCLUDES
+.Ix 0 def .INCLUDES variable
+The sources for this target are taken to be suffixes that indicate a
+file that can be included in a program source file.
+The suffix must have already been declared with
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+(see below).
+Any suffix so marked will have the directories on its search path
+(see
+.CW .PATH ,
+below) placed in the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable, each preceded by a
+.B \-I
+flag. This variable can then be used as an argument for the compiler
+in the normal fashion. The
+.CW .h
+suffix is already marked in this way in the system makefile.
+.Ix 0 ref makefile system
+E.g. if you have
+.DS
+\&.SUFFIXES       : .bitmap
+\&.PATH.bitmap    : /usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps
+\&.INCLUDES       : .bitmap
+.DE
+PMake will place
+.CW "-I/usr/local/X/lib/bitmaps" '' ``
+in the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable and you can then say
+.DS
+cc $(.INCLUDES) -c xprogram.c
+.DE
+(Note: the
+.CW .INCLUDES
+variable is not actually filled in until the entire makefile has been read.)
+.IP .INTERRUPT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .INTERRUPT
+When PMake is interrupted,
+it will execute the commands in the script for this target, if it
+exists.
+.IP .LIBS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .LIBS target
+.Ix 0 def .LIBS variable
+.Ix 0 def variable global .LIBS
+This does for libraries what
+.CW .INCLUDES
+does for include files, except the flag used is
+.B \-L ,
+as required by those linkers that allow you to tell them where to find
+libraries. The variable used is
+.CW .LIBS .
+Be forewarned that PMake may not have been compiled to do this if the
+linker on your system doesn't accept the
+.B \-L
+flag, though the
+.CW .LIBS
+variable will always be defined once the makefile has been read.
+.IP .MAIN \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .MAIN
+If you didn't give a target (or targets) to create when you invoked
+PMake, it will take the sources of this target as the targets to
+create.
+.IP .MAKEFLAGS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .MAKEFLAGS target
+This target provides a way for you to always specify flags for PMake
+when the makefile is used. The flags are just as they would be typed
+to the shell (except you can't use shell variables unless they're in
+the environment),
+though the
+.B \-f
+and
+.B \-r
+flags have no effect.
+.IP .NULL \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .NULL
+.Ix 0 ref suffix null
+.Ix 0 ref "null suffix"
+This allows you to specify what suffix PMake should pretend a file has
+if, in fact, it has no known suffix. Only one suffix may be so
+designated. The last source on the dependency line is the suffix that
+is used (you should, however, only give one suffix.\|.\|.).
+.IP .PATH \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .PATH
+If you give sources for this target, PMake will take them as
+directories in which to search for files it cannot find in the current
+directory. If you give no sources, it will clear out any directories
+added to the search path before. Since the effects of this all get
+very complex, I'll leave it til chapter four to give you a complete
+explanation.
+.IP .PATH\fIsuffix\fP \n(pw
+.Ix 0 ref .PATH
+This does a similar thing to
+.CW .PATH ,
+but it does it only for files with the given suffix. The suffix must
+have been defined already. Look at
+.B "Search Paths"
+(section 4.1)
+.Rm 6 4.1
+for more information.
+.IP .PRECIOUS \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .PRECIOUS target
+.Ix 0 ref .PRECIOUS attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .PRECIOUS
+Similar to
+.CW .IGNORE ,
+this gives the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute to each source on the dependency line, unless there are no
+sources, in which case the
+.CW .PRECIOUS
+attribute is given to every target in the file.
+.IP .RECURSIVE \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .RECURSIVE
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .MAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKE
+This target applies the
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute to all its sources. It does nothing if you don't give it any sources.
+.IP .SHELL \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SHELL
+PMake is not constrained to only using the Bourne shell to execute
+the commands you put in the makefile. You can tell it some other shell
+to use with this target. Check out
+.B "A Shell is a Shell is a Shell"
+(section 4.4)
+.Rm 7 4.4
+for more information.
+.IP .SILENT \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SILENT target
+.Ix 0 ref .SILENT attribute
+.Ix 0 ref attributes .SILENT
+When you use
+.CW .SILENT
+as a target, it applies the
+.CW .SILENT
+attribute to each of its sources. If there are no sources on the
+dependency line, then it is as if you gave PMake the
+.B \-s
+flag and no commands will be echoed.
+.IP .SUFFIXES \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def .SUFFIXES
+This is used to give new file suffixes for PMake to handle. Each
+source is a suffix PMake should recognize. If you give a
+.CW .SUFFIXES
+dependency line with no sources, PMake will forget about all the
+suffixes it knew (this also nukes the null suffix).
+For those targets that need to have suffixes defined, this is how you do it.
+.LP
+In addition to these targets, a line of the form
+.DS
+\fIattribute\fP : \fIsources\fP
+.DE
+applies the
+.I attribute
+to all the targets listed as
+.I sources .
+.xH 2 Modifying Variable Expansion
+.LP
+.Ix 0 def variable expansion modified
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion
+.Ix 0 def variable modifiers
+Variables need not always be expanded verbatim. PMake defines several
+modifiers that may be applied to a variable's value before it is
+expanded. You apply a modifier by placing it after the variable name
+with a colon between the two, like so:
+.DS
+${\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fImodifier\fP}
+.DE
+Each modifier is a single character followed by something specific to
+the modifier itself.
+You may apply as many modifiers as you want \*- each one is applied to
+the result of the previous and is separated from the previous by
+another colon.
+.LP
+There are seven ways to modify a variable's expansion, most of which
+come from the C shell variable modification characters:
+.RS
+.IP "M\fIpattern\fP"
+.Ix 0 def :M
+.Ix 0 def modifier match
+This is used to select only those words (a word is a series of
+characters that are neither spaces nor tabs) that match the given
+.I pattern .
+The pattern is a wildcard pattern like that used by the shell, where
+.CW *
+means 0 or more characters of any sort;
+.CW ?
+is any single character;
+.CW [abcd]
+matches any single character that is either `a', `b', `c' or `d'
+(there may be any number of characters between the brackets);
+.CW [0-9]
+matches any single character that is between `0' and `9' (i.e. any
+digit. This form may be freely mixed with the other bracket form), and
+`\\' is used to escape any of the characters `*', `?', `[' or `:',
+leaving them as regular characters to match themselves in a word.
+For example, the system makefile
+.CW <makedepend.mk>
+uses
+.CW "$(CFLAGS:M-[ID]*)" '' ``
+to extract all the
+.CW \-I
+and
+.CW \-D
+flags that would be passed to the C compiler. This allows it to
+properly locate include files and generate the correct dependencies.
+.IP "N\fIpattern\fP"
+.Ix 0 def :N
+.Ix 0 def modifier nomatch
+This is identical to
+.CW :M
+except it substitutes all words that don't match the given pattern.
+.IP "S/\fIsearch-string\fP/\fIreplacement-string\fP/[g]"
+.Ix 0 def :S
+.Ix 0 def modifier substitute
+Causes the first occurrence of
+.I search-string
+in the variable to be replaced by
+.I replacement-string ,
+unless the
+.CW g
+flag is given at the end, in which case all occurrences of the string
+are replaced. The substitution is performed on each word in the
+variable in turn. If 
+.I search-string
+begins with a
+.CW ^ ,
+the string must match starting at the beginning of the word. If
+.I search-string
+ends with a
+.CW $ ,
+the string must match to the end of the word (these two may be
+combined to force an exact match). If a backslash precedes these two
+characters, however, they lose their special meaning. Variable
+expansion also occurs in the normal fashion inside both the
+.I search-string
+and the
+.I replacement-string ,
+.B except
+that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a
+.CW $ ,
+not another dollar sign, as is usual.
+Note that
+.I search-string
+is just a string, not a pattern, so none of the usual
+regular-expression/wildcard characters have any special meaning save
+.CW ^
+and
+.CW $ .
+In the replacement string,
+the
+.CW &
+character is replaced by the
+.I search-string
+unless it is preceded by a backslash.
+You are allowed to use any character except
+colon or exclamation point to separate the two strings. This so-called
+delimiter character may be placed in either string by preceding it
+with a backslash.
+.IP T
+.Ix 0 def :T
+.Ix 0 def modifier tail
+Replaces each word in the variable expansion by its last
+component (its ``tail''). For example, given
+.DS
+OBJS = ../lib/a.o b /usr/lib/libm.a
+TAILS = $(OBJS:T)
+.DE
+the variable
+.CW TAILS
+would expand to
+.CW "a.o b libm.a" .'' ``
+.IP H
+.Ix 0 def :H
+.Ix 0 def modifier head
+This is similar to
+.CW :T ,
+except that every word is replaced by everything but the tail (the
+``head''). Using the same definition of
+.CW OBJS ,
+the string
+.CW "$(OBJS:H)" '' ``
+would expand to
+.CW "../lib /usr/lib" .'' ``
+Note that the final slash on the heads is removed and
+anything without a head is replaced by the empty string.
+.IP E
+.Ix 0 def :E
+.Ix 0 def modifier extension
+.Ix 0 def modifier suffix
+.Ix 0 ref suffix "variable modifier"
+.CW :E
+replaces each word by its suffix (``extension''). So
+.CW "$(OBJS:E)" '' ``
+would give you
+.CW ".o .a" .'' ``
+.IP R
+.Ix 0 def :R
+.Ix 0 def modifier root
+.Ix 0 def modifier base
+This replaces each word by everything but the suffix (the ``root'' of
+the word).
+.CW "$(OBJS:R)" '' ``
+expands to ``
+.CW "../lib/a b /usr/lib/libm" .''
+.RE
+.LP
+In addition, the System V style of substitution is also supported.
+This looks like:
+.DS
+$(\fIVARIABLE\fP:\fIsearch-string\fP=\fIreplacement\fP)
+.DE
+It must be the last modifier in the chain. The search is anchored at
+the end of each word, so only suffixes or whole words may be replaced.
+.xH 2 More on Debugging
+.xH 2 More Exercises
+.IP (3.1)
+You've got a set programs, each of which is created from its own
+assembly-language source file (suffix
+.CW .asm ).
+Each program can be assembled into two versions, one with error-checking
+code assembled in and one without. You could assemble them into files
+with different suffixes
+.CW .eobj \& (
+and
+.CW .obj ,
+for instance), but your linker only understands files that end in
+.CW .obj .
+To top it all off, the final executables
+.I must
+have the suffix
+.CW .exe .
+How can you still use transformation rules to make your life easier
+(Hint: assume the error-checking versions have
+.CW ec
+tacked onto their prefix)?
+.IP (3.2)
+Assume, for a moment or two, you want to perform a sort of
+``indirection'' by placing the name of a variable into another one,
+then you want to get the value of the first by expanding the second
+somehow. Unfortunately, PMake doesn't allow constructs like
+.DS I
+$($(FOO))
+.DE
+What do you do? Hint: no further variable expansion is performed after
+modifiers are applied, thus if you cause a $ to occur in the
+expansion, that's what will be in the result.
+.xH 1 PMake for Gods
+.LP
+This chapter is devoted to those facilities in PMake that allow you to
+do a great deal in a makefile with very little work, as well as do
+some things you couldn't do in Make without a great deal of work (and
+perhaps the use of other programs). The problem with these features,
+is they must be handled with care, or you will end up with a mess.
+.LP
+Once more, I assume a greater familiarity with
+.UX
+or Sprite than I did in the previous two chapters.
+.xH 2 Search Paths
+.Rd 6
+.LP
+PMake supports the dispersal of files into multiple directories by
+allowing you to specify places to look for sources with
+.CW .PATH
+targets in the makefile. The directories you give as sources for these
+targets make up a ``search path.'' Only those files used exclusively
+as sources are actually sought on a search path, the assumption being
+that anything listed as a target in the makefile can be created by the
+makefile and thus should be in the current directory.
+.LP
+There are two types of search paths
+in PMake: one is used for all types of files (including included
+makefiles) and is specified with a plain
+.CW .PATH
+target (e.g.
+.CW ".PATH : RCS" ''), ``
+while the other is specific to a certain type of file, as indicated by
+the file's suffix. A specific search path is indicated by immediately following
+the
+.CW .PATH
+with the suffix of the file. For instance
+.DS
+\&.PATH.h         : /sprite/lib/include /sprite/att/lib/include
+.DE
+would tell PMake to look in the directories
+.CW /sprite/lib/include
+and
+.CW /sprite/att/lib/include
+for any files whose suffix is
+.CW .h .
+.LP
+The current directory is always consulted first to see if a file
+exists. Only if it cannot be found there are the directories in the
+specific search path, followed by those in the general search path,
+consulted.
+.LP
+A search path is also used when expanding wildcard characters. If the
+pattern has a recognizable suffix on it, the path for that suffix will
+be used for the expansion. Otherwise the default search path is employed.
+.LP
+When a file is found in some directory other than the current one, all
+local variables that would have contained the target's name
+.CW .ALLSRC , (
+and
+.CW .IMPSRC )
+will instead contain the path to the file, as found by PMake.
+Thus if you have a file
+.CW ../lib/mumble.c
+and a makefile
+.DS
+\&.PATH.c         : ../lib
+mumble          : mumble.c
+        $(CC) -o $(.TARGET) $(.ALLSRC)
+.DE
+the command executed to create
+.CW mumble
+would be
+.CW "cc -o mumble ../lib/mumble.c" .'' ``
+(As an aside, the command in this case isn't strictly necessary, since
+it will be found using transformation rules if it isn't given. This is because
+.CW .out
+is the null suffix by default and a transformation exists from
+.CW .c
+to
+.CW .out .
+Just thought I'd throw that in.)
+.LP
+If a file exists in two directories on the same search path, the file
+in the first directory on the path will be the one PMake uses. So if
+you have a large system spread over many directories, it would behoove
+you to follow a naming convention that avoids such conflicts.
+.LP
+Something you should know about the way search paths are implemented
+is that each directory is read, and its contents cached, exactly once
+\&\*- when it is first encountered \*- so any changes to the
+directories while PMake is running will not be noted when searching
+for implicit sources, nor will they be found when PMake attempts to
+discover when the file was last modified, unless the file was created in the
+current directory. While people have suggested that PMake should read
+the directories each time, my experience suggests that the caching seldom
+causes problems. In addition, not caching the directories slows things
+down enormously because of PMake's attempts to apply transformation
+rules through non-existent files \*- the number of extra file-system
+searches is truly staggering, especially if many files without
+suffixes are used and the null suffix isn't changed from
+.CW .out .
+.xH 2 Archives and Libraries
+.LP
+.UX
+and Sprite allow you to merge files into an archive using the
+.CW ar
+command. Further, if the files are relocatable object files, you can
+run
+.CW ranlib
+on the archive and get yourself a library that you can link into any
+program you want. The main problem with archives is they double the
+space you need to store the archived files, since there's one copy in
+the archive and one copy out by itself. The problem with libraries is
+you usually think of them as
+.CW -lm
+rather than
+.CW /usr/lib/libm.a
+and the linker thinks they're out-of-date if you so much as look at
+them.
+.LP
+PMake solves the problem with archives by allowing you to tell it to
+examine the files in the archives (so you can remove the individual
+files without having to regenerate them later). To handle the problem
+with libraries, PMake adds an additional way of deciding if a library
+is out-of-date:
+.IP \(bu 2
+If the table of contents is older than the library, or is missing, the
+library is out-of-date.
+.LP
+A library is any target that looks like
+.CW \-l name'' ``
+or that ends in a suffix that was marked as a library using the
+.CW .LIBS
+target.
+.CW .a
+is so marked in the system makefile.
+.LP
+Members of an archive are specified as
+``\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP[ \fImember\fP...])''.
+Thus
+.CW libdix.a(window.o) '' ``'
+specifies the file
+.CW window.o
+in the archive
+.CW libdix.a .
+You may also use wildcards to specify the members of the archive. Just
+remember that most the wildcard characters will only find 
+.I existing
+files.
+.LP
+A file that is a member of an archive is treated specially. If the
+file doesn't exist, but it is in the archive, the modification time
+recorded in the archive is used for the file when determining if the
+file is out-of-date. When figuring out how to make an archived member target
+(not the file itself, but the file in the archive \*- the
+\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target), special care is
+taken with the transformation rules, as follows:
+.IP \(bu 2
+\&\fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) is made to depend on \fImember\fP.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The transformation from the \fImember\fP's suffix to the
+\fIarchive\fP's suffix is applied to the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s
+.CW .TARGET
+variable is set to the name of the \fImember\fP if \fImember\fP is
+actually a target, or the path to the member file if \fImember\fP is
+only a source.
+.IP \(bu 2
+The
+.CW .ARCHIVE
+variable for the \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP) target is set to the name
+of the \fIarchive\fP.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .ARCHIVE
+.Ix 0 def .ARCHIVE
+.IP \(bu 2
+The
+.CW .MEMBER
+variable is set to the actual string inside the parentheses. In most
+cases, this will be the same as the
+.CW .TARGET
+variable.
+.Ix 0 def variable local .MEMBER
+.Ix 0 def .MEMBER
+.IP \(bu 2
+The \fIarchive\fP(\fImember\fP)'s place in the local variables of the
+targets that depend on it is taken by the value of its
+.CW .TARGET
+variable.
+.LP
+Thus, a program library could be created with the following makefile:
+.DS
+\&.o.a            :
+        ...
+        rm -f $(.TARGET:T)
+OBJS            = obj1.o obj2.o obj3.o
+libprog.a       : libprog.a($(OBJS))
+        ar cru $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE)
+        ranlib $(.TARGET)
+.DE
+This will cause the three object files to be compiled (if the
+corresponding source files were modified after the object file or, if
+that doesn't exist, the archived object file), the out-of-date ones
+archived in
+.CW libprog.a ,
+a table of contents placed in the archive and the newly-archived
+object files to be removed.
+.LP
+All this is used in the 
+.CW makelib.mk
+system makefile to create a single library with ease. This makefile
+looks like this:
+.DS
+.SM
+#
+# Rules for making libraries. The object files that make up the library
+# are removed once they are archived.
+#
+# To make several libraries in parallel, you should define the variable
+# "many_libraries". This will serialize the invocations of ranlib.
+#
+# To use, do something like this:
+#
+# OBJECTS = <files in the library>
+#
+# fish.a: fish.a($(OBJECTS)) MAKELIB
+#
+#
+
+#ifndef _MAKELIB_MK
+_MAKELIB_MK	=
+
+#include	<po.mk>
+
+\&.po.a .o.a	:
+	...
+	rm -f $(.MEMBER)
+
+ARFLAGS		?= crl
+
+#
+# Re-archive the out-of-date members and recreate the library's table of
+# contents using ranlib. If many_libraries is defined, put the ranlib
+# off til the end so many libraries can be made at once.
+#
+MAKELIB		: .USE .PRECIOUS
+	ar $(ARFLAGS) $(.TARGET) $(.OODATE)
+#ifndef no_ranlib
+# ifdef many_libraries
+	...
+# endif /* many_libraries */
+	ranlib $(.TARGET)
+#endif /* no_ranlib */
+
+#endif /* _MAKELIB_MK */
+.DE
+.xH 2 On the Condition...
+.Rd 1
+.LP
+Like the C compiler before it, PMake allows you to configure the makefile,
+based on the current environment, using conditional statements. A
+conditional looks like this:
+.DS
+#if \fIboolean expression\fP
+\fIlines\fP
+#elif \fIanother boolean expression\fP
+\fImore lines\fP
+#else
+\fIstill more lines\fP
+#endif
+.DE
+They may be nested to a maximum depth of 30 and may occur anywhere
+(except in a comment, of course). The
+.CW # '' ``
+must the very first character on the line.
+.LP
+Each
+.I "boolean expression"
+is made up of terms that look like function calls, the standard C
+boolean operators
+.CW && ,
+.CW || ,
+and
+.CW ! ,
+and the standard relational operators
+.CW == ,
+.CW != ,
+.CW > ,
+.CW >= ,
+.CW < ,
+and
+.CW <= ,
+with
+.CW ==
+and
+.CW !=
+being overloaded to allow string comparisons as well.
+.CW &&
+represents logical AND;
+.CW ||
+is logical OR and
+.CW !
+is logical NOT.  The arithmetic and string operators take precedence
+over all three of these operators, while NOT takes precedence over
+AND, which takes precedence over OR.  This precedence may be
+overridden with parentheses, and an expression may be parenthesized to
+your heart's content.  Each term looks like a call on one of four
+functions:
+.nr pw 9
+.Ix 0 def make
+.Ix 0 def conditional make
+.Ix 0 def if make
+.IP make \n(pw
+The syntax is
+.CW make( \fItarget\fP\c
+.CW )
+where
+.I target
+is a target in the makefile. This is true if the given target was
+specified on the command line, or as the source for a
+.CW .MAIN
+target (note that the sources for
+.CW .MAIN
+are only used if no targets were given on the command line).
+.IP defined \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def defined
+.Ix 0 def conditional defined
+.Ix 0 def if defined
+The syntax is
+.CW defined( \fIvariable\fP\c
+.CW )
+and is true if
+.I variable
+is defined. Certain variables are defined in the system makefile that
+identify the system on which PMake is being run.
+.IP exists \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def exists
+.Ix 0 def conditional exists
+.Ix 0 def if exists
+The syntax is
+.CW exists( \fIfile\fP\c
+.CW )
+and is true if the file can be found on the global search path
+(i.e. that defined by
+.CW .PATH
+targets, not by
+.CW .PATH \fIsuffix\fP
+targets).
+.IP empty \n(pw
+.Ix 0 def empty
+.Ix 0 def conditional empty
+.Ix 0 def if empty
+This syntax is much like the others, except the string inside the
+parentheses is of the same form as you would put between parentheses
+when expanding a variable, complete with modifiers and everything. The
+function returns true if the resulting string is empty (NOTE: an undefined
+variable in this context will cause at the very least a warning
+message about a malformed conditional, and at the worst will cause the
+process to stop once it has read the makefile. If you want to check
+for a variable being defined or empty, use the expression
+.CW !defined( \fIvar\fP\c ``
+.CW ") || empty(" \fIvar\fP\c
+.CW ) ''
+as the definition of
+.CW ||
+will prevent the
+.CW empty()
+from being evaluated and causing an error, if the variable is
+undefined). This can be used to see if a variable contains a given
+word, for example:
+.DS
+#if !empty(\fIvar\fP:M\fIword\fP)
+.DE
+.LP
+The arithmetic and string operators may only be used to test the value
+of a variable. The lefthand side must contain the variable expansion,
+while the righthand side contains either a string, enclosed in
+double-quotes, or a number. The standard C numeric conventions (except
+for specifying an octal number) apply to both sides. E.g.
+.DS
+#if $(OS) == 4.3
+
+#if $(MACHINE) == "sun3"
+
+#if $(LOAD_ADDR) < 0xc000
+.DE
+are all valid conditionals. In addition, the numeric value of a
+variable can be tested as a boolean as follows:
+.DS
+#if $(LOAD)
+.DE
+would see if
+.CW LOAD
+contains a non-zero value and
+.DS
+#if !$(LOAD)
+.DE
+would test if
+.CW LOAD
+contains a zero value.
+.LP
+In addition to the bare
+.CW #if ,'' ``
+there are other forms that apply one of the first two functions to each
+term. They are as follows:
+.DS
+	ifdef	\fRdefined\fP
+	ifndef	\fR!defined\fP
+	ifmake	\fRmake\fP
+	ifnmake	\fR!make\fP
+.DE
+There are also the ``else if'' forms:
+.CW elif ,
+.CW elifdef ,
+.CW elifndef ,
+.CW elifmake ,
+and
+.CW elifnmake .
+.LP
+For instance, if you wish to create two versions of a program, one of which
+is optimized (the production version) and the other of which is for debugging
+(has symbols for dbx), you have two choices: you can create two
+makefiles, one of which uses the
+.CW \-g
+flag for the compilation, while the other uses the
+.CW \-O
+flag, or you can use another target (call it
+.CW debug )
+to create the debug version. The construct below will take care of
+this for you. I have also made it so defining the variable
+.CW DEBUG
+(say with
+.CW "pmake -D DEBUG" )
+will also cause the debug version to be made.
+.DS
+#if defined(DEBUG) || make(debug)
+CFLAGS		+= -g
+#else
+CFLAGS		+= -O
+#endif
+.DE
+There are, of course, problems with this approach. The most glaring
+annoyance is that if you want to go from making a debug version to
+making a production version, you have to remove all the object files,
+or you will get some optimized and some debug versions in the same
+program. Another annoyance is you have to be careful not to make two
+targets that ``conflict'' because of some conditionals in the
+makefile. For instance
+.DS
+#if make(print)
+FORMATTER	= ditroff -Plaser_printer
+#endif
+#if make(draft)
+FORMATTER	= nroff -Pdot_matrix_printer
+#endif
+.DE
+would wreak havoc if you tried
+.CW "pmake draft print" '' ``
+since you would use the same formatter for each target. As I said,
+this all gets somewhat complicated.
+.xH 2 A Shell is a Shell is a Shell
+.Rd 7
+.LP
+In normal operation, the Bourne Shell (better known as
+.CW sh '') ``
+is used to execute the commands to re-create targets. PMake also allows you
+to specify a different shell for it to use when executing these
+commands. There are several things PMake must know about the shell you
+wish to use. These things are specified as the sources for the
+.CW .SHELL
+.Ix 0 ref .SHELL
+.Ix 0 ref target .SHELL
+target by keyword, as follows:
+.IP "\fBpath=\fP\fIpath\fP"
+PMake needs to know where the shell actually resides, so it can
+execute it. If you specify this and nothing else, PMake will use the
+last component of the path and look in its table of the shells it
+knows and use the specification it finds, if any. Use this if you just
+want to use a different version of the Bourne or C Shell (yes, PMake knows
+how to use the C Shell too).
+.IP "\fBname=\fP\fIname\fP"
+This is the name by which the shell is to be known. It is a single
+word and, if no other keywords are specified (other than
+.B path ),
+it is the name by which PMake attempts to find a specification for
+it (as mentioned above). You can use this if you would just rather use
+the C Shell than the Bourne Shell
+.CW ".SHELL: name=csh" '' (``
+will do it).
+.IP "\fBquiet=\fP\fIecho-off command\fP"
+As mentioned before, PMake actually controls whether commands are
+printed by introducing commands into the shell's input stream. This
+keyword, and the next two, control what those commands are. The
+.B quiet
+keyword is the command used to turn echoing off. Once it is turned
+off, echoing is expected to remain off until the echo-on command is given.
+.IP "\fBecho=\fP\fIecho-on command\fP"
+The command PMake should give to turn echoing back on again.
+.IP "\fBfilter=\fP\fIprinted echo-off command\fP"
+Many shells will echo the echo-off command when it is given. This
+keyword tells PMake in what format the shell actually prints the
+echo-off command. Wherever PMake sees this string in the shell's
+output, it will delete it and any following whitespace, up to and
+including the next newline. See the example at the end of this section
+for more details.
+.IP "\fBechoFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn echoing on\fP"
+Unless a target has been marked
+.CW .SILENT ,
+PMake wants to start the shell running with echoing on. To do this, it
+passes this flag to the shell as one of its arguments. If either this
+or the next flag begins with a `\-', the flags will be passed to the
+shell as separate arguments. Otherwise, the two will be concatenated
+(if they are used at the same time, of course).
+.IP "\fBerrFlag=\fP\fIflag to turn error checking on\fP"
+Likewise, unless a target is marked
+.CW .IGNORE ,
+PMake wishes error-checking to be on from the very start. To this end,
+it will pass this flag to the shell as an argument. The same rules for
+an initial `\-' apply as for the
+.B echoFlag .
+.IP "\fBcheck=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking on\fP"
+Just as for echo-control, error-control is achieved by inserting
+commands into the shell's input stream. This is the command to make
+the shell check for errors. It also serves another purpose if the
+shell doesn't have error-control as commands, but I'll get into that
+in a minute. Again, once error checking has been turned on, it is
+expected to remain on until it is turned off again.
+.IP "\fBignore=\fP\fIcommand to turn error checking off\fP"
+This is the command PMake uses to turn error checking off. It has
+another use if the shell doesn't do error-control, but I'll tell you
+about that.\|.\|.\|now.
+.IP "\fBhasErrCtl=\fP\fIyes or no\fP"
+This takes a value that is either
+.B yes
+or
+.B no .
+Now you might think that the existence of the
+.B check
+and
+.B ignore
+keywords would be enough to tell PMake if the shell can do
+error-control, but you'd be wrong. If
+.B hasErrCtl
+is
+.B yes ,
+PMake uses the check and ignore commands in a straight-forward manner.
+If this is
+.B no ,
+however, their use is rather different. In this case, the check
+command is used as a template, in which the string
+.B %s
+is replaced by the command that's about to be executed, to produce a
+command for the shell that will echo the command to be executed. The
+ignore command is also used as a template, again with
+.B %s
+replaced by the command to be executed, to produce a command that will
+execute the command to be executed and ignore any error it returns.
+When these strings are used as templates, you must provide newline(s)
+.CW \en '') (``
+in the appropriate place(s).
+.LP
+The strings that follow these keywords may be enclosed in single or
+double quotes (the quotes will be stripped off) and may contain the
+usual C backslash-characters (\en is newline, \er is return, \eb is
+backspace, \e' escapes a single-quote inside single-quotes, \e"
+escapes a double-quote inside double-quotes). Now for an example.
+.LP
+This is actually the contents of the
+.CW <shx.mk>
+system makefile, and causes PMake to use the Bourne Shell in such a
+way that each command is printed as it is executed. That is, if more
+than one command is given on a line, each will be printed separately.
+Similarly, each time the body of a loop is executed, the commands
+within that loop will be printed, etc. The specification runs like
+this:
+.DS
+#
+# This is a shell specification to have the Bourne shell echo
+# the commands just before executing them, rather than when it reads
+# them. Useful if you want to see how variables are being expanded, etc.
+#
+\&.SHELL 	: path=/bin/sh \e
+	quiet="set -" \e
+	echo="set -x" \e
+	filter="+ set - " \e
+	echoFlag=x \e
+	errFlag=e \e
+	hasErrCtl=yes \e
+	check="set -e" \e
+	ignore="set +e"
+.DE
+.LP
+It tells PMake the following:
+.Bp
+The shell is located in the file
+.CW /bin/sh .
+It need not tell PMake that the name of the shell is
+.CW sh 
+as PMake can figure that out for itself (it's the last component of
+the path).
+.Bp
+The command to stop echoing is
+.CW "set -" .
+.Bp
+The command to start echoing is
+.CW "set -x" .
+.Bp
+When the echo off command is executed, the shell will print
+.CW "+ set - " 
+(The `+' comes from using the
+.CW \-x
+flag (rather than the
+.CW \-v
+flag PMake usually uses)). PMake will remove all occurrences of this
+string from the output, so you don't notice extra commands you didn't
+put there.
+.Bp
+The flag the Bourne Shell will take to start echoing in this way is
+the
+.CW \-x
+flag. The Bourne Shell will only take its flag arguments concatenated
+as its first argument, so neither this nor the
+.B errFlag
+specification begins with a \-.
+.Bp
+The flag to use to turn error-checking on from the start is
+.CW \-e .
+.Bp
+The shell can turn error-checking on and off, and the commands to do
+so are
+.CW "set +e"
+and
+.CW "set -e" ,
+respectively.
+.LP
+I should note that this specification is for Bourne Shells that are
+not part of Berkeley
+.UX ,
+as shells from Berkeley don't do error control. You can get a similar
+effect, however, by changing the last three lines to be:
+.DS
+	hasErrCtl=no \e
+	check="echo \e"+ %s\e"\en" \e
+	ignore="sh -c '%s || exit 0\en"
+.DE
+.LP
+This will cause PMake to execute the two commands
+.DS
+echo "+ \fIcmd\fP"
+sh -c '\fIcmd\fP || true'
+.DE
+for each command for which errors are to be ignored. (In case you are
+wondering, the thing for
+.CW ignore
+tells the shell to execute another shell without error checking on and
+always exit 0, since the
+.B ||
+causes the
+.CW "exit 0"
+to be executed only if the first command exited non-zero, and if the
+first command exited zero, the shell will also exit zero, since that's
+the last command it executed).
+.xH 2 Compatibility
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+There are three (well, 3 \(12) levels of backwards-compatibility built
+into PMake.  Most makefiles will need none at all. Some may need a
+little bit of work to operate correctly when run in parallel. Each
+level encompasses the previous levels (e.g.
+.B \-B
+(one shell per command) implies
+.B \-V )
+The three levels are described in the following three sections.
+.xH 3 DEFCON 3 \*- Variable Expansion
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+As noted before, PMake will not expand a variable unless it knows of a
+value for it. This can cause problems for makefiles that expect to
+leave variables undefined except in special circumstances (e.g. if
+more flags need to be passed to the C compiler or the output from a
+text processor should be sent to a different printer). If the
+variables are enclosed in curly braces
+.CW ${PRINTER} ''), (``
+the shell will let them pass. If they are enclosed in parentheses,
+however, the shell will declare a syntax error and the make will come
+to a grinding halt.
+.LP
+You have two choices: change the makefile to define the variables
+(their values can be overridden on the command line, since that's
+where they would have been set if you used Make, anyway) or always give the
+.B \-V
+flag (this can be done with the
+.CW .MAKEFLAGS
+target, if you want).
+.xH 3 DEFCON 2 \*- The Number of the Beast
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+Then there are the makefiles that expect certain commands, such as
+changing to a different directory, to not affect other commands in a
+target's creation script. You can solve this is either by going
+back to executing one shell per command (which is what the
+.B \-B
+flag forces PMake to do), which slows the process down a good bit and
+requires you to use semicolons and escaped newlines for shell constructs, or
+by changing the makefile to execute the offending command(s) in a subshell
+(by placing the line inside parentheses), like so:
+.DS
+install :: .MAKE
+	(cd src; $(.PMAKE) install)
+	(cd lib; $(.PMAKE) install)
+	(cd man; $(.PMAKE) install)
+.DE
+.Ix 0 ref operator double-colon
+.Ix 0 ref variable global .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .PMAKE
+.Ix 0 ref .MAKE
+.Ix 0 ref attribute .MAKE
+This will always execute the three makes (even if the
+.B \-n
+flag was given) because of the combination of the ``::'' operator and
+the
+.CW .MAKE
+attribute. Each command will change to the proper directory to perform
+the install, leaving the main shell in the directory in which it started.
+.xH 3 "DEFCON 1 \*- Imitation is the Not the Highest Form of Flattery"
+.Ix 0 ref compatibility
+.LP
+The final category of makefile is the one where every command requires
+input, the dependencies are incompletely specified, or you simply
+cannot create more than one target at a time, as mentioned earlier. In
+addition, you may not have the time or desire to upgrade the makefile
+to run smoothly with PMake. If you are the conservative sort, this is
+the compatibility mode for you. It is entered either by giving PMake
+the
+.B \-M
+flag (for Make), or by executing PMake as
+.CW make .'' ``
+In either case, PMake performs things exactly like Make (while still
+supporting most of the nice new features PMake provides). This
+includes:
+.IP \(bu 2
+No parallel execution.
+.IP \(bu 2
+Targets are made in the exact order specified by the makefile. The
+sources for each target are made in strict left-to-right order, etc.
+.IP \(bu 2
+A single Bourne shell is used to execute each command, thus the
+shell's
+.CW $$
+variable is useless, changing directories doesn't work across command
+lines, etc.
+.IP \(bu 2
+If no special characters exist in a command line, PMake will break the
+command into words itself and execute the command directly, without
+executing a shell first. The characters that cause PMake to execute a
+shell are:
+.CW # ,
+.CW = ,
+.CW | ,
+.CW ^ ,
+.CW ( ,
+.CW ) ,
+.CW { ,
+.CW } ,
+.CW ; ,
+.CW & ,
+.CW < ,
+.CW > ,
+.CW * ,
+.CW ? ,
+.CW [ ,
+.CW ] ,
+.CW : ,
+.CW $ ,
+.CW ` ,
+and
+.CW \e .
+You should notice that these are all the characters that are given
+special meaning by the shell (except
+.CW '
+and
+.CW " ,
+which PMake deals with all by its lonesome).
+.IP \(bu 2
+The use of the null suffix is turned off.
+.Ix 0 ref "null suffix"
+.Ix 0 ref suffix null
+.xH 2 The Way Things Work
+.LP
+When PMake reads the makefile, it parses sources and targets into
+nodes in a graph. The graph is directed only in the sense that PMake
+knows which way is up. Each node contains not only links to all its
+parents and children (the nodes that depend on it and those on which
+it depends, respectively), but also a count of the number of its
+children that have already been processed.
+.LP
+The most important thing to know about how PMake uses this graph is
+that the traversal is breadth-first and occurs in two passes.
+.LP
+After PMake has parsed the makefile, it begins with the nodes the user
+has told it to make (either on the command line, or via a 
+.CW .MAIN
+target, or by the target being the first in the file not labeled with
+the
+.CW .NOTMAIN
+attribute) placed in a queue. It continues to take the node off the
+front of the queue, mark it as something that needs to be made, pass
+the node to 
+.CW Suff_FindDeps
+(mentioned earlier) to find any implicit sources for the node, and
+place all the node's children that have yet to be marked at the end of
+the queue. If any of the children is a
+.CW .USE
+rule, its attributes are applied to the parent, then its commands are
+appended to the parent's list of commands and its children are linked
+to its parent. The parent's unmade children counter is then decremented
+(since the
+.CW .USE
+node has been processed). You will note that this allows a
+.CW .USE
+node to have children that are
+.CW .USE
+nodes and the rules will be applied in sequence.
+If the node has no children, it is placed at the end of
+another queue to be examined in the second pass. This process
+continues until the first queue is empty.
+.LP
+At this point, all the leaves of the graph are in the examination
+queue. PMake removes the node at the head of the queue and sees if it
+is out-of-date. If it is, it is passed to a function that will execute
+the commands for the node asynchronously. When the commands have
+completed, all the node's parents have their unmade children counter
+decremented and, if the counter is then 0, they are placed on the
+examination queue. Likewise, if the node is up-to-date. Only those
+parents that were marked on the downward pass are processed in this
+way. Thus PMake traverses the graph back up to the nodes the user
+instructed it to create. When the examination queue is empty and no
+shells are running to create a target, PMake is finished.
+.LP
+Once all targets have been processed, PMake executes the commands
+attached to the
+.CW .END
+target, either explicitly or through the use of an ellipsis in a shell
+script. If there were no errors during the entire process but there
+are still some targets unmade (PMake keeps a running count of how many
+targets are left to be made), there is a cycle in the graph. PMake does
+a depth-first traversal of the graph to find all the targets that
+weren't made and prints them out one by one.
+.xH 1 Answers to Exercises
+.IP (3.1)
+This is something of a trick question, for which I apologize. The
+trick comes from the UNIX definition of a suffix, which PMake doesn't
+necessarily share. You will have noticed that all the suffixes used in
+this tutorial (and in UNIX in general) begin with a period
+.CW .ms , (
+.CW .c ,
+etc.). Now, PMake's idea of a suffix is more like English's: it's the
+characters at the end of a word. With this in mind, one possible
+.Ix 0 def suffix
+solution to this problem goes as follows:
+.DS I
+\&.SUFFIXES       : ec.exe .exe ec.obj .obj .asm
+ec.objec.exe .obj.exe :
+        link -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.asmec.obj      :
+        asm -o $(.TARGET) -DDO_ERROR_CHECKING $(.IMPSRC)
+\&.asm.obj        :
+        asm -o $(.TARGET) $(.IMPSRC)
+.DE
+.IP (3.2)
+The trick to this one lies in the ``:='' variable-assignment operator
+and the ``:S'' variable-expansion modifier. 
+.Ix 0 ref variable assignment expanded
+.Ix 0 ref variable expansion modified
+.Ix 0 ref modifier substitute
+.Ix 0 ref :S
+.Ix 0 ref :=
+Basically what you want is to take the pointer variable, so to speak,
+and transform it into an invocation of the variable at which it
+points. You might try something like
+.DS I
+$(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/))
+.DE
+which places
+.CW $( '' ``
+at the front of the variable name and
+.CW ) '' ``
+at the end, thus transforming
+.CW VAR ,'' ``
+for example, into
+.CW $(VAR) ,'' ``
+which is just what we want. Unfortunately (as you know if you've tried
+it), since, as it says in the hint, PMake does no further substitution
+on the result of a modified expansion, that's \fIall\fP you get. The
+solution is to make use of ``:='' to place that string into yet
+another variable, then invoke the other variable directly:
+.DS I
+*PTR            := $(PTR:S/^/\e$(/:S/$/)/)
+.DE
+You can then use
+.CW $(*PTR) '' ``
+to your heart's content.
+.de Gp
+.XP
+\&\fB\\$1:\fP
+..
+.xH 1 Glossary of Jargon
+.Gp "attribute"
+A property given to a target that causes PMake to treat it differently.
+.Gp "command script"
+The lines immediately following a dependency line that specify
+commands to execute to create each of the targets on the dependency
+line. Each line in the command script must begin with a tab.
+.Gp "command-line variable"
+A variable defined in an argument when PMake is first executed.
+Overrides all assignments to the same variable name in the makefile.
+.Gp "conditional"
+A construct much like that used in C that allows a makefile to be
+configured on the fly based on the local environment, or on what is being
+made by that invocation of PMake.
+.Gp "creation script"
+Commands used to create a target. See ``command script.''
+.Gp "dependency"
+The relationship between a source and a target. This comes in three
+flavors, as indicated by the operator between the target and the
+source. `:' gives a straight time-wise dependency (if the target is
+older than the source, the target is out-of-date), while `!' provides
+simply an ordering and always considers the target out-of-date. `::'
+is much like `:', save it creates multiple instances of a target each
+of which depends on its own list of sources.
+.Gp "dynamic source"
+This refers to a source that has a local variable invocation in it. It
+allows a single dependency line to specify a different source for each
+target on the line.
+.Gp "global variable"
+Any variable defined in a makefile. Takes precedence over variables
+defined in the environment, but not over command-line or local variables.
+.Gp "input graph"
+What PMake constructs from a makefile. Consists of nodes made of the
+targets in the makefile, and the links between them (the
+dependencies). The links are directed (from source to target) and
+there may not be any cycles (loops) in the graph.
+.Gp "local variable"
+A variable defined by PMake visible only in a target's shell script.
+There are seven local variables, not all of which are defined for
+every target:
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .ALLSRC ,
+.CW .OODATE ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .IMPSRC ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.CW .MEMBER .
+.CW .TARGET ,
+.CW .PREFIX ,
+.CW .ARCHIVE ,
+and 
+.CW .MEMBER
+may be used on dependency lines to create ``dynamic sources.''
+.Gp "makefile"
+A file that describes how a system is built. If you don't know what it
+is after reading this tutorial.\|.\|.\|.
+.Gp "modifier"
+A letter, following a colon, used to alter how a variable is expanded.
+It has no effect on the variable itself.
+.Gp "operator"
+What separates a source from a target (on a dependency line) and specifies
+the relationship between the two. There are three:
+.CW : ', `
+.CW :: ', `
+and
+.CW ! '. `
+.Gp "search path"
+A list of directories in which a file should be sought. PMake's view
+of the contents of directories in a search path does not change once
+the makefile has been read. A file is sought on a search path only if
+it is exclusively a source.
+.Gp "shell"
+A program to which commands are passed in order to create targets.
+.Gp "source"
+Anything to the right of an operator on a dependency line. Targets on
+the dependency line are usually created from the sources.
+.Gp "special target"
+A target that causes PMake to do special things when it's encountered.
+.Gp "suffix"
+The tail end of a file name. Usually begins with a period,
+.CW .c
+or
+.CW .ms ,
+e.g.
+.Gp "target"
+A word to the left of the operator on a dependency line. More
+generally, any file that PMake might create. A file may be (and often
+is) both a target and a source (what it is depends on how PMake is
+looking at it at the time \*- sort of like the wave/particle duality
+of light, you know).
+.Gp "transformation rule"
+A special construct in a makefile that specifies how to create a file
+of one type from a file of another, as indicated by their suffixes.
+.Gp "variable expansion"
+The process of substituting the value of a variable for a reference to
+it. Expansion may be altered by means of modifiers.
+.Gp "variable"
+A place in which to store text that may be retrieved later. Also used
+to define the local environment. Conditionals exist that test whether
+a variable is defined or not.
+.bp
+.\" Output table of contents last, with an entry for the index, making
+.\" sure to save and restore the last real page number for the index...
+.nr @n \n(PN+1
+.\" We are not generating an index
+.\" .XS \n(@n
+.\" Index
+.\" .XE
+.nr %% \n%
+.PX
+.nr % \n(%%
diff --git a/README b/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb688a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+			       bmake
+
+This directory contains a port of the BSD make tool (from NetBSD)
+I have run it on SunOS,Solaris,HP-UX,AIX,IRIX,FreeBSD and Linux.
+
+Version 3 was re-worked from scratch to better facilitate
+importing newer make(1) versions from NetBSD.  The original code base
+was NetBSD-1.0, so version 3 was built by doing a fresh import of the
+NetBSD-1.0 usr.bin/make, adding the autoconf and other portability
+patches to sync it with bmake v2, and then NetBSD's make 
+of Feb 20, 2000 was imported and conflicts dealt with.
+NetBSD's make was again imported on June 6 and December 15, 2000.
+
+In 2003 bmake switched to a date based version (first was 20030714)
+which generally represents the date it was last merged with NetBSD's
+make.  Since then, NetBSD's make is imported within a week of any
+interesting changes, so that bmake tracks it very closely.
+
+Building:
+
+The prefered way to bootstrap bmake is:
+
+./bmake/boot-strap
+
+there are a number of args - most of which get passed to configure,
+eg.
+
+./bmake/boot-strap --prefix=/opt
+
+see the boot-strap script for details.
+
+To make much use of bmake you will need the bsd.*.mk macros or my
+portable *.mk macros.  See 
+http://www.crufty.net/ftp/pub/sjg/mk.tar.gz
+which will be links to the latest versions.
+
+On a non-BSD system, you would want to unpack mk[-YYYYmmdd].tar.gz in
+the same directory as bmake (so ./mk and ./bmake exist), and
+./bmake/boot-strap will do the rest.
+
+If you want to do it all by hand then read boot-strap first to get the
+idea.
+
+Even if you have an earlier version of bmake installed, use boot-strap
+to ensure that all goes well.
+
+--sjg
diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2adafba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+dnl RCSid:
+dnl	$Id: aclocal.m4,v 1.5 2003/03/06 21:21:30 sjg Exp $
+dnl
+
+dnl 
+dnl AC_CHECK_HEADER_HAS(HEADER, PATTERN, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]))
+
+AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_HEADER_HAS,
+[dnl first check if header exists and if so, see if it contains PATTERN
+ac_has_hdr=`echo "ac_cv_header_$1" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+ac_has_it=`echo "ac_cv_header_$1"_$2 | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo x'$'$ac_has_hdr`\" = x"; then
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER($1)
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$'$ac_has_hdr`\" = yes"; then
+  ac_x=HAVE_`echo "$1" | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_x)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $1 has $2])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL($ac_has_it,
+               [eval $ac_has_it=no
+                AC_EGREP_HEADER($2, $1, eval "$ac_has_it=yes")])
+
+  if eval "test \"`echo '$'$ac_has_it`\" = yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+    ac_x=HAVE_`echo "$1"_$2 | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_x)
+    ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+    ifelse([$4], , , [$4
+])dnl
+  fi
+fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_EGREP(PATTERN, FILE, ACTION-IF-FOUND [,
+dnl                 ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+AC_DEFUN(AC_EGREP,
+[
+dnl Prevent m4 from eating character classes:
+changequote(, )dnl
+if egrep "$1" $2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+changequote([, ])dnl
+  ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+ifelse([$4], , , [else
+  $4
+])dnl
+fi
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl Test for __attribute__
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(AC_C___ATTRIBUTE__, [
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for __attribute__)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv___attribute__, [
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+],
+[
+static void foo(void) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
+
+static void
+foo(void)
+{
+  exit(1);
+}
+],
+ac_cv___attribute__=yes,
+ac_cv___attribute__=no)])
+if test "$ac_cv___attribute__" = "yes"; then
+  AC_DEFINE(HAVE___ATTRIBUTE__, 1, [define if your compiler has __attribute__])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv___attribute__)
+])
+
diff --git a/arch.c b/arch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..943f41e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/arch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1403 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.63 2012/06/12 19:21:50 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.63 2012/06/12 19:21:50 joerg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)arch.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: arch.c,v 1.63 2012/06/12 19:21:50 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * arch.c --
+ *	Functions to manipulate libraries, archives and their members.
+ *
+ *	Once again, cacheing/hashing comes into play in the manipulation
+ * of archives. The first time an archive is referenced, all of its members'
+ * headers are read and hashed and the archive closed again. All hashed
+ * archives are kept on a list which is searched each time an archive member
+ * is referenced.
+ *
+ * The interface to this module is:
+ *	Arch_ParseArchive   	Given an archive specification, return a list
+ *	    	  	    	of GNode's, one for each member in the spec.
+ *	    	  	    	FAILURE is returned if the specification is
+ *	    	  	    	invalid for some reason.
+ *
+ *	Arch_Touch	    	Alter the modification time of the archive
+ *	    	  	    	member described by the given node to be
+ *	    	  	    	the current time.
+ *
+ *	Arch_TouchLib	    	Update the modification time of the library
+ *	    	  	    	described by the given node. This is special
+ *	    	  	    	because it also updates the modification time
+ *	    	  	    	of the library's table of contents.
+ *
+ *	Arch_MTime	    	Find the modification time of a member of
+ *	    	  	    	an archive *in the archive*. The time is also
+ *	    	  	    	placed in the member's GNode. Returns the
+ *	    	  	    	modification time.
+ *
+ *	Arch_MemTime	    	Find the modification time of a member of
+ *	    	  	    	an archive. Called when the member doesn't
+ *	    	  	    	already exist. Looks in the archive for the
+ *	    	  	    	modification time. Returns the modification
+ *	    	  	    	time.
+ *
+ *	Arch_FindLib	    	Search for a library along a path. The
+ *	    	  	    	library name in the GNode should be in
+ *	    	  	    	-l<name> format.
+ *
+ *	Arch_LibOODate	    	Special function to decide if a library node
+ *	    	  	    	is out-of-date.
+ *
+ *	Arch_Init 	    	Initialize this module.
+ *
+ *	Arch_End 	    	Cleanup this module.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+#include    <sys/types.h>
+#include    <sys/stat.h>
+#include    <sys/time.h>
+#include    <sys/param.h>
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_AR_H
+#include    <ar.h>
+#else
+struct ar_hdr {
+        char ar_name[16];               /* name */
+        char ar_date[12];               /* modification time */
+        char ar_uid[6];                 /* user id */
+        char ar_gid[6];                 /* group id */
+        char ar_mode[8];                /* octal file permissions */
+        char ar_size[10];               /* size in bytes */
+#ifndef ARFMAG
+#define ARFMAG  "`\n"
+#endif
+        char ar_fmag[2];                /* consistency check */
+};
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_RANLIB_H) && !(defined(__ELF__) || defined(NO_RANLIB))
+#include    <ranlib.h>
+#endif
+#include    <fcntl.h>
+#include    <stdio.h>
+#include    <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
+#include    <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+
+#ifdef TARGET_MACHINE
+#undef MAKE_MACHINE
+#define MAKE_MACHINE TARGET_MACHINE
+#endif
+#ifdef TARGET_MACHINE_ARCH
+#undef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH
+#define MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH TARGET_MACHINE_ARCH
+#endif
+
+static Lst	  archives;   /* Lst of archives we've already examined */
+
+typedef struct Arch {
+    char	  *name;      /* Name of archive */
+    Hash_Table	  members;    /* All the members of the archive described
+			       * by <name, struct ar_hdr *> key/value pairs */
+    char	  *fnametab;  /* Extended name table strings */
+    size_t	  fnamesize;  /* Size of the string table */
+} Arch;
+
+static int ArchFindArchive(const void *, const void *);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static void ArchFree(void *);
+#endif
+static struct ar_hdr *ArchStatMember(char *, char *, Boolean);
+static FILE *ArchFindMember(char *, char *, struct ar_hdr *, const char *);
+#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4) || defined(__ELF__)
+#define SVR4ARCHIVES
+static int ArchSVR4Entry(Arch *, char *, size_t, FILE *);
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(_AIX)
+# define AR_NAME _ar_name.ar_name
+# define AR_FMAG _ar_name.ar_fmag
+# define SARMAG  SAIAMAG
+# define ARMAG   AIAMAG
+# define ARFMAG  AIAFMAG
+#endif
+#ifndef  AR_NAME
+# define AR_NAME ar_name
+#endif
+#ifndef  AR_DATE
+# define AR_DATE ar_date
+#endif
+#ifndef  AR_SIZE
+# define AR_SIZE ar_size
+#endif
+#ifndef  AR_FMAG
+# define AR_FMAG ar_fmag
+#endif
+#ifndef ARMAG
+# define ARMAG	"!<arch>\n"
+#endif
+#ifndef SARMAG
+# define SARMAG	8
+#endif
+
+#define AR_MAX_NAME_LEN	    (sizeof(arh.AR_NAME)-1)
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFree --
+ *	Free memory used by an archive
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ArchFree(void *ap)
+{
+    Arch *a = (Arch *)ap;
+    Hash_Search	  search;
+    Hash_Entry	  *entry;
+
+    /* Free memory from hash entries */
+    for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&a->members, &search);
+	 entry != NULL;
+	 entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search))
+	free(Hash_GetValue(entry));
+
+    free(a->name);
+    if (a->fnametab)
+	free(a->fnametab);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&a->members);
+    free(a);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_ParseArchive --
+ *	Parse the archive specification in the given line and find/create
+ *	the nodes for the specified archive members, placing their nodes
+ *	on the given list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	linePtr		Pointer to start of specification
+ *	nodeLst		Lst on which to place the nodes
+ *	ctxt		Context in which to expand variables
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if it was a valid specification. The linePtr is updated
+ *	to point to the first non-space after the archive spec. The
+ *	nodes for the members are placed on the given list.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Some nodes may be created. The given list is extended.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Arch_ParseArchive(char **linePtr, Lst nodeLst, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    char	    *cp;	    /* Pointer into line */
+    GNode	    *gn;     	    /* New node */
+    char	    *libName;  	    /* Library-part of specification */
+    char	    *memName;  	    /* Member-part of specification */
+    char	    *nameBuf;	    /* temporary place for node name */
+    char	    saveChar;  	    /* Ending delimiter of member-name */
+    Boolean 	    subLibName;	    /* TRUE if libName should have/had
+				     * variable substitution performed on it */
+
+    libName = *linePtr;
+
+    subLibName = FALSE;
+
+    for (cp = libName; *cp != '(' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+	if (*cp == '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * Variable spec, so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+	     * so we can safely advance beyond it...
+	     */
+	    int 	length;
+	    void	*freeIt;
+	    char	*result;
+
+	    result = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, TRUE, &length, &freeIt);
+	    if (freeIt)
+		free(freeIt);
+	    if (result == var_Error) {
+		return(FAILURE);
+	    } else {
+		subLibName = TRUE;
+	    }
+
+	    cp += length-1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    *cp++ = '\0';
+    if (subLibName) {
+	libName = Var_Subst(NULL, libName, ctxt, TRUE);
+    }
+
+
+    for (;;) {
+	/*
+	 * First skip to the start of the member's name, mark that
+	 * place and skip to the end of it (either white-space or
+	 * a close paren).
+	 */
+	Boolean	doSubst = FALSE; /* TRUE if need to substitute in memName */
+
+	while (*cp != '\0' && *cp != ')' && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	memName = cp;
+	while (*cp != '\0' && *cp != ')' && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	    if (*cp == '$') {
+		/*
+		 * Variable spec, so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+		 * so we can safely advance beyond it...
+		 */
+		int 	length;
+		void	*freeIt;
+		char	*result;
+
+		result = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, TRUE, &length, &freeIt);
+		if (freeIt)
+		    free(freeIt);
+		if (result == var_Error) {
+		    return(FAILURE);
+		} else {
+		    doSubst = TRUE;
+		}
+
+		cp += length;
+	    } else {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the specification ends without a closing parenthesis,
+	 * chances are there's something wrong (like a missing backslash),
+	 * so it's better to return failure than allow such things to happen
+	 */
+	if (*cp == '\0') {
+	    printf("No closing parenthesis in archive specification\n");
+	    return (FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we didn't move anywhere, we must be done
+	 */
+	if (cp == memName) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	saveChar = *cp;
+	*cp = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX: This should be taken care of intelligently by
+	 * SuffExpandChildren, both for the archive and the member portions.
+	 */
+	/*
+	 * If member contains variables, try and substitute for them.
+	 * This will slow down archive specs with dynamic sources, of course,
+	 * since we'll be (non-)substituting them three times, but them's
+	 * the breaks -- we need to do this since SuffExpandChildren calls
+	 * us, otherwise we could assume the thing would be taken care of
+	 * later.
+	 */
+	if (doSubst) {
+	    char    *buf;
+	    char    *sacrifice;
+	    char    *oldMemName = memName;
+	    size_t   sz;
+
+	    memName = Var_Subst(NULL, memName, ctxt, TRUE);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Now form an archive spec and recurse to deal with nested
+	     * variables and multi-word variable values.... The results
+	     * are just placed at the end of the nodeLst we're returning.
+	     */
+	    sz = strlen(memName)+strlen(libName)+3;
+	    buf = sacrifice = bmake_malloc(sz);
+
+	    snprintf(buf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, memName);
+
+	    if (strchr(memName, '$') && strcmp(memName, oldMemName) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Must contain dynamic sources, so we can't deal with it now.
+		 * Just create an ARCHV node for the thing and let
+		 * SuffExpandChildren handle it...
+		 */
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(buf, TARG_CREATE);
+
+		if (gn == NULL) {
+		    free(buf);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+		} else {
+		    gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+		}
+	    } else if (Arch_ParseArchive(&sacrifice, nodeLst, ctxt)!=SUCCESS) {
+		/*
+		 * Error in nested call -- free buffer and return FAILURE
+		 * ourselves.
+		 */
+		free(buf);
+		return(FAILURE);
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Free buffer and continue with our work.
+	     */
+	    free(buf);
+	} else if (Dir_HasWildcards(memName)) {
+	    Lst	  members = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	    char  *member;
+	    size_t sz = MAXPATHLEN, nsz;
+	    nameBuf = bmake_malloc(sz);
+
+	    Dir_Expand(memName, dirSearchPath, members);
+	    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(members)) {
+		member = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(members);
+		nsz = strlen(libName) + strlen(member) + 3;
+		if (sz > nsz)
+		    nameBuf = bmake_realloc(nameBuf, sz = nsz * 2);
+
+		snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, member);
+		free(member);
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
+		if (gn == NULL) {
+		    free(nameBuf);
+		    return (FAILURE);
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * We've found the node, but have to make sure the rest of
+		     * the world knows it's an archive member, without having
+		     * to constantly check for parentheses, so we type the
+		     * thing with the OP_ARCHV bit before we place it on the
+		     * end of the provided list.
+		     */
+		    gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+		}
+	    }
+	    Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
+	    free(nameBuf);
+	} else {
+	    size_t	sz = strlen(libName) + strlen(memName) + 3;
+	    nameBuf = bmake_malloc(sz);
+	    snprintf(nameBuf, sz, "%s(%s)", libName, memName);
+	    gn = Targ_FindNode(nameBuf, TARG_CREATE);
+	    free(nameBuf);
+	    if (gn == NULL) {
+		return (FAILURE);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * We've found the node, but have to make sure the rest of the
+		 * world knows it's an archive member, without having to
+		 * constantly check for parentheses, so we type the thing with
+		 * the OP_ARCHV bit before we place it on the end of the
+		 * provided list.
+		 */
+		gn->type |= OP_ARCHV;
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(nodeLst, gn);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (doSubst) {
+	    free(memName);
+	}
+
+	*cp = saveChar;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If substituted libName, free it now, since we need it no longer.
+     */
+    if (subLibName) {
+	free(libName);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We promised the pointer would be set up at the next non-space, so
+     * we must advance cp there before setting *linePtr... (note that on
+     * entrance to the loop, cp is guaranteed to point at a ')')
+     */
+    do {
+	cp++;
+    } while (*cp != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp));
+
+    *linePtr = cp;
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFindArchive --
+ *	See if the given archive is the one we are looking for. Called
+ *	From ArchStatMember and ArchFindMember via Lst_Find.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	ar		Current list element
+ *	archName	Name we want
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if it is, non-zero if it isn't.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ArchFindArchive(const void *ar, const void *archName)
+{
+    return (strcmp(archName, ((const Arch *)ar)->name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchStatMember --
+ *	Locate a member of an archive, given the path of the archive and
+ *	the path of the desired member.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	archive		Path to the archive
+ *	member		Name of member. If it is a path, only the last
+ *			component is used.
+ *	hash		TRUE if archive should be hashed if not already so.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the current struct ar_hdr structure for the member. Note
+ *	That no position is returned, so this is not useful for touching
+ *	archive members. This is mostly because we have no assurances that
+ *	The archive will remain constant after we read all the headers, so
+ *	there's not much point in remembering the position...
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static struct ar_hdr *
+ArchStatMember(char *archive, char *member, Boolean hash)
+{
+    FILE *	  arch;	      /* Stream to archive */
+    int		  size;       /* Size of archive member */
+    char	  *cp;	      /* Useful character pointer */
+    char	  magic[SARMAG];
+    LstNode	  ln;	      /* Lst member containing archive descriptor */
+    Arch	  *ar;	      /* Archive descriptor */
+    Hash_Entry	  *he;	      /* Entry containing member's description */
+    struct ar_hdr arh;        /* archive-member header for reading archive */
+    char	  memName[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+    	    	    	    /* Current member name while hashing. */
+
+    /*
+     * Because of space constraints and similar things, files are archived
+     * using their final path components, not the entire thing, so we need
+     * to point 'member' to the final component, if there is one, to make
+     * the comparisons easier...
+     */
+    cp = strrchr(member, '/');
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	member = cp + 1;
+    }
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(archives, archive, ArchFindArchive);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	ar = (Arch *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, member);
+
+	if (he != NULL) {
+	    return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+	} else {
+	    /* Try truncated name */
+	    char copy[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN+1];
+	    size_t len = strlen(member);
+
+	    if (len > AR_MAX_NAME_LEN) {
+		len = AR_MAX_NAME_LEN;
+		strncpy(copy, member, AR_MAX_NAME_LEN);
+		copy[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN] = '\0';
+	    }
+	    if ((he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, copy)) != NULL)
+		return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!hash) {
+	/*
+	 * Caller doesn't want the thing hashed, just use ArchFindMember
+	 * to read the header for the member out and close down the stream
+	 * again. Since the archive is not to be hashed, we assume there's
+	 * no need to allocate extra room for the header we're returning,
+	 * so just declare it static.
+	 */
+	 static struct ar_hdr	sarh;
+
+	 arch = ArchFindMember(archive, member, &sarh, "r");
+
+	 if (arch == NULL) {
+	    return NULL;
+	} else {
+	    fclose(arch);
+	    return (&sarh);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We don't have this archive on the list yet, so we want to find out
+     * everything that's in it and cache it so we can get at it quickly.
+     */
+    arch = fopen(archive, "r");
+    if (arch == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We use the ARMAG string to make sure this is an archive we
+     * can handle...
+     */
+    if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
+    	(strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
+	    fclose(arch);
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    ar = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Arch));
+    ar->name = bmake_strdup(archive);
+    ar->fnametab = NULL;
+    ar->fnamesize = 0;
+    Hash_InitTable(&ar->members, -1);
+    memName[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN] = '\0';
+
+    while (fread((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch) == 1) {
+	if (strncmp( arh.AR_FMAG, ARFMAG, sizeof(arh.AR_FMAG)) != 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * The header is bogus, so the archive is bad
+	     * and there's no way we can recover...
+	     */
+	    goto badarch;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * We need to advance the stream's pointer to the start of the
+	     * next header. Files are padded with newlines to an even-byte
+	     * boundary, so we need to extract the size of the file from the
+	     * 'size' field of the header and round it up during the seek.
+	     */
+	    arh.AR_SIZE[sizeof(arh.AR_SIZE)-1] = '\0';
+	    size = (int)strtol(arh.AR_SIZE, NULL, 10);
+
+	    (void)strncpy(memName, arh.AR_NAME, sizeof(arh.AR_NAME));
+	    for (cp = &memName[AR_MAX_NAME_LEN]; *cp == ' '; cp--) {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    cp[1] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef SVR4ARCHIVES
+	    /*
+	     * svr4 names are slash terminated. Also svr4 extended AR format.
+	     */
+	    if (memName[0] == '/') {
+		/*
+		 * svr4 magic mode; handle it
+		 */
+		switch (ArchSVR4Entry(ar, memName, size, arch)) {
+		case -1:  /* Invalid data */
+		    goto badarch;
+		case 0:	  /* List of files entry */
+		    continue;
+		default:  /* Got the entry */
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else {
+		if (cp[0] == '/')
+		    cp[0] = '\0';
+	    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AR_EFMT1
+	    /*
+	     * BSD 4.4 extended AR format: #1/<namelen>, with name as the
+	     * first <namelen> bytes of the file
+	     */
+	    if (strncmp(memName, AR_EFMT1, sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1) == 0 &&
+		isdigit((unsigned char)memName[sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1])) {
+
+		unsigned int elen = atoi(&memName[sizeof(AR_EFMT1)-1]);
+
+		if (elen > MAXPATHLEN)
+			goto badarch;
+		if (fread(memName, elen, 1, arch) != 1)
+			goto badarch;
+		memName[elen] = '\0';
+		fseek(arch, -elen, SEEK_CUR);
+		if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "ArchStat: Extended format entry for %s\n", memName);
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	    he = Hash_CreateEntry(&ar->members, memName, NULL);
+	    Hash_SetValue(he, bmake_malloc(sizeof(struct ar_hdr)));
+	    memcpy(Hash_GetValue(he), &arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr));
+	}
+	fseek(arch, (size + 1) & ~1, SEEK_CUR);
+    }
+
+    fclose(arch);
+
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(archives, ar);
+
+    /*
+     * Now that the archive has been read and cached, we can look into
+     * the hash table to find the desired member's header.
+     */
+    he = Hash_FindEntry(&ar->members, member);
+
+    if (he != NULL) {
+	return ((struct ar_hdr *)Hash_GetValue(he));
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+badarch:
+    fclose(arch);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&ar->members);
+    if (ar->fnametab)
+	free(ar->fnametab);
+    free(ar);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef SVR4ARCHIVES
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchSVR4Entry --
+ *	Parse an SVR4 style entry that begins with a slash.
+ *	If it is "//", then load the table of filenames
+ *	If it is "/<offset>", then try to substitute the long file name
+ *	from offset of a table previously read.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	-1: Bad data in archive
+ *	 0: A table was loaded from the file
+ *	 1: Name was successfully substituted from table
+ *	 2: Name was not successfully substituted from table
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If a table is read, the file pointer is moved to the next archive
+ *	member
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ArchSVR4Entry(Arch *ar, char *name, size_t size, FILE *arch)
+{
+#define ARLONGNAMES1 "//"
+#define ARLONGNAMES2 "/ARFILENAMES"
+    size_t entry;
+    char *ptr, *eptr;
+
+    if (strncmp(name, ARLONGNAMES1, sizeof(ARLONGNAMES1) - 1) == 0 ||
+	strncmp(name, ARLONGNAMES2, sizeof(ARLONGNAMES2) - 1) == 0) {
+
+	if (ar->fnametab != NULL) {
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Attempted to redefine an SVR4 name table\n");
+	    }
+	    return -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * This is a table of archive names, so we build one for
+	 * ourselves
+	 */
+	ar->fnametab = bmake_malloc(size);
+	ar->fnamesize = size;
+
+	if (fread(ar->fnametab, size, 1, arch) != 1) {
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Reading an SVR4 name table failed\n");
+	    }
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	eptr = ar->fnametab + size;
+	for (entry = 0, ptr = ar->fnametab; ptr < eptr; ptr++)
+	    switch (*ptr) {
+	    case '/':
+		entry++;
+		*ptr = '\0';
+		break;
+
+	    case '\n':
+		break;
+
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Found svr4 archive name table with %lu entries\n",
+	            (u_long)entry);
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (name[1] == ' ' || name[1] == '\0')
+	return 2;
+
+    entry = (size_t)strtol(&name[1], &eptr, 0);
+    if ((*eptr != ' ' && *eptr != '\0') || eptr == &name[1]) {
+	if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Could not parse SVR4 name %s\n", name);
+	}
+	return 2;
+    }
+    if (entry >= ar->fnamesize) {
+	if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "SVR4 entry offset %s is greater than %lu\n",
+		   name, (u_long)ar->fnamesize);
+	}
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(ARCH)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Replaced %s with %s\n", name, &ar->fnametab[entry]);
+    }
+
+    (void)strncpy(name, &ar->fnametab[entry], MAXPATHLEN);
+    name[MAXPATHLEN] = '\0';
+    return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ArchFindMember --
+ *	Locate a member of an archive, given the path of the archive and
+ *	the path of the desired member. If the archive is to be modified,
+ *	the mode should be "r+", if not, it should be "r".
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	archive		Path to the archive
+ *	member		Name of member. If it is a path, only the last
+ *			component is used.
+ *	arhPtr		Pointer to header structure to be filled in
+ *	mode		The mode for opening the stream
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	An FILE *, opened for reading and writing, positioned at the
+ *	start of the member's struct ar_hdr, or NULL if the member was
+ *	nonexistent. The current struct ar_hdr for member.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The passed struct ar_hdr structure is filled in.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static FILE *
+ArchFindMember(char *archive, char *member, struct ar_hdr *arhPtr,
+    const char *mode)
+{
+    FILE *	  arch;	      /* Stream to archive */
+    int		  size;       /* Size of archive member */
+    char	  *cp;	      /* Useful character pointer */
+    char	  magic[SARMAG];
+    size_t	  len, tlen;
+
+    arch = fopen(archive, mode);
+    if (arch == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We use the ARMAG string to make sure this is an archive we
+     * can handle...
+     */
+    if ((fread(magic, SARMAG, 1, arch) != 1) ||
+    	(strncmp(magic, ARMAG, SARMAG) != 0)) {
+	    fclose(arch);
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Because of space constraints and similar things, files are archived
+     * using their final path components, not the entire thing, so we need
+     * to point 'member' to the final component, if there is one, to make
+     * the comparisons easier...
+     */
+    cp = strrchr(member, '/');
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	member = cp + 1;
+    }
+    len = tlen = strlen(member);
+    if (len > sizeof(arhPtr->AR_NAME)) {
+	tlen = sizeof(arhPtr->AR_NAME);
+    }
+
+    while (fread((char *)arhPtr, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch) == 1) {
+	if (strncmp(arhPtr->AR_FMAG, ARFMAG, sizeof(arhPtr->AR_FMAG) ) != 0) {
+	     /*
+	      * The header is bogus, so the archive is bad
+	      * and there's no way we can recover...
+	      */
+	     fclose(arch);
+	     return NULL;
+	} else if (strncmp(member, arhPtr->AR_NAME, tlen) == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the member's name doesn't take up the entire 'name' field,
+	     * we have to be careful of matching prefixes. Names are space-
+	     * padded to the right, so if the character in 'name' at the end
+	     * of the matched string is anything but a space, this isn't the
+	     * member we sought.
+	     */
+	    if (tlen != sizeof(arhPtr->AR_NAME) && arhPtr->AR_NAME[tlen] != ' '){
+		goto skip;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * To make life easier, we reposition the file at the start
+		 * of the header we just read before we return the stream.
+		 * In a more general situation, it might be better to leave
+		 * the file at the actual member, rather than its header, but
+		 * not here...
+		 */
+		fseek(arch, -sizeof(struct ar_hdr), SEEK_CUR);
+		return (arch);
+	    }
+	} else
+#ifdef AR_EFMT1
+		/*
+		 * BSD 4.4 extended AR format: #1/<namelen>, with name as the
+		 * first <namelen> bytes of the file
+		 */
+	    if (strncmp(arhPtr->AR_NAME, AR_EFMT1,
+					sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1) == 0 &&
+		isdigit((unsigned char)arhPtr->AR_NAME[sizeof(AR_EFMT1) - 1])) {
+
+		unsigned int elen = atoi(&arhPtr->AR_NAME[sizeof(AR_EFMT1)-1]);
+		char ename[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+
+		if (elen > MAXPATHLEN) {
+			fclose(arch);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		if (fread(ename, elen, 1, arch) != 1) {
+			fclose(arch);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		ename[elen] = '\0';
+		if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "ArchFind: Extended format entry for %s\n", ename);
+		}
+		if (strncmp(ename, member, len) == 0) {
+			/* Found as extended name */
+			fseek(arch, -sizeof(struct ar_hdr) - elen, SEEK_CUR);
+			return (arch);
+		}
+		fseek(arch, -elen, SEEK_CUR);
+		goto skip;
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+skip:
+	    /*
+	     * This isn't the member we're after, so we need to advance the
+	     * stream's pointer to the start of the next header. Files are
+	     * padded with newlines to an even-byte boundary, so we need to
+	     * extract the size of the file from the 'size' field of the
+	     * header and round it up during the seek.
+	     */
+	    arhPtr->ar_size[sizeof(arhPtr->AR_SIZE)-1] = '\0';
+	    size = (int)strtol(arhPtr->AR_SIZE, NULL, 10);
+	    fseek(arch, (size + 1) & ~1, SEEK_CUR);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We've looked everywhere, but the member is not to be found. Close the
+     * archive and return NULL -- an error.
+     */
+    fclose(arch);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_Touch --
+ *	Touch a member of an archive.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node of member to touch
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The 'time' field of the member's header is updated.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The modification time of the entire archive is also changed.
+ *	For a library, this could necessitate the re-ranlib'ing of the
+ *	whole thing.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_Touch(GNode *gn)
+{
+    FILE *	  arch;	  /* Stream open to archive, positioned properly */
+    struct ar_hdr arh;	  /* Current header describing member */
+    char *p1, *p2;
+
+    arch = ArchFindMember(Var_Value(ARCHIVE, gn, &p1),
+			  Var_Value(MEMBER, gn, &p2),
+			  &arh, "r+");
+    if (p1)
+	free(p1);
+    if (p2)
+	free(p2);
+    snprintf(arh.AR_DATE, sizeof(arh.AR_DATE), "%-12ld", (long) now);
+
+    if (arch != NULL) {
+	(void)fwrite((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch);
+	fclose(arch);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_TouchLib --
+ *	Given a node which represents a library, touch the thing, making
+ *	sure that the table of contents also is touched.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The node of the library to touch
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Both the modification time of the library and of the RANLIBMAG
+ *	member are set to 'now'.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+#if !defined(RANLIBMAG)
+Arch_TouchLib(GNode *gn MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+#else
+Arch_TouchLib(GNode *gn)
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef RANLIBMAG
+    FILE *	    arch;	/* Stream open to archive */
+    struct ar_hdr   arh;      	/* Header describing table of contents */
+    struct utimbuf  times;	/* Times for utime() call */
+
+    arch = ArchFindMember(gn->path, UNCONST(RANLIBMAG), &arh, "r+");
+    snprintf(arh.AR_DATE, sizeof(arh.AR_DATE), "%-12ld", (long) now);
+
+    if (arch != NULL) {
+	(void)fwrite((char *)&arh, sizeof(struct ar_hdr), 1, arch);
+	fclose(arch);
+
+	times.actime = times.modtime = now;
+	utime(gn->path, &times);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_MTime --
+ *	Return the modification time of a member of an archive.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node describing archive member
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The modification time(seconds).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The mtime field of the given node is filled in with the value
+ *	returned by the function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Arch_MTime(GNode *gn)
+{
+    struct ar_hdr *arhPtr;    /* Header of desired member */
+    time_t	  modTime;    /* Modification time as an integer */
+    char *p1, *p2;
+
+    arhPtr = ArchStatMember(Var_Value(ARCHIVE, gn, &p1),
+			     Var_Value(MEMBER, gn, &p2),
+			     TRUE);
+    if (p1)
+	free(p1);
+    if (p2)
+	free(p2);
+
+    if (arhPtr != NULL) {
+	modTime = (time_t)strtol(arhPtr->AR_DATE, NULL, 10);
+    } else {
+	modTime = 0;
+    }
+
+    gn->mtime = modTime;
+    return (modTime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_MemMTime --
+ *	Given a non-existent archive member's node, get its modification
+ *	time from its archived form, if it exists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The modification time.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The mtime field is filled in.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Arch_MemMTime(GNode *gn)
+{
+    LstNode 	  ln;
+    GNode   	  *pgn;
+    char    	  *nameStart,
+		  *nameEnd;
+
+    if (Lst_Open(gn->parents) != SUCCESS) {
+	gn->mtime = 0;
+	return (0);
+    }
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(gn->parents)) != NULL) {
+	pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	if (pgn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the parent is an archive specification and is being made
+	     * and its member's name matches the name of the node we were
+	     * given, record the modification time of the parent in the
+	     * child. We keep searching its parents in case some other
+	     * parent requires this child to exist...
+	     */
+	    nameStart = strchr(pgn->name, '(') + 1;
+	    nameEnd = strchr(nameStart, ')');
+
+	    if ((pgn->flags & REMAKE) &&
+		strncmp(nameStart, gn->name, nameEnd - nameStart) == 0) {
+				     gn->mtime = Arch_MTime(pgn);
+	    }
+	} else if (pgn->flags & REMAKE) {
+	    /*
+	     * Something which isn't a library depends on the existence of
+	     * this target, so it needs to exist.
+	     */
+	    gn->mtime = 0;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Lst_Close(gn->parents);
+
+    return (gn->mtime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_FindLib --
+ *	Search for a library along the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node of library to find
+ *	path		Search path
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node's 'path' field is set to the found path (including the
+ *	actual file name, not -l...). If the system can handle the -L
+ *	flag when linking (or we cannot find the library), we assume that
+ *	the user has placed the .LIBRARIES variable in the final linking
+ *	command (or the linker will know where to find it) and set the
+ *	TARGET variable for this node to be the node's name. Otherwise,
+ *	we set the TARGET variable to be the full path of the library,
+ *	as returned by Dir_FindFile.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_FindLib(GNode *gn, Lst path)
+{
+    char	    *libName;   /* file name for archive */
+    size_t	     sz = strlen(gn->name) + 6 - 2;
+
+    libName = bmake_malloc(sz);
+    snprintf(libName, sz, "lib%s.a", &gn->name[2]);
+
+    gn->path = Dir_FindFile(libName, path);
+
+    free(libName);
+
+#ifdef LIBRARIES
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->name, gn, 0);
+#else
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path == NULL ? gn->name : gn->path, gn, 0);
+#endif /* LIBRARIES */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_LibOODate --
+ *	Decide if a node with the OP_LIB attribute is out-of-date. Called
+ *	from Make_OODate to make its life easier.
+ *
+ *	There are several ways for a library to be out-of-date that are
+ *	not available to ordinary files. In addition, there are ways
+ *	that are open to regular files that are not available to
+ *	libraries. A library that is only used as a source is never
+ *	considered out-of-date by itself. This does not preclude the
+ *	library's modification time from making its parent be out-of-date.
+ *	A library will be considered out-of-date for any of these reasons,
+ *	given that it is a target on a dependency line somewhere:
+ *	    Its modification time is less than that of one of its
+ *	    	  sources (gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime).
+ *	    Its modification time is greater than the time at which the
+ *	    	  make began (i.e. it's been modified in the course
+ *	    	  of the make, probably by archiving).
+ *	    The modification time of one of its sources is greater than
+ *		  the one of its RANLIBMAG member (i.e. its table of contents
+ *	    	  is out-of-date). We don't compare of the archive time
+ *		  vs. TOC time because they can be too close. In my
+ *		  opinion we should not bother with the TOC at all since
+ *		  this is used by 'ar' rules that affect the data contents
+ *		  of the archive, not by ranlib rules, which affect the
+ *		  TOC.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The library's graph node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the library is out-of-date. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The library will be hashed if it hasn't been already.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Arch_LibOODate(GNode *gn)
+{
+    Boolean 	  oodate;
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else if (OP_NOP(gn->type) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+	oodate = FALSE;
+    } else if ((!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children) && gn->cmgn == NULL) ||
+	       (gn->mtime > now) ||
+	       (gn->cmgn != NULL && gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime)) {
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else {
+#ifdef RANLIBMAG
+	struct ar_hdr  	*arhPtr;    /* Header for __.SYMDEF */
+	int 	  	modTimeTOC; /* The table-of-contents's mod time */
+
+	arhPtr = ArchStatMember(gn->path, UNCONST(RANLIBMAG), FALSE);
+
+	if (arhPtr != NULL) {
+	    modTimeTOC = (int)strtol(arhPtr->AR_DATE, NULL, 10);
+
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s modified %s...", RANLIBMAG, Targ_FmtTime(modTimeTOC));
+	    }
+	    oodate = (gn->cmgn == NULL || gn->cmgn->mtime > modTimeTOC);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * A library w/o a table of contents is out-of-date
+	     */
+	    if (DEBUG(ARCH) || DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "No t.o.c....");
+	    }
+	    oodate = TRUE;
+	}
+#else
+	oodate = FALSE;
+#endif
+    }
+    return (oodate);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_Init --
+ *	Initialize things for this module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The 'archives' list is initialized.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_Init(void)
+{
+    archives = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+}
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_End --
+ *	Cleanup things for this module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The 'archives' list is freed
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Arch_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(archives, ArchFree);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Arch_IsLib --
+ *	Check if the node is a library
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	True or False.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Arch_IsLib(GNode *gn)
+{
+    static const char armag[] = "!<arch>\n";
+    char buf[sizeof(armag)-1];
+    int fd;
+
+    if ((fd = open(gn->path, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) != sizeof(buf)) {
+	(void)close(fd);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    (void)close(fd);
+
+    return memcmp(buf, armag, sizeof(buf)) == 0;
+}
diff --git a/bmake.1 b/bmake.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2403eae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bmake.1
@@ -0,0 +1,2128 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: make.1,v 1.213 2013/03/31 05:49:51 sjg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)make.1	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd March 30, 2013
+.Dt MAKE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm bmake
+.Nd maintain program dependencies
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl BeikNnqrstWX
+.Op Fl C Ar directory
+.Op Fl D Ar variable
+.Op Fl d Ar flags
+.Op Fl f Ar makefile
+.Op Fl I Ar directory
+.Op Fl J Ar private
+.Op Fl j Ar max_jobs
+.Op Fl m Ar directory
+.Op Fl T Ar file
+.Op Fl V Ar variable
+.Op Ar variable=value
+.Op Ar target ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs.
+Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs
+and other files depend.
+If no
+.Fl f Ar makefile
+makefile option is given,
+.Nm
+will try to open
+.Ql Pa makefile
+then
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+in order to find the specifications.
+If the file
+.Ql Pa .depend
+exists, it is read (see
+.Xr mkdep 1 ) .
+.Pp
+This manual page is intended as a reference document only.
+For a more thorough description of
+.Nm
+and makefiles, please refer to
+.%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will prepend the contents of the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl B
+Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and
+by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence.
+.It Fl C Ar directory
+Change to
+.Ar directory
+before reading the makefiles or doing anything else.
+If multiple
+.Fl C
+options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one:
+.Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc
+is equivalent to
+.Fl C Pa /etc .
+.It Fl D Ar variable
+Define
+.Ar variable
+to be 1, in the global context.
+.It Fl d Ar [-]flags
+Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of
+.Nm
+are to print debugging information.
+Unless the flags are preceded by
+.Ql \-
+they are added to the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes.
+By default, debugging information is printed to standard error,
+but this can be changed using the
+.Ar F
+debugging flag.
+The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging
+is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output,
+then the standard output is line buffered.
+.Ar Flags
+is one or more of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar A
+Print all possible debugging information;
+equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags.
+.It Ar a
+Print debugging information about archive searching and caching.
+.It Ar C
+Print debugging information about current working directory.
+.It Ar c
+Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
+.It Ar d
+Print debugging information about directory searching and caching.
+.It Ar e
+Print debugging information about failed commands and targets.
+.It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename
+Specify where debugging output is written.
+This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of
+the argument.
+If the character immediately after the
+.Ql F
+flag is
+.Ql \&+ ,
+then the file will be opened in append mode;
+otherwise the file will be overwritten.
+If the file name is
+.Ql stdout
+or
+.Ql stderr
+then debugging output will be written to the
+standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively
+(and the
+.Ql \&+
+option has no effect).
+Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file.
+If the file name ends
+.Ql .%d
+then the
+.Ql %d
+is replaced by the pid.
+.It Ar f
+Print debugging information about loop evaluation.
+.It Ar "g1"
+Print the input graph before making anything.
+.It Ar "g2"
+Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting
+on error.
+.It Ar "g3"
+Print the input graph before exiting on error.
+.It Ar j
+Print debugging information about running multiple shells.
+.It Ar l
+Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by
+.Ql @
+or other "quiet" flags.
+Also known as "loud" behavior.
+.It Ar M
+Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets.
+.It Ar m
+Print debugging information about making targets, including modification
+dates.
+.It Ar n
+Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands.
+These temporary scripts are created in the directory
+referred to by the
+.Ev TMPDIR
+environment variable, or in
+.Pa /tmp
+if
+.Ev TMPDIR
+is unset or set to the empty string.
+The temporary scripts are created by
+.Xr mkstemp 3 ,
+and have names of the form
+.Pa makeXXXXXX .
+.Em NOTE :
+This can create many files in
+.Ev TMPDIR
+or
+.Pa /tmp ,
+so use with care.
+.It Ar p
+Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
+.It Ar s
+Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules.
+.It Ar t
+Print debugging information about target list maintenance.
+.It Ar V
+Force the
+.Fl V
+option to print raw values of variables.
+.It Ar v
+Print debugging information about variable assignment.
+.It Ar x
+Run shell commands with
+.Fl x
+so the actual commands are printed as they are executed.
+.El
+.It Fl e
+Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within
+makefiles.
+.It Fl f Ar makefile
+Specify a makefile to read instead of the default
+.Ql Pa makefile .
+If
+.Ar makefile
+is
+.Ql Fl ,
+standard input is read.
+Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified.
+.It Fl I Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles.
+The system makefile directory (or directories, see the
+.Fl m
+option) is automatically included as part of this list.
+.It Fl i
+Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Fl
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl J Ar private
+This option should
+.Em not
+be specified by the user.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Ar j
+option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make
+to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to
+cooperate to avoid overloading the system.
+.It Fl j Ar max_jobs
+Specify the maximum number of jobs that
+.Nm
+may have running at any one time.
+The value is saved in
+.Va .MAKE.JOBS .
+Turns compatibility mode off, unless the
+.Ar B
+flag is also specified.
+When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a
+target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the
+traditional one shell invocation per line.
+This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each
+command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment
+on the next line.
+It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards
+compatibility on.
+.It Fl k
+Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets
+that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error.
+.It Fl m Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included
+via the
+.Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style
+include statement.
+The
+.Fl m
+option can be used multiple times to form a search path.
+This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk.
+Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used
+for
+.Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style
+include statements (see the
+.Fl I
+option).
+.Pp
+If a file or directory name in the
+.Fl m
+argument (or the
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH
+environment variable) starts with the string
+.Qq \&.../
+then
+.Nm
+will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part
+of the argument string.
+The search starts with the current directory of
+the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the filesystem.
+If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the
+.Qq \&.../
+specification in the
+.Fl m
+argument.
+If used, this feature allows
+.Nm
+to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files
+(e.g., by using
+.Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk
+as an argument).
+.It Fl n
+Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special
+source (see below).
+.It Fl N
+Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles
+without descending into subdirectories.
+.It Fl q
+Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are
+up-to-date and 1, otherwise.
+.It Fl r
+Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile.
+.It Fl s
+Do not echo any commands as they are executed.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Ic @
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl T Ar tracefile
+When used with the
+.Fl j
+flag,
+append a trace record to
+.Ar tracefile
+for each job started and completed.
+.It Fl t
+Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it
+or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date.
+.It Fl V Ar variable
+Print
+.Nm Ns 's
+idea of the value of
+.Ar variable ,
+in the global context.
+Do not build any targets.
+Multiple instances of this option may be specified;
+the variables will be printed one per line,
+with a blank line for each null or undefined variable.
+If
+.Ar variable
+contains a
+.Ql \&$
+then the value will be expanded before printing.
+.It Fl W
+Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors.
+.It Fl X
+Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment
+individually.
+Variables passed on the command line are still exported
+via the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable.
+This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the
+size of command arguments.
+.It Ar variable=value
+Set the value of the variable
+.Ar variable
+to
+.Ar value .
+Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to
+sub-makes in the environment.
+The
+.Fl X
+flag disables this behavior.
+Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility
+but no ordering is enforced.
+.El
+.Pp
+There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency
+specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements,
+conditional directives, for loops, and comments.
+.Pp
+In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending
+them with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following
+line are compressed into a single space.
+.Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS
+Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero
+or more sources.
+This creates a relationship where the targets
+.Dq depend
+on the sources
+and are usually created from them.
+The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined
+by the operator that separates them.
+The three operators are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Ic \&:
+A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than
+those of any of its sources.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&!
+Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been
+examined and re-created as necessary.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&::
+If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created.
+Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has
+been modified more recently than the target.
+Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this
+operator is used.
+The target will not be removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.El
+.Pp
+Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+.Ql [] ,
+and
+.Ql {} .
+The values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+and
+.Ql []
+may only be used as part of the final
+component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing
+files.
+The value
+.Ql {}
+need not necessarily be used to describe existing files.
+Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell.
+.Sh SHELL COMMANDS
+Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, normally
+used to create the target.
+Each of the commands in this script
+.Em must
+be preceded by a tab.
+While any target may appear on a dependency line, only one of these
+dependencies may be followed by a creation script, unless the
+.Ql Ic \&::
+operator is used.
+.Pp
+If the first characters of the command line are any combination of
+.Ql Ic @ ,
+.Ql Ic + ,
+or
+.Ql Ic \- ,
+the command is treated specially.
+A
+.Ql Ic @
+causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed.
+A
+.Ql Ic +
+causes the command to be executed even when
+.Fl n
+is given.
+This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source,
+except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script.
+A
+.Ql Ic \-
+causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is run in jobs mode with
+.Fl j Ar max_jobs ,
+the entire script for the target is fed to a
+single instance of the shell.
+.Pp
+In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process.
+If the command contains any shell meta characters
+.Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en
+it will be passed to the shell, otherwise
+.Nm
+will attempt direct execution.
+.Pp
+Since
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+before executing any targets, each child process
+starts with that as its current working directory.
+.Pp
+Makefiles should be written so that the mode of
+.Nm
+operation does not change their behavior.
+For example, any command which needs to use
+.Dq cd
+or
+.Dq chdir ,
+without side-effect should be put in parenthesis:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+avoid-chdir-side-effects:
+	@echo Building $@ in `pwd`
+	@(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@)
+	@echo Back in `pwd`
+
+ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode:
+	@echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \\
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@); \\
+	echo Back in `pwd`
+.Ed
+.Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS
+Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition,
+consist of all upper-case letters.
+.Ss Variable assignment modifiers
+The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as
+follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic \&=
+Assign the value to the variable.
+Any previous value is overridden.
+.It Ic \&+=
+Append the value to the current value of the variable.
+.It Ic \&?=
+Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined.
+.It Ic \&:=
+Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it
+to the variable.
+Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced.
+.Em NOTE :
+References to undefined variables are
+.Em not
+expanded.
+This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used.
+.It Ic \&!=
+Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign
+the result to the variable.
+Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any white-space before the assigned
+.Ar value
+is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted
+between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value.
+.Pp
+Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either
+curly braces
+.Pq Ql {}
+or parentheses
+.Pq Ql ()
+and preceding it with
+a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ .
+If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding
+braces or parentheses are not required.
+This shorter form is not recommended.
+.Pp
+If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first.
+This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar,
+braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided!
+.Pp
+If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$
+the string is expanded again.
+.Pp
+Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where
+the variable is being used.
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read.
+.It
+Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is
+executed.
+.It
+.Dq .for
+loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration.
+Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so
+the following example code:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+.Dv .for i in 1 2 3
+a+=     ${i}
+j=      ${i}
+b+=     ${j}
+.Dv .endfor
+
+all:
+	@echo ${a}
+	@echo ${b}
+
+.Ed
+will print:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+1 2 3
+3 3 3
+
+.Ed
+Because while ${a} contains
+.Dq 1 2 3
+after the loop is executed, ${b}
+contains
+.Dq ${j} ${j} ${j}
+which expands to
+.Dq 3 3 3
+since after the loop completes ${j} contains
+.Dq 3 .
+.El
+.Ss Variable classes
+The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence)
+are:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Environment variables
+Variables defined as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+environment.
+.It Global variables
+Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles.
+.It Command line variables
+Variables defined as part of the command line.
+.It Local variables
+Variables that are defined specific to a certain target.
+The seven local variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE"
+.It Va .ALLSRC
+The list of all sources for this target; also known as
+.Ql Va \&\*[Gt] .
+.It Va .ARCHIVE
+The name of the archive file.
+.It Va .IMPSRC
+In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the
+target is to be transformed (the
+.Dq implied
+source); also known as
+.Ql Va \&\*[Lt] .
+It is not defined in explicit rules.
+.It Va .MEMBER
+The name of the archive member.
+.It Va .OODATE
+The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also
+known as
+.Ql Va \&? .
+.It Va .PREFIX
+The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix
+or preceding directory components; also known as
+.Ql Va * .
+.It Va .TARGET
+The name of the target; also known as
+.Ql Va @ .
+.El
+.Pp
+The shorter forms
+.Ql Va @ ,
+.Ql Va \&? ,
+.Ql Va \&\*[Lt] ,
+.Ql Va \&\*[Gt] ,
+and
+.Ql Va *
+are permitted for backward
+compatibility with historical makefiles and are not recommended.
+The six variables
+.Ql Va "@F" ,
+.Ql Va "@D" ,
+.Ql Va "\*[Lt]F" ,
+.Ql Va "\*[Lt]D" ,
+.Ql Va "*F" ,
+and
+.Ql Va "*D"
+are permitted for compatibility with
+.At V
+makefiles and are not recommended.
+.Pp
+Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines
+because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line.
+These variables are
+.Ql Va .TARGET ,
+.Ql Va .PREFIX ,
+.Ql Va .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.Ql Va .MEMBER .
+.El
+.Ss Additional built-in variables
+In addition,
+.Nm
+sets or knows about the following variables:
+.Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES
+.It Va \&$
+A single dollar sign
+.Ql \&$ ,
+i.e.
+.Ql \&$$
+expands to a single dollar
+sign.
+.It Va .ALLTARGETS
+The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile.
+If evaluated during
+Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far.
+.It Va .CURDIR
+A path to the directory where
+.Nm
+was executed.
+Refer to the description of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+for more details.
+.It Ev MAKE
+The name that
+.Nm
+was executed with
+.Pq Va argv[0] .
+For compatibility
+.Nm
+also sets
+.Va .MAKE
+with the same value.
+The preferred variable to use is the environment variable
+.Ev MAKE
+because it is more compatible with other versions of
+.Nm
+and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name.
+.It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE
+Names the makefile (default
+.Ql Pa .depend )
+from which generated dependencies are read.
+.It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES
+A boolean that controls the default behavior of the
+.Fl V
+option.
+.It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+The list of variables exported by
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.JOBS
+The argument to the
+.Fl j
+option.
+.It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX
+If
+.Nm
+is run with
+.Ar j
+then output for each target is prefixed with a token
+.Ql --- target ---
+the first part of which can be controlled via
+.Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX .
+.br
+For example:
+.Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}]
+would produce tokens like
+.Ql ---make[1234] target ---
+making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved.
+.It Ev MAKEFLAGS
+The environment variable
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+may contain anything that
+may be specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line.
+Anything specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line is appended to the
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+variable which is then
+entered into the environment for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+The recursion depth of
+.Nm .
+The initial instance of
+.Nm
+will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment
+to be seen by the next generation.
+This allows tests like:
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE
+The ordered list of makefile names
+(default
+.Ql Pa makefile ,
+.Ql Pa Makefile )
+that
+.Nm
+will look for.
+.It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES
+The list of makefiles read by
+.Nm ,
+which is useful for tracking dependencies.
+Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read.
+.It Va .MAKE.MODE
+Processed after reading all makefiles.
+Can affect the mode that
+.Nm
+runs in.
+It can contain a number of keywords:
+.Bl -hang -width ignore-cmd
+.It Pa compat
+Like
+.Fl B ,
+puts
+.Nm
+into "compat" mode.
+.It Pa meta
+Puts
+.Nm
+into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target
+to capture the command run, the output generated and if
+.Xr filemon 4
+is available, the system calls which are of interest to
+.Nm .
+The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors.
+.It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf
+Normally
+.Nm
+will not create .meta files in
+.Ql Va .CURDIR .
+This can be overridden by setting
+.Va bf
+to a value which represents True.
+.It Pa env
+For debugging, it can be useful to inlcude the environment
+in the .meta file.
+.It Pa verbose
+If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built.
+This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently.
+The message printed the value of:
+.Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX .
+.It Pa ignore-cmd
+Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable.
+This keyword causes them to be ignored for
+determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode.
+See also
+.Ic .NOMETA_CMP .
+.It Pa silent= Ar bf
+If
+.Va bf
+is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target
+.Ic .SILENT .
+.El
+.It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK
+In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which
+match the directories controlled by
+.Nm .
+If a file that was generated outside of
+.Va .OBJDIR
+but within said bailiwick is missing,
+the current target is considered out-of-date.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED
+In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files
+updated.
+If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of
+.Va .MAKE.META.FILES .
+.It Va .MAKE.META.FILES
+In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files
+used (updated or not).
+This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency
+information.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX
+Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode.
+The default value is:
+.Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}
+.It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to
+on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS .
+This behaviour can be disabled by assigning an empty value to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+within a makefile.
+Extra variables can be exported from a makefile
+by appending their names to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES .
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+is re-exported whenever
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+is modified.
+.It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON
+If
+.Nm
+was built with 
+.Xr filemon 4
+support, this is set to the path of the device node.
+This allows makefiles to test for this support.
+.It Va .MAKE.PID
+The process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.PPID
+The parent process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+When
+.Nm
+stops due to an error, it prints its name and the value of
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+as well as the value of any variables named in
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR .
+.It Va .newline
+This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value.
+This allows expansions using the
+.Cm \&:@
+modifier to put a newline between
+iterations of the loop rather than a space.
+For example, the printing of
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}.
+.It Va .OBJDIR
+A path to the directory where the targets are built.
+Its value is determined by trying to
+.Xr chdir 2
+to the following directories in order and using the first match:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj
+.It
+.Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.El
+.Pp
+Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used,
+so expressions such as
+.Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,}
+may be used.
+This is especially useful with
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR .
+.Pp
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+may be modified in the makefile as a global variable.
+In all cases,
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+and set
+.Ql Ev PWD
+to that directory before executing any targets.
+.
+.It Va .PARSEDIR
+A path to the directory of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+.It Va .PARSEFILE
+The basename of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+This variable and
+.Ql Va .PARSEDIR
+are both set only while the
+.Ql Pa Makefiles
+are being parsed.
+If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable
+using assignment with expansion:
+.Pq Ql Cm \&:= .
+.It Va .PATH
+A variable that represents the list of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The search list should be updated using the target
+.Ql Va .PATH
+rather than the variable.
+.It Ev PWD
+Alternate path to the current directory.
+.Nm
+normally sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the canonical path given by
+.Xr getcwd 3 .
+However, if the environment variable
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set and gives a path to the current directory, then
+.Nm
+sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the value of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+instead.
+This behaviour is disabled if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set or
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+contains a variable transform.
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set to the value of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Ev .TARGETS
+The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any.
+.It Ev VPATH
+Colon-separated
+.Pq Dq \&:
+lists of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only,
+use
+.Ql Va .PATH
+instead.
+.El
+.Ss Variable modifiers
+Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
+variable (where a
+.Dq word
+is white-space delimited sequence of characters).
+The general format of a variable expansion is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]}
+.Pp
+Each modifier begins with a colon,
+which may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...]
+.Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]}
+.Pp
+In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not
+start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing
+variable.
+If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql $ ,
+these must be doubled to avoid early expansion.
+.Pp
+The supported modifiers are:
+.Bl -tag -width EEE
+.It Cm \&:E
+Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:H
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component.
+.It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern
+Select only those words that match
+.Ar pattern .
+The standard shell wildcard characters
+.Pf ( Ql * ,
+.Ql \&? ,
+and
+.Ql Oo Oc )
+may
+be used.
+The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern
+This is identical to
+.Ql Cm \&:M ,
+but selects all words which do not match
+.Ar pattern .
+.It Cm \&:O
+Order every word in variable alphabetically.
+To sort words in
+reverse order use the
+.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1]
+combination of modifiers.
+.It Cm \&:Ox
+Randomize words in variable.
+The results will be different each time you are referring to the
+modified variable; use the assignment with expansion
+.Pq Ql Cm \&:=
+to prevent such behaviour.
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LIST=			uno due tre quattro
+RANDOM_LIST=		${LIST:Ox}
+STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:=	${LIST:Ox}
+
+all:
+	@echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+.Ed
+may produce output similar to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+quattro due tre uno
+tre due quattro uno
+due uno quattro tre
+due uno quattro tre
+.Ed
+.It Cm \&:Q
+Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed
+safely through recursive invocations of
+.Nm .
+.It Cm \&:R
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:gmtime
+The value is a format string for
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+using the current
+.Xr gmtime 3 .
+.It Cm \&:hash
+Compute a 32bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits.
+.It Cm \&:localtime
+The value is a format string for
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+using the current
+.Xr localtime 3 .
+.It Cm \&:tA
+Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using
+.Xr realpath 3 ,
+if that fails, the value is unchanged.
+.It Cm \&:tl
+Converts variable to lower-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c
+Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion.
+This modifier sets the separator to the character
+.Ar c .
+If
+.Ar c
+is omitted, then no separator is used.
+The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected.
+.It Cm \&:tu
+Converts variable to upper-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:tW
+Causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.It Cm \&:tw
+Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of
+words delimited by white space.
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[@] .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+Modify the first occurrence of
+.Ar old_string
+in the variable's value, replacing it with
+.Ar new_string .
+If a
+.Ql g
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences
+in each word are replaced.
+If a
+.Ql 1
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word
+is affected.
+If a
+.Ql W
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern,
+then the value is treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+If
+.Ar old_string
+begins with a caret
+.Pq Ql ^ ,
+.Ar old_string
+is anchored at the beginning of each word.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+ends with a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+it is anchored at the end of each word.
+Inside
+.Ar new_string ,
+an ampersand
+.Pq Ql \*[Am]
+is replaced by
+.Ar old_string
+(without any
+.Ql ^
+or
+.Ql \&$ ) .
+Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier
+string.
+The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a
+backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion
+of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+The
+.Cm \&:C
+modifier is just like the
+.Cm \&:S
+modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being
+simple strings, are a regular expression (see
+.Xr regex 3 )
+string
+.Ar pattern
+and an
+.Xr ed 1 Ns \-style
+string
+.Ar replacement .
+Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern
+.Ar pattern
+in each word of the value is substituted with
+.Ar replacement .
+The
+.Ql 1
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the
+.Ql g
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the
+search pattern
+.Ar pattern
+as occur in the word or words it is found in; the
+.Ql W
+modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Note that
+.Ql 1
+and
+.Ql g
+are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are
+potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can
+potentially occur within each affected word.
+.It Cm \&:T
+Replaces each word in the variable with its last component.
+.It Cm \&:u
+Remove adjacent duplicate words (like
+.Xr uniq 1 ) .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string
+.Sm on
+If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional
+expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
+.Ar true_string ,
+otherwise return the
+.Ar false_string .
+Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the
+first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course,
+usually contain variable expansions.
+A common error is trying to use expressions like
+.Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no}
+which actually tests defined(NUMBERS),
+to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like:
+.Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} .
+.It Ar :old_string=new_string
+This is the
+.At V
+style variable substitution.
+It must be the last modifier specified.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+or
+.Ar new_string
+do not contain the pattern matching character
+.Ar %
+then it is assumed that they are
+anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire
+words may be replaced.
+Otherwise
+.Ar %
+is the substring of
+.Ar old_string
+to be replaced in
+.Ar new_string .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the
+expansion of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @
+.Sm on
+This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development
+Environment (ODE) make.
+Unlike
+.Cm \&.for
+loops expansion occurs at the time of
+reference.
+Assign
+.Ar temp
+to each word in the variable and evaluate
+.Ar string .
+The ODE convention is that
+.Ar temp
+should start and end with a period.
+For example.
+.Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@}
+.Pp
+However a single character varaiable is often more readable:
+.Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}
+.It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is undefined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned.
+This is another ODE make feature.
+It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance:
+.Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}}
+If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use:
+.Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval}
+.It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is defined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:L
+The name of the variable is the value.
+.It Cm \&:P
+The path of the node which has the same name as the variable
+is the value.
+If no such node exists or its path is null, then the
+name of the variable is used.
+In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have 
+appeared on the rhs of a dependency.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&!
+.Sm on
+The output of running
+.Ar cmd
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:sh
+If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output
+becomes the new value.
+.It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str
+The variable is assigned the value
+.Ar str
+after substitution.
+This modifier and its variations are useful in
+obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands
+are being parsed.
+These assignment modifiers always expand to
+nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be
+preceded with something to keep
+.Nm
+happy.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql Cm \&::
+helps avoid false matches with the
+.At V
+style
+.Cm \&:=
+modifier and since substitution always occurs the
+.Cm \&::=
+form is vaguely appropriate.
+.It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str
+As for
+.Cm \&::=
+but only if the variable does not already have a value.
+.It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str
+Append
+.Ar str
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd
+Assign the output of
+.Ar cmd
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&]
+Selects one or more words from the value,
+or performs other operations related to the way in which the
+value is divided into words.
+.Pp
+Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Some modifiers suppress this behaviour,
+causing a value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space,
+is treated as a single word.
+For the purposes of the
+.Ql Cm \&:[]
+modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers
+(where index 1 represents the first word),
+and backwards using negative integers
+(where index \-1 represents the last word).
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar range
+is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is
+then interpreted as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width index
+.\" :[n]
+.It Ar index
+Selects a single word from the value.
+.\" :[start..end]
+.It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end
+Selects all words from
+.Ar start
+to
+.Ar end ,
+inclusive.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[2..-1]
+selects all words from the second word to the last word.
+If
+.Ar start
+is greater than
+.Ar end ,
+then the words are output in reverse order.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[-1..1]
+selects all the words from last to first.
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&*
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$*\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[0]
+.It 0
+Means the same as
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&@
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$@\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[#]
+.It Cm \&#
+Returns the number of words in the value.
+.El \" :[range]
+.El
+.Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS
+Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops  reminiscent
+of the C programming language are provided in
+.Nm .
+All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single
+dot
+.Pq Ql \&.
+character.
+Files are included with either
+.Cm \&.include Aq Ar file
+or
+.Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q .
+Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded
+to form the file name.
+If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in
+the system makefile directory.
+If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any
+directories specified using the
+.Fl I
+option are searched before the system
+makefile directory.
+For compatibility with other versions of
+.Nm
+.Ql include file ...
+is also accepted.
+If the include statement is written as
+.Cm .-include
+or as
+.Cm .sinclude
+then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored.
+.Pp
+Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first
+character of a line.
+The possible conditionals are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic .error Ar message
+The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number,
+then
+.Nm
+will exit.
+.It Ic .export Ar variable ...
+Export the specified global variable.
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported
+except for internal variables (those that start with
+.Ql \&. ) .
+This is not affected by the
+.Fl X
+flag, so should be used with caution.
+For compatibility with other
+.Nm
+programs
+.Ql export variable=value
+is also accepted.
+.Pp
+Appending a variable name to
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+is equivalent to exporting a variable.
+.It Ic .export-env Ar variable ...
+The same as
+.Ql .export ,
+except that the variable is not appended to
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED .
+This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that
+used by
+.Nm
+internally.
+.It Ic .info Ar message
+The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number.
+.It Ic .undef Ar variable
+Un-define the specified global variable.
+Only global variables may be un-defined.
+.It Ic .unexport Ar variable ...
+The opposite of
+.Ql .export .
+The specified global
+.Va variable
+will be removed from
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED .
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported,
+and
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+deleted.
+.It Ic .unexport-env
+Unexport all globals previously exported and
+clear the environment inherited from the parent.
+This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment,
+so should be used sparingly.
+Testing for
+.Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+being 0, would make sense.
+Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment
+should be explicitly preserved if desired.
+For example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+PATH := ${PATH}
+.Li .unexport-env
+.Li .export PATH
+.Li .endif
+.Pp
+.Ed
+Would result in an environment containing only
+.Ql Ev PATH ,
+which is the minimal useful environment.
+Actually
+.Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL
+will also be pushed into the new environment.
+.It Ic .warning Ar message
+The message prefixed by
+.Ql Pa warning:
+is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number.
+.It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+Test the value of an expression.
+.It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .else
+Reverse the sense of the last conditional.
+.It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .if .
+.It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifdef .
+.It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifndef .
+.It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifmake .
+.It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake .
+.It Ic .endif
+End the body of the conditional.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar operator
+may be any one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width "Cm XX"
+.It Cm \&|\&|
+Logical OR.
+.It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am]
+Logical
+.Tn AND ;
+of higher precedence than
+.Dq \&|\&| .
+.El
+.Pp
+As in C,
+.Nm
+will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine
+its value.
+Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation.
+The boolean operator
+.Ql Ic \&!
+may be used to logically negate an entire
+conditional.
+It is of higher precedence than
+.Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] .
+.Pp
+The value of
+.Ar expression
+may be any of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width defined
+.It Ic defined
+Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable
+has been defined.
+.It Ic make
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+was specified as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or
+explicitly, see
+.Va .MAIN )
+before the line containing the conditional.
+.It Ic empty
+Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if
+the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string.
+.It Ic exists
+Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists.
+The file is searched for on the system search path (see
+.Va .PATH ) .
+.It Ic target
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined.
+.It Ic commands
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined and has commands associated with it.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Ar Expression
+may also be an arithmetic or string comparison.
+Variable expansion is
+performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral
+values are compared.
+A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is
+preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported.
+The standard C relational operators are all supported.
+If after
+variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a
+.Ql Ic ==
+or
+.Ql Ic "!="
+operator is not an integral value, then
+string comparison is performed between the expanded
+variables.
+If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded
+variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case
+of a string comparison.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters
+a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the
+.Dq make
+or
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional.
+If the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifdef ,
+.Ql Ic .ifndef ,
+or
+.Ql Ic .if
+the
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied.
+Similarly, if the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifmake
+or
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake , the
+.Dq make
+expression is applied.
+.Pp
+If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues
+as before.
+If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped.
+In both cases this continues until a
+.Ql Ic .else
+or
+.Ql Ic .endif
+is found.
+.Pp
+For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files.
+The syntax of a for loop is:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -width Ds
+.It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression
+.It Aq make-rules
+.It Ic \&.endfor
+.El
+.Pp
+After the for
+.Ic expression
+is evaluated, it is split into words.
+On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each
+.Ic variable ,
+in order, and these
+.Ic variables
+are substituted into the
+.Ic make-rules
+inside the body of the for loop.
+The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three
+iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple
+of three.
+.Sh COMMENTS
+Comments begin with a hash
+.Pq Ql \&#
+character, anywhere but in a shell
+command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line.
+.Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES)
+.Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx
+.It Ic .EXEC
+Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway.
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by a dash
+.Pq Ql \- .
+.\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE
+.\" XXX
+.\" .It Ic .JOIN
+.\" XXX
+.It Ic .MADE
+Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date.
+.It Ic .MAKE
+Execute the commands associated with this target even if the
+.Fl n
+or
+.Fl t
+options were specified.
+Normally used to mark recursive
+.Nm Ns 's .
+.It Ic .META
+Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as
+.Ic .PHONY ,
+.Ic .MAKE ,
+or
+.Ic .SPECIAL .
+Usage in conjunction with
+.Ic .MAKE
+is the most likely case.
+In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing.
+.It Ic .NOMETA
+Do not create a meta file for the target.
+Meta files are also not created for
+.Ic .PHONY ,
+.Ic .MAKE ,
+or
+.Ic .SPECIAL
+targets.
+.It Ic .NOMETA_CMP
+Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date.
+This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes.
+If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date.
+The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable
+.Va .OODATE ,
+which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+skip-compare-for-some:
+	@echo this will be compared
+	@echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP}
+	@echo this will also be compared
+
+.Ed
+The
+.Cm \&:M
+pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable.
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Do not search for the target in the directories specified by
+.Ic .PATH .
+.It Ic .NOTMAIN
+Normally
+.Nm
+selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built
+if no target was specified.
+This source prevents this target from being selected.
+.It Ic .OPTIONAL
+If a target is marked with this attribute and
+.Nm
+can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume
+the file isn't needed or already exists.
+.It Ic .PHONY
+The target does not
+correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date,
+and will not be created with the
+.Fl t
+option.
+Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to
+.Ic .PHONY
+targets.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+When
+.Nm
+is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets.
+This source prevents the target from being removed.
+.It Ic .RECURSIVE
+Synonym for
+.Ic .MAKE .
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by an at sign
+.Pq Ql @ .
+.It Ic .USE
+Turn the target into
+.Nm Ns 's
+version of a macro.
+When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target
+acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for
+.Ic .USE )
+of the
+source.
+If the target already has commands, the
+.Ic .USE
+target's commands are appended
+to them.
+.It Ic .USEBEFORE
+Exactly like
+.Ic .USE ,
+but prepend the
+.Ic .USEBEFORE
+target commands to the target.
+.It Ic .WAIT
+If
+.Ic .WAIT
+appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are
+made before the sources that succeed it in the line.
+Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself
+could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they
+are needed for another branch of the dependency tree.
+So given:
+.Bd -literal
+x: a .WAIT b
+	echo x
+a:
+	echo a
+b: b1
+	echo b
+b1:
+	echo b1
+
+.Ed
+the output is always
+.Ql a ,
+.Ql b1 ,
+.Ql b ,
+.Ql x .
+.br
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .WAIT
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.El
+.Sh SPECIAL TARGETS
+Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be
+the only target specified.
+.Bl -tag -width .BEGINx
+.It Ic .BEGIN
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .DEFAULT
+This is sort of a
+.Ic .USE
+rule for any target (that was used only as a
+source) that
+.Nm
+can't figure out any other way to create.
+Only the shell script is used.
+The
+.Ic .IMPSRC
+variable of a target that inherits
+.Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's
+commands is set
+to the target's own name.
+.It Ic .END
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .ERROR
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails.
+The
+.Ic .ERROR_TARGET
+variable is set to the target that failed.
+See also
+.Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR .
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Mark each of the sources with the
+.Ic .IGNORE
+attribute.
+If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the
+.Fl i
+option.
+.It Ic .INTERRUPT
+If
+.Nm
+is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed.
+.It Ic .MAIN
+If no target is specified when
+.Nm
+is invoked, this target will be built.
+.It Ic .MAKEFLAGS
+This target provides a way to specify flags for
+.Nm
+when the makefile is used.
+The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the
+.Fl f
+option will have
+no effect.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Apply the
+.Ic .NOPATH
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+Disable parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NO_PARALLEL
+Synonym for
+.Ic .NOTPARALLEL ,
+for compatibility with other pmake variants.
+.It Ic .ORDER
+The named targets are made in sequence.
+This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made.
+Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself
+could be built, unless
+.Ql a
+is built by another part of the dependency graph,
+the following is a dependency loop:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.ORDER: b a
+b: a
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .ORDER
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .PARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.It Ic .PATH
+The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not
+found in the current directory.
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are
+deleted.
+If the source is the special
+.Ic .DOTLAST
+target, then the current working
+directory is searched last.
+.It Ic .PHONY
+Apply the
+.Ic .PHONY
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+Apply the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute is applied to every
+target in the file.
+.It Ic .SHELL
+Sets the shell that
+.Nm
+will use to execute commands.
+The sources are a set of
+.Ar field=value
+pairs.
+.Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls
+.It Ar name
+This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the builtin
+shell specs;
+.Ar sh ,
+.Ar ksh ,
+and
+.Ar csh .
+.It Ar path
+Specifies the path to the shell.
+.It Ar hasErrCtl
+Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error.
+.It Ar check
+The command to turn on error checking.
+.It Ar ignore
+The command to disable error checking.
+.It Ar echo
+The command to turn on echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar quiet
+The command to turn off echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar filter
+The output to filter after issuing the
+.Ar quiet
+command.
+It is typically identical to
+.Ar quiet .
+.It Ar errFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking.
+.It Ar echoFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing.
+.It Ar newline
+The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline
+character when used outside of any quoting characters.
+.El
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e
+	check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e
+	echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e
+	echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'"
+.Ed
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Apply the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute is applied to every
+command in the file.
+.It Ic .STALE
+This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having
+.Va .ALLSRC
+set to the name of that dependency file.
+.It Ic .SUFFIXES
+Each source specifies a suffix to
+.Nm .
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.
+It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules.
+.Pp
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SUFFIXES: .o
+\&.c.o:
+	cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC}
+.Ed
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Nm
+uses the following environment variables, if they exist:
+.Ev MACHINE ,
+.Ev MACHINE_ARCH ,
+.Ev MAKE ,
+.Ev MAKEFLAGS ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX ,
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH ,
+.Ev PWD ,
+and
+.Ev TMPDIR .
+.Pp
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+and
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+may only be set in the environment or on the command line to
+.Nm
+and not as makefile variables;
+see the description of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for more details.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact
+.It .depend
+list of dependencies
+.It Makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It sys.mk
+system makefile
+.It /usr/share/mk
+system makefile directory
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make,
+however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not.
+.Pp
+The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in
+NetBSD 4.0
+so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes.
+The algorithms used may change again in the future.
+.Pp
+The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after
+NetBSD 5.0
+so that they still appear to be variable expansions.
+In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some
+obscure problems using them in .if statements.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mkdep 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Nm
+is derived from NetBSD
+.Xr make 1 .
+It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms.
+.Pp
+A
+make
+command appeared in
+.At v7 .
+This
+make
+implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written
+for Sprite at Berkeley.
+It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different
+machines using a daemon called
+.Dq customs .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+make
+syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data.
+For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each
+the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field.
+In many places
+make
+just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion.
+.Pp
+There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename.
diff --git a/bmake.cat1 b/bmake.cat1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e446e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bmake.cat1
@@ -0,0 +1,1363 @@
+MAKE(1)                 NetBSD General Commands Manual                 MAKE(1)
+
+NNAAMMEE
+     bbmmaakkee -- maintain program dependencies
+
+SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS
+     bbmmaakkee [--BBeeiikkNNnnqqrrssttWWXX] [--CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [--dd _f_l_a_g_s]
+           [--ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e] [--II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e] [--jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s]
+           [--mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--TT _f_i_l_e] [--VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e]
+           [_t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+
+DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
+     bbmmaakkee is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other pro-
+     grams.  Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which
+     programs and other files depend.  If no --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e makefile option is
+     given, bbmmaakkee will try to open `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' then `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' in order to find
+     the specifications.  If the file `_._d_e_p_e_n_d' exists, it is read (see
+     mkdep(1)).
+
+     This manual page is intended as a reference document only.  For a more
+     thorough description of bbmmaakkee and makefiles, please refer to _P_M_a_k_e _- _A
+     _T_u_t_o_r_i_a_l.
+
+     bbmmaakkee will prepend the contents of the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable to
+     the command line arguments before parsing them.
+
+     The options are as follows:
+
+     --BB      Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per
+             command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a
+             dependency line in sequence.
+
+     --CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
+             Change to _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y before reading the makefiles or doing any-
+             thing else.  If multiple --CC options are specified, each is inter-
+             preted relative to the previous one: --CC _/ --CC _e_t_c is equivalent to
+             --CC _/_e_t_c.
+
+     --DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
+             Define _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to be 1, in the global context.
+
+     --dd _[_-_]_f_l_a_g_s
+             Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of bbmmaakkee are to
+             print debugging information.  Unless the flags are preceded by
+             `-' they are added to the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable and will
+             be processed by any child make processes.  By default, debugging
+             information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed
+             using the _F debugging flag.  The debugging output is always
+             unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging
+             output is not directed to standard output, then the standard out-
+             put is line buffered.  _F_l_a_g_s is one or more of the following:
+
+             _A       Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to
+                     specifying all of the debugging flags.
+
+             _a       Print debugging information about archive searching and
+                     caching.
+
+             _C       Print debugging information about current working direc-
+                     tory.
+
+             _c       Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
+
+             _d       Print debugging information about directory searching and
+                     caching.
+
+             _e       Print debugging information about failed commands and
+                     targets.
+
+             _F[++]_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e
+                     Specify where debugging output is written.  This must be
+                     the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the
+                     argument.  If the character immediately after the `F'
+                     flag is `+', then the file will be opened in append mode;
+                     otherwise the file will be overwritten.  If the file name
+                     is `stdout' or `stderr' then debugging output will be
+                     written to the standard output or standard error output
+                     file descriptors respectively (and the `+' option has no
+                     effect).  Otherwise, the output will be written to the
+                     named file.  If the file name ends `.%d' then the `%d' is
+                     replaced by the pid.
+
+             _f       Print debugging information about loop evaluation.
+
+             _g_1      Print the input graph before making anything.
+
+             _g_2      Print the input graph after making everything, or before
+                     exiting on error.
+
+             _g_3      Print the input graph before exiting on error.
+
+             _j       Print debugging information about running multiple
+                     shells.
+
+             _l       Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not
+                     they are prefixed by `@' or other "quiet" flags.  Also
+                     known as "loud" behavior.
+
+             _M       Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions
+                     about targets.
+
+             _m       Print debugging information about making targets, includ-
+                     ing modification dates.
+
+             _n       Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when
+                     running commands.  These temporary scripts are created in
+                     the directory referred to by the TMPDIR environment vari-
+                     able, or in _/_t_m_p if TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty
+                     string.  The temporary scripts are created by mkstemp(3),
+                     and have names of the form _m_a_k_e_X_X_X_X_X_X.  _N_O_T_E: This can
+                     create many files in TMPDIR or _/_t_m_p, so use with care.
+
+             _p       Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
+
+             _s       Print debugging information about suffix-transformation
+                     rules.
+
+             _t       Print debugging information about target list mainte-
+                     nance.
+
+             _V       Force the --VV option to print raw values of variables.
+
+             _v       Print debugging information about variable assignment.
+
+             _x       Run shell commands with --xx so the actual commands are
+                     printed as they are executed.
+
+     --ee      Specify that environment variables override macro assignments
+             within makefiles.
+
+     --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e
+             Specify a makefile to read instead of the default `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e'.  If
+             _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e is `--', standard input is read.  Multiple makefiles may
+             be specified, and are read in the order specified.
+
+     --II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
+             Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included
+             makefiles.  The system makefile directory (or directories, see
+             the --mm option) is automatically included as part of this list.
+
+     --ii      Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile.  Equiva-
+             lent to specifying `--' before each command line in the makefile.
+
+     --JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e
+             This option should _n_o_t be specified by the user.
+
+             When the _j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is
+             passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes
+             in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system.
+
+     --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s
+             Specify the maximum number of jobs that bbmmaakkee may have running at
+             any one time.  The value is saved in _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_S.  Turns compati-
+             bility mode off, unless the _B flag is also specified.  When com-
+             patibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are
+             executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the tradi-
+             tional one shell invocation per line.  This can break traditional
+             scripts which change directories on each command invocation and
+             then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line.
+             It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn
+             backwards compatibility on.
+
+     --kk      Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on
+             those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation
+             caused the error.
+
+     --mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y
+             Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles
+             included via the <_f_i_l_e>-style include statement.  The --mm option
+             can be used multiple times to form a search path.  This path will
+             override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk.  Fur-
+             thermore the system include path will be appended to the search
+             path used for "_f_i_l_e"-style include statements (see the --II
+             option).
+
+             If a file or directory name in the --mm argument (or the
+             MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string ".../"
+             then bbmmaakkee will search for the specified file or directory named
+             in the remaining part of the argument string.  The search starts
+             with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward
+             towards the root of the filesystem.  If the search is successful,
+             then the resulting directory replaces the ".../" specification in
+             the --mm argument.  If used, this feature allows bbmmaakkee to easily
+             search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files
+             (e.g., by using ".../mk/sys.mk" as an argument).
+
+     --nn      Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not
+             actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE spe-
+             cial source (see below).
+
+     --NN      Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not
+             actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level
+             makefiles without descending into subdirectories.
+
+     --qq      Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets
+             are up-to-date and 1, otherwise.
+
+     --rr      Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile.
+
+     --ss      Do not echo any commands as they are executed.  Equivalent to
+             specifying `@@' before each command line in the makefile.
+
+     --TT _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e
+             When used with the --jj flag, append a trace record to _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e
+             for each job started and completed.
+
+     --tt      Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile,
+             create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-
+             to-date.
+
+     --VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
+             Print bbmmaakkee's idea of the value of _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e, in the global con-
+             text.  Do not build any targets.  Multiple instances of this
+             option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per
+             line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable.  If
+             _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e contains a `$' then the value will be expanded before
+             printing.
+
+     --WW      Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors.
+
+     --XX      Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environ-
+             ment individually.  Variables passed on the command line are
+             still exported via the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable.  This
+             option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the
+             size of command arguments.
+
+     _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e
+             Set the value of the variable _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to _v_a_l_u_e.  Normally, all
+             values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes
+             in the environment.  The --XX flag disables this behavior.  Vari-
+             able assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility
+             but no ordering is enforced.
+
+     There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency
+     specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements,
+     conditional directives, for loops, and comments.
+
+     In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending
+     them with a backslash (`\').  The trailing newline character and initial
+     whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space.
+
+FFIILLEE DDEEPPEENNDDEENNCCYY SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS
+     Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or
+     more sources.  This creates a relationship where the targets ``depend''
+     on the sources and are usually created from them.  The exact relationship
+     between the target and the source is determined by the operator that sep-
+     arates them.  The three operators are as follows:
+
+     ::     A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less
+           than those of any of its sources.  Sources for a target accumulate
+           over dependency lines when this operator is used.  The target is
+           removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted.
+
+     !!     Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been
+           examined and re-created as necessary.  Sources for a target accumu-
+           late over dependency lines when this operator is used.  The target
+           is removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted.
+
+     ::::    If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created.  Oth-
+           erwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources
+           has been modified more recently than the target.  Sources for a
+           target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+           is used.  The target will not be removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted.
+
+     Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values `?', `*', `[]',
+     and `{}'.  The values `?', `*', and `[]' may only be used as part of the
+     final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe
+     existing files.  The value `{}' need not necessarily be used to describe
+     existing files.  Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as
+     done in the shell.
+
+SSHHEELLLL CCOOMMMMAANNDDSS
+     Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, nor-
+     mally used to create the target.  Each of the commands in this script
+     _m_u_s_t be preceded by a tab.  While any target may appear on a dependency
+     line, only one of these dependencies may be followed by a creation
+     script, unless the `::::' operator is used.
+
+     If the first characters of the command line are any combination of `@@',
+     `++', or `--', the command is treated specially.  A `@@' causes the command
+     not to be echoed before it is executed.  A `++' causes the command to be
+     executed even when --nn is given.  This is similar to the effect of the
+     .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single
+     line of a script.  A `--' causes any non-zero exit status of the command
+     line to be ignored.
+
+     When bbmmaakkee is run in jobs mode with --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s, the entire script for
+     the target is fed to a single instance of the shell.
+
+     In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate
+     process.  If the command contains any shell meta characters
+     (`#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\n') it will be passed to the shell, otherwise
+     bbmmaakkee will attempt direct execution.
+
+     Since bbmmaakkee will chdir(2) to `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' before executing any targets, each
+     child process starts with that as its current working directory.
+
+     Makefiles should be written so that the mode of bbmmaakkee operation does not
+     change their behavior.  For example, any command which needs to use
+     ``cd'' or ``chdir'', without side-effect should be put in parenthesis:
+
+
+           avoid-chdir-side-effects:
+                   @echo Building $@ in `pwd`
+                   @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@)
+                   @echo Back in `pwd`
+
+           ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode:
+                   @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \
+                   (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@); \
+                   echo Back in `pwd`
+
+VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS
+     Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradi-
+     tion, consist of all upper-case letters.
+
+   VVaarriiaabbllee aassssiiggnnmmeenntt mmooddiiffiieerrss
+     The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as
+     follows:
+
+     ==       Assign the value to the variable.  Any previous value is overrid-
+             den.
+
+     ++==      Append the value to the current value of the variable.
+
+     ??==      Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined.
+
+     ::==      Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it
+             to the variable.  Normally, expansion is not done until the vari-
+             able is referenced.  _N_O_T_E: References to undefined variables are
+             _n_o_t expanded.  This can cause problems when variable modifiers
+             are used.
+
+     !!==      Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and
+             assign the result to the variable.  Any newlines in the result
+             are replaced with spaces.
+
+     Any white-space before the assigned _v_a_l_u_e is removed; if the value is
+     being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents
+     of the variable and the appended value.
+
+     Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly
+     braces (`{}') or parentheses (`()') and preceding it with a dollar sign
+     (`$').  If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surround-
+     ing braces or parentheses are not required.  This shorter form is not
+     recommended.
+
+     If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded
+     first.  This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names con-
+     taining dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best
+     avoided!
+
+     If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign (`$') the
+     string is expanded again.
+
+     Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where
+     the variable is being used.
+
+     1.   Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read.
+
+     2.   Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is
+          executed.
+
+     3.   ``.for'' loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration.
+          Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the fol-
+          lowing example code:
+
+
+                .for i in 1 2 3
+                a+=     ${i}
+                j=      ${i}
+                b+=     ${j}
+                .endfor
+
+                all:
+                        @echo ${a}
+                        @echo ${b}
+
+          will print:
+
+                1 2 3
+                3 3 3
+
+          Because while ${a} contains ``1 2 3'' after the loop is executed,
+          ${b} contains ``${j} ${j} ${j}'' which expands to ``3 3 3'' since
+          after the loop completes ${j} contains ``3''.
+
+   VVaarriiaabbllee ccllaasssseess
+     The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing prece-
+     dence) are:
+
+     Environment variables
+             Variables defined as part of bbmmaakkee's environment.
+
+     Global variables
+             Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles.
+
+     Command line variables
+             Variables defined as part of the command line.
+
+     Local variables
+             Variables that are defined specific to a certain target.  The
+             seven local variables are as follows:
+
+             _._A_L_L_S_R_C   The list of all sources for this target; also known as
+                       `_>'.
+
+             _._A_R_C_H_I_V_E  The name of the archive file.
+
+             _._I_M_P_S_R_C   In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the
+                       source from which the target is to be transformed (the
+                       ``implied'' source); also known as `_<'.  It is not
+                       defined in explicit rules.
+
+             _._M_E_M_B_E_R   The name of the archive member.
+
+             _._O_O_D_A_T_E   The list of sources for this target that were deemed
+                       out-of-date; also known as `_?'.
+
+             _._P_R_E_F_I_X   The file prefix of the target, containing only the file
+                       portion, no suffix or preceding directory components;
+                       also known as `_*'.
+
+             _._T_A_R_G_E_T   The name of the target; also known as `_@'.
+
+             The shorter forms `_@', `_?', `_<', `_>', and `_*' are permitted for
+             backward compatibility with historical makefiles and are not rec-
+             ommended.  The six variables `_@_F', `_@_D', `_<_F', `_<_D', `_*_F', and
+             `_*_D' are permitted for compatibility with AT&T System V UNIX
+             makefiles and are not recommended.
+
+             Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency
+             lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on
+             the line.  These variables are `_._T_A_R_G_E_T', `_._P_R_E_F_I_X', `_._A_R_C_H_I_V_E',
+             and `_._M_E_M_B_E_R'.
+
+   AAddddiittiioonnaall bbuuiilltt--iinn vvaarriiaabblleess
+     In addition, bbmmaakkee sets or knows about the following variables:
+
+     _$               A single dollar sign `$', i.e.  `$$' expands to a single
+                     dollar sign.
+
+     _._A_L_L_T_A_R_G_E_T_S     The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile.  If
+                     evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those tar-
+                     gets encountered thus far.
+
+     _._C_U_R_D_I_R         A path to the directory where bbmmaakkee was executed.  Refer
+                     to the description of `PWD' for more details.
+
+     MAKE            The name that bbmmaakkee was executed with (_a_r_g_v_[_0_]).  For
+                     compatibility bbmmaakkee also sets _._M_A_K_E with the same value.
+                     The preferred variable to use is the environment variable
+                     MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of
+                     bbmmaakkee and cannot be confused with the special target with
+                     the same name.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._D_E_P_E_N_D_F_I_L_E
+                     Names the makefile (default `_._d_e_p_e_n_d') from which gener-
+                     ated dependencies are read.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_A_N_D___V_A_R_I_A_B_L_E_S
+                     A boolean that controls the default behavior of the --VV
+                     option.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D  The list of variables exported by bbmmaakkee.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_S      The argument to the --jj option.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X
+                     If bbmmaakkee is run with _j then output for each target is
+                     prefixed with a token `--- target ---' the first part of
+                     which can be controlled via _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X.
+                     For example:
+                     .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}]
+                     would produce tokens like `---make[1234] target ---' mak-
+                     ing it easier to track the degree of parallelism being
+                     achieved.
+
+     MAKEFLAGS       The environment variable `MAKEFLAGS' may contain anything
+                     that may be specified on bbmmaakkee's command line.  Anything
+                     specified on bbmmaakkee's command line is appended to the
+                     `MAKEFLAGS' variable which is then entered into the envi-
+                     ronment for all programs which bbmmaakkee executes.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L     The recursion depth of bbmmaakkee.  The initial instance of
+                     bbmmaakkee will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the
+                     environment to be seen by the next generation.  This
+                     allows tests like: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect
+                     things which should only be evaluated in the initial
+                     instance of bbmmaakkee.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_A_K_E_F_I_L_E___P_R_E_F_E_R_E_N_C_E
+                     The ordered list of makefile names (default `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e',
+                     `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e') that bbmmaakkee will look for.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_A_K_E_F_I_L_E_S
+                     The list of makefiles read by bbmmaakkee, which is useful for
+                     tracking dependencies.  Each makefile is recorded only
+                     once, regardless of the number of times read.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_O_D_E      Processed after reading all makefiles.  Can affect the
+                     mode that bbmmaakkee runs in.  It can contain a number of key-
+                     words:
+
+                     _c_o_m_p_a_t      Like --BB, puts bbmmaakkee into "compat" mode.
+
+                     _m_e_t_a        Puts bbmmaakkee into "meta" mode, where meta files
+                                 are created for each target to capture the
+                                 command run, the output generated and if
+                                 filemon(4) is available, the system calls
+                                 which are of interest to bbmmaakkee.  The captured
+                                 output can be very useful when diagnosing
+                                 errors.
+
+                     _c_u_r_d_i_r_O_k_= _b_f Normally bbmmaakkee will not create .meta files
+                                 in `_._C_U_R_D_I_R'.  This can be overridden by set-
+                                 ting _b_f to a value which represents True.
+
+                     _e_n_v         For debugging, it can be useful to inlcude
+                                 the environment in the .meta file.
+
+                     _v_e_r_b_o_s_e     If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the
+                                 target being built.  This is useful if the
+                                 build is otherwise running silently.  The
+                                 message printed the value of:
+                                 _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._P_R_E_F_I_X.
+
+                     _i_g_n_o_r_e_-_c_m_d  Some makefiles have commands which are simply
+                                 not stable.  This keyword causes them to be
+                                 ignored for determining whether a target is
+                                 out of date in "meta" mode.  See also
+                                 ..NNOOMMEETTAA__CCMMPP.
+
+                     _s_i_l_e_n_t_= _b_f  If _b_f is True, when a .meta file is created,
+                                 mark the target ..SSIILLEENNTT.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._B_A_I_L_I_W_I_C_K
+                     In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match
+                     the directories controlled by bbmmaakkee.  If a file that was
+                     generated outside of _._O_B_J_D_I_R but within said bailiwick is
+                     missing, the current target is considered out-of-date.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._C_R_E_A_T_E_D
+                     In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the
+                     meta files updated.  If not empty, it can be used to
+                     trigger processing of _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._F_I_L_E_S.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._F_I_L_E_S
+                     In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the
+                     meta files used (updated or not).  This list can be used
+                     to process the meta files to extract dependency informa-
+                     tion.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._P_R_E_F_I_X
+                     Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in
+                     "meta verbose" mode.  The default value is:
+                           Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S  This variable is used to record the names of variables
+                     assigned to on the command line, so that they may be
+                     exported as part of `MAKEFLAGS'.  This behaviour can be
+                     disabled by assigning an empty value to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S'
+                     within a makefile.  Extra variables can be exported from
+                     a makefile by appending their names to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S'.
+                     `MAKEFLAGS' is re-exported whenever `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S' is
+                     modified.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._P_A_T_H___F_I_L_E_M_O_N
+                     If bbmmaakkee was built with filemon(4) support, this is set
+                     to the path of the device node.  This allows makefiles to
+                     test for this support.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._P_I_D       The process-id of bbmmaakkee.
+
+     _._M_A_K_E_._P_P_I_D      The parent process-id of bbmmaakkee.
+
+     _M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R
+                     When bbmmaakkee stops due to an error, it prints its name and
+                     the value of `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' as well as the value of any vari-
+                     ables named in `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R'.
+
+     _._n_e_w_l_i_n_e        This variable is simply assigned a newline character as
+                     its value.  This allows expansions using the ::@@ modifier
+                     to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather
+                     than a space.  For example, the printing of
+                     `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R' could be done as
+                     ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}.
+
+     _._O_B_J_D_I_R         A path to the directory where the targets are built.  Its
+                     value is determined by trying to chdir(2) to the follow-
+                     ing directories in order and using the first match:
+
+                     1.   ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR}
+
+                          (Only if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set in the environ-
+                          ment or on the command line.)
+
+                     2.   ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+
+                          (Only if `MAKEOBJDIR' is set in the environment or
+                          on the command line.)
+
+                     3.   ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j_.${MACHINE}
+
+                     4.   ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j
+
+                     5.   _/_u_s_r_/_o_b_j_/${.CURDIR}
+
+                     6.   ${.CURDIR}
+
+                     Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's
+                     used, so expressions such as
+                           ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,}
+                     may be used.  This is especially useful with
+                     `MAKEOBJDIR'.
+
+                     `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' may be modified in the makefile as a global
+                     variable.  In all cases, bbmmaakkee will chdir(2) to `_._O_B_J_D_I_R'
+                     and set `PWD' to that directory before executing any tar-
+                     gets.
+
+     _._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R       A path to the directory of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being
+                     parsed.
+
+     _._P_A_R_S_E_F_I_L_E      The basename of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being parsed.
+                     This variable and `_._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R' are both set only while the
+                     `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e_s' are being parsed.  If you want to retain
+                     their current values, assign them to a variable using
+                     assignment with expansion: (`::==').
+
+     _._P_A_T_H           A variable that represents the list of directories that
+                     bbmmaakkee will search for files.  The search list should be
+                     updated using the target `_._P_A_T_H' rather than the vari-
+                     able.
+
+     PWD             Alternate path to the current directory.  bbmmaakkee normally
+                     sets `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the canonical path given by getcwd(3).
+                     However, if the environment variable `PWD' is set and
+                     gives a path to the current directory, then bbmmaakkee sets
+                     `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the value of `PWD' instead.  This behaviour
+                     is disabled if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set or `MAKEOBJDIR'
+                     contains a variable transform.  `PWD' is set to the value
+                     of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for all programs which bbmmaakkee executes.
+
+     .TARGETS        The list of targets explicitly specified on the command
+                     line, if any.
+
+     VPATH           Colon-separated (``:'') lists of directories that bbmmaakkee
+                     will search for files.  The variable is supported for
+                     compatibility with old make programs only, use `_._P_A_T_H'
+                     instead.
+
+   VVaarriiaabbllee mmooddiiffiieerrss
+     Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
+     variable (where a ``word'' is white-space delimited sequence of charac-
+     ters).  The general format of a variable expansion is as follows:
+
+           ${variable[:modifier[:...]]}
+
+     Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash
+     (`\').
+
+     A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows:
+
+           modifier_variable=modifier[:...]
+           ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]}
+
+     In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start
+     with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable.  If any
+     of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign (`$'),
+     these must be doubled to avoid early expansion.
+
+     The supported modifiers are:
+
+     ::EE   Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix.
+
+     ::HH   Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last com-
+          ponent.
+
+     ::MM_p_a_t_t_e_r_n
+          Select only those words that match _p_a_t_t_e_r_n.  The standard shell
+          wildcard characters (`*', `?', and `[]') may be used.  The wildcard
+          characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\').
+
+     ::NN_p_a_t_t_e_r_n
+          This is identical to `::MM', but selects all words which do not match
+          _p_a_t_t_e_r_n.
+
+     ::OO   Order every word in variable alphabetically.  To sort words in
+          reverse order use the `::OO::[[--11....11]]' combination of modifiers.
+
+     ::OOxx  Randomize words in variable.  The results will be different each
+          time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment
+          with expansion (`::==') to prevent such behaviour.  For example,
+
+                LIST=                   uno due tre quattro
+                RANDOM_LIST=            ${LIST:Ox}
+                STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:=    ${LIST:Ox}
+
+                all:
+                        @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+                        @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+                        @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+                        @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+          may produce output similar to:
+
+                quattro due tre uno
+                tre due quattro uno
+                due uno quattro tre
+                due uno quattro tre
+
+     ::QQ   Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be
+          passed safely through recursive invocations of bbmmaakkee.
+
+     ::RR   Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix.
+
+     ::ggmmttiimmee
+          The value is a format string for strftime(3), using the current
+          gmtime(3).
+
+     ::hhaasshh
+          Compute a 32bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits.
+
+     ::llooccaallttiimmee
+          The value is a format string for strftime(3), using the current
+          localtime(3).
+
+     ::ttAA  Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using realpath(3),
+          if that fails, the value is unchanged.
+
+     ::ttll  Converts variable to lower-case letters.
+
+     ::ttss_c
+          Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expan-
+          sion.  This modifier sets the separator to the character _c.  If _c is
+          omitted, then no separator is used.  The common escapes (including
+          octal numeric codes), work as expected.
+
+     ::ttuu  Converts variable to upper-case letters.
+
+     ::ttWW  Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing
+          embedded white space).  See also `::[[**]]'.
+
+     ::ttww  Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by
+          white space.  See also `::[[@@]]'.
+
+     ::SS/_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g/_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g/[11ggWW]
+          Modify the first occurrence of _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g in the variable's value,
+          replacing it with _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g.  If a `g' is appended to the last
+          slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced.  If
+          a `1' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first
+          word is affected.  If a `W' is appended to the last slash of the
+          pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly con-
+          taining embedded white space).  If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g begins with a caret
+          (`^'), _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g is anchored at the beginning of each word.  If
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g ends with a dollar sign (`$'), it is anchored at the end
+          of each word.  Inside _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g, an ampersand (`&') is replaced by
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g (without any `^' or `$').  Any character may be used as a
+          delimiter for the parts of the modifier string.  The anchoring,
+          ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash
+          (`\').
+
+          Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash
+          is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre-
+          ceding dollar sign as is usual.
+
+     ::CC/_p_a_t_t_e_r_n/_r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t/[11ggWW]
+          The ::CC modifier is just like the ::SS modifier except that the old and
+          new strings, instead of being simple strings, are a regular expres-
+          sion (see regex(3)) string _p_a_t_t_e_r_n and an ed(1)-style string
+          _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t.  Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n
+          in each word of the value is substituted with _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t.  The `1'
+          modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the
+          `g' modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances
+          of the search pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n as occur in the word or words it is
+          found in; the `W' modifier causes the value to be treated as a sin-
+          gle word (possibly containing embedded white space).  Note that `1'
+          and `g' are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words
+          are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions
+          can potentially occur within each affected word.
+
+     ::TT   Replaces each word in the variable with its last component.
+
+     ::uu   Remove adjacent duplicate words (like uniq(1)).
+
+     ::??_t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g::_f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g
+          If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if condi-
+          tional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
+          _t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g, otherwise return the _f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g.  Since the variable
+          name is used as the expression, :? must be the first modifier after
+          the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain
+          variable expansions.  A common error is trying to use expressions
+          like
+                ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no}
+          which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words
+          match "42" you need to use something like:
+                ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != "":?match:no}.
+
+     _:_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g_=_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g
+          This is the AT&T System V UNIX style variable substitution.  It must
+          be the last modifier specified.  If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g or _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g do not
+          contain the pattern matching character _% then it is assumed that
+          they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or
+          entire words may be replaced.  Otherwise _% is the substring of
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g to be replaced in _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g.
+
+          Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+          _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash
+          is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre-
+          ceding dollar sign as is usual.
+
+     ::@@_t_e_m_p@@_s_t_r_i_n_g@@
+          This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Envi-
+          ronment (ODE) make.  Unlike ..ffoorr loops expansion occurs at the time
+          of reference.  Assign _t_e_m_p to each word in the variable and evaluate
+          _s_t_r_i_n_g.  The ODE convention is that _t_e_m_p should start and end with a
+          period.  For example.
+                ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@}
+
+          However a single character varaiable is often more readable:
+                ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}
+
+     ::UU_n_e_w_v_a_l
+          If the variable is undefined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value.  If the variable
+          is defined, the existing value is returned.  This is another ODE
+          make feature.  It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for
+          instance:
+                ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}}
+          If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use:
+                ${VAR:D:Unewval}
+
+     ::DD_n_e_w_v_a_l
+          If the variable is defined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value.
+
+     ::LL   The name of the variable is the value.
+
+     ::PP   The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the
+          value.  If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of
+          the variable is used.  In order for this modifier to work, the name
+          (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency.
+
+     ::!!_c_m_d!!
+          The output of running _c_m_d is the value.
+
+     ::sshh  If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output
+          becomes the new value.
+
+     ::::==_s_t_r
+          The variable is assigned the value _s_t_r after substitution.  This
+          modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as
+          wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed.
+          These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing
+          in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to
+          keep bbmmaakkee happy.
+
+          The `::::' helps avoid false matches with the AT&T System V UNIX style
+          ::== modifier and since substitution always occurs the ::::== form is
+          vaguely appropriate.
+
+     ::::??==_s_t_r
+          As for ::::== but only if the variable does not already have a value.
+
+     ::::++==_s_t_r
+          Append _s_t_r to the variable.
+
+     ::::!!==_c_m_d
+          Assign the output of _c_m_d to the variable.
+
+     ::[[_r_a_n_g_e]]
+          Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other opera-
+          tions related to the way in which the value is divided into words.
+
+          Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by
+          white space.  Some modifiers suppress this behaviour, causing a
+          value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded
+          white space).  An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of
+          white-space, is treated as a single word.  For the purposes of the
+          `::[[]]' modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive
+          integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards
+          using negative integers (where index -1 represents the last word).
+
+          The _r_a_n_g_e is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded
+          result is then interpreted as follows:
+
+          _i_n_d_e_x  Selects a single word from the value.
+
+          _s_t_a_r_t...._e_n_d
+                 Selects all words from _s_t_a_r_t to _e_n_d, inclusive.  For example,
+                 `::[[22....--11]]' selects all words from the second word to the last
+                 word.  If _s_t_a_r_t is greater than _e_n_d, then the words are out-
+                 put in reverse order.  For example, `::[[--11....11]]' selects all
+                 the words from last to first.
+
+          **      Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single
+                 word (possibly containing embedded white space).  Analogous
+                 to the effect of "$*" in Bourne shell.
+
+          0      Means the same as `::[[**]]'.
+
+          @@      Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence
+                 of words delimited by white space.  Analogous to the effect
+                 of "$@" in Bourne shell.
+
+          ##      Returns the number of words in the value.
+
+IINNCCLLUUDDEE SSTTAATTEEMMEENNTTSS,, CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNAALLSS AANNDD FFOORR LLOOOOPPSS
+     Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops  reminiscent of
+     the C programming language are provided in bbmmaakkee.  All such structures
+     are identified by a line beginning with a single dot (`.') character.
+     Files are included with either ..iinncclluuddee <_f_i_l_e> or ..iinncclluuddee "_f_i_l_e".  Vari-
+     ables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form
+     the file name.  If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is
+     expected to be in the system makefile directory.  If double quotes are
+     used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified
+     using the --II option are searched before the system makefile directory.
+     For compatibility with other versions of bbmmaakkee `include file ...' is also
+     accepted.  If the include statement is written as ..--iinncclluuddee or as
+     ..ssiinncclluuddee then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored.
+
+     Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first
+     character of a line.  The possible conditionals are as follows:
+
+     ..eerrrroorr _m_e_s_s_a_g_e
+             The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and
+             line number, then bbmmaakkee will exit.
+
+     ..eexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.
+             Export the specified global variable.  If no variable list is
+             provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables
+             (those that start with `.').  This is not affected by the --XX
+             flag, so should be used with caution.  For compatibility with
+             other bbmmaakkee programs `export variable=value' is also accepted.
+
+             Appending a variable name to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D is equivalent to
+             exporting a variable.
+
+     ..eexxppoorrtt--eennvv _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.
+             The same as `.export', except that the variable is not appended
+             to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D.  This allows exporting a value to the environ-
+             ment which is different from that used by bbmmaakkee internally.
+
+     ..iinnffoo _m_e_s_s_a_g_e
+             The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and
+             line number.
+
+     ..uunnddeeff _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e
+             Un-define the specified global variable.  Only global variables
+             may be un-defined.
+
+     ..uunneexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.
+             The opposite of `.export'.  The specified global _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e will be
+             removed from _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D.  If no variable list is provided,
+             all globals are unexported, and _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D deleted.
+
+     ..uunneexxppoorrtt--eennvv
+             Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environ-
+             ment inherited from the parent.  This operation will cause a mem-
+             ory leak of the original environment, so should be used spar-
+             ingly.  Testing for _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L being 0, would make sense.  Also
+             note that any variables which originated in the parent environ-
+             ment should be explicitly preserved if desired.  For example:
+
+                   .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+                   PATH := ${PATH}
+                   .unexport-env
+                   .export PATH
+                   .endif
+
+             Would result in an environment containing only `PATH', which is
+             the minimal useful environment.  Actually `.MAKE.LEVEL' will also
+             be pushed into the new environment.
+
+     ..wwaarrnniinngg _m_e_s_s_a_g_e
+             The message prefixed by `_w_a_r_n_i_n_g_:' is printed along with the name
+             of the makefile and line number.
+
+     ..iiff [!]_e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.]
+             Test the value of an expression.
+
+     ..iiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             Test the value of a variable.
+
+     ..iiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             Test the value of a variable.
+
+     ..iiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             Test the target being built.
+
+     ..iiffnnmmaakkee [!] _t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             Test the target being built.
+
+     ..eellssee   Reverse the sense of the last conditional.
+
+     ..eelliiff [!] _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiff'.
+
+     ..eelliiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffddeeff'.
+
+     ..eelliiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnddeeff'.
+
+     ..eelliiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffmmaakkee'.
+
+     ..eelliiffnnmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.]
+             A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnmmaakkee'.
+
+     ..eennddiiff  End the body of the conditional.
+
+     The _o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r may be any one of the following:
+
+     ||||     Logical OR.
+
+     &&&&     Logical AND; of higher precedence than ``||''.
+
+     As in C, bbmmaakkee will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to
+     determine its value.  Parentheses may be used to change the order of
+     evaluation.  The boolean operator `!!' may be used to logically negate an
+     entire conditional.  It is of higher precedence than `&&&&'.
+
+     The value of _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may be any of the following:
+
+     ddeeffiinneedd  Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if
+              the variable has been defined.
+
+     mmaakkee     Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              target was specified as part of bbmmaakkee's command line or was
+              declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly,
+              see _._M_A_I_N) before the line containing the conditional.
+
+     eemmppttyy    Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true
+              if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty
+              string.
+
+     eexxiissttss   Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              file exists.  The file is searched for on the system search path
+              (see _._P_A_T_H).
+
+     ttaarrggeett   Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              target has been defined.
+
+     ccoommmmaannddss
+              Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the
+              target has been defined and has commands associated with it.
+
+     _E_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may also be an arithmetic or string comparison.  Variable
+     expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the
+     integral values are compared.  A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if
+     it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not sup-
+     ported.  The standard C relational operators are all supported.  If after
+     variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a `====' or `!!=='
+     operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed
+     between the expanded variables.  If no relational operator is given, it
+     is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an
+     empty string in the case of a string comparison.
+
+     When bbmmaakkee is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it
+     encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either
+     the ``make'' or ``defined'' expression is applied to it, depending on the
+     form of the conditional.  If the form is `..iiffddeeff', `..iiffnnddeeff', or `..iiff'
+     the ``defined'' expression is applied.  Similarly, if the form is
+     `..iiffmmaakkee' or `..iiffnnmmaakkee, tthhee' ``make'' expression is applied.
+
+     If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile contin-
+     ues as before.  If it evaluates to false, the following lines are
+     skipped.  In both cases this continues until a `..eellssee' or `..eennddiiff' is
+     found.
+
+     For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files.
+     The syntax of a for loop is:
+
+     ..ffoorr _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] iinn _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n
+     <make-rules>
+     ..eennddffoorr
+
+     After the for eexxpprreessssiioonn is evaluated, it is split into words.  On each
+     iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each vvaarriiaabbllee,
+     in order, and these vvaarriiaabblleess are substituted into the mmaakkee--rruulleess inside
+     the body of the for loop.  The number of words must come out even; that
+     is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided
+     must be a multiple of three.
+
+CCOOMMMMEENNTTSS
+     Comments begin with a hash (`#') character, anywhere but in a shell com-
+     mand line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line.
+
+SSPPEECCIIAALL SSOOUURRCCEESS ((AATTTTRRIIBBUUTTEESS))
+     ..EEXXEECC     Target is never out of date, but always execute commands any-
+               way.
+
+     ..IIGGNNOORREE   Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this tar-
+               get, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash (`-').
+
+     ..MMAADDEE     Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date.
+
+     ..MMAAKKEE     Execute the commands associated with this target even if the --nn
+               or --tt options were specified.  Normally used to mark recursive
+               bbmmaakkee's.
+
+     ..MMEETTAA     Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as
+               ..PPHHOONNYY, ..MMAAKKEE, or ..SSPPEECCIIAALL.  Usage in conjunction with ..MMAAKKEE is
+               the most likely case.  In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-
+               date if the meta file is missing.
+
+     ..NNOOMMEETTAA   Do not create a meta file for the target.  Meta files are also
+               not created for ..PPHHOONNYY, ..MMAAKKEE, or ..SSPPEECCIIAALL targets.
+
+     ..NNOOMMEETTAA__CCMMPP
+               Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out
+               of date.  This is useful if the command contains a value which
+               always changes.  If the number of commands change, though, the
+               target will still be out of date.  The same effect applies to
+               any command line that uses the variable _._O_O_D_A_T_E, which can be
+               used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or
+               desired:
+
+
+                     skip-compare-for-some:
+                             @echo this will be compared
+                             @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP}
+                             @echo this will also be compared
+
+               The ::MM pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted vari-
+               able.
+
+     ..NNOOPPAATTHH   Do not search for the target in the directories specified by
+               ..PPAATTHH.
+
+     ..NNOOTTMMAAIINN  Normally bbmmaakkee selects the first target it encounters as the
+               default target to be built if no target was specified.  This
+               source prevents this target from being selected.
+
+     ..OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
+               If a target is marked with this attribute and bbmmaakkee can't fig-
+               ure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume
+               the file isn't needed or already exists.
+
+     ..PPHHOONNYY    The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always
+               considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the
+               --tt option.  Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to
+               ..PPHHOONNYY targets.
+
+     ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS
+               When bbmmaakkee is interrupted, it normally removes any partially
+               made targets.  This source prevents the target from being
+               removed.
+
+     ..RREECCUURRSSIIVVEE
+               Synonym for ..MMAAKKEE.
+
+     ..SSIILLEENNTT   Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target,
+               exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign (`@').
+
+     ..UUSSEE      Turn the target into bbmmaakkee's version of a macro.  When the tar-
+               get is used as a source for another target, the other target
+               acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for
+               ..UUSSEE) of the source.  If the target already has commands, the
+               ..UUSSEE target's commands are appended to them.
+
+     ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE
+               Exactly like ..UUSSEE, but prepend the ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE target commands
+               to the target.
+
+     ..WWAAIITT     If ..WWAAIITT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede
+               it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line.
+               Since the dependents of files are not made until the file
+               itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being
+               built unless they are needed for another branch of the depen-
+               dency tree.  So given:
+
+               x: a .WAIT b
+                       echo x
+               a:
+                       echo a
+               b: b1
+                       echo b
+               b1:
+                       echo b1
+
+               the output is always `a', `b1', `b', `x'.
+               The ordering imposed by ..WWAAIITT is only relevant for parallel
+               makes.
+
+SSPPEECCIIAALL TTAARRGGEETTSS
+     Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be
+     the only target specified.
+
+     ..BBEEGGIINN   Any command lines attached to this target are executed before
+              anything else is done.
+
+     ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT
+              This is sort of a ..UUSSEE rule for any target (that was used only
+              as a source) that bbmmaakkee can't figure out any other way to cre-
+              ate.  Only the shell script is used.  The ..IIMMPPSSRRCC variable of a
+              target that inherits ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT's commands is set to the target's
+              own name.
+
+     ..EENNDD     Any command lines attached to this target are executed after
+              everything else is done.
+
+     ..EERRRROORR   Any command lines attached to this target are executed when
+              another target fails.  The ..EERRRROORR__TTAARRGGEETT variable is set to the
+              target that failed.  See also MMAAKKEE__PPRRIINNTT__VVAARR__OONN__EERRRROORR.
+
+     ..IIGGNNOORREE  Mark each of the sources with the ..IIGGNNOORREE attribute.  If no
+              sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the
+              --ii option.
+
+     ..IINNTTEERRRRUUPPTT
+              If bbmmaakkee is interrupted, the commands for this target will be
+              executed.
+
+     ..MMAAIINN    If no target is specified when bbmmaakkee is invoked, this target
+              will be built.
+
+     ..MMAAKKEEFFLLAAGGSS
+              This target provides a way to specify flags for bbmmaakkee when the
+              makefile is used.  The flags are as if typed to the shell,
+              though the --ff option will have no effect.
+
+     ..NNOOPPAATTHH  Apply the ..NNOOPPAATTHH attribute to any specified sources.
+
+     ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL
+              Disable parallel mode.
+
+     ..NNOO__PPAARRAALLLLEELL
+              Synonym for ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL, for compatibility with other pmake
+              variants.
+
+     ..OORRDDEERR   The named targets are made in sequence.  This ordering does not
+              add targets to the list of targets to be made.  Since the depen-
+              dents of a target do not get built until the target itself could
+              be built, unless `a' is built by another part of the dependency
+              graph, the following is a dependency loop:
+
+              .ORDER: b a
+              b: a
+
+              The ordering imposed by ..OORRDDEERR is only relevant for parallel
+              makes.
+
+     ..PPAATTHH    The sources are directories which are to be searched for files
+              not found in the current directory.  If no sources are speci-
+              fied, any previously specified directories are deleted.  If the
+              source is the special ..DDOOTTLLAASSTT target, then the current working
+              directory is searched last.
+
+     ..PPHHOONNYY   Apply the ..PPHHOONNYY attribute to any specified sources.
+
+     ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS
+              Apply the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute to any specified sources.  If no
+              sources are specified, the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute is applied to
+              every target in the file.
+
+     ..SSHHEELLLL   Sets the shell that bbmmaakkee will use to execute commands.  The
+              sources are a set of _f_i_e_l_d_=_v_a_l_u_e pairs.
+
+              _n_a_m_e        This is the minimal specification, used to select
+                          one of the builtin shell specs; _s_h, _k_s_h, and _c_s_h.
+
+              _p_a_t_h        Specifies the path to the shell.
+
+              _h_a_s_E_r_r_C_t_l   Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error.
+
+              _c_h_e_c_k       The command to turn on error checking.
+
+              _i_g_n_o_r_e      The command to disable error checking.
+
+              _e_c_h_o        The command to turn on echoing of commands executed.
+
+              _q_u_i_e_t       The command to turn off echoing of commands exe-
+                          cuted.
+
+              _f_i_l_t_e_r      The output to filter after issuing the _q_u_i_e_t com-
+                          mand.  It is typically identical to _q_u_i_e_t.
+
+              _e_r_r_F_l_a_g     The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking.
+
+              _e_c_h_o_F_l_a_g    The flag to pass the shell to enable command echo-
+                          ing.
+
+              _n_e_w_l_i_n_e     The string literal to pass the shell that results in
+                          a single newline character when used outside of any
+                          quoting characters.
+              Example:
+
+              .SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \
+                      check="set -e" ignore="set +e" \
+                      echo="set -v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \
+                      echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\n'"
+
+     ..SSIILLEENNTT  Apply the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute to any specified sources.  If no
+              sources are specified, the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute is applied to every
+              command in the file.
+
+     ..SSTTAALLEE   This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale
+              entries, having _._A_L_L_S_R_C set to the name of that dependency file.
+
+     ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS
+              Each source specifies a suffix to bbmmaakkee.  If no sources are
+              specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.  It
+              allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules.
+
+              Example:
+
+              .SUFFIXES: .o
+              .c.o:
+                      cc -o ${.TARGET} -c ${.IMPSRC}
+
+EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT
+     bbmmaakkee uses the following environment variables, if they exist: MACHINE,
+     MACHINE_ARCH, MAKE, MAKEFLAGS, MAKEOBJDIR, MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, MAKESYSPATH,
+     PWD, and TMPDIR.
+
+     MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on
+     the command line to bbmmaakkee and not as makefile variables; see the descrip-
+     tion of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for more details.
+
+FFIILLEESS
+     .depend        list of dependencies
+     Makefile       list of dependencies
+     makefile       list of dependencies
+     sys.mk         system makefile
+     /usr/share/mk  system makefile directory
+
+CCOOMMPPAATTIIBBIILLIITTYY
+     The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make,
+     however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are
+     not.
+
+     The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that
+     .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes.  The algo-
+     rithms used may change again in the future.
+
+     The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0
+     so that they still appear to be variable expansions.  In particular this
+     stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems
+     using them in .if statements.
+
+SSEEEE AALLSSOO
+     mkdep(1)
+
+HHIISSTTOORRYY
+     bbmmaakkee is derived from NetBSD make(1).  It uses autoconf to facilitate
+     portability to other platforms.
+
+     A make command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX.  This make implementation
+     is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at
+     Berkeley.  It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs
+     on different machines using a daemon called ``customs''.
+
+BBUUGGSS
+     The make syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the
+     data.  For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve
+     scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field.
+     In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a
+     variable expansion.
+
+     There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename.
+
+NetBSD 5.1                      March 30, 2013                      NetBSD 5.1
diff --git a/boot-strap b/boot-strap
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2193926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/boot-strap
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+:
+# NAME:
+#	boot-strap
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+#	boot-strap ["options"]
+#	boot-strap --prefix=/opt --install
+#	boot-strap --prefix=$HOME --install-host-target -DWITH_PROG_VERSION
+#	boot-strap ["options"] op=build
+#	boot-strap ["options"] op=install
+#
+# DESCRIPTION:
+#	This script is used to configure/build bmake it builds for
+#	each host-target in a different subdir to keep the src clean.
+#	There is no requirement for an existing make(1).
+#
+#	On successful completion if no '--install' flag is given,
+#	it echos a command to do installation.
+#
+#	The variable "op" defaults to 'all', and is affected by
+#	'--install' flag as above.
+#	Other values include:
+#
+#	configure
+#		Just run 'configure'
+#
+#	build
+#		If 'configure' has not been done, do it, then
+#		run the build script, and finally 'test'.
+#
+#	install
+#		If 'build' has not been done, do it, 'test' then
+#		install. 
+#
+#	clean
+#		attempt to clean up
+#
+#	test
+#		run the unit-tests.  Done automatically after 'build'
+#		and before 'install'.
+#
+#	The above are leveraged by a trivial makefile for the benefit
+#	of those that have './configure; make; make install' baked
+#	into them.
+#	
+#	Options:
+#
+#	-c "rc"
+#		Pick up settings from "rc".  
+#		We look for '.bmake-boot-strap.rc' before processing
+#		options (unless SKIP_RC is set in environment).
+#
+#	--share "share_dir"
+#		Where to put man pages and mk files.
+#		If $prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET, and $prefix/../share
+#		exits, the default will be that rather than $prefix/share.
+#
+#	--mksrc "mksrc"
+#		Indicate where the mk files can be found.
+#		Default is $Mydir/mk
+#
+#	--install
+#		If build and test work, run bmake install.
+#		BINDIR=$prefix/bin
+#		SHAREDIR=$prefix/share
+#
+#	--install-host-target
+#		As for '--install' but BINDIR=$prefix/$HOST_TARGET/bin
+#		This is useful when $prefix/ is shared by multiple
+#		machines.
+#
+#	Flags relevant when installing:
+#
+#	-DWITHOUT_INSTALL_MK
+#		Skip installing mk files.
+#		By default they will be installed to $prefix/share/mk
+#
+#	-DWITH_PROG_VERSION
+#		Install 'bmake' as 'bmake-$MAKE_VERSION'
+#		A symlink will be made as 'bmake' unless
+#		-DWITHOUT_PROG_LINK is set.
+#
+#	Possibly useful configure_args:
+#
+#	--without-meta
+#		disable use of meta mode.
+#
+#	--without-filemon
+#		disable use of filemon(9) which is currently only
+#		available for NetBSD and FreeBSD.
+#
+#	--with-filemon="path/to/filemon.h"
+#		enables use of filemon(9) by meta mode.
+#		
+#	--with-machine="machine"
+#		set "machine" to override that determined by
+#		machine.sh
+#	
+#	--with-force-machine="machine"
+#		force "machine" even if uname(3) provides a value.
+#
+#	--with-machine_arch="machine_arch"
+#		set "machine_arch" to override that determined by
+#		machine.sh
+#
+#	--with-default-sys-path="syspath"
+#		set an explicit default "syspath" which is where bmake
+#		will look for sys.mk and friends.
+#
+# AUTHOR:
+#	Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@crufty.net>
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: boot-strap,v 1.43 2013/03/02 18:55:23 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2001 Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+Mydir=`dirname $0`
+. "$Mydir/os.sh"
+case "$Mydir" in
+/*) ;;
+*) Mydir=`cd "$Mydir" && 'pwd'`;;
+esac
+
+Usage() {
+	[ "$1" ] && echo "ERROR: $@" >&2
+	echo "Usage:" >&2
+	echo "$0 [--<configure_arg> ...][<prefix>][--install]" >&2
+	exit 1
+}
+
+Error() {
+	echo "ERROR: $@" >&2
+	exit 1
+}
+
+source_rc() {
+	rc="$1"; shift
+	for d in ${*:-""}
+	do
+		r="${d:+$d/}$rc"
+		[ -f "$r" -a -s "$r" ] || continue
+		echo "NOTE: reading $r"
+		. "$r"
+		break
+	done
+}
+
+cmd_args="$@"
+
+# clear some things from the environment that we care about
+unset MAKEOBJDIR MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+
+# --install[-host-target] will set this
+INSTALL_PREFIX=
+# other things we pass to install step
+INSTALL_ARGS=
+CONFIGURE_ARGS=
+MAKESYSPATH=
+# pick a useful default prefix (for me at least ;-)
+for prefix in /opt/$HOST_TARGET "$HOME/$HOST_TARGET" /usr/pkg /usr/local ""
+do
+	[ -d "${prefix:-.}" ] || continue
+	case "$prefix" in
+	*/$HOST_TARGET)
+		p=`dirname $prefix`
+		if [ -d $p/share ]; then
+			INSTALL_BIN=$HOST_TARGET/bin
+			prefix=$p
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+        echo "NOTE: default prefix=$prefix ${INSTALL_BIN:+INSTALL_BIN=$INSTALL_BIN}"
+	break
+done
+srcdir=$Mydir
+mksrc=$Mydir/mk
+objdir=
+quiet=:
+
+${SKIP_RC:+:} source_rc .bmake-boot-strap.rc . "$Mydir/.." "$HOME"
+
+get_optarg() {
+	expr "x$1" : "x[^=]*=\\(.*\\)"
+}
+
+here=`'pwd'`
+if [ $here = $Mydir ]; then
+   # avoid polution
+   OBJROOT=../
+fi
+
+op=all
+BMAKE=
+
+while :
+do
+	case "$1" in
+	--) shift; break;;
+        --help) sed -n -e "1d;/RCSid/,\$d" -e '/^#\.[a-z]/d' -e '/^#/s,^# *,,p' $0; exit 0;;
+	--prefix) prefix="$2"; shift;;
+	--prefix=*) prefix=`get_optarg "$1"`;;
+	--src=*) srcdir=`get_optarg "$1"`;;
+	--with-mksrc=*|--mksrc=*) mksrc=`get_optarg "$1"`;;
+	--share=*) share_dir=`get_optarg "$1"`;;
+	--share) share_dir="$2"; shift;;
+	--with-default-sys-path=*)
+	    CONFIGURE_ARGS="$1"
+	    MAKESYSPATH=`get_optarg "$1"`;;
+	--with-default-sys-path)
+	    CONFIGURE_ARGS="$1 $2"
+	    MAKESYSPATH="$2"; shift;;
+	--install) INSTALL_PREFIX=${INSTALL_PREFIX:-$prefix};;
+	--install-host-target)
+                INSTALL_PREFIX=${INSTALL_PREFIX:-$prefix}
+                INSTALL_BIN=$HOST_TARGET/bin;;
+	--install-destdir=*) INSTALL_DESTDIR=`get_optarg "$1"`;;
+	--install-prefix=*) INSTALL_PREFIX=`get_optarg "$1"`;;
+	-DWITH*) INSTALL_ARGS="$INSTALL_ARGS $1";;
+	-s|--src) srcdir="$2"; shift;;
+	-m|--mksrc) mksrc="$2"; shift;;
+	-o|--objdir) objdir="$2"; shift;;
+	-q) quiet=;;
+	-c) source_rc "$2"; shift;;
+	--*) CONFIGURE_ARGS="$CONFIGURE_ARGS $1";;
+	*=*) eval "$1"; export `expr "x$1" : "x\\(.[^=]*\\)=.*"`;;
+	*) break;;
+	esac
+        shift
+done
+
+AddConfigure() {
+	case " $CONFIGURE_ARGS " in
+	*" $1"*) ;;
+	*) CONFIGURE_ARGS="$CONFIGURE_ARGS $1$2";;
+	esac
+}
+
+GetDir() {
+	match="$1"
+	shift
+	fmatch="$1"
+	shift
+	for dir in $*
+	do
+		[ -d "$dir" ] || continue
+		case "/$dir/" in
+		*$match*) ;;
+		*) continue;;
+		esac
+		case "$fmatch" in
+		.) ;;
+		*) [ -s $dir/$fmatch ] || continue;;
+		esac
+		case "$dir/" in
+		*./*) cd "$dir" && 'pwd';;
+		/*) echo $dir;;
+		*) cd "$dir" && 'pwd';;
+		esac
+		break
+	done
+}
+
+FindHereOrAbove() {
+    (
+	_t=-s
+	while :
+	do
+		case "$1" in
+		-C) cd "$2"; shift; shift;;
+		-?) _t=$1; shift;;
+		*) break;;
+		esac
+	done
+	case "$1" in	
+	/*)	# we shouldn't be here
+		[ $_t "$1" ] && echo "$1"
+		return
+		;;
+	.../*) want=`echo "$1" | sed 's,^.../*,,'`;;
+	*) want="$1";;
+	esac
+	here=`'pwd'`
+	while :
+	do
+		if [ $_t "./$want" ]; then
+			echo "$here/$want"
+			return
+		fi
+		cd ..
+		here=`'pwd'`
+		case "$here" in
+		/) return;;
+		esac
+	done
+    )
+}
+
+# is $1 missing from $2 (or PATH) ?
+no_path() {
+	eval "__p=\$${2:-PATH}"
+	case ":$__p:" in *:"$1":*) return 1;; *) return 0;; esac
+}
+
+# if $1 exists and is not in path, append it
+add_path () {
+	case "$1" in
+	-?) t=$1; shift;;
+	*) t=-d;;
+	esac
+	case "$2,$1" in
+	MAKESYSPATH,.../*) ;;
+	*) [ $t ${1:-.} ] || return;;
+	esac
+	no_path $* && eval ${2:-PATH}="$__p${__p:+:}$1"
+}
+
+
+srcdir=`GetDir /bmake make-bootstrap.sh.in "$srcdir" "$2" "$Mydir" ./bmake* "$Mydir"/../bmake*`
+[ -d "${srcdir:-/dev/null}" ] || Usage
+case "$mksrc" in
+none|-) # we don't want it
+	mksrc=
+	;;
+.../*)	# find here or above
+	mksrc=`FindHereOrAbove -C "$Mydir" -s "$mksrc/sys.mk"`
+	# that found a file
+	mksrc=`dirname $mksrc`
+	;;
+*)	# guess we want mksrc...
+	mksrc=`GetDir /mk sys.mk "$mksrc" "$3" ./mk* "$srcdir"/mk* "$srcdir"/../mk*`
+	[ -d "${mksrc:-/dev/null}" ] || Usage "Use '-m none' to build without mksrc"
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Ok, get to work...
+objdir="${objdir:-$OBJROOT$HOST_TARGET}"
+[ -d "$objdir" ] || mkdir -p "$objdir"
+[ -d "$objdir" ] || mkdir "$objdir"
+cd "$objdir" || exit 1
+# make it absolute
+objdir=`'pwd'`
+
+ShareDir() {
+	case "/$1" in
+	/) [ -d /share ] || return;;
+	*/$HOST_TARGET)
+		if [ -d "$1/../share" ]; then
+			echo `dirname "$1"`/share
+			return
+		fi
+		;;
+	esac
+	echo $1/share
+}
+
+# make it easy to force prefix to use $HOST_TARGET
+: looking at "$prefix"
+case "$prefix" in
+*/host?target) prefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s,host.target,${HOST_TARGET},"`;;
+esac
+
+share_dir="${share_dir:-`ShareDir $prefix`}"
+
+AddConfigure --prefix= "$prefix"
+case "$CONFIGURE_ARGS" in
+*--with-*-sys-path*) ;; # skip
+*) [ "$share_dir" ] && AddConfigure --with-default-sys-path= "$share_dir/mk";;
+esac
+if [ "$mksrc" ]; then
+        AddConfigure --with-mksrc= "$mksrc"
+        # not all cc's support this
+        CFLAGS_MF= CFLAGS_MD=
+        export CFLAGS_MF CFLAGS_MD
+fi
+
+# this makes it easy to run the bmake we just built
+# the :tA dance is needed because 'pwd' and even /bin/pwd
+# may not give the same result as realpath().
+Bmake() {
+    (
+	    cd $Mydir &&
+	    MAKESYSPATH=$mksrc SRCTOP=$Mydir OBJTOP=$objdir \
+	    MAKEOBJDIR='${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP:tA},${OBJTOP:tA},}' \
+	    ${BMAKE:-$objdir/bmake} -f $Mydir/Makefile "$@"
+    )
+}
+
+# make sure test below uses the same diff that configure did
+TOOL_DIFF=`type diff | sed 's,[()],,g;s,^[^/][^/]*,,;q'`
+export TOOL_DIFF
+
+op_configure() {
+	$srcdir/configure $CONFIGURE_ARGS || exit 1
+}
+
+op_build() {
+	[ -s make-bootstrap.sh ] || op_configure
+	chmod 755 make-bootstrap.sh || exit 1
+	./make-bootstrap.sh || exit 1
+	case "$op" in
+	build) op_test;;
+	esac
+}
+
+op_test() {
+	[ -x bmake ] || op_build
+	Bmake test || exit 1
+}
+
+op_clean() {
+	if [ -x bmake ]; then
+		ln bmake bmake$$
+		BMAKE=$objdir/bmake$$ Bmake clean
+		rm -f bmake$$
+	elif [ $objdir != $srcdir ]; then
+		rm -rf *
+	fi
+}
+
+op_install() {
+	op_test
+	case "$INSTALL_PREFIX,$INSTALL_BIN,$prefix" in
+	,$HOST_TARGET/bin,*/$HOST_TARGET)
+		INSTALL_PREFIX=`dirname $prefix`
+		;;
+	esac
+	INSTALL_PREFIX=${INSTALL_PREFIX:-$prefix}
+	Bmake install prefix=$INSTALL_PREFIX BINDIR=$INSTALL_PREFIX/${INSTALL_BIN:-bin} ${INSTALL_DESTDIR:+DESTDIR=$INSTALL_DESTDIR} $INSTALL_ARGS || exit 1
+}
+
+op_all() {
+	rm -f make-bootstrap.sh bmake *.o
+	if [ -n "$INSTALL_PREFIX" ]; then
+		op_install
+	else
+		op_test
+		MAKE_VERSION=`sed -n '/^MAKE_VERSION/ { s,.*=  *,,;p; }' $srcdir/Makefile`
+		echo You can install by running:
+		echo
+		echo $0 $cmd_args op=install
+		echo
+		echo "Use --install-prefix=/something to install somewhere other than $prefix"
+		echo "Use --install-destdir=/somewhere to set DESTDIR during install"
+		echo "Use --install-host-target to use INSTALL_BIN=$HOST_TARGET/bin"
+		echo "Use -DWITH_PROG_VERSION to install as bmake-$MAKE_VERSION"
+		echo "Use -DWITHOUT_PROG_LINK to supress bmake -> bmake-$MAKE_VERSION symlink"
+		echo "Use -DWITHOUT_INSTALL_MK to skip installing files to $prefix/share/mk"
+	fi
+}
+
+op_$op
+exit 0
diff --git a/bsd.after-import.mk b/bsd.after-import.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85bd2c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bsd.after-import.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+# $Id: bsd.after-import.mk,v 1.11 2012/12/29 19:32:25 sjg Exp $
+
+# This makefile is for use when integrating bmake into a BSD build
+# system.  Use this makefile after importing bmake.
+# It will bootstrap the new version,
+# capture the generated files we need, and add an after-import
+# target to allow the process to be easily repeated.
+
+# The goal is to allow the benefits of autoconf without
+# the overhead of running configure.
+
+all: _makefile
+all: after-import
+
+# we rely on bmake
+.if !defined(.PARSEDIR)
+.error this makefile requires bmake
+.endif
+
+_this := ${MAKEFILE:tA} 
+BMAKE_SRC := ${.PARSEDIR}
+
+# it helps to know where the top of the tree is.
+.if !defined(SRCTOP)
+srctop := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*src/share/mk/sys.mk:H:H:H}
+.if empty(srctop)
+# likely locations?
+.for d in contrib/bmake external/bsd/bmake/dist
+.if ${BMAKE_SRC:M*/$d} != ""
+srctop := ${BMAKE_SRC:tA:S,/$d,,}
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endif
+.if !empty(srctop)
+SRCTOP := ${srctop}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# This lets us match what boot-strap does
+.if !defined(HOST_OS)
+HOST_OS!= uname
+.endif
+
+# .../share/mk will find ${SRCTOP}/share/mk
+# if we are within ${SRCTOP}
+DEFAULT_SYS_PATH= .../share/mk:/usr/share/mk
+
+BOOTSTRAP_ARGS = \
+	--with-default-sys-path='${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}' \
+	--prefix /usr \
+	--share /usr/share
+
+
+# run boot-strap with minimal influence
+bootstrap:	${BMAKE_SRC}/boot-strap ${MAKEFILE}
+	HOME=/ ${BMAKE_SRC}/boot-strap -o ${HOST_OS} ${BOOTSTRAP_ARGS} ${BOOTSTRAP_XTRAS}
+	touch ${.TARGET}
+
+# Makefiles need a little more tweaking than say config.h
+MAKEFILE_SED = 	sed -e '/^MACHINE/d' \
+	-e '/^PROG/ { s,=,?=,;s,bmake,$${.CURDIR:T},; }' \
+	-e 's,^.-include,.sinclude,' \
+	-e '/^\..*include  *</ { s,<,<bsd.,;/autoconf/d; }' \
+	-e 's,${SRCTOP},$${SRCTOP},g'
+
+# These are the simple files we want to capture
+configured_files= config.h Makefile.config unit-tests/Makefile
+
+after-import: bootstrap ${MAKEFILE}
+.for f in ${configured_files:M*.[ch]}
+	@echo Capturing $f
+	@mkdir -p ${${.CURDIR}/$f:L:H}
+	@(echo '/* $$${HOST_OS}$$ */'; cat ${HOST_OS}/$f) > ${.CURDIR}/$f
+.endfor
+.for f in ${configured_files:M*Makefile*}
+	@echo Capturing $f
+	@mkdir -p ${${.CURDIR}/$f:L:H}
+	@(echo '# This is a generated file, do NOT edit!'; \
+	echo '# See ${_this:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}'; \
+	echo '#'; echo '# $$${HOST_OS}$$'; echo; \
+	echo 'SRCTOP?= $${.CURDIR:${${.CURDIR}/$f:L:H:S,${SRCTOP}/,,:C,[^/]+,H,g:S,/,:,g}}'; echo; \
+	${MAKEFILE_SED} ${HOST_OS}/$f ) > ${.CURDIR}/$f
+.endfor
+
+# this needs the most work
+_makefile:	bootstrap ${MAKEFILE}
+	@echo Generating ${.CURDIR}/Makefile
+	@(echo '# This is a generated file, do NOT edit!'; \
+	echo '# See ${_this:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}'; \
+	echo '#'; echo '# $$${HOST_OS}$$'; \
+	echo; echo '.sinclude "Makefile.inc"'; \
+	echo; echo 'SRCTOP?= $${.CURDIR:${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,:C,[^/]+,H,g:S,/,:,g}}'; \
+	echo; echo '# look here first for config.h'; \
+	echo 'CFLAGS+= -I$${.CURDIR}'; echo; \
+	echo '# for after-import'; \
+	echo 'CLEANDIRS+= ${HOST_OS}'; \
+	echo 'CLEANFILES+= bootstrap'; echo; \
+	${MAKEFILE_SED} \
+	${1 2:L:@n@-e '/start-delete$n/,/end-delete$n/d'@} \
+	${BMAKE_SRC}/Makefile; \
+	echo; echo '# override some simple things'; \
+	echo 'BINDIR= /usr/bin'; \
+	echo 'MANDIR= ${MANDIR:U/usr/share/man}'; \
+	echo; echo '# make sure we get this'; \
+	echo 'CFLAGS+= $${COPTS.$${.IMPSRC:T}}'; \
+	echo; echo 'after-import: ${_this:S,${SRCTOP},\${SRCTOP},}'; \
+	echo '	cd $${.CURDIR} && $${.MAKE} -f ${_this:S,${SRCTOP},\${SRCTOP},}'; \
+	echo ) > ${.TARGET}
+	@cmp -s ${.TARGET} ${.CURDIR}/Makefile || \
+	    mv ${.TARGET} ${.CURDIR}/Makefile
+
+.include <bsd.obj.mk>
+
diff --git a/buf.c b/buf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac95c16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.25 2012/04/24 20:26:58 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.25 2012/04/24 20:26:58 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)buf.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: buf.c,v 1.25 2012/04/24 20:26:58 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * buf.c --
+ *	Functions for automatically-expanded buffers.
+ */
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+
+#ifndef max
+#define max(a,b)  ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define BUF_DEF_SIZE	256 	/* Default buffer size */
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Expand_1 --
+ *	Extend buffer for single byte add.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *bp)
+{
+    bp->size += max(bp->size, 16);
+    bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_AddBytes --
+ *	Add a number of bytes to the buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Guess what?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *bp, int numBytes, const Byte *bytesPtr)
+{
+    int count = bp->count;
+    Byte *ptr;
+
+    if (__predict_false(count + numBytes >= bp->size)) {
+	bp->size += max(bp->size, numBytes + 16);
+	bp->buffer = bmake_realloc(bp->buffer, bp->size);
+    }
+
+    ptr = bp->buffer + count;
+    bp->count = count + numBytes;
+    ptr[numBytes] = 0;
+    memcpy(ptr, bytesPtr, numBytes);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_GetAll --
+ *	Get all the available data at once.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the data and the number of bytes available.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Byte *
+Buf_GetAll(Buffer *bp, int *numBytesPtr)
+{
+
+    if (numBytesPtr != NULL)
+	*numBytesPtr = bp->count;
+
+    return (bp->buffer);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Empty --
+ *	Throw away bytes in a buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The bytes are discarded.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Empty(Buffer *bp)
+{
+
+    bp->count = 0;
+    *bp->buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Init --
+ *	Initialize a buffer. If no initial size is given, a reasonable
+ *	default is used.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	size		Initial size for the buffer
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A buffer to be given to other functions in this library.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The buffer is created, the space allocated and pointers
+ *	initialized.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Buf_Init(Buffer *bp, int size)
+{
+    if (size <= 0) {
+	size = BUF_DEF_SIZE;
+    }
+    bp->size = size;
+    bp->count = 0;
+    bp->buffer = bmake_malloc(size);
+    *bp->buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_Destroy --
+ *	Nuke a buffer and all its resources.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	buf		Buffer to destroy
+ *	freeData	TRUE if the data should be destroyed
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Data buffer, NULL if freed
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The buffer is freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Byte *
+Buf_Destroy(Buffer *buf, Boolean freeData)
+{
+    Byte *data;
+
+    data = buf->buffer;
+    if (freeData) {
+	free(data);
+	data = NULL;
+    }
+
+    buf->size = 0;
+    buf->count = 0;
+    buf->buffer = NULL;
+
+    return data;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Buf_DestroyCompact --
+ *	Nuke a buffer and return its data.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	buf		Buffer to destroy
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Data buffer
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the buffer size is much greater than its content,
+ *	a new buffer will be allocated and the old one freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT
+# define BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT 128          /* worthwhile saving */
+#endif
+
+Byte *
+Buf_DestroyCompact(Buffer *buf)
+{
+#if BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT > 0
+    Byte *data;
+
+    if (buf->size - buf->count >= BUF_COMPACT_LIMIT) {
+	/* We trust realloc to be smart */
+	data = bmake_realloc(buf->buffer, buf->count + 1);
+	if (data) {
+	    data[buf->count] = 0;
+	    Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+	    return data;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    return Buf_Destroy(buf, FALSE);
+}
diff --git a/buf.h b/buf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25be67d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/buf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: buf.h,v 1.17 2012/04/24 20:26:58 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)buf.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)buf.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * buf.h --
+ *	Header for users of the buf library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BUF_H
+#define _BUF_H
+
+typedef char Byte;
+
+typedef struct Buffer {
+    int	    size; 	/* Current size of the buffer */
+    int     count;	/* Number of bytes in buffer */
+    Byte    *buffer;	/* The buffer itself (zero terminated) */
+} Buffer;
+
+/* If we aren't on netbsd, __predict_false() might not be defined. */
+#ifndef __predict_false
+#define __predict_false(x) (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Buf_AddByte adds a single byte to a buffer. */
+#define	Buf_AddByte(bp, byte) do { \
+	int _count = ++(bp)->count; \
+	char *_ptr; \
+	if (__predict_false(_count >= (bp)->size)) \
+		Buf_Expand_1(bp); \
+	_ptr = (bp)->buffer + _count; \
+	_ptr[-1] = (byte); \
+	_ptr[0] = 0; \
+    } while (0)
+
+#define BUF_ERROR 256
+
+#define Buf_Size(bp) ((bp)->count)
+
+void Buf_Expand_1(Buffer *);
+void Buf_AddBytes(Buffer *, int, const Byte *);
+Byte *Buf_GetAll(Buffer *, int *);
+void Buf_Empty(Buffer *);
+void Buf_Init(Buffer *, int);
+Byte *Buf_Destroy(Buffer *, Boolean);
+Byte *Buf_DestroyCompact(Buffer *);
+
+#endif /* _BUF_H */
diff --git a/compat.c b/compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f931cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.91 2013/01/25 02:01:10 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.91 2013/01/25 02:01:10 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)compat.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.91 2013/01/25 02:01:10 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * compat.c --
+ *	The routines in this file implement the full-compatibility
+ *	mode of PMake. Most of the special functionality of PMake
+ *	is available in this mode. Things not supported:
+ *	    - different shells.
+ *	    - friendly variable substitution.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Compat_Run	    Initialize things for this module and recreate
+ *	    	  	    thems as need creatin'
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include   "config.h"
+#endif
+#include    <sys/types.h>
+#include    <sys/stat.h>
+#include    "wait.h"
+
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <errno.h>
+#include    <signal.h>
+#include    <stdio.h>
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "job.h"
+#include    "pathnames.h"
+
+/*
+ * The following array is used to make a fast determination of which
+ * characters are interpreted specially by the shell.  If a command
+ * contains any of these characters, it is executed by the shell, not
+ * directly by us.
+ */
+
+static char 	    meta[256];
+
+static GNode	    *curTarg = NULL;
+static GNode	    *ENDNode;
+static void CompatInterrupt(int);
+
+static void
+Compat_Init(void)
+{
+    const char *cp;
+
+    Shell_Init();		/* setup default shell */
+    
+    for (cp = "#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\\n"; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+	meta[(unsigned char) *cp] = 1;
+    }
+    /*
+     * The null character serves as a sentinel in the string.
+     */
+    meta[0] = 1;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CompatInterrupt --
+ *	Interrupt the creation of the current target and remove it if
+ *	it ain't precious.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The target is removed and the process exits. If .INTERRUPT exists,
+ *	its commands are run first WITH INTERRUPTS IGNORED..
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CompatInterrupt(int signo)
+{
+    GNode   *gn;
+
+    if ((curTarg != NULL) && !Targ_Precious (curTarg)) {
+	char	  *p1;
+	char 	  *file = Var_Value(TARGET, curTarg, &p1);
+
+	if (!noExecute && eunlink(file) != -1) {
+	    Error("*** %s removed", file);
+	}
+	if (p1)
+	    free(p1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Run .INTERRUPT only if hit with interrupt signal
+	 */
+	if (signo == SIGINT) {
+	    gn = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
+	    if (gn != NULL) {
+		Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+	    }
+	}
+
+    }
+    if (signo == SIGQUIT)
+	_exit(signo);
+    bmake_signal(signo, SIG_DFL);
+    kill(myPid, signo);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CompatRunCommand --
+ *	Execute the next command for a target. If the command returns an
+ *	error, the node's made field is set to ERROR and creation stops.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cmdp		Command to execute
+ *	gnp		Node from which the command came
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the command succeeded, 1 if an error occurred.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node's 'made' field may be set to ERROR.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+CompatRunCommand(void *cmdp, void *gnp)
+{
+    char    	  *cmdStart;	/* Start of expanded command */
+    char 	  *cp, *bp;
+    Boolean 	  silent,   	/* Don't print command */
+	    	  doIt;		/* Execute even if -n */
+    volatile Boolean errCheck; 	/* Check errors */
+    WAIT_T 	  reason;   	/* Reason for child's death */
+    int	    	  status;   	/* Description of child's death */
+    pid_t	  cpid;	    	/* Child actually found */
+    pid_t	  retstat;    	/* Result of wait */
+    LstNode 	  cmdNode;  	/* Node where current command is located */
+    const char  ** volatile av;	/* Argument vector for thing to exec */
+    char	** volatile mav;/* Copy of the argument vector for freeing */
+    int	    	  argc;	    	/* Number of arguments in av or 0 if not
+				 * dynamically allocated */
+    Boolean 	  local;    	/* TRUE if command should be executed
+				 * locally */
+    Boolean 	  useShell;    	/* TRUE if command should be executed
+				 * using a shell */
+    char	  * volatile cmd = (char *)cmdp;
+    GNode	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    silent = gn->type & OP_SILENT;
+    errCheck = !(gn->type & OP_IGNORE);
+    doIt = FALSE;
+    
+    cmdNode = Lst_Member(gn->commands, cmd);
+    cmdStart = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * brk_string will return an argv with a NULL in av[0], thus causing
+     * execvp to choke and die horribly. Besides, how can we execute a null
+     * command? In any case, we warn the user that the command expanded to
+     * nothing (is this the right thing to do?).
+     */
+
+    if (*cmdStart == '\0') {
+	free(cmdStart);
+	return(0);
+    }
+    cmd = cmdStart;
+    Lst_Replace(cmdNode, cmdStart);
+
+    if ((gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) && (gn != ENDNode)) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(ENDNode->commands, cmdStart);
+	return(0);
+    }
+    if (strcmp(cmdStart, "...") == 0) {
+	gn->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS;
+	return(0);
+    }
+
+    while ((*cmd == '@') || (*cmd == '-') || (*cmd == '+')) {
+	switch (*cmd) {
+	case '@':
+	    silent = DEBUG(LOUD) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case '-':
+	    errCheck = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	case '+':
+	    doIt = TRUE;
+	    if (!meta[0])		/* we came here from jobs */
+		Compat_Init();
+	    break;
+	}
+	cmd++;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*cmd))
+	cmd++;
+
+    /*
+     * If we did not end up with a command, just skip it.
+     */
+    if (!*cmd)
+	return (0);
+
+#if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE)
+    /*
+     * In a non-native build, the host environment might be weird enough
+     * that it's necessary to go through a shell to get the correct
+     * behaviour.  Or perhaps the shell has been replaced with something
+     * that does extra logging, and that should not be bypassed.
+     */
+    useShell = TRUE;
+#else
+    /*
+     * Search for meta characters in the command. If there are no meta
+     * characters, there's no need to execute a shell to execute the
+     * command.
+     */
+    for (cp = cmd; !meta[(unsigned char)*cp]; cp++) {
+	continue;
+    }
+    useShell = (*cp != '\0');
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Print the command before echoing if we're not supposed to be quiet for
+     * this one. We also print the command if -n given.
+     */
+    if (!silent || NoExecute(gn)) {
+	printf("%s\n", cmd);
+	fflush(stdout);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If we're not supposed to execute any commands, this is as far as
+     * we go...
+     */
+    if (!doIt && NoExecute(gn)) {
+	return (0);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Execute: '%s'\n", cmd);
+
+again:
+    if (useShell) {
+	/*
+	 * We need to pass the command off to the shell, typically
+	 * because the command contains a "meta" character.
+	 */
+	static const char *shargv[4];
+
+	shargv[0] = shellPath;
+	/*
+	 * The following work for any of the builtin shell specs.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(SHELL))
+		shargv[1] = "-xc";
+	else
+		shargv[1] = "-c";
+	shargv[2] = cmd;
+	shargv[3] = NULL;
+	av = shargv;
+	argc = 0;
+	bp = NULL;
+	mav = NULL;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * No meta-characters, so no need to exec a shell. Break the command
+	 * into words to form an argument vector we can execute.
+	 */
+	mav = brk_string(cmd, &argc, TRUE, &bp);
+	if (mav == NULL) {
+		useShell = 1;
+		goto again;
+	}
+	av = (void *)mav;
+    }
+
+    local = TRUE;
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	meta_compat_start();
+    }
+#endif
+    
+    /*
+     * Fork and execute the single command. If the fork fails, we abort.
+     */
+    cpid = vFork();
+    if (cpid < 0) {
+	Fatal("Could not fork");
+    }
+    if (cpid == 0) {
+	Var_ExportVars();
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta) {
+	    meta_compat_child();
+	}
+#endif
+	if (local)
+	    (void)execvp(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av));
+	else
+	    (void)execv(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av));
+	execError("exec", av[0]);
+	_exit(1);
+    }
+    if (mav)
+	free(mav);
+    if (bp)
+	free(bp);
+    Lst_Replace(cmdNode, NULL);
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	meta_compat_parent();
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * The child is off and running. Now all we can do is wait...
+     */
+    while (1) {
+
+	while ((retstat = wait(&reason)) != cpid) {
+	    if (retstat > 0)
+		JobReapChild(retstat, reason, FALSE); /* not ours? */
+	    if (retstat == -1 && errno != EINTR) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (retstat > -1) {
+	    if (WIFSTOPPED(reason)) {
+		status = WSTOPSIG(reason);		/* stopped */
+	    } else if (WIFEXITED(reason)) {
+		status = WEXITSTATUS(reason);		/* exited */
+#if defined(USE_META) && defined(USE_FILEMON_ONCE)
+		if (useMeta) {
+		    meta_cmd_finish(NULL);
+		}
+#endif
+		if (status != 0) {
+		    if (DEBUG(ERROR)) {
+		        fprintf(debug_file, "\n*** Failed target:  %s\n*** Failed command: ",
+			    gn->name);
+		        for (cp = cmd; *cp; ) {
+    			    if (isspace((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+				fprintf(debug_file, " ");
+			        while (isspace((unsigned char)*cp))
+				    cp++;
+			    } else {
+				fprintf(debug_file, "%c", *cp);
+			        cp++;
+			    }
+		        }
+			fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+		    }
+		    printf("*** Error code %d", status);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		status = WTERMSIG(reason);		/* signaled */
+		printf("*** Signal %d", status);
+	    }
+
+
+	    if (!WIFEXITED(reason) || (status != 0)) {
+		if (errCheck) {
+#ifdef USE_META
+		    if (useMeta) {
+			meta_job_error(NULL, gn, 0, status);
+		    }
+#endif
+		    gn->made = ERROR;
+		    if (keepgoing) {
+			/*
+			 * Abort the current target, but let others
+			 * continue.
+			 */
+			printf(" (continuing)\n");
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Continue executing commands for this target.
+		     * If we return 0, this will happen...
+		     */
+		    printf(" (ignored)\n");
+		    status = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	} else {
+	    Fatal("error in wait: %d: %s", retstat, strerror(errno));
+	    /*NOTREACHED*/
+	}
+    }
+    free(cmdStart);
+
+    return (status);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Compat_Make --
+ *	Make a target.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		The node to make
+ *	pgnp		Parent to abort if necessary
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If an error is detected and not being ignored, the process exits.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Compat_Make(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    if (!meta[0])		/* we came here from jobs */
+	Compat_Init();
+    if (gn->made == UNMADE && (gn == pgn || (pgn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)) {
+	/*
+	 * First mark ourselves to be made, then apply whatever transformations
+	 * the suffix module thinks are necessary. Once that's done, we can
+	 * descend and make all our children. If any of them has an error
+	 * but the -k flag was given, our 'make' field will be set FALSE again.
+	 * This is our signal to not attempt to do anything but abort our
+	 * parent as well.
+	 */
+	gn->flags |= REMAKE;
+	gn->made = BEINGMADE;
+	if ((gn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)
+	    Suff_FindDeps(gn);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, Compat_Make, gn);
+	if ((gn->flags & REMAKE) == 0) {
+	    gn->made = ABORTED;
+	    pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+	    goto cohorts;
+	}
+
+	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
+	    char *p1;
+	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
+	    if (p1)
+		free(p1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * All the children were made ok. Now cmgn->mtime contains the
+	 * modification time of the newest child, we need to find out if we
+	 * exist and when we were modified last. The criteria for datedness
+	 * are defined by the Make_OODate function.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Examining %s...", gn->name);
+	}
+	if (! Make_OODate(gn)) {
+	    gn->made = UPTODATE;
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "up-to-date.\n");
+	    }
+	    goto cohorts;
+	} else if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "out-of-date.\n");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the user is just seeing if something is out-of-date, exit now
+	 * to tell him/her "yes".
+	 */
+	if (queryFlag) {
+	    exit(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We need to be re-made. We also have to make sure we've got a $?
+	 * variable. To be nice, we also define the $> variable using
+	 * Make_DoAllVar().
+	 */
+	Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+
+	/*
+	 * Alter our type to tell if errors should be ignored or things
+	 * should not be printed so CompatRunCommand knows what to do.
+	 */
+	if (Targ_Ignore(gn)) {
+	    gn->type |= OP_IGNORE;
+	}
+	if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {
+	    gn->type |= OP_SILENT;
+	}
+
+	if (Job_CheckCommands(gn, Fatal)) {
+	    /*
+	     * Our commands are ok, but we still have to worry about the -t
+	     * flag...
+	     */
+	    if (!touchFlag || (gn->type & OP_MAKE)) {
+		curTarg = gn;
+#ifdef USE_META
+		if (useMeta && !NoExecute(gn)) {
+		    meta_job_start(NULL, gn);
+		}
+#endif
+		Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, CompatRunCommand, gn);
+		curTarg = NULL;
+	    } else {
+		Job_Touch(gn, gn->type & OP_SILENT);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    gn->made = ERROR;
+	}
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta && !NoExecute(gn)) {
+	    meta_job_finish(NULL);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (gn->made != ERROR) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the node was made successfully, mark it so, update
+	     * its modification time and timestamp all its parents. Note
+	     * that for .ZEROTIME targets, the timestamping isn't done.
+	     * This is to keep its state from affecting that of its parent.
+	     */
+	    gn->made = MADE;
+	    pgn->flags |= Make_Recheck(gn) == 0 ? FORCE : 0;
+	    if (!(gn->type & OP_EXEC)) {
+		pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+		Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+	    }
+	} else if (keepgoing) {
+	    pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+	} else {
+	    PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop.");
+	    exit(1);
+	}
+    } else if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+	/*
+	 * Already had an error when making this beastie. Tell the parent
+	 * to abort.
+	 */
+	pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+    } else {
+	if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) {
+	    char *p1;
+	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0);
+	    if (p1)
+		free(p1);
+	}
+	switch(gn->made) {
+	    case BEINGMADE:
+		Error("Graph cycles through %s", gn->name);
+		gn->made = ERROR;
+		pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE;
+		break;
+	    case MADE:
+		if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) {
+		    pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+		    Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+		}
+		break;
+	    case UPTODATE:
+		if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) {
+		    Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+		}
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+cohorts:
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, Compat_Make, pgnp);
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Compat_Run --
+ *	Initialize this mode and start making.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		List of target nodes to re-create
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Guess what?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Compat_Run(Lst targs)
+{
+    GNode   	  *gn = NULL;/* Current root target */
+    int	    	  errors;   /* Number of targets not remade due to errors */
+
+    Compat_Init();
+
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGINT, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGTERM, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGHUP, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+    if (bmake_signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {
+	bmake_signal(SIGQUIT, CompatInterrupt);
+    }
+
+    ENDNode = Targ_FindNode(".END", TARG_CREATE);
+    ENDNode->type = OP_SPECIAL;
+    /*
+     * If the user has defined a .BEGIN target, execute the commands attached
+     * to it.
+     */
+    if (!queryFlag) {
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(".BEGIN", TARG_NOCREATE);
+	if (gn != NULL) {
+	    Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+            if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+                PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop.");
+                exit(1);
+            }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Expand .USE nodes right now, because they can modify the structure
+     * of the tree.
+     */
+    Make_ExpandUse(targs);
+
+    /*
+     * For each entry in the list of targets to create, call Compat_Make on
+     * it to create the thing. Compat_Make will leave the 'made' field of gn
+     * in one of several states:
+     *	    UPTODATE	    gn was already up-to-date
+     *	    MADE  	    gn was recreated successfully
+     *	    ERROR 	    An error occurred while gn was being created
+     *	    ABORTED	    gn was not remade because one of its inferiors
+     *	    	  	    could not be made due to errors.
+     */
+    errors = 0;
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (targs)) {
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(targs);
+	Compat_Make(gn, gn);
+
+	if (gn->made == UPTODATE) {
+	    printf("`%s' is up to date.\n", gn->name);
+	} else if (gn->made == ABORTED) {
+	    printf("`%s' not remade because of errors.\n", gn->name);
+	    errors += 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the user has defined a .END target, run its commands.
+     */
+    if (errors == 0) {
+	Compat_Make(ENDNode, ENDNode);
+	if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+	    PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop.");
+	    exit(1);
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/cond.c b/cond.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1c6705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cond.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1413 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.67 2012/11/03 13:59:27 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.67 2012/11/03 13:59:27 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cond.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: cond.c,v 1.67 2012/11/03 13:59:27 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * cond.c --
+ *	Functions to handle conditionals in a makefile.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Cond_Eval 	Evaluate the conditional in the passed line.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <errno.h>    /* For strtoul() error checking */
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+
+/*
+ * The parsing of conditional expressions is based on this grammar:
+ *	E -> F || E
+ *	E -> F
+ *	F -> T && F
+ *	F -> T
+ *	T -> defined(variable)
+ *	T -> make(target)
+ *	T -> exists(file)
+ *	T -> empty(varspec)
+ *	T -> target(name)
+ *	T -> commands(name)
+ *	T -> symbol
+ *	T -> $(varspec) op value
+ *	T -> $(varspec) == "string"
+ *	T -> $(varspec) != "string"
+ *	T -> "string"
+ *	T -> ( E )
+ *	T -> ! T
+ *	op -> == | != | > | < | >= | <=
+ *
+ * 'symbol' is some other symbol to which the default function (condDefProc)
+ * is applied.
+ *
+ * Tokens are scanned from the 'condExpr' string. The scanner (CondToken)
+ * will return TOK_AND for '&' and '&&', TOK_OR for '|' and '||',
+ * TOK_NOT for '!', TOK_LPAREN for '(', TOK_RPAREN for ')' and will evaluate
+ * the other terminal symbols, using either the default function or the
+ * function given in the terminal, and return the result as either TOK_TRUE
+ * or TOK_FALSE.
+ *
+ * TOK_FALSE is 0 and TOK_TRUE 1 so we can directly assign C comparisons.
+ *
+ * All Non-Terminal functions (CondE, CondF and CondT) return TOK_ERROR on
+ * error.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    TOK_FALSE = 0, TOK_TRUE = 1, TOK_AND, TOK_OR, TOK_NOT,
+    TOK_LPAREN, TOK_RPAREN, TOK_EOF, TOK_NONE, TOK_ERROR
+} Token;
+
+/*-
+ * Structures to handle elegantly the different forms of #if's. The
+ * last two fields are stored in condInvert and condDefProc, respectively.
+ */
+static void CondPushBack(Token);
+static int CondGetArg(char **, char **, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoDefined(int, const char *);
+static int CondStrMatch(const void *, const void *);
+static Boolean CondDoMake(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoExists(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoTarget(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondDoCommands(int, const char *);
+static Boolean CondCvtArg(char *, double *);
+static Token CondToken(Boolean);
+static Token CondT(Boolean);
+static Token CondF(Boolean);
+static Token CondE(Boolean);
+static int do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *);
+
+static const struct If {
+    const char	*form;	      /* Form of if */
+    int		formlen;      /* Length of form */
+    Boolean	doNot;	      /* TRUE if default function should be negated */
+    Boolean	(*defProc)(int, const char *); /* Default function to apply */
+} ifs[] = {
+    { "def",	  3,	  FALSE,  CondDoDefined },
+    { "ndef",	  4,	  TRUE,	  CondDoDefined },
+    { "make",	  4,	  FALSE,  CondDoMake },
+    { "nmake",	  5,	  TRUE,	  CondDoMake },
+    { "",	  0,	  FALSE,  CondDoDefined },
+    { NULL,	  0,	  FALSE,  NULL }
+};
+
+static const struct If *if_info;        /* Info for current statement */
+static char 	  *condExpr;	    	/* The expression to parse */
+static Token	  condPushBack=TOK_NONE;	/* Single push-back token used in
+					 * parsing */
+
+static unsigned int	cond_depth = 0;  	/* current .if nesting level */
+static unsigned int	cond_min_depth = 0;  	/* depth at makefile open */
+
+static int
+istoken(const char *str, const char *tok, size_t len)
+{
+	return strncmp(str, tok, len) == 0 && !isalpha((unsigned char)str[len]);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondPushBack --
+ *	Push back the most recent token read. We only need one level of
+ *	this, so the thing is just stored in 'condPushback'.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Token to push back into the "stream"
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	condPushback is overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+CondPushBack(Token t)
+{
+    condPushBack = t;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondGetArg --
+ *	Find the argument of a built-in function.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	parens		TRUE if arg should be bounded by parens
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The length of the argument and the address of the argument.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The pointer is set to point to the closing parenthesis of the
+ *	function call.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+CondGetArg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func)
+{
+    char	  *cp;
+    int	    	  argLen;
+    Buffer	  buf;
+    int           paren_depth;
+    char          ch;
+
+    cp = *linePtr;
+    if (func != NULL)
+	/* Skip opening '(' - verfied by caller */
+	cp++;
+
+    if (*cp == '\0') {
+	/*
+	 * No arguments whatsoever. Because 'make' and 'defined' aren't really
+	 * "reserved words", we don't print a message. I think this is better
+	 * than hitting the user with a warning message every time s/he uses
+	 * the word 'make' or 'defined' at the beginning of a symbol...
+	 */
+	*argPtr = NULL;
+	return (0);
+    }
+
+    while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Create a buffer for the argument and start it out at 16 characters
+     * long. Why 16? Why not?
+     */
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 16);
+
+    paren_depth = 0;
+    for (;;) {
+	ch = *cp;
+	if (ch == 0 || ch == ' ' || ch == '\t')
+	    break;
+	if ((ch == '&' || ch == '|') && paren_depth == 0)
+	    break;
+	if (*cp == '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * Parse the variable spec and install it as part of the argument
+	     * if it's valid. We tell Var_Parse to complain on an undefined
+	     * variable, so we don't do it too. Nor do we return an error,
+	     * though perhaps we should...
+	     */
+	    char  	*cp2;
+	    int		len;
+	    void	*freeIt;
+
+	    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE, &len, &freeIt);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+	    if (freeIt)
+		free(freeIt);
+	    cp += len;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ch == '(')
+	    paren_depth++;
+	else
+	    if (ch == ')' && --paren_depth < 0)
+		break;
+	Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    *argPtr = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &argLen);
+    Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+
+    while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    if (func != NULL && *cp++ != ')') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Missing closing parenthesis for %s()",
+		     func);
+	return (0);
+    }
+
+    *linePtr = cp;
+    return (argLen);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoDefined --
+ *	Handle the 'defined' function for conditionals.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the given variable is defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoDefined(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    char    *p1;
+    Boolean result;
+
+    if (Var_Value(arg, VAR_CMD, &p1) != NULL) {
+	result = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	result = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (p1)
+	free(p1);
+    return (result);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondStrMatch --
+ *	Front-end for Str_Match so it returns 0 on match and non-zero
+ *	on mismatch. Callback function for CondDoMake via Lst_Find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if string matches pattern
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+CondStrMatch(const void *string, const void *pattern)
+{
+    return(!Str_Match(string, pattern));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoMake --
+ *	Handle the 'make' function for conditionals.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the given target is being made.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoMake(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    return Lst_Find(create, arg, CondStrMatch) != NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoExists --
+ *	See if the given file exists.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the file exists and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoExists(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    Boolean result;
+    char    *path;
+
+    path = Dir_FindFile(arg, dirSearchPath);
+    if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "exists(%s) result is \"%s\"\n",
+	       arg, path ? path : "");
+    }    
+    if (path != NULL) {
+	result = TRUE;
+	free(path);
+    } else {
+	result = FALSE;
+    }
+    return (result);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoTarget --
+ *	See if the given node exists and is an actual target.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the node exists as a target and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoTarget(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    GNode   *gn;
+
+    gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
+    return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondDoCommands --
+ *	See if the given node exists and is an actual target with commands
+ *	associated with it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the node exists as a target and has commands associated with
+ *	it and FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondDoCommands(int argLen MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *arg)
+{
+    GNode   *gn;
+
+    gn = Targ_FindNode(arg, TARG_NOCREATE);
+    return (gn != NULL) && !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondCvtArg --
+ *	Convert the given number into a double.
+ *	We try a base 10 or 16 integer conversion first, if that fails
+ *	then we try a floating point conversion instead.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Sets 'value' to double value of string.
+ *	Returns 'true' if the convertion suceeded
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+CondCvtArg(char *str, double *value)
+{
+    char *eptr, ech;
+    unsigned long l_val;
+    double d_val;
+
+    errno = 0;
+    l_val = strtoul(str, &eptr, str[1] == 'x' ? 16 : 10);
+    ech = *eptr;
+    if (ech == 0 && errno != ERANGE) {
+	d_val = str[0] == '-' ? -(double)-l_val : (double)l_val;
+    } else {
+	if (ech != 0 && ech != '.' && ech != 'e' && ech != 'E')
+	    return FALSE;
+	d_val = strtod(str, &eptr);
+	if (*eptr)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    *value = d_val;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondGetString --
+ *	Get a string from a variable reference or an optionally quoted
+ *	string.  This is called for the lhs and rhs of string compares.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Sets freeIt if needed,
+ *	Sets quoted if string was quoted,
+ *	Returns NULL on error,
+ *	else returns string - absent any quotes.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Moves condExpr to end of this token.
+ *
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* coverity:[+alloc : arg-*2] */
+static char *
+CondGetString(Boolean doEval, Boolean *quoted, void **freeIt)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    char *cp;
+    char *str;
+    int	len;
+    int qt;
+    char *start;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    str = NULL;
+    *freeIt = NULL;
+    *quoted = qt = *condExpr == '"' ? 1 : 0;
+    if (qt)
+	condExpr++;
+    for (start = condExpr; *condExpr && str == NULL; condExpr++) {
+	switch (*condExpr) {
+	case '\\':
+	    if (condExpr[1] != '\0') {
+		condExpr++;
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case '"':
+	    if (qt) {
+		condExpr++;		/* we don't want the quotes */
+		goto got_str;
+	    } else
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr); /* likely? */
+	    break;
+	case ')':
+	case '!':
+	case '=':
+	case '>':
+	case '<':
+	case ' ':
+	case '\t':
+	    if (!qt)
+		goto got_str;
+	    else
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+	    break;
+	case '$':
+	    /* if we are in quotes, then an undefined variable is ok */
+	    str = Var_Parse(condExpr, VAR_CMD, (qt ? 0 : doEval),
+			    &len, freeIt);
+	    if (str == var_Error) {
+		if (*freeIt) {
+		    free(*freeIt);
+		    *freeIt = NULL;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Even if !doEval, we still report syntax errors, which
+		 * is what getting var_Error back with !doEval means.
+		 */
+		str = NULL;
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	    condExpr += len;
+	    /*
+	     * If the '$' was first char (no quotes), and we are
+	     * followed by space, the operator or end of expression,
+	     * we are done.
+	     */
+	    if ((condExpr == start + len) &&
+		(*condExpr == '\0' ||
+		 isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr) ||
+		 strchr("!=><)", *condExpr))) {
+		goto cleanup;
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Nope, we better copy str to buf
+	     */
+	    for (cp = str; *cp; cp++) {
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+	    }
+	    if (*freeIt) {
+		free(*freeIt);
+		*freeIt = NULL;
+	    }
+	    str = NULL;			/* not finished yet */
+	    condExpr--;			/* don't skip over next char */
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *condExpr);
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+ got_str:
+    str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, NULL);
+    *freeIt = str;
+ cleanup:
+    Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    return str;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondToken --
+ *	Return the next token from the input.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A Token for the next lexical token in the stream.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	condPushback will be set back to TOK_NONE if it is used.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+compare_expression(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token	t;
+    char	*lhs;
+    char	*rhs;
+    char	*op;
+    void	*lhsFree;
+    void	*rhsFree;
+    Boolean lhsQuoted;
+    Boolean rhsQuoted;
+    double  	left, right;
+
+    t = TOK_ERROR;
+    rhs = NULL;
+    lhsFree = rhsFree = FALSE;
+    lhsQuoted = rhsQuoted = FALSE;
+    
+    /*
+     * Parse the variable spec and skip over it, saving its
+     * value in lhs.
+     */
+    lhs = CondGetString(doEval, &lhsQuoted, &lhsFree);
+    if (!lhs)
+	goto done;
+
+    /*
+     * Skip whitespace to get to the operator
+     */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char) *condExpr))
+	condExpr++;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure the operator is a valid one. If it isn't a
+     * known relational operator, pretend we got a
+     * != 0 comparison.
+     */
+    op = condExpr;
+    switch (*condExpr) {
+	case '!':
+	case '=':
+	case '<':
+	case '>':
+	    if (condExpr[1] == '=') {
+		condExpr += 2;
+	    } else {
+		condExpr += 1;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if (!doEval) {
+		t = TOK_FALSE;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .ifxxx "..." check for non-empty string. */
+	    if (lhsQuoted) {
+		t = lhs[0] != 0;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .ifxxx <number> compare against zero */
+	    if (CondCvtArg(lhs, &left)) { 
+		t = left != 0.0;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* For .if ${...} check for non-empty string (defProc is ifdef). */
+	    if (if_info->form[0] == 0) {
+		t = lhs[0] != 0;
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    /* Otherwise action default test ... */
+	    t = if_info->defProc(strlen(lhs), lhs) != if_info->doNot;
+	    goto done;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*condExpr))
+	condExpr++;
+
+    if (*condExpr == '\0') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+		    "Missing right-hand-side of operator");
+	goto done;
+    }
+
+    rhs = CondGetString(doEval, &rhsQuoted, &rhsFree);
+    if (!rhs)
+	goto done;
+
+    if (rhsQuoted || lhsQuoted) {
+do_string_compare:
+	if (((*op != '!') && (*op != '=')) || (op[1] != '=')) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+    "String comparison operator should be either == or !=");
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "lhs = \"%s\", rhs = \"%s\", op = %.2s\n",
+		   lhs, rhs, op);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Null-terminate rhs and perform the comparison.
+	 * t is set to the result.
+	 */
+	if (*op == '=') {
+	    t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) == 0;
+	} else {
+	    t = strcmp(lhs, rhs) != 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * rhs is either a float or an integer. Convert both the
+	 * lhs and the rhs to a double and compare the two.
+	 */
+    
+	if (!CondCvtArg(lhs, &left) || !CondCvtArg(rhs, &right))
+	    goto do_string_compare;
+
+	if (DEBUG(COND)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "left = %f, right = %f, op = %.2s\n", left,
+		   right, op);
+	}
+	switch(op[0]) {
+	case '!':
+	    if (op[1] != '=') {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "Unknown operator");
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    t = (left != right);
+	    break;
+	case '=':
+	    if (op[1] != '=') {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "Unknown operator");
+		goto done;
+	    }
+	    t = (left == right);
+	    break;
+	case '<':
+	    if (op[1] == '=') {
+		t = (left <= right);
+	    } else {
+		t = (left < right);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case '>':
+	    if (op[1] == '=') {
+		t = (left >= right);
+	    } else {
+		t = (left > right);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+done:
+    if (lhsFree)
+	free(lhsFree);
+    if (rhsFree)
+	free(rhsFree);
+    return t;
+}
+
+static int
+get_mpt_arg(char **linePtr, char **argPtr, const char *func MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    /*
+     * Use Var_Parse to parse the spec in parens and return
+     * TOK_TRUE if the resulting string is empty.
+     */
+    int	    length;
+    void    *freeIt;
+    char    *val;
+    char    *cp = *linePtr;
+
+    /* We do all the work here and return the result as the length */
+    *argPtr = NULL;
+
+    val = Var_Parse(cp - 1, VAR_CMD, FALSE, &length, &freeIt);
+    /*
+     * Advance *linePtr to beyond the closing ). Note that
+     * we subtract one because 'length' is calculated from 'cp - 1'.
+     */
+    *linePtr = cp - 1 + length;
+
+    if (val == var_Error) {
+	free(freeIt);
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* A variable is empty when it just contains spaces... 4/15/92, christos */
+    while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)val))
+	val++;
+
+    /*
+     * For consistency with the other functions we can't generate the
+     * true/false here.
+     */
+    length = *val ? 2 : 1;
+    if (freeIt)
+	free(freeIt);
+    return length;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+CondDoEmpty(int arglen, const char *arg MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    return arglen == 1;
+}
+
+static Token
+compare_function(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    static const struct fn_def {
+	const char  *fn_name;
+	int         fn_name_len;
+        int         (*fn_getarg)(char **, char **, const char *);
+	Boolean     (*fn_proc)(int, const char *);
+    } fn_defs[] = {
+	{ "defined",   7, CondGetArg, CondDoDefined },
+	{ "make",      4, CondGetArg, CondDoMake },
+	{ "exists",    6, CondGetArg, CondDoExists },
+	{ "empty",     5, get_mpt_arg, CondDoEmpty },
+	{ "target",    6, CondGetArg, CondDoTarget },
+	{ "commands",  8, CondGetArg, CondDoCommands },
+	{ NULL,        0, NULL, NULL },
+    };
+    const struct fn_def *fn_def;
+    Token	t;
+    char	*arg = NULL;
+    int	arglen;
+    char *cp = condExpr;
+    char *cp1;
+
+    for (fn_def = fn_defs; fn_def->fn_name != NULL; fn_def++) {
+	if (!istoken(cp, fn_def->fn_name, fn_def->fn_name_len))
+	    continue;
+	cp += fn_def->fn_name_len;
+	/* There can only be whitespace before the '(' */
+	while (isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp))
+	    cp++;
+	if (*cp != '(')
+	    break;
+
+	arglen = fn_def->fn_getarg(&cp, &arg, fn_def->fn_name);
+	if (arglen <= 0) {
+	    condExpr = cp;
+	    return arglen < 0 ? TOK_ERROR : TOK_FALSE;
+	}
+	/* Evaluate the argument using the required function. */
+	t = !doEval || fn_def->fn_proc(arglen, arg);
+	if (arg)
+	    free(arg);
+	condExpr = cp;
+	return t;
+    }
+
+    /* Push anything numeric through the compare expression */
+    cp = condExpr;
+    if (isdigit((unsigned char)cp[0]) || strchr("+-", cp[0]))
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+    /*
+     * Most likely we have a naked token to apply the default function to.
+     * However ".if a == b" gets here when the "a" is unquoted and doesn't
+     * start with a '$'. This surprises people.
+     * If what follows the function argument is a '=' or '!' then the syntax
+     * would be invalid if we did "defined(a)" - so instead treat as an
+     * expression.
+     */
+    arglen = CondGetArg(&cp, &arg, NULL);
+    for (cp1 = cp; isspace(*(unsigned char *)cp1); cp1++)
+	continue;
+    if (*cp1 == '=' || *cp1 == '!')
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+    condExpr = cp;
+
+    /*
+     * Evaluate the argument using the default function.
+     * This path always treats .if as .ifdef. To get here the character
+     * after .if must have been taken literally, so the argument cannot
+     * be empty - even if it contained a variable expansion.
+     */
+    t = !doEval || if_info->defProc(arglen, arg) != if_info->doNot;
+    if (arg)
+	free(arg);
+    return t;
+}
+
+static Token
+CondToken(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token t;
+
+    t = condPushBack;
+    if (t != TOK_NONE) {
+	condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+	return t;
+    }
+
+    while (*condExpr == ' ' || *condExpr == '\t') {
+	condExpr++;
+    }
+
+    switch (*condExpr) {
+
+    case '(':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_LPAREN;
+
+    case ')':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_RPAREN;
+
+    case '|':
+	if (condExpr[1] == '|') {
+	    condExpr++;
+	}
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_OR;
+
+    case '&':
+	if (condExpr[1] == '&') {
+	    condExpr++;
+	}
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_AND;
+
+    case '!':
+	condExpr++;
+	return TOK_NOT;
+
+    case '#':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+	return TOK_EOF;
+
+    case '"':
+    case '$':
+	return compare_expression(doEval);
+
+    default:
+	return compare_function(doEval);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondT --
+ *	Parse a single term in the expression. This consists of a terminal
+ *	symbol or TOK_NOT and a terminal symbol (not including the binary
+ *	operators):
+ *	    T -> defined(variable) | make(target) | exists(file) | symbol
+ *	    T -> ! T | ( E )
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Tokens are consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondT(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token   t;
+
+    t = CondToken(doEval);
+
+    if (t == TOK_EOF) {
+	/*
+	 * If we reached the end of the expression, the expression
+	 * is malformed...
+	 */
+	t = TOK_ERROR;
+    } else if (t == TOK_LPAREN) {
+	/*
+	 * T -> ( E )
+	 */
+	t = CondE(doEval);
+	if (t != TOK_ERROR) {
+	    if (CondToken(doEval) != TOK_RPAREN) {
+		t = TOK_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if (t == TOK_NOT) {
+	t = CondT(doEval);
+	if (t == TOK_TRUE) {
+	    t = TOK_FALSE;
+	} else if (t == TOK_FALSE) {
+	    t = TOK_TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return (t);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondF --
+ *	Parse a conjunctive factor (nice name, wot?)
+ *	    F -> T && F | T
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Tokens are consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondF(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token   l, o;
+
+    l = CondT(doEval);
+    if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
+	o = CondToken(doEval);
+
+	if (o == TOK_AND) {
+	    /*
+	     * F -> T && F
+	     *
+	     * If T is TOK_FALSE, the whole thing will be TOK_FALSE, but we have to
+	     * parse the r.h.s. anyway (to throw it away).
+	     * If T is TOK_TRUE, the result is the r.h.s., be it an TOK_ERROR or no.
+	     */
+	    if (l == TOK_TRUE) {
+		l = CondF(doEval);
+	    } else {
+		(void)CondF(FALSE);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * F -> T
+	     */
+	    CondPushBack(o);
+	}
+    }
+    return (l);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * CondE --
+ *	Main expression production.
+ *	    E -> F || E | F
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TOK_TRUE, TOK_FALSE or TOK_ERROR.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Tokens are, of course, consumed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Token
+CondE(Boolean doEval)
+{
+    Token   l, o;
+
+    l = CondF(doEval);
+    if (l != TOK_ERROR) {
+	o = CondToken(doEval);
+
+	if (o == TOK_OR) {
+	    /*
+	     * E -> F || E
+	     *
+	     * A similar thing occurs for ||, except that here we make sure
+	     * the l.h.s. is TOK_FALSE before we bother to evaluate the r.h.s.
+	     * Once again, if l is TOK_FALSE, the result is the r.h.s. and once
+	     * again if l is TOK_TRUE, we parse the r.h.s. to throw it away.
+	     */
+	    if (l == TOK_FALSE) {
+		l = CondE(doEval);
+	    } else {
+		(void)CondE(FALSE);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * E -> F
+	     */
+	    CondPushBack(o);
+	}
+    }
+    return (l);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_EvalExpression --
+ *	Evaluate an expression in the passed line. The expression
+ *	consists of &&, ||, !, make(target), defined(variable)
+ *	and parenthetical groupings thereof.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	COND_PARSE	if the condition was valid grammatically
+ *	COND_INVALID  	if not a valid conditional.
+ *
+ *	(*value) is set to the boolean value of the condition
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *info, char *line, Boolean *value, int eprint)
+{
+    static const struct If *dflt_info;
+    const struct If *sv_if_info = if_info;
+    char *sv_condExpr = condExpr;
+    Token sv_condPushBack = condPushBack;
+    int rval;
+
+    while (*line == ' ' || *line == '\t')
+	line++;
+
+    if (info == NULL && (info = dflt_info) == NULL) {
+	/* Scan for the entry for .if - it can't be first */
+	for (info = ifs; ; info++)
+	    if (info->form[0] == 0)
+		break;
+	dflt_info = info;
+    }
+
+    if_info = info != NULL ? info : ifs + 4;
+    condExpr = line;
+    condPushBack = TOK_NONE;
+
+    rval = do_Cond_EvalExpression(value);
+
+    if (rval == COND_INVALID && eprint)
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Malformed conditional (%s)", line);
+
+    if_info = sv_if_info;
+    condExpr = sv_condExpr;
+    condPushBack = sv_condPushBack;
+
+    return rval;
+}
+
+static int
+do_Cond_EvalExpression(Boolean *value)
+{
+
+    switch (CondE(TRUE)) {
+    case TOK_TRUE:
+	if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
+	    *value = TRUE;
+	    return COND_PARSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    case TOK_FALSE:
+	if (CondToken(TRUE) == TOK_EOF) {
+	    *value = FALSE;
+	    return COND_PARSE;
+	}
+	break;
+    default:
+    case TOK_ERROR:
+	break;
+    }
+
+    return COND_INVALID;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_Eval --
+ *	Evaluate the conditional in the passed line. The line
+ *	looks like this:
+ *	    .<cond-type> <expr>
+ *	where <cond-type> is any of if, ifmake, ifnmake, ifdef,
+ *	ifndef, elif, elifmake, elifnmake, elifdef, elifndef
+ *	and <expr> consists of &&, ||, !, make(target), defined(variable)
+ *	and parenthetical groupings thereof.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		Line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	COND_PARSE	if should parse lines after the conditional
+ *	COND_SKIP	if should skip lines after the conditional
+ *	COND_INVALID  	if not a valid conditional.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Note that the states IF_ACTIVE and ELSE_ACTIVE are only different in order
+ * to detect splurious .else lines (as are SKIP_TO_ELSE and SKIP_TO_ENDIF)
+ * otherwise .else could be treated as '.elif 1'.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Cond_Eval(char *line)
+{
+#define	    MAXIF      128	/* maximum depth of .if'ing */
+#define	    MAXIF_BUMP  32	/* how much to grow by */
+    enum if_states {
+	IF_ACTIVE,		/* .if or .elif part active */
+	ELSE_ACTIVE,		/* .else part active */
+	SEARCH_FOR_ELIF,	/* searching for .elif/else to execute */
+	SKIP_TO_ELSE,           /* has been true, but not seen '.else' */
+	SKIP_TO_ENDIF		/* nothing else to execute */
+    };
+    static enum if_states *cond_state = NULL;
+    static unsigned int max_if_depth = MAXIF;
+
+    const struct If *ifp;
+    Boolean 	    isElif;
+    Boolean 	    value;
+    int	    	    level;  	/* Level at which to report errors. */
+    enum if_states  state;
+
+    level = PARSE_FATAL;
+    if (!cond_state) {
+	cond_state = bmake_malloc(max_if_depth * sizeof(*cond_state));
+	cond_state[0] = IF_ACTIVE;
+    }
+    /* skip leading character (the '.') and any whitespace */
+    for (line++; *line == ' ' || *line == '\t'; line++)
+	continue;
+
+    /* Find what type of if we're dealing with.  */
+    if (line[0] == 'e') {
+	if (line[1] != 'l') {
+	    if (!istoken(line + 1, "ndif", 4))
+		return COND_INVALID;
+	    /* End of conditional section */
+	    if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+		Parse_Error(level, "if-less endif");
+		return COND_PARSE;
+	    }
+	    /* Return state for previous conditional */
+	    cond_depth--;
+	    return cond_state[cond_depth] <= ELSE_ACTIVE ? COND_PARSE : COND_SKIP;
+	}
+
+	/* Quite likely this is 'else' or 'elif' */
+	line += 2;
+	if (istoken(line, "se", 2)) {
+	    /* It is else... */
+	    if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+		Parse_Error(level, "if-less else");
+		return COND_PARSE;
+	    }
+
+	    state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+	    switch (state) {
+	    case SEARCH_FOR_ELIF:
+		state = ELSE_ACTIVE;
+		break;
+	    case ELSE_ACTIVE:
+	    case SKIP_TO_ENDIF:
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "extra else");
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	    default:
+	    case IF_ACTIVE:
+	    case SKIP_TO_ELSE:
+		state = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = state;
+	    return state <= ELSE_ACTIVE ? COND_PARSE : COND_SKIP;
+	}
+	/* Assume for now it is an elif */
+	isElif = TRUE;
+    } else
+	isElif = FALSE;
+
+    if (line[0] != 'i' || line[1] != 'f')
+	/* Not an ifxxx or elifxxx line */
+	return COND_INVALID;
+
+    /*
+     * Figure out what sort of conditional it is -- what its default
+     * function is, etc. -- by looking in the table of valid "ifs"
+     */
+    line += 2;
+    for (ifp = ifs; ; ifp++) {
+	if (ifp->form == NULL)
+	    return COND_INVALID;
+	if (istoken(ifp->form, line, ifp->formlen)) {
+	    line += ifp->formlen;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Now we know what sort of 'if' it is... */
+
+    if (isElif) {
+	if (cond_depth == cond_min_depth) {
+	    Parse_Error(level, "if-less elif");
+	    return COND_PARSE;
+	}
+	state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+	if (state == SKIP_TO_ENDIF || state == ELSE_ACTIVE) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "extra elif");
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ENDIF;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	}
+	if (state != SEARCH_FOR_ELIF) {
+	    /* Either just finished the 'true' block, or already SKIP_TO_ELSE */
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/* Normal .if */
+	if (cond_depth + 1 >= max_if_depth) {
+	    /*
+	     * This is rare, but not impossible.
+	     * In meta mode, dirdeps.mk (only runs at level 0)
+	     * can need more than the default.
+	     */
+	    max_if_depth += MAXIF_BUMP;
+	    cond_state = bmake_realloc(cond_state, max_if_depth *
+		sizeof(*cond_state));
+	}
+	state = cond_state[cond_depth];
+	cond_depth++;
+	if (state > ELSE_ACTIVE) {
+	    /* If we aren't parsing the data, treat as always false */
+	    cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+	    return COND_SKIP;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* And evaluate the conditional expresssion */
+    if (Cond_EvalExpression(ifp, line, &value, 1) == COND_INVALID) {
+	/* Syntax error in conditional, error message already output. */
+	/* Skip everything to matching .endif */
+	cond_state[cond_depth] = SKIP_TO_ELSE;
+	return COND_SKIP;
+    }
+
+    if (!value) {
+	cond_state[cond_depth] = SEARCH_FOR_ELIF;
+	return COND_SKIP;
+    }
+    cond_state[cond_depth] = IF_ACTIVE;
+    return COND_PARSE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Cond_End --
+ *	Make sure everything's clean at the end of a makefile.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Parse_Error will be called if open conditionals are around.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Cond_restore_depth(unsigned int saved_depth)
+{
+    int open_conds = cond_depth - cond_min_depth;
+
+    if (open_conds != 0 || saved_depth > cond_depth) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "%d open conditional%s", open_conds,
+		    open_conds == 1 ? "" : "s");
+	cond_depth = cond_min_depth;
+    }
+
+    cond_min_depth = saved_depth;
+}
+
+unsigned int
+Cond_save_depth(void)
+{
+    int depth = cond_min_depth;
+
+    cond_min_depth = cond_depth;
+    return depth;
+}
diff --git a/config.h.in b/config.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7108dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
+#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
+
+/* Path of default shell */
+#undef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+
+/* Shell spec to use by default */
+#undef DEFSHELL_INDEX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <ar.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_AR_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `dirname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DIRNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `err' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ERR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `errx' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ERRX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <err.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ERR_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETOPT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getwd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETWD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */
+#undef HAVE_KILLPG
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mmap' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */
+#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <paths.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_PATHS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <poll.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_POLL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <ranlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_RANLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
+#undef HAVE_REALPATH
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SELECT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setpgid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETPGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETSID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGACTION
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigvec' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SIGVEC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stresep' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRESEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRLCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsep' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtod' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+/* Define to 1 if `struct stat' is a member of `st_rdev'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
+
+/* Define to 1 if your `struct stat' has `st_rdev'. Deprecated, use
+   `HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV' instead. */
+#undef HAVE_ST_RDEV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <utime.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <vfork.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wait3' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WAIT3
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wait4' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WAIT4
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitpid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WAITPID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `warn' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WARN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `warnx' function. */
+#undef HAVE_WARNX
+
+/* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
+
+/* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
+
+/* define if your compiler has __attribute__ */
+#undef HAVE___ATTRIBUTE__
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_URL
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
+#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+# undef _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# undef _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# undef __EXTENSIONS__
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
+   significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
+#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
+# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
+   this defined. */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */
+#undef vfork
diff --git a/configure b/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a515b27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,7140 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64 for bmake 20130303.
+#
+# Report bugs to <sjg@NetBSD.org>.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+"
+  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
+as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
+as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
+as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
+as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
+
+exitcode=0
+as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
+as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
+as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
+as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
+if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
+
+else
+  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1"
+  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
+  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
+  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
+test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
+  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  as_have_required=yes
+else
+  as_have_required=no
+fi
+  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
+
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+as_found=false
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  as_found=:
+  case $as_dir in #(
+	 /*)
+	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
+		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  break 2
+fi
+fi
+	   done;;
+       esac
+  as_found=false
+done
+$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
+	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
+fi; }
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
+  # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+	# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+	# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+	BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+	ENV=/dev/null
+	(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+	export CONFIG_SHELL
+	exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
+  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
+  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
+  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
+    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
+    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
+  else
+    $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and sjg@NetBSD.org
+$0: about your system, including any error possibly output
+$0: before this message. Then install a modern shell, or
+$0: manually run the script under such a shell if you do
+$0: have one."
+  fi
+  exit 1
+fi
+fi
+fi
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+export SHELL
+# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
+CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
+unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
+
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+# as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ---------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$3"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
+  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
+  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '\''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in #(
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    '\'' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 7<&0 </dev/null 6>&1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='bmake'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='bmake'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='20130303'
+PACKAGE_STRING='bmake 20130303'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='sjg@NetBSD.org'
+PACKAGE_URL=''
+
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
+filemon_h
+use_meta
+diff_u
+GCC
+INSTALL
+default_sys_path
+mksrc
+machine_arch
+force_machine
+machine
+LIBOBJS
+ac_exe_suffix
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+EGREP
+GREP
+CPP
+OBJEXT
+EXEEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_URL
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+with_defshell
+with_meta
+with_filemon
+with_machine
+with_force_machine
+with_force_machine_arch
+with_machine_arch
+with_default_sys_path
+with_path_objdirprefix
+enable_pwd_override
+enable_check_make_chdir
+with_mksrc
+'
+      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS
+CPP'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  *=*)	ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
+  *)	ac_optarg=yes ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+  --)
+    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+    ac_prev=docdir ;;
+  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+  | --ht=*)
+    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+    ac_prev=localedir ;;
+  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+    ac_prev=psdir ;;
+  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information."
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    case $ac_envvar in #(
+      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
+      as_fn_error "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
+    esac
+    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  as_fn_error "missing argument to $ac_option"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+  case $enable_option_checking in
+    no) ;;
+    fatal) as_fn_error "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
+    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+		libdir localedir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+  # Remove trailing slashes.
+  case $ac_val in
+    */ )
+      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
+      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
+  esac
+  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
+    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+  esac
+  as_fn_error "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+  as_fn_error "working directory cannot be determined"
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+  as_fn_error "pwd does not report name of working directory"
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+  as_fn_error "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error "$ac_msg"
+	pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+  srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures bmake 20130303 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/bmake]
+  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+  case $ac_init_help in
+     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of bmake 20130303:";;
+   esac
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --disable-pwd-override  disable \$PWD overriding getcwd()
+  --disable-check-make-chdir disable make trying to guess
+	when it should automatically cd \${.CURDIR}
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-defshell=SHELL  use SHELL by default - must be sh compatible, use sh or ksh to pick the internal definitions
+ --without-meta dissable use of meta-mode
+ --with-filemon=path/filemon.h indicate path to filemon.h for meta-mode
+  --with-machine=MACHINE  explicitly set MACHINE
+  --with-force-machine=MACHINE  set FORCE_MACHINE
+  --with-force-machine-arch=MACHINE  set FORCE_MACHINE_ARCH
+  --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH  explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH
+  --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST  use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH
+	MAKESYSPATH is a ':' separated list of directories
+	that bmake will search for system .mk files.
+	_PATH_DEFSYSPATH is its default value.
+  --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH  override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX
+  --with-mksrc=PATH tell makefile.boot where to find mk src
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
+  CPPFLAGS    C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
+              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to <sjg@NetBSD.org>.
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+      continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+    # Check for guested configure.
+    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+    else
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi || ac_status=$?
+    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+bmake configure 20130303
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64
+
+Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit
+fi
+
+## ------------------------ ##
+## Autoconf initialization. ##
+## ------------------------ ##
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
+# --------------------------
+# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+  return $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_cpp ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } >/dev/null && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+    ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+  return $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using
+# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR
+# accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }
+
+# Is the header present?
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; }
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #((
+  yes:no: )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+( cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------------------- ##
+## Report this to sjg@NetBSD.org ##
+## ----------------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+     ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler"
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO
+# ----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes
+# that executables *can* be run.
+ac_fn_c_try_run ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+       $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+       ac_retval=$ac_status
+fi
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+  return $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_run
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in
+# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+#include <$2>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
+# -----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_link ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
+  # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
+  # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
+  # left behind by Apple's compiler.  We do this before executing the actions.
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+  return $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_link
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_type LINENO TYPE VAR INCLUDES
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Tests whether TYPE exists after having included INCLUDES, setting cache
+# variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_type ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof ($2))
+	 return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+int
+main ()
+{
+if (sizeof (($2)))
+	    return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  eval "$3=yes"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_type
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_decl LINENO SYMBOL VAR
+# ------------------------------------
+# Tests whether SYMBOL is declared, setting cache variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_decl ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $2 is declared" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $2 is declared... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$4
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef $2
+  (void) $2;
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_decl
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR
+# ----------------------------------
+# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly
+ac_fn_c_check_func ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$3; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define $2 innocuous_$2
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $2 (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $2
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char $2 ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2
+choke me
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return $2 ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$3=yes"
+else
+  eval "$3=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$3
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_func
+
+# ac_fn_c_check_member LINENO AGGR MEMBER VAR INCLUDES
+# ----------------------------------------------------
+# Tries to find if the field MEMBER exists in type AGGR, after including
+# INCLUDES, setting cache variable VAR accordingly.
+ac_fn_c_check_member ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2.$3" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $2.$3... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$4; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$5
+int
+main ()
+{
+static $2 ac_aggr;
+if (ac_aggr.$3)
+return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$4=yes"
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$5
+int
+main ()
+{
+static $2 ac_aggr;
+if (sizeof ac_aggr.$3)
+return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$4=yes"
+else
+  eval "$4=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$4
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;}
+
+} # ac_fn_c_check_member
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by bmake $as_me 20130303, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *\'*)
+      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
+{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+)
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+      case $ac_val in
+      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+      esac
+      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+	case $ac_val in
+	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+	esac
+	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      cat confdefs.h
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
+	else
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
+	fi
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  as_fn_error "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+## -------------------- ##
+## Main body of script. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h"
+
+
+case "$srcdir" in
+/*) ;;
+*) srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd`;;
+esac
+
+
+# Check whether --with-defshell was given.
+if test "${with_defshell+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_defshell; case "${withval}" in
+yes)   as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for bmake DEFSHELL" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     case "$with_defshell" in
+       sh)  DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH;;	# it's the default anyway
+       ksh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH;;
+       csh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH;;	# kidding right?
+       *)   defshell_path=$with_defshell;;	# better be sh compatible!
+       esac
+       ;;
+       esac
+fi
+
+use_meta=yes
+
+# Check whether --with-meta was given.
+if test "${with_meta+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_meta; case "${withval}" in
+yes|no) use_meta=${withval};;
+*) as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for meta" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --with-filemon was given.
+if test "${with_filemon+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_filemon;  case "/${withval}" in
+/no|*/filemon.h) filemon_h="${withval}";;
+*/filemon*) filemon_h="${withval}/filemon.h";;
+*) as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for filemon" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+esac
+else
+
+OS=`uname -s`
+for d in "/usr/include/dev/filemon" "$prefix/include/dev/filemon" "$srcdir/filemon" "$srcdir/../filemon" "$srcdir/../../sys/dev/filemon"
+do
+	for x in "/$OS" ""
+	do
+		filemon_h="$d$x/filemon.h"
+		test -s "$filemon_h" && break
+	done
+	test -s "$filemon_h" && break
+done
+test -s "${filemon_h:-/dev/null}" || filemon_h=no
+
+fi
+
+case "$use_meta" in
+yes)
+	case "$filemon_h" in
+	*.h) echo "Using: filemon=$filemon_h" >&6;;
+	esac
+	;;
+esac
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
+ return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out conftest.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+  esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+	then :; else
+	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	fi
+	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+	# actually working.
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+  ac_file=''
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+{ as_fn_set_status 77
+as_fn_error "C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }; }
+fi
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error "cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out conftest.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; }
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5
+$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; }
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether nonexistent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then :
+
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_GREP+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$GREP"; then
+  ac_path_GREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
+case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP"
+      ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then
+    as_fn_error "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; }
+ GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_path_EGREP+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1
+   then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E"
+   else
+     if test -z "$EGREP"; then
+  ac_path_EGREP_found=false
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_prog in egrep; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
+# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
+  # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
+case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
+*GNU*)
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;;
+*)
+  ac_count=0
+  $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in"
+  while :
+  do
+    cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp"
+    mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in"
+    cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl"
+    $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl"
+    "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break
+    diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+    as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val
+    if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then
+      # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+      ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP"
+      ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count
+    fi
+    # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $ac_count -gt 10 && break
+  done
+  rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;;
+esac
+
+      $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3
+    done
+  done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then
+    as_fn_error "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP
+fi
+
+   fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; }
+ EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP"
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  :
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do :
+  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default
+"
+eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+  ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "minix/config.h" "ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_minix_config_h" = x""yes; then :
+  MINIX=yes
+else
+  MINIX=
+fi
+
+
+  if test "$MINIX" = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+$as_echo "#define _POSIX_1_SOURCE 2" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+$as_echo "#define _MINIX 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+  fi
+
+
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#	  define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
+	  $ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__" >&6; }
+  test $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__ = yes &&
+    $as_echo "#define __EXTENSIONS__ 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+  $as_echo "#define _ALL_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+  $as_echo "#define _GNU_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+  $as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+  $as_echo "#define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+if test $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC needs -traditional" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC needs -traditional... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+    ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'"
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sgtty.h>
+Autoconf TIOCGETP
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+
+  if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <termio.h>
+Autoconf TCGETA
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" >&6; }
+  if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then
+    CC="$CC -traditional"
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
+  for ac_t in install-sh install.sh shtool; do
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_t"; then
+      ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+      ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/$ac_t -c"
+      break 2
+    fi
+  done
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  as_fn_error "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in #((
+  ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+	    echo one > conftest.one
+	    echo two > conftest.two
+	    mkdir conftest.dir
+	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+	    then
+	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	      break 3
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if sh will pass .MAKE. variables... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ok=`env .MAKE.LEVEL=1 /bin/sh -c env | grep LEVEL=`
+case "$ok" in
+"") echo no >&6; CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -DNEED_MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE";;
+*) echo yes >&6;;
+esac
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  :
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      return 2;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for sys/wait.h that is POSIX.1 compatible... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+# define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
+#endif
+#ifndef WIFEXITED
+# define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int s;
+  wait (&s);
+  s = WIFEXITED (s) ? WEXITSTATUS (s) : 1;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+ac_header_dirent=no
+for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h; do
+  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_sh`
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR... " >&6; }
+if { as_var=$as_ac_Header; eval "test \"\${$as_var+set}\" = set"; }; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((DIR *) 0)
+return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+eval ac_res=\$$as_ac_Header
+	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
+eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_hdr" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ac_header_dirent=$ac_hdr; break
+fi
+
+done
+# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix.
+if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing opendir" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char opendir ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return opendir ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' dir; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_opendir=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing opendir" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing opendir... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char opendir ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return opendir ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' x; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_opendir=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if test "${ac_cv_search_opendir+set}" = set; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_opendir=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_opendir" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_opendir" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_opendir
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+for ac_header in \
+	ar.h \
+	err.h \
+	fcntl.h \
+	paths.h \
+	poll.h \
+	ranlib.h \
+	string.h \
+	sys/mman.h \
+	sys/select.h \
+	sys/socket.h \
+	sys/time.h \
+	sys/uio.h \
+	unistd.h \
+	utime.h \
+
+do :
+  as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default"
+eval as_val=\$$as_ac_Header
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sys/cdefs.h" "ac_cv_header_sys_cdefs_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_sys_cdefs_h" = x""yes; then :
+  echo $ECHO_N "checking whether sys/cdefs.h is compatible... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifdef __RCSID
+yes
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "yes" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  echo yes  >&6
+else
+  echo no  >&6; CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd` -DNEED_HOST_CDEFS_H"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+else
+  CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd`"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for __attribute__" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for __attribute__... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv___attribute__+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+static void foo(void) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
+
+static void
+foo(void)
+{
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv___attribute__=yes
+else
+  ac_cv___attribute__=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_cv___attribute__" = "yes"; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE___ATTRIBUTE__ 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv___attribute__" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv___attribute__" >&6; }
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_bigendian+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+    # See if we're dealing with a universal compiler.
+    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifndef __APPLE_CC__
+	       not a universal capable compiler
+	     #endif
+	     typedef int dummy;
+
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+	# Check for potential -arch flags.  It is not universal unless
+	# there are at least two -arch flags with different values.
+	ac_arch=
+	ac_prev=
+	for ac_word in $CC $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS; do
+	 if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+	   case $ac_word in
+	     i?86 | x86_64 | ppc | ppc64)
+	       if test -z "$ac_arch" || test "$ac_arch" = "$ac_word"; then
+		 ac_arch=$ac_word
+	       else
+		 ac_cv_c_bigendian=universal
+		 break
+	       fi
+	       ;;
+	   esac
+	   ac_prev=
+	 elif test "x$ac_word" = "x-arch"; then
+	   ac_prev=arch
+	 fi
+       done
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
+      # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+	     #include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if ! (defined BYTE_ORDER && defined BIG_ENDIAN \
+		     && defined LITTLE_ENDIAN && BYTE_ORDER && BIG_ENDIAN \
+		     && LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+	      bogus endian macros
+	     #endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+		#include <sys/param.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
+		 not big endian
+		#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    fi
+    if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
+      # See if <limits.h> defines _LITTLE_ENDIAN or _BIG_ENDIAN (e.g., Solaris).
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#if ! (defined _LITTLE_ENDIAN || defined _BIG_ENDIAN)
+	      bogus endian macros
+	     #endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  # It does; now see whether it defined to _BIG_ENDIAN or not.
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef _BIG_ENDIAN
+		 not big endian
+		#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+    fi
+    if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
+      # Compile a test program.
+      if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  # Try to guess by grepping values from an object file.
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+short int ascii_mm[] =
+		  { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
+		short int ascii_ii[] =
+		  { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
+		int use_ascii (int i) {
+		  return ascii_mm[i] + ascii_ii[i];
+		}
+		short int ebcdic_ii[] =
+		  { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
+		short int ebcdic_mm[] =
+		  { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
+		int use_ebcdic (int i) {
+		  return ebcdic_mm[i] + ebcdic_ii[i];
+		}
+		extern int foo;
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return use_ascii (foo) == use_ebcdic (foo);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null; then
+	      ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+	    fi
+	    if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then
+	      if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then
+		ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+	      else
+		# finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows?
+		ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
+	      fi
+	    fi
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	     /* Are we little or big endian?  From Harbison&Steele.  */
+	     union
+	     {
+	       long int l;
+	       char c[sizeof (long int)];
+	     } u;
+	     u.l = 1;
+	     return u.c[sizeof (long int) - 1] == 1;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
+else
+  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+    fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6; }
+ case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in #(
+   yes)
+     $as_echo "#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1" >>confdefs.h
+;; #(
+   no)
+      ;; #(
+   universal)
+
+$as_echo "#define AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+     ;; #(
+   *)
+     as_fn_error "unknown endianness
+ presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+ esac
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+/* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this.  */
+  typedef int charset[2];
+  const charset cs;
+  /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this.  */
+  char const *const *pcpcc;
+  char **ppc;
+  /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this.  */
+  struct point {int x, y;};
+  static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+  /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+     It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in
+     an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant
+     expression */
+  const char *g = "string";
+  pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+  /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+  ++pcpcc;
+  ppc = (char**) pcpcc;
+  pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc;
+  { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this.  */
+    char *t;
+    char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+    *t++ = 0;
+    if (s) return 0;
+  }
+  { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this.  */
+    int x[] = {25, 17};
+    const int *foo = &x[0];
+    ++foo;
+  }
+  { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+    typedef const int *iptr;
+    iptr p = 0;
+    ++p;
+  }
+  { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+       "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+    struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+    struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+  }
+  { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+    const int foo = 10;
+    if (!foo) return 0;
+  }
+  return !cs[0] && !zero.x;
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_c_const=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_c_const=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+
+$as_echo "#define const /**/" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "off_t" "ac_cv_type_off_t" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_off_t" = x""yes; then :
+
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define off_t long int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "pid_t" "ac_cv_type_pid_t" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_pid_t" = x""yes; then :
+
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define pid_t int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "size_t" "ac_cv_type_size_t" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_type_size_t" = x""yes; then :
+
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define size_t unsigned int
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "sys_siglist" "ac_cv_have_decl_sys_siglist" "#include <signal.h>
+/* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_sys_siglist" = x""yes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_time+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((struct tm *) 0)
+return 0;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_time=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_header_time=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_time" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_time" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_time = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_struct_tm+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+struct tm tm;
+				     int *p = &tm.tm_sec;
+				     return !p;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_struct_tm=time.h
+else
+  ac_cv_struct_tm=sys/time.h
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_struct_tm" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_struct_tm" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_struct_tm = sys/time.h; then
+
+$as_echo "#define TM_IN_SYS_TIME 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking return type of signal handlers... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_type_signal+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return *(signal (0, 0)) (0) == 1;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_type_signal=int
+else
+  ac_cv_type_signal=void
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_type_signal" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_type_signal" >&6; }
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define RETSIGTYPE $ac_cv_type_signal
+_ACEOF
+
+
+for ac_header in vfork.h
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "vfork.h" "ac_cv_header_vfork_h" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_vfork_h" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_VFORK_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+for ac_func in fork vfork
+do :
+  as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+eval as_val=\$$as_ac_var
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork" = xyes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working fork" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for working fork... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_fork_works+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  ac_cv_func_fork_works=cross
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+	  /* By Ruediger Kuhlmann. */
+	  return fork () < 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_func_fork_works=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_func_fork_works=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_fork_works" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_fork_works" >&6; }
+
+else
+  ac_cv_func_fork_works=$ac_cv_func_fork
+fi
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xcross; then
+  case $host in
+    *-*-amigaos* | *-*-msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Override, as these systems have only a dummy fork() stub
+      ac_cv_func_fork_works=no
+      ;;
+    *)
+      ac_cv_func_fork_works=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_fork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_fork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&2;}
+fi
+ac_cv_func_vfork_works=$ac_cv_func_vfork
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_vfork" = xyes; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working vfork" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for working vfork... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_vfork_works+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  ac_cv_func_vfork_works=cross
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Thanks to Paul Eggert for this test.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_VFORK_H
+# include <vfork.h>
+#endif
+/* On some sparc systems, changes by the child to local and incoming
+   argument registers are propagated back to the parent.  The compiler
+   is told about this with #include <vfork.h>, but some compilers
+   (e.g. gcc -O) don't grok <vfork.h>.  Test for this by using a
+   static variable whose address is put into a register that is
+   clobbered by the vfork.  */
+static void
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+sparc_address_test (int arg)
+# else
+sparc_address_test (arg) int arg;
+#endif
+{
+  static pid_t child;
+  if (!child) {
+    child = vfork ();
+    if (child < 0) {
+      perror ("vfork");
+      _exit(2);
+    }
+    if (!child) {
+      arg = getpid();
+      write(-1, "", 0);
+      _exit (arg);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  pid_t parent = getpid ();
+  pid_t child;
+
+  sparc_address_test (0);
+
+  child = vfork ();
+
+  if (child == 0) {
+    /* Here is another test for sparc vfork register problems.  This
+       test uses lots of local variables, at least as many local
+       variables as main has allocated so far including compiler
+       temporaries.  4 locals are enough for gcc 1.40.3 on a Solaris
+       4.1.3 sparc, but we use 8 to be safe.  A buggy compiler should
+       reuse the register of parent for one of the local variables,
+       since it will think that parent can't possibly be used any more
+       in this routine.  Assigning to the local variable will thus
+       munge parent in the parent process.  */
+    pid_t
+      p = getpid(), p1 = getpid(), p2 = getpid(), p3 = getpid(),
+      p4 = getpid(), p5 = getpid(), p6 = getpid(), p7 = getpid();
+    /* Convince the compiler that p..p7 are live; otherwise, it might
+       use the same hardware register for all 8 local variables.  */
+    if (p != p1 || p != p2 || p != p3 || p != p4
+	|| p != p5 || p != p6 || p != p7)
+      _exit(1);
+
+    /* On some systems (e.g. IRIX 3.3), vfork doesn't separate parent
+       from child file descriptors.  If the child closes a descriptor
+       before it execs or exits, this munges the parent's descriptor
+       as well.  Test for this by closing stdout in the child.  */
+    _exit(close(fileno(stdout)) != 0);
+  } else {
+    int status;
+    struct stat st;
+
+    while (wait(&status) != child)
+      ;
+    return (
+	 /* Was there some problem with vforking?  */
+	 child < 0
+
+	 /* Did the child fail?  (This shouldn't happen.)  */
+	 || status
+
+	 /* Did the vfork/compiler bug occur?  */
+	 || parent != getpid()
+
+	 /* Did the file descriptor bug occur?  */
+	 || fstat(fileno(stdout), &st) != 0
+	 );
+  }
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_func_vfork_works=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_func_vfork_works=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_vfork_works" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_vfork_works" >&6; }
+
+fi;
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xcross; then
+  ac_cv_func_vfork_works=$ac_cv_func_vfork
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_vfork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: result $ac_cv_func_vfork_works guessed because of cross compilation" >&2;}
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_vfork_works" = xyes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_WORKING_VFORK 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+else
+
+$as_echo "#define vfork fork" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_fork_works" = xyes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_WORKING_FORK 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+for ac_func in vprintf
+do :
+  ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "vprintf" "ac_cv_func_vprintf"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func_vprintf" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "_doprnt" "ac_cv_func__doprnt"
+if test "x$ac_cv_func__doprnt" = x""yes; then :
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_DOPRNT 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for wait3 that fills in rusage" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for wait3 that fills in rusage... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_func_wait3_rusage+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  ac_cv_func_wait3_rusage=no
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+/* HP-UX has wait3 but does not fill in rusage at all.  */
+int
+main ()
+{
+  struct rusage r;
+  int i;
+  /* Use a field that we can force nonzero --
+     voluntary context switches.
+     For systems like NeXT and OSF/1 that don't set it,
+     also use the system CPU time.  And page faults (I/O) for Linux.  */
+  r.ru_nvcsw = 0;
+  r.ru_stime.tv_sec = 0;
+  r.ru_stime.tv_usec = 0;
+  r.ru_majflt = r.ru_minflt = 0;
+  switch (fork ())
+    {
+    case 0: /* Child.  */
+      sleep(1); /* Give up the CPU.  */
+      _exit(0);
+      break;
+    case -1: /* What can we do?  */
+      _exit(0);
+      break;
+    default: /* Parent.  */
+      wait3(&i, 0, &r);
+      /* Avoid "text file busy" from rm on fast HP-UX machines.  */
+      sleep(2);
+      return (r.ru_nvcsw == 0 && r.ru_majflt == 0 && r.ru_minflt == 0
+	      && r.ru_stime.tv_sec == 0 && r.ru_stime.tv_usec == 0);
+    }
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_func_wait3_rusage=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_func_wait3_rusage=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \
+  conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_wait3_rusage" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_func_wait3_rusage" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_func_wait3_rusage = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_WAIT3 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+for ac_func in \
+	err \
+	errx \
+	getcwd \
+	getenv \
+	getopt \
+	getwd \
+	killpg \
+	mmap \
+	putenv \
+	select \
+	setenv \
+	setpgid \
+	setsid \
+	sigaction \
+	sigvec \
+	snprintf \
+	strerror \
+	strftime \
+	strsep \
+	strtod \
+	strtol \
+	unsetenv \
+	vsnprintf \
+	wait3 \
+	wait4 \
+	waitpid \
+	warn \
+	warnx \
+
+do :
+  as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+eval as_val=\$$as_ac_var
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+for ac_func in \
+	realpath \
+	dirname \
+	stresep \
+	strlcpy \
+
+do :
+  as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var"
+eval as_val=\$$as_ac_var
+   if test "x$as_val" = x""yes; then :
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+  case " $LIBOBJS " in
+  *" $ac_func.$ac_objext "* ) ;;
+  *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS $ac_func.$ac_objext"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for emalloc in -lutil" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for emalloc in -lutil... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_util_emalloc+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lutil  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char emalloc ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return emalloc ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_util_emalloc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_util_emalloc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_util_emalloc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_util_emalloc" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_util_emalloc" = x""yes; then :
+   { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for erealloc in -lutil" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for erealloc in -lutil... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_util_erealloc+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lutil  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char erealloc ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return erealloc ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_util_erealloc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_util_erealloc=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_util_erealloc" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_util_erealloc" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_util_erealloc" = x""yes; then :
+   { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for estrdup in -lutil" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for estrdup in -lutil... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_util_estrdup+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lutil  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char estrdup ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return estrdup ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_util_estrdup=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_util_estrdup=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_util_estrdup" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_util_estrdup" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_util_estrdup" = x""yes; then :
+   { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for estrndup in -lutil" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for estrndup in -lutil... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_util_estrndup+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lutil  $LIBS"
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char estrndup ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return estrndup ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_lib_util_estrndup=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_lib_util_estrndup=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_util_estrndup" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_util_estrndup" >&6; }
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_util_estrndup" = x""yes; then :
+   LIBS="$LIBS -lutil"
+	    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_EMALLOC"
+fi
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether stat file-mode macros are broken" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether stat file-mode macros are broken... " >&6; }
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stat_broken+set}" = set; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFDIR
+extern char c1[S_ISBLK (S_IFDIR) ? -1 : 1];
+#endif
+
+#if defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFCHR
+extern char c2[S_ISBLK (S_IFCHR) ? -1 : 1];
+#endif
+
+#if defined S_ISLNK && defined S_IFREG
+extern char c3[S_ISLNK (S_IFREG) ? -1 : 1];
+#endif
+
+#if defined S_ISSOCK && defined S_IFREG
+extern char c4[S_ISSOCK (S_IFREG) ? -1 : 1];
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_header_stat_broken=no
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stat_broken=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stat_broken" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stat_broken" >&6; }
+if test $ac_cv_header_stat_broken = yes; then
+
+$as_echo "#define STAT_MACROS_BROKEN 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+ac_fn_c_check_member "$LINENO" "struct stat" "st_rdev" "ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_rdev" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_rdev" = x""yes; then :
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_ST_RDEV 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+fi
+
+
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if diff -u works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if diff -u /dev/null /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   diff_u=-u
+   echo yes >&6
+else
+   diff_u=
+   echo no >&6
+fi
+echo "checking for MACHINE & MACHINE_ARCH..." >&6
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifdef MACHINE
+machine=MACHINE
+#endif
+#ifdef MACHINE_ARCH
+machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH
+#endif
+EOF
+
+default_machine=`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+	egrep machine= | tr -d ' "'`
+rm -rf conftest*
+if test "$default_machine"; then
+	eval "$default_machine"
+fi
+machine=${machine:-`$srcdir/machine.sh`}
+machine_arch=${machine_arch:-`$srcdir/machine.sh arch`}
+echo "defaults: MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6
+
+# Check whether --with-machine was given.
+if test "${with_machine+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_machine; case "${withval}" in
+yes)   as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+no)    ;;
+generic) machine=`$srcdir/machine.sh`;;
+*)     machine=$with_machine;;
+esac
+fi
+
+force_machine=
+
+# Check whether --with-force_machine was given.
+if test "${with_force_machine+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_force_machine; case "${withval}" in
+yes)   force_machine=FORCE_;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     force_machine=FORCE_; machine=$with_force_machine;;
+esac
+fi
+
+force_machine_arch=
+
+# Check whether --with-force_machine_arch was given.
+if test "${with_force_machine_arch+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_force_machine_arch; case "${withval}" in
+yes)   force_machine_arch=FORCE_;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     force_machine_arch=FORCE_; machine_arch=$with_force_machine;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --with-machine_arch was given.
+if test "${with_machine_arch+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_machine_arch; case "${withval}" in
+yes)   as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE_ARCH" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     machine_arch=$with_machine_arch;;
+esac
+fi
+
+echo "Using: ${force_machine}MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6
+default_sys_path=\${prefix}/share/mk
+
+# Check whether --with-default-sys-path was given.
+if test "${with_default_sys_path+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_default_sys_path; case "${withval}" in
+yes)	as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_DEFSYSPATH" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+no)	;;
+*)	default_sys_path="$with_default_sys_path"
+	;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --with-path-objdirprefix was given.
+if test "${with_path_objdirprefix+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_path_objdirprefix; case "${withval}" in
+yes)   as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+no)    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX" ;;
+*)     CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS \"-D_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX=\\\"$with_path-objdir\\\"\"" ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Check whether --enable-pwd-override was given.
+if test "${enable_pwd_override+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_pwd_override; case "${enableval}" in
+yes)   ;;
+no)    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PWD_OVERRIDE" ;;
+*)     as_fn_error "bad value ${enableval} given for pwd-override option" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Check whether --enable-check-make-chdir was given.
+if test "${enable_check_make_chdir+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_check_make_chdir; case "${enableval}" in
+yes)   ;;
+no)    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_CHECK_MAKE_CHDIR" ;;
+*)     as_fn_error "bad value ${enableval} given for check-make-chdir option" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --with-mksrc was given.
+if test "${with_mksrc+set}" = set; then :
+  withval=$with_mksrc; case "${withval}" in
+""|yes|no) ;;
+*) test -s $withval/install-mk && mksrc=$withval ||
+as_fn_error "bad value ${withval} given for mksrc cannot find install-mk" "$LINENO" 5
+;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd`
+for mksrc in $mksrc $srcdir/mk $srcdir/../mk mk
+do
+	test -s $mksrc/install-mk || continue
+	mksrc=`cd $mksrc && pwd`
+	break
+done
+mksrc=`echo $mksrc | sed "s,$srcdir,\\\${srcdir},"`
+echo "Using: MKSRC=$mksrc" 1>&6
+if test -x /usr/xpg4/bin/sh; then
+        defshell_path=${defshell_path:-/usr/xpg4/bin/sh}
+fi
+if test -n "$defshell_path"; then
+	echo "Using: SHELL=$defshell_path"  >&6
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define DEFSHELL_CUSTOM "$defshell_path"
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+if test -n "$DEFSHELL_INDEX"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX $DEFSHELL_INDEX
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files makefile Makefile.config make-bootstrap.sh unit-tests/Makefile"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+) |
+  sed '
+     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+     t clear
+     :clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" &&
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    cat confcache >$cache_file
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+as_write_fail=0
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+export SHELL
+_ASEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+
+# as_fn_error ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ---------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with status $?, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$?; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$3"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$2"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $1" >&$3
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $1" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_test_x='test -x'
+else
+  if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    as_ls_L_option=L
+  else
+    as_ls_L_option=
+  fi
+  as_test_x='
+    eval sh -c '\''
+      if test -d "$1"; then
+	test -d "$1/.";
+      else
+	case $1 in #(
+	-*)set "./$1";;
+	esac;
+	case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
+	???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
+    '\'' sh
+  '
+fi
+as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+_ASEOF
+test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by bmake $as_me 20130303, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+case $ac_config_headers in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+config_headers="$ac_config_headers"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
+from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
+and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent
+                   do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+      --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration header FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration headers:
+$config_headers
+
+Report bugs to <sjg@NetBSD.org>."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_version="\\
+bmake config.status 20130303
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64,
+  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+INSTALL='$INSTALL'
+test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    as_fn_error "ambiguous option: \`$1'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) as_fn_error "unrecognized option: \`$1'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
+     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+  shift
+  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
+  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+  exec "\$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+  $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case $ac_config_target in
+    "config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;;
+    "makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES makefile" ;;
+    "Makefile.config") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile.config" ;;
+    "make-bootstrap.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES make-bootstrap.sh" ;;
+    "unit-tests/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES unit-tests/Makefile" ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_error "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+  test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+  tmp=
+  trap 'exit_status=$?
+  { test -z "$tmp" || test ! -d "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} || as_fn_error "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
+# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
+# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
+# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
+if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
+  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
+fi
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+  ac_cs_awk_cr='\r'
+else
+  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+  echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+  as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '$'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+    as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t delim
+' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
+/^[^""]/{
+  N
+  s/\n//
+}
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"\$tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+
+}
+{
+  line = $ 0
+  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+  substed = 0
+  len = length(field[1])
+  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+    key = field[i]
+    keylen = length(key)
+    if (S_is_set[key]) {
+      value = S[key]
+      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+      substed = 1
+    } else
+      len += 1 + keylen
+  }
+
+  print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+  cat
+fi < "$tmp/subs1.awk" > "$tmp/subs.awk" \
+  || as_fn_error "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/
+s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/
+s/:*$//
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then
+cat >"$tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK ||
+BEGIN {
+_ACEOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as
+# here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into
+# config.h.in to produce config.h.
+
+# Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease
+# handling of long lines.
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false :; do
+  ac_t=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h`
+  if test -z "$ac_t"; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    as_fn_error "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+
+# For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name,
+# likewise P contains macro parameters if any.  Preserve backslash
+# newline sequences.
+
+ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]*
+sed -n '
+s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
+t rset
+:rset
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*/ /
+t def
+d
+:def
+s/\\$//
+t bsnl
+s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
+D["\1"]=" \3"/p
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p
+d
+:bsnl
+s/["\\]/\\&/g
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\
+D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p
+t cont
+s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p
+t cont
+d
+:cont
+n
+s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g
+t clear
+:clear
+s/\\$//
+t bsnlc
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p
+d
+:bsnlc
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p
+b cont
+' <confdefs.h | sed '
+s/'"$ac_delim"'/"\\\
+"/g' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+}
+/^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ {
+  line = \$ 0
+  split(line, arg, " ")
+  if (arg[1] == "#") {
+    defundef = arg[2]
+    mac1 = arg[3]
+  } else {
+    defundef = substr(arg[1], 2)
+    mac1 = arg[2]
+  }
+  split(mac1, mac2, "(") #)
+  macro = mac2[1]
+  prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1)
+  if (D_is_set[macro]) {
+    # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#".
+    print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro]
+    next
+  } else {
+    # Replace #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for example,
+    # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+    # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+    if (defundef == "undef") {
+      print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/"
+      next
+    }
+  }
+}
+{ print }
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  as_fn_error "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"
+
+
+eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES  :H $CONFIG_HEADERS    "
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+  case $ac_tag in
+  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+  :[FHL]*:*);;
+  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+  esac
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=:
+  set x $ac_tag
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  shift
+  ac_file=$1
+  shift
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :L) ac_source=$1;;
+  :[FH])
+    ac_file_inputs=
+    for ac_f
+    do
+      case $ac_f in
+      -) ac_f="$tmp/stdin";;
+      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
+	   case $ac_f in
+	   [\\/$]*) false;;
+	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+	   esac ||
+	   as_fn_error "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
+    done
+
+    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+    configure_input='Generated from '`
+	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+	`' by configure.'
+    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    fi
+    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+    case $configure_input in #(
+    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
+       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
+    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+    esac
+
+    case $ac_tag in
+    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$tmp/stdin" \
+      || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :F)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_FILE
+  #
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+  p
+  q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p'
+case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  ac_datarootdir_hack='
+  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$tmp/subs.awk" >$tmp/out \
+  || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' "$tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined." >&2;}
+
+  rm -f "$tmp/stdin"
+  case $ac_file in
+  -) cat "$tmp/out" && rm -f "$tmp/out";;
+  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+  esac \
+  || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+ ;;
+  :H)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_HEADER
+  #
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    {
+      $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
+      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs"
+    } >"$tmp/config.h" \
+      || as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+    if diff "$ac_file" "$tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;}
+    else
+      rm -f "$ac_file"
+      mv "$tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \
+	|| as_fn_error "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+    fi
+  else
+    $as_echo "/* $configure_input  */" \
+      && eval '$AWK -f "$tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \
+      || as_fn_error "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5
+  fi
+ ;;
+
+
+  esac
+
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+as_fn_exit 0
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+  as_fn_error "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit $?
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
+
+cat <<EOF
+
+You can now run
+
+	sh ./make-bootstrap.sh
+
+to produce a fully functional bmake.
+
+EOF
diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba82a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+dnl
+dnl RCSid:
+dnl	$Id: configure.in,v 1.48 2013/03/04 21:25:57 sjg Exp $
+dnl
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script
+dnl
+AC_INIT([bmake], [20130303], [sjg@NetBSD.org])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+
+dnl make srcdir absolute
+case "$srcdir" in
+/*) ;;
+*) srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd`;;
+esac
+
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(defshell,
+[  --with-defshell=SHELL  use SHELL by default - must be sh compatible, use sh or ksh to pick the internal definitions],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes)   AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake DEFSHELL) ;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     case "$with_defshell" in
+       sh)  DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH;;	# it's the default anyway
+       ksh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH;;
+       csh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH;;	# kidding right?
+       *)   defshell_path=$with_defshell;;	# better be sh compatible!
+       esac
+       ;;
+       esac])
+dnl
+use_meta=yes
+AC_ARG_WITH(meta,
+[ --without-meta dissable use of meta-mode],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes|no) use_meta=${withval};;
+*) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for meta) ;;
+esac])
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(filemon,
+[ --with-filemon=path/filemon.h indicate path to filemon.h for meta-mode],
+[ case "/${withval}" in
+/no|*/filemon.h) filemon_h="${withval}";;
+*/filemon*) filemon_h="${withval}/filemon.h";;
+*) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for filemon) ;;
+esac],
+[
+OS=`uname -s`
+for d in "/usr/include/dev/filemon" "$prefix/include/dev/filemon" "$srcdir/filemon" "$srcdir/../filemon" "$srcdir/../../sys/dev/filemon"
+do
+	for x in "/$OS" ""
+	do
+		filemon_h="$d$x/filemon.h"
+		test -s "$filemon_h" && break
+	done
+	test -s "$filemon_h" && break
+done
+test -s "${filemon_h:-/dev/null}" || filemon_h=no
+])
+dnl echo "Note: use_meta=$use_meta filemon_h=$filemon_h" >&6
+case "$use_meta" in
+yes)
+	case "$filemon_h" in
+	*.h) echo "Using: filemon=$filemon_h" >&6;;
+	esac
+	;;
+esac
+dnl
+dnl Check for OS problems
+dnl Solaris's signal.h only privides sigset_t etc if one of
+dnl _EXTENSIONS_ _POSIX_C_SOURCE or _XOPEN_SOURCE are defined.
+dnl The later two seem to cause more problems than they solve so if we
+dnl see _EXTENSIONS_ we use it.
+AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+dnl Executable suffix - normally empty; .exe on os2.
+AC_SUBST(ac_exe_suffix)dnl
+
+dnl
+dnl Check if /bin/sh will pass .MAKE.LEVEL
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if sh will pass .MAKE. variables... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ok=`env .MAKE.LEVEL=1 /bin/sh -c env | grep LEVEL=`
+case "$ok" in
+"") echo no >&6; CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -DNEED_MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE";;
+*) echo yes >&6;;
+esac
+
+dnl
+dnl AC_C_CROSS
+dnl
+
+dnl Checks for header files.
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
+AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+dnl Keep this list sorted
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
+	ar.h \
+	err.h \
+	fcntl.h \
+	paths.h \
+	poll.h \
+	ranlib.h \
+	string.h \
+	sys/mman.h \
+	sys/select.h \
+	sys/socket.h \
+	sys/time.h \
+	sys/uio.h \
+	unistd.h \
+	utime.h \
+	)
+
+dnl Both *BSD and Linux have sys/cdefs.h, most do not.
+dnl If it is missing, we add -I${srcdir}/missing to CFLAGS
+dnl also if sys/cdefs.h does not have __RCSID we need to use ours
+dnl but we need to include the host's one too *sigh*
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/cdefs.h,
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether sys/cdefs.h is compatible... $ECHO_C" >&6
+AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,
+[#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifdef __RCSID
+yes
+#endif
+],
+echo yes  >&6,
+echo no  >&6; CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd` -DNEED_HOST_CDEFS_H"),
+CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd`")
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_C___ATTRIBUTE__
+AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_TYPE_OFF_T
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_STRUCT_TM
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_FUNC_VFORK
+AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
+AC_FUNC_WAIT3
+dnl Keep this list sorted
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS( \
+	err \
+	errx \
+	getcwd \
+	getenv \
+	getopt \
+	getwd \
+	killpg \
+	mmap \
+	putenv \
+	select \
+	setenv \
+	setpgid \
+	setsid \
+	sigaction \
+	sigvec \
+	snprintf \
+	strerror \
+	strftime \
+	strsep \
+	strtod \
+	strtol \
+	unsetenv \
+	vsnprintf \
+	wait3 \
+	wait4 \
+	waitpid \
+	warn \
+	warnx \
+	)
+
+dnl functions which we may need to provide
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS( \
+	realpath \
+	dirname \
+	stresep \
+	strlcpy \
+	)
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [emalloc],
+    [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [erealloc],
+      [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [estrdup],
+        [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [estrndup],
+	  [ LIBS="$LIBS -lutil"
+	    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_EMALLOC" ])])])])
+
+dnl
+dnl Structures
+dnl
+AC_HEADER_STAT
+AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
+dnl
+dnl we want this for unit-tests/Makefile
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if diff -u works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if diff -u /dev/null /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   diff_u=-u
+   echo yes >&6
+else
+   diff_u=
+   echo no >&6
+fi
+dnl
+dnl AC_* don't quite cut it.
+dnl 
+echo "checking for MACHINE & MACHINE_ARCH..." >&6
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#ifdef MACHINE
+machine=MACHINE
+#endif
+#ifdef MACHINE_ARCH
+machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH
+#endif
+EOF
+
+default_machine=`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | 
+	egrep machine= | tr -d ' "'`
+rm -rf conftest*
+if test "$default_machine"; then
+	eval "$default_machine"
+fi
+machine=${machine:-`$srcdir/machine.sh`}
+machine_arch=${machine_arch:-`$srcdir/machine.sh arch`}
+echo "defaults: MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6
+dnl
+dnl now allow overrides
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(machine,
+[  --with-machine=MACHINE  explicitly set MACHINE],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes)   AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE) ;;
+no)    ;;
+generic) machine=`$srcdir/machine.sh`;;
+*)     machine=$with_machine;;
+esac])
+force_machine=
+AC_ARG_WITH(force_machine,
+[  --with-force-machine=MACHINE  set FORCE_MACHINE],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes)   force_machine=FORCE_;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     force_machine=FORCE_; machine=$with_force_machine;;
+esac])
+dnl
+force_machine_arch=
+AC_ARG_WITH(force_machine_arch,
+[  --with-force-machine-arch=MACHINE  set FORCE_MACHINE_ARCH],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes)   force_machine_arch=FORCE_;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     force_machine_arch=FORCE_; machine_arch=$with_force_machine;;
+esac])
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(machine_arch,
+[  --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH  explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes)   AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE_ARCH) ;;
+no)    ;;
+*)     machine_arch=$with_machine_arch;;
+esac])
+dnl
+dnl Tell them what we ended up with
+dnl
+echo "Using: ${force_machine}MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6
+dnl
+dnl Allow folk to control _PATH_DEFSYSPATH
+dnl
+default_sys_path=\${prefix}/share/mk
+AC_ARG_WITH(default-sys-path,
+[  --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST  use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH
+	MAKESYSPATH is a ':' separated list of directories 
+	that bmake will search for system .mk files. 
+	_PATH_DEFSYSPATH is its default value.],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes)	AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_DEFSYSPATH) ;;
+no)	;;
+*)	default_sys_path="$with_default_sys_path"
+	;;
+esac])
+dnl
+dnl Some folk don't like this one
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(path-objdirprefix,
+[  --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH  override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX],
+[case "${withval}" in
+yes)   AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX) ;;
+no)    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX" ;;
+*)     CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS \"-D_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX=\\\"$with_path-objdir\\\"\"" ;;
+esac])
+dnl
+dnl And this can be handy to do with out.
+dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(pwd-override,
+[  --disable-pwd-override  disable \$PWD overriding getcwd()],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+yes)   ;;
+no)    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PWD_OVERRIDE" ;;
+*)     AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} given for pwd-override option) ;;
+esac])
+dnl
+dnl Just for grins
+dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(check-make-chdir,
+[  --disable-check-make-chdir disable make trying to guess 
+	when it should automatically cd \${.CURDIR}],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+yes)   ;;
+no)    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_CHECK_MAKE_CHDIR" ;;
+*)     AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} given for check-make-chdir option) ;;
+esac])
+dnl
+dnl On non-BSD systems, bootstrap won't work without mk
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(mksrc,
+[  --with-mksrc=PATH tell makefile.boot where to find mk src],
+[case "${withval}" in
+""|yes|no) ;;
+*) test -s $withval/install-mk && mksrc=$withval ||
+AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for mksrc cannot find install-mk)
+;;
+esac
+])
+dnl
+dnl Now make sure we have a value
+dnl
+srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd`
+for mksrc in $mksrc $srcdir/mk $srcdir/../mk mk
+do
+	test -s $mksrc/install-mk || continue
+	mksrc=`cd $mksrc && pwd`
+	break
+done
+mksrc=`echo $mksrc | sed "s,$srcdir,\\\${srcdir},"`
+echo "Using: MKSRC=$mksrc" 1>&6
+dnl On some systems we want a different default shell by default
+if test -x /usr/xpg4/bin/sh; then
+        defshell_path=${defshell_path:-/usr/xpg4/bin/sh}
+fi
+if test -n "$defshell_path"; then
+	echo "Using: SHELL=$defshell_path"  >&6
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFSHELL_CUSTOM, "$defshell_path", Path of default shell)
+fi
+if test -n "$DEFSHELL_INDEX"; then
+       AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFSHELL_INDEX, $DEFSHELL_INDEX, Shell spec to use by default)
+fi        
+dnl
+AC_SUBST(machine)
+AC_SUBST(force_machine)
+AC_SUBST(machine_arch)
+AC_SUBST(mksrc)
+AC_SUBST(default_sys_path)
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL)
+AC_SUBST(GCC)
+AC_SUBST(diff_u)
+AC_SUBST(use_meta)
+AC_SUBST(filemon_h)
+AC_OUTPUT(makefile Makefile.config make-bootstrap.sh unit-tests/Makefile)
+
+cat <<EOF
+
+You can now run
+
+	sh ./make-bootstrap.sh
+
+to produce a fully functional bmake.
+
+EOF
diff --git a/dir.c b/dir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b12769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1805 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.67 2013/03/05 22:01:43 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.67 2013/03/05 22:01:43 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)dir.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: dir.c,v 1.67 2013/03/05 22:01:43 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * dir.c --
+ *	Directory searching using wildcards and/or normal names...
+ *	Used both for source wildcarding in the Makefile and for finding
+ *	implicit sources.
+ *
+ * The interface for this module is:
+ *	Dir_Init  	    Initialize the module.
+ *
+ *	Dir_InitCur	    Set the cur Path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_InitDot	    Set the dot Path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_End  	    Cleanup the module.
+ *
+ *	Dir_SetPATH	    Set ${.PATH} to reflect state of dirSearchPath.
+ *
+ *	Dir_HasWildcards    Returns TRUE if the name given it needs to
+ *	    	  	    be wildcard-expanded.
+ *
+ *	Dir_Expand	    Given a pattern and a path, return a Lst of names
+ *	    	  	    which match the pattern on the search path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_FindFile	    Searches for a file on a given search path.
+ *	    	  	    If it exists, the entire path is returned.
+ *	    	  	    Otherwise NULL is returned.
+ *
+ *	Dir_FindHereOrAbove Search for a path in the current directory and
+ *			    then all the directories above it in turn until
+ *			    the path is found or we reach the root ("/").
+ * 
+ *	Dir_MTime 	    Return the modification time of a node. The file
+ *	    	  	    is searched for along the default search path.
+ *	    	  	    The path and mtime fields of the node are filled
+ *	    	  	    in.
+ *
+ *	Dir_AddDir	    Add a directory to a search path.
+ *
+ *	Dir_MakeFlags	    Given a search path and a command flag, create
+ *	    	  	    a string with each of the directories in the path
+ *	    	  	    preceded by the command flag and all of them
+ *	    	  	    separated by a space.
+ *
+ *	Dir_Destroy	    Destroy an element of a search path. Frees up all
+ *	    	  	    things that can be freed for the element as long
+ *	    	  	    as the element is no longer referenced by any other
+ *	    	  	    search path.
+ *	Dir_ClearPath	    Resets a search path to the empty list.
+ *
+ * For debugging:
+ *	Dir_PrintDirectories	Print stats about the directory cache.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+
+/*
+ *	A search path consists of a Lst of Path structures. A Path structure
+ *	has in it the name of the directory and a hash table of all the files
+ *	in the directory. This is used to cut down on the number of system
+ *	calls necessary to find implicit dependents and their like. Since
+ *	these searches are made before any actions are taken, we need not
+ *	worry about the directory changing due to creation commands. If this
+ *	hampers the style of some makefiles, they must be changed.
+ *
+ *	A list of all previously-read directories is kept in the
+ *	openDirectories Lst. This list is checked first before a directory
+ *	is opened.
+ *
+ *	The need for the caching of whole directories is brought about by
+ *	the multi-level transformation code in suff.c, which tends to search
+ *	for far more files than regular make does. In the initial
+ *	implementation, the amount of time spent performing "stat" calls was
+ *	truly astronomical. The problem with hashing at the start is,
+ *	of course, that pmake doesn't then detect changes to these directories
+ *	during the course of the make. Three possibilities suggest themselves:
+ *
+ *	    1) just use stat to test for a file's existence. As mentioned
+ *	       above, this is very inefficient due to the number of checks
+ *	       engendered by the multi-level transformation code.
+ *	    2) use readdir() and company to search the directories, keeping
+ *	       them open between checks. I have tried this and while it
+ *	       didn't slow down the process too much, it could severely
+ *	       affect the amount of parallelism available as each directory
+ *	       open would take another file descriptor out of play for
+ *	       handling I/O for another job. Given that it is only recently
+ *	       that UNIX OS's have taken to allowing more than 20 or 32
+ *	       file descriptors for a process, this doesn't seem acceptable
+ *	       to me.
+ *	    3) record the mtime of the directory in the Path structure and
+ *	       verify the directory hasn't changed since the contents were
+ *	       hashed. This will catch the creation or deletion of files,
+ *	       but not the updating of files. However, since it is the
+ *	       creation and deletion that is the problem, this could be
+ *	       a good thing to do. Unfortunately, if the directory (say ".")
+ *	       were fairly large and changed fairly frequently, the constant
+ *	       rehashing could seriously degrade performance. It might be
+ *	       good in such cases to keep track of the number of rehashes
+ *	       and if the number goes over a (small) limit, resort to using
+ *	       stat in its place.
+ *
+ *	An additional thing to consider is that pmake is used primarily
+ *	to create C programs and until recently pcc-based compilers refused
+ *	to allow you to specify where the resulting object file should be
+ *	placed. This forced all objects to be created in the current
+ *	directory. This isn't meant as a full excuse, just an explanation of
+ *	some of the reasons for the caching used here.
+ *
+ *	One more note: the location of a target's file is only performed
+ *	on the downward traversal of the graph and then only for terminal
+ *	nodes in the graph. This could be construed as wrong in some cases,
+ *	but prevents inadvertent modification of files when the "installed"
+ *	directory for a file is provided in the search path.
+ *
+ *	Another data structure maintained by this module is an mtime
+ *	cache used when the searching of cached directories fails to find
+ *	a file. In the past, Dir_FindFile would simply perform an access()
+ *	call in such a case to determine if the file could be found using
+ *	just the name given. When this hit, however, all that was gained
+ *	was the knowledge that the file existed. Given that an access() is
+ *	essentially a stat() without the copyout() call, and that the same
+ *	filesystem overhead would have to be incurred in Dir_MTime, it made
+ *	sense to replace the access() with a stat() and record the mtime
+ *	in a cache for when Dir_MTime was actually called.
+ */
+
+Lst          dirSearchPath;	/* main search path */
+
+static Lst   openDirectories;	/* the list of all open directories */
+
+/*
+ * Variables for gathering statistics on the efficiency of the hashing
+ * mechanism.
+ */
+static int    hits,	      /* Found in directory cache */
+	      misses,	      /* Sad, but not evil misses */
+	      nearmisses,     /* Found under search path */
+	      bigmisses;      /* Sought by itself */
+
+static Path    	  *dot;	    /* contents of current directory */
+static Path    	  *cur;	    /* contents of current directory, if not dot */
+static Path	  *dotLast; /* a fake path entry indicating we need to
+			     * look for . last */
+static Hash_Table mtimes;   /* Results of doing a last-resort stat in
+			     * Dir_FindFile -- if we have to go to the
+			     * system to find the file, we might as well
+			     * have its mtime on record. XXX: If this is done
+			     * way early, there's a chance other rules will
+			     * have already updated the file, in which case
+			     * we'll update it again. Generally, there won't
+			     * be two rules to update a single file, so this
+			     * should be ok, but... */
+
+
+static int DirFindName(const void *, const void *);
+static int DirMatchFiles(const char *, Path *, Lst);
+static void DirExpandCurly(const char *, const char *, Lst, Lst);
+static void DirExpandInt(const char *, Lst, Lst);
+static int DirPrintWord(void *, void *);
+static int DirPrintDir(void *, void *);
+static char *DirLookup(Path *, const char *, const char *, Boolean);
+static char *DirLookupSubdir(Path *, const char *);
+static char *DirFindDot(Boolean, const char *, const char *);
+static char *DirLookupAbs(Path *, const char *, const char *);
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Init --
+ *	initialize things for this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	some directories may be opened.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Init(const char *cdname)
+{
+    dirSearchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    openDirectories = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Hash_InitTable(&mtimes, 0);
+
+    Dir_InitCur(cdname);
+
+    dotLast = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path));
+    dotLast->refCount = 1;
+    dotLast->hits = 0;
+    dotLast->name = bmake_strdup(".DOTLAST");
+    Hash_InitTable(&dotLast->files, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called by Dir_Init() and whenever .CURDIR is assigned to.
+ */
+void
+Dir_InitCur(const char *cdname)
+{
+    Path *p;
+    
+    if (cdname != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Our build directory is not the same as our source directory.
+	 * Keep this one around too.
+	 */
+	if ((p = Dir_AddDir(NULL, cdname))) {
+	    p->refCount += 1;
+	    if (cur && cur != p) {
+		/*
+		 * We've been here before, cleanup.
+		 */
+		cur->refCount -= 1;
+		Dir_Destroy(cur);
+	    }
+	    cur = p;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_InitDot --
+ *	(re)initialize "dot" (current/object directory) path hash
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	some directories may be opened.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_InitDot(void)
+{
+    if (dot != NULL) {
+	LstNode ln;
+
+	/* Remove old entry from openDirectories, but do not destroy. */
+	ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, dot);
+	(void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln);
+    }
+
+    dot = Dir_AddDir(NULL, ".");
+
+    if (dot == NULL) {
+	Error("Cannot open `.' (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	exit(1);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We always need to have dot around, so we increment its reference count
+     * to make sure it's not destroyed.
+     */
+    dot->refCount += 1;
+    Dir_SetPATH();			/* initialize */
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_End --
+ *	cleanup things for this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	none
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    if (cur) {
+	cur->refCount -= 1;
+	Dir_Destroy(cur);
+    }
+    dot->refCount -= 1;
+    dotLast->refCount -= 1;
+    Dir_Destroy(dotLast);
+    Dir_Destroy(dot);
+    Dir_ClearPath(dirSearchPath);
+    Lst_Destroy(dirSearchPath, NULL);
+    Dir_ClearPath(openDirectories);
+    Lst_Destroy(openDirectories, NULL);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&mtimes);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * We want ${.PATH} to indicate the order in which we will actually
+ * search, so we rebuild it after any .PATH: target.
+ * This is the simplest way to deal with the effect of .DOTLAST.
+ */
+void
+Dir_SetPATH(void)
+{
+    LstNode       ln;		/* a list element */
+    Path *p;
+    Boolean	  hasLastDot = FALSE;	/* true we should search dot last */
+
+    Var_Delete(".PATH", VAR_GLOBAL);
+    
+    if (Lst_Open(dirSearchPath) == SUCCESS) {
+	if ((ln = Lst_First(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast) {
+		hasLastDot = TRUE;
+		Var_Append(".PATH", dotLast->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (!hasLastDot) {
+	    if (dot)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    if (cur)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	}
+
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(dirSearchPath)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast)
+		continue;
+	    if (p == dot && hasLastDot)
+		continue;
+	    Var_Append(".PATH", p->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	}
+
+	if (hasLastDot) {
+	    if (dot)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", dot->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    if (cur)
+		Var_Append(".PATH", cur->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(dirSearchPath);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirFindName --
+ *	See if the Path structure describes the same directory as the
+ *	given one by comparing their names. Called from Dir_AddDir via
+ *	Lst_Find when searching the list of open directories.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	p		Current name
+ *	dname		Desired name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if it is the same. Non-zero otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirFindName(const void *p, const void *dname)
+{
+    return (strcmp(((const Path *)p)->name, dname));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_HasWildcards  --
+ *	see if the given name has any wildcard characters in it
+ *	be careful not to expand unmatching brackets or braces.
+ *	XXX: This code is not 100% correct. ([^]] fails etc.) 
+ *	I really don't think that make(1) should be expanding
+ *	patterns, because then you have to set a mechanism for
+ *	escaping the expansion!
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	returns TRUE if the word should be expanded, FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	none
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Dir_HasWildcards(char *name)
+{
+    char *cp;
+    int wild = 0, brace = 0, bracket = 0;
+
+    for (cp = name; *cp; cp++) {
+	switch(*cp) {
+	case '{':
+		brace++;
+		wild = 1;
+		break;
+	case '}':
+		brace--;
+		break;
+	case '[':
+		bracket++;
+		wild = 1;
+		break;
+	case ']':
+		bracket--;
+		break;
+	case '?':
+	case '*':
+		wild = 1;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    return wild && bracket == 0 && brace == 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirMatchFiles --
+ * 	Given a pattern and a Path structure, see if any files
+ *	match the pattern and add their names to the 'expansions' list if
+ *	any do. This is incomplete -- it doesn't take care of patterns like
+ *	src / *src / *.c properly (just *.c on any of the directories), but it
+ *	will do for now.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pattern		Pattern to look for
+ *	p		Directory to search
+ *	expansion	Place to store the results
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	File names are added to the expansions lst. The directory will be
+ *	fully hashed when this is done.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirMatchFiles(const char *pattern, Path *p, Lst expansions)
+{
+    Hash_Search	  search;   	/* Index into the directory's table */
+    Hash_Entry	  *entry;   	/* Current entry in the table */
+    Boolean 	  isDot;    	/* TRUE if the directory being searched is . */
+
+    isDot = (*p->name == '.' && p->name[1] == '\0');
+
+    for (entry = Hash_EnumFirst(&p->files, &search);
+	 entry != NULL;
+	 entry = Hash_EnumNext(&search))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * See if the file matches the given pattern. Note we follow the UNIX
+	 * convention that dot files will only be found if the pattern
+	 * begins with a dot (note also that as a side effect of the hashing
+	 * scheme, .* won't match . or .. since they aren't hashed).
+	 */
+	if (Str_Match(entry->name, pattern) &&
+	    ((entry->name[0] != '.') ||
+	     (pattern[0] == '.')))
+	{
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions,
+			    (isDot ? bmake_strdup(entry->name) :
+			     str_concat(p->name, entry->name,
+					STR_ADDSLASH)));
+	}
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirExpandCurly --
+ *	Expand curly braces like the C shell. Does this recursively.
+ *	Note the special case: if after the piece of the curly brace is
+ *	done there are no wildcard characters in the result, the result is
+ *	placed on the list WITHOUT CHECKING FOR ITS EXISTENCE.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Entire word to expand
+ *	brace		First curly brace in it
+ *	path		Search path to use
+ *	expansions	Place to store the expansions
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The given list is filled with the expansions...
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+DirExpandCurly(const char *word, const char *brace, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+    const char   *end;	    	/* Character after the closing brace */
+    const char   *cp;	    	/* Current position in brace clause */
+    const char   *start;   	/* Start of current piece of brace clause */
+    int	    	  bracelevel;	/* Number of braces we've seen. If we see a
+				 * right brace when this is 0, we've hit the
+				 * end of the clause. */
+    char    	 *file;    	/* Current expansion */
+    int	    	  otherLen; 	/* The length of the other pieces of the
+				 * expansion (chars before and after the
+				 * clause in 'word') */
+    char    	 *cp2;	    	/* Pointer for checking for wildcards in
+				 * expansion before calling Dir_Expand */
+
+    start = brace+1;
+
+    /*
+     * Find the end of the brace clause first, being wary of nested brace
+     * clauses.
+     */
+    for (end = start, bracelevel = 0; *end != '\0'; end++) {
+	if (*end == '{') {
+	    bracelevel++;
+	} else if ((*end == '}') && (bracelevel-- == 0)) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if (*end == '\0') {
+	Error("Unterminated {} clause \"%s\"", start);
+	return;
+    } else {
+	end++;
+    }
+    otherLen = brace - word + strlen(end);
+
+    for (cp = start; cp < end; cp++) {
+	/*
+	 * Find the end of this piece of the clause.
+	 */
+	bracelevel = 0;
+	while (*cp != ',') {
+	    if (*cp == '{') {
+		bracelevel++;
+	    } else if ((*cp == '}') && (bracelevel-- <= 0)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Allocate room for the combination and install the three pieces.
+	 */
+	file = bmake_malloc(otherLen + cp - start + 1);
+	if (brace != word) {
+	    strncpy(file, word, brace-word);
+	}
+	if (cp != start) {
+	    strncpy(&file[brace-word], start, cp-start);
+	}
+	strcpy(&file[(brace-word)+(cp-start)], end);
+
+	/*
+	 * See if the result has any wildcards in it. If we find one, call
+	 * Dir_Expand right away, telling it to place the result on our list
+	 * of expansions.
+	 */
+	for (cp2 = file; *cp2 != '\0'; cp2++) {
+	    switch(*cp2) {
+	    case '*':
+	    case '?':
+	    case '{':
+	    case '[':
+		Dir_Expand(file, path, expansions);
+		goto next;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (*cp2 == '\0') {
+	    /*
+	     * Hit the end w/o finding any wildcards, so stick the expansion
+	     * on the end of the list.
+	     */
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(expansions, file);
+	} else {
+	next:
+	    free(file);
+	}
+	start = cp+1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirExpandInt --
+ *	Internal expand routine. Passes through the directories in the
+ *	path one by one, calling DirMatchFiles for each. NOTE: This still
+ *	doesn't handle patterns in directories...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to expand
+ *	path		Path on which to look
+ *	expansions	Place to store the result
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Things are added to the expansions list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+DirExpandInt(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+    LstNode 	  ln;	    	/* Current node */
+    Path	  *p;	    	/* Directory in the node */
+
+    if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    DirMatchFiles(word, p, expansions);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirPrintWord --
+ *	Print a word in the list of expansions. Callback for Dir_Expand
+ *	when DEBUG(DIR), via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The passed word is printed, followed by a space.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+DirPrintWord(void *word, void *dummy)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", (char *)word);
+
+    return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Expand  --
+ *	Expand the given word into a list of words by globbing it looking
+ *	in the directories on the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		the word to expand
+ *	path		the list of directories in which to find the
+ *			resulting files
+ *	expansions	the list on which to place the results
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A list of words consisting of the files which exist along the search
+ *	path matching the given pattern.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Directories may be opened. Who knows?
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Expand(const char *word, Lst path, Lst expansions)
+{
+    const char    	  *cp;
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"... ", word);
+    }
+
+    cp = strchr(word, '{');
+    if (cp) {
+	DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions);
+    } else {
+	cp = strchr(word, '/');
+	if (cp) {
+	    /*
+	     * The thing has a directory component -- find the first wildcard
+	     * in the string.
+	     */
+	    for (cp = word; *cp; cp++) {
+		if (*cp == '?' || *cp == '[' || *cp == '*' || *cp == '{') {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (*cp == '{') {
+		/*
+		 * This one will be fun.
+		 */
+		DirExpandCurly(word, cp, path, expansions);
+		return;
+	    } else if (*cp != '\0') {
+		/*
+		 * Back up to the start of the component
+		 */
+		char  *dirpath;
+
+		while (cp > word && *cp != '/') {
+		    cp--;
+		}
+		if (cp != word) {
+		    char sc;
+		    /*
+		     * If the glob isn't in the first component, try and find
+		     * all the components up to the one with a wildcard.
+		     */
+		    sc = cp[1];
+		    ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = '\0';
+		    dirpath = Dir_FindFile(word, path);
+		    ((char *)UNCONST(cp))[1] = sc;
+		    /*
+		     * dirpath is null if can't find the leading component
+		     * XXX: Dir_FindFile won't find internal components.
+		     * i.e. if the path contains ../Etc/Object and we're
+		     * looking for Etc, it won't be found. Ah well.
+		     * Probably not important.
+		     */
+		    if (dirpath != NULL) {
+			char *dp = &dirpath[strlen(dirpath) - 1];
+			if (*dp == '/')
+			    *dp = '\0';
+			path = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+			(void)Dir_AddDir(path, dirpath);
+			DirExpandInt(cp+1, path, expansions);
+			Lst_Destroy(path, NULL);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Start the search from the local directory
+		     */
+		    DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Return the file -- this should never happen.
+		 */
+		DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * First the files in dot
+	     */
+	    DirMatchFiles(word, dot, expansions);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Then the files in every other directory on the path.
+	     */
+	    DirExpandInt(word, path, expansions);
+	}
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	Lst_ForEach(expansions, DirPrintWord, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookup  --
+ *	Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookup(Path *p, const char *name MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *cp, 
+          Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    char *file;		/* the current filename to check */
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   %s ...\n", p->name);
+    }
+
+    if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    file = str_concat(p->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH);
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   returning %s\n", file);
+    }
+    p->hits += 1;
+    hits += 1;
+    return file;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookupSubdir  --
+ *	Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the file is found, it is added in the modification times hash
+ *	table.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookupSubdir(Path *p, const char *name)
+{
+    struct stat	  stb;		/* Buffer for stat, if necessary */
+    Hash_Entry	 *entry;	/* Entry for mtimes table */
+    char 	 *file;		/* the current filename to check */
+
+    if (p != dot) {
+	file = str_concat(p->name, name, STR_ADDSLASH);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Checking in dot -- DON'T put a leading ./ on the thing.
+	 */
+	file = bmake_strdup(name);
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "checking %s ...\n", file);
+    }
+
+    if (stat(file, &stb) == 0) {
+	if (stb.st_mtime == 0)
+		stb.st_mtime = 1;
+	/*
+	 * Save the modification time so if it's needed, we don't have
+	 * to fetch it again.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime),
+		    file);
+	}
+	entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, file, NULL);
+	Hash_SetTimeValue(entry, stb.st_mtime);
+	nearmisses += 1;
+	return (file);
+    }
+    free(file);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirLookupAbs  --
+ *	Find if the file with the given name exists in the given path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file, the empty string or NULL. If the file is
+ *	the empty string, the search should be terminated.
+ *	This path is guaranteed to be in a different part of memory
+ *	than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirLookupAbs(Path *p, const char *name, const char *cp)
+{
+	char *p1;		/* pointer into p->name */
+	const char *p2;		/* pointer into name */
+
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   %s ...\n", p->name);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the file has a leading path component and that component
+	 * exactly matches the entire name of the current search
+	 * directory, we can attempt another cache lookup. And if we don't
+	 * have a hit, we can safely assume the file does not exist at all.
+	 */
+	for (p1 = p->name, p2 = name; *p1 && *p1 == *p2; p1++, p2++) {
+		continue;
+	}
+	if (*p1 != '\0' || p2 != cp - 1) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) == NULL) {
+		if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+			fprintf(debug_file, "   must be here but isn't -- returning\n");
+		}
+		/* Return empty string: terminates search */
+		return bmake_strdup("");
+	}
+
+	p->hits += 1;
+	hits += 1;
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   returning %s\n", name);
+	}
+	return (bmake_strdup(name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * DirFindDot  --
+ *	Find the file given on "." or curdir
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Hit counts change
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+DirFindDot(Boolean hasSlash MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, const char *name, const char *cp)
+{
+
+	if (Hash_FindEntry(&dot->files, cp) != NULL) {
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   in '.'\n");
+	    }
+	    hits += 1;
+	    dot->hits += 1;
+	    return (bmake_strdup(name));
+	}
+	if (cur &&
+	    Hash_FindEntry(&cur->files, cp) != NULL) {
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   in ${.CURDIR} = %s\n", cur->name);
+	    }
+	    hits += 1;
+	    cur->hits += 1;
+	    return str_concat(cur->name, cp, STR_ADDSLASH);
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_FindFile  --
+ *	Find the file with the given name along the given search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the file to find
+ *	path		the Lst of directories to search
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The path to the file or NULL. This path is guaranteed to be in a
+ *	different part of memory than name and so may be safely free'd.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the file is found in a directory which is not on the path
+ *	already (either 'name' is absolute or it is a relative path
+ *	[ dir1/.../dirn/file ] which exists below one of the directories
+ *	already on the search path), its directory is added to the end
+ *	of the path on the assumption that there will be more files in
+ *	that directory later on. Sometimes this is true. Sometimes not.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Dir_FindFile(const char *name, Lst path)
+{
+    LstNode       ln;			/* a list element */
+    char	  *file;		/* the current filename to check */
+    Path	  *p;			/* current path member */
+    const char	  *cp;			/* Terminal name of file */
+    Boolean	  hasLastDot = FALSE;	/* true we should search dot last */
+    Boolean	  hasSlash;		/* true if 'name' contains a / */
+    struct stat	  stb;			/* Buffer for stat, if necessary */
+    Hash_Entry	  *entry;		/* Entry for mtimes table */
+    const char   *trailing_dot = ".";
+
+    /*
+     * Find the final component of the name and note whether it has a
+     * slash in it (the name, I mean)
+     */
+    cp = strrchr(name, '/');
+    if (cp) {
+	hasSlash = TRUE;
+	cp += 1;
+    } else {
+	hasSlash = FALSE;
+	cp = name;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Searching for %s ...", name);
+    }
+
+    if (Lst_Open(path) == FAILURE) {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "couldn't open path, file not found\n");
+	}
+	misses += 1;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if ((ln = Lst_First(path)) != NULL) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (p == dotLast) {
+	    hasLastDot = TRUE;
+            if (DEBUG(DIR))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "[dot last]...");
+	}
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If there's no leading directory components or if the leading
+     * directory component is exactly `./', consult the cached contents
+     * of each of the directories on the search path.
+     */
+    if (!hasSlash || (cp - name == 2 && *name == '.')) {
+	    /*
+	     * We look through all the directories on the path seeking one which
+	     * contains the final component of the given name.  If such a beast
+	     * is found, we concatenate the directory name and the final
+	     * component and return the resulting string. If we don't find any
+	     * such thing, we go on to phase two...
+	     * 
+	     * No matter what, we always look for the file in the current
+	     * directory before anywhere else (unless we found the magic
+	     * DOTLAST path, in which case we search it last) and we *do not*
+	     * add the ./ to it if it exists.
+	     * This is so there are no conflicts between what the user
+	     * specifies (fish.c) and what pmake finds (./fish.c).
+	     */
+	    if (!hasLastDot &&
+			(file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+		    Lst_Close(path);
+		    return file;
+	    }
+
+	    while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+		p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+		if (p == dotLast)
+		    continue;
+		if ((file = DirLookup(p, name, cp, hasSlash)) != NULL) {
+		    Lst_Close(path);
+		    return file;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (hasLastDot &&
+			(file = DirFindDot(hasSlash, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+		    Lst_Close(path);
+		    return file;
+	    }
+    }
+    Lst_Close(path);
+
+    /*
+     * We didn't find the file on any directory in the search path.
+     * If the name doesn't contain a slash, that means it doesn't exist.
+     * If it *does* contain a slash, however, there is still hope: it
+     * could be in a subdirectory of one of the members of the search
+     * path. (eg. /usr/include and sys/types.h. The above search would
+     * fail to turn up types.h in /usr/include, but it *is* in
+     * /usr/include/sys/types.h).
+     * [ This no longer applies: If we find such a beast, we assume there
+     * will be more (what else can we assume?) and add all but the last
+     * component of the resulting name onto the search path (at the
+     * end).]
+     * This phase is only performed if the file is *not* absolute.
+     */
+    if (!hasSlash) {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   failed.\n");
+	}
+	misses += 1;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (*cp == '\0') {
+	/* we were given a trailing "/" */
+	cp = trailing_dot;
+    }
+
+    if (name[0] != '/') {
+	Boolean	checkedDot = FALSE;
+
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Trying subdirectories...\n");
+	}
+
+	if (!hasLastDot) {
+		if (dot) {
+			checkedDot = TRUE;
+			if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL)
+				return file;
+		}
+		if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL)
+			return file;
+	}
+
+	(void)Lst_Open(path);
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast)
+		continue;
+	    if (p == dot) {
+		    if (checkedDot)
+			    continue;
+		checkedDot = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(p, name)) != NULL) {
+		Lst_Close(path);
+		return file;
+	    }
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+
+	if (hasLastDot) {
+		if (dot && !checkedDot) {
+			checkedDot = TRUE;
+			if ((file = DirLookupSubdir(dot, name)) != NULL)
+				return file;
+		}
+		if (cur && (file = DirLookupSubdir(cur, name)) != NULL)
+			return file;
+	}
+
+	if (checkedDot) {
+	    /*
+	     * Already checked by the given name, since . was in the path,
+	     * so no point in proceeding...
+	     */
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "   Checked . already, returning NULL\n");
+	    }
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+
+    } else { /* name[0] == '/' */
+
+	/*
+	 * For absolute names, compare directory path prefix against the
+	 * the directory path of each member on the search path for an exact
+	 * match. If we have an exact match on any member of the search path,
+	 * use the cached contents of that member to lookup the final file
+	 * component. If that lookup fails we can safely assume that the
+	 * file does not exist at all.  This is signified by DirLookupAbs()
+	 * returning an empty string.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Trying exact path matches...\n");
+	}
+
+	if (!hasLastDot && cur && (file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL)
+	    return *file?file:NULL;
+
+	(void)Lst_Open(path);
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (p == dotLast)
+		continue;
+	    if ((file = DirLookupAbs(p, name, cp)) != NULL) {
+		Lst_Close(path);
+		return *file?file:NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+
+	if (hasLastDot && cur && (file = DirLookupAbs(cur, name, cp)) != NULL)
+	    return *file?file:NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Didn't find it that way, either. Sigh. Phase 3. Add its directory
+     * onto the search path in any case, just in case, then look for the
+     * thing in the hash table. If we find it, grand. We return a new
+     * copy of the name. Otherwise we sadly return a NULL pointer. Sigh.
+     * Note that if the directory holding the file doesn't exist, this will
+     * do an extra search of the final directory on the path. Unless something
+     * weird happens, this search won't succeed and life will be groovy.
+     *
+     * Sigh. We cannot add the directory onto the search path because
+     * of this amusing case:
+     * $(INSTALLDIR)/$(FILE): $(FILE)
+     *
+     * $(FILE) exists in $(INSTALLDIR) but not in the current one.
+     * When searching for $(FILE), we will find it in $(INSTALLDIR)
+     * b/c we added it here. This is not good...
+     */
+#ifdef notdef
+    if (cp == traling_dot) {
+	cp = strrchr(name, '/');
+	cp += 1;
+    }
+    cp[-1] = '\0';
+    (void)Dir_AddDir(path, name);
+    cp[-1] = '/';
+
+    bigmisses += 1;
+    ln = Lst_Last(path);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+    }
+
+    if (Hash_FindEntry(&p->files, cp) != NULL) {
+	return (bmake_strdup(name));
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+#else /* !notdef */
+    if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "   Looking for \"%s\" ...\n", name);
+    }
+
+    bigmisses += 1;
+    entry = Hash_FindEntry(&mtimes, name);
+    if (entry != NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   got it (in mtime cache)\n");
+	}
+	return(bmake_strdup(name));
+    } else if (stat(name, &stb) == 0) {
+	if (stb.st_mtime == 0)
+		stb.st_mtime = 1;
+	entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, name, NULL);
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   Caching %s for %s\n", Targ_FmtTime(stb.st_mtime),
+		    name);
+	}
+	Hash_SetTimeValue(entry, stb.st_mtime);
+	return (bmake_strdup(name));
+    } else {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "   failed. Returning NULL\n");
+	}
+	return NULL;
+    }
+#endif /* notdef */
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_FindHereOrAbove  --
+ *	search for a path starting at a given directory and then working 
+ *	our way up towards the root.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	here		starting directory
+ *	search_path	the path we are looking for
+ *	result		the result of a successful search is placed here
+ *	rlen		the length of the result buffer 
+ *			(typically MAXPATHLEN + 1)
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 on failure, 1 on success [in which case the found path is put
+ *	in the result buffer].
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int 
+Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *here, char *search_path, char *result, int rlen) {
+
+	struct stat st;
+	char dirbase[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *db_end;
+        char try[MAXPATHLEN + 1], *try_end;
+
+	/* copy out our starting point */
+	snprintf(dirbase, sizeof(dirbase), "%s", here);
+	db_end = dirbase + strlen(dirbase);
+
+	/* loop until we determine a result */
+	while (1) {
+
+		/* try and stat(2) it ... */
+		snprintf(try, sizeof(try), "%s/%s", dirbase, search_path);
+		if (stat(try, &st) != -1) {
+			/*
+			 * success!  if we found a file, chop off
+			 * the filename so we return a directory.
+			 */
+			if ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFDIR) {
+				try_end = try + strlen(try);
+				while (try_end > try && *try_end != '/')
+					try_end--;
+				if (try_end > try) 
+					*try_end = 0;	/* chop! */
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * done!
+			 */
+			snprintf(result, rlen, "%s", try);
+			return(1);
+		}
+
+		/* 
+		 * nope, we didn't find it.  if we used up dirbase we've
+		 * reached the root and failed.
+		 */
+		if (db_end == dirbase)
+			break;		/* failed! */
+
+		/*
+		 * truncate dirbase from the end to move up a dir
+		 */
+		while (db_end > dirbase && *db_end != '/')
+			db_end--;
+		*db_end = 0;		/* chop! */
+
+	} /* while (1) */
+
+	/*
+	 * we failed... 
+	 */
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_MTime  --
+ *	Find the modification time of the file described by gn along the
+ *	search path dirSearchPath.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the file whose modification time is desired
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The modification time or 0 if it doesn't exist
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The modification time is placed in the node's mtime slot.
+ *	If the node didn't have a path entry before, and Dir_FindFile
+ *	found one for it, the full name is placed in the path slot.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Dir_MTime(GNode *gn, Boolean recheck)
+{
+    char          *fullName;  /* the full pathname of name */
+    struct stat	  stb;	      /* buffer for finding the mod time */
+    Hash_Entry	  *entry;
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	return Arch_MTime(gn);
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+	gn->mtime = 0;
+	return 0;
+    } else if (gn->path == NULL) {
+	if (gn->type & OP_NOPATH)
+	    fullName = NULL;
+	else {
+	    fullName = Dir_FindFile(gn->name, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+	    if (fullName == NULL && gn->flags & FROM_DEPEND &&
+		!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->iParents)) {
+		char *cp;
+
+		cp = strrchr(gn->name, '/');
+		if (cp) {
+		    /*
+		     * This is an implied source, and it may have moved,
+		     * see if we can find it via the current .PATH
+		     */
+		    cp++;
+			
+		    fullName = Dir_FindFile(cp, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+		    if (fullName) {
+			/*
+			 * Put the found file in gn->path
+			 * so that we give that to the compiler.
+			 */
+			gn->path = bmake_strdup(fullName);
+			if (!Job_RunTarget(".STALE", gn->fname))
+			    fprintf(stdout,
+				"%s: %s, %d: ignoring stale %s for %s, "
+				"found %s\n", progname, gn->fname, gn->lineno,
+				makeDependfile, gn->name, fullName);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (DEBUG(DIR))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Found '%s' as '%s'\n",
+			gn->name, fullName ? fullName : "(not found)" );
+	}
+    } else {
+	fullName = gn->path;
+    }
+
+    if (fullName == NULL) {
+	fullName = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+    }
+
+    if (!recheck)
+	entry = Hash_FindEntry(&mtimes, fullName);
+    else
+	entry = NULL;
+    if (entry != NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Using cached time %s for %s\n",
+		    Targ_FmtTime(Hash_GetTimeValue(entry)), fullName);
+	}
+	stb.st_mtime = Hash_GetTimeValue(entry);
+    } else if (stat(fullName, &stb) < 0) {
+	if (gn->type & OP_MEMBER) {
+	    if (fullName != gn->path)
+		free(fullName);
+	    return Arch_MemMTime(gn);
+	} else {
+	    stb.st_mtime = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (stb.st_mtime == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * 0 handled specially by the code, if the time is really 0,
+		 * return something else instead
+		 */
+		stb.st_mtime = 1;
+	}
+	entry = Hash_CreateEntry(&mtimes, fullName, NULL);
+	Hash_SetTimeValue(entry, stb.st_mtime);
+    }
+	
+    if (fullName && gn->path == NULL) {
+	gn->path = fullName;
+    }
+
+    gn->mtime = stb.st_mtime;
+    return (gn->mtime);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_AddDir --
+ *	Add the given name to the end of the given path. The order of
+ *	the arguments is backwards so ParseDoDependency can do a
+ *	Lst_ForEach of its list of paths...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	path		the path to which the directory should be
+ *			added
+ *	name		the name of the directory to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the list and the directory is
+ *	read and hashed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Path *
+Dir_AddDir(Lst path, const char *name)
+{
+    LstNode       ln = NULL; /* node in case Path structure is found */
+    Path	  *p = NULL;  /* pointer to new Path structure */
+    DIR     	  *d;	      /* for reading directory */
+    struct dirent *dp;	      /* entry in directory */
+
+    if (strcmp(name, ".DOTLAST") == 0) {
+	ln = Lst_Find(path, name, DirFindName);
+	if (ln != NULL)
+	    return (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	else {
+	    dotLast->refCount += 1;
+	    (void)Lst_AtFront(path, dotLast);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (path)
+	ln = Lst_Find(openDirectories, name, DirFindName);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (path && Lst_Member(path, p) == NULL) {
+	    p->refCount += 1;
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p);
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Caching %s ...", name);
+	}
+
+	if ((d = opendir(name)) != NULL) {
+	    p = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Path));
+	    p->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+	    p->hits = 0;
+	    p->refCount = 1;
+	    Hash_InitTable(&p->files, -1);
+
+	    while ((dp = readdir(d)) != NULL) {
+#if defined(sun) && defined(d_ino) /* d_ino is a sunos4 #define for d_fileno */
+		/*
+		 * The sun directory library doesn't check for a 0 inode
+		 * (0-inode slots just take up space), so we have to do
+		 * it ourselves.
+		 */
+		if (dp->d_fileno == 0) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+#endif /* sun && d_ino */
+		(void)Hash_CreateEntry(&p->files, dp->d_name, NULL);
+	    }
+	    (void)closedir(d);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(openDirectories, p);
+	    if (path != NULL)
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(path, p);
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(DIR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "done\n");
+	}
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_CopyDir --
+ *	Callback function for duplicating a search path via Lst_Duplicate.
+ *	Ups the reference count for the directory.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the Path it was given.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The refCount of the path is incremented.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Dir_CopyDir(void *p)
+{
+    ((Path *)p)->refCount += 1;
+
+    return (p);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_MakeFlags --
+ *	Make a string by taking all the directories in the given search
+ *	path and preceding them by the given flag. Used by the suffix
+ *	module to create variables for compilers based on suffix search
+ *	paths.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	flag		flag which should precede each directory
+ *	path		list of directories
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The string mentioned above. Note that there is no space between
+ *	the given flag and each directory. The empty string is returned if
+ *	Things don't go well.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Dir_MakeFlags(const char *flag, Lst path)
+{
+    char	  *str;	  /* the string which will be returned */
+    char	  *s1, *s2;/* the current directory preceded by 'flag' */
+    LstNode	  ln;	  /* the node of the current directory */
+    Path	  *p;	  /* the structure describing the current directory */
+
+    str = bmake_strdup("");
+
+    if (Lst_Open(path) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(path)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    s2 = str_concat(flag, p->name, 0);
+	    str = str_concat(s1 = str, s2, STR_ADDSPACE);
+	    free(s1);
+	    free(s2);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(path);
+    }
+
+    return (str);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Destroy --
+ *	Nuke a directory descriptor, if possible. Callback procedure
+ *	for the suffixes module when destroying a search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pp		The directory descriptor to nuke
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If no other path references this directory (refCount == 0),
+ *	the Path and all its data are freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Destroy(void *pp)
+{
+    Path    	  *p = (Path *)pp;
+    p->refCount -= 1;
+
+    if (p->refCount == 0) {
+	LstNode	ln;
+
+	ln = Lst_Member(openDirectories, p);
+	(void)Lst_Remove(openDirectories, ln);
+
+	Hash_DeleteTable(&p->files);
+	free(p->name);
+	free(p);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_ClearPath --
+ *	Clear out all elements of the given search path. This is different
+ *	from destroying the list, notice.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	path		Path to clear
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The path is set to the empty list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_ClearPath(Lst path)
+{
+    Path    *p;
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(path)) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_DeQueue(path);
+	Dir_Destroy(p);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Dir_Concat --
+ *	Concatenate two paths, adding the second to the end of the first.
+ *	Makes sure to avoid duplicates.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	path1		Dest
+ *	path2		Source
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Reference counts for added dirs are upped.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Dir_Concat(Lst path1, Lst path2)
+{
+    LstNode ln;
+    Path    *p;
+
+    for (ln = Lst_First(path2); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+	p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (Lst_Member(path1, p) == NULL) {
+	    p->refCount += 1;
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(path1, p);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/********** DEBUG INFO **********/
+void
+Dir_PrintDirectories(void)
+{
+    LstNode	ln;
+    Path	*p;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Directory Cache:\n");
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# Stats: %d hits %d misses %d near misses %d losers (%d%%)\n",
+	      hits, misses, nearmisses, bigmisses,
+	      (hits+bigmisses+nearmisses ?
+	       hits * 100 / (hits + bigmisses + nearmisses) : 0));
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s referenced\thits\n", "directory");
+    if (Lst_Open(openDirectories) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(openDirectories)) != NULL) {
+	    p = (Path *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# %-20s %10d\t%4d\n", p->name, p->refCount, p->hits);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(openDirectories);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+DirPrintDir(void *p, void *dummy)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Path *)p)->name);
+    return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+void
+Dir_PrintPath(Lst path)
+{
+    Lst_ForEach(path, DirPrintDir, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/dir.h b/dir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa00450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dir.h,v 1.15 2012/04/07 18:29:08 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)dir.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)dir.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/* dir.h --
+ */
+
+#ifndef	_DIR
+#define	_DIR
+
+typedef struct Path {
+    char         *name;	    	/* Name of directory */
+    int	    	  refCount; 	/* Number of paths with this directory */
+    int		  hits;	    	/* the number of times a file in this
+				 * directory has been found */
+    Hash_Table    files;    	/* Hash table of files in directory */
+} Path;
+
+void Dir_Init(const char *);
+void Dir_InitCur(const char *);
+void Dir_InitDot(void);
+void Dir_End(void);
+void Dir_SetPATH(void);
+Boolean Dir_HasWildcards(char *);
+void Dir_Expand(const char *, Lst, Lst);
+char *Dir_FindFile(const char *, Lst);
+int Dir_FindHereOrAbove(char *, char *, char *, int);
+int Dir_MTime(GNode *, Boolean);
+Path *Dir_AddDir(Lst, const char *);
+char *Dir_MakeFlags(const char *, Lst);
+void Dir_ClearPath(Lst);
+void Dir_Concat(Lst, Lst);
+void Dir_PrintDirectories(void);
+void Dir_PrintPath(Lst);
+void Dir_Destroy(void *);
+void * Dir_CopyDir(void *);
+
+#endif /* _DIR */
diff --git a/dirname.c b/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b6b6c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: dirname.c,v 1.11 2009/11/24 13:34:20 tnozaki Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Klaus Klein and Jason R. Thorpe.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_DIRNAME
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX 1024
+#endif
+
+char *
+dirname(char *path)
+{
+	static char result[PATH_MAX];
+	const char *lastp;
+	size_t len;
+
+	/*
+	 * If `path' is a null pointer or points to an empty string,
+	 * return a pointer to the string ".".
+	 */
+	if ((path == NULL) || (*path == '\0'))
+		goto singledot;
+
+
+	/* Strip trailing slashes, if any. */
+	lastp = path + strlen(path) - 1;
+	while (lastp != path && *lastp == '/')
+		lastp--;
+
+	/* Terminate path at the last occurence of '/'. */
+	do {
+		if (*lastp == '/') {
+			/* Strip trailing slashes, if any. */
+			while (lastp != path && *lastp == '/')
+				lastp--;
+
+			/* ...and copy the result into the result buffer. */
+			len = (lastp - path) + 1 /* last char */;
+			if (len > (PATH_MAX - 1))
+				len = PATH_MAX - 1;
+
+			memcpy(result, path, len);
+			result[len] = '\0';
+
+			return (result);
+		}
+	} while (--lastp >= path);
+
+	/* No /'s found, return a pointer to the string ".". */
+singledot:
+	result[0] = '.';
+	result[1] = '\0';
+
+	return (result);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/find_lib.sh b/find_lib.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3c2e4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/find_lib.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+:
+re=$1; shift
+
+for lib in $*
+do
+  found=`nm $lib | egrep "$re"`
+  case "$found" in
+  "") ;;
+  *)	echo "$lib: $found";;
+  esac
+done
+
+    
diff --git a/for.c b/for.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33bcf13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/for.c
@@ -0,0 +1,496 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.49 2012/06/03 04:29:40 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.49 2012/06/03 04:29:40 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)for.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: for.c,v 1.49 2012/06/03 04:29:40 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * for.c --
+ *	Functions to handle loops in a makefile.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	For_Eval 	Evaluate the loop in the passed line.
+ *	For_Run		Run accumulated loop
+ *
+ */
+
+#include    <assert.h>
+#include    <ctype.h>
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+#include    "strlist.h"
+
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR  1
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE 2
+#define FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN 4
+
+/*
+ * For statements are of the form:
+ *
+ * .for <variable> in <varlist>
+ * ...
+ * .endfor
+ *
+ * The trick is to look for the matching end inside for for loop
+ * To do that, we count the current nesting level of the for loops.
+ * and the .endfor statements, accumulating all the statements between
+ * the initial .for loop and the matching .endfor;
+ * then we evaluate the for loop for each variable in the varlist.
+ *
+ * Note that any nested fors are just passed through; they get handled
+ * recursively in For_Eval when we're expanding the enclosing for in
+ * For_Run.
+ */
+
+static int  	  forLevel = 0;  	/* Nesting level	*/
+
+/*
+ * State of a for loop.
+ */
+typedef struct _For {
+    Buffer	  buf;			/* Body of loop		*/
+    strlist_t     vars;			/* Iteration variables	*/
+    strlist_t     items;		/* Substitution items */
+    char          *parse_buf;
+    int           short_var;
+    int           sub_next;
+} For;
+
+static For        *accumFor;            /* Loop being accumulated */
+
+
+
+static char *
+make_str(const char *ptr, int len)
+{
+	char *new_ptr;
+
+	new_ptr = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(new_ptr, ptr, len);
+	new_ptr[len] = 0;
+	return new_ptr;
+}
+
+static void
+For_Free(For *arg)
+{
+    Buf_Destroy(&arg->buf, TRUE);
+    strlist_clean(&arg->vars);
+    strlist_clean(&arg->items);
+    free(arg->parse_buf);
+
+    free(arg);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * For_Eval --
+ *	Evaluate the for loop in the passed line. The line
+ *	looks like this:
+ *	    .for <variable> in <varlist>
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		Line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      0: Not a .for statement, parse the line
+ *	1: We found a for loop
+ *     -1: A .for statement with a bad syntax error, discard.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+For_Eval(char *line)
+{
+    For *new_for;
+    char *ptr = line, *sub;
+    int len;
+    int escapes;
+    unsigned char ch;
+    char **words, *word_buf;
+    int n, nwords;
+
+    /* Skip the '.' and any following whitespace */
+    for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
+	continue;
+
+    /*
+     * If we are not in a for loop quickly determine if the statement is
+     * a for.
+     */
+    if (ptr[0] != 'f' || ptr[1] != 'o' || ptr[2] != 'r' ||
+	    !isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
+	if (ptr[0] == 'e' && strncmp(ptr+1, "ndfor", 5) == 0) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "for-less endfor");
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+    ptr += 3;
+
+    /*
+     * we found a for loop, and now we are going to parse it.
+     */
+
+    new_for = bmake_malloc(sizeof *new_for);
+    memset(new_for, 0, sizeof *new_for);
+
+    /* Grab the variables. Terminate on "in". */
+    for (;; ptr += len) {
+	while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
+	    ptr++;
+	if (*ptr == '\0') {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "missing `in' in for");
+	    For_Free(new_for);
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	for (len = 1; ptr[len] && !isspace((unsigned char)ptr[len]); len++)
+	    continue;
+	if (len == 2 && ptr[0] == 'i' && ptr[1] == 'n') {
+	    ptr += 2;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (len == 1)
+	    new_for->short_var = 1;
+	strlist_add_str(&new_for->vars, make_str(ptr, len), len);
+    }
+
+    if (strlist_num(&new_for->vars) == 0) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "no iteration variables in for");
+	For_Free(new_for);
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    while (*ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr))
+	ptr++;
+
+    /*
+     * Make a list with the remaining words
+     * The values are substituted as ${:U<value>...} so we must \ escape
+     * characters that break that syntax.
+     * Variables are fully expanded - so it is safe for escape $.
+     * We can't do the escapes here - because we don't know whether
+     * we are substuting into ${...} or $(...).
+     */
+    sub = Var_Subst(NULL, ptr, VAR_GLOBAL, FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * Split into words allowing for quoted strings.
+     */
+    words = brk_string(sub, &nwords, FALSE, &word_buf);
+
+    free(sub);
+    
+    if (words != NULL) {
+	for (n = 0; n < nwords; n++) {
+	    ptr = words[n];
+	    if (!*ptr)
+		continue;
+	    escapes = 0;
+	    while ((ch = *ptr++)) {
+		switch(ch) {
+		case ':':
+		case '$':
+		case '\\':
+		    escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_CHAR;
+		    break;
+		case ')':
+		    escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN;
+		    break;
+		case /*{*/ '}':
+		    escapes |= FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * We have to dup words[n] to maintain the semantics of
+	     * strlist.
+	     */
+	    strlist_add_str(&new_for->items, bmake_strdup(words[n]), escapes);
+	}
+
+	free(words);
+	free(word_buf);
+
+	if ((len = strlist_num(&new_for->items)) > 0 &&
+	    len % (n = strlist_num(&new_for->vars))) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+			"Wrong number of words (%d) in .for substitution list"
+			" with %d vars", len, n);
+	    /*
+	     * Return 'success' so that the body of the .for loop is
+	     * accumulated.
+	     * Remove all items so that the loop doesn't iterate.
+	     */
+	    strlist_clean(&new_for->items);
+	}
+    }
+
+    Buf_Init(&new_for->buf, 0);
+    accumFor = new_for;
+    forLevel = 1;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add another line to a .for loop.
+ * Returns 0 when the matching .endfor is reached.
+ */
+
+int
+For_Accum(char *line)
+{
+    char *ptr = line;
+
+    if (*ptr == '.') {
+
+	for (ptr++; *ptr && isspace((unsigned char) *ptr); ptr++)
+	    continue;
+
+	if (strncmp(ptr, "endfor", 6) == 0 &&
+		(isspace((unsigned char) ptr[6]) || !ptr[6])) {
+	    if (DEBUG(FOR))
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: end for %d\n", forLevel);
+	    if (--forLevel <= 0)
+		return 0;
+	} else if (strncmp(ptr, "for", 3) == 0 &&
+		 isspace((unsigned char) ptr[3])) {
+	    forLevel++;
+	    if (DEBUG(FOR))
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: new loop %d\n", forLevel);
+	}
+    }
+
+    Buf_AddBytes(&accumFor->buf, strlen(line), line);
+    Buf_AddByte(&accumFor->buf, '\n');
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * For_Run --
+ *	Run the for loop, imitating the actions of an include file
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+for_var_len(const char *var)
+{
+    char ch, var_start, var_end;
+    int depth;
+    int len;
+
+    var_start = *var;
+    if (var_start == 0)
+	/* just escape the $ */
+	return 0;
+
+    if (var_start == '(')
+	var_end = ')';
+    else if (var_start == '{')
+	var_end = '}';
+    else
+	/* Single char variable */
+	return 1;
+
+    depth = 1;
+    for (len = 1; (ch = var[len++]) != 0;) {
+	if (ch == var_start)
+	    depth++;
+	else if (ch == var_end && --depth == 0)
+	    return len;
+    }
+
+    /* Variable end not found, escape the $ */
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+for_substitute(Buffer *cmds, strlist_t *items, unsigned int item_no, char ech)
+{
+    const char *item = strlist_str(items, item_no);
+    int len;
+    char ch;
+
+    /* If there were no escapes, or the only escape is the other variable
+     * terminator, then just substitute the full string */
+    if (!(strlist_info(items, item_no) &
+	    (ech == ')' ? ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_BRACE : ~FOR_SUB_ESCAPE_PAREN))) {
+	Buf_AddBytes(cmds, strlen(item), item);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Escape ':', '$', '\\' and 'ech' - removed by :U processing */
+    while ((ch = *item++) != 0) {
+	if (ch == '$') {
+	    len = for_var_len(item);
+	    if (len != 0) {
+		Buf_AddBytes(cmds, len + 1, item - 1);
+		item += len;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+	} else if (ch == ':' || ch == '\\' || ch == ech)
+	    Buf_AddByte(cmds, '\\');
+	Buf_AddByte(cmds, ch);
+    }
+}
+
+static char *
+For_Iterate(void *v_arg, size_t *ret_len)
+{
+    For *arg = v_arg;
+    int i, len;
+    char *var;
+    char *cp;
+    char *cmd_cp;
+    char *body_end;
+    char ch;
+    Buffer cmds;
+
+    if (arg->sub_next + strlist_num(&arg->vars) > strlist_num(&arg->items)) {
+	/* No more iterations */
+	For_Free(arg);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    free(arg->parse_buf);
+    arg->parse_buf = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Scan the for loop body and replace references to the loop variables
+     * with variable references that expand to the required text.
+     * Using variable expansions ensures that the .for loop can't generate
+     * syntax, and that the later parsing will still see a variable.
+     * We assume that the null variable will never be defined.
+     *
+     * The detection of substitions of the loop control variable is naive.
+     * Many of the modifiers use \ to escape $ (not $) so it is possible
+     * to contrive a makefile where an unwanted substitution happens.
+     */
+
+    cmd_cp = Buf_GetAll(&arg->buf, &len);
+    body_end = cmd_cp + len;
+    Buf_Init(&cmds, len + 256);
+    for (cp = cmd_cp; (cp = strchr(cp, '$')) != NULL;) {
+	char ech;
+	ch = *++cp;
+	if ((ch == '(' && (ech = ')')) || (ch == '{' && (ech = '}'))) {
+	    cp++;
+	    /* Check variable name against the .for loop variables */
+	    STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+		len = strlist_info(&arg->vars, i);
+		if (memcmp(cp, var, len) != 0)
+		    continue;
+		if (cp[len] != ':' && cp[len] != ech && cp[len] != '\\')
+		    continue;
+		/* Found a variable match. Replace with :U<value> */
+		Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+		Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 2, ":U");
+		cp += len;
+		cmd_cp = cp;
+		for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, ech);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ch == 0)
+	    break;
+	/* Probably a single character name, ignore $$ and stupid ones. {*/
+	if (!arg->short_var || strchr("}):$", ch) != NULL) {
+	    cp++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	STRLIST_FOREACH(var, &arg->vars, i) {
+	    if (var[0] != ch || var[1] != 0)
+		continue;
+	    /* Found a variable match. Replace with ${:U<value>} */
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, cp - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 3, "{:U");
+	    cmd_cp = ++cp;
+	    for_substitute(&cmds, &arg->items, arg->sub_next + i, /*{*/ '}');
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, 1, "}");
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    Buf_AddBytes(&cmds, body_end - cmd_cp, cmd_cp);
+
+    cp = Buf_Destroy(&cmds, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(FOR))
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "For: loop body:\n%s", cp);
+
+    arg->sub_next += strlist_num(&arg->vars);
+
+    arg->parse_buf = cp;
+    *ret_len = strlen(cp);
+    return cp;
+}
+
+void
+For_Run(int lineno)
+{ 
+    For *arg;
+  
+    arg = accumFor;
+    accumFor = NULL;
+
+    if (strlist_num(&arg->items) == 0) {
+        /* Nothing to expand - possibly due to an earlier syntax error. */
+        For_Free(arg);
+        return;
+    }
+ 
+    Parse_SetInput(NULL, lineno, -1, For_Iterate, arg);
+}
diff --git a/getopt.c b/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c40bc13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+#if !defined(HAVE_GETOPT) || defined(WANT_GETOPT_LONG) || defined(BROKEN_GETOPT)
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+/* static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)getopt.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/2/94"; */
+static char *rcsid = "$Id: getopt.c,v 1.3 1999/01/08 02:14:18 sjg Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+#define	BADCH	(int)'?'
+#define	BADARG	(int)':'
+#define	EMSG	""
+
+int	opterr = 1,		/* if error message should be printed */
+	optind = 1,		/* index into parent argv vector */
+	optopt = BADCH,		/* character checked for validity */
+	optreset;		/* reset getopt */
+char	*optarg;		/* argument associated with option */
+
+/*
+ * getopt --
+ *	Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ */
+int
+getopt(nargc, nargv, ostr)
+	int nargc;
+	char * const *nargv;
+	const char *ostr;
+{
+	extern char *__progname;
+	static char *place = EMSG;		/* option letter processing */
+	char *oli;				/* option letter list index */
+
+#ifndef BSD4_4
+	if (!__progname) {
+		if (__progname = strrchr(nargv[0], '/'))
+			++__progname;
+		else
+			__progname = nargv[0];
+	}
+#endif
+	
+	if (optreset || !*place) {		/* update scanning pointer */
+		optreset = 0;
+		if (optind >= nargc || *(place = nargv[optind]) != '-') {
+			place = EMSG;
+			return (-1);
+		}
+		if (place[1] && *++place == '-'	/* found "--" */
+		    && !place[1]) {		/* and not "--foo" */
+			++optind;
+			place = EMSG;
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}					/* option letter okay? */
+	if ((optopt = (int)*place++) == (int)':' ||
+	    !(oli = strchr(ostr, optopt))) {
+		/*
+		 * if the user didn't specify '-' as an option,
+		 * assume it means -1.
+		 */
+		if (optopt == (int)'-')
+			return (-1);
+		if (!*place)
+			++optind;
+		if (opterr && *ostr != ':')
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			    "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", __progname, optopt);
+		return (BADCH);
+	}
+	if (*++oli != ':') {			/* don't need argument */
+		optarg = NULL;
+		if (!*place)
+			++optind;
+	}
+	else {					/* need an argument */
+		if (*place)			/* no white space */
+			optarg = place;
+		else if (nargc <= ++optind) {	/* no arg */
+			place = EMSG;
+			if (*ostr == ':')
+				return (BADARG);
+			if (opterr)
+				(void)fprintf(stderr,
+				    "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
+				    __progname, optopt);
+			return (BADCH);
+		}
+	 	else				/* white space */
+			optarg = nargv[optind];
+		place = EMSG;
+		++optind;
+	}
+	return (optopt);			/* dump back option letter */
+}
+#endif
+#ifdef MAIN
+#ifndef BSD4_4
+char *__progname;
+#endif
+
+int
+main(argc, argv)
+	int argc;
+	char *argv[];
+{
+	int c;
+	char *opts = argv[1];
+
+	--argc;
+	++argv;
+	
+	while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, opts)) != EOF) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case '-':
+			if (optarg)
+				printf("--%s ", optarg);
+			break;
+		case '?':
+			exit(1);
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (optarg)
+				printf("-%c %s ", c, optarg);
+			else
+				printf("-%c ", c);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (optind < argc) {
+		printf("-- ");
+		for (; optind < argc; ++optind) {
+			printf("%s ", argv[optind]);
+		}
+	}
+	printf("\n");
+	exit(0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/hash.c b/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a22e2f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.19 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.19 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.19 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/* hash.c --
+ *
+ * 	This module contains routines to manipulate a hash table.
+ * 	See hash.h for a definition of the structure of the hash
+ * 	table.  Hash tables grow automatically as the amount of
+ * 	information increases.
+ */
+#include "sprite.h"
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+
+/*
+ * Forward references to local procedures that are used before they're
+ * defined:
+ */
+
+static void RebuildTable(Hash_Table *);
+
+/*
+ * The following defines the ratio of # entries to # buckets
+ * at which we rebuild the table to make it larger.
+ */
+
+#define rebuildLimit 3
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_InitTable --
+ *
+ *	This routine just sets up the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Structure to to hold table.
+ *	numBuckets	How many buckets to create for starters. This
+ *			number is rounded up to a power of two.   If
+ *			<= 0, a reasonable default is chosen. The
+ *			table will grow in size later as needed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Memory is allocated for the initial bucket area.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_InitTable(Hash_Table *t, int numBuckets)
+{
+	int i;
+	struct Hash_Entry **hp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Round up the size to a power of two.
+	 */
+	if (numBuckets <= 0)
+		i = 16;
+	else {
+		for (i = 2; i < numBuckets; i <<= 1)
+			 continue;
+	}
+	t->numEntries = 0;
+	t->size = i;
+	t->mask = i - 1;
+	t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i);
+	while (--i >= 0)
+		*hp++ = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_DeleteTable --
+ *
+ *	This routine removes everything from a hash table
+ *	and frees up the memory space it occupied (except for
+ *	the space in the Hash_Table structure).
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Lots of memory is freed up.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_DeleteTable(Hash_Table *t)
+{
+	struct Hash_Entry **hp, *h, *nexth = NULL;
+	int i;
+
+	for (hp = t->bucketPtr, i = t->size; --i >= 0;) {
+		for (h = *hp++; h != NULL; h = nexth) {
+			nexth = h->next;
+			free(h);
+		}
+	}
+	free(t->bucketPtr);
+
+	/*
+	 * Set up the hash table to cause memory faults on any future access
+	 * attempts until re-initialization.
+	 */
+	t->bucketPtr = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_FindEntry --
+ *
+ * 	Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to key.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Hash table to search.
+ *	key		A hash key.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to the entry for key,
+ *	if key was present in the table.  If key was not
+ *	present, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e;
+	unsigned h;
+	const char *p;
+
+	for (h = 0, p = key; *p;)
+		h = (h << 5) - h + *p++;
+	p = key;
+	for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+		if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0)
+			return (e);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_CreateEntry --
+ *
+ *	Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to
+ *	key.  If no entry is found, then one is created.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Hash table to search.
+ *	key		A hash key.
+ *	newPtr		Filled in with TRUE if new entry created,
+ *			FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is a pointer to the entry.  If *newPtr
+ *	isn't NULL, then *newPtr is filled in with TRUE if a
+ *	new entry was created, and FALSE if an entry already existed
+ *	with the given key.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Memory may be allocated, and the hash buckets may be modified.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key, Boolean *newPtr)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e;
+	unsigned h;
+	const char *p;
+	int keylen;
+	struct Hash_Entry **hp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Hash the key.  As a side effect, save the length (strlen) of the
+	 * key in case we need to create the entry.
+	 */
+	for (h = 0, p = key; *p;)
+		h = (h << 5) - h + *p++;
+	keylen = p - key;
+	p = key;
+	for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next) {
+		if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0) {
+			if (newPtr != NULL)
+				*newPtr = FALSE;
+			return (e);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * The desired entry isn't there.  Before allocating a new entry,
+	 * expand the table if necessary (and this changes the resulting
+	 * bucket chain).
+	 */
+	if (t->numEntries >= rebuildLimit * t->size)
+		RebuildTable(t);
+	e = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*e) + keylen);
+	hp = &t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask];
+	e->next = *hp;
+	*hp = e;
+	Hash_SetValue(e, NULL);
+	e->namehash = h;
+	(void)strcpy(e->name, p);
+	t->numEntries++;
+
+	if (newPtr != NULL)
+		*newPtr = TRUE;
+	return (e);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_DeleteEntry --
+ *
+ * 	Delete the given hash table entry and free memory associated with
+ *	it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Hash chain that entry lives in is modified and memory is freed.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Hash_DeleteEntry(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Entry *e)
+{
+	Hash_Entry **hp, *p;
+
+	if (e == NULL)
+		return;
+	for (hp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & t->mask];
+	     (p = *hp) != NULL; hp = &p->next) {
+		if (p == e) {
+			*hp = p->next;
+			free(p);
+			t->numEntries--;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+	(void)write(2, "bad call to Hash_DeleteEntry\n", 29);
+	abort();
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_EnumFirst --
+ *	This procedure sets things up for a complete search
+ *	of all entries recorded in the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	t		Table to be searched.
+ *	searchPtr	Area in which to keep state about search.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the address of the first entry in
+ *	the hash table, or NULL if the table is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The information in searchPtr is initialized so that successive
+ *	calls to Hash_Next will return successive HashEntry's
+ *	from the table.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_EnumFirst(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Search *searchPtr)
+{
+	searchPtr->tablePtr = t;
+	searchPtr->nextIndex = 0;
+	searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = NULL;
+	return Hash_EnumNext(searchPtr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Hash_EnumNext --
+ *    This procedure returns successive entries in the hash table.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	searchPtr	Area used to keep state about search.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *    The return value is a pointer to the next HashEntry
+ *    in the table, or NULL when the end of the table is
+ *    reached.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *    The information in searchPtr is modified to advance to the
+ *    next entry.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Hash_Entry *
+Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *searchPtr)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e;
+	Hash_Table *t = searchPtr->tablePtr;
+
+	/*
+	 * The hashEntryPtr field points to the most recently returned
+	 * entry, or is nil if we are starting up.  If not nil, we have
+	 * to start at the next one in the chain.
+	 */
+	e = searchPtr->hashEntryPtr;
+	if (e != NULL)
+		e = e->next;
+	/*
+	 * If the chain ran out, or if we are starting up, we need to
+	 * find the next nonempty chain.
+	 */
+	while (e == NULL) {
+		if (searchPtr->nextIndex >= t->size)
+			return NULL;
+		e = t->bucketPtr[searchPtr->nextIndex++];
+	}
+	searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = e;
+	return (e);
+}
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RebuildTable --
+ *	This local routine makes a new hash table that
+ *	is larger than the old one.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The entire hash table is moved, so any bucket numbers
+ *	from the old table are invalid.
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RebuildTable(Hash_Table *t)
+{
+	Hash_Entry *e, *next = NULL, **hp, **xp;
+	int i, mask;
+        Hash_Entry **oldhp;
+	int oldsize;
+
+	oldhp = t->bucketPtr;
+	oldsize = i = t->size;
+	i <<= 1;
+	t->size = i;
+	t->mask = mask = i - 1;
+	t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i);
+	while (--i >= 0)
+		*hp++ = NULL;
+	for (hp = oldhp, i = oldsize; --i >= 0;) {
+		for (e = *hp++; e != NULL; e = next) {
+			next = e->next;
+			xp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & mask];
+			e->next = *xp;
+			*xp = e;
+		}
+	}
+	free(oldhp);
+}
diff --git a/hash.h b/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31d2ff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: hash.h,v 1.10 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)hash.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)hash.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/* hash.h --
+ *
+ * 	This file contains definitions used by the hash module,
+ * 	which maintains hash tables.
+ */
+
+#ifndef	_HASH
+#define	_HASH
+
+/*
+ * The following defines one entry in the hash table.
+ */
+
+typedef struct Hash_Entry {
+    struct Hash_Entry *next;		/* Used to link together all the
+    					 * entries associated with the same
+					 * bucket. */
+    union {
+	void	      *clientPtr;	/* Arbitrary pointer */
+	time_t	      clientTime;	/* Arbitrary Time */
+    } clientInfo;
+    unsigned	      namehash;		/* hash value of key */
+    char	      name[1];		/* key string */
+} Hash_Entry;
+
+typedef struct Hash_Table {
+    struct Hash_Entry **bucketPtr;/* Pointers to Hash_Entry, one
+    				 * for each bucket in the table. */
+    int 	size;		/* Actual size of array. */
+    int 	numEntries;	/* Number of entries in the table. */
+    int 	mask;		/* Used to select bits for hashing. */
+} Hash_Table;
+
+/*
+ * The following structure is used by the searching routines
+ * to record where we are in the search.
+ */
+
+typedef struct Hash_Search {
+    Hash_Table  *tablePtr;	/* Table being searched. */
+    int 	nextIndex;	/* Next bucket to check (after current). */
+    Hash_Entry 	*hashEntryPtr;	/* Next entry to check in current bucket. */
+} Hash_Search;
+
+/*
+ * Macros.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * void * Hash_GetValue(h)
+ *     Hash_Entry *h;
+ */
+
+#define Hash_GetValue(h) ((h)->clientInfo.clientPtr)
+#define Hash_GetTimeValue(h) ((h)->clientInfo.clientTime)
+
+/*
+ * Hash_SetValue(h, val);
+ *     Hash_Entry *h;
+ *     char *val;
+ */
+
+#define Hash_SetValue(h, val) ((h)->clientInfo.clientPtr = (val))
+#define Hash_SetTimeValue(h, val) ((h)->clientInfo.clientTime = (val))
+
+/*
+ * Hash_Size(n) returns the number of words in an object of n bytes
+ */
+
+#define	Hash_Size(n)	(((n) + sizeof (int) - 1) / sizeof (int))
+
+void Hash_InitTable(Hash_Table *, int);
+void Hash_DeleteTable(Hash_Table *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *, const char *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *, const char *, Boolean *);
+void Hash_DeleteEntry(Hash_Table *, Hash_Entry *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_EnumFirst(Hash_Table *, Hash_Search *);
+Hash_Entry *Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *);
+
+#endif /* _HASH */
diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a247329
--- /dev/null
+++ b/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+:
+# NAME:
+#	install.sh - portable version of install(1)
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+#	install [-CNcs] [-f flags] [-i errs] [-o owner] [-g group] [-m mode] file1 file2 ...
+#	install -d  [-i errs] [-o owner] [-g group] [-m mode] directory ...
+#
+# DESCRIPTION:
+#	Compatible with BSD install(1).  Except that '-c' is always
+#	true and we always move an already installed target aside as
+#	this is important on many systems.  Recent BSD install(1)
+#	versions have a '-b' option for this.
+#	
+#
+# OPTIONS:
+#	-b	move previous target file aside (always true).
+#
+#	-B "suffix"
+#		use "suffix" instead of .old for saving existing target.
+#	
+#	-c	copy rather than move the file into place (always true).
+#
+#	-C	compare.  Only install if target is missing or
+#		different.
+#
+#	-N	newer. Only install if target is missing or older.
+#	
+#	-s	strip target
+#
+#	-o "owner"
+#		make target owned by "owner"
+#
+#	-g "group"
+#		make target group owned by "group"
+#
+#	-m "mode"
+#		set permissions to "mode"
+#
+#	-f "flags"
+#		Pass "flags" onto chflags(1)
+#		
+#	-i "errs"
+#		Ignore errors from steps indicated by "errs" (``s,o,g,m'').
+#
+# BUGS:
+#	The '-i' option is to save your sanity when 'bsd.prog.mk'
+#	insists on haveing a '-o' "owner" option which is doomed to
+#	fail on many systems.  We ignore '-b', '-B' and '-c' options.
+#	
+# AUTHOR:
+#	Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@quick.com.au>
+#
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: install-sh,v 1.18 2001/03/16 17:33:02 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@quick.com.au
+#
+
+set -- `getopt B:bpxCNcsdo:g:m:i:f: $*`
+
+Mydir=`dirname $0`
+[ -s $Mydir/.installrc ] && . $Mydir/.installrc
+
+owner=:
+group=:
+mode=:
+strip=:
+mkdirs=
+compare=:
+newer=:
+chflags=:
+LS1=
+CP_P=
+
+while [ $# -gt 1 ]
+do
+	case $1 in
+	--)	shift; break;;
+	-p)	CP_P=-p;;
+	-x)	set -x;;
+	-B)	OLD_EXT=$2; shift;;
+	-C)	compare=Different;;
+	-N)	newer=Newer;
+		# check if /bin/ls supports -1
+		/bin/ls -1 $0 >/dev/null 2>&1 && LS1=1
+		;;
+	-o)	owner="${CHOWN:-chown} $2 "; shift;;
+	-g)	group="${CHGRP:-chgrp} $2 "; shift;;
+	-m)	mode="${CHMOD:-chmod} $2 "; shift;;
+	-s)	strip=${STRIP:-strip};;
+	-d)	mkdirs="mkdir -p";;
+	-i)	ignore_err="$ignore_err$2"; shift;;
+	-f)	chflags="${CHFLAGS:-chflags} $2 "; shift;;
+	esac
+	shift
+done
+
+Newer() {
+	n=`/bin/ls -t$LS1 $* 2>/dev/null | head -1`
+	[ $1 = $n ]
+}
+
+Different() {
+	cmp -s $*
+	[ $? != 0 ]
+}
+
+Err() {
+	case "$ignore_err" in
+	*$1*)	;;
+	*)	exit 1;;
+	esac
+}
+
+Setem() {
+	# the order is important
+	if [ ! -d $1 ]; then
+		$strip $1 || Err s
+	fi
+	$group $1 || Err g
+	$owner $1 || Err o
+	$mode  $1 || Err m
+	$chflags  $1 || Err f
+	return 0
+}
+
+# a bug in HP-UX's /bin/sh, means we need to re-set $*
+# after any calls to add_path()
+args="$*"
+
+# all this just for chown!
+add_path () { [ -d $1 ] && eval ${2:-PATH}="\$${2:-PATH}:$1"; }
+add_path /etc
+add_path /usr/etc
+add_path /sbin
+add_path /usr/sbin
+
+# restore saved $*
+set -- $args
+
+# make directories if needed
+# and ensure mode etc are as desired
+if [ "$mkdirs" ]; then
+	for d in $*
+	do
+		[ ! -d $d ] && $mkdirs $d
+		Setem $d
+	done
+	exit 0			# that's all we do
+fi
+
+# install files
+if [ $# -gt 2 ]; then
+	dest_dir=yes
+elif [ $# -eq 1 ]; then
+	echo "what should I do with $*?" >&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+# get list of files
+while [ $# -gt 1 ]
+do
+	files="$files $1"
+	shift
+done
+# last one is dest
+dest=$1
+shift
+
+
+if [ "$dest_dir" = yes -a  ! -d $dest ]; then
+	echo "no directory $dest" >&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+for f in $files
+do
+	b=`basename $f`
+	if [ -d $dest ]; then
+		t=$dest/$b
+	else
+		t=$dest
+	fi
+	$newer $f $t || continue
+	$compare $f $t || continue
+	[ -f $t ] && { mv -f $t $t.old || exit 1; }
+	{ cp $CP_P $f $t && Setem $t; } || exit 1
+done
+exit 0
diff --git a/job.c b/job.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a77eaab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/job.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3030 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.172 2013/03/05 22:01:43 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.172 2013/03/05 22:01:43 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)job.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: job.c,v 1.172 2013/03/05 22:01:43 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * job.c --
+ *	handle the creation etc. of our child processes.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Job_Make  	    	Start the creation of the given target.
+ *
+ *	Job_CatchChildren   	Check for and handle the termination of any
+ *	    	  	    	children. This must be called reasonably
+ *	    	  	    	frequently to keep the whole make going at
+ *	    	  	    	a decent clip, since job table entries aren't
+ *	    	  	    	removed until their process is caught this way.
+ *
+ *	Job_CatchOutput	    	Print any output our children have produced.
+ *	    	  	    	Should also be called fairly frequently to
+ *	    	  	    	keep the user informed of what's going on.
+ *	    	  	    	If no output is waiting, it will block for
+ *	    	  	    	a time given by the SEL_* constants, below,
+ *	    	  	    	or until output is ready.
+ *
+ *	Job_Init  	    	Called to intialize this module. in addition,
+ *	    	  	    	any commands attached to the .BEGIN target
+ *	    	  	    	are executed before this function returns.
+ *	    	  	    	Hence, the makefile must have been parsed
+ *	    	  	    	before this function is called.
+ *
+ *	Job_End  	    	Cleanup any memory used.
+ *
+ *	Job_ParseShell	    	Given the line following a .SHELL target, parse
+ *	    	  	    	the line as a shell specification. Returns
+ *	    	  	    	FAILURE if the spec was incorrect.
+ *
+ *	Job_Finish	    	Perform any final processing which needs doing.
+ *	    	  	    	This includes the execution of any commands
+ *	    	  	    	which have been/were attached to the .END
+ *	    	  	    	target. It should only be called when the
+ *	    	  	    	job table is empty.
+ *
+ *	Job_AbortAll	    	Abort all currently running jobs. It doesn't
+ *	    	  	    	handle output or do anything for the jobs,
+ *	    	  	    	just kills them. It should only be called in
+ *	    	  	    	an emergency, as it were.
+ *
+ *	Job_CheckCommands   	Verify that the commands for a target are
+ *	    	  	    	ok. Provide them if necessary and possible.
+ *
+ *	Job_Touch 	    	Update a target without really updating it.
+ *
+ *	Job_Wait  	    	Wait for all currently-running jobs to finish.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include "wait.h"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if !defined(USE_SELECT) && defined(HAVE_POLL_H)
+#include <poll.h>
+#else
+#ifndef USE_SELECT			/* no poll.h */
+# define USE_SELECT
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+# include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <utime.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H)
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+# define STATIC static
+
+/*
+ * error handling variables
+ */
+static int     	errors = 0;	    /* number of errors reported */
+static int    	aborting = 0;	    /* why is the make aborting? */
+#define ABORT_ERROR	1   	    /* Because of an error */
+#define ABORT_INTERRUPT	2   	    /* Because it was interrupted */
+#define ABORT_WAIT	3   	    /* Waiting for jobs to finish */
+#define JOB_TOKENS	"+EI+"	    /* Token to requeue for each abort state */
+
+/*
+ * this tracks the number of tokens currently "out" to build jobs.
+ */
+int jobTokensRunning = 0;
+int not_parallel = 0;		    /* set if .NOT_PARALLEL */
+
+/*
+ * XXX: Avoid SunOS bug... FILENO() is fp->_file, and file
+ * is a char! So when we go above 127 we turn negative!
+ */
+#define FILENO(a) ((unsigned) fileno(a))
+
+/*
+ * post-make command processing. The node postCommands is really just the
+ * .END target but we keep it around to avoid having to search for it
+ * all the time.
+ */
+static GNode   	  *postCommands = NULL;
+				    /* node containing commands to execute when
+				     * everything else is done */
+static int     	  numCommands; 	    /* The number of commands actually printed
+				     * for a target. Should this number be
+				     * 0, no shell will be executed. */
+
+/*
+ * Return values from JobStart.
+ */
+#define JOB_RUNNING	0   	/* Job is running */
+#define JOB_ERROR 	1   	/* Error in starting the job */
+#define JOB_FINISHED	2   	/* The job is already finished */
+
+/*
+ * Descriptions for various shells.
+ *
+ * The build environment may set DEFSHELL_INDEX to one of
+ * DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH, DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH, or DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH, to
+ * select one of the prefedined shells as the default shell.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, the build environment may set DEFSHELL_CUSTOM to the
+ * name or the full path of a sh-compatible shell, which will be used as
+ * the default shell.
+ *
+ * ".SHELL" lines in Makefiles can choose the default shell from the
+ # set defined here, or add additional shells.
+ */
+
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CUSTOM 0
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH     1
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH    2
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH    3
+#else /* !DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH     0
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH    1
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH    2
+#endif /* !DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+
+#ifndef DEFSHELL_INDEX
+#define DEFSHELL_INDEX 0	/* DEFSHELL_INDEX_CUSTOM or DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH */
+#endif /* !DEFSHELL_INDEX */
+
+static Shell    shells[] = {
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+    /*
+     * An sh-compatible shell with a non-standard name.
+     *
+     * Keep this in sync with the "sh" description below, but avoid
+     * non-portable features that might not be supplied by all
+     * sh-compatible shells.
+     */
+{
+    DEFSHELL_CUSTOM,
+    FALSE, "", "", "", 0,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+    "",
+    "",
+},
+#endif /* DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */
+    /*
+     * SH description. Echo control is also possible and, under
+     * sun UNIX anyway, one can even control error checking.
+     */
+{
+    "sh",
+    FALSE, "", "", "", 0,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && defined(__NetBSD__)
+    "q",
+#else
+    "",
+#endif
+    "",
+},
+    /*
+     * KSH description. 
+     */
+{
+    "ksh",
+    TRUE, "set +v", "set -v", "set +v", 6,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "%s\n", "{ %s \n} || exit $?\n", "'\n'", '#',
+    "v",
+    "",
+},
+    /*
+     * CSH description. The csh can do echo control by playing
+     * with the setting of the 'echo' shell variable. Sadly,
+     * however, it is unable to do error control nicely.
+     */
+{
+    "csh",
+    TRUE, "unset verbose", "set verbose", "unset verbose", 10,
+    FALSE, "echo \"%s\"\n", "csh -c \"%s || exit 0\"\n", "", "'\\\n'", '#',
+    "v", "e",
+},
+    /*
+     * UNKNOWN.
+     */
+{
+    NULL,
+    FALSE, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0,
+    FALSE, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0,
+    NULL, NULL,
+}
+};
+static Shell *commandShell = &shells[DEFSHELL_INDEX]; /* this is the shell to
+						   * which we pass all
+						   * commands in the Makefile.
+						   * It is set by the
+						   * Job_ParseShell function */
+const char *shellPath = NULL,		  	  /* full pathname of
+						   * executable image */
+           *shellName = NULL;		      	  /* last component of shell */
+static const char *shellArgv = NULL;		  /* Custom shell args */
+
+
+STATIC Job	*job_table;	/* The structures that describe them */
+STATIC Job	*job_table_end;	/* job_table + maxJobs */
+static int	wantToken;	/* we want a token */
+static int lurking_children = 0;
+static int make_suspended = 0;	/* non-zero if we've seen a SIGTSTP (etc) */
+
+/*
+ * Set of descriptors of pipes connected to
+ * the output channels of children
+ */
+static struct pollfd *fds = NULL;
+static Job **jobfds = NULL;
+static int nfds = 0;
+static void watchfd(Job *);
+static void clearfd(Job *);
+static int readyfd(Job *);
+
+STATIC GNode   	*lastNode;	/* The node for which output was most recently
+				 * produced. */
+static char *targPrefix = NULL; /* What we print at the start of TARG_FMT */
+static Job tokenWaitJob;	/* token wait pseudo-job */
+
+static Job childExitJob;	/* child exit pseudo-job */
+#define	CHILD_EXIT	"."
+#define	DO_JOB_RESUME	"R"
+
+#define TARG_FMT  "%s %s ---\n" /* Default format */
+#define MESSAGE(fp, gn) \
+	if (maxJobs != 1) \
+	    (void)fprintf(fp, TARG_FMT, targPrefix, gn->name)
+
+static sigset_t caught_signals;	/* Set of signals we handle */
+#if defined(SYSV)
+#define KILLPG(pid, sig)	kill(-(pid), (sig))
+#else
+#define KILLPG(pid, sig)	killpg((pid), (sig))
+#endif
+
+static void JobChildSig(int);
+static void JobContinueSig(int);
+static Job *JobFindPid(int, int, Boolean);
+static int JobPrintCommand(void *, void *);
+static int JobSaveCommand(void *, void *);
+static void JobClose(Job *);
+static void JobExec(Job *, char **);
+static void JobMakeArgv(Job *, char **);
+static int JobStart(GNode *, int);
+static char *JobOutput(Job *, char *, char *, int);
+static void JobDoOutput(Job *, Boolean);
+static Shell *JobMatchShell(const char *);
+static void JobInterrupt(int, int) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+static void JobRestartJobs(void);
+static void JobTokenAdd(void);
+static void JobSigLock(sigset_t *);
+static void JobSigUnlock(sigset_t *);
+static void JobSigReset(void);
+
+const char *malloc_options="A";
+
+static void
+job_table_dump(const char *where)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "job table @ %s\n", where);
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "job %d, status %d, flags %d, pid %d\n",
+	    (int)(job - job_table), job->job_state, job->flags, job->pid);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * JobSigLock/JobSigUnlock
+ *
+ * Signal lock routines to get exclusive access. Currently used to
+ * protect `jobs' and `stoppedJobs' list manipulations.
+ */
+static void JobSigLock(sigset_t *omaskp)
+{
+	if (sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &caught_signals, omaskp) != 0) {
+		Punt("JobSigLock: sigprocmask: %s", strerror(errno));
+		sigemptyset(omaskp);
+	}
+}
+
+static void JobSigUnlock(sigset_t *omaskp)
+{
+	(void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, omaskp, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+JobCreatePipe(Job *job, int minfd)
+{
+    int i, fd;
+
+    if (pipe(job->jobPipe) == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot create pipe: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+    /* Set close-on-exec flag for both */
+    (void)fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_SETFD, 1);
+    (void)fcntl(job->jobPipe[1], F_SETFD, 1);
+
+    /*
+     * We mark the input side of the pipe non-blocking; we poll(2) the
+     * pipe when we're waiting for a job token, but we might lose the
+     * race for the token when a new one becomes available, so the read 
+     * from the pipe should not block.
+     */
+    fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_SETFL, 
+	fcntl(job->jobPipe[0], F_GETFL, 0) | O_NONBLOCK);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+       /* Avoid using low numbered fds */
+       fd = fcntl(job->jobPipe[i], F_DUPFD, minfd);
+       if (fd != -1) {
+	   close(job->jobPipe[i]);
+	   job->jobPipe[i] = fd;
+       }
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobCondPassSig --
+ *	Pass a signal to a job
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signop		Signal to send it
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None, except the job may bite it.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobCondPassSig(int signo)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "JobCondPassSig(%d) called.\n", signo);
+    }
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+	    continue;
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file,
+			   "JobCondPassSig passing signal %d to child %d.\n",
+			   signo, job->pid);
+	}
+	KILLPG(job->pid, signo);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobChldSig --
+ *	SIGCHLD handler.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signo		The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Sends a token on the child exit pipe to wake us up from
+ *	select()/poll().
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobChildSig(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    while (write(childExitJob.outPipe, CHILD_EXIT, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	continue;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobContinueSig --
+ *	Resume all stopped jobs.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signo		The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Jobs start running again.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobContinueSig(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    /*
+     * Defer sending to SIGCONT to our stopped children until we return
+     * from the signal handler.
+     */
+    while (write(childExitJob.outPipe, DO_JOB_RESUME, 1) == -1 &&
+	errno == EAGAIN)
+	continue;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobPassSig --
+ *	Pass a signal on to all jobs, then resend to ourselves.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	signo		The signal number we've received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	We die by the same signal.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+MAKE_ATTR_DEAD static void
+JobPassSig_int(int signo)
+{
+    /* Run .INTERRUPT target then exit */
+    JobInterrupt(TRUE, signo);
+}
+
+MAKE_ATTR_DEAD static void
+JobPassSig_term(int signo)
+{
+    /* Dont run .INTERRUPT target then exit */
+    JobInterrupt(FALSE, signo);
+}
+
+static void
+JobPassSig_suspend(int signo)
+{
+    sigset_t nmask, omask;
+    struct sigaction act;
+
+    /* Suppress job started/continued messages */
+    make_suspended = 1;
+
+    /* Pass the signal onto every job */
+    JobCondPassSig(signo);
+
+    /*
+     * Send ourselves the signal now we've given the message to everyone else.
+     * Note we block everything else possible while we're getting the signal.
+     * This ensures that all our jobs get continued when we wake up before
+     * we take any other signal.
+     */
+    sigfillset(&nmask);
+    sigdelset(&nmask, signo);
+    (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &nmask, &omask);
+
+    act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+    sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+    act.sa_flags = 0;
+    (void)sigaction(signo, &act, NULL);
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file,
+		       "JobPassSig passing signal %d to self.\n", signo);
+    }
+
+    (void)kill(getpid(), signo);
+
+    /*
+     * We've been continued.
+     *
+     * A whole host of signals continue to happen!
+     * SIGCHLD for any processes that actually suspended themselves.
+     * SIGCHLD for any processes that exited while we were alseep.
+     * The SIGCONT that actually caused us to wakeup.
+     *
+     * Since we defer passing the SIGCONT on to our children until
+     * the main processing loop, we can be sure that all the SIGCHLD
+     * events will have happened by then - and that the waitpid() will
+     * collect the child 'suspended' events.
+     * For correct sequencing we just need to ensure we process the
+     * waitpid() before passign on the SIGCONT.
+     *
+     * In any case nothing else is needed here.
+     */
+
+    /* Restore handler and signal mask */
+    act.sa_handler = JobPassSig_suspend;
+    (void)sigaction(signo, &act, NULL);
+    (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobFindPid  --
+ *	Compare the pid of the job with the given pid and return 0 if they
+ *	are equal. This function is called from Job_CatchChildren
+ *	to find the job descriptor of the finished job.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		job to examine
+ *	pid		process id desired
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Job with matching pid
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Job *
+JobFindPid(int pid, int status, Boolean isJobs)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if ((job->job_state == status) && job->pid == pid)
+	    return job;
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(JOB) && isJobs)
+	job_table_dump("no pid");
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobPrintCommand  --
+ *	Put out another command for the given job. If the command starts
+ *	with an @ or a - we process it specially. In the former case,
+ *	so long as the -s and -n flags weren't given to make, we stick
+ *	a shell-specific echoOff command in the script. In the latter,
+ *	we ignore errors for the entire job, unless the shell has error
+ *	control.
+ *	If the command is just "..." we take all future commands for this
+ *	job to be commands to be executed once the entire graph has been
+ *	made and return non-zero to signal that the end of the commands
+ *	was reached. These commands are later attached to the postCommands
+ *	node and executed by Job_End when all things are done.
+ *	This function is called from JobStart via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cmdp		command string to print
+ *	jobp		job for which to print it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0, unless the command was "..."
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the command begins with a '-' and the shell has no error control,
+ *	the JOB_IGNERR flag is set in the job descriptor.
+ *	If the command is "..." and we're not ignoring such things,
+ *	tailCmds is set to the successor node of the cmd.
+ *	numCommands is incremented if the command is actually printed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobPrintCommand(void *cmdp, void *jobp)
+{
+    Boolean	  noSpecials;	    /* true if we shouldn't worry about
+				     * inserting special commands into
+				     * the input stream. */
+    Boolean       shutUp = FALSE;   /* true if we put a no echo command
+				     * into the command file */
+    Boolean	  errOff = FALSE;   /* true if we turned error checking
+				     * off before printing the command
+				     * and need to turn it back on */
+    const char    *cmdTemplate;	    /* Template to use when printing the
+				     * command */
+    char    	  *cmdStart;	    /* Start of expanded command */
+    char	  *escCmd = NULL;    /* Command with quotes/backticks escaped */
+    char     	  *cmd = (char *)cmdp;
+    Job           *job = (Job *)jobp;
+    int           i, j;
+
+    noSpecials = NoExecute(job->node);
+
+    if (strcmp(cmd, "...") == 0) {
+	job->node->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS;
+	if ((job->flags & JOB_IGNDOTS) == 0) {
+	    job->tailCmds = Lst_Succ(Lst_Member(job->node->commands,
+						cmd));
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+#define DBPRINTF(fmt, arg) if (DEBUG(JOB)) {	\
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, fmt, arg); 	\
+    }						\
+   (void)fprintf(job->cmdFILE, fmt, arg);	\
+   (void)fflush(job->cmdFILE);
+
+    numCommands += 1;
+
+    cmdStart = cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, job->node, FALSE);
+
+    cmdTemplate = "%s\n";
+
+    /*
+     * Check for leading @' and -'s to control echoing and error checking.
+     */
+    while (*cmd == '@' || *cmd == '-' || (*cmd == '+')) {
+	switch (*cmd) {
+	case '@':
+	    shutUp = DEBUG(LOUD) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case '-':
+	    job->flags |= JOB_IGNERR;
+	    errOff = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	case '+':
+	    if (noSpecials) {
+		/*
+		 * We're not actually executing anything...
+		 * but this one needs to be - use compat mode just for it.
+		 */
+		CompatRunCommand(cmdp, job->node);
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	cmd++;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char) *cmd))
+	cmd++;
+
+    /*
+     * If the shell doesn't have error control the alternate echo'ing will
+     * be done (to avoid showing additional error checking code) 
+     * and this will need the characters '$ ` \ "' escaped
+     */
+
+    if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+	/* Worst that could happen is every char needs escaping. */
+	escCmd = bmake_malloc((strlen(cmd) * 2) + 1);
+	for (i = 0, j= 0; cmd[i] != '\0'; i++, j++) {
+		if (cmd[i] == '$' || cmd[i] == '`' || cmd[i] == '\\' || 
+			cmd[i] == '"')
+			escCmd[j++] = '\\';
+		escCmd[j] = cmd[i];	
+	}
+	escCmd[j] = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (shutUp) {
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !noSpecials &&
+	    commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+		DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+	} else {
+	    if (commandShell->hasErrCtl)
+		shutUp = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (errOff) {
+	if (!noSpecials) {
+	    if (commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+		/*
+		 * we don't want the error-control commands showing
+		 * up either, so we turn off echoing while executing
+		 * them. We could put another field in the shell
+		 * structure to tell JobDoOutput to look for this
+		 * string too, but why make it any more complex than
+		 * it already is?
+		 */
+		if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp &&
+		    commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->ignErr);
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOn);
+		} else {
+			DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->ignErr);
+		}
+	    } else if (commandShell->ignErr &&
+		      (*commandShell->ignErr != '\0'))
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * The shell has no error control, so we need to be
+		 * weird to get it to ignore any errors from the command.
+		 * If echoing is turned on, we turn it off and use the
+		 * errCheck template to echo the command. Leave echoing
+		 * off so the user doesn't see the weirdness we go through
+		 * to ignore errors. Set cmdTemplate to use the weirdness
+		 * instead of the simple "%s\n" template.
+		 */
+		if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp) {
+			if (commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+				DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+			}
+			DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+			shutUp = TRUE;
+		} else {
+			if (!shutUp) {
+				DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+			}
+		}
+		cmdTemplate = commandShell->ignErr;
+		/*
+		 * The error ignoration (hee hee) is already taken care
+		 * of by the ignErr template, so pretend error checking
+		 * is still on.
+		 */
+		errOff = FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		errOff = FALSE;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    errOff = FALSE;
+	}
+    } else {
+
+	/* 
+	 * If errors are being checked and the shell doesn't have error control
+	 * but does supply an errOut template, then setup commands to run
+	 * through it.
+	 */
+
+	if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl && commandShell->errOut && 
+	    (*commandShell->errOut != '\0')) {
+		if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && !shutUp) {
+			if (commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+				DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+			}
+			DBPRINTF(commandShell->errCheck, escCmd);
+			shutUp = TRUE;
+		}
+		/* If it's a comment line or blank, treat as an ignored error */
+		if ((escCmd[0] == commandShell->commentChar) ||
+		    (escCmd[0] == 0))
+			cmdTemplate = commandShell->ignErr;
+		else
+			cmdTemplate = commandShell->errOut;
+		errOff = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(SHELL) && strcmp(shellName, "sh") == 0 &&
+	(job->flags & JOB_TRACED) == 0) {
+	    DBPRINTF("set -%s\n", "x");
+	    job->flags |= JOB_TRACED;
+    }
+    
+    DBPRINTF(cmdTemplate, cmd);
+    free(cmdStart);
+    if (escCmd)
+        free(escCmd);
+    if (errOff) {
+	/*
+	 * If echoing is already off, there's no point in issuing the
+	 * echoOff command. Otherwise we issue it and pretend it was on
+	 * for the whole command...
+	 */
+	if (!shutUp && !(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && commandShell->hasEchoCtl){
+	    DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOff);
+	    shutUp = TRUE;
+	}
+	DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->errCheck);
+    }
+    if (shutUp && commandShell->hasEchoCtl) {
+	DBPRINTF("%s\n", commandShell->echoOn);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobSaveCommand --
+ *	Save a command to be executed when everything else is done.
+ *	Callback function for JobFinish...
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The command is tacked onto the end of postCommands's commands list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobSaveCommand(void *cmd, void *gn)
+{
+    cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, (char *)cmd, (GNode *)gn, FALSE);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(postCommands->commands, cmd);
+    return(0);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobClose --
+ *	Called to close both input and output pipes when a job is finished.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nada
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The file descriptors associated with the job are closed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobClose(Job *job)
+{
+    clearfd(job);
+    (void)close(job->outPipe);
+    job->outPipe = -1;
+
+    JobDoOutput(job, TRUE);
+    (void)close(job->inPipe);
+    job->inPipe = -1;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobFinish  --
+ *	Do final processing for the given job including updating
+ *	parents and starting new jobs as available/necessary. Note
+ *	that we pay no attention to the JOB_IGNERR flag here.
+ *	This is because when we're called because of a noexecute flag
+ *	or something, jstat.w_status is 0 and when called from
+ *	Job_CatchChildren, the status is zeroed if it s/b ignored.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		job to finish
+ *	status		sub-why job went away
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Final commands for the job are placed on postCommands.
+ *
+ *	If we got an error and are aborting (aborting == ABORT_ERROR) and
+ *	the job list is now empty, we are done for the day.
+ *	If we recognized an error (errors !=0), we set the aborting flag
+ *	to ABORT_ERROR so no more jobs will be started.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+JobFinish (Job *job, WAIT_T status)
+{
+    Boolean 	 done, return_job_token;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Jobfinish: %d [%s], status %d\n",
+				job->pid, job->node->name, status);
+    }
+
+    if ((WIFEXITED(status) &&
+	 (((WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) && !(job->flags & JOB_IGNERR)))) ||
+	WIFSIGNALED(status))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * If it exited non-zero and either we're doing things our
+	 * way or we're not ignoring errors, the job is finished.
+	 * Similarly, if the shell died because of a signal
+	 * the job is also finished. In these
+	 * cases, finish out the job's output before printing the exit
+	 * status...
+	 */
+	JobClose(job);
+	if (job->cmdFILE != NULL && job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+	   (void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+	   job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+	}
+	done = TRUE;
+    } else if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+	/*
+	 * Deal with ignored errors in -B mode. We need to print a message
+	 * telling of the ignored error as well as setting status.w_status
+	 * to 0 so the next command gets run. To do this, we set done to be
+	 * TRUE if in -B mode and the job exited non-zero.
+	 */
+	done = WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0;
+	/*
+	 * Old comment said: "Note we don't
+	 * want to close down any of the streams until we know we're at the
+	 * end."
+	 * But we do. Otherwise when are we going to print the rest of the
+	 * stuff?
+	 */
+	JobClose(job);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * No need to close things down or anything.
+	 */
+	done = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (done) {
+	if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d [%s] exited.\n",
+				job->pid, job->node->name);
+	    }
+	    if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) {
+		if (job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+#ifdef USE_META
+		if (useMeta) {
+		    meta_job_error(job, job->node, job->flags, WEXITSTATUS(status));
+		}
+#endif
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Error code %d%s\n",
+				job->node->name,
+			       WEXITSTATUS(status),
+			       (job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? " (ignored)" : "");
+		if (job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) {
+		    WAIT_STATUS(status) = 0;
+		} else {
+		    PrintOnError(job->node, NULL);
+		}
+	    } else if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		if (job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Completed successfully\n",
+				job->node->name);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (job->node != lastNode) {
+		MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		lastNode = job->node;
+	    }
+	    (void)printf("*** [%s] Signal %d\n",
+			job->node->name, WTERMSIG(status));
+	}
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+    }
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	meta_job_finish(job);
+    }
+#endif
+    
+    return_job_token = FALSE;
+
+    Trace_Log(JOBEND, job);
+    if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL)) {
+	if ((WAIT_STATUS(status) != 0) ||
+		(aborting == ABORT_ERROR) ||
+		(aborting == ABORT_INTERRUPT))
+	    return_job_token = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ((aborting != ABORT_ERROR) && (aborting != ABORT_INTERRUPT) &&
+	(WAIT_STATUS(status) == 0)) {
+	/*
+	 * As long as we aren't aborting and the job didn't return a non-zero
+	 * status that we shouldn't ignore, we call Make_Update to update
+	 * the parents. In addition, any saved commands for the node are placed
+	 * on the .END target.
+	 */
+	if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
+	    Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
+			     JobSaveCommand,
+			    job->node);
+	}
+	job->node->made = MADE;
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL))
+	    return_job_token = TRUE;
+	Make_Update(job->node);
+	job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+    } else if (WAIT_STATUS(status)) {
+	errors += 1;
+	job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set aborting if any error.
+     */
+    if (errors && !keepgoing && (aborting != ABORT_INTERRUPT)) {
+	/*
+	 * If we found any errors in this batch of children and the -k flag
+	 * wasn't given, we set the aborting flag so no more jobs get
+	 * started.
+	 */
+	aborting = ABORT_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (return_job_token)
+	Job_TokenReturn();
+
+    if (aborting == ABORT_ERROR && jobTokensRunning == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * If we are aborting and the job table is now empty, we finish.
+	 */
+	Finish(errors);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Touch --
+ *	Touch the given target. Called by JobStart when the -t flag was
+ *	given
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the node of the file to touch
+ *	silent		TRUE if should not print message
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The data modification of the file is changed. In addition, if the
+ *	file did not exist, it is created.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Touch(GNode *gn, Boolean silent)
+{
+    int		  streamID;   	/* ID of stream opened to do the touch */
+    struct utimbuf times;	/* Times for utime() call */
+
+    if (gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC|OP_OPTIONAL|
+	OP_SPECIAL|OP_PHONY)) {
+	/*
+	 * .JOIN, .USE, .ZEROTIME and .OPTIONAL targets are "virtual" targets
+	 * and, as such, shouldn't really be created.
+	 */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (!silent || NoExecute(gn)) {
+	(void)fprintf(stdout, "touch %s\n", gn->name);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+    }
+
+    if (NoExecute(gn)) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	Arch_Touch(gn);
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_LIB) {
+	Arch_TouchLib(gn);
+    } else {
+	char	*file = gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name;
+
+	times.actime = times.modtime = now;
+	if (utime(file, &times) < 0){
+	    streamID = open(file, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0666);
+
+	    if (streamID >= 0) {
+		char	c;
+
+		/*
+		 * Read and write a byte to the file to change the
+		 * modification time, then close the file.
+		 */
+		if (read(streamID, &c, 1) == 1) {
+		    (void)lseek(streamID, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+		    while (write(streamID, &c, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		(void)close(streamID);
+	    } else {
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "*** couldn't touch %s: %s",
+			       file, strerror(errno));
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CheckCommands --
+ *	Make sure the given node has all the commands it needs.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The target whose commands need verifying
+ *	abortProc	Function to abort with message
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the commands list is/was ok.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node will have commands from the .DEFAULT rule added to it
+ *	if it needs them.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Job_CheckCommands(GNode *gn, void (*abortProc)(const char *, ...))
+{
+    if (OP_NOP(gn->type) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) &&
+	((gn->type & OP_LIB) == 0 || Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children))) {
+	/*
+	 * No commands. Look for .DEFAULT rule from which we might infer
+	 * commands
+	 */
+	if ((DEFAULT != NULL) && !Lst_IsEmpty(DEFAULT->commands) &&
+		(gn->type & OP_SPECIAL) == 0) {
+	    char *p1;
+	    /*
+	     * Make only looks for a .DEFAULT if the node was never the
+	     * target of an operator, so that's what we do too. If
+	     * a .DEFAULT was given, we substitute its commands for gn's
+	     * commands and set the IMPSRC variable to be the target's name
+	     * The DEFAULT node acts like a transformation rule, in that
+	     * gn also inherits any attributes or sources attached to
+	     * .DEFAULT itself.
+	     */
+	    Make_HandleUse(DEFAULT, gn);
+	    Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), gn, 0);
+	    if (p1)
+		free(p1);
+	} else if (Dir_MTime(gn, 0) == 0 && (gn->type & OP_SPECIAL) == 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * The node wasn't the target of an operator we have no .DEFAULT
+	     * rule to go on and the target doesn't already exist. There's
+	     * nothing more we can do for this branch. If the -k flag wasn't
+	     * given, we stop in our tracks, otherwise we just don't update
+	     * this node's parents so they never get examined.
+	     */
+	    static const char msg[] = ": don't know how to make";
+
+	    if (gn->flags & FROM_DEPEND) {
+		if (!Job_RunTarget(".STALE", gn->fname))
+		    fprintf(stdout, "%s: %s, %d: ignoring stale %s for %s\n",
+			progname, gn->fname, gn->lineno, makeDependfile,
+			gn->name);
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+
+	    if (gn->type & OP_OPTIONAL) {
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s %s (ignored)\n", progname,
+		    msg, gn->name);
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    } else if (keepgoing) {
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s %s (continuing)\n", progname,
+		    msg, gn->name);
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+  		return FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		(*abortProc)("%s%s %s. Stop", progname, msg, gn->name);
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobExec --
+ *	Execute the shell for the given job. Called from JobStart
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		Job to execute
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A shell is executed, outputs is altered and the Job structure added
+ *	to the job table.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobExec(Job *job, char **argv)
+{
+    int	    	  cpid;	    	/* ID of new child */
+    sigset_t	  mask;
+
+    job->flags &= ~JOB_TRACED;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	int 	  i;
+
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "Running %s %sly\n", job->node->name, "local");
+	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "\tCommand: ");
+	for (i = 0; argv[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", argv[i]);
+	}
+ 	(void)fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Some jobs produce no output and it's disconcerting to have
+     * no feedback of their running (since they produce no output, the
+     * banner with their name in it never appears). This is an attempt to
+     * provide that feedback, even if nothing follows it.
+     */
+    if ((lastNode != job->node) && !(job->flags & JOB_SILENT)) {
+	MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+	lastNode = job->node;
+    }
+
+    /* No interruptions until this job is on the `jobs' list */
+    JobSigLock(&mask);
+
+    /* Pre-emptively mark job running, pid still zero though */
+    job->job_state = JOB_ST_RUNNING;
+
+    cpid = vFork();
+    if (cpid == -1)
+	Punt("Cannot vfork: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+    if (cpid == 0) {
+	/* Child */
+	sigset_t tmask;
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta) {
+	    meta_job_child(job);
+	}
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * Reset all signal handlers; this is necessary because we also
+	 * need to unblock signals before we exec(2).
+	 */
+	JobSigReset();
+
+	/* Now unblock signals */
+	sigemptyset(&tmask);
+	JobSigUnlock(&tmask);
+
+	/*
+	 * Must duplicate the input stream down to the child's input and
+	 * reset it to the beginning (again). Since the stream was marked
+	 * close-on-exec, we must clear that bit in the new input.
+	 */
+	if (dup2(FILENO(job->cmdFILE), 0) == -1) {
+	    execError("dup2", "job->cmdFILE");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+	(void)fcntl(0, F_SETFD, 0);
+	(void)lseek(0, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+
+	if (job->node->type & OP_MAKE) {
+		/*
+		 * Pass job token pipe to submakes.
+		 */
+		fcntl(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, F_SETFD, 0);
+		fcntl(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, F_SETFD, 0);		
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * Set up the child's output to be routed through the pipe
+	 * we've created for it.
+	 */
+	if (dup2(job->outPipe, 1) == -1) {
+	    execError("dup2", "job->outPipe");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * The output channels are marked close on exec. This bit was
+	 * duplicated by the dup2(on some systems), so we have to clear
+	 * it before routing the shell's error output to the same place as
+	 * its standard output.
+	 */
+	(void)fcntl(1, F_SETFD, 0);
+	if (dup2(1, 2) == -1) {
+	    execError("dup2", "1, 2");
+	    _exit(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We want to switch the child into a different process family so
+	 * we can kill it and all its descendants in one fell swoop,
+	 * by killing its process family, but not commit suicide.
+	 */
+#if defined(HAVE_SETPGID)
+	(void)setpgid(0, getpid());
+#else
+#if defined(HAVE_SETSID)
+	/* XXX: dsl - I'm sure this should be setpgrp()... */
+	(void)setsid();
+#else
+	(void)setpgrp(0, getpid());
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	Var_ExportVars();
+
+	(void)execv(shellPath, argv);
+	execError("exec", shellPath);
+	_exit(1);
+    }
+
+    /* Parent, continuing after the child exec */
+    job->pid = cpid;
+
+    Trace_Log(JOBSTART, job);
+
+    /*
+     * Set the current position in the buffer to the beginning
+     * and mark another stream to watch in the outputs mask
+     */
+    job->curPos = 0;
+
+    watchfd(job);
+
+    if (job->cmdFILE != NULL && job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+	(void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+	job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now the job is actually running, add it to the table.
+     */
+    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "JobExec(%s): pid %d added to jobs table\n",
+		job->node->name, job->pid);
+	job_table_dump("job started");
+    }
+    JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobMakeArgv --
+ *	Create the argv needed to execute the shell for a given job.
+ *
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobMakeArgv(Job *job, char **argv)
+{
+    int	    	  argc;
+    static char args[10]; 	/* For merged arguments */
+
+    argv[0] = UNCONST(shellName);
+    argc = 1;
+
+    if ((commandShell->exit && (*commandShell->exit != '-')) ||
+	(commandShell->echo && (*commandShell->echo != '-')))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * At least one of the flags doesn't have a minus before it, so
+	 * merge them together. Have to do this because the *(&(@*#*&#$#
+	 * Bourne shell thinks its second argument is a file to source.
+	 * Grrrr. Note the ten-character limitation on the combined arguments.
+	 */
+	(void)snprintf(args, sizeof(args), "-%s%s",
+		      ((job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? "" :
+		       (commandShell->exit ? commandShell->exit : "")),
+		      ((job->flags & JOB_SILENT) ? "" :
+		       (commandShell->echo ? commandShell->echo : "")));
+
+	if (args[1]) {
+	    argv[argc] = args;
+	    argc++;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_IGNERR) && commandShell->exit) {
+	    argv[argc] = UNCONST(commandShell->exit);
+	    argc++;
+	}
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SILENT) && commandShell->echo) {
+	    argv[argc] = UNCONST(commandShell->echo);
+	    argc++;
+	}
+    }
+    argv[argc] = NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobStart  --
+ *	Start a target-creation process going for the target described
+ *	by the graph node gn.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		target to create
+ *	flags		flags for the job to override normal ones.
+ *			e.g. JOB_SPECIAL or JOB_IGNDOTS
+ *	previous	The previous Job structure for this node, if any.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	JOB_ERROR if there was an error in the commands, JOB_FINISHED
+ *	if there isn't actually anything left to do for the job and
+ *	JOB_RUNNING if the job has been started.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new Job node is created and added to the list of running
+ *	jobs. PMake is forked and a child shell created.
+ *
+ * NB: I'm fairly sure that this code is never called with JOB_SPECIAL set
+ *     JOB_IGNDOTS is never set (dsl)
+ *     Also the return value is ignored by everyone.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+JobStart(GNode *gn, int flags)
+{
+    Job		  *job;       /* new job descriptor */
+    char	  *argv[10];  /* Argument vector to shell */
+    Boolean	  cmdsOK;     /* true if the nodes commands were all right */
+    Boolean 	  noExec;     /* Set true if we decide not to run the job */
+    int		  tfd;	      /* File descriptor to the temp file */
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_FREE)
+	    break;
+    }
+    if (job >= job_table_end)
+	Punt("JobStart no job slots vacant");
+
+    memset(job, 0, sizeof *job);
+    job->job_state = JOB_ST_SETUP;
+    if (gn->type & OP_SPECIAL)
+	flags |= JOB_SPECIAL;
+
+    job->node = gn;
+    job->tailCmds = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Set the initial value of the flags for this job based on the global
+     * ones and the node's attributes... Any flags supplied by the caller
+     * are also added to the field.
+     */
+    job->flags = 0;
+    if (Targ_Ignore(gn)) {
+	job->flags |= JOB_IGNERR;
+    }
+    if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {
+	job->flags |= JOB_SILENT;
+    }
+    job->flags |= flags;
+
+    /*
+     * Check the commands now so any attributes from .DEFAULT have a chance
+     * to migrate to the node
+     */
+    cmdsOK = Job_CheckCommands(gn, Error);
+
+    job->inPollfd = NULL;
+    /*
+     * If the -n flag wasn't given, we open up OUR (not the child's)
+     * temporary file to stuff commands in it. The thing is rd/wr so we don't
+     * need to reopen it to feed it to the shell. If the -n flag *was* given,
+     * we just set the file to be stdout. Cute, huh?
+     */
+    if (((gn->type & OP_MAKE) && !(noRecursiveExecute)) ||
+	    (!noExecute && !touchFlag)) {
+	/*
+	 * tfile is the name of a file into which all shell commands are
+	 * put. It is removed before the child shell is executed, unless
+	 * DEBUG(SCRIPT) is set.
+	 */
+	char *tfile;
+	sigset_t mask;
+	/*
+	 * We're serious here, but if the commands were bogus, we're
+	 * also dead...
+	 */
+	if (!cmdsOK) {
+	    PrintOnError(gn, NULL);	/* provide some clue */
+	    DieHorribly();
+	}
+
+	JobSigLock(&mask);
+	tfd = mkTempFile(TMPPAT, &tfile);
+	if (!DEBUG(SCRIPT))
+		(void)eunlink(tfile);
+	JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+
+	job->cmdFILE = fdopen(tfd, "w+");
+	if (job->cmdFILE == NULL) {
+	    Punt("Could not fdopen %s", tfile);
+	}
+	(void)fcntl(FILENO(job->cmdFILE), F_SETFD, 1);
+	/*
+	 * Send the commands to the command file, flush all its buffers then
+	 * rewind and remove the thing.
+	 */
+	noExec = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+	if (useMeta) {
+	    meta_job_start(job, gn);
+	    if (Targ_Silent(gn)) {	/* might have changed */
+		job->flags |= JOB_SILENT;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * We can do all the commands at once. hooray for sanity
+	 */
+	numCommands = 0;
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, JobPrintCommand, job);
+
+	/*
+	 * If we didn't print out any commands to the shell script,
+	 * there's not much point in executing the shell, is there?
+	 */
+	if (numCommands == 0) {
+	    noExec = TRUE;
+	}
+
+	free(tfile);
+    } else if (NoExecute(gn)) {
+	/*
+	 * Not executing anything -- just print all the commands to stdout
+	 * in one fell swoop. This will still set up job->tailCmds correctly.
+	 */
+	if (lastNode != gn) {
+	    MESSAGE(stdout, gn);
+	    lastNode = gn;
+	}
+	job->cmdFILE = stdout;
+	/*
+	 * Only print the commands if they're ok, but don't die if they're
+	 * not -- just let the user know they're bad and keep going. It
+	 * doesn't do any harm in this case and may do some good.
+	 */
+	if (cmdsOK) {
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, JobPrintCommand, job);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Don't execute the shell, thank you.
+	 */
+	noExec = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Just touch the target and note that no shell should be executed.
+	 * Set cmdFILE to stdout to make life easier. Check the commands, too,
+	 * but don't die if they're no good -- it does no harm to keep working
+	 * up the graph.
+	 */
+	job->cmdFILE = stdout;
+    	Job_Touch(gn, job->flags&JOB_SILENT);
+	noExec = TRUE;
+    }
+    /* Just in case it isn't already... */
+    (void)fflush(job->cmdFILE);
+
+    /*
+     * If we're not supposed to execute a shell, don't.
+     */
+    if (noExec) {
+	if (!(job->flags & JOB_SPECIAL))
+	    Job_TokenReturn();
+	/*
+	 * Unlink and close the command file if we opened one
+	 */
+	if (job->cmdFILE != stdout) {
+	    if (job->cmdFILE != NULL) {
+		(void)fclose(job->cmdFILE);
+		job->cmdFILE = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * We only want to work our way up the graph if we aren't here because
+	 * the commands for the job were no good.
+	 */
+	if (cmdsOK && aborting == 0) {
+	    if (job->tailCmds != NULL) {
+		Lst_ForEachFrom(job->node->commands, job->tailCmds,
+				JobSaveCommand,
+			       job->node);
+	    }
+	    job->node->made = MADE;
+	    Make_Update(job->node);
+	}
+	job->job_state = JOB_ST_FREE;
+	return cmdsOK ? JOB_FINISHED : JOB_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set up the control arguments to the shell. This is based on the flags
+     * set earlier for this job.
+     */
+    JobMakeArgv(job, argv);
+
+    /* Create the pipe by which we'll get the shell's output.  */
+    JobCreatePipe(job, 3);
+
+    JobExec(job, argv);
+    return(JOB_RUNNING);
+}
+
+static char *
+JobOutput(Job *job, char *cp, char *endp, int msg)
+{
+    char *ecp;
+
+    if (commandShell->noPrint) {
+	ecp = Str_FindSubstring(cp, commandShell->noPrint);
+	while (ecp != NULL) {
+	    if (cp != ecp) {
+		*ecp = '\0';
+		if (!beSilent && msg && job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * The only way there wouldn't be a newline after
+		 * this line is if it were the last in the buffer.
+		 * however, since the non-printable comes after it,
+		 * there must be a newline, so we don't print one.
+		 */
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s", cp);
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	    cp = ecp + commandShell->noPLen;
+	    if (cp != endp) {
+		/*
+		 * Still more to print, look again after skipping
+		 * the whitespace following the non-printable
+		 * command....
+		 */
+		cp++;
+		while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t' || *cp == '\n') {
+		    cp++;
+		}
+		ecp = Str_FindSubstring(cp, commandShell->noPrint);
+	    } else {
+		return cp;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return cp;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobDoOutput  --
+ *	This function is called at different times depending on
+ *	whether the user has specified that output is to be collected
+ *	via pipes or temporary files. In the former case, we are called
+ *	whenever there is something to read on the pipe. We collect more
+ *	output from the given job and store it in the job's outBuf. If
+ *	this makes up a line, we print it tagged by the job's identifier,
+ *	as necessary.
+ *	If output has been collected in a temporary file, we open the
+ *	file and read it line by line, transfering it to our own
+ *	output channel until the file is empty. At which point we
+ *	remove the temporary file.
+ *	In both cases, however, we keep our figurative eye out for the
+ *	'noPrint' line for the shell from which the output came. If
+ *	we recognize a line, we don't print it. If the command is not
+ *	alone on the line (the character after it is not \0 or \n), we
+ *	do print whatever follows it.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	job		the job whose output needs printing
+ *	finish		TRUE if this is the last time we'll be called
+ *			for this job
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	curPos may be shifted as may the contents of outBuf.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+STATIC void
+JobDoOutput(Job *job, Boolean finish)
+{
+    Boolean       gotNL = FALSE;  /* true if got a newline */
+    Boolean       fbuf;  	  /* true if our buffer filled up */
+    int		  nr;	      	  /* number of bytes read */
+    int		  i;	      	  /* auxiliary index into outBuf */
+    int		  max;	      	  /* limit for i (end of current data) */
+    int		  nRead;      	  /* (Temporary) number of bytes read */
+
+    /*
+     * Read as many bytes as will fit in the buffer.
+     */
+end_loop:
+    gotNL = FALSE;
+    fbuf = FALSE;
+
+    nRead = read(job->inPipe, &job->outBuf[job->curPos],
+		     JOB_BUFSIZE - job->curPos);
+    if (nRead < 0) {
+	if (errno == EAGAIN)
+	    return;
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    perror("JobDoOutput(piperead)");
+	}
+	nr = 0;
+    } else {
+	nr = nRead;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If we hit the end-of-file (the job is dead), we must flush its
+     * remaining output, so pretend we read a newline if there's any
+     * output remaining in the buffer.
+     * Also clear the 'finish' flag so we stop looping.
+     */
+    if ((nr == 0) && (job->curPos != 0)) {
+	job->outBuf[job->curPos] = '\n';
+	nr = 1;
+	finish = FALSE;
+    } else if (nr == 0) {
+	finish = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the last newline in the bytes we just got. If there is
+     * one, break out of the loop with 'i' as its index and gotNL set
+     * TRUE.
+     */
+    max = job->curPos + nr;
+    for (i = job->curPos + nr - 1; i >= job->curPos; i--) {
+	if (job->outBuf[i] == '\n') {
+	    gotNL = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	} else if (job->outBuf[i] == '\0') {
+	    /*
+	     * Why?
+	     */
+	    job->outBuf[i] = ' ';
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!gotNL) {
+	job->curPos += nr;
+	if (job->curPos == JOB_BUFSIZE) {
+	    /*
+	     * If we've run out of buffer space, we have no choice
+	     * but to print the stuff. sigh.
+	     */
+	    fbuf = TRUE;
+	    i = job->curPos;
+	}
+    }
+    if (gotNL || fbuf) {
+	/*
+	 * Need to send the output to the screen. Null terminate it
+	 * first, overwriting the newline character if there was one.
+	 * So long as the line isn't one we should filter (according
+	 * to the shell description), we print the line, preceded
+	 * by a target banner if this target isn't the same as the
+	 * one for which we last printed something.
+	 * The rest of the data in the buffer are then shifted down
+	 * to the start of the buffer and curPos is set accordingly.
+	 */
+	job->outBuf[i] = '\0';
+	if (i >= job->curPos) {
+	    char *cp;
+
+	    cp = JobOutput(job, job->outBuf, &job->outBuf[i], FALSE);
+
+	    /*
+	     * There's still more in that thar buffer. This time, though,
+	     * we know there's no newline at the end, so we add one of
+	     * our own free will.
+	     */
+	    if (*cp != '\0') {
+		if (!beSilent && job->node != lastNode) {
+		    MESSAGE(stdout, job->node);
+		    lastNode = job->node;
+		}
+#ifdef USE_META
+		if (useMeta) {
+		    meta_job_output(job, cp, gotNL ? "\n" : "");
+		}
+#endif
+		(void)fprintf(stdout, "%s%s", cp, gotNL ? "\n" : "");
+		(void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (i < max - 1) {
+	    /* shift the remaining characters down */
+	    (void)memcpy(job->outBuf, &job->outBuf[i + 1], max - (i + 1));
+	    job->curPos = max - (i + 1);
+
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * We have written everything out, so we just start over
+	     * from the start of the buffer. No copying. No nothing.
+	     */
+	    job->curPos = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    if (finish) {
+	/*
+	 * If the finish flag is true, we must loop until we hit
+	 * end-of-file on the pipe. This is guaranteed to happen
+	 * eventually since the other end of the pipe is now closed
+	 * (we closed it explicitly and the child has exited). When
+	 * we do get an EOF, finish will be set FALSE and we'll fall
+	 * through and out.
+	 */
+	goto end_loop;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+JobRun(GNode *targ)
+{
+#ifdef notyet
+    /*
+     * Unfortunately it is too complicated to run .BEGIN, .END,
+     * and .INTERRUPT job in the parallel job module. This has
+     * the nice side effect that it avoids a lot of other problems.
+     */
+    Lst lst = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(lst, targ);
+    (void)Make_Run(lst);
+    Lst_Destroy(lst, NULL);
+    JobStart(targ, JOB_SPECIAL);
+    while (jobTokensRunning) {
+	Job_CatchOutput();
+    }
+#else
+    Compat_Make(targ, targ);
+    if (targ->made == ERROR) {
+	PrintOnError(targ, "\n\nStop.");
+	exit(1);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CatchChildren --
+ *	Handle the exit of a child. Called from Make_Make.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	block		TRUE if should block on the wait
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The job descriptor is removed from the list of children.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	We do waits, blocking or not, according to the wisdom of our
+ *	caller, until there are no more children to report. For each
+ *	job, call JobFinish to finish things off.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_CatchChildren(void)
+{
+    int    	  pid;	    	/* pid of dead child */
+    WAIT_T	  status;   	/* Exit/termination status */
+
+    /*
+     * Don't even bother if we know there's no one around.
+     */
+    if (jobTokensRunning == 0)
+	return;
+
+    while ((pid = waitpid((pid_t) -1, &status, WNOHANG | WUNTRACED)) > 0) {
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d exited/stopped status %x.\n", pid,
+	      WAIT_STATUS(status));
+	}
+	JobReapChild(pid, status, TRUE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * It is possible that wait[pid]() was called from elsewhere,
+ * this lets us reap jobs regardless.
+ */
+void
+JobReapChild(pid_t pid, WAIT_T status, Boolean isJobs)
+{
+    Job		  *job;	    	/* job descriptor for dead child */
+
+    /*
+     * Don't even bother if we know there's no one around.
+     */
+    if (jobTokensRunning == 0)
+	return;
+
+    job = JobFindPid(pid, JOB_ST_RUNNING, isJobs);
+    if (job == NULL) {
+	if (isJobs) {
+	    if (!lurking_children)
+		Error("Child (%d) status %x not in table?", pid, status);
+	}
+	return;				/* not ours */
+    }
+    if (WIFSTOPPED(status)) {
+	if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+	    (void)fprintf(debug_file, "Process %d (%s) stopped.\n",
+			  job->pid, job->node->name);
+	}
+	if (!make_suspended) {
+	    switch (WSTOPSIG(status)) {
+	    case SIGTSTP:
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Suspended\n", job->node->name);
+		break;
+	    case SIGSTOP:
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Stopped\n", job->node->name);
+		break;
+	    default:
+		(void)printf("*** [%s] Stopped -- signal %d\n",
+			     job->node->name, WSTOPSIG(status));
+	    }
+	    job->job_suspended = 1;
+	}
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    job->job_state = JOB_ST_FINISHED;
+    job->exit_status = WAIT_STATUS(status);
+
+    JobFinish(job, status);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_CatchOutput --
+ *	Catch the output from our children, if we're using
+ *	pipes do so. Otherwise just block time until we get a
+ *	signal(most likely a SIGCHLD) since there's no point in
+ *	just spinning when there's nothing to do and the reaping
+ *	of a child can wait for a while.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Output is read from pipes if we're piping.
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_CatchOutput(void)
+{
+    int nready;
+    Job *job;
+    int i;
+
+    (void)fflush(stdout);
+
+    /* The first fd in the list is the job token pipe */
+    do {
+	nready = poll(fds + 1 - wantToken, nfds - 1 + wantToken, POLL_MSEC);
+    } while (nready < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+    if (nready < 0)
+	Punt("poll: %s", strerror(errno));
+
+    if (nready > 0 && readyfd(&childExitJob)) {
+	char token = 0;
+	ssize_t count;
+	count = read(childExitJob.inPipe, &token, 1);
+	switch (count) {
+	case 0:
+	    Punt("unexpected eof on token pipe");
+	case -1:
+	    Punt("token pipe read: %s", strerror(errno));
+	case 1:
+	    if (token == DO_JOB_RESUME[0])
+		/* Complete relay requested from our SIGCONT handler */
+		JobRestartJobs();
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    abort();
+	}
+	--nready;
+    }
+
+    Job_CatchChildren();
+    if (nready == 0)
+	    return;
+
+    for (i = 2; i < nfds; i++) {
+	if (!fds[i].revents)
+	    continue;
+	job = jobfds[i];
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+	    JobDoOutput(job, FALSE);
+	if (--nready == 0)
+		return;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Make --
+ *	Start the creation of a target. Basically a front-end for
+ *	JobStart used by the Make module.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Another job is started.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Make(GNode *gn)
+{
+    (void)JobStart(gn, 0);
+}
+
+void
+Shell_Init(void)
+{
+    if (shellPath == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * We are using the default shell, which may be an absolute
+	 * path if DEFSHELL_CUSTOM is defined.
+	 */
+	shellName = commandShell->name;
+#ifdef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM
+	if (*shellName == '/') {
+	    shellPath = shellName;
+	    shellName = strrchr(shellPath, '/');
+	    shellName++;
+	} else
+#endif
+	shellPath = str_concat(_PATH_DEFSHELLDIR, shellName, STR_ADDSLASH);
+    }
+    if (commandShell->exit == NULL) {
+	commandShell->exit = "";
+    }
+    if (commandShell->echo == NULL) {
+	commandShell->echo = "";
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Returns the string literal that is used in the current command shell
+ * to produce a newline character.
+ */
+const char *
+Shell_GetNewline(void)
+{
+
+    return commandShell->newline;
+}
+
+void
+Job_SetPrefix(void)
+{
+    
+    if (targPrefix) {
+	free(targPrefix);
+    } else if (!Var_Exists(MAKE_JOB_PREFIX, VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+	Var_Set(MAKE_JOB_PREFIX, "---", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+
+    targPrefix = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_JOB_PREFIX "}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Init --
+ *	Initialize the process module
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	lists and counters are initialized
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Init(void)
+{
+    /* Allocate space for all the job info */
+    job_table = bmake_malloc(maxJobs * sizeof *job_table);
+    memset(job_table, 0, maxJobs * sizeof *job_table);
+    job_table_end = job_table + maxJobs;
+    wantToken =	0;
+
+    aborting = 	  0;
+    errors = 	  0;
+
+    lastNode =	  NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * There is a non-zero chance that we already have children.
+     * eg after 'make -f- <<EOF'
+     * Since their termination causes a 'Child (pid) not in table' message,
+     * Collect the status of any that are already dead, and suppress the
+     * error message if there are any undead ones.
+     */
+    for (;;) {
+	int rval, status;
+	rval = waitpid((pid_t) -1, &status, WNOHANG);
+	if (rval > 0)
+	    continue;
+	if (rval == 0)
+	    lurking_children = 1;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    Shell_Init();
+
+    JobCreatePipe(&childExitJob, 3);
+
+    /* We can only need to wait for tokens, children and output from each job */
+    fds = bmake_malloc(sizeof (*fds) * (2 + maxJobs));
+    jobfds = bmake_malloc(sizeof (*jobfds) * (2 + maxJobs));
+
+    /* These are permanent entries and take slots 0 and 1 */
+    watchfd(&tokenWaitJob);
+    watchfd(&childExitJob);
+
+    sigemptyset(&caught_signals);
+    /*
+     * Install a SIGCHLD handler.
+     */
+    (void)bmake_signal(SIGCHLD, JobChildSig);
+    sigaddset(&caught_signals, SIGCHLD);
+
+#define ADDSIG(s,h)				\
+    if (bmake_signal(s, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) {	\
+	sigaddset(&caught_signals, s);		\
+	(void)bmake_signal(s, h);			\
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Catch the four signals that POSIX specifies if they aren't ignored.
+     * JobPassSig will take care of calling JobInterrupt if appropriate.
+     */
+    ADDSIG(SIGINT, JobPassSig_int)
+    ADDSIG(SIGHUP, JobPassSig_term)
+    ADDSIG(SIGTERM, JobPassSig_term)
+    ADDSIG(SIGQUIT, JobPassSig_term)
+
+    /*
+     * There are additional signals that need to be caught and passed if
+     * either the export system wants to be told directly of signals or if
+     * we're giving each job its own process group (since then it won't get
+     * signals from the terminal driver as we own the terminal)
+     */
+    ADDSIG(SIGTSTP, JobPassSig_suspend)
+    ADDSIG(SIGTTOU, JobPassSig_suspend)
+    ADDSIG(SIGTTIN, JobPassSig_suspend)
+    ADDSIG(SIGWINCH, JobCondPassSig)
+    ADDSIG(SIGCONT, JobContinueSig)
+#undef ADDSIG
+
+    (void)Job_RunTarget(".BEGIN", NULL);
+    postCommands = Targ_FindNode(".END", TARG_CREATE);
+}
+
+static void JobSigReset(void)
+{
+#define DELSIG(s)					\
+    if (sigismember(&caught_signals, s)) {		\
+	(void)bmake_signal(s, SIG_DFL);			\
+    }
+
+    DELSIG(SIGINT)
+    DELSIG(SIGHUP)
+    DELSIG(SIGQUIT)
+    DELSIG(SIGTERM)
+    DELSIG(SIGTSTP)
+    DELSIG(SIGTTOU)
+    DELSIG(SIGTTIN)
+    DELSIG(SIGWINCH)
+    DELSIG(SIGCONT)
+#undef DELSIG
+    (void)bmake_signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobMatchShell --
+ *	Find a shell in 'shells' given its name.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the Shell structure.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Shell *
+JobMatchShell(const char *name)
+{
+    Shell	*sh;
+
+    for (sh = shells; sh->name != NULL; sh++) {
+	if (strcmp(name, sh->name) == 0)
+		return (sh);
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_ParseShell --
+ *	Parse a shell specification and set up commandShell, shellPath
+ *	and shellName appropriately.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		The shell spec
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	FAILURE if the specification was incorrect.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	commandShell points to a Shell structure (either predefined or
+ *	created from the shell spec), shellPath is the full path of the
+ *	shell described by commandShell, while shellName is just the
+ *	final component of shellPath.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	A shell specification consists of a .SHELL target, with dependency
+ *	operator, followed by a series of blank-separated words. Double
+ *	quotes can be used to use blanks in words. A backslash escapes
+ *	anything (most notably a double-quote and a space) and
+ *	provides the functionality it does in C. Each word consists of
+ *	keyword and value separated by an equal sign. There should be no
+ *	unnecessary spaces in the word. The keywords are as follows:
+ *	    name  	    Name of shell.
+ *	    path  	    Location of shell.
+ *	    quiet 	    Command to turn off echoing.
+ *	    echo  	    Command to turn echoing on
+ *	    filter	    Result of turning off echoing that shouldn't be
+ *	    	  	    printed.
+ *	    echoFlag	    Flag to turn echoing on at the start
+ *	    errFlag	    Flag to turn error checking on at the start
+ *	    hasErrCtl	    True if shell has error checking control
+ *	    newline	    String literal to represent a newline char
+ *	    check 	    Command to turn on error checking if hasErrCtl
+ *	    	  	    is TRUE or template of command to echo a command
+ *	    	  	    for which error checking is off if hasErrCtl is
+ *	    	  	    FALSE.
+ *	    ignore	    Command to turn off error checking if hasErrCtl
+ *	    	  	    is TRUE or template of command to execute a
+ *	    	  	    command so as to ignore any errors it returns if
+ *	    	  	    hasErrCtl is FALSE.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Job_ParseShell(char *line)
+{
+    char	**words;
+    char	**argv;
+    int		argc;
+    char	*path;
+    Shell	newShell;
+    Boolean	fullSpec = FALSE;
+    Shell	*sh;
+
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*line)) {
+	line++;
+    }
+
+    if (shellArgv)
+	free(UNCONST(shellArgv));
+
+    memset(&newShell, 0, sizeof(newShell));
+
+    /*
+     * Parse the specification by keyword
+     */
+    words = brk_string(line, &argc, TRUE, &path);
+    if (words == NULL) {
+	Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", line);
+	return FAILURE;
+    }
+    shellArgv = path;
+
+    for (path = NULL, argv = words; argc != 0; argc--, argv++) {
+	    if (strncmp(*argv, "path=", 5) == 0) {
+		path = &argv[0][5];
+	    } else if (strncmp(*argv, "name=", 5) == 0) {
+		newShell.name = &argv[0][5];
+	    } else {
+		if (strncmp(*argv, "quiet=", 6) == 0) {
+		    newShell.echoOff = &argv[0][6];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "echo=", 5) == 0) {
+		    newShell.echoOn = &argv[0][5];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "filter=", 7) == 0) {
+		    newShell.noPrint = &argv[0][7];
+		    newShell.noPLen = strlen(newShell.noPrint);
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "echoFlag=", 9) == 0) {
+		    newShell.echo = &argv[0][9];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "errFlag=", 8) == 0) {
+		    newShell.exit = &argv[0][8];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "hasErrCtl=", 10) == 0) {
+		    char c = argv[0][10];
+		    newShell.hasErrCtl = !((c != 'Y') && (c != 'y') &&
+					   (c != 'T') && (c != 't'));
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "newline=", 8) == 0) {
+		    newShell.newline = &argv[0][8];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "check=", 6) == 0) {
+		    newShell.errCheck = &argv[0][6];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "ignore=", 7) == 0) {
+		    newShell.ignErr = &argv[0][7];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "errout=", 7) == 0) {
+		    newShell.errOut = &argv[0][7];
+		} else if (strncmp(*argv, "comment=", 8) == 0) {
+		    newShell.commentChar = argv[0][8];
+		} else {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unknown keyword \"%s\"",
+				*argv);
+		    free(words);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+		}
+		fullSpec = TRUE;
+	    }
+    }
+
+    if (path == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * If no path was given, the user wants one of the pre-defined shells,
+	 * yes? So we find the one s/he wants with the help of JobMatchShell
+	 * and set things up the right way. shellPath will be set up by
+	 * Shell_Init.
+	 */
+	if (newShell.name == NULL) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Neither path nor name specified");
+	    free(words);
+	    return(FAILURE);
+	} else {
+	    if ((sh = JobMatchShell(newShell.name)) == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "%s: No matching shell",
+				newShell.name);
+		    free(words);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+	    }
+	    commandShell = sh;
+	    shellName = newShell.name;
+	    if (shellPath) {
+		/* Shell_Init has already been called!  Do it again. */
+		free(UNCONST(shellPath));
+		shellPath = NULL;
+		Shell_Init();
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * The user provided a path. If s/he gave nothing else (fullSpec is
+	 * FALSE), try and find a matching shell in the ones we know of.
+	 * Else we just take the specification at its word and copy it
+	 * to a new location. In either case, we need to record the
+	 * path the user gave for the shell.
+	 */
+	shellPath = path;
+	path = strrchr(path, '/');
+	if (path == NULL) {
+	    path = UNCONST(shellPath);
+	} else {
+	    path += 1;
+	}
+	if (newShell.name != NULL) {
+	    shellName = newShell.name;
+	} else {
+	    shellName = path;
+	}
+	if (!fullSpec) {
+	    if ((sh = JobMatchShell(shellName)) == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "%s: No matching shell",
+				shellName);
+		    free(words);
+		    return(FAILURE);
+	    }
+	    commandShell = sh;
+	} else {
+	    commandShell = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Shell));
+	    *commandShell = newShell;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (commandShell->echoOn && commandShell->echoOff) {
+	commandShell->hasEchoCtl = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (!commandShell->hasErrCtl) {
+	if (commandShell->errCheck == NULL) {
+	    commandShell->errCheck = "";
+	}
+	if (commandShell->ignErr == NULL) {
+	    commandShell->ignErr = "%s\n";
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Do not free up the words themselves, since they might be in use by the
+     * shell specification.
+     */
+    free(words);
+    return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobInterrupt --
+ *	Handle the receipt of an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	runINTERRUPT	Non-zero if commands for the .INTERRUPT target
+ *			should be executed
+ *	signo		signal received
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All children are killed. Another job will be started if the
+ *	.INTERRUPT target was given.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobInterrupt(int runINTERRUPT, int signo)
+{
+    Job		*job;		/* job descriptor in that element */
+    GNode	*interrupt;	/* the node describing the .INTERRUPT target */
+    sigset_t	mask;
+    GNode	*gn;
+
+    aborting = ABORT_INTERRUPT;
+
+    JobSigLock(&mask);
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+	    continue;
+
+	gn = job->node;
+
+	if ((gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_PHONY)) == 0 && !Targ_Precious(gn)) {
+	    char *file = (gn->path == NULL ? gn->name : gn->path);
+	    if (!noExecute && eunlink(file) != -1) {
+		Error("*** %s removed", file);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (job->pid) {
+	    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file,
+			   "JobInterrupt passing signal %d to child %d.\n",
+			   signo, job->pid);
+	    }
+	    KILLPG(job->pid, signo);
+	}
+    }
+
+    JobSigUnlock(&mask);
+
+    if (runINTERRUPT && !touchFlag) {
+	interrupt = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE);
+	if (interrupt != NULL) {
+	    ignoreErrors = FALSE;
+	    JobRun(interrupt);
+	}
+    }
+    Trace_Log(MAKEINTR, 0);
+    exit(signo);
+}
+
+/*
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Finish --
+ *	Do final processing such as the running of the commands
+ *	attached to the .END target.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Number of errors reported.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Job_Finish(void)
+{
+    if (postCommands != NULL &&
+	(!Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->commands) ||
+	 !Lst_IsEmpty(postCommands->children))) {
+	if (errors) {
+	    Error("Errors reported so .END ignored");
+	} else {
+	    JobRun(postCommands);
+	}
+    }
+    return(errors);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_End --
+ *	Cleanup any memory used by the jobs module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Memory is freed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    if (shellArgv)
+	free(shellArgv);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_Wait --
+ *	Waits for all running jobs to finish and returns. Sets 'aborting'
+ *	to ABORT_WAIT to prevent other jobs from starting.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Currently running jobs finish.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_Wait(void)
+{
+    aborting = ABORT_WAIT;
+    while (jobTokensRunning != 0) {
+	Job_CatchOutput();
+    }
+    aborting = 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_AbortAll --
+ *	Abort all currently running jobs without handling output or anything.
+ *	This function is to be called only in the event of a major
+ *	error. Most definitely NOT to be called from JobInterrupt.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All children are killed, not just the firstborn
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Job_AbortAll(void)
+{
+    Job		*job;	/* the job descriptor in that element */
+    WAIT_T	foo;
+
+    aborting = ABORT_ERROR;
+
+    if (jobTokensRunning) {
+	for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	    if (job->job_state != JOB_ST_RUNNING)
+		continue;
+	    /*
+	     * kill the child process with increasingly drastic signals to make
+	     * darn sure it's dead.
+	     */
+	    KILLPG(job->pid, SIGINT);
+	    KILLPG(job->pid, SIGKILL);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Catch as many children as want to report in at first, then give up
+     */
+    while (waitpid((pid_t) -1, &foo, WNOHANG) > 0)
+	continue;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobRestartJobs --
+ *	Tries to restart stopped jobs if there are slots available.
+ *	Called in process context in response to a SIGCONT.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Resumes jobs.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+JobRestartJobs(void)
+{
+    Job *job;
+
+    for (job = job_table; job < job_table_end; job++) {
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_RUNNING &&
+		(make_suspended || job->job_suspended)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		(void)fprintf(debug_file, "Restarting stopped job pid %d.\n",
+			job->pid);
+	    }
+	    if (job->job_suspended) {
+		    (void)printf("*** [%s] Continued\n", job->node->name);
+		    (void)fflush(stdout);
+	    }
+	    job->job_suspended = 0;
+	    if (KILLPG(job->pid, SIGCONT) != 0 && DEBUG(JOB)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Failed to send SIGCONT to %d\n", job->pid);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (job->job_state == JOB_ST_FINISHED)
+	    /* Job exit deferred after calling waitpid() in a signal handler */
+	    JobFinish(job, job->exit_status);
+    }
+    make_suspended = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+watchfd(Job *job)
+{
+    if (job->inPollfd != NULL)
+	Punt("Watching watched job");
+
+    fds[nfds].fd = job->inPipe;
+    fds[nfds].events = POLLIN;
+    jobfds[nfds] = job;
+    job->inPollfd = &fds[nfds];
+    nfds++;
+}
+
+static void
+clearfd(Job *job)
+{
+    int i;
+    if (job->inPollfd == NULL)
+	Punt("Unwatching unwatched job");
+    i = job->inPollfd - fds;
+    nfds--;
+    /*
+     * Move last job in table into hole made by dead job.
+     */
+    if (nfds != i) {
+	fds[i] = fds[nfds];
+	jobfds[i] = jobfds[nfds];
+	jobfds[i]->inPollfd = &fds[i];
+    }
+    job->inPollfd = NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+readyfd(Job *job)
+{
+    if (job->inPollfd == NULL)
+	Punt("Polling unwatched job");
+    return (job->inPollfd->revents & POLLIN) != 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * JobTokenAdd --
+ *	Put a token into the job pipe so that some make process can start
+ *	another job.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Allows more build jobs to be spawned somewhere.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+JobTokenAdd(void)
+{
+    char tok = JOB_TOKENS[aborting], tok1;
+
+    /* If we are depositing an error token flush everything else */
+    while (tok != '+' && read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok1, 1) == 1)
+	continue;
+
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) aborting %d, deposit token %c\n",
+	    getpid(), aborting, JOB_TOKENS[aborting]);
+    while (write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	continue;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_ServerStartTokenAdd --
+ *	Prep the job token pipe in the root make process.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_ServerStart(int max_tokens, int jp_0, int jp_1)
+{
+    int i;
+    char jobarg[64];
+    
+    if (jp_0 >= 0 && jp_1 >= 0) {
+	/* Pipe passed in from parent */
+	tokenWaitJob.inPipe = jp_0;
+	tokenWaitJob.outPipe = jp_1;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    JobCreatePipe(&tokenWaitJob, 15);
+
+    snprintf(jobarg, sizeof(jobarg), "%d,%d",
+	    tokenWaitJob.inPipe, tokenWaitJob.outPipe);
+
+    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL);
+    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, jobarg, VAR_GLOBAL);			
+
+    /*
+     * Preload the job pipe with one token per job, save the one
+     * "extra" token for the primary job.
+     * 
+     * XXX should clip maxJobs against PIPE_BUF -- if max_tokens is
+     * larger than the write buffer size of the pipe, we will
+     * deadlock here.
+     */
+    for (i = 1; i < max_tokens; i++)
+	JobTokenAdd();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_TokenReturn --
+ *	Return a withdrawn token to the pool.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Job_TokenReturn(void)
+{
+    jobTokensRunning--;
+    if (jobTokensRunning < 0)
+	Punt("token botch");
+    if (jobTokensRunning || JOB_TOKENS[aborting] != '+')
+	JobTokenAdd();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_TokenWithdraw --
+ *	Attempt to withdraw a token from the pool.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns TRUE if a token was withdrawn, and FALSE if the pool
+ *	is currently empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * 	If pool is empty, set wantToken so that we wake up
+ *	when a token is released.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+
+Boolean
+Job_TokenWithdraw(void)
+{
+    char tok, tok1;
+    int count;
+
+    wantToken = 0;
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Job_TokenWithdraw(%d): aborting %d, running %d\n",
+		getpid(), aborting, jobTokensRunning);
+
+    if (aborting || (jobTokensRunning >= maxJobs))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    count = read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok, 1);
+    if (count == 0)
+	Fatal("eof on job pipe!");
+    if (count < 0 && jobTokensRunning != 0) {
+	if (errno != EAGAIN) {
+	    Fatal("job pipe read: %s", strerror(errno));
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) blocked for token\n", getpid());
+	wantToken = 1;
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (count == 1 && tok != '+') {
+	/* make being abvorted - remove any other job tokens */
+	if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) aborted by token %c\n", getpid(), tok);
+	while (read(tokenWaitJob.inPipe, &tok1, 1) == 1)
+	    continue;
+	/* And put the stopper back */
+	while (write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	    continue;
+	Fatal("A failure has been detected in another branch of the parallel make");
+    }
+
+    if (count == 1 && jobTokensRunning == 0)
+	/* We didn't want the token really */
+	while (write(tokenWaitJob.outPipe, &tok, 1) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	    continue;
+
+    jobTokensRunning++;
+    if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "(%d) withdrew token\n", getpid());
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Job_RunTarget --
+ *	Run the named target if found. If a filename is specified, then
+ *	set that to the sources.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * 	exits if the target fails.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Job_RunTarget(const char *target, const char *fname) {
+    GNode *gn = Targ_FindNode(target, TARG_NOCREATE);
+
+    if (gn == NULL)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (fname)
+	Var_Set(ALLSRC, fname, gn, 0);
+
+    JobRun(gn);
+    if (gn->made == ERROR) {
+	PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop.");
+	exit(1);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_SELECT
+int
+emul_poll(struct pollfd *fd, int nfd, int timeout)
+{
+    fd_set rfds, wfds;
+    int i, maxfd, nselect, npoll;
+    struct timeval tv, *tvp;
+    long usecs;
+
+    FD_ZERO(&rfds);
+    FD_ZERO(&wfds);
+
+    maxfd = -1;
+    for (i = 0; i < nfd; i++) {
+	fd[i].revents = 0;
+
+	if (fd[i].events & POLLIN)
+	    FD_SET(fd[i].fd, &rfds);
+
+	if (fd[i].events & POLLOUT)
+	    FD_SET(fd[i].fd, &wfds);
+
+	if (fd[i].fd > maxfd)
+	    maxfd = fd[i].fd;
+    }
+    
+    if (maxfd >= FD_SETSIZE) {
+	Punt("Ran out of fd_set slots; " 
+	     "recompile with a larger FD_SETSIZE.");
+    }
+
+    if (timeout < 0) {
+	tvp = NULL;
+    } else {
+	usecs = timeout * 1000;
+	tv.tv_sec = usecs / 1000000;
+	tv.tv_usec = usecs % 1000000;
+        tvp = &tv;
+    }
+
+    nselect = select(maxfd + 1, &rfds, &wfds, 0, tvp);
+
+    if (nselect <= 0)
+	return nselect;
+
+    npoll = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < nfd; i++) {
+	if (FD_ISSET(fd[i].fd, &rfds))
+	    fd[i].revents |= POLLIN;
+
+	if (FD_ISSET(fd[i].fd, &wfds))
+	    fd[i].revents |= POLLOUT;
+
+	if (fd[i].revents)
+	    npoll++;
+    }
+
+    return npoll;
+}
+#endif /* USE_SELECT */
diff --git a/job.h b/job.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5323b10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/job.h
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: job.h,v 1.41 2013/03/05 22:01:44 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)job.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)job.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * job.h --
+ *	Definitions pertaining to the running of jobs in parallel mode.
+ */
+#ifndef _JOB_H_
+#define _JOB_H_
+
+#define TMPPAT	"makeXXXXXX"		/* relative to tmpdir */
+
+#ifdef USE_SELECT
+/*
+ * Emulate poll() in terms of select().  This is not a complete
+ * emulation but it is sufficient for make's purposes.
+ */
+
+#define poll emul_poll
+#define pollfd emul_pollfd
+
+struct emul_pollfd {
+    int fd;
+    short events;
+    short revents;
+};
+
+#define	POLLIN		0x0001
+#define	POLLOUT		0x0004
+
+int
+emul_poll(struct pollfd *fd, int nfd, int timeout);
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The POLL_MSEC constant determines the maximum number of milliseconds spent
+ * in poll before coming out to see if a child has finished. 
+ */
+#define POLL_MSEC	5000
+
+
+/*-
+ * Job Table definitions.
+ *
+ * Each job has several things associated with it:
+ *	1) The process id of the child shell
+ *	2) The graph node describing the target being made by this job
+ *	3) A LstNode for the first command to be saved after the job
+ *	   completes. This is NULL if there was no "..." in the job's
+ *	   commands.
+ *	4) An FILE* for writing out the commands. This is only
+ *	   used before the job is actually started.
+ *	5) The output is being caught via a pipe and
+ *	   the descriptors of our pipe, an array in which output is line
+ *	   buffered and the current position in that buffer are all
+ *	   maintained for each job.
+ *	6) A word of flags which determine how the module handles errors,
+ *	   echoing, etc. for the job
+ *
+ * When a job is finished, the Make_Update function is called on each of the
+ * parents of the node which was just remade. This takes care of the upward
+ * traversal of the dependency graph.
+ */
+struct pollfd;
+
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+# include "meta.h"
+#endif
+
+#define JOB_BUFSIZE	1024
+typedef struct Job {
+    int       	pid;	    /* The child's process ID */
+    GNode    	*node;      /* The target the child is making */
+    LstNode 	tailCmds;   /* The node of the first command to be
+			     * saved when the job has been run */
+    FILE 	*cmdFILE;   /* When creating the shell script, this is
+			     * where the commands go */
+    int		exit_status; /* from wait4() in signal handler */
+    char        job_state;  /* status of the job entry */
+#define JOB_ST_FREE	0	/* Job is available */
+#define JOB_ST_SETUP	1	/* Job is allocated but otherwise invalid */
+#define JOB_ST_RUNNING	3	/* Job is running, pid valid */
+#define JOB_ST_FINISHED	4	/* Job is done (ie after SIGCHILD) */
+    char        job_suspended;
+    short      	flags;	    /* Flags to control treatment of job */
+#define	JOB_IGNERR	0x001	/* Ignore non-zero exits */
+#define	JOB_SILENT	0x002	/* no output */
+#define JOB_SPECIAL	0x004	/* Target is a special one. i.e. run it locally
+				 * if we can't export it and maxLocal is 0 */
+#define JOB_IGNDOTS	0x008  	/* Ignore "..." lines when processing
+				 * commands */
+#define JOB_TRACED	0x400	/* we've sent 'set -x' */
+
+    int	  	 jobPipe[2];	/* Pipe for readind output from job */
+    struct pollfd *inPollfd;	/* pollfd associated with inPipe */
+    char  	outBuf[JOB_BUFSIZE + 1];
+				/* Buffer for storing the output of the
+				 * job, line by line */
+    int   	curPos;	/* Current position in op_outBuf */
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    struct BuildMon	bm;
+#endif
+} Job;
+
+#define inPipe jobPipe[0]
+#define outPipe jobPipe[1]
+
+
+/*-
+ * Shell Specifications:
+ * Each shell type has associated with it the following information:
+ *	1) The string which must match the last character of the shell name
+ *	   for the shell to be considered of this type. The longest match
+ *	   wins.
+ *	2) A command to issue to turn off echoing of command lines
+ *	3) A command to issue to turn echoing back on again
+ *	4) What the shell prints, and its length, when given the echo-off
+ *	   command. This line will not be printed when received from the shell
+ *	5) A boolean to tell if the shell has the ability to control
+ *	   error checking for individual commands.
+ *	6) The string to turn this checking on.
+ *	7) The string to turn it off.
+ *	8) The command-flag to give to cause the shell to start echoing
+ *	   commands right away.
+ *	9) The command-flag to cause the shell to Lib_Exit when an error is
+ *	   detected in one of the commands.
+ *
+ * Some special stuff goes on if a shell doesn't have error control. In such
+ * a case, errCheck becomes a printf template for echoing the command,
+ * should echoing be on and ignErr becomes another printf template for
+ * executing the command while ignoring the return status. Finally errOut
+ * is a printf template for running the command and causing the shell to 
+ * exit on error. If any of these strings are empty when hasErrCtl is FALSE, 
+ * the command will be executed anyway as is and if it causes an error, so be 
+ * it. Any templates setup to echo the command will escape any '$ ` \ "'i
+ * characters in the command string to avoid common problems with 
+ * echo "%s\n" as a template.
+ */
+typedef struct Shell {
+    const char	 *name;		/* the name of the shell. For Bourne and C
+				 * shells, this is used only to find the
+				 * shell description when used as the single
+				 * source of a .SHELL target. For user-defined
+				 * shells, this is the full path of the shell.
+				 */
+    Boolean 	  hasEchoCtl;	/* True if both echoOff and echoOn defined */
+    const char   *echoOff;	/* command to turn off echo */
+    const char   *echoOn;	/* command to turn it back on again */
+    const char   *noPrint;	/* command to skip when printing output from
+				 * shell. This is usually the command which
+				 * was executed to turn off echoing */
+    int           noPLen;	/* length of noPrint command */
+    Boolean	  hasErrCtl;	/* set if can control error checking for
+				 * individual commands */
+    const char	 *errCheck;	/* string to turn error checking on */
+    const char	 *ignErr;	/* string to turn off error checking */
+    const char	 *errOut;	/* string to use for testing exit code */
+    const char	 *newline;	/* string literal that results in a newline
+				 * character when it appears outside of any
+				 * 'quote' or "quote" characters */
+    char   commentChar;		/* character used by shell for comment lines */
+
+    /*
+     * command-line flags
+     */
+    const char   *echo;		/* echo commands */
+    const char   *exit;		/* exit on error */
+}               Shell;
+
+extern const char *shellPath;
+extern const char *shellName;
+
+extern int	jobTokensRunning; /* tokens currently "out" */
+extern int	maxJobs;	/* Max jobs we can run */
+
+void Shell_Init(void);
+const char *Shell_GetNewline(void);
+void Job_Touch(GNode *, Boolean);
+Boolean Job_CheckCommands(GNode *, void (*abortProc )(const char *, ...));
+#define CATCH_BLOCK	1
+void Job_CatchChildren(void);
+void Job_CatchOutput(void);
+void Job_Make(GNode *);
+void Job_Init(void);
+Boolean Job_Full(void);
+Boolean Job_Empty(void);
+ReturnStatus Job_ParseShell(char *);
+int Job_Finish(void);
+void Job_End(void);
+void Job_Wait(void);
+void Job_AbortAll(void);
+void JobFlagForMigration(int);
+void Job_TokenReturn(void);
+Boolean Job_TokenWithdraw(void);
+void Job_ServerStart(int, int, int);
+void Job_SetPrefix(void);
+Boolean Job_RunTarget(const char *, const char *);
+
+#endif /* _JOB_H_ */
diff --git a/lst.h b/lst.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e067407
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lst.h,v 1.18 2009/01/23 21:58:27 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)lst.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)lst.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * lst.h --
+ *	Header for using the list library
+ */
+#ifndef _LST_H_
+#define _LST_H_
+
+#include	<sys/param.h>
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+
+#include	"sprite.h"
+
+/*
+ * basic typedef. This is what the Lst_ functions handle
+ */
+
+typedef	struct List	*Lst;
+typedef	struct ListNode	*LstNode;
+
+typedef void		*DuplicateProc(void *);
+typedef void		FreeProc(void *);
+
+#define LST_CONCNEW	0   /* create new LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
+#define LST_CONCLINK	1   /* relink LstNode's when using Lst_Concat */
+
+/*
+ * Creation/destruction functions
+ */
+/* Create a new list */
+Lst		Lst_Init(Boolean);
+/* Duplicate an existing list */
+Lst		Lst_Duplicate(Lst, DuplicateProc *);
+/* Destroy an old one */
+void		Lst_Destroy(Lst, FreeProc *);
+/* True if list is empty */
+Boolean		Lst_IsEmpty(Lst);
+
+/*
+ * Functions to modify a list
+ */
+/* Insert an element before another */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertBefore(Lst, LstNode, void *);
+/* Insert an element after another */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_InsertAfter(Lst, LstNode, void *);
+/* Place an element at the front of a lst. */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_AtFront(Lst, void *);
+/* Place an element at the end of a lst. */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_AtEnd(Lst, void *);
+/* Remove an element */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Remove(Lst, LstNode);
+/* Replace a node with a new value */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Replace(LstNode, void *);
+/* Concatenate two lists */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Concat(Lst, Lst, int);
+
+/*
+ * Node-specific functions
+ */
+/* Return first element in list */
+LstNode		Lst_First(Lst);
+/* Return last element in list */
+LstNode		Lst_Last(Lst);
+/* Return successor to given element */
+LstNode		Lst_Succ(LstNode);
+/* Return predecessor to given element */
+LstNode		Lst_Prev(LstNode);
+/* Get datum from LstNode */
+void		*Lst_Datum(LstNode);
+
+/*
+ * Functions for entire lists
+ */
+/* Find an element in a list */
+LstNode		Lst_Find(Lst, const void *, int (*)(const void *, const void *));
+/* Find an element starting from somewhere */
+LstNode		Lst_FindFrom(Lst, LstNode, const void *,
+			     int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *));
+/*
+ * See if the given datum is on the list. Returns the LstNode containing
+ * the datum
+ */
+LstNode		Lst_Member(Lst, void *);
+/* Apply a function to all elements of a lst */
+int		Lst_ForEach(Lst, int (*)(void *, void *), void *);
+/*
+ * Apply a function to all elements of a lst starting from a certain point.
+ * If the list is circular, the application will wrap around to the
+ * beginning of the list again.
+ */
+int		Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst, LstNode, int (*)(void *, void *),
+				void *);
+/*
+ * these functions are for dealing with a list as a table, of sorts.
+ * An idea of the "current element" is kept and used by all the functions
+ * between Lst_Open() and Lst_Close().
+ */
+/* Open the list */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_Open(Lst);
+/* Next element please */
+LstNode		Lst_Next(Lst);
+/* Done yet? */
+Boolean		Lst_IsAtEnd(Lst);
+/* Finish table access */
+void		Lst_Close(Lst);
+
+/*
+ * for using the list as a queue
+ */
+/* Place an element at tail of queue */
+ReturnStatus	Lst_EnQueue(Lst, void *);
+/* Remove an element from head of queue */
+void		*Lst_DeQueue(Lst);
+
+#endif /* _LST_H_ */
diff --git a/lst.lib/Makefile b/lst.lib/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/Makefile
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstAppend.c b/lst.lib/lstAppend.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dafe83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstAppend.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAppend.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAppend.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAppend.c --
+ *	Add a new node with a new datum after an existing node
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_InsertAfter --
+ *	Create a new node and add it to the given list after the given node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		affected list
+ *	ln		node after which to append the datum
+ *	d		said datum
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if all went well.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new ListNode is created and linked in to the List. The lastPtr
+ *	field of the List will be altered if ln is the last node in the
+ *	list. lastPtr and firstPtr will alter if the list was empty and
+ *	ln was NULL.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_InsertAfter(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+    List 	list;
+    ListNode	lNode;
+    ListNode	nLNode;
+
+    if (LstValid (l) && (ln == NULL && LstIsEmpty (l))) {
+	goto ok;
+    }
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l)  || ! LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+    ok:
+
+    list = l;
+    lNode = ln;
+
+    PAlloc (nLNode, ListNode);
+    nLNode->datum = d;
+    nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
+
+    if (lNode == NULL) {
+	if (list->isCirc) {
+	    nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
+	} else {
+	    nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode->prevPtr = NULL;
+	}
+	list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+    } else {
+	nLNode->prevPtr = lNode;
+	nLNode->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+
+	lNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
+	if (nLNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
+	    nLNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+
+	if (lNode == list->lastPtr) {
+	    list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c b/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10f191a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstAtEnd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtEnd.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAtEnd.c --
+ *	Add a node at the end of the list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_AtEnd --
+ *	Add a node to the end of the given list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		List to which to add the datum
+ *	d		Datum to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if life is good.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new ListNode is created and added to the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_AtEnd(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    LstNode	end;
+
+    end = Lst_Last(l);
+    return (Lst_InsertAfter(l, end, d));
+}
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c b/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8be166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstAtFront.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstAtFront.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstAtFront.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstAtFront.c --
+ *	Add a node at the front of the list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_AtFront --
+ *	Place a piece of data at the front of a list
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new ListNode is created and stuck at the front of the list.
+ *	hence, firstPtr (and possible lastPtr) in the list are altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_AtFront(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    LstNode	front;
+
+    front = Lst_First(l);
+    return (Lst_InsertBefore(l, front, d));
+}
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstClose.c b/lst.lib/lstClose.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06b68c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstClose.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstClose.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstClose.c,v 1.11 2006/10/27 21:37:25 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstClose.c --
+ *	Close a list for sequential access.
+ *	The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ *	CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ *	access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ *	and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ *	used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Close --
+ *	Close a list which was opened for sequential access.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		The list to close
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The list is closed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Lst_Close(Lst l)
+{
+    List 	list = l;
+
+    if (LstValid(l) == TRUE) {
+	list->isOpen = FALSE;
+	list->atEnd = Unknown;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstConcat.c b/lst.lib/lstConcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..534d34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstConcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstConcat.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstConcat.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * listConcat.c --
+ *	Function to concatentate two lists.
+ */
+
+#include    "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Concat --
+ *	Concatenate two lists. New elements are created to hold the data
+ *	elements, if specified, but the elements themselves are not copied.
+ *	If the elements should be duplicated to avoid confusion with another
+ *	list, the Lst_Duplicate function should be called first.
+ *	If LST_CONCLINK is specified, the second list is destroyed since
+ *	its pointers have been corrupted and the list is no longer useable.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l1		The list to which l2 is to be appended
+ *	l2		The list to append to l1
+ *	flags		LST_CONCNEW if LstNode's should be duplicated
+ *			LST_CONCLINK if should just be relinked
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS if all went well. FAILURE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	New elements are created and appended the first list.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Concat(Lst l1, Lst l2, int flags)
+{
+    ListNode  	ln;     /* original LstNode */
+    ListNode  	nln;    /* new LstNode */
+    ListNode  	last;   /* the last element in the list. Keeps
+				 * bookkeeping until the end */
+    List 	list1 = l1;
+    List 	list2 = l2;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l1) || !LstValid (l2)) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    if (flags == LST_CONCLINK) {
+	if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * We set the nextPtr of the
+	     * last element of list two to be NIL to make the loop easier and
+	     * so we don't need an extra case should the first list turn
+	     * out to be non-circular -- the final element will already point
+	     * to NIL space and the first element will be untouched if it
+	     * existed before and will also point to NIL space if it didn't.
+	     */
+	    list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+	    /*
+	     * So long as the second list isn't empty, we just link the
+	     * first element of the second list to the last element of the
+	     * first list. If the first list isn't empty, we then link the
+	     * last element of the list to the first element of the second list
+	     * The last element of the second list, if it exists, then becomes
+	     * the last element of the first list.
+	     */
+	    list2->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+	    if (list1->lastPtr != NULL) {
+ 		list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+	    } else {
+		list1->firstPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+	    }
+	    list1->lastPtr = list2->lastPtr;
+	}
+	if (list1->isCirc && list1->firstPtr != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the first list is supposed to be circular and it is (now)
+	     * non-empty, we must make sure it's circular by linking the
+	     * first element to the last and vice versa
+	     */
+	    list1->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+	    list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
+	}
+	free(l2);
+    } else if (list2->firstPtr != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * We set the nextPtr of the last element of list 2 to be nil to make
+	 * the loop less difficult. The loop simply goes through the entire
+	 * second list creating new LstNodes and filling in the nextPtr, and
+	 * prevPtr to fit into l1 and its datum field from the
+	 * datum field of the corresponding element in l2. The 'last' node
+	 * follows the last of the new nodes along until the entire l2 has
+	 * been appended. Only then does the bookkeeping catch up with the
+	 * changes. During the first iteration of the loop, if 'last' is nil,
+	 * the first list must have been empty so the newly-created node is
+	 * made the first node of the list.
+	 */
+	list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+	for (last = list1->lastPtr, ln = list2->firstPtr;
+	     ln != NULL;
+	     ln = ln->nextPtr)
+	{
+	    PAlloc (nln, ListNode);
+	    nln->datum = ln->datum;
+	    if (last != NULL) {
+		last->nextPtr = nln;
+	    } else {
+		list1->firstPtr = nln;
+	    }
+	    nln->prevPtr = last;
+	    nln->flags = nln->useCount = 0;
+	    last = nln;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Finish bookkeeping. The last new element becomes the last element
+	 * of list one.
+	 */
+	list1->lastPtr = last;
+
+	/*
+	 * The circularity of both list one and list two must be corrected
+	 * for -- list one because of the new nodes added to it; list two
+	 * because of the alteration of list2->lastPtr's nextPtr to ease the
+	 * above for loop.
+	 */
+	if (list1->isCirc) {
+	    list1->lastPtr->nextPtr = list1->firstPtr;
+	    list1->firstPtr->prevPtr = list1->lastPtr;
+	} else {
+	    last->nextPtr = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (list2->isCirc) {
+	    list2->lastPtr->nextPtr = list2->firstPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstDatum.c b/lst.lib/lstDatum.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e2d9ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstDatum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDatum.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDatum.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDatum.c --
+ *	Return the datum associated with a list node.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Datum --
+ *	Return the datum stored in the given node.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The datum or NULL if the node is invalid.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Lst_Datum(LstNode ln)
+{
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	return ((ln)->datum);
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c b/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdb05cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstDeQueue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDeQueue.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDeQueue.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDeQueue.c --
+ *	Remove the node and return its datum from the head of the list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_DeQueue --
+ *	Remove and return the datum at the head of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The datum in the node at the head or NULL if the list
+ *	is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The head node is removed from the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void *
+Lst_DeQueue(Lst l)
+{
+    void *rd;
+    ListNode	tln;
+
+    tln = Lst_First(l);
+    if (tln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    rd = tln->datum;
+    if (Lst_Remove(l, tln) == FAILURE) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (rd);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c b/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92c5b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstDestroy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDestroy.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDestroy.c,v 1.16 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstDestroy.c --
+ *	Nuke a list and all its resources
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Destroy --
+ *	Destroy a list and free all its resources. If the freeProc is
+ *	given, it is called with the datum from each node in turn before
+ *	the node is freed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The given list is freed in its entirety.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Lst_Destroy(Lst list, FreeProc *freeProc)
+{
+    ListNode	ln;
+    ListNode	tln = NULL;
+
+    if (list == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    /* To ease scanning */
+    if (list->lastPtr != NULL)
+	list->lastPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+    else {
+	free(list);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (freeProc) {
+	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
+	     tln = ln->nextPtr;
+	     freeProc(ln->datum);
+	     free(ln);
+	}
+    } else {
+	for (ln = list->firstPtr; ln != NULL; ln = tln) {
+	     tln = ln->nextPtr;
+	     free(ln);
+	}
+    }
+
+    free(list);
+}
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstDupl.c b/lst.lib/lstDupl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2174ff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstDupl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstDupl.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstDupl.c,v 1.16 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * listDupl.c --
+ *	Duplicate a list. This includes duplicating the individual
+ *	elements.
+ */
+
+#include    "lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Duplicate --
+ *	Duplicate an entire list. If a function to copy a void *is
+ *	given, the individual client elements will be duplicated as well.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		the list to duplicate
+ *	copyProc	A function to duplicate each void *
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The new Lst structure or NULL if failure.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new list is created.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Lst_Duplicate(Lst l, DuplicateProc *copyProc)
+{
+    Lst 	nl;
+    ListNode  	ln;
+    List 	list = l;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    nl = Lst_Init(list->isCirc);
+    if (nl == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    ln = list->firstPtr;
+    while (ln != NULL) {
+	if (copyProc != NULL) {
+	    if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, copyProc(ln->datum)) == FAILURE) {
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	} else if (Lst_AtEnd(nl, ln->datum) == FAILURE) {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (list->isCirc && ln == list->lastPtr) {
+	    ln = NULL;
+	} else {
+	    ln = ln->nextPtr;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (nl);
+}
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c b/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be386c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstEnQueue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstEnQueue.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstEnQueue.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstEnQueue.c--
+ *	Treat the list as a queue and place a datum at its end
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_EnQueue --
+ *	Add the datum to the tail of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE as returned by Lst_InsertAfter.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the lastPtr field is altered all the time and the firstPtr field
+ *	will be altered if the list used to be empty.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_EnQueue(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    if (LstValid (l) == FALSE) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    return (Lst_InsertAfter(l, Lst_Last(l), d));
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstFind.c b/lst.lib/lstFind.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07dbe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstFind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFind.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFind.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFind.c --
+ *	Find a node on a list.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Find --
+ *	Find a node on the given list using the given comparison function
+ *	and the given datum.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The found node or NULL if none matches.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Find(Lst l, const void *d, int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    return (Lst_FindFrom(l, Lst_First(l), d, cProc));
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c b/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2beab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstFindFrom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFindFrom.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFindFrom.c,v 1.15 2009/01/23 21:58:28 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFindFrom.c --
+ *	Find a node on a list from a given starting point. Used by Lst_Find.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_FindFrom --
+ *	Search for a node starting and ending with the given one on the
+ *	given list using the passed datum and comparison function to
+ *	determine when it has been found.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The found node or NULL
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_FindFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, const void *d,
+	     int (*cProc)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    ListNode	tln;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    tln = ln;
+
+    do {
+	if ((*cProc)(tln->datum, d) == 0)
+	    return (tln);
+	tln = tln->nextPtr;
+    } while (tln != ln && tln != NULL);
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstFirst.c b/lst.lib/lstFirst.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e8334f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstFirst.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstFirst.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstFirst.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstFirst.c --
+ *	Return the first node of a list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_First --
+ *	Return the first node on the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The first node or NULL if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_First(Lst l)
+{
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (l->firstPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstForEach.c b/lst.lib/lstForEach.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..917e4ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstForEach.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEach.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEach.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstForeach.c --
+ *	Perform a given function on all elements of a list.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_ForEach --
+ *	Apply the given function to each element of the given list. The
+ *	function should return 0 if Lst_ForEach should continue and non-
+ *	zero if it should abort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those created by the passed-in function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int
+Lst_ForEach(Lst l, int (*proc)(void *, void *), void *d)
+{
+    return Lst_ForEachFrom(l, Lst_First(l), proc, d);
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c b/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7f44ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstForEachFrom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstForEachFrom.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstForEachFrom.c,v 1.17 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * lstForEachFrom.c --
+ *	Perform a given function on all elements of a list starting from
+ *	a given point.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_ForEachFrom --
+ *	Apply the given function to each element of the given list. The
+ *	function should return 0 if traversal should continue and non-
+ *	zero if it should abort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those created by the passed-in function.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*VARARGS2*/
+int
+Lst_ForEachFrom(Lst l, LstNode ln, int (*proc)(void *, void *),
+		void *d)
+{
+    ListNode	tln = ln;
+    List 	list = l;
+    ListNode	next;
+    Boolean 	    	done;
+    int     	    	result;
+
+    if (!LstValid (list) || LstIsEmpty (list)) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    do {
+	/*
+	 * Take care of having the current element deleted out from under
+	 * us.
+	 */
+
+	next = tln->nextPtr;
+
+	/*
+	 * We're done with the traversal if
+	 *  - the next node to examine is the first in the queue or
+	 *    doesn't exist and
+	 *  - nothing's been added after the current node (check this
+	 *    after proc() has been called).
+	 */
+	done = (next == NULL || next == list->firstPtr);
+
+	(void) tln->useCount++;
+	result = (*proc) (tln->datum, d);
+	(void) tln->useCount--;
+
+	/*
+	 * Now check whether a node has been added.
+	 * Note: this doesn't work if this node was deleted before
+	 *       the new node was added.
+	 */
+	if (next != tln->nextPtr) {
+		next = tln->nextPtr;
+		done = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (tln->flags & LN_DELETED) {
+	    free((char *)tln);
+	}
+	tln = next;
+    } while (!result && !LstIsEmpty(list) && !done);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstInit.c b/lst.lib/lstInit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f98ac42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstInit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInit.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInit.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * init.c --
+ *	Initialize a new linked list.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Init --
+ *	Create and initialize a new list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	circ		TRUE if the list should be made circular
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The created list.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A list is created, what else?
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Lst_Init(Boolean circ)
+{
+    List	nList;
+
+    PAlloc (nList, List);
+
+    nList->firstPtr = NULL;
+    nList->lastPtr = NULL;
+    nList->isOpen = FALSE;
+    nList->isCirc = circ;
+    nList->atEnd = Unknown;
+
+    return (nList);
+}
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstInsert.c b/lst.lib/lstInsert.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77187bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstInsert.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstInsert.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstInsert.c,v 1.14 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstInsert.c --
+ *	Insert a new datum before an old one
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_InsertBefore --
+ *	Insert a new node with the given piece of data before the given
+ *	node in the given list.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		list to manipulate
+ *	ln		node before which to insert d
+ *	d		datum to be inserted
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the firstPtr field will be changed if ln is the first node in the
+ *	list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_InsertBefore(Lst l, LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+    ListNode	nLNode;	/* new lnode for d */
+    ListNode	lNode = ln;
+    List 	list = l;
+
+
+    /*
+     * check validity of arguments
+     */
+    if (LstValid (l) && (LstIsEmpty (l) && ln == NULL))
+	goto ok;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty (l) || !LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    ok:
+    PAlloc (nLNode, ListNode);
+
+    nLNode->datum = d;
+    nLNode->useCount = nLNode->flags = 0;
+
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	if (list->isCirc) {
+	    nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = nLNode;
+	} else {
+	    nLNode->prevPtr = nLNode->nextPtr = NULL;
+	}
+	list->firstPtr = list->lastPtr = nLNode;
+    } else {
+	nLNode->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+	nLNode->nextPtr = lNode;
+
+	if (nLNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
+	    nLNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+	lNode->prevPtr = nLNode;
+
+	if (lNode == list->firstPtr) {
+	    list->firstPtr = nLNode;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstInt.h b/lst.lib/lstInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34a2fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstInt.h,v 1.20 2009/01/24 14:43:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)lstInt.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * lstInt.h --
+ *	Internals for the list library
+ */
+#ifndef _LSTINT_H_
+#define _LSTINT_H_
+
+#include	  "../lst.h"
+#include	  "../make_malloc.h"
+
+typedef struct ListNode {
+	struct ListNode	*prevPtr;   /* previous element in list */
+	struct ListNode	*nextPtr;   /* next in list */
+	unsigned int	useCount:8, /* Count of functions using the node.
+				     * node may not be deleted until count
+				     * goes to 0 */
+ 	    	    	flags:8;    /* Node status flags */
+	void		*datum;	    /* datum associated with this element */
+} *ListNode;
+/*
+ * Flags required for synchronization
+ */
+#define LN_DELETED  	0x0001      /* List node should be removed when done */
+
+typedef enum {
+    Head, Middle, Tail, Unknown
+} Where;
+
+typedef struct	List {
+	ListNode  	firstPtr; /* first node in list */
+	ListNode  	lastPtr;  /* last node in list */
+	Boolean	  	isCirc;	  /* true if the list should be considered
+				   * circular */
+/*
+ * fields for sequential access
+ */
+	Where	  	atEnd;	  /* Where in the list the last access was */
+	Boolean	  	isOpen;	  /* true if list has been Lst_Open'ed */
+	ListNode  	curPtr;	  /* current node, if open. NULL if
+				   * *just* opened */
+	ListNode  	prevPtr;  /* Previous node, if open. Used by
+				   * Lst_Remove */
+} *List;
+
+/*
+ * PAlloc (var, ptype) --
+ *	Allocate a pointer-typedef structure 'ptype' into the variable 'var'
+ */
+#define	PAlloc(var,ptype)	var = (ptype) bmake_malloc(sizeof *(var))
+
+/*
+ * LstValid (l) --
+ *	Return TRUE if the list l is valid
+ */
+#define LstValid(l)	((Lst)(l) != NULL)
+
+/*
+ * LstNodeValid (ln, l) --
+ *	Return TRUE if the LstNode ln is valid with respect to l
+ */
+#define LstNodeValid(ln, l)	((ln) != NULL)
+
+/*
+ * LstIsEmpty (l) --
+ *	TRUE if the list l is empty.
+ */
+#define LstIsEmpty(l)	(((List)(l))->firstPtr == NULL)
+
+#endif /* _LSTINT_H_ */
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c b/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70270d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstIsAtEnd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsAtEnd.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsAtEnd.c,v 1.13 2008/02/15 21:29:50 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstIsAtEnd.c --
+ *	Tell if the current node is at the end of the list.
+ *	The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ *	CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ *	access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ *	and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ *	used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_IsAtEnd --
+ *	Return true if have reached the end of the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if at the end of the list (this includes the list not being
+ *	open or being invalid) or FALSE if not. We return TRUE if the list
+ *	is invalid or unopend so as to cause the caller to exit its loop
+ *	asap, the assumption being that the loop is of the form
+ *	    while (!Lst_IsAtEnd (l)) {
+ *	    	  ...
+ *	    }
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Lst_IsAtEnd(Lst l)
+{
+    List list = l;
+
+    return (!LstValid (l) || !list->isOpen ||
+	    (list->atEnd == Head) || (list->atEnd == Tail));
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c b/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b1d6ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstIsEmpty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstIsEmpty.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstIsEmpty.c,v 1.11 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstIsEmpty.c --
+ *	A single function to decide if a list is empty
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_IsEmpty --
+ *	Return TRUE if the given list is empty.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the list is empty, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *	A list is considered empty if its firstPtr == NULL (or if
+ *	the list itself is NULL).
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Lst_IsEmpty(Lst l)
+{
+    return ( ! LstValid (l) || LstIsEmpty(l));
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstLast.c b/lst.lib/lstLast.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..096ca24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstLast.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstLast.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstLast.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstLast.c --
+ *	Return the last element of a list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Last --
+ *	Return the last node on the list l.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The requested node or NULL if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Last(Lst l)
+{
+    if (!LstValid(l) || LstIsEmpty (l)) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (l->lastPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstMember.c b/lst.lib/lstMember.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ff2ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstMember.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstMember.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * lstMember.c --
+ *	See if a given datum is on a given list.
+ */
+
+#include    "lstInt.h"
+
+LstNode
+Lst_Member(Lst l, void *d)
+{
+    List    	  	list = l;
+    ListNode	lNode;
+
+    lNode = list->firstPtr;
+    if (lNode == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if (lNode->datum == d) {
+	    return lNode;
+	}
+	lNode = lNode->nextPtr;
+    } while (lNode != NULL && lNode != list->firstPtr);
+
+    return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstNext.c b/lst.lib/lstNext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c2e0ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstNext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstNext.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstNext.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstNext.c --
+ *	Return the next node for a list.
+ *	The sequential functions access the list in a slightly different way.
+ *	CurPtr points to their idea of the current node in the list and they
+ *	access the list based on it. Because the list is circular, Lst_Next
+ *	and Lst_Prev will go around the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be
+ *	used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Next --
+ *	Return the next node for the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The next node or NULL if the list has yet to be opened. Also
+ *	if the list is non-circular and the end has been reached, NULL
+ *	is returned.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the curPtr field is updated.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Next(Lst l)
+{
+    ListNode	tln;
+    List 	list = l;
+
+    if ((LstValid (l) == FALSE) ||
+	(list->isOpen == FALSE)) {
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    list->prevPtr = list->curPtr;
+
+    if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
+	if (list->atEnd == Unknown) {
+	    /*
+	     * If we're just starting out, atEnd will be Unknown.
+	     * Then we want to start this thing off in the right
+	     * direction -- at the start with atEnd being Middle.
+	     */
+	    list->curPtr = tln = list->firstPtr;
+	    list->atEnd = Middle;
+	} else {
+	    tln = NULL;
+	    list->atEnd = Tail;
+	}
+    } else {
+	tln = list->curPtr->nextPtr;
+	list->curPtr = tln;
+
+	if (tln == list->firstPtr || tln == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * If back at the front, then we've hit the end...
+	     */
+	    list->atEnd = Tail;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Reset to Middle if gone past first.
+	     */
+	    list->atEnd = Middle;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (tln);
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstOpen.c b/lst.lib/lstOpen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..941293e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstOpen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstOpen.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstOpen.c,v 1.12 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstOpen.c --
+ *	Open a list for sequential access. The sequential functions access the
+ *	list in a slightly different way. CurPtr points to their idea of the
+ *	current node in the list and they access the list based on it.
+ *	If the list is circular, Lst_Next and Lst_Prev will go around
+ *	the list forever. Lst_IsAtEnd must be used to determine when to stop.
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Open --
+ *	Open a list for sequential access. A list can still be searched,
+ *	etc., without confusing these functions.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	isOpen is set TRUE and curPtr is set to NULL so the
+ *	other sequential functions no it was just opened and can choose
+ *	the first element accessed based on this.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Open(Lst l)
+{
+	if (LstValid (l) == FALSE) {
+		return (FAILURE);
+	}
+	(l)->isOpen = TRUE;
+	(l)->atEnd = LstIsEmpty (l) ? Head : Unknown;
+	(l)->curPtr = NULL;
+
+	return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstPrev.c b/lst.lib/lstPrev.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ec865d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstPrev.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstPrev.c,v 1.3 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstPrev.c --
+ *	return the predecessor to a given node
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Prev --
+ *	Return the predecessor to the given node on its list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The predecessor of the node, if it exists (note that on a circular
+ *	list, if the node is the only one in the list, it is its own
+ *	predecessor).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Prev(LstNode ln)
+{
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (ln->prevPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstRemove.c b/lst.lib/lstRemove.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54d7b33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstRemove.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.14 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.14 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstRemove.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstRemove.c,v 1.14 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstRemove.c --
+ *	Remove an element from a list
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Remove --
+ *	Remove the given node from the given list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The list's firstPtr will be set to NULL if ln is the last
+ *	node on the list. firsPtr and lastPtr will be altered if ln is
+ *	either the first or last node, respectively, on the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Remove(Lst l, LstNode ln)
+{
+    List 	list = l;
+    ListNode	lNode = ln;
+
+    if (!LstValid (l) ||
+	!LstNodeValid (ln, l)) {
+	    return (FAILURE);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * unlink it from the list
+     */
+    if (lNode->nextPtr != NULL) {
+	lNode->nextPtr->prevPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+    }
+    if (lNode->prevPtr != NULL) {
+	lNode->prevPtr->nextPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * if either the firstPtr or lastPtr of the list point to this node,
+     * adjust them accordingly
+     */
+    if (list->firstPtr == lNode) {
+	list->firstPtr = lNode->nextPtr;
+    }
+    if (list->lastPtr == lNode) {
+	list->lastPtr = lNode->prevPtr;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Sequential access stuff. If the node we're removing is the current
+     * node in the list, reset the current node to the previous one. If the
+     * previous one was non-existent (prevPtr == NULL), we set the
+     * end to be Unknown, since it is.
+     */
+    if (list->isOpen && (list->curPtr == lNode)) {
+	list->curPtr = list->prevPtr;
+	if (list->curPtr == NULL) {
+	    list->atEnd = Unknown;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * the only way firstPtr can still point to ln is if ln is the last
+     * node on the list (the list is circular, so lNode->nextptr == lNode in
+     * this case). The list is, therefore, empty and is marked as such
+     */
+    if (list->firstPtr == lNode) {
+	list->firstPtr = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * note that the datum is unmolested. The caller must free it as
+     * necessary and as expected.
+     */
+    if (lNode->useCount == 0) {
+	free(ln);
+    } else {
+	lNode->flags |= LN_DELETED;
+    }
+
+    return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstReplace.c b/lst.lib/lstReplace.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..090e91a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstReplace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstReplace.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstReplace.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstReplace.c --
+ *	Replace the datum in a node with a new datum
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Replace --
+ *	Replace the datum in the given node with the new datum
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	SUCCESS or FAILURE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The datum field fo the node is altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+ReturnStatus
+Lst_Replace(LstNode ln, void *d)
+{
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return (FAILURE);
+    } else {
+	(ln)->datum = d;
+	return (SUCCESS);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lst.lib/lstSucc.c b/lst.lib/lstSucc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f13aa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lst.lib/lstSucc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstSucc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstSucc.c,v 1.13 2008/12/13 15:19:29 dsl Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * LstSucc.c --
+ *	return the successor to a given node
+ */
+
+#include	"lstInt.h"
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lst_Succ --
+ *	Return the successor to the given node on its list.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The successor of the node, if it exists (note that on a circular
+ *	list, if the node is the only one in the list, it is its own
+ *	successor).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+LstNode
+Lst_Succ(LstNode ln)
+{
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return (ln->nextPtr);
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/machine.sh b/machine.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..32a0f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/machine.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+:
+# derrived from /etc/rc_d/os.sh
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: machine.sh,v 1.16 2010/10/17 00:05:51 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1994-2002 Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+OS=`uname`
+OSREL=`uname -r`
+OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1`
+machine=`uname -p 2>/dev/null || uname -m`
+MACHINE=
+
+# there is at least one case of `uname -p` outputting
+# a bunch of usless drivel
+case "$machine" in
+unknown|*[!A-Za-z0-9_-]*)
+        machine=`uname -m`
+        ;;
+esac
+
+# Great! Solaris keeps moving arch(1)
+# we need this here, and it is not always available...
+Which() {
+	# some shells cannot correctly handle `IFS`
+	# in conjunction with the for loop.
+	_dirs=`IFS=:; echo ${2:-$PATH}`
+	for d in $_dirs
+	do
+		test -x $d/$1 && { echo $d/$1; break; }
+	done
+}
+
+case $OS in
+OpenBSD)
+	MACHINE=$OS$OSMAJOR.$machine
+	arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb:$PATH`
+	MACHINE_ARCH=`$arch -s`;
+	;;
+*BSD)
+	MACHINE=$OS$OSMAJOR.$machine
+	;;
+SunOS)
+	arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb:$PATH`
+	test "$arch" && machine_arch=`$arch`
+
+	case "$OSREL" in
+	4.0*) MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch MACHINE=$machine_arch;;
+	4*) MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch;;
+	esac
+	;;
+HP-UX)
+	MACHINE_ARCH=`IFS="/-."; set $machine; echo $1`
+	;;
+Interix)
+	MACHINE=i386
+	MACHINE_ARCH=i386
+	;;
+UnixWare)
+	OSREL=`uname -v`
+	OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1`
+	MACHINE_ARCH=`uname -m`
+	;;
+Linux)
+        case "$machine" in
+	i?86) MACHINE_ARCH=i386;;# does anyone really care about 686 vs 586?
+	esac
+        ;;
+esac
+
+MACHINE=${MACHINE:-$OS$OSMAJOR}
+MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH:-$machine}
+
+(
+case "$0" in
+arch*)	echo $MACHINE_ARCH;;
+*)
+	case "$1" in
+	"")	echo $MACHINE;;
+	*)	echo $MACHINE_ARCH;;
+	esac
+	;;
+esac
+) | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
diff --git a/main.c b/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84c6935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1934 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.210 2013/03/23 05:31:29 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.210 2013/03/23 05:31:29 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993\
+ The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.");
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.210 2013/03/23 05:31:29 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * main.c --
+ *	The main file for this entire program. Exit routines etc
+ *	reside here.
+ *
+ * Utility functions defined in this file:
+ *	Main_ParseArgLine	Takes a line of arguments, breaks them and
+ *				treats them as if they were given when first
+ *				invoked. Used by the parse module to implement
+ *				the .MFLAGS target.
+ *
+ *	Error			Print a tagged error message. The global
+ *				MAKE variable must have been defined. This
+ *				takes a format string and two optional
+ *				arguments for it.
+ *
+ *	Fatal			Print an error message and exit. Also takes
+ *				a format string and two arguments.
+ *
+ *	Punt			Aborts all jobs and exits with a message. Also
+ *				takes a format string and two arguments.
+ *
+ *	Finish			Finish things up by printing the number of
+ *				errors which occurred, as passed to it, and
+ *				exiting.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#include "wait.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	DEFMAXLOCAL
+#define	DEFMAXLOCAL DEFMAXJOBS
+#endif	/* DEFMAXLOCAL */
+
+Lst			create;		/* Targets to be made */
+time_t			now;		/* Time at start of make */
+GNode			*DEFAULT;	/* .DEFAULT node */
+Boolean			allPrecious;	/* .PRECIOUS given on line by itself */
+
+static Boolean		noBuiltins;	/* -r flag */
+static Lst		makefiles;	/* ordered list of makefiles to read */
+static Boolean		printVars;	/* print value of one or more vars */
+static Lst		variables;	/* list of variables to print */
+int			maxJobs;	/* -j argument */
+static int		maxJobTokens;	/* -j argument */
+Boolean			compatMake;	/* -B argument */
+int			debug;		/* -d argument */
+Boolean			debugVflag;	/* -dV */
+Boolean			noExecute;	/* -n flag */
+Boolean			noRecursiveExecute;	/* -N flag */
+Boolean			keepgoing;	/* -k flag */
+Boolean			queryFlag;	/* -q flag */
+Boolean			touchFlag;	/* -t flag */
+Boolean			ignoreErrors;	/* -i flag */
+Boolean			beSilent;	/* -s flag */
+Boolean			oldVars;	/* variable substitution style */
+Boolean			checkEnvFirst;	/* -e flag */
+Boolean			parseWarnFatal;	/* -W flag */
+Boolean			jobServer; 	/* -J flag */
+static int jp_0 = -1, jp_1 = -1;	/* ends of parent job pipe */
+Boolean			varNoExportEnv;	/* -X flag */
+Boolean			doing_depend;	/* Set while reading .depend */
+static Boolean		jobsRunning;	/* TRUE if the jobs might be running */
+static const char *	tracefile;
+static void		MainParseArgs(int, char **);
+static int		ReadMakefile(const void *, const void *);
+static void		usage(void) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+
+static Boolean		ignorePWD;	/* if we use -C, PWD is meaningless */
+static char objdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* where we chdir'ed to */
+char curdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1];		/* Startup directory */
+char *progname;				/* the program name */
+char *makeDependfile;
+pid_t myPid;
+
+Boolean forceJobs = FALSE;
+
+/*
+ * On some systems MACHINE is defined as something other than
+ * what we want.
+ */
+#ifdef FORCE_MACHINE
+# undef MACHINE
+# define MACHINE FORCE_MACHINE
+#endif
+
+extern Lst parseIncPath;
+
+static void
+parse_debug_options(const char *argvalue)
+{
+	const char *modules;
+	const char *mode;
+	char *fname;
+	int len;
+
+	for (modules = argvalue; *modules; ++modules) {
+		switch (*modules) {
+		case 'A':
+			debug = ~0;
+			break;
+		case 'a':
+			debug |= DEBUG_ARCH;
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			debug |= DEBUG_CWD;
+			break;
+		case 'c':
+			debug |= DEBUG_COND;
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			debug |= DEBUG_DIR;
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			debug |= DEBUG_ERROR;
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			debug |= DEBUG_FOR;
+			break;
+		case 'g':
+			if (modules[1] == '1') {
+				debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH1;
+				++modules;
+			}
+			else if (modules[1] == '2') {
+				debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH2;
+				++modules;
+			}
+			else if (modules[1] == '3') {
+				debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH3;
+				++modules;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			debug |= DEBUG_JOB;
+			break;
+		case 'l':
+			debug |= DEBUG_LOUD;
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			debug |= DEBUG_META;
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			debug |= DEBUG_MAKE;
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			debug |= DEBUG_SCRIPT;
+			break;
+		case 'p':
+			debug |= DEBUG_PARSE;
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			debug |= DEBUG_SUFF;
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			debug |= DEBUG_TARG;
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+			debugVflag = TRUE;
+			break;
+		case 'v':
+			debug |= DEBUG_VAR;
+			break;
+		case 'x':
+			debug |= DEBUG_SHELL;
+			break;
+		case 'F':
+			if (debug_file != stdout && debug_file != stderr)
+				fclose(debug_file);
+			if (*++modules == '+') {
+				modules++;
+				mode = "a";
+			} else
+				mode = "w";
+			if (strcmp(modules, "stdout") == 0) {
+				debug_file = stdout;
+				goto debug_setbuf;
+			}
+			if (strcmp(modules, "stderr") == 0) {
+				debug_file = stderr;
+				goto debug_setbuf;
+			}
+			len = strlen(modules);
+			fname = malloc(len + 20);
+			memcpy(fname, modules, len + 1);
+			/* Let the filename be modified by the pid */
+			if (strcmp(fname + len - 3, ".%d") == 0)
+				snprintf(fname + len - 2, 20, "%d", getpid());
+			debug_file = fopen(fname, mode);
+			if (!debug_file) {
+				fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open debug file %s\n",
+				    fname);
+				usage();
+			}
+			free(fname);
+			goto debug_setbuf;
+		default:
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			    "%s: illegal argument to d option -- %c\n",
+			    progname, *modules);
+			usage();
+		}
+	}
+debug_setbuf:
+	/*
+	 * Make the debug_file unbuffered, and make
+	 * stdout line buffered (unless debugfile == stdout).
+	 */
+	setvbuf(debug_file, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+	if (debug_file != stdout) {
+		setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
+	}
+}
+
+/*-
+ * MainParseArgs --
+ *	Parse a given argument vector. Called from main() and from
+ *	Main_ParseArgLine() when the .MAKEFLAGS target is used.
+ *
+ *	XXX: Deal with command line overriding .MAKEFLAGS in makefile
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Various global and local flags will be set depending on the flags
+ *	given
+ */
+static void
+MainParseArgs(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	char *p;
+	int c = '?';
+	int arginc;
+	char *argvalue;
+	const char *getopt_def;
+	char *optscan;
+	Boolean inOption, dashDash = FALSE;
+	char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* for searching for sys.mk */
+
+#define OPTFLAGS "BC:D:I:J:NST:V:WXd:ef:ij:km:nqrst"
+/* Can't actually use getopt(3) because rescanning is not portable */
+
+	getopt_def = OPTFLAGS;
+rearg:	
+	inOption = FALSE;
+	optscan = NULL;
+	while(argc > 1) {
+		char *getopt_spec;
+		if(!inOption)
+			optscan = argv[1];
+		c = *optscan++;
+		arginc = 0;
+		if(inOption) {
+			if(c == '\0') {
+				++argv;
+				--argc;
+				inOption = FALSE;
+				continue;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (c != '-' || dashDash)
+				break;
+			inOption = TRUE;
+			c = *optscan++;
+		}
+		/* '-' found at some earlier point */
+		getopt_spec = strchr(getopt_def, c);
+		if(c != '\0' && getopt_spec != NULL && getopt_spec[1] == ':') {
+			/* -<something> found, and <something> should have an arg */
+			inOption = FALSE;
+			arginc = 1;
+			argvalue = optscan;
+			if(*argvalue == '\0') {
+				if (argc < 3)
+					goto noarg;
+				argvalue = argv[2];
+				arginc = 2;
+			}
+		} else {
+			argvalue = NULL; 
+		}
+		switch(c) {
+		case '\0':
+			arginc = 1;
+			inOption = FALSE;
+			break;
+		case 'B':
+			compatMake = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-B", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Set(MAKE_MODE, "compat", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			break;
+		case 'C':
+			if (chdir(argvalue) == -1) {
+				(void)fprintf(stderr,
+					      "%s: chdir %s: %s\n",
+					      progname, argvalue,
+					      strerror(errno));
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
+				(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno));
+				exit(2);
+			}
+			ignorePWD = TRUE;
+			break;
+		case 'D':
+			if (argvalue == NULL || argvalue[0] == 0) goto noarg;
+			Var_Set(argvalue, "1", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-D", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			Parse_AddIncludeDir(argvalue);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-I", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'J':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			if (sscanf(argvalue, "%d,%d", &jp_0, &jp_1) != 2) {
+			    (void)fprintf(stderr,
+				"%s: internal error -- J option malformed (%s)\n",
+				progname, argvalue);
+				usage();
+			}
+			if ((fcntl(jp_0, F_GETFD, 0) < 0) ||
+			    (fcntl(jp_1, F_GETFD, 0) < 0)) {
+#if 0
+			    (void)fprintf(stderr,
+				"%s: ###### warning -- J descriptors were closed!\n",
+				progname);
+			    exit(2);
+#endif
+			    jp_0 = -1;
+			    jp_1 = -1;
+			    compatMake = TRUE;
+			} else {
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			    jobServer = TRUE;
+			}
+			break;
+		case 'N':
+			noExecute = TRUE;
+			noRecursiveExecute = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-N", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			keepgoing = FALSE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-S", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			tracefile = bmake_strdup(argvalue);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-T", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'V':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			printVars = TRUE;
+			(void)Lst_AtEnd(variables, argvalue);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-V", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'W':
+			parseWarnFatal = TRUE;
+			break;
+		case 'X':
+			varNoExportEnv = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-X", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			/* If '-d-opts' don't pass to children */
+			if (argvalue[0] == '-')
+			    argvalue++;
+			else {
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-d", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			    Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			}
+			parse_debug_options(argvalue);
+			break;
+		case 'e':
+			checkEnvFirst = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-e", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'f':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			(void)Lst_AtEnd(makefiles, argvalue);
+			break;
+		case 'i':
+			ignoreErrors = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-i", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'j':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			forceJobs = TRUE;
+			maxJobs = strtol(argvalue, &p, 0);
+			if (*p != '\0' || maxJobs < 1) {
+				(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal argument to -j -- must be positive integer!\n",
+				    progname);
+				exit(1);
+			}
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-j", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Set(".MAKE.JOBS", argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			keepgoing = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-k", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'm':
+			if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg;
+			/* look for magic parent directory search string */
+			if (strncmp(".../", argvalue, 4) == 0) {
+				if (!Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, argvalue+4,
+				    found_path, sizeof(found_path)))
+					break;		/* nothing doing */
+				(void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, found_path);
+			} else {
+				(void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, argvalue);
+			}
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-m", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'n':
+			noExecute = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-n", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'q':
+			queryFlag = TRUE;
+			/* Kind of nonsensical, wot? */
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-q", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 'r':
+			noBuiltins = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-r", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 's':
+			beSilent = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-s", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case 't':
+			touchFlag = TRUE;
+			Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-t", VAR_GLOBAL);
+			break;
+		case '-':
+			dashDash = TRUE;
+			break;
+		default:
+		case '?':
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+			fprintf(stderr, "getopt(%s) -> %d (%c)\n",
+				OPTFLAGS, c, c);
+#endif
+			usage();
+		}
+		argv += arginc;
+		argc -= arginc;
+	}
+
+	oldVars = TRUE;
+
+	/*
+	 * See if the rest of the arguments are variable assignments and
+	 * perform them if so. Else take them to be targets and stuff them
+	 * on the end of the "create" list.
+	 */
+	for (; argc > 1; ++argv, --argc)
+		if (Parse_IsVar(argv[1])) {
+			Parse_DoVar(argv[1], VAR_CMD);
+		} else {
+			if (!*argv[1])
+				Punt("illegal (null) argument.");
+			if (*argv[1] == '-' && !dashDash)
+				goto rearg;
+			(void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(argv[1]));
+		}
+
+	return;
+noarg:
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
+	    progname, c);
+	usage();
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Main_ParseArgLine --
+ *  	Used by the parse module when a .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS target
+ *	is encountered and by main() when reading the .MAKEFLAGS envariable.
+ *	Takes a line of arguments and breaks it into its
+ * 	component words and passes those words and the number of them to the
+ *	MainParseArgs function.
+ *	The line should have all its leading whitespace removed.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		Line to fracture
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those that come from the various arguments.
+ */
+void
+Main_ParseArgLine(const char *line)
+{
+	char **argv;			/* Manufactured argument vector */
+	int argc;			/* Number of arguments in argv */
+	char *args;			/* Space used by the args */
+	char *buf, *p1;
+	char *argv0 = Var_Value(".MAKE", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+	size_t len;
+
+	if (line == NULL)
+		return;
+	for (; *line == ' '; ++line)
+		continue;
+	if (!*line)
+		return;
+
+#ifndef POSIX
+	{
+		/*
+		 * $MAKE may simply be naming the make(1) binary
+		 */
+		char *cp;
+
+		if (!(cp = strrchr(line, '/')))
+			cp = line;
+		if ((cp = strstr(cp, "make")) &&
+		    strcmp(cp, "make") == 0)
+			return;
+	}
+#endif
+	buf = bmake_malloc(len = strlen(line) + strlen(argv0) + 2);
+	(void)snprintf(buf, len, "%s %s", argv0, line);
+	if (p1)
+		free(p1);
+
+	argv = brk_string(buf, &argc, TRUE, &args);
+	if (argv == NULL) {
+		Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", buf);
+		free(buf);
+		return;
+	}
+	free(buf);
+	MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
+
+	free(args);
+	free(argv);
+}
+
+Boolean
+Main_SetObjdir(const char *path)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	char *p = NULL;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+	Boolean rc = FALSE;
+
+	/* expand variable substitutions */
+	if (strchr(path, '$') != 0) {
+		snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s", path);
+		path = p = Var_Subst(NULL, buf, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	}
+
+	if (path[0] != '/') {
+		snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s/%s", curdir, path);
+		path = buf;
+	}
+
+	/* look for the directory and try to chdir there */
+	if (stat(path, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		if (chdir(path)) {
+			(void)fprintf(stderr, "make warning: %s: %s.\n",
+				      path, strerror(errno));
+		} else {
+			strncpy(objdir, path, MAXPATHLEN);
+			Var_Set(".OBJDIR", objdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			setenv("PWD", objdir, 1);
+			Dir_InitDot();
+			rc = TRUE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (p)
+		free(p);
+	return rc;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ReadAllMakefiles --
+ *	wrapper around ReadMakefile() to read all.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if ok, FALSE on error
+ */
+static int
+ReadAllMakefiles(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+	return (ReadMakefile(p, q) == 0);
+}
+
+int
+str2Lst_Append(Lst lp, char *str, const char *sep)
+{
+    char *cp;
+    int n;
+
+    if (!sep)
+	sep = " \t";
+
+    for (n = 0, cp = strtok(str, sep); cp; cp = strtok(NULL, sep)) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(lp, cp);
+	n++;
+    }
+    return (n);
+}
+
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+siginfo(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+	char dir[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char str[2 * MAXPATHLEN];
+	int len;
+	if (getcwd(dir, sizeof(dir)) == NULL)
+		return;
+	len = snprintf(str, sizeof(str), "%s: Working in: %s\n", progname, dir);
+	if (len > 0)
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, str, (size_t)len);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Allow makefiles some control over the mode we run in.
+ */
+void
+MakeMode(const char *mode)
+{
+    char *mp = NULL;
+
+    if (!mode)
+	mode = mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_MODE ":tl}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+    if (mode && *mode) {
+	if (strstr(mode, "compat")) {
+	    compatMake = TRUE;
+	    forceJobs = FALSE;
+	}
+#if USE_META
+	if (strstr(mode, "meta"))
+	    meta_mode_init(mode);
+#endif
+    }
+    if (mp)
+	free(mp);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * main --
+ *	The main function, for obvious reasons. Initializes variables
+ *	and a few modules, then parses the arguments give it in the
+ *	environment and on the command line. Reads the system makefile
+ *	followed by either Makefile, makefile or the file given by the
+ *	-f argument. Sets the .MAKEFLAGS PMake variable based on all the
+ *	flags it has received by then uses either the Make or the Compat
+ *	module to create the initial list of targets.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If -q was given, exits -1 if anything was out-of-date. Else it exits
+ *	0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The program exits when done. Targets are created. etc. etc. etc.
+ */
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	Lst targs;	/* target nodes to create -- passed to Make_Init */
+	Boolean outOfDate = FALSE; 	/* FALSE if all targets up to date */
+	struct stat sb, sa;
+	char *p1, *path, *pwd;
+	char mdpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+#ifdef FORCE_MACHINE
+	const char *machine = FORCE_MACHINE;
+#else
+    	const char *machine = getenv("MACHINE");
+#endif
+	const char *machine_arch = getenv("MACHINE_ARCH");
+	char *syspath = getenv("MAKESYSPATH");
+	Lst sysMkPath;			/* Path of sys.mk */
+	char *cp = NULL, *start;
+					/* avoid faults on read-only strings */
+	static char defsyspath[] = _PATH_DEFSYSPATH;
+	char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1];	/* for searching for sys.mk */
+	struct timeval rightnow;		/* to initialize random seed */
+	struct utsname utsname;
+
+	/* default to writing debug to stderr */
+	debug_file = stderr;
+
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+	(void)bmake_signal(SIGINFO, siginfo);
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * Set the seed to produce a different random sequence
+	 * on each program execution.
+	 */
+	gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
+	srandom(rightnow.tv_sec + rightnow.tv_usec);
+	
+	if ((progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) != NULL)
+		progname++;
+	else
+		progname = argv[0];
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) || (defined(HAVE_SETRLIMIT) && defined(RLIMIT_NOFILE))
+	/*
+	 * get rid of resource limit on file descriptors
+	 */
+	{
+		struct rlimit rl;
+		if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) != -1 &&
+		    rl.rlim_cur != rl.rlim_max) {
+			rl.rlim_cur = rl.rlim_max;
+			(void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (uname(&utsname) == -1) {
+	    (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: uname failed (%s).\n", progname,
+		strerror(errno));
+	    exit(2);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Get the name of this type of MACHINE from utsname
+	 * so we can share an executable for similar machines.
+	 * (i.e. m68k: amiga hp300, mac68k, sun3, ...)
+	 *
+	 * Note that both MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH are decided at
+	 * run-time.
+	 */
+	if (!machine) {
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+	    machine = utsname.machine;
+#else
+#ifdef MAKE_MACHINE
+	    machine = MAKE_MACHINE;
+#else
+	    machine = "unknown";
+#endif
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (!machine_arch) {
+#ifndef MACHINE_ARCH
+#ifdef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH
+            machine_arch = MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH;
+#else
+	    machine_arch = "unknown";
+#endif
+#else
+	    machine_arch = MACHINE_ARCH;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	myPid = getpid();		/* remember this for vFork() */
+
+	/*
+	 * Just in case MAKEOBJDIR wants us to do something tricky.
+	 */
+	Var_Init();		/* Initialize the lists of variables for
+				 * parsing arguments */
+	Var_Set(".MAKE.OS", utsname.sysname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set("MACHINE", machine, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set("MACHINE_ARCH", machine_arch, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#ifdef MAKE_VERSION
+	Var_Set("MAKE_VERSION", MAKE_VERSION, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#endif
+	Var_Set(".newline", "\n", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* handy for :@ loops */
+	/*
+	 * This is the traditional preference for makefiles.
+	 */
+#ifndef MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST
+# define MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST "makefile Makefile"
+#endif
+	Var_Set(MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE, MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST,
+		VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(MAKE_DEPENDFILE, ".depend", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+	create = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	makefiles = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	printVars = FALSE;
+	debugVflag = FALSE;
+	variables = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	beSilent = FALSE;		/* Print commands as executed */
+	ignoreErrors = FALSE;		/* Pay attention to non-zero returns */
+	noExecute = FALSE;		/* Execute all commands */
+	noRecursiveExecute = FALSE;	/* Execute all .MAKE targets */
+	keepgoing = FALSE;		/* Stop on error */
+	allPrecious = FALSE;		/* Remove targets when interrupted */
+	queryFlag = FALSE;		/* This is not just a check-run */
+	noBuiltins = FALSE;		/* Read the built-in rules */
+	touchFlag = FALSE;		/* Actually update targets */
+	debug = 0;			/* No debug verbosity, please. */
+	jobsRunning = FALSE;
+
+	maxJobs = DEFMAXLOCAL;		/* Set default local max concurrency */
+	maxJobTokens = maxJobs;
+	compatMake = FALSE;		/* No compat mode */
+	ignorePWD = FALSE;
+
+	/*
+	 * Initialize the parsing, directory and variable modules to prepare
+	 * for the reading of inclusion paths and variable settings on the
+	 * command line
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * Initialize various variables.
+	 *	MAKE also gets this name, for compatibility
+	 *	.MAKEFLAGS gets set to the empty string just in case.
+	 *	MFLAGS also gets initialized empty, for compatibility.
+	 */
+	Parse_Init();
+	if (argv[0][0] == '/' || strchr(argv[0], '/') == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Leave alone if it is an absolute path, or if it does
+	     * not contain a '/' in which case we need to find it in
+	     * the path, like execvp(3) and the shells do.
+	     */
+	    p1 = argv[0];
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * A relative path, canonicalize it.
+	     */
+	    p1 = realpath(argv[0], mdpath);
+	    if (!p1 || *p1 != '/' || stat(p1, &sb) < 0) {
+		p1 = argv[0];		/* realpath failed */
+	    }
+	}
+	Var_Set("MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(MAKEFLAGS, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(MAKEOVERRIDES, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set("MFLAGS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".ALLTARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Set some other useful macros
+	 */
+	{
+	    char tmp[64];
+	    const char *ep;
+
+	    if (!(ep = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL))) {
+#ifdef MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE
+		if (!(ep = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE)))
+#endif
+		    ep = "0";
+	    }
+	    Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL, ep, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", myPid);
+	    Var_Set(".MAKE.PID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	    snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getppid());
+	    Var_Set(".MAKE.PPID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	}
+	Job_SetPrefix();
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+	meta_init();
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * First snag any flags out of the MAKE environment variable.
+	 * (Note this is *not* MAKEFLAGS since /bin/make uses that and it's
+	 * in a different format).
+	 */
+#ifdef POSIX
+	Main_ParseArgLine(getenv("MAKEFLAGS"));
+#else
+	Main_ParseArgLine(getenv("MAKE"));
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * Find where we are (now).
+	 * We take care of PWD for the automounter below...
+	 */
+	if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: getcwd: %s.\n",
+		    progname, strerror(errno));
+		exit(2);
+	}
+
+	MainParseArgs(argc, argv);
+
+	/*
+	 * Verify that cwd is sane.
+	 */
+	if (stat(curdir, &sa) == -1) {
+	    (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: %s.\n",
+		 progname, curdir, strerror(errno));
+	    exit(2);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * All this code is so that we know where we are when we start up
+	 * on a different machine with pmake.
+	 * Overriding getcwd() with $PWD totally breaks MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+	 * since the value of curdir can vary depending on how we got
+	 * here.  Ie sitting at a shell prompt (shell that provides $PWD)
+	 * or via subdir.mk in which case its likely a shell which does
+	 * not provide it.
+	 * So, to stop it breaking this case only, we ignore PWD if
+	 * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or MAKEOBJDIR contains a transform.
+	 */
+#ifndef NO_PWD_OVERRIDE
+	if (!ignorePWD &&
+	    (pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL &&
+	    getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL) {
+		const char *makeobjdir = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR");
+
+		if (makeobjdir == NULL || !strchr(makeobjdir, '$')) {
+			if (stat(pwd, &sb) == 0 && sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino &&
+			    sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev)
+				(void)strncpy(curdir, pwd, MAXPATHLEN);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	Var_Set(".CURDIR", curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Find the .OBJDIR.  If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, or failing that,
+	 * MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment, try only that value
+	 * and fall back to .CURDIR if it does not exist.
+	 *
+	 * Otherwise, try _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE, _PATH_OBJDIR, and
+	 * finally _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX`pwd`, in that order.  If none
+	 * of these paths exist, just use .CURDIR.
+	 */
+	Dir_Init(curdir);
+	(void)Main_SetObjdir(curdir);
+
+	if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX")) != NULL) {
+		(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", path, curdir);
+		(void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
+	} else if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR")) != NULL) {
+		(void)Main_SetObjdir(path);
+	} else {
+		(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s.%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine);
+		if (!Main_SetObjdir(mdpath) && !Main_SetObjdir(_PATH_OBJDIR)) {
+			(void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", 
+					_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, curdir);
+			(void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Be compatible if user did not specify -j and did not explicitly
+	 * turned compatibility on
+	 */
+	if (!compatMake && !forceJobs) {
+		compatMake = TRUE;
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * Initialize archive, target and suffix modules in preparation for
+	 * parsing the makefile(s)
+	 */
+	Arch_Init();
+	Targ_Init();
+	Suff_Init();
+	Trace_Init(tracefile);
+
+	DEFAULT = NULL;
+	(void)time(&now);
+
+	Trace_Log(MAKESTART, NULL);
+	
+	/*
+	 * Set up the .TARGETS variable to contain the list of targets to be
+	 * created. If none specified, make the variable empty -- the parser
+	 * will fill the thing in with the default or .MAIN target.
+	 */
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) {
+		LstNode ln;
+
+		for (ln = Lst_First(create); ln != NULL;
+		    ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+			char *name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+			Var_Append(".TARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		}
+	} else
+		Var_Set(".TARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+
+	/*
+	 * If no user-supplied system path was given (through the -m option)
+	 * add the directories from the DEFSYSPATH (more than one may be given
+	 * as dir1:...:dirn) to the system include path.
+	 */
+	if (syspath == NULL || *syspath == '\0')
+		syspath = defsyspath;
+	else
+		syspath = bmake_strdup(syspath);
+
+	for (start = syspath; *start != '\0'; start = cp) {
+		for (cp = start; *cp != '\0' && *cp != ':'; cp++)
+			continue;
+		if (*cp == ':') {
+			*cp++ = '\0';
+		}
+		/* look for magic parent directory search string */
+		if (strncmp(".../", start, 4) != 0) {
+			(void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, start);
+		} else {
+			if (Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, start+4, 
+			    found_path, sizeof(found_path))) {
+				(void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, found_path);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (syspath != defsyspath)
+		free(syspath);
+
+	/*
+	 * Read in the built-in rules first, followed by the specified
+	 * makefile, if it was (makefile != NULL), or the default
+	 * makefile and Makefile, in that order, if it wasn't.
+	 */
+	if (!noBuiltins) {
+		LstNode ln;
+
+		sysMkPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		Dir_Expand(_PATH_DEFSYSMK,
+			   Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath,
+			   sysMkPath);
+		if (Lst_IsEmpty(sysMkPath))
+			Fatal("%s: no system rules (%s).", progname,
+			    _PATH_DEFSYSMK);
+		ln = Lst_Find(sysMkPath, NULL, ReadMakefile);
+		if (ln == NULL)
+			Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname,
+			    (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
+	}
+
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(makefiles)) {
+		LstNode ln;
+
+		ln = Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadAllMakefiles);
+		if (ln != NULL)
+			Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname, 
+			    (char *)Lst_Datum(ln));
+	} else {
+	    p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE "}",
+		VAR_CMD, 0);
+	    if (p1) {
+		(void)str2Lst_Append(makefiles, p1, NULL);
+		(void)Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadMakefile);
+		free(p1);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* In particular suppress .depend for '-r -V .OBJDIR -f /dev/null' */
+	if (!noBuiltins || !printVars) {
+	    makeDependfile = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}",
+		VAR_CMD, 0);
+	    doing_depend = TRUE;
+	    (void)ReadMakefile(makeDependfile, NULL);
+	    doing_depend = FALSE;
+	}
+
+	MakeMode(NULL);
+
+	Var_Append("MFLAGS", Var_Value(MAKEFLAGS, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1), VAR_GLOBAL);
+	if (p1)
+	    free(p1);
+
+	if (!compatMake)
+	    Job_ServerStart(maxJobTokens, jp_0, jp_1);
+	if (DEBUG(JOB))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "job_pipe %d %d, maxjobs %d, tokens %d, compat %d\n",
+		jp_0, jp_1, maxJobs, maxJobTokens, compatMake);
+
+	Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(TRUE);	/* initial export */
+
+	/*
+	 * For compatibility, look at the directories in the VPATH variable
+	 * and add them to the search path, if the variable is defined. The
+	 * variable's value is in the same format as the PATH envariable, i.e.
+	 * <directory>:<directory>:<directory>...
+	 */
+	if (Var_Exists("VPATH", VAR_CMD)) {
+		char *vpath, savec;
+		/*
+		 * GCC stores string constants in read-only memory, but
+		 * Var_Subst will want to write this thing, so store it
+		 * in an array
+		 */
+		static char VPATH[] = "${VPATH}";
+
+		vpath = Var_Subst(NULL, VPATH, VAR_CMD, FALSE);
+		path = vpath;
+		do {
+			/* skip to end of directory */
+			for (cp = path; *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++)
+				continue;
+			/* Save terminator character so know when to stop */
+			savec = *cp;
+			*cp = '\0';
+			/* Add directory to search path */
+			(void)Dir_AddDir(dirSearchPath, path);
+			*cp = savec;
+			path = cp + 1;
+		} while (savec == ':');
+		free(vpath);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now that all search paths have been read for suffixes et al, it's
+	 * time to add the default search path to their lists...
+	 */
+	Suff_DoPaths();
+
+	/*
+	 * Propagate attributes through :: dependency lists.
+	 */
+	Targ_Propagate();
+
+	/* print the initial graph, if the user requested it */
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH1))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(1);
+
+	/* print the values of any variables requested by the user */
+	if (printVars) {
+		LstNode ln;
+		Boolean expandVars;
+
+		if (debugVflag)
+			expandVars = FALSE;
+		else
+			expandVars = getBoolean(".MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES", FALSE);
+		for (ln = Lst_First(variables); ln != NULL;
+		    ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) {
+			char *var = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+			char *value;
+			
+			if (strchr(var, '$')) {
+				value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, var, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			} else if (expandVars) {
+				char tmp[128];
+								
+				if (snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", var) >= (int)(sizeof(tmp)))
+					Fatal("%s: variable name too big: %s",
+					      progname, var);
+				value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			} else {
+				value = Var_Value(var, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+			}
+			printf("%s\n", value ? value : "");
+			if (p1)
+				free(p1);
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Have now read the entire graph and need to make a list of
+		 * targets to create. If none was given on the command line,
+		 * we consult the parsing module to find the main target(s)
+		 * to create.
+		 */
+		if (Lst_IsEmpty(create))
+			targs = Parse_MainName();
+		else
+			targs = Targ_FindList(create, TARG_CREATE);
+
+		if (!compatMake) {
+			/*
+			 * Initialize job module before traversing the graph
+			 * now that any .BEGIN and .END targets have been read.
+			 * This is done only if the -q flag wasn't given
+			 * (to prevent the .BEGIN from being executed should
+			 * it exist).
+			 */
+			if (!queryFlag) {
+				Job_Init();
+				jobsRunning = TRUE;
+			}
+
+			/* Traverse the graph, checking on all the targets */
+			outOfDate = Make_Run(targs);
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * Compat_Init will take care of creating all the
+			 * targets as well as initializing the module.
+			 */
+			Compat_Run(targs);
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+	Lst_Destroy(targs, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(variables, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(makefiles, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(create, (FreeProc *)free);
+#endif
+
+	/* print the graph now it's been processed if the user requested it */
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH2))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+
+	Trace_Log(MAKEEND, 0);
+
+	Suff_End();
+        Targ_End();
+	Arch_End();
+	Var_End();
+	Parse_End();
+	Dir_End();
+	Job_End();
+	Trace_End();
+
+	return outOfDate ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ReadMakefile  --
+ *	Open and parse the given makefile.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if ok. -1 if couldn't open file.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	lots
+ */
+static int
+ReadMakefile(const void *p, const void *q MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+	const char *fname = p;		/* makefile to read */
+	int fd;
+	size_t len = MAXPATHLEN;
+	char *name, *path = bmake_malloc(len);
+
+	if (!strcmp(fname, "-")) {
+		Parse_File(NULL /*stdin*/, -1);
+		Var_Set("MAKEFILE", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	} else {
+		/* if we've chdir'd, rebuild the path name */
+		if (strcmp(curdir, objdir) && *fname != '/') {
+			size_t plen = strlen(curdir) + strlen(fname) + 2;
+			if (len < plen)
+				path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen);
+			
+			(void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", curdir, fname);
+			fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+			if (fd != -1) {
+				fname = path;
+				goto found;
+			}
+			
+			/* If curdir failed, try objdir (ala .depend) */
+			plen = strlen(objdir) + strlen(fname) + 2;
+			if (len < plen)
+				path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen);
+			(void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", objdir, fname);
+			fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+			if (fd != -1) {
+				fname = path;
+				goto found;
+			}
+		} else {
+			fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY);
+			if (fd != -1)
+				goto found;
+		}
+		/* look in -I and system include directories. */
+		name = Dir_FindFile(fname, parseIncPath);
+		if (!name)
+			name = Dir_FindFile(fname,
+				Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath);
+		if (!name || (fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+			if (name)
+				free(name);
+			free(path);
+			return(-1);
+		}
+		fname = name;
+		/*
+		 * set the MAKEFILE variable desired by System V fans -- the
+		 * placement of the setting here means it gets set to the last
+		 * makefile specified, as it is set by SysV make.
+		 */
+found:
+		if (!doing_depend)
+			Var_Set("MAKEFILE", fname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+		Parse_File(fname, fd);
+	}
+	free(path);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+
+/*-
+ * Cmd_Exec --
+ *	Execute the command in cmd, and return the output of that command
+ *	in a string.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string containing the output of the command, or the empty string
+ *	If errnum is not NULL, it contains the reason for the command failure
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The string must be freed by the caller.
+ */
+char *
+Cmd_Exec(const char *cmd, const char **errnum)
+{
+    const char	*args[4];   	/* Args for invoking the shell */
+    int 	fds[2];	    	/* Pipe streams */
+    int 	cpid;	    	/* Child PID */
+    int 	pid;	    	/* PID from wait() */
+    char	*res;		/* result */
+    WAIT_T	status;		/* command exit status */
+    Buffer	buf;		/* buffer to store the result */
+    char	*cp;
+    int		cc;
+
+
+    *errnum = NULL;
+
+    if (!shellName)
+	Shell_Init();
+    /*
+     * Set up arguments for shell
+     */
+    args[0] = shellName;
+    args[1] = "-c";
+    args[2] = cmd;
+    args[3] = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Open a pipe for fetching its output
+     */
+    if (pipe(fds) == -1) {
+	*errnum = "Couldn't create pipe for \"%s\"";
+	goto bad;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Fork
+     */
+    switch (cpid = vFork()) {
+    case 0:
+	/*
+	 * Close input side of pipe
+	 */
+	(void)close(fds[0]);
+
+	/*
+	 * Duplicate the output stream to the shell's output, then
+	 * shut the extra thing down. Note we don't fetch the error
+	 * stream...why not? Why?
+	 */
+	(void)dup2(fds[1], 1);
+	(void)close(fds[1]);
+
+	Var_ExportVars();
+
+	(void)execv(shellPath, UNCONST(args));
+	_exit(1);
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+
+    case -1:
+	*errnum = "Couldn't exec \"%s\"";
+	goto bad;
+
+    default:
+	/*
+	 * No need for the writing half
+	 */
+	(void)close(fds[1]);
+
+	Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+	do {
+	    char   result[BUFSIZ];
+	    cc = read(fds[0], result, sizeof(result));
+	    if (cc > 0)
+		Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cc, result);
+	}
+	while (cc > 0 || (cc == -1 && errno == EINTR));
+
+	/*
+	 * Close the input side of the pipe.
+	 */
+	(void)close(fds[0]);
+
+	/*
+	 * Wait for the process to exit.
+	 */
+	while(((pid = waitpid(cpid, &status, 0)) != cpid) && (pid >= 0)) {
+	    JobReapChild(pid, status, FALSE);
+	    continue;
+	}
+	cc = Buf_Size(&buf);
+	res = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+
+	if (cc == 0)
+	    *errnum = "Couldn't read shell's output for \"%s\"";
+
+	if (WIFSIGNALED(status))
+	    *errnum = "\"%s\" exited on a signal";
+	else if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0)
+	    *errnum = "\"%s\" returned non-zero status";
+
+	/*
+	 * Null-terminate the result, convert newlines to spaces and
+	 * install it in the variable.
+	 */
+	res[cc] = '\0';
+	cp = &res[cc];
+
+	if (cc > 0 && *--cp == '\n') {
+	    /*
+	     * A final newline is just stripped
+	     */
+	    *cp-- = '\0';
+	}
+	while (cp >= res) {
+	    if (*cp == '\n') {
+		*cp = ' ';
+	    }
+	    cp--;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    return res;
+bad:
+    res = bmake_malloc(1);
+    *res = '\0';
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Error --
+ *	Print an error message given its format.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The message is printed.
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Error(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	FILE *err_file;
+
+	err_file = debug_file;
+	if (err_file == stdout)
+		err_file = stderr;
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	for (;;) {
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", progname);
+		(void)vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+		(void)fprintf(err_file, "\n");
+		(void)fflush(err_file);
+		if (err_file == stderr)
+			break;
+		err_file = stderr;
+	}
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Fatal --
+ *	Produce a Fatal error message. If jobs are running, waits for them
+ *	to finish.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The program exits
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Fatal(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	if (jobsRunning)
+		Job_Wait();
+
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	(void)fflush(stderr);
+
+	PrintOnError(NULL, NULL);
+
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH2) || DEBUG(GRAPH3))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+	Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0);
+	exit(2);		/* Not 1 so -q can distinguish error */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Punt --
+ *	Major exception once jobs are being created. Kills all jobs, prints
+ *	a message and exits.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All children are killed indiscriminately and the program Lib_Exits
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Punt(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname);
+	(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	(void)fflush(stderr);
+
+	PrintOnError(NULL, NULL);
+
+	DieHorribly();
+}
+
+/*-
+ * DieHorribly --
+ *	Exit without giving a message.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A big one...
+ */
+void
+DieHorribly(void)
+{
+	if (jobsRunning)
+		Job_AbortAll();
+	if (DEBUG(GRAPH2))
+		Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+	Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0);
+	exit(2);		/* Not 1, so -q can distinguish error */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Finish --
+ *	Called when aborting due to errors in child shell to signal
+ *	abnormal exit.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The program exits
+ */
+void
+Finish(int errors)
+	           	/* number of errors encountered in Make_Make */
+{
+	Fatal("%d error%s", errors, errors == 1 ? "" : "s");
+}
+
+/*
+ * eunlink --
+ *	Remove a file carefully, avoiding directories.
+ */
+int
+eunlink(const char *file)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (lstat(file, &st) == -1)
+		return -1;
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+		errno = EISDIR;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return unlink(file);
+}
+
+/*
+ * execError --
+ *	Print why exec failed, avoiding stdio.
+ */
+void
+execError(const char *af, const char *av)
+{
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+	int i = 0;
+	struct iovec iov[8];
+#define IOADD(s) \
+	(void)(iov[i].iov_base = UNCONST(s), \
+	    iov[i].iov_len = strlen(iov[i].iov_base), \
+	    i++)
+#else
+#define	IOADD(s) (void)write(2, s, strlen(s))
+#endif
+
+	IOADD(progname);
+	IOADD(": ");
+	IOADD(af);
+	IOADD("(");
+	IOADD(av);
+	IOADD(") failed (");
+	IOADD(strerror(errno));
+	IOADD(")\n");
+
+#ifdef USE_IOVEC
+	while (writev(2, iov, 8) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	    continue;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * usage --
+ *	exit with usage message
+ */
+static void
+usage(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+"usage: %s [-BeikNnqrstWX] \n\
+            [-C directory] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile]\n\
+            [-I directory] [-J private] [-j max_jobs] [-m directory] [-T file]\n\
+            [-V variable] [variable=value] [target ...]\n", progname);
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+
+int
+PrintAddr(void *a, void *b)
+{
+    printf("%lx ", (unsigned long) a);
+    return b ? 0 : 0;
+}
+
+
+
+void
+PrintOnError(GNode *gn, const char *s)
+{
+    static GNode *en = NULL;
+    char tmp[64];
+    char *cp;
+
+    if (s)
+	printf("%s", s);
+	
+    printf("\n%s: stopped in %s\n", progname, curdir);
+
+    if (en)
+	return;				/* we've been here! */
+    if (gn) {
+	/*
+	 * We can print this even if there is no .ERROR target.
+	 */
+	Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    strncpy(tmp, "${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'\n@}",
+	    sizeof(tmp) - 1);
+    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    if (cp) {
+	if (*cp)
+	    printf("%s", cp);
+	free(cp);
+    }
+    /*
+     * Finally, see if there is a .ERROR target, and run it if so.
+     */
+    en = Targ_FindNode(".ERROR", TARG_NOCREATE);
+    if (en) {
+	en->type |= OP_SPECIAL;
+	Compat_Make(en, en);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean first)
+{
+    static int once = 1;
+    char tmp[64];
+    char *s;
+
+    if (once != first)
+	return;
+    once = 0;
+    
+    strncpy(tmp, "${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@}",
+	    sizeof(tmp));
+    s = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_CMD, 0);
+    if (s && *s) {
+#ifdef POSIX
+	setenv("MAKEFLAGS", s, 1);
+#else
+	setenv("MAKE", s, 1);
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+char *
+getTmpdir(void)
+{
+    static char *tmpdir = NULL;
+
+    if (!tmpdir) {
+	struct stat st;
+
+	/*
+	 * Honor $TMPDIR but only if it is valid.
+	 * Ensure it ends with /.
+	 */
+	tmpdir = Var_Subst(NULL, "${TMPDIR:tA:U" _PATH_TMP "}/", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	if (stat(tmpdir, &st) < 0 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+	    free(tmpdir);
+	    tmpdir = bmake_strdup(_PATH_TMP);
+	}
+    }
+    return tmpdir;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create and open a temp file using "pattern".
+ * If "fnamep" is provided set it to a copy of the filename created.
+ * Otherwise unlink the file once open.
+ */
+int
+mkTempFile(const char *pattern, char **fnamep)
+{
+    static char *tmpdir = NULL;
+    char tfile[MAXPATHLEN];
+    int fd;
+    
+    if (!pattern)
+	pattern = TMPPAT;
+    if (!tmpdir)
+	tmpdir = getTmpdir();
+    if (pattern[0] == '/') {
+	snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s", pattern);
+    } else {
+	snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s%s", tmpdir, pattern);
+    }
+    if ((fd = mkstemp(tfile)) < 0)
+	Punt("Could not create temporary file %s: %s", tfile, strerror(errno));
+    if (fnamep) {
+	*fnamep = bmake_strdup(tfile);
+    } else {
+	unlink(tfile);			/* we just want the descriptor */
+    }
+    return fd;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Return a Boolean based on setting of a knob.
+ *
+ * If the knob is not set, the supplied default is the return value.
+ * If set, anything that looks or smells like "No", "False", "Off", "0" etc,
+ * is FALSE, otherwise TRUE.
+ */
+Boolean
+getBoolean(const char *name, Boolean bf)
+{
+    char tmp[64];
+    char *cp;
+
+    if (snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s:tl}", name) < (int)(sizeof(tmp))) {
+	cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+
+	if (cp) {
+	    switch(*cp) {
+	    case '\0':			/* not set - the default wins */
+		break;
+	    case '0':
+	    case 'f':
+	    case 'n':
+		bf = FALSE;
+		break;
+	    case 'o':
+		switch (cp[1]) {
+		case 'f':
+		    bf = FALSE;
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    bf = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+		break;
+	    default:
+		bf = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    free(cp);
+	}
+    }
+    return (bf);
+}
diff --git a/make-bootstrap.sh.in b/make-bootstrap.sh.in
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..70d7e2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make-bootstrap.sh.in
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+srcdir=@srcdir@
+
+DEFAULT_SYS_PATH="@default_sys_path@"
+
+case "@use_meta@" in
+yes) XDEFS="-DUSE_META ${XDEFS}";;
+esac
+
+CC="@CC@"
+CFLAGS="@CFLAGS@ -I. -I${srcdir} @DEFS@ @CPPFLAGS@ -DMAKE_NATIVE ${XDEFS}"
+
+MAKE_VERSION=`sed -n '/^MAKE_VERSION=/s,.*=[^0-9]*,,p' $srcdir/Makefile`
+
+MDEFS="-DMAKE_VERSION=\"$MAKE_VERSION\" \
+-D@force_machine@MACHINE=\"@machine@\" -DMACHINE_ARCH=\"@machine_arch@\" \
+-D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\""
+
+
+LDFLAGS="@LDFLAGS@"
+LIBS="@LIBS@"
+
+do_compile2() {
+	obj="$1"; shift
+	src="$1"; shift
+	echo ${CC} -c ${CFLAGS} "$@" -o "$obj" "$src"
+	${CC} -c ${CFLAGS} "$@" -o "$obj" "$src"
+}
+
+do_compile() {
+	obj="$1"; shift
+	src=`basename "$obj" .o`.c
+
+	for d in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/lst.lib"
+	do
+		test -s "$d/$src" || continue
+
+		do_compile2 "$obj" "$d/$src" "$@" || exit 1
+		return
+	done
+	echo "Unknown object file '$obj'" >&2
+	exit 1
+}
+
+do_link() {
+	output="$1"; shift
+	echo ${CC} ${LDSTATIC} ${LDFLAGS} -o "$output" "$@" ${LIBS}
+	${CC} ${LDSTATIC} ${LDFLAGS} -o "$output" "$@" ${LIBS}
+}
+
+BASE_OBJECTS="arch.o buf.o compat.o cond.o dir.o for.o getopt hash.o \
+job.o make.o make_malloc.o parse.o sigcompat.o str.o strlist.o \
+suff.o targ.o trace.o var.o util.o"
+
+LST_OBJECTS="lstAppend.o lstDupl.o lstInit.o lstOpen.o \
+lstAtEnd.o lstEnQueue.o lstInsert.o lstAtFront.o lstIsAtEnd.o \
+lstClose.o lstFind.o lstIsEmpty.o lstRemove.o lstConcat.o \
+lstFindFrom.o lstLast.o lstReplace.o lstFirst.o lstDatum.o \
+lstForEach.o lstMember.o lstSucc.o lstDeQueue.o lstForEachFrom.o \
+lstDestroy.o lstNext.o lstPrev.o"
+
+LIB_OBJECTS="@LIBOBJS@"
+
+do_compile main.o ${MDEFS}
+
+for o in ${BASE_OBJECTS} ${LST_OBJECTS} ${LIB_OBJECTS}
+do
+	do_compile "$o"
+done
+
+case "@use_meta@" in
+yes)
+        case "@filemon_h@" in
+	*/filemon.h) FDEFS="-DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I`dirname @filemon_h@`";;
+	esac
+        do_compile meta.o ${FDEFS}
+        BASE_OBJECTS="meta.o ${BASE_OBJECTS}"
+        ;;
+esac
+
+do_link bmake main.o ${BASE_OBJECTS} ${LST_OBJECTS} ${LIB_OBJECTS}
diff --git a/make-conf.h b/make-conf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a85b86d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make-conf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: config.h,v 1.21 2012/03/31 00:12:24 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)config.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)config.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * DEFMAXJOBS
+ * DEFMAXLOCAL
+ *	These control the default concurrency. On no occasion will more
+ *	than DEFMAXJOBS targets be created at once (locally or remotely)
+ *	DEFMAXLOCAL is the highest number of targets which will be
+ *	created on the local machine at once. Note that if you set this
+ *	to 0, nothing will ever happen...
+ */
+#define DEFMAXJOBS	4
+#define DEFMAXLOCAL	1
+
+/*
+ * INCLUDES
+ * LIBRARIES
+ *	These control the handling of the .INCLUDES and .LIBS variables.
+ *	If INCLUDES is defined, the .INCLUDES variable will be filled
+ *	from the search paths of those suffixes which are marked by
+ *	.INCLUDES dependency lines. Similarly for LIBRARIES and .LIBS
+ *	See suff.c for more details.
+ */
+#define INCLUDES
+#define LIBRARIES
+
+/*
+ * LIBSUFF
+ *	Is the suffix used to denote libraries and is used by the Suff module
+ *	to find the search path on which to seek any -l<xx> targets.
+ *
+ * RECHECK
+ *	If defined, Make_Update will check a target for its current
+ *	modification time after it has been re-made, setting it to the
+ *	starting time of the make only if the target still doesn't exist.
+ *	Unfortunately, under NFS the modification time often doesn't
+ *	get updated in time, so a target will appear to not have been
+ *	re-made, causing later targets to appear up-to-date. On systems
+ *	that don't have this problem, you should defined this. Under
+ *	NFS you probably should not, unless you aren't exporting jobs.
+ */
+#define	LIBSUFF	".a"
+#define	RECHECK
+
+/*
+ * POSIX
+ *	Adhere to the POSIX 1003.2 draft for the make(1) program.
+ *	- Use MAKEFLAGS instead of MAKE to pick arguments from the
+ *	  environment.
+ *	- Allow empty command lines if starting with tab.
+ */
+#define POSIX
+
+/*
+ * SYSVINCLUDE
+ *	Recognize system V like include directives [include "filename"]
+ * SYSVVARSUB
+ *	Recognize system V like ${VAR:x=y} variable substitutions
+ */
+#define SYSVINCLUDE
+#define SYSVVARSUB
+
+/*
+ * GMAKEEXPORT
+ *	Recognize gmake like variable export directives [export <VAR>=<VALUE>]
+ */
+#define GMAKEEXPORT
+
+/*
+ * SUNSHCMD
+ *	Recognize SunOS and Solaris:
+ *		VAR :sh= CMD	# Assign VAR to the command substitution of CMD
+ *		${VAR:sh}	# Return the command substitution of the value
+ *				# of ${VAR}
+ */
+#define SUNSHCMD
+
+/*
+ * USE_IOVEC
+ *	We have writev(2)
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+# define USE_IOVEC
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && !defined(__ELF__)
+# ifndef RANLIBMAG
+#  define RANLIBMAG "__.SYMDEF"
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/make.1 b/make.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c38682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make.1
@@ -0,0 +1,2123 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: make.1,v 1.213 2013/03/31 05:49:51 sjg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	from: @(#)make.1	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd March 30, 2013
+.Dt MAKE 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm make
+.Nd maintain program dependencies
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl BeikNnqrstWX
+.Op Fl C Ar directory
+.Op Fl D Ar variable
+.Op Fl d Ar flags
+.Op Fl f Ar makefile
+.Op Fl I Ar directory
+.Op Fl J Ar private
+.Op Fl j Ar max_jobs
+.Op Fl m Ar directory
+.Op Fl T Ar file
+.Op Fl V Ar variable
+.Op Ar variable=value
+.Op Ar target ...
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs.
+Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs
+and other files depend.
+If no
+.Fl f Ar makefile
+makefile option is given,
+.Nm
+will try to open
+.Ql Pa makefile
+then
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+in order to find the specifications.
+If the file
+.Ql Pa .depend
+exists, it is read (see
+.Xr mkdep 1 ) .
+.Pp
+This manual page is intended as a reference document only.
+For a more thorough description of
+.Nm
+and makefiles, please refer to
+.%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" .
+.Pp
+.Nm
+will prepend the contents of the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them.
+.Pp
+The options are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Fl B
+Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and
+by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence.
+.It Fl C Ar directory
+Change to
+.Ar directory
+before reading the makefiles or doing anything else.
+If multiple
+.Fl C
+options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one:
+.Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc
+is equivalent to
+.Fl C Pa /etc .
+.It Fl D Ar variable
+Define
+.Ar variable
+to be 1, in the global context.
+.It Fl d Ar [-]flags
+Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of
+.Nm
+are to print debugging information.
+Unless the flags are preceded by
+.Ql \-
+they are added to the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes.
+By default, debugging information is printed to standard error,
+but this can be changed using the
+.Ar F
+debugging flag.
+The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging
+is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output,
+then the standard output is line buffered.
+.Ar Flags
+is one or more of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ar A
+Print all possible debugging information;
+equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags.
+.It Ar a
+Print debugging information about archive searching and caching.
+.It Ar C
+Print debugging information about current working directory.
+.It Ar c
+Print debugging information about conditional evaluation.
+.It Ar d
+Print debugging information about directory searching and caching.
+.It Ar e
+Print debugging information about failed commands and targets.
+.It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename
+Specify where debugging output is written.
+This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of
+the argument.
+If the character immediately after the
+.Ql F
+flag is
+.Ql \&+ ,
+then the file will be opened in append mode;
+otherwise the file will be overwritten.
+If the file name is
+.Ql stdout
+or
+.Ql stderr
+then debugging output will be written to the
+standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively
+(and the
+.Ql \&+
+option has no effect).
+Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file.
+If the file name ends
+.Ql .%d
+then the
+.Ql %d
+is replaced by the pid.
+.It Ar f
+Print debugging information about loop evaluation.
+.It Ar "g1"
+Print the input graph before making anything.
+.It Ar "g2"
+Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting
+on error.
+.It Ar "g3"
+Print the input graph before exiting on error.
+.It Ar j
+Print debugging information about running multiple shells.
+.It Ar l
+Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by
+.Ql @
+or other "quiet" flags.
+Also known as "loud" behavior.
+.It Ar M
+Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets.
+.It Ar m
+Print debugging information about making targets, including modification
+dates.
+.It Ar n
+Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands.
+These temporary scripts are created in the directory
+referred to by the
+.Ev TMPDIR
+environment variable, or in
+.Pa /tmp
+if
+.Ev TMPDIR
+is unset or set to the empty string.
+The temporary scripts are created by
+.Xr mkstemp 3 ,
+and have names of the form
+.Pa makeXXXXXX .
+.Em NOTE :
+This can create many files in
+.Ev TMPDIR
+or
+.Pa /tmp ,
+so use with care.
+.It Ar p
+Print debugging information about makefile parsing.
+.It Ar s
+Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules.
+.It Ar t
+Print debugging information about target list maintenance.
+.It Ar V
+Force the
+.Fl V
+option to print raw values of variables.
+.It Ar v
+Print debugging information about variable assignment.
+.It Ar x
+Run shell commands with
+.Fl x
+so the actual commands are printed as they are executed.
+.El
+.It Fl e
+Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within
+makefiles.
+.It Fl f Ar makefile
+Specify a makefile to read instead of the default
+.Ql Pa makefile .
+If
+.Ar makefile
+is
+.Ql Fl ,
+standard input is read.
+Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified.
+.It Fl I Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles.
+The system makefile directory (or directories, see the
+.Fl m
+option) is automatically included as part of this list.
+.It Fl i
+Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Fl
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl J Ar private
+This option should
+.Em not
+be specified by the user.
+.Pp
+When the
+.Ar j
+option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make
+to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to
+cooperate to avoid overloading the system.
+.It Fl j Ar max_jobs
+Specify the maximum number of jobs that
+.Nm
+may have running at any one time.
+The value is saved in
+.Va .MAKE.JOBS .
+Turns compatibility mode off, unless the
+.Ar B
+flag is also specified.
+When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a
+target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the
+traditional one shell invocation per line.
+This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each
+command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment
+on the next line.
+It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards
+compatibility on.
+.It Fl k
+Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets
+that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error.
+.It Fl m Ar directory
+Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included
+via the
+.Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style
+include statement.
+The
+.Fl m
+option can be used multiple times to form a search path.
+This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk.
+Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used
+for
+.Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style
+include statements (see the
+.Fl I
+option).
+.Pp
+If a file or directory name in the
+.Fl m
+argument (or the
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH
+environment variable) starts with the string
+.Qq \&.../
+then
+.Nm
+will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part
+of the argument string.
+The search starts with the current directory of
+the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the filesystem.
+If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the
+.Qq \&.../
+specification in the
+.Fl m
+argument.
+If used, this feature allows
+.Nm
+to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files
+(e.g., by using
+.Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk
+as an argument).
+.It Fl n
+Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special
+source (see below).
+.It Fl N
+Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not
+actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles
+without descending into subdirectories.
+.It Fl q
+Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are
+up-to-date and 1, otherwise.
+.It Fl r
+Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile.
+.It Fl s
+Do not echo any commands as they are executed.
+Equivalent to specifying
+.Ql Ic @
+before each command line in the makefile.
+.It Fl T Ar tracefile
+When used with the
+.Fl j
+flag,
+append a trace record to
+.Ar tracefile
+for each job started and completed.
+.It Fl t
+Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it
+or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date.
+.It Fl V Ar variable
+Print
+.Nm Ns 's
+idea of the value of
+.Ar variable ,
+in the global context.
+Do not build any targets.
+Multiple instances of this option may be specified;
+the variables will be printed one per line,
+with a blank line for each null or undefined variable.
+If
+.Ar variable
+contains a
+.Ql \&$
+then the value will be expanded before printing.
+.It Fl W
+Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors.
+.It Fl X
+Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment
+individually.
+Variables passed on the command line are still exported
+via the
+.Va MAKEFLAGS
+environment variable.
+This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the
+size of command arguments.
+.It Ar variable=value
+Set the value of the variable
+.Ar variable
+to
+.Ar value .
+Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to
+sub-makes in the environment.
+The
+.Fl X
+flag disables this behavior.
+Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility
+but no ordering is enforced.
+.El
+.Pp
+There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency
+specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements,
+conditional directives, for loops, and comments.
+.Pp
+In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending
+them with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following
+line are compressed into a single space.
+.Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS
+Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero
+or more sources.
+This creates a relationship where the targets
+.Dq depend
+on the sources
+and are usually created from them.
+The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined
+by the operator that separates them.
+The three operators are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width flag
+.It Ic \&:
+A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than
+those of any of its sources.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&!
+Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been
+examined and re-created as necessary.
+Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator
+is used.
+The target is removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.It Ic \&::
+If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created.
+Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has
+been modified more recently than the target.
+Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this
+operator is used.
+The target will not be removed if
+.Nm
+is interrupted.
+.El
+.Pp
+Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+.Ql [] ,
+and
+.Ql {} .
+The values
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql * ,
+and
+.Ql []
+may only be used as part of the final
+component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing
+files.
+The value
+.Ql {}
+need not necessarily be used to describe existing files.
+Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell.
+.Sh SHELL COMMANDS
+Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, normally
+used to create the target.
+Each of the commands in this script
+.Em must
+be preceded by a tab.
+While any target may appear on a dependency line, only one of these
+dependencies may be followed by a creation script, unless the
+.Ql Ic \&::
+operator is used.
+.Pp
+If the first characters of the command line are any combination of
+.Ql Ic @ ,
+.Ql Ic + ,
+or
+.Ql Ic \- ,
+the command is treated specially.
+A
+.Ql Ic @
+causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed.
+A
+.Ql Ic +
+causes the command to be executed even when
+.Fl n
+is given.
+This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source,
+except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script.
+A
+.Ql Ic \-
+causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is run in jobs mode with
+.Fl j Ar max_jobs ,
+the entire script for the target is fed to a
+single instance of the shell.
+.Pp
+In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process.
+If the command contains any shell meta characters
+.Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en
+it will be passed to the shell, otherwise
+.Nm
+will attempt direct execution.
+.Pp
+Since
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+before executing any targets, each child process
+starts with that as its current working directory.
+.Pp
+Makefiles should be written so that the mode of
+.Nm
+operation does not change their behavior.
+For example, any command which needs to use
+.Dq cd
+or
+.Dq chdir ,
+without side-effect should be put in parenthesis:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+avoid-chdir-side-effects:
+	@echo Building $@ in `pwd`
+	@(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@)
+	@echo Back in `pwd`
+
+ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode:
+	@echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \\
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@); \\
+	echo Back in `pwd`
+.Ed
+.Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS
+Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition,
+consist of all upper-case letters.
+.Ss Variable assignment modifiers
+The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as
+follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic \&=
+Assign the value to the variable.
+Any previous value is overridden.
+.It Ic \&+=
+Append the value to the current value of the variable.
+.It Ic \&?=
+Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined.
+.It Ic \&:=
+Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it
+to the variable.
+Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced.
+.Em NOTE :
+References to undefined variables are
+.Em not
+expanded.
+This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used.
+.It Ic \&!=
+Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign
+the result to the variable.
+Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces.
+.El
+.Pp
+Any white-space before the assigned
+.Ar value
+is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted
+between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value.
+.Pp
+Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either
+curly braces
+.Pq Ql {}
+or parentheses
+.Pq Ql ()
+and preceding it with
+a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ .
+If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding
+braces or parentheses are not required.
+This shorter form is not recommended.
+.Pp
+If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first.
+This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar,
+braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided!
+.Pp
+If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$
+the string is expanded again.
+.Pp
+Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where
+the variable is being used.
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read.
+.It
+Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is
+executed.
+.It
+.Dq .for
+loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration.
+Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so
+the following example code:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+.Dv .for i in 1 2 3
+a+=     ${i}
+j=      ${i}
+b+=     ${j}
+.Dv .endfor
+
+all:
+	@echo ${a}
+	@echo ${b}
+
+.Ed
+will print:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+1 2 3
+3 3 3
+
+.Ed
+Because while ${a} contains
+.Dq 1 2 3
+after the loop is executed, ${b}
+contains
+.Dq ${j} ${j} ${j}
+which expands to
+.Dq 3 3 3
+since after the loop completes ${j} contains
+.Dq 3 .
+.El
+.Ss Variable classes
+The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence)
+are:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Environment variables
+Variables defined as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+environment.
+.It Global variables
+Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles.
+.It Command line variables
+Variables defined as part of the command line.
+.It Local variables
+Variables that are defined specific to a certain target.
+The seven local variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE"
+.It Va .ALLSRC
+The list of all sources for this target; also known as
+.Ql Va \&\*[Gt] .
+.It Va .ARCHIVE
+The name of the archive file.
+.It Va .IMPSRC
+In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the
+target is to be transformed (the
+.Dq implied
+source); also known as
+.Ql Va \&\*[Lt] .
+It is not defined in explicit rules.
+.It Va .MEMBER
+The name of the archive member.
+.It Va .OODATE
+The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also
+known as
+.Ql Va \&? .
+.It Va .PREFIX
+The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix
+or preceding directory components; also known as
+.Ql Va * .
+.It Va .TARGET
+The name of the target; also known as
+.Ql Va @ .
+.El
+.Pp
+The shorter forms
+.Ql Va @ ,
+.Ql Va \&? ,
+.Ql Va \&\*[Lt] ,
+.Ql Va \&\*[Gt] ,
+and
+.Ql Va *
+are permitted for backward
+compatibility with historical makefiles and are not recommended.
+The six variables
+.Ql Va "@F" ,
+.Ql Va "@D" ,
+.Ql Va "\*[Lt]F" ,
+.Ql Va "\*[Lt]D" ,
+.Ql Va "*F" ,
+and
+.Ql Va "*D"
+are permitted for compatibility with
+.At V
+makefiles and are not recommended.
+.Pp
+Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines
+because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line.
+These variables are
+.Ql Va .TARGET ,
+.Ql Va .PREFIX ,
+.Ql Va .ARCHIVE ,
+and
+.Ql Va .MEMBER .
+.El
+.Ss Additional built-in variables
+In addition,
+.Nm
+sets or knows about the following variables:
+.Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES
+.It Va \&$
+A single dollar sign
+.Ql \&$ ,
+i.e.
+.Ql \&$$
+expands to a single dollar
+sign.
+.It Va .ALLTARGETS
+The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile.
+If evaluated during
+Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far.
+.It Va .CURDIR
+A path to the directory where
+.Nm
+was executed.
+Refer to the description of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+for more details.
+.It Ev MAKE
+The name that
+.Nm
+was executed with
+.Pq Va argv[0] .
+For compatibility
+.Nm
+also sets
+.Va .MAKE
+with the same value.
+The preferred variable to use is the environment variable
+.Ev MAKE
+because it is more compatible with other versions of
+.Nm
+and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name.
+.It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE
+Names the makefile (default
+.Ql Pa .depend )
+from which generated dependencies are read.
+.It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES
+A boolean that controls the default behavior of the
+.Fl V
+option.
+.It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+The list of variables exported by
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.JOBS
+The argument to the
+.Fl j
+option.
+.It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX
+If
+.Nm
+is run with
+.Ar j
+then output for each target is prefixed with a token
+.Ql --- target ---
+the first part of which can be controlled via
+.Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX .
+.br
+For example:
+.Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}]
+would produce tokens like
+.Ql ---make[1234] target ---
+making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved.
+.It Ev MAKEFLAGS
+The environment variable
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+may contain anything that
+may be specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line.
+Anything specified on
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line is appended to the
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+variable which is then
+entered into the environment for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+The recursion depth of
+.Nm .
+The initial instance of
+.Nm
+will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment
+to be seen by the next generation.
+This allows tests like:
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE
+The ordered list of makefile names
+(default
+.Ql Pa makefile ,
+.Ql Pa Makefile )
+that
+.Nm
+will look for.
+.It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES
+The list of makefiles read by
+.Nm ,
+which is useful for tracking dependencies.
+Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read.
+.It Va .MAKE.MODE
+Processed after reading all makefiles.
+Can affect the mode that
+.Nm
+runs in.
+It can contain a number of keywords:
+.Bl -hang -width ignore-cmd
+.It Pa compat
+Like
+.Fl B ,
+puts
+.Nm
+into "compat" mode.
+.It Pa meta
+Puts
+.Nm
+into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target
+to capture the command run, the output generated and if
+.Xr filemon 4
+is available, the system calls which are of interest to
+.Nm .
+The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors.
+.It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf
+Normally
+.Nm
+will not create .meta files in
+.Ql Va .CURDIR .
+This can be overridden by setting
+.Va bf
+to a value which represents True.
+.It Pa env
+For debugging, it can be useful to inlcude the environment
+in the .meta file.
+.It Pa verbose
+If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built.
+This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently.
+The message printed the value of:
+.Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX .
+.It Pa ignore-cmd
+Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable.
+This keyword causes them to be ignored for
+determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode.
+See also
+.Ic .NOMETA_CMP .
+.It Pa silent= Ar bf
+If
+.Va bf
+is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target
+.Ic .SILENT .
+.El
+.It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK
+In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which
+match the directories controlled by
+.Nm .
+If a file that was generated outside of
+.Va .OBJDIR
+but within said bailiwick is missing,
+the current target is considered out-of-date.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED
+In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files
+updated.
+If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of
+.Va .MAKE.META.FILES .
+.It Va .MAKE.META.FILES
+In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files
+used (updated or not).
+This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency
+information.
+.It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX
+Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode.
+The default value is:
+.Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}
+.It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to
+on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS .
+This behaviour can be disabled by assigning an empty value to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+within a makefile.
+Extra variables can be exported from a makefile
+by appending their names to
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES .
+.Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS
+is re-exported whenever
+.Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES
+is modified.
+.It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON
+If
+.Nm
+was built with 
+.Xr filemon 4
+support, this is set to the path of the device node.
+This allows makefiles to test for this support.
+.It Va .MAKE.PID
+The process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va .MAKE.PPID
+The parent process-id of
+.Nm .
+.It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+When
+.Nm
+stops due to an error, it prints its name and the value of
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+as well as the value of any variables named in
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR .
+.It Va .newline
+This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value.
+This allows expansions using the
+.Cm \&:@
+modifier to put a newline between
+iterations of the loop rather than a space.
+For example, the printing of
+.Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR
+could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}.
+.It Va .OBJDIR
+A path to the directory where the targets are built.
+Its value is determined by trying to
+.Xr chdir 2
+to the following directories in order and using the first match:
+.Bl -enum
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.Pp
+(Only if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+is set in the environment or on the command line.)
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj
+.It
+.Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.It
+.Ev ${.CURDIR}
+.El
+.Pp
+Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used,
+so expressions such as
+.Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,}
+may be used.
+This is especially useful with
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR .
+.Pp
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+may be modified in the makefile as a global variable.
+In all cases,
+.Nm
+will
+.Xr chdir 2
+to
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+and set
+.Ql Ev PWD
+to that directory before executing any targets.
+.
+.It Va .PARSEDIR
+A path to the directory of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+.It Va .PARSEFILE
+The basename of the current
+.Ql Pa Makefile
+being parsed.
+This variable and
+.Ql Va .PARSEDIR
+are both set only while the
+.Ql Pa Makefiles
+are being parsed.
+If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable
+using assignment with expansion:
+.Pq Ql Cm \&:= .
+.It Va .PATH
+A variable that represents the list of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The search list should be updated using the target
+.Ql Va .PATH
+rather than the variable.
+.It Ev PWD
+Alternate path to the current directory.
+.Nm
+normally sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the canonical path given by
+.Xr getcwd 3 .
+However, if the environment variable
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set and gives a path to the current directory, then
+.Nm
+sets
+.Ql Va .CURDIR
+to the value of
+.Ql Ev PWD
+instead.
+This behaviour is disabled if
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+is set or
+.Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+contains a variable transform.
+.Ql Ev PWD
+is set to the value of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for all programs which
+.Nm
+executes.
+.It Ev .TARGETS
+The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any.
+.It Ev VPATH
+Colon-separated
+.Pq Dq \&:
+lists of directories that
+.Nm
+will search for files.
+The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only,
+use
+.Ql Va .PATH
+instead.
+.El
+.Ss Variable modifiers
+Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the
+variable (where a
+.Dq word
+is white-space delimited sequence of characters).
+The general format of a variable expansion is as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]}
+.Pp
+Each modifier begins with a colon,
+which may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows:
+.Pp
+.Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...]
+.Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]}
+.Pp
+In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not
+start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing
+variable.
+If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql $ ,
+these must be doubled to avoid early expansion.
+.Pp
+The supported modifiers are:
+.Bl -tag -width EEE
+.It Cm \&:E
+Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:H
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component.
+.It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern
+Select only those words that match
+.Ar pattern .
+The standard shell wildcard characters
+.Pf ( Ql * ,
+.Ql \&? ,
+and
+.Ql Oo Oc )
+may
+be used.
+The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern
+This is identical to
+.Ql Cm \&:M ,
+but selects all words which do not match
+.Ar pattern .
+.It Cm \&:O
+Order every word in variable alphabetically.
+To sort words in
+reverse order use the
+.Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1]
+combination of modifiers.
+.It Cm \&:Ox
+Randomize words in variable.
+The results will be different each time you are referring to the
+modified variable; use the assignment with expansion
+.Pq Ql Cm \&:=
+to prevent such behaviour.
+For example,
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LIST=			uno due tre quattro
+RANDOM_LIST=		${LIST:Ox}
+STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:=	${LIST:Ox}
+
+all:
+	@echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+	@echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}"
+.Ed
+may produce output similar to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+quattro due tre uno
+tre due quattro uno
+due uno quattro tre
+due uno quattro tre
+.Ed
+.It Cm \&:Q
+Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed
+safely through recursive invocations of
+.Nm .
+.It Cm \&:R
+Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix.
+.It Cm \&:gmtime
+The value is a format string for
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+using the current
+.Xr gmtime 3 .
+.It Cm \&:hash
+Compute a 32bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits.
+.It Cm \&:localtime
+The value is a format string for
+.Xr strftime 3 ,
+using the current
+.Xr localtime 3 .
+.It Cm \&:tA
+Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using
+.Xr realpath 3 ,
+if that fails, the value is unchanged.
+.It Cm \&:tl
+Converts variable to lower-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c
+Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion.
+This modifier sets the separator to the character
+.Ar c .
+If
+.Ar c
+is omitted, then no separator is used.
+The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected.
+.It Cm \&:tu
+Converts variable to upper-case letters.
+.It Cm \&:tW
+Causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.It Cm \&:tw
+Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of
+words delimited by white space.
+See also
+.Ql Cm \&:[@] .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+Modify the first occurrence of
+.Ar old_string
+in the variable's value, replacing it with
+.Ar new_string .
+If a
+.Ql g
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences
+in each word are replaced.
+If a
+.Ql 1
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word
+is affected.
+If a
+.Ql W
+is appended to the last slash of the pattern,
+then the value is treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+If
+.Ar old_string
+begins with a caret
+.Pq Ql ^ ,
+.Ar old_string
+is anchored at the beginning of each word.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+ends with a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+it is anchored at the end of each word.
+Inside
+.Ar new_string ,
+an ampersand
+.Pq Ql \*[Am]
+is replaced by
+.Ar old_string
+(without any
+.Ql ^
+or
+.Ql \&$ ) .
+Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier
+string.
+The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a
+backslash
+.Pq Ql \e .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion
+of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW
+.Sm on
+The
+.Cm \&:C
+modifier is just like the
+.Cm \&:S
+modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being
+simple strings, are a regular expression (see
+.Xr regex 3 )
+string
+.Ar pattern
+and an
+.Xr ed 1 Ns \-style
+string
+.Ar replacement .
+Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern
+.Ar pattern
+in each word of the value is substituted with
+.Ar replacement .
+The
+.Ql 1
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the
+.Ql g
+modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the
+search pattern
+.Ar pattern
+as occur in the word or words it is found in; the
+.Ql W
+modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Note that
+.Ql 1
+and
+.Ql g
+are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are
+potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can
+potentially occur within each affected word.
+.It Cm \&:T
+Replaces each word in the variable with its last component.
+.It Cm \&:u
+Remove adjacent duplicate words (like
+.Xr uniq 1 ) .
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string
+.Sm on
+If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional
+expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the
+.Ar true_string ,
+otherwise return the
+.Ar false_string .
+Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the
+first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course,
+usually contain variable expansions.
+A common error is trying to use expressions like
+.Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no}
+which actually tests defined(NUMBERS),
+to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like:
+.Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} .
+.It Ar :old_string=new_string
+This is the
+.At V
+style variable substitution.
+It must be the last modifier specified.
+If
+.Ar old_string
+or
+.Ar new_string
+do not contain the pattern matching character
+.Ar %
+then it is assumed that they are
+anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire
+words may be replaced.
+Otherwise
+.Ar %
+is the substring of
+.Ar old_string
+to be replaced in
+.Ar new_string .
+.Pp
+Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both
+.Ar old_string
+and
+.Ar new_string
+with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the
+expansion of a dollar sign
+.Pq Ql \&$ ,
+not a preceding dollar sign as is usual.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @
+.Sm on
+This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development
+Environment (ODE) make.
+Unlike
+.Cm \&.for
+loops expansion occurs at the time of
+reference.
+Assign
+.Ar temp
+to each word in the variable and evaluate
+.Ar string .
+The ODE convention is that
+.Ar temp
+should start and end with a period.
+For example.
+.Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@}
+.Pp
+However a single character varaiable is often more readable:
+.Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}
+.It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is undefined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned.
+This is another ODE make feature.
+It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance:
+.Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}}
+If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use:
+.Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval}
+.It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval
+If the variable is defined
+.Ar newval
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:L
+The name of the variable is the value.
+.It Cm \&:P
+The path of the node which has the same name as the variable
+is the value.
+If no such node exists or its path is null, then the
+name of the variable is used.
+In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have 
+appeared on the rhs of a dependency.
+.Sm off
+.It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&!
+.Sm on
+The output of running
+.Ar cmd
+is the value.
+.It Cm \&:sh
+If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output
+becomes the new value.
+.It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str
+The variable is assigned the value
+.Ar str
+after substitution.
+This modifier and its variations are useful in
+obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands
+are being parsed.
+These assignment modifiers always expand to
+nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be
+preceded with something to keep
+.Nm
+happy.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ql Cm \&::
+helps avoid false matches with the
+.At V
+style
+.Cm \&:=
+modifier and since substitution always occurs the
+.Cm \&::=
+form is vaguely appropriate.
+.It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str
+As for
+.Cm \&::=
+but only if the variable does not already have a value.
+.It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str
+Append
+.Ar str
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd
+Assign the output of
+.Ar cmd
+to the variable.
+.It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&]
+Selects one or more words from the value,
+or performs other operations related to the way in which the
+value is divided into words.
+.Pp
+Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Some modifiers suppress this behaviour,
+causing a value to be treated as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space,
+is treated as a single word.
+For the purposes of the
+.Ql Cm \&:[]
+modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers
+(where index 1 represents the first word),
+and backwards using negative integers
+(where index \-1 represents the last word).
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar range
+is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is
+then interpreted as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width index
+.\" :[n]
+.It Ar index
+Selects a single word from the value.
+.\" :[start..end]
+.It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end
+Selects all words from
+.Ar start
+to
+.Ar end ,
+inclusive.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[2..-1]
+selects all words from the second word to the last word.
+If
+.Ar start
+is greater than
+.Ar end ,
+then the words are output in reverse order.
+For example,
+.Ql Cm \&:[-1..1]
+selects all the words from last to first.
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&*
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word
+(possibly containing embedded white space).
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$*\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[0]
+.It 0
+Means the same as
+.Ql Cm \&:[*] .
+.\" :[*]
+.It Cm \&@
+Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words
+delimited by white space.
+Analogous to the effect of
+\&"$@\&"
+in Bourne shell.
+.\" :[#]
+.It Cm \&#
+Returns the number of words in the value.
+.El \" :[range]
+.El
+.Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS
+Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops  reminiscent
+of the C programming language are provided in
+.Nm .
+All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single
+dot
+.Pq Ql \&.
+character.
+Files are included with either
+.Cm \&.include Aq Ar file
+or
+.Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q .
+Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded
+to form the file name.
+If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in
+the system makefile directory.
+If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any
+directories specified using the
+.Fl I
+option are searched before the system
+makefile directory.
+For compatibility with other versions of
+.Nm
+.Ql include file ...
+is also accepted.
+If the include statement is written as
+.Cm .-include
+or as
+.Cm .sinclude
+then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored.
+.Pp
+Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first
+character of a line.
+The possible conditionals are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Ic .error Ar message
+The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number,
+then
+.Nm
+will exit.
+.It Ic .export Ar variable ...
+Export the specified global variable.
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported
+except for internal variables (those that start with
+.Ql \&. ) .
+This is not affected by the
+.Fl X
+flag, so should be used with caution.
+For compatibility with other
+.Nm
+programs
+.Ql export variable=value
+is also accepted.
+.Pp
+Appending a variable name to
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+is equivalent to exporting a variable.
+.It Ic .export-env Ar variable ...
+The same as
+.Ql .export ,
+except that the variable is not appended to
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED .
+This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that
+used by
+.Nm
+internally.
+.It Ic .info Ar message
+The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number.
+.It Ic .undef Ar variable
+Un-define the specified global variable.
+Only global variables may be un-defined.
+.It Ic .unexport Ar variable ...
+The opposite of
+.Ql .export .
+The specified global
+.Va variable
+will be removed from
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED .
+If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported,
+and
+.Va .MAKE.EXPORTED
+deleted.
+.It Ic .unexport-env
+Unexport all globals previously exported and
+clear the environment inherited from the parent.
+This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment,
+so should be used sparingly.
+Testing for
+.Va .MAKE.LEVEL
+being 0, would make sense.
+Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment
+should be explicitly preserved if desired.
+For example:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+.Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+PATH := ${PATH}
+.Li .unexport-env
+.Li .export PATH
+.Li .endif
+.Pp
+.Ed
+Would result in an environment containing only
+.Ql Ev PATH ,
+which is the minimal useful environment.
+Actually
+.Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL
+will also be pushed into the new environment.
+.It Ic .warning Ar message
+The message prefixed by
+.Ql Pa warning:
+is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number.
+.It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+Test the value of an expression.
+.It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+Test the value of a variable.
+.It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+Test the target being built.
+.It Ic .else
+Reverse the sense of the last conditional.
+.It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .if .
+.It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifdef .
+.It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifndef .
+.It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifmake .
+.It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ...
+A combination of
+.Ql Ic .else
+followed by
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake .
+.It Ic .endif
+End the body of the conditional.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar operator
+may be any one of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width "Cm XX"
+.It Cm \&|\&|
+Logical OR.
+.It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am]
+Logical
+.Tn AND ;
+of higher precedence than
+.Dq \&|\&| .
+.El
+.Pp
+As in C,
+.Nm
+will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine
+its value.
+Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation.
+The boolean operator
+.Ql Ic \&!
+may be used to logically negate an entire
+conditional.
+It is of higher precedence than
+.Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] .
+.Pp
+The value of
+.Ar expression
+may be any of the following:
+.Bl -tag -width defined
+.It Ic defined
+Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable
+has been defined.
+.It Ic make
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+was specified as part of
+.Nm Ns 's
+command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or
+explicitly, see
+.Va .MAIN )
+before the line containing the conditional.
+.It Ic empty
+Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if
+the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string.
+.It Ic exists
+Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists.
+The file is searched for on the system search path (see
+.Va .PATH ) .
+.It Ic target
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined.
+.It Ic commands
+Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target
+has been defined and has commands associated with it.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Ar Expression
+may also be an arithmetic or string comparison.
+Variable expansion is
+performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral
+values are compared.
+A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is
+preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported.
+The standard C relational operators are all supported.
+If after
+variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a
+.Ql Ic ==
+or
+.Ql Ic "!="
+operator is not an integral value, then
+string comparison is performed between the expanded
+variables.
+If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded
+variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case
+of a string comparison.
+.Pp
+When
+.Nm
+is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters
+a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the
+.Dq make
+or
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional.
+If the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifdef ,
+.Ql Ic .ifndef ,
+or
+.Ql Ic .if
+the
+.Dq defined
+expression is applied.
+Similarly, if the form is
+.Ql Ic .ifmake
+or
+.Ql Ic .ifnmake , the
+.Dq make
+expression is applied.
+.Pp
+If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues
+as before.
+If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped.
+In both cases this continues until a
+.Ql Ic .else
+or
+.Ql Ic .endif
+is found.
+.Pp
+For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files.
+The syntax of a for loop is:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -width Ds
+.It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression
+.It Aq make-rules
+.It Ic \&.endfor
+.El
+.Pp
+After the for
+.Ic expression
+is evaluated, it is split into words.
+On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each
+.Ic variable ,
+in order, and these
+.Ic variables
+are substituted into the
+.Ic make-rules
+inside the body of the for loop.
+The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three
+iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple
+of three.
+.Sh COMMENTS
+Comments begin with a hash
+.Pq Ql \&#
+character, anywhere but in a shell
+command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line.
+.Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES)
+.Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx
+.It Ic .EXEC
+Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway.
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by a dash
+.Pq Ql \- .
+.\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE
+.\" XXX
+.\" .It Ic .JOIN
+.\" XXX
+.It Ic .MADE
+Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date.
+.It Ic .MAKE
+Execute the commands associated with this target even if the
+.Fl n
+or
+.Fl t
+options were specified.
+Normally used to mark recursive
+.Nm Ns 's .
+.It Ic .META
+Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as
+.Ic .PHONY ,
+.Ic .MAKE ,
+or
+.Ic .SPECIAL .
+Usage in conjunction with
+.Ic .MAKE
+is the most likely case.
+In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing.
+.It Ic .NOMETA
+Do not create a meta file for the target.
+Meta files are also not created for
+.Ic .PHONY ,
+.Ic .MAKE ,
+or
+.Ic .SPECIAL
+targets.
+.It Ic .NOMETA_CMP
+Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date.
+This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes.
+If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date.
+The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable
+.Va .OODATE ,
+which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+
+skip-compare-for-some:
+	@echo this will be compared
+	@echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP}
+	@echo this will also be compared
+
+.Ed
+The
+.Cm \&:M
+pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable.
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Do not search for the target in the directories specified by
+.Ic .PATH .
+.It Ic .NOTMAIN
+Normally
+.Nm
+selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built
+if no target was specified.
+This source prevents this target from being selected.
+.It Ic .OPTIONAL
+If a target is marked with this attribute and
+.Nm
+can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume
+the file isn't needed or already exists.
+.It Ic .PHONY
+The target does not
+correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date,
+and will not be created with the
+.Fl t
+option.
+Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to
+.Ic .PHONY
+targets.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+When
+.Nm
+is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets.
+This source prevents the target from being removed.
+.It Ic .RECURSIVE
+Synonym for
+.Ic .MAKE .
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly
+as if they all were preceded by an at sign
+.Pq Ql @ .
+.It Ic .USE
+Turn the target into
+.Nm Ns 's
+version of a macro.
+When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target
+acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for
+.Ic .USE )
+of the
+source.
+If the target already has commands, the
+.Ic .USE
+target's commands are appended
+to them.
+.It Ic .USEBEFORE
+Exactly like
+.Ic .USE ,
+but prepend the
+.Ic .USEBEFORE
+target commands to the target.
+.It Ic .WAIT
+If
+.Ic .WAIT
+appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are
+made before the sources that succeed it in the line.
+Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself
+could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they
+are needed for another branch of the dependency tree.
+So given:
+.Bd -literal
+x: a .WAIT b
+	echo x
+a:
+	echo a
+b: b1
+	echo b
+b1:
+	echo b1
+
+.Ed
+the output is always
+.Ql a ,
+.Ql b1 ,
+.Ql b ,
+.Ql x .
+.br
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .WAIT
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.El
+.Sh SPECIAL TARGETS
+Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be
+the only target specified.
+.Bl -tag -width .BEGINx
+.It Ic .BEGIN
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .DEFAULT
+This is sort of a
+.Ic .USE
+rule for any target (that was used only as a
+source) that
+.Nm
+can't figure out any other way to create.
+Only the shell script is used.
+The
+.Ic .IMPSRC
+variable of a target that inherits
+.Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's
+commands is set
+to the target's own name.
+.It Ic .END
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything
+else is done.
+.It Ic .ERROR
+Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails.
+The
+.Ic .ERROR_TARGET
+variable is set to the target that failed.
+See also
+.Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR .
+.It Ic .IGNORE
+Mark each of the sources with the
+.Ic .IGNORE
+attribute.
+If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the
+.Fl i
+option.
+.It Ic .INTERRUPT
+If
+.Nm
+is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed.
+.It Ic .MAIN
+If no target is specified when
+.Nm
+is invoked, this target will be built.
+.It Ic .MAKEFLAGS
+This target provides a way to specify flags for
+.Nm
+when the makefile is used.
+The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the
+.Fl f
+option will have
+no effect.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NOPATH
+Apply the
+.Ic .NOPATH
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .NOTPARALLEL
+Disable parallel mode.
+.It Ic .NO_PARALLEL
+Synonym for
+.Ic .NOTPARALLEL ,
+for compatibility with other pmake variants.
+.It Ic .ORDER
+The named targets are made in sequence.
+This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made.
+Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself
+could be built, unless
+.Ql a
+is built by another part of the dependency graph,
+the following is a dependency loop:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.ORDER: b a
+b: a
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The ordering imposed by
+.Ic .ORDER
+is only relevant for parallel makes.
+.\" XXX: NOT YET!!!!
+.\" .It Ic .PARALLEL
+.\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.\" If no targets are
+.\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode.
+.It Ic .PATH
+The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not
+found in the current directory.
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are
+deleted.
+If the source is the special
+.Ic .DOTLAST
+target, then the current working
+directory is searched last.
+.It Ic .PHONY
+Apply the
+.Ic .PHONY
+attribute to any specified sources.
+.It Ic .PRECIOUS
+Apply the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .PRECIOUS
+attribute is applied to every
+target in the file.
+.It Ic .SHELL
+Sets the shell that
+.Nm
+will use to execute commands.
+The sources are a set of
+.Ar field=value
+pairs.
+.Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls
+.It Ar name
+This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the builtin
+shell specs;
+.Ar sh ,
+.Ar ksh ,
+and
+.Ar csh .
+.It Ar path
+Specifies the path to the shell.
+.It Ar hasErrCtl
+Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error.
+.It Ar check
+The command to turn on error checking.
+.It Ar ignore
+The command to disable error checking.
+.It Ar echo
+The command to turn on echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar quiet
+The command to turn off echoing of commands executed.
+.It Ar filter
+The output to filter after issuing the
+.Ar quiet
+command.
+It is typically identical to
+.Ar quiet .
+.It Ar errFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking.
+.It Ar echoFlag
+The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing.
+.It Ar newline
+The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline
+character when used outside of any quoting characters.
+.El
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e
+	check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e
+	echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e
+	echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'"
+.Ed
+.It Ic .SILENT
+Apply the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute to any specified sources.
+If no sources are specified, the
+.Ic .SILENT
+attribute is applied to every
+command in the file.
+.It Ic .STALE
+This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having
+.Va .ALLSRC
+set to the name of that dependency file.
+.It Ic .SUFFIXES
+Each source specifies a suffix to
+.Nm .
+If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted.
+It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules.
+.Pp
+Example:
+.Bd -literal
+\&.SUFFIXES: .o
+\&.c.o:
+	cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC}
+.Ed
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Nm
+uses the following environment variables, if they exist:
+.Ev MACHINE ,
+.Ev MACHINE_ARCH ,
+.Ev MAKE ,
+.Ev MAKEFLAGS ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR ,
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX ,
+.Ev MAKESYSPATH ,
+.Ev PWD ,
+and
+.Ev TMPDIR .
+.Pp
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX
+and
+.Ev MAKEOBJDIR
+may only be set in the environment or on the command line to
+.Nm
+and not as makefile variables;
+see the description of
+.Ql Va .OBJDIR
+for more details.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact
+.It .depend
+list of dependencies
+.It Makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It makefile
+list of dependencies
+.It sys.mk
+system makefile
+.It /usr/share/mk
+system makefile directory
+.El
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make,
+however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not.
+.Pp
+The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in
+.Nx 4.0
+so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes.
+The algorithms used may change again in the future.
+.Pp
+The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after
+.Nx 5.0
+so that they still appear to be variable expansions.
+In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some
+obscure problems using them in .if statements.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mkdep 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+command appeared in
+.At v7 .
+This
+.Nm
+implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written
+for Sprite at Berkeley.
+It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different
+machines using a daemon called
+.Dq customs .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Nm
+syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data.
+For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each
+the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field.
+In many places
+.Nm
+just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion.
+.Pp
+There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename.
diff --git a/make.c b/make.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7905f8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1561 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.88 2012/11/09 18:53:05 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.88 2012/11/09 18:53:05 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)make.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make.c,v 1.88 2012/11/09 18:53:05 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * make.c --
+ *	The functions which perform the examination of targets and
+ *	their suitability for creation
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Make_Run 	    	Initialize things for the module and recreate
+ *	    	  	    	whatever needs recreating. Returns TRUE if
+ *	    	    	    	work was (or would have been) done and FALSE
+ *	    	  	    	otherwise.
+ *
+ *	Make_Update	    	Update all parents of a given child. Performs
+ *	    	  	    	various bookkeeping chores like the updating
+ *	    	  	    	of the cmgn field of the parent, filling
+ *	    	  	    	of the IMPSRC context variable, etc. It will
+ *	    	  	    	place the parent on the toBeMade queue if it
+ *	    	  	    	should be.
+ *
+ *	Make_TimeStamp	    	Function to set the parent's cmgn field
+ *	    	  	    	based on a child's modification time.
+ *
+ *	Make_DoAllVar	    	Set up the various local variables for a
+ *	    	  	    	target, including the .ALLSRC variable, making
+ *	    	  	    	sure that any variable that needs to exist
+ *	    	  	    	at the very least has the empty value.
+ *
+ *	Make_OODate 	    	Determine if a target is out-of-date.
+ *
+ *	Make_HandleUse	    	See if a child is a .USE node for a parent
+ *				and perform the .USE actions if so.
+ *
+ *	Make_ExpandUse	    	Expand .USE nodes
+ */
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "hash.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "job.h"
+
+static unsigned int checked = 1;/* Sequence # to detect recursion */
+static Lst     	toBeMade;	/* The current fringe of the graph. These
+				 * are nodes which await examination by
+				 * MakeOODate. It is added to by
+				 * Make_Update and subtracted from by
+				 * MakeStartJobs */
+
+static int MakeAddChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeFindChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeUnmark(void *, void *);
+static int MakeAddAllSrc(void *, void *);
+static int MakeTimeStamp(void *, void *);
+static int MakeHandleUse(void *, void *);
+static Boolean MakeStartJobs(void);
+static int MakePrintStatus(void *, void *);
+static int MakeCheckOrder(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildChild(void *, void *);
+static int MakeBuildParent(void *, void *);
+
+MAKE_ATTR_DEAD static void
+make_abort(GNode *gn, int line)
+{
+    static int two = 2;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "make_abort from line %d\n", line);
+    Targ_PrintNode(gn, &two);
+    Lst_ForEach(toBeMade, Targ_PrintNode, &two);
+    Targ_PrintGraph(3);
+    abort();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_TimeStamp --
+ *	Set the cmgn field of a parent node based on the mtime stamp in its
+ *	child. Called from MakeOODate via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pgn		the current parent
+ *	cgn		the child we've just examined
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The cmgn of the parent node will be changed if the mtime
+ *	field of the child is greater than it.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Make_TimeStamp(GNode *pgn, GNode *cgn)
+{
+    if (pgn->cmgn == NULL || cgn->mtime > pgn->cmgn->mtime) {
+	pgn->cmgn = cgn;
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ *	pgn		the current parent
+ *	cgn		the child we've just examined
+ *
+ */
+static int
+MakeTimeStamp(void *pgn, void *cgn)
+{
+    return Make_TimeStamp((GNode *)pgn, (GNode *)cgn);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_OODate --
+ *	See if a given node is out of date with respect to its sources.
+ *	Used by Make_Run when deciding which nodes to place on the
+ *	toBeMade queue initially and by Make_Update to screen out USE and
+ *	EXEC nodes. In the latter case, however, any other sort of node
+ *	must be considered out-of-date since at least one of its children
+ *	will have been recreated.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the node to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the node is out of date. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The mtime field of the node and the cmgn field of its parents
+ *	will/may be changed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Make_OODate(GNode *gn)
+{
+    Boolean         oodate;
+
+    /*
+     * Certain types of targets needn't even be sought as their datedness
+     * doesn't depend on their modification time...
+     */
+    if ((gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC)) == 0) {
+	(void)Dir_MTime(gn, 1);
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->mtime != 0) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "modified %s...", Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "non-existent...");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * A target is remade in one of the following circumstances:
+     *	its modification time is smaller than that of its youngest child
+     *	    and it would actually be run (has commands or type OP_NOP)
+     *	it's the object of a force operator
+     *	it has no children, was on the lhs of an operator and doesn't exist
+     *	    already.
+     *
+     * Libraries are only considered out-of-date if the archive module says
+     * they are.
+     *
+     * These weird rules are brought to you by Backward-Compatibility and
+     * the strange people who wrote 'Make'.
+     */
+    if (gn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) {
+	/*
+	 * If the node is a USE node it is *never* out of date
+	 * no matter *what*.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, ".USE node...");
+	}
+	oodate = FALSE;
+    } else if ((gn->type & OP_LIB) &&
+	       ((gn->mtime==0) || Arch_IsLib(gn))) {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "library...");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * always out of date if no children and :: target
+	 * or non-existent.
+	 */
+	oodate = (gn->mtime == 0 || Arch_LibOODate(gn) || 
+		  (gn->cmgn == NULL && (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)));
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	/*
+	 * A target with the .JOIN attribute is only considered
+	 * out-of-date if any of its children was out-of-date.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, ".JOIN node...");
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "source %smade...", gn->flags & CHILDMADE ? "" : "not ");
+	}
+	oodate = (gn->flags & CHILDMADE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+    } else if (gn->type & (OP_FORCE|OP_EXEC|OP_PHONY)) {
+	/*
+	 * A node which is the object of the force (!) operator or which has
+	 * the .EXEC attribute is always considered out-of-date.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->type & OP_FORCE) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "! operator...");
+	    } else if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, ".PHONY node...");
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, ".EXEC node...");
+	    }
+	}
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else if ((gn->cmgn != NULL && gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime) ||
+	       (gn->cmgn == NULL &&
+		((gn->mtime == 0 && !(gn->type & OP_OPTIONAL))
+		  || gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * A node whose modification time is less than that of its
+	 * youngest child or that has no children (cmgn == NULL) and
+	 * either doesn't exist (mtime == 0) and it isn't optional
+	 * or was the object of a * :: operator is out-of-date.
+	 * Why? Because that's the way Make does it.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->cmgn != NULL && gn->mtime < gn->cmgn->mtime) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "modified before source %s...",
+		    gn->cmgn->path);
+	    } else if (gn->mtime == 0) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "non-existent and no sources...");
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, ":: operator and no sources...");
+	    }
+	}
+	oodate = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	/* 
+	 * When a non-existing child with no sources
+	 * (such as a typically used FORCE source) has been made and
+	 * the target of the child (usually a directory) has the same
+	 * timestamp as the timestamp just given to the non-existing child
+	 * after it was considered made.
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    if (gn->flags & FORCE)
+		fprintf(debug_file, "non existing child...");
+	}
+	oodate = (gn->flags & FORCE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+    }
+
+#ifdef USE_META
+    if (useMeta) {
+	oodate = meta_oodate(gn, oodate);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * If the target isn't out-of-date, the parents need to know its
+     * modification time. Note that targets that appear to be out-of-date
+     * but aren't, because they have no commands and aren't of type OP_NOP,
+     * have their mtime stay below their children's mtime to keep parents from
+     * thinking they're out-of-date.
+     */
+    if (!oodate) {
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->parents, MakeTimeStamp, gn);
+    }
+
+    return (oodate);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeAddChild  --
+ *	Function used by Make_Run to add a child to the list l.
+ *	It will only add the child if its make field is FALSE.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		the node to add
+ *	lp		the list to which to add it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The given list is extended
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeAddChild(void *gnp, void *lp)
+{
+    GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    Lst            l = (Lst) lp;
+
+    if ((gn->flags & REMAKE) == 0 && !(gn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE))) {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "MakeAddChild: need to examine %s%s\n",
+		gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	(void)Lst_EnQueue(l, gn);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeFindChild  --
+ *	Function used by Make_Run to find the pathname of a child
+ *	that was already made.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		the node to find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The path and mtime of the node and the cmgn of the parent are
+ *	updated; the unmade children count of the parent is decremented.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeFindChild(void *gnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    GNode          *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    (void)Dir_MTime(gn, 0);
+    Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn);
+    pgn->unmade--;
+
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_HandleUse --
+ *	Function called by Make_Run and SuffApplyTransform on the downward
+ *	pass to handle .USE and transformation nodes. It implements the
+ *	.USE and transformation functionality by copying the node's commands,
+ *	type flags and children to the parent node.
+ *
+ *	A .USE node is much like an explicit transformation rule, except
+ *	its commands are always added to the target node, even if the
+ *	target already has commands.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cgn		The .USE node
+ *	pgn		The target of the .USE node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Children and commands may be added to the parent and the parent's
+ *	type may be changed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_HandleUse(GNode *cgn, GNode *pgn)
+{
+    LstNode	ln; 	/* An element in the children list */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_TRANSFORM)) == 0) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Make_HandleUse: called for plain node %s\n", cgn->name);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) || Lst_IsEmpty(pgn->commands)) {
+	    if (cgn->type & OP_USEBEFORE) {
+		/*
+		 * .USEBEFORE --
+		 *	prepend the child's commands to the parent.
+		 */
+		Lst cmds = pgn->commands;
+		pgn->commands = Lst_Duplicate(cgn->commands, NULL);
+		(void)Lst_Concat(pgn->commands, cmds, LST_CONCNEW);
+		Lst_Destroy(cmds, NULL);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * .USE or target has no commands --
+		 *	append the child's commands to the parent.
+		 */
+		(void)Lst_Concat(pgn->commands, cgn->commands, LST_CONCNEW);
+	    }
+    }
+
+    if (Lst_Open(cgn->children) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->children)) != NULL) {
+	    GNode *tgn, *gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Expand variables in the .USE node's name
+	     * and save the unexpanded form.
+	     * We don't need to do this for commands.
+	     * They get expanded properly when we execute.
+	     */
+	    if (gn->uname == NULL) {
+		gn->uname = gn->name;
+	    } else {
+		if (gn->name)
+		    free(gn->name);
+	    }
+	    gn->name = Var_Subst(NULL, gn->uname, pgn, FALSE);
+	    if (gn->name && gn->uname && strcmp(gn->name, gn->uname) != 0) {
+		/* See if we have a target for this node. */
+		tgn = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
+		if (tgn != NULL)
+		    gn = tgn;
+	    }
+
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, gn);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+	    pgn->unmade += 1;
+	}
+	Lst_Close(cgn->children);
+    }
+
+    pgn->type |= cgn->type & ~(OP_OPMASK|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_TRANSFORM);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeHandleUse --
+ *	Callback function for Lst_ForEach, used by Make_Run on the downward
+ *	pass to handle .USE nodes. Should be called before the children
+ *	are enqueued to be looked at by MakeAddChild.
+ *	This function calls Make_HandleUse to copy the .USE node's commands,
+ *	type flags and children to the parent node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cgnp		the child we've just examined
+ *	pgnp		the current parent
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	After expansion, .USE child nodes are removed from the parent
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeHandleUse(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+    GNode	*pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+    LstNode	ln; 	/* An element in the children list */
+    int		unmarked;
+
+    unmarked = ((cgn->type & OP_MARK) == 0);
+    cgn->type |= OP_MARK;
+
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE)) == 0)
+	return (0);
+
+    if (unmarked)
+	Make_HandleUse(cgn, pgn);
+
+    /*
+     * This child node is now "made", so we decrement the count of
+     * unmade children in the parent... We also remove the child
+     * from the parent's list to accurately reflect the number of decent
+     * children the parent has. This is used by Make_Run to decide
+     * whether to queue the parent or examine its children...
+     */
+    if ((ln = Lst_Member(pgn->children, cgn)) != NULL) {
+	Lst_Remove(pgn->children, ln);
+	pgn->unmade--;
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Recheck --
+ *	Check the modification time of a gnode, and update it as described
+ *	in the comments below.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	returns 0 if the gnode does not exist, or it's filesystem
+ *	time if it does.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the gnode's modification time and path name are affected.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+time_t
+Make_Recheck(GNode *gn)
+{
+    time_t mtime = Dir_MTime(gn, 1);
+
+#ifndef RECHECK
+    /*
+     * We can't re-stat the thing, but we can at least take care of rules
+     * where a target depends on a source that actually creates the
+     * target, but only if it has changed, e.g.
+     *
+     * parse.h : parse.o
+     *
+     * parse.o : parse.y
+     *  	yacc -d parse.y
+     *  	cc -c y.tab.c
+     *  	mv y.tab.o parse.o
+     *  	cmp -s y.tab.h parse.h || mv y.tab.h parse.h
+     *
+     * In this case, if the definitions produced by yacc haven't changed
+     * from before, parse.h won't have been updated and gn->mtime will
+     * reflect the current modification time for parse.h. This is
+     * something of a kludge, I admit, but it's a useful one..
+     * XXX: People like to use a rule like
+     *
+     * FRC:
+     *
+     * To force things that depend on FRC to be made, so we have to
+     * check for gn->children being empty as well...
+     */
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) || Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+	gn->mtime = now;
+    }
+#else
+    /*
+     * This is what Make does and it's actually a good thing, as it
+     * allows rules like
+     *
+     *	cmp -s y.tab.h parse.h || cp y.tab.h parse.h
+     *
+     * to function as intended. Unfortunately, thanks to the stateless
+     * nature of NFS (by which I mean the loose coupling of two clients
+     * using the same file from a common server), there are times
+     * when the modification time of a file created on a remote
+     * machine will not be modified before the local stat() implied by
+     * the Dir_MTime occurs, thus leading us to believe that the file
+     * is unchanged, wreaking havoc with files that depend on this one.
+     *
+     * I have decided it is better to make too much than to make too
+     * little, so this stuff is commented out unless you're sure it's ok.
+     * -- ardeb 1/12/88
+     */
+    /*
+     * Christos, 4/9/92: If we are  saving commands pretend that
+     * the target is made now. Otherwise archives with ... rules
+     * don't work!
+     */
+    if (NoExecute(gn) || (gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) ||
+	    (mtime == 0 && !(gn->type & OP_WAIT))) {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, " recheck(%s): update time from %s to now\n",
+		   gn->name, Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+	}
+	gn->mtime = now;
+    }
+    else {
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, " recheck(%s): current update time: %s\n",
+		   gn->name, Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime));
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    return mtime;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Update  --
+ *	Perform update on the parents of a node. Used by JobFinish once
+ *	a node has been dealt with and by MakeStartJobs if it finds an
+ *	up-to-date node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cgn		the child node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The unmade field of pgn is decremented and pgn may be placed on
+ *	the toBeMade queue if this field becomes 0.
+ *
+ * 	If the child was made, the parent's flag CHILDMADE field will be
+ *	set true.
+ *
+ *	If the child is not up-to-date and still does not exist,
+ *	set the FORCE flag on the parents.
+ *
+ *	If the child wasn't made, the cmgn field of the parent will be
+ *	altered if the child's mtime is big enough.
+ *
+ *	Finally, if the child is the implied source for the parent, the
+ *	parent's IMPSRC variable is set appropriately.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_Update(GNode *cgn)
+{
+    GNode 	*pgn;	/* the parent node */
+    char  	*cname;	/* the child's name */
+    LstNode	ln; 	/* Element in parents and iParents lists */
+    time_t	mtime = -1;
+    char	*p1;
+    Lst		parents;
+    GNode	*centurion;
+
+    /* It is save to re-examine any nodes again */
+    checked++;
+
+    cname = Var_Value(TARGET, cgn, &p1);
+    if (p1)
+	free(p1);
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Make_Update: %s%s\n", cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num);
+
+    /*
+     * If the child was actually made, see what its modification time is
+     * now -- some rules won't actually update the file. If the file still
+     * doesn't exist, make its mtime now.
+     */
+    if (cgn->made != UPTODATE) {
+	mtime = Make_Recheck(cgn);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If this is a `::' node, we must consult its first instance
+     * which is where all parents are linked.
+     */
+    if ((centurion = cgn->centurion) != NULL) {
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->parents))
+		Punt("%s%s: cohort has parents", cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num);
+	centurion->unmade_cohorts -= 1;
+	if (centurion->unmade_cohorts < 0)
+	    Error("Graph cycles through centurion %s", centurion->name);
+    } else {
+	centurion = cgn;
+    }
+    parents = centurion->parents;
+
+    /* If this was a .ORDER node, schedule the RHS */
+    Lst_ForEach(centurion->order_succ, MakeBuildParent, Lst_First(toBeMade));
+
+    /* Now mark all the parents as having one less unmade child */
+    if (Lst_Open(parents) == SUCCESS) {
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(parents)) != NULL) {
+	    pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "inspect parent %s%s: flags %x, "
+			    "type %x, made %d, unmade %d ",
+			pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num, pgn->flags,
+			pgn->type, pgn->made, pgn->unmade-1);
+
+	    if (!(pgn->flags & REMAKE)) {
+		/* This parent isn't needed */
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- not needed\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (mtime == 0 && !(cgn->type & OP_WAIT))
+		pgn->flags |= FORCE;
+
+	    /*
+	     * If the parent has the .MADE attribute, its timestamp got
+	     * updated to that of its newest child, and its unmake
+	     * child count got set to zero in Make_ExpandUse().
+	     * However other things might cause us to build one of its
+	     * children - and so we mustn't do any processing here when
+	     * the child build finishes.
+	     */
+	    if (pgn->type & OP_MADE) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- .MADE\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    if ( ! (cgn->type & (OP_EXEC|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE))) {
+		if (cgn->made == MADE)
+		    pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE;
+		(void)Make_TimeStamp(pgn, cgn);
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * A parent must wait for the completion of all instances
+	     * of a `::' dependency.
+	     */
+	    if (centurion->unmade_cohorts != 0 || centurion->made < MADE) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file,
+			    "- centurion made %d, %d unmade cohorts\n",
+			    centurion->made, centurion->unmade_cohorts);
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /* One more child of this parent is now made */
+	    pgn->unmade -= 1;
+	    if (pgn->unmade < 0) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "Graph cycles through %s%s\n",
+			pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num);
+		    Targ_PrintGraph(2);
+		}
+		Error("Graph cycles through %s%s", pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num);
+	    }
+
+	    /* We must always rescan the parents of .WAIT and .ORDER nodes. */
+	    if (pgn->unmade != 0 && !(centurion->type & OP_WAIT)
+		    && !(centurion->flags & DONE_ORDER)) {
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- unmade children\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (pgn->made != DEFERRED) {
+		/*
+		 * Either this parent is on a different branch of the tree,
+		 * or it on the RHS of a .WAIT directive
+		 * or it is already on the toBeMade list.
+		 */
+		if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "- not deferred\n");
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (pgn->order_pred
+		    && Lst_ForEach(pgn->order_pred, MakeCheckOrder, 0)) {
+		/* A .ORDER rule stops us building this */
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		static int two = 2;
+		fprintf(debug_file, "- %s%s made, schedule %s%s (made %d)\n",
+			cgn->name, cgn->cohort_num,
+			pgn->name, pgn->cohort_num, pgn->made);
+		Targ_PrintNode(pgn, &two);
+	    }
+	    /* Ok, we can schedule the parent again */
+	    pgn->made = REQUESTED;
+	    (void)Lst_EnQueue(toBeMade, pgn);
+	}
+	Lst_Close(parents);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set the .PREFIX and .IMPSRC variables for all the implied parents
+     * of this node.
+     */
+    if (Lst_Open(cgn->iParents) == SUCCESS) {
+	char	*cpref = Var_Value(PREFIX, cgn, &p1);
+
+	while ((ln = Lst_Next(cgn->iParents)) != NULL) {
+	    pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (pgn->flags & REMAKE) {
+		Var_Set(IMPSRC, cname, pgn, 0);
+		if (cpref != NULL)
+		    Var_Set(PREFIX, cpref, pgn, 0);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (p1)
+	    free(p1);
+	Lst_Close(cgn->iParents);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeAddAllSrc --
+ *	Add a child's name to the ALLSRC and OODATE variables of the given
+ *	node. Called from Make_DoAllVar via Lst_ForEach. A child is added only
+ *	if it has not been given the .EXEC, .USE or .INVISIBLE attributes.
+ *	.EXEC and .USE children are very rarely going to be files, so...
+ *	If the child is a .JOIN node, its ALLSRC is propagated to the parent.
+ *
+ *	A child is added to the OODATE variable if its modification time is
+ *	later than that of its parent, as defined by Make, except if the
+ *	parent is a .JOIN node. In that case, it is only added to the OODATE
+ *	variable if it was actually made (since .JOIN nodes don't have
+ *	modification times, the comparison is rather unfair...)..
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The ALLSRC variable for the given node is extended.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakeUnmark(void *cgnp, void *pgnp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+
+    cgn->type &= ~OP_MARK;
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ *	cgnp		The child to add
+ *	pgnp		The parent to whose ALLSRC variable it should
+ *			be added
+ *
+ */
+static int
+MakeAddAllSrc(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode	*cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+    GNode	*pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    if (cgn->type & OP_MARK)
+	return (0);
+    cgn->type |= OP_MARK;
+
+    if ((cgn->type & (OP_EXEC|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_INVISIBLE)) == 0) {
+	char *child, *allsrc;
+	char *p1 = NULL, *p2 = NULL;
+
+	if (cgn->type & OP_ARCHV)
+	    child = Var_Value(MEMBER, cgn, &p1);
+	else
+	    child = cgn->path ? cgn->path : cgn->name;
+	if (cgn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	    allsrc = Var_Value(ALLSRC, cgn, &p2);
+	} else {
+	    allsrc = child;
+	}
+	if (allsrc != NULL)
+		Var_Append(ALLSRC, allsrc, pgn);
+	if (p2)
+	    free(p2);
+	if (pgn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	    if (cgn->made == MADE) {
+		Var_Append(OODATE, child, pgn);
+	    }
+	} else if ((pgn->mtime < cgn->mtime) ||
+		   (cgn->mtime >= now && cgn->made == MADE))
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * It goes in the OODATE variable if the parent is younger than the
+	     * child or if the child has been modified more recently than
+	     * the start of the make. This is to keep pmake from getting
+	     * confused if something else updates the parent after the
+	     * make starts (shouldn't happen, I know, but sometimes it
+	     * does). In such a case, if we've updated the kid, the parent
+	     * is likely to have a modification time later than that of
+	     * the kid and anything that relies on the OODATE variable will
+	     * be hosed.
+	     *
+	     * XXX: This will cause all made children to go in the OODATE
+	     * variable, even if they're not touched, if RECHECK isn't defined,
+	     * since cgn->mtime is set to now in Make_Update. According to
+	     * some people, this is good...
+	     */
+	    Var_Append(OODATE, child, pgn);
+	}
+	if (p1)
+	    free(p1);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_DoAllVar --
+ *	Set up the ALLSRC and OODATE variables. Sad to say, it must be
+ *	done separately, rather than while traversing the graph. This is
+ *	because Make defined OODATE to contain all sources whose modification
+ *	times were later than that of the target, *not* those sources that
+ *	were out-of-date. Since in both compatibility and native modes,
+ *	the modification time of the parent isn't found until the child
+ *	has been dealt with, we have to wait until now to fill in the
+ *	variable. As for ALLSRC, the ordering is important and not
+ *	guaranteed when in native mode, so it must be set here, too.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The ALLSRC and OODATE variables of the given node is filled in.
+ *	If the node is a .JOIN node, its TARGET variable will be set to
+ * 	match its ALLSRC variable.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_DoAllVar(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (gn->flags & DONE_ALLSRC)
+	return;
+    
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeUnmark, gn);
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeAddAllSrc, gn);
+
+    if (!Var_Exists (OODATE, gn)) {
+	Var_Set(OODATE, "", gn, 0);
+    }
+    if (!Var_Exists (ALLSRC, gn)) {
+	Var_Set(ALLSRC, "", gn, 0);
+    }
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+	char *p1;
+	Var_Set(TARGET, Var_Value(ALLSRC, gn, &p1), gn, 0);
+	if (p1)
+	    free(p1);
+    }
+    gn->flags |= DONE_ALLSRC;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakeStartJobs --
+ *	Start as many jobs as possible.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	If the query flag was given to pmake, no job will be started,
+ *	but as soon as an out-of-date target is found, this function
+ *	returns TRUE. At all other times, this function returns FALSE.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Nodes are removed from the toBeMade queue and job table slots
+ *	are filled.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+MakeCheckOrder(void *v_bn, void *ignore MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode *bn = v_bn;
+
+    if (bn->made >= MADE || !(bn->flags & REMAKE))
+	return 0;
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakeCheckOrder: Waiting for .ORDER node %s%s\n",
+		bn->name, bn->cohort_num);
+    return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+MakeBuildChild(void *v_cn, void *toBeMade_next)
+{
+    GNode *cn = v_cn;
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakeBuildChild: inspect %s%s, made %d, type %x\n",
+	    cn->name, cn->cohort_num, cn->made, cn->type);
+    if (cn->made > DEFERRED)
+	return 0;
+
+    /* If this node is on the RHS of a .ORDER, check LHSs. */
+    if (cn->order_pred && Lst_ForEach(cn->order_pred, MakeCheckOrder, 0)) {
+	/* Can't build this (or anything else in this child list) yet */
+	cn->made = DEFERRED;
+	return 0;			/* but keep looking */
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakeBuildChild: schedule %s%s\n",
+		cn->name, cn->cohort_num);
+
+    cn->made = REQUESTED;
+    if (toBeMade_next == NULL)
+	Lst_AtEnd(toBeMade, cn);
+    else
+	Lst_InsertBefore(toBeMade, toBeMade_next, cn);
+
+    if (cn->unmade_cohorts != 0)
+	Lst_ForEach(cn->cohorts, MakeBuildChild, toBeMade_next);
+
+    /*
+     * If this node is a .WAIT node with unmade chlidren
+     * then don't add the next sibling.
+     */
+    return cn->type & OP_WAIT && cn->unmade > 0;
+}
+
+/* When a .ORDER LHS node completes we do this on each RHS */
+static int
+MakeBuildParent(void *v_pn, void *toBeMade_next)
+{
+    GNode *pn = v_pn;
+
+    if (pn->made != DEFERRED)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (MakeBuildChild(pn, toBeMade_next) == 0) {
+	/* Mark so that when this node is built we reschedule its parents */
+	pn->flags |= DONE_ORDER;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static Boolean
+MakeStartJobs(void)
+{
+    GNode	*gn;
+    int		have_token = 0;
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (toBeMade)) {
+	/* Get token now to avoid cycling job-list when we only have 1 token */
+	if (!have_token && !Job_TokenWithdraw())
+	    break;
+	have_token = 1;
+
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(toBeMade);
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Examining %s%s...\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+	if (gn->made != REQUESTED) {
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "state %d\n", gn->made);
+
+	    make_abort(gn, __LINE__);
+	}
+
+	if (gn->checked == checked) {
+	    /* We've already looked at this node since a job finished... */
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "already checked %s%s\n",
+			gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    gn->made = DEFERRED;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	gn->checked = checked;
+
+	if (gn->unmade != 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * We can't build this yet, add all unmade children to toBeMade,
+	     * just before the current first element.
+	     */
+	    gn->made = DEFERRED;
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeBuildChild, Lst_First(toBeMade));
+	    /* and drop this node on the floor */
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "dropped %s%s\n", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	gn->made = BEINGMADE;
+	if (Make_OODate(gn)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "out-of-date\n");
+	    }
+	    if (queryFlag) {
+		return (TRUE);
+	    }
+	    Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+	    Job_Make(gn);
+	    have_token = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "up-to-date\n");
+	    }
+	    gn->made = UPTODATE;
+	    if (gn->type & OP_JOIN) {
+		/*
+		 * Even for an up-to-date .JOIN node, we need it to have its
+		 * context variables so references to it get the correct
+		 * value for .TARGET when building up the context variables
+		 * of its parent(s)...
+		 */
+		Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+	    }
+	    Make_Update(gn);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (have_token)
+	Job_TokenReturn();
+
+    return (FALSE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MakePrintStatus --
+ *	Print the status of a top-level node, viz. it being up-to-date
+ *	already or not created due to an error in a lower level.
+ *	Callback function for Make_Run via Lst_ForEach.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node to examine
+ *	cyclep		True if gn->unmade being non-zero implies a
+ *			cycle in the graph, not an error in an
+ *			inferior.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A message may be printed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+MakePrintStatusOrder(void *ognp, void *gnp)
+{
+    GNode *ogn = ognp;
+    GNode *gn = gnp;
+
+    if (!(ogn->flags & REMAKE) || ogn->made > REQUESTED)
+	/* not waiting for this one */
+	return 0;
+
+    printf("    `%s%s' has .ORDER dependency against %s%s "
+		"(made %d, flags %x, type %x)\n",
+	    gn->name, gn->cohort_num,
+	    ogn->name, ogn->cohort_num, ogn->made, ogn->flags, ogn->type);
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+	fprintf(debug_file, "    `%s%s' has .ORDER dependency against %s%s "
+		    "(made %d, flags %x, type %x)\n",
+		gn->name, gn->cohort_num,
+		ogn->name, ogn->cohort_num, ogn->made, ogn->flags, ogn->type);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+MakePrintStatus(void *gnp, void *v_errors)
+{
+    GNode   	*gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    int 	*errors = v_errors;
+
+    if (gn->flags & DONECYCLE)
+	/* We've completely processed this node before, don't do it again. */
+	return 0;
+
+    if (gn->unmade == 0) {
+	gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+	switch (gn->made) {
+	case UPTODATE:
+	    printf("`%s%s' is up to date.\n", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    break;
+	case MADE:
+	    break;
+	case UNMADE:
+	case DEFERRED:
+	case REQUESTED:
+	case BEINGMADE:
+	    (*errors)++;
+	    printf("`%s%s' was not built (made %d, flags %x, type %x)!\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->made, gn->flags, gn->type);
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+		fprintf(debug_file,
+			"`%s%s' was not built (made %d, flags %x, type %x)!\n",
+			gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->made, gn->flags, gn->type);
+	    /* Most likely problem is actually caused by .ORDER */
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->order_pred, MakePrintStatusOrder, gn);
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    /* Errors - already counted */
+	    printf("`%s%s' not remade because of errors.\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    if (DEBUG(MAKE) && debug_file != stdout)
+		fprintf(debug_file, "`%s%s' not remade because of errors.\n",
+			gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+	    break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "MakePrintStatus: %s%s has %d unmade children\n",
+		gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->unmade);
+    /*
+     * If printing cycles and came to one that has unmade children,
+     * print out the cycle by recursing on its children.
+     */
+    if (!(gn->flags & CYCLE)) {
+	/* Fist time we've seen this node, check all children */
+	gn->flags |= CYCLE;
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakePrintStatus, errors);
+	/* Mark that this node needn't be processed again */
+	gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Only output the error once per node */
+    gn->flags |= DONECYCLE;
+    Error("Graph cycles through `%s%s'", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+    if ((*errors)++ > 100)
+	/* Abandon the whole error report */
+	return 1;
+
+    /* Reporting for our children will give the rest of the loop */
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakePrintStatus, errors);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_ExpandUse --
+ *	Expand .USE nodes and create a new targets list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		the initial list of targets
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Make_ExpandUse(Lst targs)
+{
+    GNode  *gn;		/* a temporary pointer */
+    Lst    examine; 	/* List of targets to examine */
+
+    examine = Lst_Duplicate(targs, NULL);
+
+    /*
+     * Make an initial downward pass over the graph, marking nodes to be made
+     * as we go down. We call Suff_FindDeps to find where a node is and
+     * to get some children for it if it has none and also has no commands.
+     * If the node is a leaf, we stick it on the toBeMade queue to
+     * be looked at in a minute, otherwise we add its children to our queue
+     * and go on about our business.
+     */
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (examine)) {
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(examine);
+    
+	if (gn->flags & REMAKE)
+	    /* We've looked at this one already */
+	    continue;
+	gn->flags |= REMAKE;
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Make_ExpandUse: examine %s%s\n",
+		    gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+	if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts)) {
+	    /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
+	    Lst new;
+	    new = Lst_Duplicate(gn->cohorts, NULL);
+	    Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
+	    examine = new;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Apply any .USE rules before looking for implicit dependencies
+	 * to make sure everything has commands that should...
+	 * Make sure that the TARGET is set, so that we can make
+	 * expansions.
+	 */
+	if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	    char *eoa, *eon;
+	    eoa = strchr(gn->name, '(');
+	    eon = strchr(gn->name, ')');
+	    if (eoa == NULL || eon == NULL)
+		continue;
+	    *eoa = '\0';
+	    *eon = '\0';
+	    Var_Set(MEMBER, eoa + 1, gn, 0);
+	    Var_Set(ARCHIVE, gn->name, gn, 0);
+	    *eoa = '(';
+	    *eon = ')';
+	}
+
+	(void)Dir_MTime(gn, 0);
+	Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeUnmark, gn);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeHandleUse, gn);
+
+	if ((gn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)
+	    Suff_FindDeps(gn);
+	else {
+	    /* Pretend we made all this node's children */
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeFindChild, gn);
+	    if (gn->unmade != 0)
+		    printf("Warning: %s%s still has %d unmade children\n",
+			    gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->unmade);
+	}
+
+	if (gn->unmade != 0)
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->children, MakeAddChild, examine);
+    }
+
+    Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_ProcessWait --
+ *	Convert .WAIT nodes into dependencies
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		the initial list of targets
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+link_parent(void *cnp, void *pnp)
+{
+    GNode *cn = cnp;
+    GNode *pn = pnp;
+
+    Lst_AtEnd(pn->children, cn);
+    Lst_AtEnd(cn->parents, pn);
+    pn->unmade++;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+add_wait_dep(void *v_cn, void *v_wn)
+{
+    GNode *cn = v_cn;
+    GNode *wn = v_wn;
+
+    if (cn == wn)
+	return 1;
+
+    if (cn == NULL || wn == NULL) {
+	printf("bad wait dep %p %p\n", cn, wn);
+	exit(4);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	 fprintf(debug_file, ".WAIT: add dependency %s%s -> %s\n",
+		cn->name, cn->cohort_num, wn->name);
+
+    Lst_AtEnd(wn->children, cn);
+    wn->unmade++;
+    Lst_AtEnd(cn->parents, wn);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+Make_ProcessWait(Lst targs)
+{
+    GNode  *pgn;	/* 'parent' node we are examining */
+    GNode  *cgn;	/* Each child in turn */
+    LstNode owln;	/* Previous .WAIT node */
+    Lst    examine; 	/* List of targets to examine */
+    LstNode ln;
+
+    /*
+     * We need all the nodes to have a common parent in order for the
+     * .WAIT and .ORDER scheduling to work.
+     * Perhaps this should be done earlier...
+     */
+
+    pgn = Targ_NewGN(".MAIN");
+    pgn->flags = REMAKE;
+    pgn->type = OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS;
+    /* Get it displayed in the diag dumps */
+    Lst_AtFront(Targ_List(), pgn);
+
+    Lst_ForEach(targs, link_parent, pgn);
+
+    /* Start building with the 'dummy' .MAIN' node */
+    MakeBuildChild(pgn, NULL);
+
+    examine = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(examine, pgn);
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (examine)) {
+	pgn = Lst_DeQueue(examine);
+   
+	/* We only want to process each child-list once */
+	if (pgn->flags & DONE_WAIT)
+	    continue;
+	pgn->flags |= DONE_WAIT;
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Make_ProcessWait: examine %s\n", pgn->name);
+
+	if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts)) {
+	    /* Append all the 'cohorts' to the list of things to examine */
+	    Lst new;
+	    new = Lst_Duplicate(pgn->cohorts, NULL);
+	    Lst_Concat(new, examine, LST_CONCLINK);
+	    examine = new;
+	}
+
+	owln = Lst_First(pgn->children);
+	Lst_Open(pgn->children);
+	for (; (ln = Lst_Next(pgn->children)) != NULL; ) {
+	    cgn = Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    if (cgn->type & OP_WAIT) {
+		/* Make the .WAIT node depend on the previous children */
+		Lst_ForEachFrom(pgn->children, owln, add_wait_dep, cgn);
+		owln = ln;
+	    } else {
+		Lst_AtEnd(examine, cgn);
+	    }
+	}
+	Lst_Close(pgn->children);
+    }
+
+    Lst_Destroy(examine, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make_Run --
+ *	Initialize the nodes to remake and the list of nodes which are
+ *	ready to be made by doing a breadth-first traversal of the graph
+ *	starting from the nodes in the given list. Once this traversal
+ *	is finished, all the 'leaves' of the graph are in the toBeMade
+ *	queue.
+ *	Using this queue and the Job module, work back up the graph,
+ *	calling on MakeStartJobs to keep the job table as full as
+ *	possible.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targs		the initial list of targets
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if work was done. FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The make field of all nodes involved in the creation of the given
+ *	targets is set to 1. The toBeMade list is set to contain all the
+ *	'leaves' of these subgraphs.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Make_Run(Lst targs)
+{
+    int	    	    errors; 	/* Number of errors the Job module reports */
+
+    /* Start trying to make the current targets... */
+    toBeMade = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    Make_ExpandUse(targs);
+    Make_ProcessWait(targs);
+
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	 fprintf(debug_file, "#***# full graph\n");
+	 Targ_PrintGraph(1);
+    }
+
+    if (queryFlag) {
+	/*
+	 * We wouldn't do any work unless we could start some jobs in the
+	 * next loop... (we won't actually start any, of course, this is just
+	 * to see if any of the targets was out of date)
+	 */
+	return (MakeStartJobs());
+    }
+    /*
+     * Initialization. At the moment, no jobs are running and until some
+     * get started, nothing will happen since the remaining upward
+     * traversal of the graph is performed by the routines in job.c upon
+     * the finishing of a job. So we fill the Job table as much as we can
+     * before going into our loop.
+     */
+    (void)MakeStartJobs();
+
+    /*
+     * Main Loop: The idea here is that the ending of jobs will take
+     * care of the maintenance of data structures and the waiting for output
+     * will cause us to be idle most of the time while our children run as
+     * much as possible. Because the job table is kept as full as possible,
+     * the only time when it will be empty is when all the jobs which need
+     * running have been run, so that is the end condition of this loop.
+     * Note that the Job module will exit if there were any errors unless the
+     * keepgoing flag was given.
+     */
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(toBeMade) || jobTokensRunning > 0) {
+	Job_CatchOutput();
+	(void)MakeStartJobs();
+    }
+
+    errors = Job_Finish();
+
+    /*
+     * Print the final status of each target. E.g. if it wasn't made
+     * because some inferior reported an error.
+     */
+    if (DEBUG(MAKE))
+	 fprintf(debug_file, "done: errors %d\n", errors);
+    if (errors == 0) {
+	Lst_ForEach(targs, MakePrintStatus, &errors);
+	if (DEBUG(MAKE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "done: errors %d\n", errors);
+	    if (errors)
+		Targ_PrintGraph(4);
+	}
+    }
+    return errors != 0;
+}
diff --git a/make.h b/make.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9c72bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make.h
@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make.h,v 1.90 2013/02/25 01:57:14 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)make.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)make.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * make.h --
+ *	The global definitions for pmake
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAKE_H_
+#define _MAKE_H_
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#define	MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(x, y)						\
+	((__GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) ||			\
+	 (__GNUC__ > (x)))
+#else /* defined(__GNUC__) */
+#define	MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(x, y)	0
+#endif /* defined(__GNUC__) */
+
+#if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 7)
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED	__attribute__((__unused__))
+#else
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED	/* delete */
+#endif
+
+#if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 5)
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_DEAD		__attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_DEAD		__volatile
+#else
+#define	MAKE_ATTR_DEAD		/* delete */
+#endif
+
+#if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 7)
+#define MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(fmtarg, firstvararg)	\
+	    __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__, fmtarg, firstvararg)))
+#else
+#define MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(fmtarg, firstvararg)	/* delete */
+#endif
+
+#include "sprite.h"
+#include "lst.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "make-conf.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+/*
+ * some vendors don't have this --sjg
+ */
+#if defined(S_IFDIR) && !defined(S_ISDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(sun) && (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4))
+#define POSIX_SIGNALS
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * The structure for an individual graph node. Each node has several
+ * pieces of data associated with it.
+ *	1) the name of the target it describes
+ *	2) the location of the target file in the file system.
+ *	3) the type of operator used to define its sources (qv. parse.c)
+ *	4) whether it is involved in this invocation of make
+ *	5) whether the target has been remade
+ *	6) whether any of its children has been remade
+ *	7) the number of its children that are, as yet, unmade
+ *	8) its modification time
+ *	9) the modification time of its youngest child (qv. make.c)
+ *	10) a list of nodes for which this is a source (parents)
+ *	11) a list of nodes on which this depends (children)
+ *	12) a list of nodes that depend on this, as gleaned from the
+ *	    transformation rules (iParents)
+ *	13) a list of ancestor nodes, which includes parents, iParents,
+ *	    and recursive parents of parents
+ *	14) a list of nodes of the same name created by the :: operator
+ *	15) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before
+ *	    this node can be, but that do not enter into the datedness of
+ *	    this node.
+ *	16) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before
+ *	    this node or any child of this node can be, but that do not
+ *	    enter into the datedness of this node.
+ *	17) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) after
+ *	    this node is, but that do not depend on this node, in the
+ *	    normal sense.
+ *	18) a Lst of ``local'' variables that are specific to this target
+ *	   and this target only (qv. var.c [$@ $< $?, etc.])
+ *	19) a Lst of strings that are commands to be given to a shell
+ *	   to create this target.
+ */
+typedef struct GNode {
+    char            *name;     	/* The target's name */
+    char            *uname;    	/* The unexpanded name of a .USE node */
+    char    	    *path;     	/* The full pathname of the file */
+    int             type;      	/* Its type (see the OP flags, below) */
+
+    int             flags;
+#define REMAKE		0x1    	/* this target needs to be (re)made */
+#define	CHILDMADE	0x2	/* children of this target were made */
+#define FORCE		0x4	/* children don't exist, and we pretend made */
+#define DONE_WAIT	0x8	/* Set by Make_ProcessWait() */
+#define DONE_ORDER	0x10	/* Build requested by .ORDER processing */
+#define FROM_DEPEND	0x20	/* Node created from .depend */
+#define DONE_ALLSRC	0x40	/* We do it once only */
+#define CYCLE		0x1000  /* Used by MakePrintStatus */
+#define DONECYCLE	0x2000  /* Used by MakePrintStatus */
+    enum enum_made {
+	UNMADE, DEFERRED, REQUESTED, BEINGMADE,
+	MADE, UPTODATE, ERROR, ABORTED
+    }	    	    made;    	/* Set to reflect the state of processing
+				 * on this node:
+				 *  UNMADE - Not examined yet
+				 *  DEFERRED - Examined once (building child)
+				 *  REQUESTED - on toBeMade list
+				 *  BEINGMADE - Target is already being made.
+				 *  	Indicates a cycle in the graph.
+				 *  MADE - Was out-of-date and has been made
+				 *  UPTODATE - Was already up-to-date
+				 *  ERROR - An error occurred while it was being
+				 *  	made (used only in compat mode)
+				 *  ABORTED - The target was aborted due to
+				 *  	an error making an inferior (compat).
+				 */
+    int             unmade;    	/* The number of unmade children */
+
+    time_t          mtime;     	/* Its modification time */
+    struct GNode    *cmgn;    	/* The youngest child */
+
+    Lst     	    iParents;  	/* Links to parents for which this is an
+				 * implied source, if any */
+    Lst	    	    cohorts;  	/* Other nodes for the :: operator */
+    Lst             parents;   	/* Nodes that depend on this one */
+    Lst             children;  	/* Nodes on which this one depends */
+    Lst             order_pred;	/* .ORDER nodes we need made */
+    Lst             order_succ;	/* .ORDER nodes who need us */
+
+    char	    cohort_num[8]; /* #n for this cohort */
+    int		    unmade_cohorts;/* # of unmade instances on the
+				      cohorts list */
+    struct GNode    *centurion;	/* Pointer to the first instance of a ::
+				   node; only set when on a cohorts list */
+    unsigned int    checked;    /* Last time we tried to makle this node */
+
+    Hash_Table      context;	/* The local variables */
+    Lst             commands;  	/* Creation commands */
+
+    struct _Suff    *suffix;	/* Suffix for the node (determined by
+				 * Suff_FindDeps and opaque to everyone
+				 * but the Suff module) */
+    const char	    *fname;	/* filename where the GNode got defined */
+    int		     lineno;	/* line number where the GNode got defined */
+} GNode;
+
+/*
+ * The OP_ constants are used when parsing a dependency line as a way of
+ * communicating to other parts of the program the way in which a target
+ * should be made. These constants are bitwise-OR'ed together and
+ * placed in the 'type' field of each node. Any node that has
+ * a 'type' field which satisfies the OP_NOP function was never never on
+ * the lefthand side of an operator, though it may have been on the
+ * righthand side...
+ */
+#define OP_DEPENDS	0x00000001  /* Execution of commands depends on
+				     * kids (:) */
+#define OP_FORCE	0x00000002  /* Always execute commands (!) */
+#define OP_DOUBLEDEP	0x00000004  /* Execution of commands depends on kids
+				     * per line (::) */
+#define OP_OPMASK	(OP_DEPENDS|OP_FORCE|OP_DOUBLEDEP)
+
+#define OP_OPTIONAL	0x00000008  /* Don't care if the target doesn't
+				     * exist and can't be created */
+#define OP_USE		0x00000010  /* Use associated commands for parents */
+#define OP_EXEC	  	0x00000020  /* Target is never out of date, but always
+				     * execute commands anyway. Its time
+				     * doesn't matter, so it has none...sort
+				     * of */
+#define OP_IGNORE	0x00000040  /* Ignore errors when creating the node */
+#define OP_PRECIOUS	0x00000080  /* Don't remove the target when
+				     * interrupted */
+#define OP_SILENT	0x00000100  /* Don't echo commands when executed */
+#define OP_MAKE		0x00000200  /* Target is a recursive make so its
+				     * commands should always be executed when
+				     * it is out of date, regardless of the
+				     * state of the -n or -t flags */
+#define OP_JOIN 	0x00000400  /* Target is out-of-date only if any of its
+				     * children was out-of-date */
+#define	OP_MADE		0x00000800  /* Assume the children of the node have
+				     * been already made */
+#define OP_SPECIAL	0x00001000  /* Special .BEGIN, .END, .INTERRUPT */
+#define	OP_USEBEFORE	0x00002000  /* Like .USE, only prepend commands */
+#define OP_INVISIBLE	0x00004000  /* The node is invisible to its parents.
+				     * I.e. it doesn't show up in the parents's
+				     * local variables. */
+#define OP_NOTMAIN	0x00008000  /* The node is exempt from normal 'main
+				     * target' processing in parse.c */
+#define OP_PHONY	0x00010000  /* Not a file target; run always */
+#define OP_NOPATH	0x00020000  /* Don't search for file in the path */
+#define OP_WAIT 	0x00040000  /* .WAIT phony node */
+#define OP_NOMETA	0x00080000  /* .NOMETA do not create a .meta file */
+#define OP_META		0x00100000  /* .META we _do_ want a .meta file */
+#define OP_NOMETA_CMP	0x00200000  /* Do not compare commands in .meta file */
+/* Attributes applied by PMake */
+#define OP_TRANSFORM	0x80000000  /* The node is a transformation rule */
+#define OP_MEMBER 	0x40000000  /* Target is a member of an archive */
+#define OP_LIB	  	0x20000000  /* Target is a library */
+#define OP_ARCHV  	0x10000000  /* Target is an archive construct */
+#define OP_HAS_COMMANDS	0x08000000  /* Target has all the commands it should.
+				     * Used when parsing to catch multiple
+				     * commands for a target */
+#define OP_SAVE_CMDS	0x04000000  /* Saving commands on .END (Compat) */
+#define OP_DEPS_FOUND	0x02000000  /* Already processed by Suff_FindDeps */
+#define	OP_MARK		0x01000000  /* Node found while expanding .ALLSRC */
+
+#define NoExecute(gn) ((gn->type & OP_MAKE) ? noRecursiveExecute : noExecute)
+/*
+ * OP_NOP will return TRUE if the node with the given type was not the
+ * object of a dependency operator
+ */
+#define OP_NOP(t)	(((t) & OP_OPMASK) == 0x00000000)
+
+#define OP_NOTARGET (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_USE|OP_EXEC|OP_TRANSFORM)
+
+/*
+ * The TARG_ constants are used when calling the Targ_FindNode and
+ * Targ_FindList functions in targ.c. They simply tell the functions what to
+ * do if the desired node(s) is (are) not found. If the TARG_CREATE constant
+ * is given, a new, empty node will be created for the target, placed in the
+ * table of all targets and its address returned. If TARG_NOCREATE is given,
+ * a NULL pointer will be returned.
+ */
+#define TARG_NOCREATE	0x00	  /* don't create it */
+#define TARG_CREATE	0x01	  /* create node if not found */
+#define TARG_NOHASH	0x02	  /* don't look in/add to hash table */
+
+/*
+ * These constants are all used by the Str_Concat function to decide how the
+ * final string should look. If STR_ADDSPACE is given, a space will be
+ * placed between the two strings. If STR_ADDSLASH is given, a '/' will
+ * be used instead of a space. If neither is given, no intervening characters
+ * will be placed between the two strings in the final output. If the
+ * STR_DOFREE bit is set, the two input strings will be freed before
+ * Str_Concat returns.
+ */
+#define STR_ADDSPACE	0x01	/* add a space when Str_Concat'ing */
+#define STR_ADDSLASH	0x02	/* add a slash when Str_Concat'ing */
+
+/*
+ * Error levels for parsing. PARSE_FATAL means the process cannot continue
+ * once the makefile has been parsed. PARSE_WARNING means it can. Passed
+ * as the first argument to Parse_Error.
+ */
+#define PARSE_WARNING	2
+#define PARSE_FATAL	1
+
+/*
+ * Values returned by Cond_Eval.
+ */
+#define COND_PARSE	0   	/* Parse the next lines */
+#define COND_SKIP 	1   	/* Skip the next lines */
+#define COND_INVALID	2   	/* Not a conditional statement */
+
+/*
+ * Definitions for the "local" variables. Used only for clarity.
+ */
+#define TARGET	  	  "@" 	/* Target of dependency */
+#define OODATE	  	  "?" 	/* All out-of-date sources */
+#define ALLSRC	  	  ">" 	/* All sources */
+#define IMPSRC	  	  "<" 	/* Source implied by transformation */
+#define PREFIX	  	  "*" 	/* Common prefix */
+#define ARCHIVE	  	  "!" 	/* Archive in "archive(member)" syntax */
+#define MEMBER	  	  "%" 	/* Member in "archive(member)" syntax */
+
+#define FTARGET           "@F"  /* file part of TARGET */
+#define DTARGET           "@D"  /* directory part of TARGET */
+#define FIMPSRC           "<F"  /* file part of IMPSRC */
+#define DIMPSRC           "<D"  /* directory part of IMPSRC */
+#define FPREFIX           "*F"  /* file part of PREFIX */
+#define DPREFIX           "*D"  /* directory part of PREFIX */
+
+/*
+ * Global Variables
+ */
+extern Lst  	create;	    	/* The list of target names specified on the
+				 * command line. used to resolve #if
+				 * make(...) statements */
+extern Lst     	dirSearchPath; 	/* The list of directories to search when
+				 * looking for targets */
+
+extern Boolean	compatMake;	/* True if we are make compatible */
+extern Boolean	ignoreErrors;  	/* True if should ignore all errors */
+extern Boolean  beSilent;    	/* True if should print no commands */
+extern Boolean  noExecute;    	/* True if should execute nothing */
+extern Boolean  noRecursiveExecute;    	/* True if should execute nothing */
+extern Boolean  allPrecious;   	/* True if every target is precious */
+extern Boolean  keepgoing;    	/* True if should continue on unaffected
+				 * portions of the graph when have an error
+				 * in one portion */
+extern Boolean 	touchFlag;    	/* TRUE if targets should just be 'touched'
+				 * if out of date. Set by the -t flag */
+extern Boolean 	queryFlag;    	/* TRUE if we aren't supposed to really make
+				 * anything, just see if the targets are out-
+				 * of-date */
+extern Boolean	doing_depend;	/* TRUE if processing .depend */
+
+extern Boolean	checkEnvFirst;	/* TRUE if environment should be searched for
+				 * variables before the global context */
+extern Boolean	jobServer;	/* a jobServer already exists */
+
+extern Boolean	parseWarnFatal;	/* TRUE if makefile parsing warnings are
+				 * treated as errors */
+
+extern Boolean	varNoExportEnv;	/* TRUE if we should not export variables
+				 * set on the command line to the env. */
+
+extern GNode    *DEFAULT;    	/* .DEFAULT rule */
+
+extern GNode    *VAR_GLOBAL;   	/* Variables defined in a global context, e.g
+				 * in the Makefile itself */
+extern GNode    *VAR_CMD;    	/* Variables defined on the command line */
+extern GNode	*VAR_FOR;	/* Iteration variables */
+extern char    	var_Error[];   	/* Value returned by Var_Parse when an error
+				 * is encountered. It actually points to
+				 * an empty string, so naive callers needn't
+				 * worry about it. */
+
+extern time_t 	now;	    	/* The time at the start of this whole
+				 * process */
+
+extern Boolean	oldVars;    	/* Do old-style variable substitution */
+
+extern Lst	sysIncPath;	/* The system include path. */
+extern Lst	defIncPath;	/* The default include path. */
+
+extern char	curdir[];	/* Startup directory */
+extern char	*progname;	/* The program name */
+extern char	*makeDependfile; /* .depend */
+extern char	**savedEnv;	 /* if we replaced environ this will be non-NULL */
+
+/*
+ * We cannot vfork() in a child of vfork().
+ * Most systems do not enforce this but some do.
+ */
+#define vFork() ((getpid() == myPid) ? vfork() : fork())
+extern pid_t	myPid;
+
+#define	MAKEFLAGS	".MAKEFLAGS"
+#define	MAKEOVERRIDES	".MAKEOVERRIDES"
+#define	MAKE_JOB_PREFIX	".MAKE.JOB.PREFIX" /* prefix for job target output */
+#define	MAKE_EXPORTED	".MAKE.EXPORTED"   /* variables we export */
+#define	MAKE_MAKEFILES	".MAKE.MAKEFILES"  /* all the makefiles we read */
+#define	MAKE_LEVEL	".MAKE.LEVEL"	   /* recursion level */
+#define MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE ".MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE"
+#define MAKE_DEPENDFILE	".MAKE.DEPENDFILE" /* .depend */
+#define MAKE_MODE	".MAKE.MODE"
+
+#ifdef NEED_MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE
+# define MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE "_MAKE_LEVEL"	/* some shells will not pass .MAKE. */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * debug control:
+ *	There is one bit per module.  It is up to the module what debug
+ *	information to print.
+ */
+FILE *debug_file;		/* Output written here - default stdout */
+extern int debug;
+#define	DEBUG_ARCH	0x00001
+#define	DEBUG_COND	0x00002
+#define	DEBUG_DIR	0x00004
+#define	DEBUG_GRAPH1	0x00008
+#define	DEBUG_GRAPH2	0x00010
+#define	DEBUG_JOB	0x00020
+#define	DEBUG_MAKE	0x00040
+#define	DEBUG_SUFF	0x00080
+#define	DEBUG_TARG	0x00100
+#define	DEBUG_VAR	0x00200
+#define DEBUG_FOR	0x00400
+#define DEBUG_SHELL	0x00800
+#define DEBUG_ERROR	0x01000
+#define DEBUG_LOUD	0x02000
+#define DEBUG_META	0x04000
+
+#define DEBUG_GRAPH3	0x10000
+#define DEBUG_SCRIPT	0x20000
+#define DEBUG_PARSE	0x40000
+#define DEBUG_CWD	0x80000
+
+#define CONCAT(a,b)	a##b
+
+#define	DEBUG(module)	(debug & CONCAT(DEBUG_,module))
+
+#include "nonints.h"
+
+int Make_TimeStamp(GNode *, GNode *);
+Boolean Make_OODate(GNode *);
+void Make_ExpandUse(Lst);
+time_t Make_Recheck(GNode *);
+void Make_HandleUse(GNode *, GNode *);
+void Make_Update(GNode *);
+void Make_DoAllVar(GNode *);
+Boolean Make_Run(Lst);
+char * Check_Cwd_Cmd(const char *);
+void Check_Cwd(const char **);
+void PrintOnError(GNode *, const char *);
+void Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean);
+Boolean Main_SetObjdir(const char *);
+int mkTempFile(const char *, char **);
+int str2Lst_Append(Lst, char *, const char *);
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define UNCONST(ptr)	({ 		\
+    union __unconst {			\
+	const void *__cp;		\
+	void *__p;			\
+    } __d;				\
+    __d.__cp = ptr, __d.__p; })
+#else
+#define UNCONST(ptr)	(void *)(ptr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a, b) ((a < b) ? a : b)
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a, b) ((a > b) ? a : b)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MAKE_H_ */
diff --git a/make_malloc.c b/make_malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8ac23f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make_malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.10 2012/06/20 17:46:28 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAKE_NATIVE
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: make_malloc.c,v 1.10 2012/06/20 17:46:28 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+static void enomem(void) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+
+/*
+ * enomem --
+ *	die when out of memory.
+ */
+static void
+enomem(void)
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(ENOMEM));
+	exit(2);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_malloc --
+ *	malloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_malloc(size_t len)
+{
+	void *p;
+
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strdup --
+ *	strdup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strdup(const char *str)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *p;
+
+	len = strlen(str) + 1;
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return memcpy(p, str, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_strndup --
+ *	strndup, but die on error.
+ */
+char *
+bmake_strndup(const char *str, size_t max_len)
+{
+	size_t len;
+	char *p;
+
+	if (str == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	len = strlen(str);
+	if (len > max_len)
+		len = max_len;
+	p = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(p, str, len);
+	p[len] = '\0';
+
+	return(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * bmake_realloc --
+ *	realloc, but die on error.
+ */
+void *
+bmake_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+	if ((ptr = realloc(ptr, size)) == NULL)
+		enomem();
+	return(ptr);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/make_malloc.h b/make_malloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36d3eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/make_malloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: make_malloc.h,v 1.4 2009/01/24 14:43:29 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef USE_EMALLOC
+void *bmake_malloc(size_t);
+void *bmake_realloc(void *, size_t);
+char *bmake_strdup(const char *);
+char *bmake_strndup(const char *, size_t);
+#else
+#include <util.h>
+#define bmake_malloc(x)         emalloc(x)
+#define bmake_realloc(x,y)      erealloc(x,y)
+#define bmake_strdup(x)         estrdup(x)
+#define bmake_strndup(x,y)      estrndup(x,y)
+#endif
+
diff --git a/makefile.in b/makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03b980a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# $Id: makefile.in,v 1.1 2012/12/28 21:28:19 sjg Exp $
+
+# a simple makefile for those who don't like anything beyond:
+# ./configure; make; make install
+
+prefix= @prefix@
+srcdir= @srcdir@
+
+all: build
+
+build clean install test:
+	${srcdir}/boot-strap --prefix=${prefix} -o . op=$@
+
+		
diff --git a/meta.c b/meta.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bbbe33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1367 @@
+/*      $NetBSD: meta.c,v 1.29 2013/03/31 05:49:51 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Implement 'meta' mode.
+ * Adapted from John Birrell's patches to FreeBSD make.
+ * --sjg
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 2009, John Birrell.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+ * are met: 
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+ */
+#if defined(USE_META)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <libgen.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) || defined(HAVE_ERR_H)
+#include <err.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "job.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FILEMON_H
+# include <filemon.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(USE_FILEMON) && defined(FILEMON_SET_FD)
+# define USE_FILEMON
+#endif
+
+static BuildMon Mybm;			/* for compat */
+static Lst metaBailiwick;			/* our scope of control */
+
+Boolean useMeta = FALSE;
+static Boolean useFilemon = FALSE;
+static Boolean writeMeta = FALSE;
+static Boolean metaEnv = FALSE;		/* don't save env unless asked */
+static Boolean metaVerbose = FALSE;
+static Boolean metaIgnoreCMDs = FALSE;	/* ignore CMDs in .meta files */
+static Boolean metaCurdirOk = FALSE;	/* write .meta in .CURDIR Ok? */
+static Boolean metaSilent = FALSE;	/* if we have a .meta be SILENT */
+
+extern Boolean forceJobs;
+extern Boolean comatMake;
+extern char    **environ;
+
+#define	MAKE_META_PREFIX	".MAKE.META.PREFIX"
+
+#ifndef N2U
+# define N2U(n, u)   (((n) + ((u) - 1)) / (u))
+#endif
+#ifndef ROUNDUP
+# define ROUNDUP(n, u)   (N2U((n), (u)) * (u))
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_STRSEP)
+# define strsep(s, d) stresep((s), (d), 0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Filemon is a kernel module which snoops certain syscalls.
+ *
+ * C chdir
+ * E exec
+ * F [v]fork
+ * L [sym]link
+ * M rename
+ * R read
+ * W write
+ * S stat
+ *
+ * See meta_oodate below - we mainly care about 'E' and 'R'.
+ *
+ * We can still use meta mode without filemon, but 
+ * the benefits are more limited.
+ */
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+# ifndef _PATH_FILEMON
+#   define _PATH_FILEMON "/dev/filemon"
+# endif
+
+/*
+ * Open the filemon device.
+ */
+static void
+filemon_open(BuildMon *pbm)
+{
+    int retry;
+    
+    pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1;
+    if (!useFilemon)
+	return;
+
+    for (retry = 5; retry >= 0; retry--) {
+	if ((pbm->filemon_fd = open(_PATH_FILEMON, O_RDWR)) >= 0)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if (pbm->filemon_fd < 0) {
+	useFilemon = FALSE;
+	warn("Could not open %s", _PATH_FILEMON);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We use a file outside of '.'
+     * to avoid a FreeBSD kernel bug where unlink invalidates
+     * cwd causing getcwd to do a lot more work.
+     * We only care about the descriptor.
+     */
+    pbm->mon_fd = mkTempFile("filemon.XXXXXX", NULL);
+    if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_FD, &pbm->mon_fd) < 0) {
+	err(1, "Could not set filemon file descriptor!");
+    }
+    /* we don't need these once we exec */
+    (void)fcntl(pbm->mon_fd, F_SETFD, 1);
+    (void)fcntl(pbm->filemon_fd, F_SETFD, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the build monitor output file and write records to the target's
+ * metadata file.
+ */
+static void
+filemon_read(FILE *mfp, int fd)
+{
+    FILE *fp;
+    char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+    /* Check if we're not writing to a meta data file.*/
+    if (mfp == NULL) {
+	if (fd >= 0)
+	    close(fd);			/* not interested */
+	return;
+    }
+    /* rewind */
+    (void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET);
+    if ((fp = fdopen(fd, "r")) == NULL)
+	err(1, "Could not read build monitor file '%d'", fd);
+
+    fprintf(mfp, "-- filemon acquired metadata --\n");
+
+    while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) {
+	fprintf(mfp, "%s", buf);
+    }
+    fflush(mfp);
+    clearerr(fp);
+    fclose(fp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * when realpath() fails,
+ * we use this, to clean up ./ and ../
+ */
+static void
+eat_dots(char *buf, size_t bufsz, int dots)
+{
+    char *cp;
+    char *cp2;
+    const char *eat;
+    size_t eatlen;
+
+    switch (dots) {
+    case 1:
+	eat = "/./";
+	eatlen = 2;
+	break;
+    case 2:
+	eat = "/../";
+	eatlen = 3;
+	break;
+    default:
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    do {
+	cp = strstr(buf, eat);
+	if (cp) {
+	    cp2 = cp + eatlen;
+	    if (dots == 2 && cp > buf) {
+		do {
+		    cp--;
+		} while (cp > buf && *cp != '/');
+	    }
+	    if (*cp == '/') {
+		strlcpy(cp, cp2, bufsz - (cp - buf));
+	    } else {
+		return;			/* can't happen? */
+	    }
+	}
+    } while (cp);
+}
+
+static char *
+meta_name(struct GNode *gn, char *mname, size_t mnamelen,
+	  const char *dname,
+	  const char *tname)
+{
+    char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char cwd[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char *rp;
+    char *cp;
+    char *tp;
+    char *p[4];				/* >= number of possible uses */
+    int i;
+
+    i = 0;
+    if (!dname)
+	dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &p[i++]);
+    if (!tname)
+	tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p[i++]);
+
+    if (realpath(dname, cwd))
+	dname = cwd;
+
+    /*
+     * Weed out relative paths from the target file name.
+     * We have to be careful though since if target is a
+     * symlink, the result will be unstable.
+     * So we use realpath() just to get the dirname, and leave the
+     * basename as given to us.
+     */
+    if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/'))) {
+	if (realpath(tname, buf)) {
+	    if ((rp = strrchr(buf, '/'))) {
+		rp++;
+		cp++;
+		if (strcmp(cp, rp) != 0)
+		    strlcpy(rp, cp, sizeof(buf) - (rp - buf));
+	    }
+	    tname = buf;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * We likely have a directory which is about to be made.
+	     * We pretend realpath() succeeded, to have a chance
+	     * of generating the same meta file name that we will
+	     * next time through.
+	     */
+	    if (tname[0] == '/') {
+		strlcpy(buf, tname, sizeof(buf));
+	    } else {
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s", cwd, tname);
+	    }
+	    eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 1);	/* ./ */
+	    eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 2);	/* ../ */
+	    tname = buf;
+	}
+    }
+    /* on some systems dirname may modify its arg */
+    tp = bmake_strdup(tname);
+    if (strcmp(dname, dirname(tp)) == 0)
+	snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s.meta", tname);
+    else {
+	snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s/%s.meta", dname, tname);
+
+	/*
+	 * Replace path separators in the file name after the
+	 * current object directory path.
+	 */
+	cp = mname + strlen(dname) + 1;
+
+	while (*cp != '\0') {
+	    if (*cp == '/')
+		*cp = '_';
+	    cp++;
+	}
+    }
+    free(tp);
+    for (i--; i >= 0; i--) {
+	if (p[i])
+	    free(p[i]);
+    }
+    return (mname);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return true if running ${.MAKE}
+ * Bypassed if target is flagged .MAKE
+ */
+static int
+is_submake(void *cmdp, void *gnp)
+{
+    static char *p_make = NULL;
+    static int p_len;
+    char  *cmd = cmdp;
+    GNode *gn = gnp;
+    char *mp = NULL;
+    char *cp;
+    char *cp2;
+    int rc = 0;				/* keep looking */
+
+    if (!p_make) {
+	p_make = Var_Value(".MAKE", gn, &cp);
+	p_len = strlen(p_make);
+    }
+    cp = strchr(cmd, '$');
+    if ((cp)) {
+	mp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, FALSE);
+	cmd = mp;
+    }
+    cp2 = strstr(cmd, p_make);
+    if ((cp2)) {
+	switch (cp2[p_len]) {
+	case '\0':
+	case ' ':
+	case '\t':
+	case '\n':
+	    rc = 1;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (cp2 > cmd && rc > 0) {
+	    switch (cp2[-1]) {
+	    case ' ':
+	    case '\t':
+	    case '\n':
+		break;
+	    default:
+		rc = 0;			/* no match */
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (mp)
+	free(mp);
+    return (rc);
+}
+
+typedef struct meta_file_s {
+    FILE *fp;
+    GNode *gn;
+} meta_file_t;
+
+static int
+printCMD(void *cmdp, void *mfpp)
+{
+    meta_file_t *mfp = mfpp;
+    char *cmd = cmdp;
+    char *cp = NULL;
+
+    if (strchr(cmd, '$')) {
+	cmd = cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, mfp->gn, FALSE);
+    }
+    fprintf(mfp->fp, "CMD %s\n", cmd);
+    if (cp)
+	free(cp);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Certain node types never get a .meta file
+ */
+#define SKIP_META_TYPE(_type) do { \
+    if ((gn->type & __CONCAT(OP_, _type))) {	\
+	if (DEBUG(META)) { \
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .%s\n", \
+		    gn->name, __STRING(_type));		       \
+	} \
+	return (NULL); \
+    } \
+} while (0)
+
+static FILE *
+meta_create(BuildMon *pbm, GNode *gn)
+{
+    meta_file_t mf;
+    char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char objdir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char **ptr;
+    const char *dname;
+    const char *tname;
+    char *fname;
+    const char *cp;
+    char *p[4];				/* >= possible uses */
+    int i;
+    struct stat fs;
+
+    
+    /* This may be a phony node which we don't want meta data for... */
+    /* Skip .meta for .BEGIN, .END, .ERROR etc as well. */
+    /* Or it may be explicitly flagged as .NOMETA */
+    SKIP_META_TYPE(NOMETA);
+    /* Unless it is explicitly flagged as .META */
+    if (!(gn->type & OP_META)) {
+	SKIP_META_TYPE(PHONY);
+	SKIP_META_TYPE(SPECIAL);
+	SKIP_META_TYPE(MAKE);
+    }
+
+    mf.fp = NULL;
+    
+    i = 0;
+    
+    dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &p[i++]);
+    tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p[i++]);
+    
+    /* The object directory may not exist. Check it.. */
+    if (stat(dname, &fs) != 0) {
+	if (DEBUG(META))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no .OBJDIR\n",
+		    gn->name);
+	goto out;
+    }
+    /* Check if there are no commands to execute. */
+    if (Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) {
+	if (DEBUG(META))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no commands\n",
+		    gn->name);
+	goto out;
+    }
+
+    /* make sure these are canonical */
+    if (realpath(dname, objdir))
+	dname = objdir;
+
+    /* If we aren't in the object directory, don't create a meta file. */
+    if (!metaCurdirOk && strcmp(curdir, dname) == 0) {
+	if (DEBUG(META))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .OBJDIR == .CURDIR\n",
+		    gn->name);
+	goto out;
+    }
+    if (!(gn->type & OP_META)) {
+	/* We do not generate .meta files for sub-makes */
+	if (Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, is_submake, gn)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .MAKE\n",
+			gn->name);
+	    goto out;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (metaVerbose) {
+	char *mp;
+
+	/* Describe the target we are building */
+	mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}", gn, 0);
+	if (*mp)
+	    fprintf(stdout, "%s\n", mp);
+	free(mp);
+    }
+    /* Get the basename of the target */
+    if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/')) == NULL) {
+	cp = tname;
+    } else {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    fflush(stdout);
+
+    if (strcmp(cp, makeDependfile) == 0)
+	goto out;
+
+    if (!writeMeta)
+	/* Don't create meta data. */
+	goto out;
+
+    fname = meta_name(gn, pbm->meta_fname, sizeof(pbm->meta_fname),
+		      dname, tname);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+    if (DEBUG(META))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "meta_create: %s\n", fname);
+#endif
+
+    if ((mf.fp = fopen(fname, "w")) == NULL)
+	err(1, "Could not open meta file '%s'", fname);
+
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "# Meta data file %s\n", fname);
+
+    mf.gn = gn;
+
+    Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, printCMD, &mf);
+
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "CWD %s\n", getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf)));
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "TARGET %s\n", tname);
+
+    if (metaEnv) {
+	for (ptr = environ; *ptr != NULL; ptr++)
+	    fprintf(mf.fp, "ENV %s\n", *ptr);
+    }
+
+    fprintf(mf.fp, "-- command output --\n");
+    fflush(mf.fp);
+
+    Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    Var_Append(".MAKE.META.CREATED", fname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+
+    gn->type |= OP_META;		/* in case anyone wants to know */
+    if (metaSilent) {
+	    gn->type |= OP_SILENT;
+    }
+ out:
+    for (i--; i >= 0; i--) {
+	if (p[i])
+	    free(p[i]);
+    }
+
+    return (mf.fp);
+}
+
+static Boolean
+boolValue(char *s)
+{
+    switch(*s) {
+    case '0':
+    case 'N':
+    case 'n':
+    case 'F':
+    case 'f':
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialization we need before reading makefiles.
+ */
+void
+meta_init()
+{
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+	/* this allows makefiles to test if we have filemon support */
+	Var_Set(".MAKE.PATH_FILEMON", _PATH_FILEMON, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Initialization we need after reading makefiles.
+ */
+void
+meta_mode_init(const char *make_mode)
+{
+    static int once = 0;
+    char *cp;
+
+    useMeta = TRUE;
+    useFilemon = TRUE;
+    writeMeta = TRUE;
+
+    if (make_mode) {
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "env"))
+	    metaEnv = TRUE;
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "verb"))
+	    metaVerbose = TRUE;
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "read"))
+	    writeMeta = FALSE;
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "nofilemon"))
+	    useFilemon = FALSE;
+	if ((cp = strstr(make_mode, "curdirok="))) {
+	    metaCurdirOk = boolValue(&cp[9]);
+	}
+	if ((cp = strstr(make_mode, "silent="))) {
+	    metaSilent = boolValue(&cp[7]);
+	}
+	if (strstr(make_mode, "ignore-cmd"))
+	    metaIgnoreCMDs = TRUE;
+	/* for backwards compatability */
+	Var_Set(".MAKE.META_CREATED", "${.MAKE.META.CREATED}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".MAKE.META_FILES", "${.MAKE.META.FILES}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    if (metaVerbose && !Var_Exists(MAKE_META_PREFIX, VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+	/*
+	 * The default value for MAKE_META_PREFIX
+	 * prints the absolute path of the target.
+	 * This works be cause :H will generate '.' if there is no /
+	 * and :tA will resolve that to cwd.
+	 */
+	Var_Set(MAKE_META_PREFIX, "Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    if (once)
+	return;
+    once = 1;
+    memset(&Mybm, 0, sizeof(Mybm));
+    /*
+     * We consider ourselves master of all within ${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK}
+     */
+    metaBailiwick = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK:O:u:tA}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    if (cp) {
+	str2Lst_Append(metaBailiwick, cp, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * In each case below we allow for job==NULL
+ */
+void
+meta_job_start(Job *job, GNode *gn)
+{
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    pbm->mfp = meta_create(pbm, gn);
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE
+    /* compat mode we open the filemon dev once per command */
+    if (job == NULL)
+	return;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) {
+	filemon_open(pbm);
+    } else {
+	pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * The child calls this before doing anything.
+ * It does not disturb our state.
+ */
+void
+meta_job_child(Job *job)
+{
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+    pid_t pid;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    pid = getpid();
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) {
+	if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_PID, &pid) < 0) {
+	    err(1, "Could not set filemon pid!");
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+meta_job_error(Job *job, GNode *gn, int flags, int status)
+{
+    char cwd[MAXPATHLEN];
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	if (!gn)
+	    gn = job->node;
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL) {
+	fprintf(pbm->mfp, "*** Error code %d%s\n",
+		status,
+		(flags & JOB_IGNERR) ?
+		"(ignored)" : "");
+    }
+    if (gn) {
+	Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd));
+    Var_Set(".ERROR_CWD", cwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    if (pbm && pbm->meta_fname[0]) {
+	Var_Set(".ERROR_META_FILE", pbm->meta_fname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    meta_job_finish(job);
+}
+
+void
+meta_job_output(Job *job, char *cp, const char *nl)
+{
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+    
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL) {
+	if (metaVerbose) {
+	    static char *meta_prefix = NULL;
+	    static int meta_prefix_len;
+
+	    if (!meta_prefix) {
+		char *cp2;
+
+		meta_prefix = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+		if ((cp2 = strchr(meta_prefix, '$')))
+		    meta_prefix_len = cp2 - meta_prefix;
+		else
+		    meta_prefix_len = strlen(meta_prefix);
+	    }
+	    if (strncmp(cp, meta_prefix, meta_prefix_len) == 0) {
+		cp = strchr(cp+1, '\n');
+		if (!cp++)
+		    return;
+	    }
+	}
+	fprintf(pbm->mfp, "%s%s", cp, nl);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+meta_cmd_finish(void *pbmp)
+{
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON
+    BuildMon *pbm = pbmp;
+
+    if (!pbm)
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+
+    if (pbm->filemon_fd >= 0) {
+	close(pbm->filemon_fd);
+	filemon_read(pbm->mfp, pbm->mon_fd);
+	pbm->filemon_fd = pbm->mon_fd = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+meta_job_finish(Job *job)
+{
+    BuildMon *pbm;
+
+    if (job != NULL) {
+	pbm = &job->bm;
+    } else {
+	pbm = &Mybm;
+    }
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL) {
+	meta_cmd_finish(pbm);
+	fclose(pbm->mfp);
+	pbm->mfp = NULL;
+	pbm->meta_fname[0] = '\0';
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fetch a full line from fp - growing bufp if needed
+ * Return length in bufp.
+ */
+static int 
+fgetLine(char **bufp, size_t *szp, int o, FILE *fp)
+{
+    char *buf = *bufp;
+    size_t bufsz = *szp;
+    struct stat fs;
+    int x;
+
+    if (fgets(&buf[o], bufsz - o, fp) != NULL) {
+    check_newline:
+	x = o + strlen(&buf[o]);
+	if (buf[x - 1] == '\n')
+	    return x;
+	/*
+	 * We need to grow the buffer.
+	 * The meta file can give us a clue.
+	 */
+	if (fstat(fileno(fp), &fs) == 0) {
+	    size_t newsz;
+	    char *p;
+
+	    newsz = ROUNDUP((fs.st_size / 2), BUFSIZ);
+	    if (newsz <= bufsz)
+		newsz = ROUNDUP(fs.st_size, BUFSIZ);
+	    if (DEBUG(META)) 
+		fprintf(debug_file, "growing buffer %u -> %u\n",
+			(unsigned)bufsz, (unsigned)newsz);
+	    p = bmake_realloc(buf, newsz);
+	    if (p) {
+		*bufp = buf = p;
+		*szp = bufsz = newsz;
+		/* fetch the rest */
+		if (!fgets(&buf[x], bufsz - x, fp))
+		    return x;		/* truncated! */
+		goto check_newline;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+prefix_match(void *p, void *q)
+{
+    const char *prefix = p;
+    const char *path = q;
+    size_t n = strlen(prefix);
+
+    return (0 == strncmp(path, prefix, n));
+}
+
+static int
+string_match(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+    const char *p1 = p;
+    const char *p2 = q;
+
+    return strcmp(p1, p2);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * When running with 'meta' functionality, a target can be out-of-date
+ * if any of the references in it's meta data file is more recent.
+ * We have to track the latestdir on a per-process basis.
+ */
+#define LDIR_VNAME_FMT ".meta.%d.ldir"
+
+/*
+ * It is possible that a .meta file is corrupted,
+ * if we detect this we want to reproduce it.
+ * Setting oodate TRUE will have that effect.
+ */
+#define CHECK_VALID_META(p) if (!(p && *p)) { \
+    warnx("%s: %d: malformed", fname, lineno); \
+    oodate = TRUE; \
+    continue; \
+    }
+
+Boolean
+meta_oodate(GNode *gn, Boolean oodate)
+{
+    static char *tmpdir = NULL;
+    static char cwd[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char ldir_vname[64];
+    char latestdir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char fname1[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char fname2[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char *p;
+    char *cp;
+    static size_t cwdlen = 0;
+    static size_t tmplen = 0;
+    FILE *fp;
+    Boolean needOODATE = FALSE;
+    Lst missingFiles;
+    
+    if (oodate)
+	return oodate;		/* we're done */
+
+    missingFiles = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * We need to check if the target is out-of-date. This includes
+     * checking if the expanded command has changed. This in turn
+     * requires that all variables are set in the same way that they
+     * would be if the target needs to be re-built.
+     */
+    Make_DoAllVar(gn);
+
+    meta_name(gn, fname, sizeof(fname), NULL, NULL);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+    if (DEBUG(META))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: %s\n", fname);
+#endif
+
+    if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) != NULL) {
+	static char *buf = NULL;
+	static size_t bufsz;
+	int lineno = 0;
+	int lastpid = 0;
+	int pid;
+	int f = 0;
+	int x;
+	LstNode ln;
+	struct stat fs;
+
+	if (!buf) {
+	    bufsz = 8 * BUFSIZ;
+	    buf = bmake_malloc(bufsz);
+	}
+
+	if (!cwdlen) {
+	    if (getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)) == NULL)
+		err(1, "Could not get current working directory");
+	    cwdlen = strlen(cwd);
+	}
+
+	if (!tmpdir) {
+	    tmpdir = getTmpdir();
+	    tmplen = strlen(tmpdir);
+	}
+
+	/* we want to track all the .meta we read */
+	Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+
+	ln = Lst_First(gn->commands);
+	while (!oodate && (x = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, 0, fp)) > 0) {
+	    lineno++;
+	    if (buf[x - 1] == '\n')
+		buf[x - 1] = '\0';
+	    else {
+		warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x);
+		oodate = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    /* Find the start of the build monitor section. */
+	    if (!f) {
+		if (strncmp(buf, "-- filemon", 10) == 0) {
+		    f = 1;
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp(buf, "# buildmon", 10) == 0) {
+		    f = 1;
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }		    
+
+	    /* Delimit the record type. */
+	    p = buf;
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %s\n", fname, lineno, buf);
+#endif
+	    strsep(&p, " ");
+	    if (f) {
+		/*
+		 * We are in the 'filemon' output section.
+		 * Each record from filemon follows the general form:
+		 *
+		 * <key> <pid> <data>
+		 *
+		 * Where:
+		 * <key> is a single letter, denoting the syscall.
+		 * <pid> is the process that made the syscall.
+		 * <data> is the arguments (of interest).
+		 */
+		switch(buf[0]) {
+		case '#':		/* comment */
+		case 'V':		/* version */
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    /*
+		     * We need to track pathnames per-process.
+		     *
+		     * Each process run by make, starts off in the 'CWD'
+		     * recorded in the .meta file, if it chdirs ('C')
+		     * elsewhere we need to track that - but only for
+		     * that process.  If it forks ('F'), we initialize
+		     * the child to have the same cwd as its parent.
+		     *
+		     * We also need to track the 'latestdir' of
+		     * interest.  This is usually the same as cwd, but
+		     * not if a process is reading directories.
+		     *
+		     * Each time we spot a different process ('pid')
+		     * we save the current value of 'latestdir' in a
+		     * variable qualified by 'lastpid', and
+		     * re-initialize 'latestdir' to any pre-saved
+		     * value for the current 'pid' and 'CWD' if none.
+		     */
+		    CHECK_VALID_META(p);
+		    pid = atoi(p);
+		    if (pid > 0 && pid != lastpid) {
+			char *ldir;
+			char *tp;
+		    
+			if (lastpid > 0) {
+			    /* We need to remember this. */
+			    Var_Set(ldir_vname, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			}
+			snprintf(ldir_vname, sizeof(ldir_vname), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, pid);
+			lastpid = pid;
+			ldir = Var_Value(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL, &tp);
+			if (ldir) {
+			    strlcpy(latestdir, ldir, sizeof(latestdir));
+			    if (tp)
+				free(tp);
+			} else 
+			    strlcpy(latestdir, cwd, sizeof(latestdir));
+		    }
+		    /* Skip past the pid. */
+		    if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL)
+			continue;
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cwd=%s ldir=%s\n", fname, lineno, cwd, latestdir);
+#endif
+		    break;
+		}
+
+		CHECK_VALID_META(p);
+
+		/* Process according to record type. */
+		switch (buf[0]) {
+		case 'X':		/* eXit */
+		    Var_Delete(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		    lastpid = 0;	/* no need to save ldir_vname */
+		    break;
+
+		case 'F':		/* [v]Fork */
+		    {
+			char cldir[64];
+			int child;
+
+			child = atoi(p);
+			if (child > 0) {
+			    snprintf(cldir, sizeof(cldir), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, child);
+			    Var_Set(cldir, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+			}
+		    }
+		    break;
+
+		case 'C':		/* Chdir */
+		    /* Update the latest directory. */
+		    strlcpy(latestdir, p, sizeof(latestdir));
+		    break;
+
+		case 'M':		/* renaMe */
+		    if (Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles))
+			break;
+		    /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */
+		    if (*p == '\'') {
+			char *ep;
+
+			p++;
+			if ((ep = strchr(p, '\'')))
+			    *ep = '\0';
+		    }
+		    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'D':		/* unlink */
+		    if (*p == '/' && !Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) {
+			/* remove p from the missingFiles list if present */
+			if ((ln = Lst_Find(missingFiles, p, string_match)) != NULL) {
+			    char *tp = Lst_Datum(ln);
+			    Lst_Remove(missingFiles, ln);
+			    free(tp);
+			    ln = NULL;	/* we're done with it */
+			}
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 'L':		/* Link */
+		    /* we want the target */
+		    if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL)
+			continue;
+		    CHECK_VALID_META(p);
+		    /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */
+		    if (*p == '\'') {
+			char *ep;
+
+			p++;
+			if ((ep = strchr(p, '\'')))
+			    *ep = '\0';
+		    }
+		    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case 'W':		/* Write */
+		    /*
+		     * If a file we generated within our bailiwick
+		     * but outside of .OBJDIR is missing,
+		     * we need to do it again. 
+		     */
+		    /* ignore non-absolute paths */
+		    if (*p != '/')
+			break;
+
+		    if (Lst_IsEmpty(metaBailiwick))
+			break;
+
+		    /* ignore cwd - normal dependencies handle those */
+		    if (strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		    if (!Lst_ForEach(metaBailiwick, prefix_match, p))
+			break;
+
+		    /* tmpdir might be within */
+		    if (tmplen > 0 && strncmp(p, tmpdir, tmplen) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		    /* ignore anything containing the string "tmp" */
+		    if ((strstr("tmp", p)))
+			break;
+
+		    if (stat(p, &fs) < 0) {
+			Lst_AtEnd(missingFiles, bmake_strdup(p));
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case 'R':		/* Read */
+		case 'E':		/* Exec */
+		    /*
+		     * Check for runtime files that can't
+		     * be part of the dependencies because
+		     * they are _expected_ to change.
+		     */
+		    if (strncmp(p, "/tmp/", 5) == 0 ||
+			(tmplen > 0 && strncmp(p, tmpdir, tmplen) == 0))
+			break;
+
+		    if (strncmp(p, "/var/", 5) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		    /* Ignore device files. */
+		    if (strncmp(p, "/dev/", 5) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		    /* Ignore /etc/ files. */
+		    if (strncmp(p, "/etc/", 5) == 0)
+			break;
+
+		    if ((cp = strrchr(p, '/'))) {
+			cp++;
+			/*
+			 * We don't normally expect to see this,
+			 * but we do expect it to change.
+			 */
+			if (strcmp(cp, makeDependfile) == 0)
+			    break;
+		    }
+
+		    /*
+		     * The rest of the record is the file name.
+		     * Check if it's not an absolute path.
+		     */
+		    {
+			char *sdirs[4];
+			char **sdp;
+			int sdx = 0;
+			int found = 0;
+
+			if (*p == '/') {
+			    sdirs[sdx++] = p; /* done */
+			} else {
+			    if (strcmp(".", p) == 0)
+				continue;  /* no point */
+
+			    /* Check vs latestdir */
+			    snprintf(fname1, sizeof(fname1), "%s/%s", latestdir, p);
+			    sdirs[sdx++] = fname1;
+
+			    if (strcmp(latestdir, cwd) != 0) {
+				/* Check vs cwd */
+				snprintf(fname2, sizeof(fname2), "%s/%s", cwd, p);
+				sdirs[sdx++] = fname2;
+			    }
+			}
+			sdirs[sdx++] = NULL;
+
+			for (sdp = sdirs; *sdp && !found; sdp++) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+			    if (DEBUG(META))
+				fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: looking for: %s\n", fname, lineno, *sdp);
+#endif
+			    if (stat(*sdp, &fs) == 0) {
+				found = 1;
+				p = *sdp;
+			    }
+			}
+			if (found) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE
+			    if (DEBUG(META))
+				fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: found: %s\n", fname, lineno, p);
+#endif
+			    if (!S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode) &&
+				fs.st_mtime > gn->mtime) {
+				if (DEBUG(META))
+				    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: file '%s' is newer than the target...\n", fname, lineno, p);
+				oodate = TRUE;
+			    } else if (S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode)) {
+				/* Update the latest directory. */
+				realpath(p, latestdir);
+			    }
+			} else if (errno == ENOENT && *p == '/' &&
+				   strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) != 0) {
+			    /*
+			     * A referenced file outside of CWD is missing.
+			     * We cannot catch every eventuality here...
+			     */
+			    if (DEBUG(META))
+				fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: file '%s' may have moved?...\n", fname, lineno, p);
+			    oodate = TRUE;
+			}
+		    }
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    } else if (strcmp(buf, "CMD") == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Compare the current command with the one in the
+		 * meta data file.
+		 */
+		if (ln == NULL) {
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there were more build commands in the meta data file than there are now...\n", fname, lineno);
+		    oodate = TRUE;
+		} else {
+		    char *cmd = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+		    Boolean hasOODATE = FALSE;
+
+		    if (strstr(cmd, "$?"))
+			hasOODATE = TRUE;
+		    else if ((cp = strstr(cmd, ".OODATE"))) {
+			/* check for $[{(].OODATE[:)}] */
+			if (cp > cmd + 2 && cp[-2] == '$')
+			    hasOODATE = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    if (hasOODATE) {
+			needOODATE = TRUE;
+			if (DEBUG(META))
+			    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cannot compare command using .OODATE\n", fname, lineno);
+		    }
+		    cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, TRUE);
+
+		    if ((cp = strchr(cmd, '\n'))) {
+			int n;
+
+			/*
+			 * This command contains newlines, we need to
+			 * fetch more from the .meta file before we
+			 * attempt a comparison.
+			 */
+			/* first put the newline back at buf[x - 1] */
+			buf[x - 1] = '\n';
+			do {
+			    /* now fetch the next line */
+			    if ((n = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, x, fp)) <= 0)
+				break;
+			    x = n;
+			    lineno++;
+			    if (buf[x - 1] != '\n') {
+				warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x);
+				break;
+			    }
+			    cp = strchr(++cp, '\n');
+			} while (cp);
+			if (buf[x - 1] == '\n')
+			    buf[x - 1] = '\0';
+		    }
+		    if (!hasOODATE &&
+			!(gn->type & OP_NOMETA_CMP) &&
+			strcmp(p, cmd) != 0) {
+			if (DEBUG(META))
+			    fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: a build command has changed\n%s\nvs\n%s\n", fname, lineno, p, cmd);
+			if (!metaIgnoreCMDs)
+			    oodate = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    free(cmd);
+		    ln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+		}
+	    } else if (strcmp(buf, "CWD") == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Check if there are extra commands now
+		 * that weren't in the meta data file.
+		 */
+		if (!oodate && ln != NULL) {
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there are extra build commands now that weren't in the meta data file\n", fname, lineno);
+		    oodate = TRUE;
+		}
+		if (strcmp(p, cwd) != 0) {
+		    if (DEBUG(META))
+			fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: the current working directory has changed from '%s' to '%s'\n", fname, lineno, p, curdir);
+		    oodate = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	fclose(fp);
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s: missing files: %s...\n",
+			fname, (char *)Lst_Datum(Lst_First(missingFiles)));
+	    oodate = TRUE;
+	    Lst_Destroy(missingFiles, (FreeProc *)free);
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ((gn->type & OP_META)) {
+	    if (DEBUG(META))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s: required but missing\n", fname);
+	    oodate = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    if (oodate && needOODATE) {
+	/*
+	 * Target uses .OODATE which is empty; or we wouldn't be here.
+	 * We have decided it is oodate, so .OODATE needs to be set.
+	 * All we can sanely do is set it to .ALLSRC.
+	 */
+	Var_Delete(OODATE, gn);
+	Var_Set(OODATE, Var_Value(ALLSRC, gn, &cp), gn, 0);
+	if (cp)
+	    free(cp);
+    }
+    return oodate;
+}
+
+/* support for compat mode */
+
+static int childPipe[2];
+
+void
+meta_compat_start(void)
+{
+#ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE
+    /*
+     * We need to re-open filemon for each cmd.
+     */
+    BuildMon *pbm = &Mybm;
+    
+    if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) {
+	filemon_open(pbm);
+    } else {
+	pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    if (pipe(childPipe) < 0)
+	Punt("Cannot create pipe: %s", strerror(errno));
+    /* Set close-on-exec flag for both */
+    (void)fcntl(childPipe[0], F_SETFD, 1);
+    (void)fcntl(childPipe[1], F_SETFD, 1);
+}
+
+void
+meta_compat_child(void)
+{
+    meta_job_child(NULL);
+    if (dup2(childPipe[1], 1) < 0 ||
+	dup2(1, 2) < 0) {
+	execError("dup2", "pipe");
+	_exit(1);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+meta_compat_parent(void)
+{
+    FILE *fp;
+    char buf[BUFSIZ];
+    
+    close(childPipe[1]);			/* child side */
+    fp = fdopen(childPipe[0], "r");
+    while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) {
+	meta_job_output(NULL, buf, "");
+	printf("%s", buf);
+    }
+    fclose(fp);
+}
+
+#endif	/* USE_META */
diff --git a/meta.h b/meta.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57c73ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/meta.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*      $NetBSD: meta.h,v 1.3 2013/03/23 05:31:29 sjg Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Things needed for 'meta' mode.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+ * are met: 
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+ * 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+ */
+
+typedef struct BuildMon {
+    char	meta_fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+    int		filemon_fd;
+    int		mon_fd;
+    FILE	*mfp;
+} BuildMon;
+
+extern Boolean useMeta;
+
+struct Job;				/* not defined yet */
+void meta_init(void);
+void meta_mode_init(const char *);
+void meta_job_start(struct Job *, GNode *);
+void meta_job_child(struct Job *);
+void meta_job_error(struct Job *, GNode *, int, int);
+void meta_job_output(struct Job *, char *, const char *);
+void meta_cmd_finish(void *);
+void meta_job_finish(struct Job *);
+Boolean meta_oodate(GNode *, Boolean);
+void meta_compat_start(void);
+void meta_compat_child(void);
+void meta_compat_parent(void);
diff --git a/missing/sys/cdefs.h b/missing/sys/cdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56acb3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/missing/sys/cdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: cdefs.h,v 1.18 1997/06/18 19:09:50 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Berkeley Software Design, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)cdefs.h	8.7 (Berkeley) 1/21/94
+ */
+
+#ifndef	_SYS_CDEFS_H_
+
+#if defined(NEED_HOST_CDEFS_H)
+/*
+ * make sure we don't come past here again.
+ */
+#undef NEED_HOST_CDEFS_H
+/*
+ * Some systems - notably linux, have sys/cdefs.h
+ * which is not really compatible with our's.
+ */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# include_next <sys/cdefs.h>
+#else
+/*
+ * It sucks that we have to hard code a path like this.
+ * But systems that have a sys/cdefs.h that don't use gcc
+ * should be few.
+ */
+# include "/usr/include/sys/cdefs.h"
+#endif
+/*
+ * We are about to [re]define these
+ */
+#undef __P
+#undef _SYS_CDEFS_H_
+#endif
+
+#define	_SYS_CDEFS_H_
+
+#ifdef NetBSD
+#include <machine/cdefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+#  ifndef __BEGIN_DECLS
+#  define __BEGIN_DECLS	extern "C" {
+#  endif
+#  ifndef __END_DECLS
+#  define __END_DECLS	};
+#  endif
+#else
+#  ifndef __BEGIN_DECLS
+#  define __BEGIN_DECLS
+#  endif
+#  ifndef __END_DECLS
+#  define __END_DECLS
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The __CONCAT macro is used to concatenate parts of symbol names, e.g.
+ * with "#define OLD(foo) __CONCAT(old,foo)", OLD(foo) produces oldfoo.
+ * The __CONCAT macro is a bit tricky -- make sure you don't put spaces
+ * in between its arguments.  __CONCAT can also concatenate double-quoted
+ * strings produced by the __STRING macro, but this only works with ANSI C.
+ */
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+#define	__P(protos)	protos		/* full-blown ANSI C */
+#ifndef __CONCAT
+#define	__CONCAT(x,y)	x ## y
+#endif
+#define	__STRING(x)	#x
+
+#define	__const		const		/* define reserved names to standard */
+#define	__signed	signed
+#define	__volatile	volatile
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+#define	__inline	inline		/* convert to C++ keyword */
+#else
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#define	__inline			/* delete GCC keyword */
+#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+#endif /* !__cplusplus */
+
+#else	/* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
+#define	__P(protos)	()		/* traditional C preprocessor */
+#define	__CONCAT(x,y)	x/**/y
+#define	__STRING(x)	"x"
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#define	__const				/* delete pseudo-ANSI C keywords */
+#define	__inline
+#define	__signed
+#define	__volatile
+#endif	/* !__GNUC__ */
+
+/*
+ * In non-ANSI C environments, new programs will want ANSI-only C keywords
+ * deleted from the program and old programs will want them left alone.
+ * Programs using the ANSI C keywords const, inline etc. as normal
+ * identifiers should define -DNO_ANSI_KEYWORDS.
+ */
+#ifndef	NO_ANSI_KEYWORDS
+#define	const		__const		/* convert ANSI C keywords */
+#define	inline		__inline
+#define	signed		__signed
+#define	volatile	__volatile
+#endif /* !NO_ANSI_KEYWORDS */
+#endif	/* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
+
+/*
+ * GCC1 and some versions of GCC2 declare dead (non-returning) and
+ * pure (no side effects) functions using "volatile" and "const";
+ * unfortunately, these then cause warnings under "-ansi -pedantic".
+ * GCC2 uses a new, peculiar __attribute__((attrs)) style.  All of
+ * these work for GNU C++ (modulo a slight glitch in the C++ grammar
+ * in the distribution version of 2.5.5).
+ */
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 || \
+	(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#define	__attribute__(x)	/* delete __attribute__ if non-gcc or gcc1 */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
+#define	__dead		__volatile
+#define	__pure		__const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef sun386
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __KPRINTF_ATTRIBUTE__
+#define __kprintf_attribute__(a) __attribute__(a)
+#else
+#define __kprintf_attribute__(a)
+#endif
+
+/* Delete pseudo-keywords wherever they are not available or needed. */
+#ifndef __dead
+#define	__dead
+#define	__pure
+#endif
+
+#define __IDSTRING(name,string) \
+	static const char name[] __attribute__((__unused__)) = string
+
+#ifndef __RCSID
+#define __RCSID(s) __IDSTRING(rcsid,s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __COPYRIGHT
+#define __COPYRIGHT(s) __IDSTRING(copyright,s)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_SYS_CDEFS_H_ */
diff --git a/mk/ChangeLog b/mk/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f49477
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,712 @@
+2013-03-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta2deps.py (MetaFile.__init__): ensure self.cwd is initialized.
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+
+2013-03-21  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	* gendirdeps.mk: do not apply :tA to DPADD entries, since we lose
+	  any trailing /., rather apply :tA only when needed.
+	* gendirdeps.mk: better mimic meta2deps handling of .dirdep files.
+	* meta.stage.mk (LN_CP_SCRIPT): Add LnCp to do the ln||cp dance
+	  consistently.
+	* dirdeps.mk: better describe the dance in sys.mk for TARGET_SPEC.
+	
+2013-03-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* gendirdeps.mk: revert the dance around .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT
+	  it is simpler to just not update when say building for "host"
+	  (where we know we apply filters to DIRDEPS), and using a
+	  non-machine qualified dependfile.
+
+2013-03-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* dirdeps.mk: improve DIRDEPS filtering by allowing DEP_SKIP_DIR
+	  and DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER to vary by DEP_MACHINE and DEP_TARGET_SPEC
+	* gendirdeps.mk: ensure _objroot has trailing / if it needs it.
+	* meta2deps.py: if machine is "host", then also trim
+	  self.host_target from any OBJROOTS.
+	
+
+2013-03-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* gendirdeps.mk: if .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT is not machine
+	  qualified but _DEPENDFILE is, and .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT exists
+	  but _DEPENDFILE does not, compare the new _DEPENDFILE against
+	  .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT and discard if the same.
+
+2013-03-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.stage.mk: use STAGE_TARGETS to control .ORDER
+	  and hook to all: via staging:
+
+2013-03-07  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys.dependfile.mk (.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT): 
+	  use a separate variable for the default .MAKE.DEPENDFILE value
+	  so that it can be controlled independently of
+	  .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE
+
+	* meta.stage.mk: throw error if cp fails etc.
+	  Stage*() return early if passed no args.
+	  .ORDER stage_*
+
+2013-03-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	* gendirdeps.mk: handle multiple M2D_OBJROOTS better.
+
+2013-02-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130210
+	* import latest dirdeps.mk, gendirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py 
+	  from Juniper. 
+	  o dirdeps.mk now fully supports TARGET_SPEC consisting of more
+	    than just MACHINE.
+	  o no longer use DEP_MACHINE from Makefile.depend* so remove it.
+	
+2013-01-23  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130123
+	* meta.stage.mk: add stage_links (hard links).
+	  if doing hard links, we add dest to link as well.
+	  Default the stage dir for [sym]links to STAGE_OBJTOP since
+	  these are typically specified as absolute paths.
+	  Add -m "mode" flag to StageFiles and StageAs.
+
+2012-11-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121111
+	* autoconf.mk: avoid meta mode seeing changed commands for config.status
+	* meta.autodep.mk: pass resolved MAKESYSPATH to gendirdeps
+	  in case we were found via .../mk
+	* sys.clean-env.mk: move it from examples, we and others use it
+	  "as is".
+	* FILES: add srctop.mk and options.mk
+	* own.mk: convert to using options.mk
+	  which is modeled after FreeBSD's handling of MK_*
+	  but more flexible.
+	  This allows MK_* for boolean knobs to not be confused
+	  with MK* which can be commands.
+
+	* examples/sys.clean-env.mk: add WITH[OUT]_ to
+	  MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST.
+	  Mention that HOME=/var/empty might be a good idea.
+
+2012-11-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys.dependfile.mk: if not depend file exists, $MACHINE
+	  specific ones are supported but not the default,
+	  check if any exist and follow suit.
+
+2012-11-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121106
+
+2012-11-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* import latest dirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py from Juniper.
+	* progs.mk: add MAN and CXXFLAGS to PROG_VARS
+	  also add PROGS_TARGETS and pass on PROG_CXX if it seems
+	  appropriate.
+	
+2012-11-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.stage.mk: update CLEANFILES
+	  remove redundant cp of .dirdep from STAGE_AS_SCRIPT.
+	* progs.mk: Add LDADD to PROG_VARS
+	
+2012-10-12  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIR_FILTER): track dirs we stage to in
+	  _STAGED_DIRS so that these can be turned into filters for
+	  GENDIRDEPS_FILTER.
+
+2012-10-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121010
+	* meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT): check that an existing
+	target.dirdep matches .dirdep
+
+2012-08-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120808
+	* import latest meta2deps.py from Juniper.
+
+2012-07-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120711
+	* dep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after applying
+	  SRCS_DEP_FILTER 
+	* meta.autodep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after
+	  applying SRCS_DEP_FILTER
+	* meta.autodep.mk: ensure GENDIRDEPS_FILTER is exported if needed.
+	
+2012-06-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120626
+	* meta.sys.mk: ignore PYTHON if it does not exist
+	  compare ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} against ${MACHINE} is more reliable.
+	* meta.stage.mk: examine .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE for any
+	  entries ending in .${MACHINE} to decide if qualified _dirdep is
+	  needed.
+	* gendirdeps.mk: only produce unqualified deps if no
+	  .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE ends in .${MACHINE}
+	* meta.subdir.mk: apply SUBDIREPS_FILTER
+	
+2012-04-20  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120420
+	* add sys.dependfile.mk so we can experiment with
+	  .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE 
+	* meta.autodep.mk: _DEPENDFILE is precious!
+	
+2012-03-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120315
+	* install-new.mk: avoid being interrupted
+
+2012-02-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* man.mk: MAN might have multiple values so be careful with exists().
+
+2012-01-19  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120112
+	* fix examples/sys.clean-env.mk so that MAKEOBJDIR is handled
+	  as: MAKEOBJDIR='${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP},${OBJTOP},}'
+
+2011-12-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION):  bump version to 20111201
+	* import dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@
+	  o more consistent handling of DEP_MACHINE, especially when
+	    dealing with an odd Makefile.depend, when normally using
+	    Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}
+
+2011-11-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111122
+	* meta.autodep.mk: add some debug output, be more crisp about
+	  updating.  Use ${.ALLTARGETS:M*.o} as a clue for .depend
+
+2011-11-13  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111111
+	  it's too cool to miss
+	* import meta* updates from Juniper sjg@
+	  o dirdeps.mk set DEP_MACHINE for Makefile.depend (when we are
+	    normally using Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}), handy for
+	    read-only manually maintained dependencies.
+	  o meta2deps.py add a clear 'ERROR:' token if an exception is raised.
+	  o gendirdeps.mk if ERROR: from meta2deps.py do not update
+	    anything.
+	
+2011-10-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-new.mk separate the cmp and copy logic to its own function.
+	
+2011-10-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111028
+	* sys.mk: include auto.obj.mk if MKOBJDIRS is set to auto
+	* subdir.mk: ensure _SUBDIRUSE is provided
+	* meta.autodep.mk: remove dependency of gendirdeps.mk on auto.obj.mk 
+	* meta.subdir.mk: always allow for Makefile.depend
+	
+2011-10-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111010
+	  o minor tweak to *dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@
+	
+2011-10-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111001
+	  o add meta2deps.py from Juniper sjg@
+	  o tweak gendirdeps.mk to work with meta2deps.py when not
+	    cross-building 
+	* autoconf.mk: add autoconf-input as a hook for regenerating 
+	  AUTOCONF_INPUTS (configure).
+
+2011-08-24  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.autodep.mk: if we do not have OBJS, .depend isn't a useful
+	  trigger for updating Makefile.depend* 
+
+2011-08-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110808
+	* obj.mk: minor cleanup
+	* auto.obj.mk: improve description of Mkdirs and honor NO_OBJ too.
+
+2011-08-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* auto.obj.mk (.OBJDIR): throw an error if we cannot use the
+	  specified dir.
+
+2011-06-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.autodep.mk: if XMAKE_META_FILE is set
+	  the makefile uses a foreign make, and so dependencies
+	  can only be gathered from a clean tree build.
+
+2011-06-24  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110622
+	* meta.autodep.mk: improve bootstraping
+
+2011-06-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* yacc.mk: handle the corner case of .c being removed
+	  while .h remains.
+
+2011-06-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* yacc.mk: do .y.h and .y.c separately
+
+2011-06-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110606
+	* don't store SRC_DIRDEPS in Makefile.depend* by default
+	  not everyone needs it.
+
+2011-05-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110505
+	  first release including meta mode makefiles
+
+2011-05-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.stage.mk: add STAGE_AS_SETS and stage_as
+	  for things that need to be staged with different names.
+
+2011-05-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.stage.mk: add notion of STAGE_SETS
+	  so a makefile can stage to multiple dirs
+
+2011-04-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* rst2htm.mk: convert rst to s5 (slides) or plain html depending
+	  on target name. 
+
+2011-03-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110330
+
+2011-03-29  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys.mk (_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS): use indirection so that DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0
+	  can be used to debug level 0 only and DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS for the rest.
+	* sys.mk: re-define M_whence in terms of M_type.
+	  M_type is useful for checking if something is a builtin.
+	
+2011-03-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.stage.mk: add stage_symlinks and leverage StageLinks for
+	  stage_libs 
+
+2011-03-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* dirdeps.mk: correct value for _depdir_files depends on
+	  .MAKE.DEPENDFILE 
+	  Add our copyright - just to make it clear we have frobbed this
+	  quite a bit.
+	  DEP_MACHINE needs to be set to MACHINE each time, if using only
+	  Makefile.depend (cf. Makefile.depend.${MACHINE})
+
+	* meta.stage.mk: meta mode version of staging
+
+	* init.mk, final.mk: include local.*.mk to simplify customization
+
+2011-03-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* auto.obj.mk: just because we are doing mk destroy, we should
+	  still set .OBJDIR correctly if it exists.
+
+	* install-mk (mksrc): do not exclude meta.sys.mk
+
+2011-03-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* host-target.mk: set/export _HOST_ARCH etc separately,
+	  catch junk resulting from uname -p, so we can find sys/Linux.mk
+	  correctly.
+
+2011-02-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.sys.mk: throw an error if /dev/filemon is missing and we
+	  expected to be updating Makefile.depend*
+
+2011-02-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110214
+	* meta.subdir.mk: add support for -DBOOTSTRAP_DEPENDFILES
+
+2010-09-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* meta.sys.mk: not valid for older bmake
+
+2010-09-24  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100919
+	include dirdeps.mk et al from Juniper Networks, 
+	for meta mode - requires filemon(9).
+	* sys.mk, subdir.mk: Add hooks for meta mode.
+	we do this as meta.sys.mk, meta.autodep.mk and meta.subdir.mk
+	to make turning it on/off simple.
+
+2010-06-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100616
+	* fix typo in sys.mk
+
+2010-06-12  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100612
+	* lib.mk: remove duplicate addition to SOBJS
+
+2010-06-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys.mk: Add a means of selectively turning on debug flags.
+	  Eg. DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS=-dv DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS="*lib/sjg"
+	  will act as if we did make -dv if .CURDIR ends in lib/sjg
+	  DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS does the same thing, but we set the flags at
+	  the start of sys.mk rather than the end.
+	  This only makes sense for leaf dirs, so we check that
+	  .MAKE.LEVEL > 0
+
+2010-06-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100608
+	* sys.mk: include sys.env.mk later so it can use M_ListToSkip et al.
+	* examples/sys.clean-env.mk: require MAKE_VERIONS >= 20100606
+	  also make it easier for folk to tweak
+
+2010-06-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100606
+	  do not install examples/*
+	* FILES: add examples/sys.clean-env.mk
+	* examples/sys.clean-env.mk: use .export-env to handle MAKEOBJDIR
+	  this requires bmake-20100606 or later to work.
+
+2010-05-13  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys.mk (M_tA): better simulate the result of :tA if not available.
+
+2010-05-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys.mk: canonicalize MAKE_VERSION
+	  old versions reported bmake-<src-date> build-<build-date>
+	  whereas we only care about <src-date>
+
+2010-04-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk: just warn about FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK being ignored
+	* lib.mk: we only build the shared lib if SHLIB_FULLVERSION
+	  is !empty
+
+2010-04-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* dpadd.mk: use LDADD_* if defined.
+
+2010-04-21  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100420
+	* sys/NetBSD.mk: add MACHINE_CPU to keep netbsd makefiles happy
+	* autoconf.mk allow AUTO_AUTOCONF
+	
+2010-04-19  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* obj.mk: add objwarn to keep freebsd makefiles happy
+	* auto.obj.mk: ensure Mkdirs is available.
+	* FILES: add auto.dep.mk - a simpler version of autodep.mk
+	* dep.mk: auto.dep.mk does not do 'make depend' so ignore it if
+	  asked to do that.
+	  fix/simplify the tests for when to run mkdep.
+	* auto.dep.mk: add some explaination of how/what we do.
+	* autodep.mk: skip the .OPTIONAL frobbing of .depend
+	  bmake's FROM_DEPEND flag makes it redundant.
+	
+2010-04-13  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100404
+	* subdir.mk: protect from multiple inclusion using _SUBDIRUSE.
+	* obj.mk: protect from multiple inclusion even as bsd.obj.mk
+	Also create a target _SUBDIRUSE so that we can  be used without
+	subdir.mk
+
+2010-04-12  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* dep.mk: use <> when .including so can override.
+
+2010-01-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* lib.mk (SHLIB_LINKS): ensure a string comparison.
+
+2010-01-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@bad.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100102
+	* own.mk: ensure PRINTOBJDIR works
+	* autoconf.mk: pass on CONFIGURE_ARGS
+	* init.mk: handle COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T} etc.
+	* lib.mk: allow sys.mk to control SHLIB_FULLVERSION
+	  fix handling of symlinks for darwin
+	* libnames.mk: add DSHLIBEXT for libs which only exist as shared.
+	* man.mk: suppress chown when not root.
+	* rst2htm.mk: allow srcs from multiple locations.
+	* sys.mk: M_whence, stop after 1st line of output.
+	* sys/Darwin.mk: Use .dylib for DSHLIBEXT and HOST_LIBEXT
+	* sys/SunOS.mk: we need to export PATH
+
+2009-12-23  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	  include rst2htm.mk
+
+2009-12-17  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys.mk,libnames.mk add .-include <local.*>
+	  this allows local customization without the need to edit the
+	  distributed files. 
+
+2009-12-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* dpadd.mk (__dpadd_libdirs): order -L's to avoid picking up
+	  older versions already installed.
+
+2009-12-13  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* stage.mk (.stage-install): generalize lib.mk's .libinstall
+	* rules.mk rules for generic Makefile.
+	* inc.mk install for includes.
+
+2009-12-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* sys/NetBSD.mk (MAKE_VERSION): some of our *.mk want to check
+	  this, so provide it if using native make.
+
+2009-12-10  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* FILES: move all the platform *.sys.mk files to sys/*.mk
+	* Rename Generic.sys.mk to sys.mk - we always want it.
+
+2009-11-17  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	* host-target.mk: only export the expensive stuff 
+	* Generic.sys.mk (sys_mk): for SunOS we need to look for
+	  ${HOST_OS}.${HOST_OSMAJOR} too!
+
+2009-11-07  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	* lib.mk: if sys.mk doesn't give us an lorder, don't use it.
+	  based on patch from Greg Olszewski.
+	* Generic.sys.mk: if we have nothing to work with
+	set LORDER etc only if we can find it.
+
+2009-09-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	* man.mk: cleanman: remove CLEANMAN if defined.
+
+2009-09-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* SunOS.5.sys.mk (CC): Use ?= like the other *sys.mk
+
+2009-07-17  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	include auto.obj.mk
+
+
+2009-03-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* prog.mk,lib.mk: ensure test of USE_DPADD_MK doesn't fail.
+
+2008-11-11  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	man.mk: ensure we generate *.cat1 etc in .
+
+2008-07-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	add prlist.mk
+
+2007-11-25  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Generic.sys.mk: Allow os specific sys.mk to be in a
+	subdir of ${.PARSEDIR}
+
+2007-11-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	* general cleanup
+	* dpadd.mk introduce DPMAGIC_LIBS_* 
+
+2007-04-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+
+	* libs.mk, progs.mk, autodep.mk: allow for per lib/prog
+	depend files and ensure clean is called for each lib/prog.
+
+2007-03-27  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* autodep.mk (.depend): delete lines that do not start with
+	space and do not contain ':'
+
+2007-02-16  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* autodep.mk (.depend): gcc may wrap lines if pathnames are long
+	so make sure the transform for .OPTIONAL copes.
+
+2007-02-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+
+	* own.mk: make sure RM and LN are defined.
+
+	* obj.mk: fix a typo, and objlink target.
+
+2006-12-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version
+	* added libs.mk - analagous to progs.mk
+	  make both of them always inlcude {lib,prog}.mk
+
+2006-12-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* progs.mk: add a means of building multiple apps in one dir.
+
+2006-11-26  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061126
+
+	* warnings.mk: detect invalid WARNINGS_SET
+	
+	* warnings.mk: use ${.TARGET:T:R}.o when looking for target
+	specific warnings. 
+	
+	* For .cc sources, turn off warnings that g++ vomits on.
+
+2006-11-08  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* own.mk: if __initialized__ target doesn't exist and we are
+	FreeBSD we got here directly from sys.mk
+
+2006-11-06  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061106
+	add scripts.mk
+
+2006-03-18  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060318
+
+	* autodep.mk: avoid := when modifying OBJS into __dependsrcs
+
+2006-03-02  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060302
+	* autodep.mk: use -MF et al to help gcc+ccache DTRT.
+
+2006-03-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060301
+	* autodep.mk (.depend): 
+	if MAKE_VERSION is newer than  20050530 we can make .END depend on
+	.depend and make .depend depend on __depsrcs that exist.
+	* dpadd.mk: add SRC_PATHADD
+	
+2005-11-04  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051104
+	* prog.mk: remove all the LIBC?= junk, use
+	.-include libnames.mk instead (none by default).
+	also if USE_DPADD_MK is set, include that.
+
+2005-10-09  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051001
+	Add UnixWare.sys.mk from Klaus Heinz.
+
+2005-04-05  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk: always install *.sys.mk and if need be symlink one
+	to sys.mk
+
+2005-03-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* subdir.mk, own.mk: use .MAKE rather than MAKE
+
+2004-02-15  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* own.mk: don't use NetBSD's _SRC_TOP_ it can
+	cause confusion.  Also don't take just 'mk' as a 
+	srctop indicator.
+
+2004-02-14  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* warnings.mk: overhauled, now very powerful.
+
+2004-02-03  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* Generic.sys.mk: need to use ${.PARSEDIR} with exists().
+
+2004-02-01  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20040201
+	* extract HOST_TARGET stuff to host-target.mk so own.mk and
+	Generic.sys.mk can share.
+	* fix typo in autodep.mk _SUBDIRUSE not _SUBDIR.
+
+2003-09-30  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030930
+	* rename generic.sys.mk to Generic.sys.mk
+	so that it does not get installed (unless being used as sys.mk)
+	* set OS and ROOT_GROUP for those that we know the value.
+	for others (eg. Generic.sys.mk) wrap the != in an .ifndef so
+	we don't do it again for each sub-make.
+	
+2003-09-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030928
+	Add some extra *.sys.mk from bootstrap-pkgsrc
+	some of these likely still need work.
+	Make everything default to root:wheel ownership,
+	sys.mk can set ROOT_GROUP accordingly.
+
+2003-08-07  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk: if FORCE_BSD_MK={cp,ln} use the ones in SYS_MK_DIR
+	not the portable ones.
+
+2003-07-31  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk: add ability to use cp -f when updating 
+	destination .mk files.  Also now possible to play games with 
+	FORCE_SYS_MK=ln etc on *BSD machines to link /usr/share/mk/sys.mk
+	into dest - not recommended unless you seriously want to.
+
+2003-07-28  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* own.mk (IMPFLAGS): add support for COPTS.${IMPSRC:T} etc
+	for semi-compatability with NetBSD.
+
+2003-07-23  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* install-mk: add a version indicator
+
+2003-07-22  Simon J. Gerraty  <sjg@void.crufty.net>
+
+	* prog.mk: don't try and use ${LIBCRT0} if its /dev/null
+
+	* install-mk: Allow FORCE_SYS_MK to come from env
+
+
+	
diff --git a/mk/FILES b/mk/FILES
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a2bf29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/FILES
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+ChangeLog
+FILES
+README
+auto.obj.mk
+autoconf.mk
+autodep.mk
+auto.dep.mk
+dep.mk
+doc.mk
+dpadd.mk
+final.mk
+host-target.mk
+host.libnames.mk
+inc.mk
+init.mk
+install-mk
+java.mk
+lib.mk
+libnames.mk
+libs.mk
+links.mk
+man.mk
+mk-files.txt
+nls.mk
+obj.mk
+options.mk
+own.mk
+prlist.mk
+prog.mk
+progs.mk
+rst2htm.mk
+scripts.mk
+srctop.mk
+subdir.mk
+sys.mk
+sys.clean-env.mk
+sys.dependfile.mk
+sys/AIX.mk
+sys/Darwin.mk
+sys/Generic.mk
+sys/HP-UX.mk
+sys/IRIX.mk
+sys/Linux.mk
+sys/NetBSD.mk
+sys/OSF1.mk
+sys/OpenBSD.mk
+sys/SunOS.mk
+sys/UnixWare.mk
+target-flags.mk
+warnings.mk
+yacc.mk
+dirdeps.mk
+gendirdeps.mk
+install-new.mk
+meta2deps.py
+meta2deps.sh
+meta.sys.mk
+meta.autodep.mk
+meta.stage.mk
+meta.subdir.mk
diff --git a/mk/README b/mk/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d79b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/README
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+#	$Id: README,v 1.1 1997/03/11 07:27:15 sjg Exp $
+
+This directory contains some macro's derrived from the NetBSD bsd.*.mk
+macros.  They have the same names but without the bsd., separate macro
+files are needed to ensure we can make them do what we want for
+builing things outside of /usr/src.  Nearly all the comments below
+apply. 
+
+#	$NetBSD: bsd.README,v 1.18 1997/01/13 00:54:23 mark Exp $
+#	@(#)bsd.README	5.1 (Berkeley) 5/11/90
+
+This is the README file for the new make "include" files for the BSD
+source tree.  The files are installed in /usr/share/mk, and are, by
+convention, named with the suffix ".mk".
+
+Note, this file is not intended to replace reading through the .mk
+files for anything tricky.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+RANDOM THINGS WORTH KNOWING:
+
+The files are simply C-style #include files, and pretty much behave like
+you'd expect.  The syntax is slightly different in that a single '.' is
+used instead of the hash mark, i.e. ".include <bsd.prog.mk>".
+
+One difference that will save you lots of debugging time is that inclusion
+of the file is normally done at the *end* of the Makefile.  The reason for
+this is because .mk files often modify variables and behavior based on the
+values of variables set in the Makefile.  To make this work, remember that
+the FIRST target found is the target that is used, i.e. if the Makefile has:
+
+	a:
+		echo a
+	a:
+		echo a number two
+
+the command "make a" will echo "a".  To make things confusing, the SECOND
+variable assignment is the overriding one, i.e. if the Makefile has:
+
+	a=	foo
+	a=	bar
+
+	b:
+		echo ${a}
+
+the command "make b" will echo "bar".  This is for compatibility with the
+way the V7 make behaved.
+
+It's fairly difficult to make the BSD .mk files work when you're building
+multiple programs in a single directory.  It's a lot easier split up the
+programs than to deal with the problem.  Most of the agony comes from making
+the "obj" directory stuff work right, not because we switch to a new version
+of make.  So, don't get mad at us, figure out a better way to handle multiple
+architectures so we can quit using the symbolic link stuff.  (Imake doesn't
+count.)
+
+The file .depend in the source directory is expected to contain dependencies
+for the source files.  This file is read automatically by make after reading
+the Makefile.
+
+The variable DESTDIR works as before.  It's not set anywhere but will change
+the tree where the file gets installed.
+
+The profiled libraries are no longer built in a different directory than
+the regular libraries.  A new suffix, ".po", is used to denote a profiled
+object.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+The include file <sys.mk> has the default rules for all makes, in the BSD
+environment or otherwise.  You probably don't want to touch this file.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+The include file <bsd.man.mk> handles installing manual pages and their
+links.
+
+It has a single target:
+
+	maninstall:
+		Install the manual pages and their links.
+
+It sets/uses the following variables:
+
+MANDIR		Base path for manual installation.
+
+MANGRP		Manual group.
+
+MANOWN		Manual owner.
+
+MANMODE		Manual mode.
+
+MANSUBDIR	Subdirectory under the manual page section, i.e. "/vax"
+		or "/tahoe" for machine specific manual pages.
+
+MAN		The manual pages to be installed (use a .1 - .9 suffix).
+
+MLINKS		List of manual page links (using a .1 - .9 suffix).  The
+		linked-to file must come first, the linked file second,
+		and there may be multiple pairs.  The files are soft-linked.
+
+The include file <bsd.man.mk> includes a file named "../Makefile.inc" if
+it exists.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+The include file <bsd.own.mk> contains source tree configuration parameters,
+such as the owners, groups, etc. for both manual pages and binaries, and
+a few global "feature configuration" parameters.
+
+It has no targets.
+
+To get system-specific configuration parameters, bsd.own.mk will try to
+include the file specified by the "MAKECONF" variable.  If MAKECONF is not
+set, or no such file exists, the system make configuration file, /etc/mk.conf
+is included.  These files may define any of the variables described below.
+
+bsd.own.mk sets the following variables, if they are not already defined
+(defaults are in brackets):
+
+BSDSRCDIR	The real path to the system sources, so that 'make obj'
+		will work correctly. [/usr/src]
+
+BSDOBJDIR	The real path to the system 'obj' tree, so that 'make obj'
+		will work correctly. [/usr/obj]
+
+BINGRP		Binary group. [bin]
+
+BINOWN		Binary owner. [bin]
+
+BINMODE		Binary mode. [555]
+
+NONBINMODE	Mode for non-executable files. [444]
+
+MANDIR		Base path for manual installation. [/usr/share/man/cat]
+
+MANGRP		Manual group. [bin]
+
+MANOWN		Manual owner. [bin]
+
+MANMODE		Manual mode. [${NONBINMODE}]
+
+LIBDIR		Base path for library installation. [/usr/lib]
+
+LINTLIBDIR	Base path for lint(1) library installation. [/usr/libdata/lint]
+
+LIBGRP		Library group. [${BINGRP}]
+
+LIBOWN		Library owner. [${BINOWN}]
+
+LIBMODE		Library mode. [${NONBINMODE}]
+
+DOCDIR		Base path for system documentation (e.g. PSD, USD, etc.)
+	        installation. [/usr/share/doc]
+
+DOCGRP		Documentation group. [bin]
+
+DOCOWN		Documentation owner. [bin]
+
+DOCMODE		Documentation mode. [${NONBINMODE}]
+
+NLSDIR		Base path for National Language Support files installation.
+		[/usr/share/nls]
+
+NLSGRP		National Language Support files group. [bin]
+
+NLSOWN		National Language Support files owner. [bin]
+
+NLSMODE		National Language Support files mode. [${NONBINMODE}]
+
+STRIP		The flag passed to the install program to cause the binary
+		to be stripped.  This is to be used when building your
+		own install script so that the entire system can be made
+		stripped/not-stripped using a single knob. [-s]
+
+COPY		The flag passed to the install program to cause the binary
+		to be copied rather than moved.  This is to be used when
+		building our own install script so that the entire system
+		can either be installed with copies, or with moves using
+		a single knob. [-c]
+
+Additionally, the following variables may be set by bsd.own.mk or in a
+make configuration file to modify the behaviour of the system build
+process (default values are in brackets along with comments, if set by
+bsd.own.mk):
+
+EXPORTABLE_SYSTEM
+		Do not build /usr/src/domestic, even if it is present.
+
+SKEY		Compile in support for S/key authentication. [yes, set
+		unconditionally]
+
+KERBEROS	Compile in support for Kerberos 4 authentication.
+
+KERBEROS5	Compile in support for Kerberos 5 authentication.
+
+MANZ		Compress manual pages at installation time.
+
+SYS_INCLUDE	Copy or symlink kernel include files into /usr/include.
+		Possible values are "symlinks" or "copies" (which is
+		the same as the variable being unset).
+
+NOPROFILE	Do not build profiled versions of system libraries
+
+NOPIC		Do not build PIC versions of system libraries, and
+		do not build shared libraries.  [set if ${MACHINE_ARCH}
+		is "mips", "vax", "alpha" or "arm32", unset otherwise.]
+
+NOLINT		Do not build lint libraries. [set, set unconditionally]
+
+bsd.own.mk is generally useful when building your own Makefiles so that
+they use the same default owners etc. as the rest of the tree.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+The include file <bsd.prog.mk> handles building programs from one or
+more source files, along with their manual pages.  It has a limited number
+of suffixes, consistent with the current needs of the BSD tree.
+
+It has eight targets:
+
+	all:
+		build the program and its manual page
+	clean:
+		remove the program, any object files and the files a.out,
+		Errs, errs, mklog, and core.
+	cleandir:
+		remove all of the files removed by the target clean, as
+		well as .depend, tags, and any manual pages.
+	depend:
+		make the dependencies for the source files, and store
+		them in the file .depend.
+	includes:
+		install any header files.
+	install:
+		install the program and its manual pages; if the Makefile
+		does not itself define the target install, the targets
+		beforeinstall and afterinstall may also be used to cause
+		actions immediately before and after the install target
+		is executed.
+	lint:
+		run lint on the source files
+	tags:
+		create a tags file for the source files.
+
+It sets/uses the following variables:
+
+BINGRP		Binary group.
+
+BINOWN		Binary owner.
+
+BINMODE		Binary mode.
+
+CLEANFILES	Additional files to remove for the clean and cleandir targets.
+
+COPTS		Additional flags to the compiler when creating C objects.
+
+HIDEGAME	If HIDEGAME is defined, the binary is installed in
+		/usr/games/hide, and a symbolic link is created to
+		/usr/games/dm.
+
+LDADD		Additional loader objects.  Usually used for libraries.
+		For example, to load with the compatibility and utility
+		libraries, use:
+
+			LDADD+=-lutil -lcompat
+
+LDFLAGS		Additional loader flags.
+
+LINKS		The list of binary links; should be full pathnames, the
+		linked-to file coming first, followed by the linked
+		file.  The files are hard-linked.  For example, to link
+		/bin/test and /bin/[, use:
+
+			LINKS=	${DESTDIR}/bin/test ${DESTDIR}/bin/[
+
+MAN		Manual pages (should end in .1 - .9).  If no MAN variable is
+		defined, "MAN=${PROG}.1" is assumed.
+
+PROG		The name of the program to build.  If not supplied, nothing
+		is built.
+
+SRCS		List of source files to build the program.  If PROG is not
+		defined, it's assumed to be ${PROG}.c.
+
+DPADD		Additional dependencies for the program.  Usually used for
+		libraries.  For example, to depend on the compatibility and
+		utility libraries use:
+
+			DPADD+=${LIBCOMPAT} ${LIBUTIL}
+
+		The following libraries are predefined for DPADD:
+
+			LIBC		/lib/libc.a
+			LIBCOMPAT	/usr/lib/libcompat.a
+			LIBCRYPT	/usr/lib/libcrypt.a
+			LIBCURSES	/usr/lib/libcurses.a
+			LIBDBM		/usr/lib/libdbm.a
+			LIBDES		/usr/lib/libdes.a
+			LIBL		/usr/lib/libl.a
+			LIBKDB		/usr/lib/libkdb.a
+			LIBKRB		/usr/lib/libkrb.a
+			LIBKVM		/usr/lib/libkvm.a
+			LIBM		/usr/lib/libm.a
+			LIBMP		/usr/lib/libmp.a
+			LIBPC		/usr/lib/libpc.a
+			LIBPLOT		/usr/lib/libplot.a
+			LIBRPC		/usr/lib/sunrpc.a
+			LIBTERM		/usr/lib/libterm.a
+			LIBUTIL		/usr/lib/libutil.a
+
+SHAREDSTRINGS	If defined, a new .c.o rule is used that results in shared
+		strings, using xstr(1). Note that this will not work with
+		parallel makes.
+
+STRIP		The flag passed to the install program to cause the binary
+		to be stripped.
+
+SUBDIR		A list of subdirectories that should be built as well.
+		Each of the targets will execute the same target in the
+		subdirectories.
+
+The include file <bsd.prog.mk> includes the file named "../Makefile.inc"
+if it exists, as well as the include file <bsd.man.mk>.
+
+Some simple examples:
+
+To build foo from foo.c with a manual page foo.1, use:
+
+	PROG=	foo
+
+	.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+
+To build foo from foo.c with a manual page foo.2, add the line:
+
+	MAN=	foo.2
+
+If foo does not have a manual page at all, add the line:
+
+	NOMAN=	noman
+
+If foo has multiple source files, add the line:
+
+	SRCS=	a.c b.c c.c d.c
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+The include file <bsd.subdir.mk> contains the default targets for building
+subdirectories.  It has the same eight targets as <bsd.prog.mk>: all, 
+clean, cleandir, depend, includes, install, lint, and tags.  For all of
+the directories listed in the variable SUBDIRS, the specified directory 
+will be visited and the target made.  There is also a default target which
+allows the command "make subdir" where subdir is any directory listed in
+the variable SUBDIRS.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+The include file <bsd.sys.mk> is used by <bsd.prog.mk> and
+<bsd.lib.mk>.  It contains overrides that are used when building
+the NetBSD source tree.  For instance, if "PARALLEL" is defined by
+the program/library Makefile, it includes a set of rules for lex and
+yacc that allow multiple lex and yacc targets to be built in parallel.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+
+The include file <bsd.lib.mk> has support for building libraries.  It has
+the same eight targets as <bsd.prog.mk>: all, clean, cleandir, depend,
+includes, install, lint, and tags.  It has a limited number of suffixes,
+consistent with the current needs of the BSD tree.
+
+It sets/uses the following variables:
+
+LIB		The name of the library to build.
+
+LIBDIR		Target directory for libraries.
+
+LINTLIBDIR	Target directory for lint libraries.
+
+LIBGRP		Library group.
+
+LIBOWN		Library owner.
+
+LIBMODE		Library mode.
+
+LDADD		Additional loader objects.
+
+MAN		The manual pages to be installed (use a .1 - .9 suffix).
+
+SRCS		List of source files to build the library.  Suffix types
+		.s, .c, and .f are supported.  Note, .s files are preferred
+		to .c files of the same name.  (This is not the default for
+		versions of make.)
+
+The include file <bsd.lib.mk> includes the file named "../Makefile.inc"
+if it exists, as well as the include file <bsd.man.mk>.
+
+It has rules for building profiled objects; profiled libraries are
+built by default.
+
+Libraries are ranlib'd when made.
diff --git a/mk/auto.dep.mk b/mk/auto.dep.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb2d4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/auto.dep.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: auto.dep.mk,v 1.2 2010/04/19 17:37:19 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2010, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# This module provides automagic dependency generation along the
+# lines suggested in the GNU make.info
+
+# set MKDEP=auto.dep and dep.mk will include us
+
+# This version differs from autodep.mk, in that 
+# we use ${.TARGET:T}.d rather than ${.TARGET:T:R}.d
+# this makes it simpler to get the args to -MF and -MT right
+# and ensure we can simply include all the .d files.
+# 
+# However suffix rules do not work with something like .o.d so we
+# don't even try to handle 'make depend' gracefully.
+# dep.mk will handle that itself.
+#
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+# this what bmake > 20100401 will look for
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE ?= .depend
+
+# set this to -MMD to ignore /usr/include
+# actually it ignores <> so may not be a great idea
+CFLAGS_MD ?= -MD 
+# -MF etc not available on all gcc versions.
+CFLAGS_MF ?= -MF ${.TARGET:T}.d -MT ${.TARGET:T}
+CFLAGS += ${CFLAGS_MD} ${CFLAGS_MF}
+CXXFLAGS += ${CFLAGS_MD} ${CFLAGS_MF}
+
+CLEANFILES += .depend ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE} *.d
+
+# skip generating dependfile for misc targets
+.if ${.TARGETS:Uall:M*all} != ""
+.END:	${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}
+.endif
+
+# doing 'make depend' isn't a big win with this model
+.if !target(depend)
+depend: ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}
+.endif
+
+# this is trivial
+${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}: ${OBJS} ${POBJS} ${SOBJS}
+	-@for f in ${.ALLSRC:M*o:T:O:u:%=%.d}; do \
+		echo ".-include \"$$f\""; \
+	done > $@
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/auto.obj.mk b/mk/auto.obj.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adccd4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/auto.obj.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# $Id: auto.obj.mk,v 1.8 2011/08/08 17:35:20 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2004, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+ECHO_TRACE ?= echo
+
+.ifndef Mkdirs
+# A race condition in some versions of mkdir, means that it can bail 
+# if another process made a dir that mkdir expected to.
+# We repeat the mkdir -p a number of times to try and work around this.
+# We stop looping as soon as the dir exists.
+# If we get to the end of the loop, a plain mkdir will issue an error.
+Mkdirs= Mkdirs() { \
+	for d in $$*; do \
+		for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do \
+			mkdir -p $$d; \
+			test -d $$d && return 0; \
+		done > /dev/null 2>&1; \
+		mkdir $$d || exit $$?; \
+	done; }
+.endif
+
+# if MKOBJDIRS is set to auto (and NOOBJ isn't defined) do some magic...
+# This will automatically create objdirs as needed.
+# Skip it if we are just doing 'clean'.
+.if !defined(NOOBJ) && !defined(NO_OBJ) && ${MKOBJDIRS:Uno} == auto
+# Use __objdir here so it is easier to tweak without impacting
+# the logic.
+__objdir?= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.if ${.OBJDIR} != ${__objdir}
+# We need to chdir, make the directory if needed
+.if !exists(${__objdir}/) && \
+	(${.TARGETS} == "" || ${.TARGETS:Nclean*:N*clean:Ndestroy*} != "")
+# This will actually make it... 
+__objdir_made != echo ${__objdir}/; umask ${OBJDIR_UMASK:U002}; \
+        ${ECHO_TRACE} "[Creating objdir ${__objdir}...]" >&2; \
+        ${Mkdirs}; Mkdirs ${__objdir}
+.endif
+# This causes make to use the specified directory as .OBJDIR
+.OBJDIR: ${__objdir}
+.if ${.OBJDIR} != ${__objdir} && ${__objdir_made:Uno:M${__objdir}/*} != ""
+.error could not use ${__objdir}
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/autoconf.mk b/mk/autoconf.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..573a715
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/autoconf.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# $Id: autoconf.mk,v 1.8 2012/11/19 05:37:48 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1996-2009, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.NOPATH:	config.h config.status
+
+.if !target(config.h)
+config.h:	${.CURDIR}/config.h.in config.status
+	./config.status
+.endif
+
+.if !target(config.status)
+# avoid the targets behaving differently
+.if exists(${.OBJDIR}/config.status)
+config.status:	config.recheck
+.else
+config.status:  config.gen
+.endif
+
+config.recheck: config.h.in ${.CURDIR}/configure
+	./config.status --recheck
+	@touch $@
+
+config.gen: config.h.in ${.CURDIR}/configure
+	CC="${CC} ${CCMODE}" ${.CURDIR}/configure --no-create ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}
+	@touch $@ config.recheck
+
+CLEANFILES+= config.recheck config.gen config.status *.meta
+.endif
+
+# avoid things blowing up if these are not here...
+# this is not quite per the autoconf manual,
+# and is extremely convoluted - but all utterly necessary!
+
+.if make(autoconf-in) || make(configure) || make(config.h.in) || ${AUTO_AUTOCONF:Uno:tl} == "yes"
+AUTOCONF ?= autoconf
+AUTOHEADER ?= autoheader
+
+# expand it to a full path 
+AUTOCONF := ${AUTOCONF:${M_whence}}
+
+.if exists(${AUTOCONF})
+
+.PRECIOUS: configure config.h.in config.status
+
+ACLOCAL =
+ACCONFIG =
+
+.if exists(${.CURDIR}/aclocal.m4)
+ACLOCAL += aclocal.m4
+.endif
+# use of acconfig.h is deprecated!
+.if exists(${.CURDIR}/acconfig.h)
+ACCONFIG += acconfig.h
+.endif
+
+config.h.in:	${.CURDIR}/configure.in ${ACCONFIG}
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${AUTOHEADER})
+
+configure:	${.CURDIR}/configure.in ${ACLOCAL}
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${AUTOCONF})
+
+AUTOCONF_INPUTS += configure
+autoconf-input:	${AUTOCONF_INPUTS}
+
+.endif
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/autodep.mk b/mk/autodep.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..744770f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/autodep.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+#
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: autodep.mk,v 1.32 2010/04/19 17:37:56 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1999-2010, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+
+# This module provides automagic dependency generation along the
+# lines suggested in the GNU make.info
+# The depend target is mainly for backwards compatability,
+# dependencies are normally updated as part of compilation.
+
+# set MKDEP=autodep and dep.mk will include us
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+# different versions of bsd.dep.mk use these
+MKDEP=autodep
+MKDEPCMD=autodep
+
+DEPENDFILE?= .depend
+.for d in ${DEPENDFILE:N.depend}
+# bmake only groks .depend
+.-include "$d"
+.endfor
+
+# it does nothing if SRCS is not defined or is empty
+.if defined(SRCS) && !empty(SRCS)
+DEPSRCS?=${SRCS}
+__depsrcs=${DEPSRCS:M*.c}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.y}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.l}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.s}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.S}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.cc}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.cpp}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.C}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.cxx}
+__depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.pc}
+
+.for s in ${__depsrcs}
+${s:T:R}.d:	$s
+.endfor
+
+__depsrcs:=${__depsrcs:T:R:S/$/.d/g}
+# we also need to handle makefiles where the .d's from __depsrcs 
+# don't  match those from OBJS
+# we avoid using := here, since the modifier applied to OBJS
+# can cause trouble if there are any undefined vars in OBJS.
+__dependsrcsx?= ${__depsrcs} ${OBJS:S/.o/.d/}
+__dependsrcs= ${__dependsrcsx:O:u}
+
+# clean up any .c files we may have generated
+#__gensrcs:= ${DEPSRCS:M*.y} ${DEPSRCS:M*.l}
+#CLEANFILES+= ${__gensrcs:T:R:S/$/.c/g}
+
+# set this to -MMD to ignore /usr/include
+# actually it ignores <> so may not be a great idea
+CFLAGS_MD?=-MD 
+# -MF etc not available on all gcc versions.
+# we "fix" the .o later
+CFLAGS_MF?=-MF ${.TARGET:T:R}.d -MT ${.TARGET:T:R}.o
+CFLAGS+= ${CFLAGS_MD} ${CFLAGS_MF}
+RM?= rm
+
+# watch out for people who don't use CPPFLAGS
+CPPFLAGS_MD=${CFLAGS:M-[IUD]*} ${CPPFLAGS} 
+CXXFLAGS_MD=${CXXFLAGS:M-[IUD]*} ${CPPFLAGS} 
+
+# just in case these need to be different
+CC_MD?=${CC}
+CXX_MD?=${CXX}
+
+# so we can do an explicit make depend, but not otherwise
+.if make(depend)
+.SUFFIXES:	.d
+
+.if empty(CFLAGS_MD)
+.y.d:
+	@echo updating dependencies for $<
+	@${YACC} ${YFLAGS} $<
+	@${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} y.tab.c | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f y.tab.c $@; false; }
+	@${RM} -f y.tab.c
+
+.l.d:
+	@echo updating dependencies for $<
+	${LEX} ${LFLAGS} $<
+	@${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} lex.yy.c | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f lex.yy.c $@; false; }
+	@${RM} -f lex.yy.c
+
+.c.d:
+	@echo updating dependencies for $<
+	@${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} $< | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f $@; false; }
+
+.s.d .S.d:
+	@echo updating dependencies for $<
+	@${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} ${AINC} $< | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f $@; false; }
+
+.cc.d .cpp.d .C.d .cxx.d:
+	@echo updating dependencies for $<
+	@${SHELL} -ec "${CXX_MD} -M ${CXXFLAGS_MD} $< | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f $@; false; }
+.else
+.y.d:
+	${YACC} ${YFLAGS} $<
+	${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} y.tab.c > $@ || { ${RM} -f y.tab.c $@; false; }
+	${RM} -f y.tab.c
+
+.l.d:
+	${LEX} ${LFLAGS} $<
+	${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} lex.yy.c > $@ || { ${RM} -f lex.yy.c $@; false; }
+	${RM} -f lex.yy.c
+
+.c.d:
+	${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} $< > $@ || { ${RM} -f $@; false; }
+
+.s.d .S.d:
+	${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} ${AINC} $< > $@ || { ${RM} -f $@; false; }
+
+.cc.d .cpp.d .C.d .cxx.d:
+	${CXX_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CXXFLAGS_MD} $< > $@ || { ${RM} -f $@; false; }
+.endif
+
+.if !target(depend)
+depend: beforedepend ${DEPENDFILE} afterdepend _SUBDIRUSE
+
+${DEPENDFILE}:	${DEPSRCS} ${__dependsrcs}
+.NOPATH:	${__dependsrcs}
+.OPTIONAL:	${__dependsrcs}
+.endif
+.endif				# make(depend)
+
+.if empty(CFLAGS_MD)
+# make sure the .d's are generated/updated
+${PROG} ${_LIBS}:	${DEPENDFILE}
+.endif
+
+.ORDER:	beforedepend ${DEPENDFILE} afterdepend
+
+.if ${.OBJDIR} != ${.CURDIR}
+__depfiles= *.d
+.else
+__depfiles= ${__dependsrcs}
+.endif
+
+DEPCLEANFILES= ${DEPENDFILE} ${__depfiles} y.tab.d *.tmp.d
+
+cleandir: cleanautodepend
+cleanautodepend:
+	${RM} -f ${DEPCLEANFILES}
+
+CLEANFILES+= ${DEPCLEANFILES}
+
+.if defined(__dependsrcs) && !empty(__dependsrcs)
+.if make(depend) || !(make(clean*) || make(destroy*) || make(obj) || make(*install) || make(install-*))
+# this ensures we do the right thing if only building a shared or
+# profiled lib
+OBJ_EXTENSIONS?=.o .po .so .So
+MDLIB_SED= -e '/:/s,^\([^\.:]*\)\.[psS]*o,${OBJ_EXTENSIONS:S,^,\1,},'
+.ifdef NOMD_SED
+.ifdef LIB
+MD_SED=sed ${MDLIB_SED}
+.else
+MD_SED=cat
+.endif
+.else
+# arrange to put some variable names into ${DEPENDFILE}
+.ifdef LIB
+MD_SED=sed ${MDLIB_SED}
+.else
+MD_SED=sed
+.endif
+SUBST_DEPVARS+= SB TOP BACKING SRC SRCDIR BASE BASEDIR
+.for v in ${SUBST_DEPVARS}
+.if defined(${v}) && !empty(${v})
+MD_SED+= -e 's,${$v},$${$v},'
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endif
+.if (${MD_SED} == "sed")
+MD_SED=cat
+.endif
+
+# this will be done whenever make finishes successfully
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0:[1]:C/.*-//} < 20050530
+.END:
+.else
+.END:	${DEPENDFILE}
+# we do not want to trigger building .d's just use them if they exist
+${DEPENDFILE}:	${__dependsrcs:@d@${exists($d):?$d:}@}
+.endif
+	-@${MD_SED} ${__depfiles} > ${DEPENDFILE}.new 2> /dev/null && \
+	test -s ${DEPENDFILE}.new && mv ${DEPENDFILE}.new ${DEPENDFILE}; \
+	${RM} -f ${DEPENDFILE}.new
+.endif
+.endif
+.else
+depend: beforedepend afterdepend _SUBDIRUSE
+.endif
+
+.if !target(beforedepend)
+beforedepend:
+.endif
+.if !target(afterdepend)
+afterdepend:
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/dep.mk b/mk/dep.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b754500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/dep.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# $Id: dep.mk,v 1.16 2012/11/11 22:37:02 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+# handle Proc*C as well...
+.if defined(SRCS)
+.if !empty(SRCS:M*.pc)
+.include <proc.mk>
+.endif
+
+# it would be nice to be able to query .SUFFIXES
+OBJ_EXTENSIONS+= .o .po .lo .So
+
+# explicit dependencies help short-circuit .SUFFIX searches
+SRCS_DEP_FILTER+= N*.[hly]
+.for s in ${SRCS:${SRCS_DEP_FILTER:O:u:ts:}}
+.for e in ${OBJ_EXTENSIONS:O:u}
+.if !target(${s:T:R}$e)
+${s:T:R}$e: $s
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.if exists(/usr/bin/mkdep)
+MKDEP_CMD?=	mkdep
+.elif exists(/usr/local/share/bin/mkdeps.sh)
+MKDEP_CMD?=	/usr/local/share/bin/mkdeps.sh -N
+.endif
+MKDEP_CMD?=	mkdep
+
+MKDEP ?= ${MKDEP_CMD}
+
+.NOPATH:	.depend
+
+.if ${MKDEP} == "auto.dep" && make(depend)
+# auto.dep.mk does not "do" depend
+MK_AUTODEP= no
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_AUTODEP} == yes
+.if ${MKDEP:T:S,auto,,} != ${MKDEP:T}
+.include <${MKDEP}.mk>
+.else
+.include <autodep.mk>
+.endif
+.else
+.if ${MKDEP:T:S,auto,,} != ${MKDEP:T}
+MKDEP = ${MKDEP_CMD}
+.endif
+MKDEP_ENV_VARS += CC CXX
+.for v in ${MKDEP_ENV_VARS:O:u}
+.if !empty($v)
+MKDEP_ENV += $v='${$v}'
+.endif
+.endfor
+
+_MKDEP = ${MKDEP_ENV} ${MKDEP}
+
+# some of the rules involve .h sources, so remove them from mkdep line
+.if !target(depend)
+depend: beforedepend .depend _SUBDIRUSE afterdepend
+
+.if defined(SRCS)
+# libs can have too many SRCS for a single command line
+# so do them one at a time.
+.depend: ${SRCS} ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PASEFILE}
+	@rm -f .depend
+.ifdef LIB
+	@files="${.ALLSRC:M*.[sS]}"; \
+	set -x; for f in $$files; do ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} ${AINC} $$f; done
+	@files="${.ALLSRC:M*.c} ${.ALLSRC:M*.pc:T:.pc=.c}"; \
+	set -x; for f in $$files; do ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} $$f; done
+	@files="${.ALLSRC:M*.cc} ${.ALLSRC:M*.C} ${.ALLSRC:M*.cxx}"; \
+	set -x; for f in $$files; do ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CXXFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} $$f; done
+.else
+	@files="${.ALLSRC:M*.[Ss]}"; \
+	case "$$files" in *.[Ss]*) \
+	  echo ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} ${AINC} $$files; \
+	  ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} ${AINC} $$files;; \
+	esac
+	@files="${.ALLSRC:M*.c} ${.ALLSRC:M*.pc:T:.pc=.c}"; \
+	case "$$files" in *.c*) \
+	  echo ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} $$files; \
+	  ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} $$files;; \
+	esac
+	@files="${.ALLSRC:M*.cc} ${.ALLSRC:M*.C} ${.ALLSRC:M*.cxx}"; \
+	case "$$files" in *.[Cc]*) \
+	  echo ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CXXFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} $$files; \
+	  ${_MKDEP} -a ${MKDEPFLAGS} \
+	    ${CXXFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${CPPFLAGS} $$files;; \
+	esac
+.endif
+.else
+.depend:
+.endif
+.if !target(beforedepend)
+beforedepend:
+.endif
+.if !target(afterdepend)
+afterdepend:
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if !target(tags)
+.if defined(SRCS)
+tags: ${SRCS} _SUBDIRUSE
+	-cd ${.CURDIR}; ctags -f /dev/stdout ${.ALLSRC:N*.h} | \
+	    sed "s;\${.CURDIR}/;;" > tags
+.else
+tags:
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if defined(SRCS)
+cleandir: cleandepend
+.if !target(cleandepend)
+cleandepend:
+	rm -f .depend ${.CURDIR}/tags
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/dirdeps.mk b/mk/dirdeps.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e812416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/dirdeps.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+# $Id: dirdeps.mk,v 1.28 2013/03/25 21:11:43 sjg Exp $
+
+# Copyright (c) 2010-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+# All rights reserved.
+# 
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+# are met: 
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+# 
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+# OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+
+# Much of the complexity here is for supporting cross-building.
+# If a tree does not support that, simply using plain Makefile.depend
+# should provide sufficient clue.
+# Otherwise the recommendation is to use Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}
+# as expected below.
+
+# Note: this file gets multiply included.
+# This is what we do with DIRDEPS
+
+# DIRDEPS:
+#	This is a list of directories - relative to SRCTOP, it is
+#	normally only of interest to .MAKE.LEVEL 0.
+#	In some cases the entry may be qualified with a .<machine>
+#	or .<target_spec> suffix (see TARGET_SPEC_VARS below),
+#	for example to force building something for the pseudo
+#	machines "host" or "common" regardless of current ${MACHINE}.
+#	
+#	All unqualified entries end up being qualified with .${TARGET_SPEC}
+#	and partially qualified (if TARGET_SPEC_VARS has multiple
+#	entries) are also expanded to a full .<target_spec>.
+#	The  _DIRDEPS_USE target uses the suffix to set TARGET_SPEC
+#	correctly when visiting each entry.
+#
+#	The fully qualified directory entries are used to construct a
+#	dependency graph that will drive the build later.
+#	
+#	Also, for each fully qualified directory target, we will search
+#	using ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE} to find additional
+#	dependencies.  We use Makefile.depend (default value for
+#	.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX) to refer to these makefiles to
+#	distinguish them from others.
+#	
+#	Each Makefile.depend file sets DEP_RELDIR to be the
+#	the RELDIR (path relative to SRCTOP) for its directory, and
+#	since each Makefile.depend file includes dirdeps.mk, this
+#	processing is recursive and results in .MAKE.LEVEL 0 learning the
+#	dependencies of the tree wrt the initial directory (_DEP_RELDIR).
+#
+# BUILD_AT_LEVEL0
+#	Indicates whether .MAKE.LEVEL 0 builds anything:
+#	if "no" sub-makes are used to build everything,
+#	if "yes" sub-makes are only used to build for other machines.
+#	It is best to use "no", but this can require fixing some
+#	makefiles to not do anything at .MAKE.LEVEL 0.
+#
+# TARGET_SPEC_VARS
+#	The default value is just MACHINE, and for most environments
+#	this is sufficient.  The _DIRDEPS_USE target actually sets
+#	both MACHINE and TARGET_SPEC to the suffix of the current
+#	target so that in the general case TARGET_SPEC can be ignored.
+#
+#	If more than MACHINE is needed then sys.mk needs to decompose
+#	TARGET_SPEC and set the relevant variables accordingly.
+#	It is important that MACHINE be included in and actually be
+#	the first member of TARGET_SPEC_VARS.  This allows other
+#	variables to be considered optional, and some of the treatment
+#	below relies on MACHINE being the first entry.
+#	Note: TARGET_SPEC cannot contain any '.'s so the target
+#	triple used by compiler folk won't work (directly anyway).
+#
+#	For example:
+#
+#		# Always list MACHINE first, 
+#		# other variables might be optional.
+#		TARGET_SPEC_VARS = MACHINE TARGET_OS
+#		.if ${TARGET_SPEC:Uno:M*,*} != ""
+#		_tspec := ${TARGET_SPEC:S/,/ /g}
+#		MACHINE := ${_tspec:[1]}
+#		TARGET_OS := ${_tspec:[2]}
+#		# etc.
+#		# We need to stop that TARGET_SPEC affecting any submakes
+#		# and deal with MACHINE=${TARGET_SPEC} in the environment.
+#		TARGET_SPEC =
+#		# export but do not track
+#		.export-env TARGET_SPEC 
+#		.export ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS}
+#		.for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:O:u}
+#		.if empty($v)
+#		.undef $v
+#		.endif
+#		.endfor
+#		.endif
+#		# make sure we know what TARGET_SPEC is
+#		# as we may need it to find Makefile.depend*
+#		TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,}
+#	
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+# only the first instance is interested in all this
+
+# First off, we want to know what ${MACHINE} to build for.
+# This can be complicated if we are using a mixture of ${MACHINE} specific
+# and non-specific Makefile.depend*
+
+.if !target(_DIRDEP_USE)
+# do some setup we only need once
+_CURDIR ?= ${.CURDIR}
+
+# make sure these are empty to start with
+_DEP_TARGET_SPEC =
+_DIRDEP_CHECKED =
+
+# If TARGET_SPEC_VARS is other than just MACHINE
+# it should be set by sys.mk or similar by now.
+# TARGET_SPEC must not contain any '.'s.
+TARGET_SPEC_VARS ?= MACHINE
+# this is what we started with
+TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,}
+# this is what we mostly use below
+DEP_TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:S,^,DEP_,:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,}
+# make sure we have defaults
+.for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS}
+DEP_$v ?= ${$v}
+.endfor
+
+.if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1
+# Ok, this gets more complex (putting it mildly).
+# In order to stay sane, we need to ensure that all the build_dirs
+# we compute below are fully qualified wrt DEP_TARGET_SPEC.
+# The makefiles may only partially specify (eg. MACHINE only),
+# so we need to construct a set of modifiers to fill in the gaps.
+# jot 10 should output 1 2 3 .. 10
+JOT ?= jot
+_tspec_x := ${${JOT} ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]}:L:sh}
+# this handles unqualified entries
+M_dep_qual_fixes = C;(/[^/.,]+)$$;\1.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC};
+# there needs to be at least one item missing for these to make sense
+.for i in ${_tspec_x:[2..-1]}
+_tspec_m$i := ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[2..$i]:@w@[^,]+@:ts,}
+_tspec_a$i := ,${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i..-1]:@v@$${DEP_$v}@:ts,}
+M_dep_qual_fixes += C;(\.${_tspec_m$i})$$;\1${_tspec_a$i};
+.endfor
+.else
+# A harmless? default.
+M_dep_qual_fixes = U
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE)
+# .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE makes the logic below neater?
+# you really want this set by sys.mk or similar
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE = ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}
+.if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} == "${TARGET_SPEC}"
+.if ${TARGET_SPEC} != ${MACHINE}
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE += ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}.$${MACHINE}
+.endif
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE += ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+_default_dependfile := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:[1]:T}
+_machine_dependfiles := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T:M*${MACHINE}*}
+
+# for machine specific dependfiles we require ${MACHINE} to be at the end
+# also for the sake of sanity we require a common prefix
+.if !defined(.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX)
+# knowing .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX helps
+.if !empty(_machine_dependfiles)
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX := ${_machine_dependfiles:[1]:T:R}
+.else
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX := ${_default_dependfile:T}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+
+# this is how we identify non-machine specific dependfiles
+N_notmachine := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:E:N*${MACHINE}*:${M_ListToSkip}}
+
+.endif				# !target(_DIRDEP_USE)
+
+# if we were included recursively _DEP_TARGET_SPEC should be valid.
+.if empty(_DEP_TARGET_SPEC)
+# we may or may not have included a dependfile yet
+_last_dependfile := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}*:[-1]}
+.if !empty(_debug_reldir)
+.info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: _last_dependfile='${_last_dependfile}'
+.endif
+
+.if empty(_last_dependfile) || ${_last_dependfile:E:${N_notmachine}} == ""
+# this is all we have to work with
+DEP_MACHINE = ${TARGET_MACHINE:U${MACHINE}}
+_DEP_TARGET_SPEC := ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}
+.else
+_DEP_TARGET_SPEC = ${_last_dependfile:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:E}
+.endif
+.if !empty(_last_dependfile)
+# record that we've read dependfile for this
+_DIRDEP_CHECKED += ${_CURDIR}.${TARGET_SPEC}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# by now _DEP_TARGET_SPEC should be set, parse it.
+.if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1
+# we need to parse DEP_MACHINE may or may not contain more info
+_tspec := ${_DEP_TARGET_SPEC:S/,/ /g}
+.for i in ${_tspec_x}
+DEP_${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i]} := ${_tspec:[$i]}
+.endfor
+.for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:O:u}
+.if empty(DEP_$v)
+.undef DEP_$v
+.endif
+.endfor
+.else
+DEP_MACHINE := ${_DEP_TARGET_SPEC}
+.endif
+
+# pickup customizations
+# as below you can use !target(_DIRDEP_USE) to protect things
+# which should only be done once.
+.-include "local.dirdeps.mk"
+
+# the first time we are included the _DIRDEP_USE target will not be defined
+# we can use this as a clue to do initialization and other one time things.
+.if !target(_DIRDEP_USE)
+# make sure this target exists
+dirdeps:
+
+# We normally expect to be included by Makefile.depend.*
+# which sets the DEP_* macros below.
+DEP_RELDIR ?= ${RELDIR}
+
+# this can cause lots of output!
+# set to a set of glob expressions that might match RELDIR
+DEBUG_DIRDEPS ?= no
+
+# remember the initial value of DEP_RELDIR - we test for it below.
+_DEP_RELDIR := ${DEP_RELDIR}
+
+# things we skip for host tools
+SKIP_HOSTDIR ?=
+
+NSkipHostDir = ${SKIP_HOSTDIR:N*.host:S,$,.host,:N.host:${M_ListToSkip}}
+
+# things we always skip
+# SKIP_DIRDEPS allows for adding entries on command line.
+SKIP_DIR += .host *.WAIT ${SKIP_DIRDEPS}
+SKIP_DIR.host += ${SKIP_HOSTDIR}
+
+DEP_SKIP_DIR = ${SKIP_DIR} \
+	${SKIP_DIR.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:U} \
+	${SKIP_DIR.${DEP_MACHINE}:U} \
+	${SKIP_DIRDEPS.${DEP_MACHINE}:U}
+
+NSkipDir = ${DEP_SKIP_DIR:${M_ListToSkip}}
+
+.if defined(NO_DIRDEPS) || defined(NODIRDEPS)
+# confine ourselves to the original dir
+DIRDEPS_FILTER += M${_DEP_RELDIR}*
+.endif
+
+# we supress SUBDIR when visiting the leaves
+# we assume sys.mk will set MACHINE_ARCH
+# you can add extras to DIRDEP_USE_ENV
+# if there is no makefile in the target directory, we skip it.
+_DIRDEP_USE:	.USE .MAKE
+	@for m in ${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE}; do \
+		test -s ${.TARGET:R}/$$m || continue; \
+		echo "${TRACER}Checking ${.TARGET:R} for ${.TARGET:E} ..."; \
+		MACHINE_ARCH= NO_SUBDIR=1 ${DIRDEP_USE_ENV} \
+		TARGET_SPEC=${.TARGET:E} \
+		MACHINE=${.TARGET:E} \
+		${.MAKE} -C ${.TARGET:R} || exit 1; \
+		break; \
+	done
+
+.ifdef ALL_MACHINES
+# this is how you limit it to only the machines we have been built for
+# previously.
+.if empty(ONLY_MACHINE_LIST)
+.if !empty(ALL_MACHINE_LIST)
+# ALL_MACHINE_LIST is the list of all legal machines - ignore anything else
+_machine_list != cd ${_CURDIR} && 'ls' -1 ${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:O:u:@m@${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}.$m@} 2> /dev/null; echo
+.else
+_machine_list != 'ls' -1 ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}.* 2> /dev/null; echo
+.endif
+_only_machines := ${_machine_list:${NIgnoreFiles:UN*.bak}:E:O:u}
+.else
+_only_machines := ${ONLY_MACHINE_LIST}
+.endif
+
+.if empty(_only_machines)
+# we must be boot-strapping
+_only_machines := ${TARGET_MACHINE:U${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:U${DEP_MACHINE}}}
+.endif
+
+.else				# ! ALL_MACHINES
+# if ONLY_MACHINE_LIST is set, we are limited to that
+# if TARGET_MACHINE is set - it is really the same as ONLY_MACHINE_LIST
+# otherwise DEP_MACHINE is it - so DEP_MACHINE will match.
+_only_machines := ${ONLY_MACHINE_LIST:U${TARGET_MACHINE:U${DEP_MACHINE}}:M${DEP_MACHINE}}
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(NOT_MACHINE_LIST)
+_only_machines := ${_only_machines:${NOT_MACHINE_LIST:${M_ListToSkip}}}
+.endif
+
+# make sure we have a starting place?
+DIRDEPS ?= ${RELDIR}
+.endif				# target 
+
+_debug_reldir := ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${DEP_RELDIR:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_MACHINE}:L:M$x}@}
+_debug_search := ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${DEP_RELDIR:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.depend:L:M$x}@}
+
+# the rest is done repeatedly for every Makefile.depend we read.
+# if we are anything but the original dir we care only about the
+# machine type we were included for..
+
+.if ${DEP_RELDIR} == "."
+_this_dir := ${SRCTOP}
+.else
+_this_dir := ${SRCTOP}/${DEP_RELDIR}
+.endif
+
+# on rare occasions, there can be a need for extra help
+_dep_hack := ${_this_dir}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}.inc
+.-include "${_dep_hack}"
+
+.if ${DEP_RELDIR} != ${_DEP_RELDIR} || ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} != ${TARGET_SPEC}
+# this should be all
+_machines := ${DEP_MACHINE}
+.else
+# this is the machine list we actually use below
+_machines := ${_only_machines}
+
+.if defined(HOSTPROG) || ${DEP_MACHINE} == "host"
+# we need to build this guy's dependencies for host as well.
+_machines += host
+.endif
+
+_machines := ${_machines:O:u}
+.endif
+
+.if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1
+# we need to tweak _machines
+_dm := ${DEP_MACHINE}
+_machines := ${_machines:@DEP_MACHINE@${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}@}
+DEP_MACHINE := ${_dm}
+.endif
+
+# reset each time through
+_build_dirs =
+
+.if ${DEP_RELDIR} == ${_DEP_RELDIR}
+# pickup other machines for this dir if necessary
+.if ${BUILD_AT_LEVEL0:Uyes} == "no"
+_build_dirs += ${_machines:@m@${_CURDIR}.$m@}
+.else
+_build_dirs += ${_machines:N${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:@m@${_CURDIR}.$m@}
+.if ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} == ${TARGET_SPEC}
+# pickup local dependencies now
+.-include <.depend>
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(_debug_reldir)
+.info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: DIRDEPS='${DIRDEPS}'
+.info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: _machines='${_machines}' 
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(DIRDEPS)
+# these we reset each time through as they can depend on DEP_MACHINE
+DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER = \
+	${DIRDEPS_FILTER.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:U} \
+	${DIRDEPS_FILTER.${DEP_MACHINE}:U} \
+	${DIRDEPS_FILTER:U} 
+.if empty(DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER)
+# something harmless
+DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER = U
+.endif
+
+# this is what we start with
+__depdirs := ${DIRDEPS:${NSkipDir}:${DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER:ts:}:O:u:@d@${SRCTOP}/$d@}
+
+# some entries may be qualified with .<machine> 
+# the :M*/*/*.* just tries to limit the dirs we check to likely ones.
+# the ${d:E:M*/*} ensures we don't consider junos/usr.sbin/mgd
+__qual_depdirs := ${__depdirs:M*/*/*.*:@d@${exists($d):?:${"${d:E:M*/*}":?:${exists(${d:R}):?$d:}}}@}
+__unqual_depdirs := ${__depdirs:${__qual_depdirs:Uno:${M_ListToSkip}}}
+
+.if ${DEP_RELDIR} == ${_DEP_RELDIR}
+# if it was called out - we likely need it.
+__hostdpadd := ${DPADD:U.:M${HOST_OBJTOP}/*:S,${HOST_OBJTOP}/,,:H:${NSkipDir}:${DIRDEPS_FILTER:ts:}:S,$,.host,:N.*:@d@${SRCTOP}/$d@}
+__qual_depdirs += ${__hostdpadd}
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(_debug_reldir)
+.info depdirs=${__depdirs}
+.info qualified=${__qual_depdirs}
+.info unqualified=${__unqual_depdirs}
+.endif
+
+# _build_dirs is what we will feed to _DIRDEP_USE
+_build_dirs += \
+	${__qual_depdirs:M*.host:${NSkipHostDir}:N.host} \
+	${__qual_depdirs:N*.host} \
+	${_machines:@m@${__unqual_depdirs:@d@$d.$m@}@}
+
+# qualify everything now
+_build_dirs := ${_build_dirs:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:O:u}
+
+.endif				# empty DIRDEPS
+
+# Normally if doing make -V something,
+# we do not want to waste time chasing DIRDEPS
+# but if we want to count the number of Makefile.depend* read, we do.
+.if ${.MAKEFLAGS:M-V${_V_READ_DIRDEPS}} == ""
+.if !empty(_build_dirs)
+# this makes it all happen
+dirdeps: ${_build_dirs}
+${_build_dirs}:	_DIRDEP_USE
+
+.if !empty(_debug_reldir)
+.info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: needs: ${_build_dirs}
+.endif
+
+# this builds the dependency graph
+.for m in ${_machines}
+# it would be nice to do :N${.TARGET}
+.if !empty(__qual_depdirs)
+.for q in ${__qual_depdirs:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:E:O:u:N$m}
+.if !empty(_debug_reldir) || ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${${DEP_RELDIR}.$m:L:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.$q:L:M$x}@} != ""
+.info ${DEP_RELDIR}.$m: graph: ${_build_dirs:M*.$q}
+.endif
+${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$q}
+.endfor
+.endif
+.if !empty(_debug_reldir)
+.info ${DEP_RELDIR}.$m: graph: ${_build_dirs:M*.$m:N${_this_dir}.$m}
+.endif
+${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$m:N${_this_dir}.$m}
+.endfor
+
+.endif
+
+# Now find more dependencies - and recurse.
+.for d in ${_build_dirs}
+.if ${_DIRDEP_CHECKED:M$d} == ""
+# once only
+_DIRDEP_CHECKED += $d
+# Note: _build_dirs is fully qualifed so d:R is always the directory
+.if exists(${d:R})
+# Warning: there is an assumption here that MACHINE is always 
+# the first entry in TARGET_SPEC_VARS.
+# If TARGET_SPEC and MACHINE are insufficient, you have a problem.
+_m := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T:S;${TARGET_SPEC}$;${d:E};:S;${MACHINE};${d:E:C/,.*//};:@m@${exists(${d:R}/$m):?${d:R}/$m:}@:[1]}
+.if !empty(_m)
+_qm := ${_m:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}}
+.if !empty(_debug_search)
+.info Looking for ${_qm}
+.endif
+# we pass _DEP_TARGET_SPEC to tell the next step what we want
+_DEP_TARGET_SPEC := ${d:E}
+# some makefiles may still look at this
+_DEP_MACHINE := ${d:E:C/,.*//}
+.if !empty(_debug_reldir) && ${_qm} != ${_m}
+.info loading ${_m} for ${d:E}
+.endif
+.include <${_m}>
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+.endfor
+
+.endif				# -V
+
+.elif ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 42
+.error You should have stopped recursing by now.
+.else
+_DEP_RELDIR := ${DEP_RELDIR}
+# pickup local dependencies
+.-include <.depend>
+.endif
+
diff --git a/mk/doc.mk b/mk/doc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d496c42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/doc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# $Id: doc.mk,v 1.4 2012/11/11 22:37:02 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+BIB?=		bib
+EQN?=		eqn
+GREMLIN?=	grn
+GRIND?=		vgrind -f
+INDXBIB?=	indxbib
+PIC?=		pic
+REFER?=		refer
+ROFF?=		groff -M/usr/share/tmac ${MACROS} ${PAGES}
+SOELIM?=	soelim
+TBL?=		tbl
+
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}
+
+.if !target(all)
+.MAIN: all
+all: paper.ps
+.endif
+
+.if !target(paper.ps)
+paper.ps: ${SRCS}
+	${ROFF} ${SRCS} > ${.TARGET}
+.endif
+
+.if !target(print)
+print: paper.ps
+	lpr -P${PRINTER} paper.ps
+.endif
+
+.if !target(manpages)
+manpages:
+.endif
+
+.if !target(obj)
+obj:
+.endif
+
+clean cleandir:
+	rm -f paper.* [eE]rrs mklog ${CLEANFILES}
+
+.if ${MK_DOC} == "no"
+install:
+.else
+FILES?=	${SRCS}
+install:
+	${INSTALL} -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m 444 \
+	    Makefile ${FILES} ${EXTRA} ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR}/${DIR}
+.endif
+
+spell: ${SRCS}
+	spell ${SRCS} | sort | comm -23 - spell.ok > paper.spell
+
+BINDIR?=	/usr/share/doc
+BINGRP?=	bin
+BINOWN?=	bin
+BINMODE?=	444
+
+.include <own.mk>
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/dpadd.mk b/mk/dpadd.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a940b61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/dpadd.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+# $Id: dpadd.mk,v 1.18 2011/11/10 05:13:37 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2004, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+# sometimes we play games with .CURDIR etc
+# _* hold the original values of .*
+_OBJDIR?= ${.OBJDIR}
+_CURDIR?= ${.CURDIR}
+
+# DPLIBS helps us ensure we keep DPADD and LDADD in sync
+DPLIBS+= ${DPLIBS_LAST}
+DPADD+= ${DPLIBS}
+.for __lib in ${DPLIBS:T:R}
+LDADD+= ${LDADD_${__lib}:U${__lib:T:R:S/lib/-l/:C/\.so.*//}}
+.endfor
+
+# DPADD can contain things other than libs
+__dpadd_libs = ${DPADD:M*/lib*}
+
+# some libs have dependencies...
+# DPLIBS_* allows bsd.libnames.mk to flag libs which must be included
+# in DPADD for a given library.
+.for __lib in ${__dpadd_libs:@d@${DPLIBS_${d:T:R}}@}
+.if "${DPADD:M${__lib}}" == ""
+DPADD+= ${__lib}
+LDADD+= ${LDADD_${__lib}:U${__lib:T:R:S/lib/-l/:C/\.so.*//}}
+.endif
+.endfor
+# Last of all... for libc and libgcc
+DPADD+= ${DPADD_LAST}
+
+# Convert DPADD into -I and -L options and add them to CPPFLAGS and LDADD
+# For the -I's convert the path to a relative one.  For separate objdirs
+# the DPADD paths will be to the obj tree so we need to subst anyway.
+
+# If USE_PROFILE is yes, then check for profiled versions of libs
+# and use them.
+
+USE_PROFILE?=no
+.if defined(LIBDL) && exists(${LIBDL})
+.if defined(PROG) && (make(${PROG}_p) || ${USE_PROFILE} == yes) && \
+	defined(LDFLAGS) && ${LDFLAGS:M-export-dynamic}
+# building profiled version of a prog that needs dlopen to work
+DPLIBS+= ${LIBDL}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if defined(LIBDMALLOC) && exists(${LIBDMALLOC})
+.if defined(USE_DMALLOC) && ${USE_DMALLOC} != no
+.if !defined(NO_DMALLOC)
+CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_DMALLOC
+.endif
+DPLIBS+= ${LIBDMALLOC}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# Order -L's to seach ours first.
+# Avoids picking up old versions already installed.
+__dpadd_libdirs := ${__dpadd_libs:R:H:S/^/-L/g:O:u:N-L}
+LDADD += ${__dpadd_libdirs:M-L${OBJTOP}/*}
+LDADD += ${__dpadd_libdirs:N-L${OBJTOP}/*}
+
+.if ${.CURDIR} == ${SRCTOP}
+RELDIR=.
+RELTOP=.
+.else
+RELDIR?= ${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}
+.if ${RELDIR} == ${.CURDIR}
+RELDIR?= ${.OBJDIR:S,${OBJTOP}/,,}
+.endif
+RELTOP?= ${RELDIR:C,[^/]+,..,g}
+.endif
+RELOBJTOP?= ${OBJTOP}
+RELSRCTOP?= ${SRCTOP}
+
+.if !make(dpadd)
+.ifdef LIB
+# Each lib is its own src_lib, we want to include it in SRC_LIBS
+# so that the correct INCLUDES_* will be picked up automatically.
+SRC_LIBS+= ${_OBJDIR}/lib${LIB}.a
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# 
+# This little bit of magic, assumes that SRC_libfoo will be
+# set if it cannot be correctly derrived from ${LIBFOO}
+# Note that SRC_libfoo and INCLUDES_libfoo should be named for the
+# actual libary name not the variable name that might refer to it.
+# 99% of the time the two are the same, but the DPADD logic
+# only has the libary name available, so stick to that.
+# 
+
+SRC_LIBS?=
+__dpadd_libs += ${SRC_LIBS}
+DPMAGIC_LIBS += ${__dpadd_libs} \
+	${__dpadd_libs:@d@${DPMAGIC_LIBS_${d:T:R}}@}
+
+.for __lib in ${DPMAGIC_LIBS:O:u}
+# 
+# if SRC_libfoo is not set, then we assume that the srcdir corresponding
+# to where we found the library is correct.
+#
+SRC_${__lib:T:R} ?= ${__lib:H:S,${OBJTOP},${RELSRCTOP},}
+#
+# This is a no-brainer but just to be complete...
+#
+OBJ_${__lib:T:R} ?= ${__lib:H:S,${OBJTOP},${RELOBJTOP},}
+#
+# If INCLUDES_libfoo is not set, then we'll use ${SRC_libfoo}/h if it exists,
+# else just ${SRC_libfoo}.
+#
+INCLUDES_${__lib:T:R}?= -I${exists(${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}/h):?${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}/h:${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}}
+
+.endfor
+
+# Now for the bits we actually need
+__dpadd_incs=
+.for __lib in ${__dpadd_libs:u}
+.if (make(${PROG}_p) || defined(NEED_GPROF)) && exists(${__lib:R}_p.a)
+__ldadd=-l${__lib:T:R:S,lib,,}
+LDADD := ${LDADD:S,^${__ldadd}$,${__ldadd}_p,g}
+.endif
+
+#
+# Some libs generate headers, so we potentially need both
+# the src dir and the obj dir.
+# If ${INCLUDES_libfoo} contains a word ending in /h, we assume that either
+# 1. it does not generate headers or
+# 2. INCLUDES_libfoo will have been set correctly
+# XXX it gets ugly avoiding duplicates... 
+# use :? to ensure .for does not prevent correct evaluation
+#
+# We take care of duplicate suppression later.
+__dpadd_incs += ${"${INCLUDES_${__lib:T:R}:M*/h}":? :-I${OBJ_${__lib:T:R}}}
+__dpadd_incs += ${INCLUDES_${__lib:T:R}}
+.endfor
+
+#
+# eliminate any duplicates - but don't mess with the order
+# force evaluation now - to avoid giving make a headache
+#
+.for t in CFLAGS CXXFLAGS
+# avoid duplicates
+__$t_incs:=${$t:M-I*:O:u}
+.for i in ${__dpadd_incs}
+.if "${__$t_incs:M$i}" == ""
+$t+= $i
+__$t_incs+= $i
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endfor
+
+# This target is used to gather a list of
+# dir: ${DPADD}
+# entries
+.if make(*dpadd*)
+# allow overrides
+.-include "dpadd++.mk"
+
+.if !target(dpadd)
+dpadd:	.NOTMAIN
+.if defined(DPADD) && ${DPADD} != ""
+	@echo "${RELDIR}: ${DPADD:S,${OBJTOP}/,,}"
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.ifdef SRC_PATHADD
+# We don't want to assume that we need to .PATH every element of 
+# SRC_LIBS, but the Makefile cannot do
+# .PATH: ${SRC_libfoo}
+# since the value of SRC_libfoo must be available at the time .PATH:
+# is read - and we only just worked it out.  
+# Further, they can't wait until after include of {lib,prog}.mk as 
+# the .PATH is needed before then.
+# So we let the Makefile do
+# SRC_PATHADD+= ${SRC_libfoo}
+# and we defer the .PATH: until now so that SRC_libfoo will be available.
+.PATH: ${SRC_PATHADD}
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/final.mk b/mk/final.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f41189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/final.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# $Id: final.mk,v 1.5 2011/03/11 05:22:38 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+# provide a hook for folk who want to do scary stuff
+.-include "${.CURDIR}/../Makefile-final.inc"
+
+.if !empty(STAGE)
+.-include <stage.mk>
+.endif
+
+.-include <local.final.mk>
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/gendirdeps.mk b/mk/gendirdeps.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5742c6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/gendirdeps.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+# $Id: gendirdeps.mk,v 1.21 2013/03/28 20:01:05 sjg Exp $
+
+# Copyright (c) 2010-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+# All rights reserved.
+# 
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+# are met: 
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+# 
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+# OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+
+#
+# This makefile [re]generates ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}
+#
+
+.include <install-new.mk>
+
+# Assumptions:
+#	RELDIR is the relative path from ${SRCTOP} to ${_CURDIR}
+#		(SRCTOP is ${SB}/src)
+#	_CURDIR is the absolute version of ${.CURDIR}
+#	_OBJDIR is the absolute version of ${.OBJDIR}
+#	_objroot is realpath of ${_OBJTOP} without ${MACHINE}
+#		this may be different from _OBJROOT if $SB/obj is a
+#		symlink to another filesystem.
+#		_objroot must be a prefix match for _objtop
+
+.MAIN: all
+
+# keep this simple
+.MAKE.MODE = compat
+
+all:
+
+_CURDIR ?= ${.CURDIR}
+_OBJDIR ?= ${.OBJDIR}
+_OBJTOP ?= ${OBJTOP}
+_OBJROOT ?= ${OBJROOT:U${_OBJTOP}}
+.if ${_OBJROOT:M*/}
+_slash=/
+.else
+_slash=
+.endif
+_objroot ?= ${_OBJROOT:tA}${_slash}
+
+_this = ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
+
+# remember what to make
+_DEPENDFILE := ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}
+
+# We do _not_ want to read our own output!
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE = /dev/null
+
+# caller should have set this
+META_FILES ?= ${.MAKE.META.FILES}
+
+.if !empty(META_FILES)
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0 && !empty(GENDIRDEPS_FILTER)
+# so we can compare below
+.-include <${_DEPENDFILE}>
+# yes, I mean :U with no value
+_DIRDEPS := ${DIRDEPS:U:O:u}
+.endif
+
+META_FILES := ${META_FILES:T:O:u}
+.export META_FILES
+
+# pickup customizations
+.-include "local.gendirdeps.mk"
+
+# these are actually prefixes that we'll skip
+# they should all be absolute paths
+SKIP_GENDIRDEPS ?=
+.if !empty(SKIP_GENDIRDEPS)
+_skip_gendirdeps = egrep -v '^(${SKIP_GENDIRDEPS:O:u:ts|})' |
+.else
+_skip_gendirdeps =
+.endif
+
+# this (*should* be set in meta.sys.mk) 
+# is the script that extracts what we want.
+META2DEPS ?= ${.PARSEDIR}/meta2deps.sh
+META2DEPS := ${META2DEPS}
+
+.if ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:@x@${RELDIR:M$x}@} != "" && ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:Mmeta2d*} != ""
+_time = time
+_sh_x = sh -x
+_py_d = -ddd
+.else
+_time =
+_sh_x =
+_py_d =
+.endif
+
+.if ${META2DEPS:E} == "py"
+# we can afford to do this all the time.
+DPDEPS ?= no
+META2DEPS_CMD = ${_time} ${PYTHON} ${META2DEPS} ${_py_d} \
+	-R ${RELDIR} -H ${HOST_TARGET} \
+	${M2D_OBJROOTS:O:u:@o@-O $o@}
+
+.if ${DPDEPS:tl} != "no"
+META2DEPS_CMD += -D ${DPDEPS}
+.endif
+
+M2D_OBJROOTS += ${OBJTOP} ${_OBJROOT} ${_objroot}
+.if defined(SB_OBJROOT)
+M2D_OBJROOTS += ${SB_OBJROOT}
+.endif
+.if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:U${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}:M*.${MACHINE}} == ""
+# meta2deps.py only groks objroot
+# so we need to give it what it expects
+# and tell it not to add machine qualifiers
+META2DEPS_ARGS += MACHINE=none
+.endif
+.if defined(SB_BACKING_SB) 
+META2DEPS_CMD += -S ${SB_BACKING_SB}/src 
+M2D_OBJROOTS += ${SB_BACKING_SB}/${SB_OBJPREFIX}
+.endif
+META2DEPS_FILTER = sed 's,^src:,${SRCTOP}/,;s,^\([^/]\),${OBJTOP}/\1,' |
+.elif ${META2DEPS:E} == "sh"
+META2DEPS_CMD = ${_time} ${_sh_x} ${META2DEPS} \
+	OBJTOP=${_objtop} SB_OBJROOT=${_objroot}
+.else
+META2DEPS_CMD ?= ${META2DEPS}
+.endif
+
+# we are only interested in the dirs
+# sepecifically those we read something from.
+# we canonicalize them to keep things simple
+# if we are using a split-fs sandbox, it gets a little messier.
+_objtop := ${_OBJTOP:tA}
+dir_list != cd ${_OBJDIR} && \
+	${META2DEPS_CMD} MACHINE=${MACHINE} \
+	SRCTOP=${SRCTOP} RELDIR=${RELDIR} CURDIR=${_CURDIR} \
+	${META2DEPS_ARGS} \
+	${META_FILES:O:u} | ${META2DEPS_FILTER} ${_skip_gendirdeps} \
+	sed 's,//*$$,,;s,\.${HOST_TARGET}$$,.host,'
+
+.if ${dir_list:M*ERROR\:*} != ""
+.warning ${dir_list:tW:C,.*(ERROR),\1,}
+.warning Skipping ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}
+# we are not going to update anything
+.else
+
+.if !empty(DPADD)
+_nonlibs := ${DPADD:T:Nlib*:N*include}
+.if !empty(_nonlibs)
+ddep_list =
+.for f in ${_nonlibs:@x@${DPADD:M*/$x}@}
+.if exists($f.dirdep)
+ddep_list += $f.dirdep
+.elif exists(${f:H}.dirdep)
+ddep_list += ${f:H}.dirdep
+.else
+dir_list += ${f:H:tA}
+.endif
+.endfor
+.if !empty(ddep_list)
+ddeps != cat ${ddep_list:O:u} | ${META2DEPS_FILTER} ${_skip_gendirdeps} \
+        sed 's,//*$$,,;s,\.${HOST_TARGET}$$,.host,;s,\.${MACHINE}$$,,'
+
+.if ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:@x@${RELDIR:M$x}@} != ""
+.info ${RELDIR}: raw_dir_list='${dir_list}'
+.info ${RELDIR}: ddeps='${ddeps}'
+.endif
+dir_list += ${ddeps}
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# DIRDEPS represent things that had to have been built first
+# so they should all be undir OBJTOP.
+# Note that ${_OBJTOP}/bsd/include/machine will get reported 
+# to us as $SRCTOP/bsd/sys/$MACHINE_ARCH/include meaning we
+# will want to visit bsd/include
+# so we add 
+# ${"${dir_list:M*bsd/sys/${MACHINE_ARCH}/include}":?bsd/include:}
+# to GENDIRDEPS_DIR_LIST_XTRAS
+_objtops = ${OBJTOP} ${_OBJTOP} ${_obtop}
+_objtops := ${_objtops:O:u}
+dirdep_list = \
+	${_objtops:@o@${dir_list:M$o*/*:C,$o[^/]*/,,}@} \
+	${GENDIRDEPS_DIR_LIST_XTRAS}
+
+# sort longest first
+M2D_OBJROOTS := ${M2D_OBJROOTS:O:u:[-1..1]}
+
+# anything we use from an object dir other than ours
+# needs to be qualified with its .<machine> suffix
+# (we used the pseudo machine "host" for the HOST_TARGET).
+skip_ql= ${SRCTOP}* ${_objtops:@o@$o*@}
+.for o in ${M2D_OBJROOTS:${skip_ql:${M_ListToSkip}}}
+# we need := so only skip_ql to this point applies
+ql :=	${dir_list:${skip_ql:${M_ListToSkip}}:M$o*/*/*:C,$o([^/]+)/(.*),\2.\1,:S,.${HOST_TARGET},.host,}
+qualdir_list += ${ql}
+skip_ql+= $o*
+.endfor
+
+dirdep_list := ${dirdep_list:O:u}
+qualdir_list := ${qualdir_list:N*.${MACHINE}:O:u}
+
+DIRDEPS = \
+	${dirdep_list:N${RELDIR}:N${RELDIR}/*} \
+	${qualdir_list:N${RELDIR}.*:N${RELDIR}/*}
+
+# We only consider things below $RELDIR/ if they have a makefile.
+# This is the same test that _DIRDEPS_USE applies.
+# We have do a double test with dirdep_list as it _may_ contain 
+# qualified dirs - if we got anything from a stage dir.
+# qualdir_list we know are all qualified.
+# It would be nice do peform this check for all of DIRDEPS,
+# but we cannot assume that all of the tree is present, 
+# in fact we can only assume that RELDIR is.
+DIRDEPS += \
+	${dirdep_list:M${RELDIR}/*:@d@${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE:@m@${exists(${SRCTOP}/$d/$m):?$d:${exists(${SRCTOP}/${d:R}/$m):?$d:}}@}@} \
+	${qualdir_list:M${RELDIR}/*:@d@${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE:@m@${exists(${SRCTOP}/${d:R}/$m):?$d:}@}@}
+
+DIRDEPS := ${DIRDEPS:${GENDIRDEPS_FILTER:UNno:ts:}:O:u}
+
+.if ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:@x@${RELDIR:M$x}@} != ""
+.info ${RELDIR}: M2D_OBJROOTS=${M2D_OBJROOTS}
+.info ${RELDIR}: dir_list='${dir_list}'
+.info ${RELDIR}: dirdep_list='${dirdep_list}'
+.info ${RELDIR}: qualdir_list='${qualdir_list}'
+.info ${RELDIR}: SKIP_GENDIRDEPS='${SKIP_GENDIRDEPS}'
+.info ${RELDIR}: GENDIRDEPS_FILTER='${GENDIRDEPS_FILTER}'
+.info ${RELDIR}: FORCE_DPADD='${DPADD}'
+.info ${RELDIR}: DIRDEPS='${DIRDEPS}'
+.endif
+
+# SRC_DIRDEPS is for checkout logic
+src_dirdep_list = \
+	${dir_list:M${SRCTOP}/*:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}
+
+SRC_DIRDEPS = \
+	${src_dirdep_list:N${RELDIR}:N${RELDIR}/*:C,(/h)/.*,,}
+
+SRC_DIRDEPS := ${SRC_DIRDEPS:${GENDIRDEPS_SRC_FILTER:UN/*:ts:}:O:u}
+
+# if you want to capture SRC_DIRDEPS in .MAKE.DEPENDFILE put
+# SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE = ${_DEPENDFILE} 
+# in local.gendirdeps.mk
+.if ${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE:Uno:tl} != "no"
+ECHO_SRC_DIRDEPS = echo 'SRC_DIRDEPS = \'; echo '${SRC_DIRDEPS:@d@	$d \\${.newline}@}'; echo;
+
+.if ${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE:T} == ${_DEPENDFILE:T}
+_include_src_dirdeps = ${ECHO_SRC_DIRDEPS}
+.else
+all: ${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE}
+.if !target(${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE})
+${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE}: ${META_FILES} ${_this} ${META2DEPS}
+	@(${ECHO_SRC_DIRDEPS}) > $@
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+_include_src_dirdeps ?= 
+
+all:	${_DEPENDFILE}
+
+# if this is going to exist it would be there by now
+.if !exists(.depend)
+CAT_DEPEND = /dev/null
+.endif
+CAT_DEPEND ?= .depend
+
+.if !empty(_DIRDEPS) && ${DIRDEPS} != ${_DIRDEPS}
+# we may have changed a filter
+.PHONY: ${_DEPENDFILE}
+.endif
+
+# 'cat .depend' should suffice, but if we are mixing build modes
+# .depend may contain things we don't want.
+# The sed command at the end of the stream, allows for the filters
+# to output _{VAR} tokens which we will turn into proper ${VAR} references.
+${_DEPENDFILE}: ${CAT_DEPEND:M.depend} ${META_FILES:O:u:@m@${exists($m):?$m:}@} ${_this} ${META2DEPS}
+	@(echo '# Autogenerated - do NOT edit!'; echo; \
+	echo 'DEP_RELDIR := $${_PARSEDIR:S,$${SRCTOP}/,,}'; echo; \
+	echo 'DIRDEPS = \'; \
+	echo '${DIRDEPS:@d@	$d \\${.newline}@}'; echo; \
+	${_include_src_dirdeps} \
+	echo '.include <dirdeps.mk>'; \
+	echo; \
+	echo '.if $${DEP_RELDIR} == $${_DEP_RELDIR}'; \
+	echo '# local dependencies - needed for -jN in clean tree'; \
+	[ -s ${CAT_DEPEND} ] && { grep : ${CAT_DEPEND} | grep -v '[/\\]'; }; \
+	echo '.endif' ) | sed 's,_\([{(]\),$$\1,g' > $@.new${.MAKE.PID}
+	@${InstallNew}; InstallNew -s $@.new${.MAKE.PID}
+
+.endif				# meta2deps failed
+.elif !empty(SUBDIR)
+
+DIRDEPS := ${SUBDIR:S,^,${RELDIR}/,:O:u}
+
+all:	${_DEPENDFILE}
+
+${_DEPENDFILE}: ${MAKEFILE} ${_this}
+	@(echo '# Autogenerated - do NOT edit!'; echo; \
+	echo 'DEP_RELDIR := $${_PARSEDIR:S,$${SRCTOP}/,,}'; echo; \
+	echo 'DIRDEPS = \'; \
+	echo '${DIRDEPS:@d@	$d \\${.newline}@}'; echo; \
+	echo '.include <dirdeps.mk>'; \
+	echo ) | sed 's,_\([{(]\),$$\1,g' > $@.new
+	@${InstallNew}; InstallNew $@.new
+
+.else
+
+# nothing to do
+all ${_DEPENDFILE}:
+
+.endif
+${_DEPENDFILE}: .PRECIOUS
diff --git a/mk/host-target.mk b/mk/host-target.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6d4562
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/host-target.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: host-target.mk,v 1.6 2011/03/02 05:05:21 sjg Exp $
+
+# Host platform information; may be overridden
+.if !defined(_HOST_OSNAME)
+_HOST_OSNAME !=	uname -s
+.export _HOST_OSNAME
+.endif
+.if !defined(_HOST_OSREL)
+_HOST_OSREL  !=	uname -r
+.export _HOST_OSREL
+.endif
+.if !defined(_HOST_ARCH)
+_HOST_ARCH   !=	uname -p 2>/dev/null || uname -m
+# uname -p may produce garbage on linux
+.if ${_HOST_ARCH:[\#]} > 1
+_HOST_ARCH != uname -m
+.endif
+.export _HOST_ARCH
+.endif
+
+HOST_OSMAJOR := ${_HOST_OSREL:C/[^0-9].*//}
+HOST_OSTYPE  :=	${_HOST_OSNAME}-${_HOST_OSREL:C/\([^\)]*\)//}-${_HOST_ARCH}
+HOST_OS      :=	${_HOST_OSNAME}
+host_os      :=	${_HOST_OSNAME:tl}
+HOST_TARGET  := ${host_os}${HOST_OSMAJOR}-${_HOST_ARCH}
+
+# tr is insanely non-portable, accommodate the lowest common denominator
+TR ?= tr
+toLower = ${TR} 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+toUpper = ${TR} 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
diff --git a/mk/host.libnames.mk b/mk/host.libnames.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0a13d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/host.libnames.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# $Id: host.libnames.mk,v 1.4 2010/01/11 23:01:31 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2007-2009, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+
+DLIBEXT ?= .a
+DSHLIBEXT ?= ${DLIBEXT}
+HOST_LIBEXT ?= ${DSHLIBEXT}
+HOST_LIBDIRS ?= /usr/lib /lib
+HOST_LIBS ?=
+
+.for x in ${HOST_LIBS:O:u}
+.for d in ${HOST_LIBDIRS}
+.if exists($d/lib$x${HOST_LIBEXT})
+LIB${x:tu} ?= $d/lib$x${HOST_LIBEXT}
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endfor
diff --git a/mk/inc.mk b/mk/inc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d57f52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/inc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# $Id: inc.mk,v 1.3 2011/03/11 05:23:05 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2008, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.include <init.mk>
+
+includes:	${INCS}
+
+.if !empty(LIBOWN)
+INC_INSTALL_OWN ?= -o ${LIBOWN} -g ${LIBGRP}
+.endif
+INCMODE ?= 444
+INC_COPY ?= -C
+INCSDIR ?= ${INCDIR}
+
+realinstall:	incinstall
+.if !target(incinstall)
+incinstall:
+.if !empty(INCS)
+	[ -d ${DESTDIR}${INCSDIR} ] || \
+	${INSTALL} -d ${INC_INSTALL_OWN} -m 775 ${DESTDIR}${INCSDIR}
+	${INSTALL} ${INC_COPY} ${INC_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${INCMODE} ${INCS} ${DESTDIR}${INCSDIR}
+.endif
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/init.mk b/mk/init.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed63fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/init.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# $Id: init.mk,v 1.8 2012/11/11 22:37:02 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2002, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408
+_this_mk_dir := ${.PARSEDIR:tA}
+.else
+_this_mk_dir := ${.PARSEDIR}
+.endif
+
+.-include <local.init.mk>
+.-include "${.CURDIR:H}/Makefile.inc"
+.include <own.mk>
+
+.MAIN:		all
+
+.if !empty(WARNINGS_SET) || !empty(WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH})
+.include <warnings.mk>
+.endif
+
+COPTS += ${COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T}}
+CPPFLAGS += ${CPPFLAGS.${.IMPSRC:T}}
+CPUFLAGS += ${CPUFLAGS.${.IMPSRC:T}}
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL:U1} == 0 && ${BUILD_AT_LEVEL0:Uyes:tl} == "no"
+# this tells lib.mk and prog.mk to not actually build anything
+_SKIP_BUILD = not building at level 0
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/install-mk b/mk/install-mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c45c6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/install-mk
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+:
+# NAME:
+#	install-mk - install mk files
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+#	install-mk [options] [var=val] [dest]
+#
+# DESCRIPTION:
+#	This tool installs mk files in a semi-intelligent manner into
+#	"dest".
+#
+#	Options:
+#
+#	-n	just say what we want to do, but don't touch anything.
+#
+#	-f	use -f when copying sys,mk.
+#
+#	-v	be verbose
+#
+#	-q	be quiet
+#
+#	-m "mode"
+#		Use "mode" for installed files (444).
+#
+#	-o "owner"
+#		Use "owner" for installed files.
+#
+#	-g "group"
+#		Use "group" for installed files.
+#
+#	var=val
+#		Set "var" to "val".  See below.
+#
+#	All our *.mk files are copied to "dest" with appropriate
+#	ownership and permissions.
+#	
+#	By default if a sys.mk can be found in a standard location
+#	(that bmake will find) then no sys.mk will be put in "dest".
+#
+#	SKIP_SYS_MK:
+#		If set, we will avoid installing our 'sys.mk'
+#		This is probably a bad idea.
+#
+#	SKIP_BSD_MK:
+#		If set, we will skip making bsd.*.mk links to *.mk
+#
+#	sys.mk:
+#
+#	By default (and provided we are not installing to the system
+#	mk dir - '/usr/share/mk') we install our own 'sys.mk' which
+#	includes a sys specific file, or a generic one.
+#
+#
+# AUTHOR:
+#       Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@crufty.net>
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: install-mk,v 1.88 2013/03/31 22:31:59 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+MK_VERSION=20130330
+OWNER=
+GROUP=
+MODE=444
+BINMODE=555
+ECHO=:
+SKIP=
+cp_f=-f
+
+while :
+do
+	case "$1" in
+	*=*) eval "$1"; shift;;
+	+f) cp_f=; shift;;
+	-f) cp_f=-f; shift;;
+	-m) MODE=$2; shift 2;;
+	-o) OWNER=$2; shift 2;;
+	-g) GROUP=$2; shift 2;;
+	-v) ECHO=echo; shift;;
+	-q) ECHO=:; shift;;
+	-n) ECHO=echo SKIP=:; shift;;
+	--) shift; break;;
+	*) break;;
+	esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+0)	echo "$0 [options] <destination> [<os>]"
+	echo "eg."
+	echo "$0 -o bin -g bin -m 444 /usr/local/share/mk"
+	exit 1
+	;;
+esac
+dest=$1
+os=${2:-`uname`}
+osrel=${3:-`uname -r`}
+
+Do() {
+	$ECHO "$@"
+	$SKIP "$@"
+}
+
+Error() {
+	echo "ERROR: $@" >&2
+	exit 1
+}
+
+Warning() {
+	echo "WARNING: $@" >&2
+}
+
+[ "$FORCE_SYS_MK" ] && Warning "ignoring: FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK (no longer supported)"
+
+SYS_MK_DIR=${SYS_MK_DIR:-/usr/share/mk}
+SYS_MK=${SYS_MK:-$SYS_MK_DIR/sys.mk}
+
+realpath() {
+	[ -d $1 ] && cd $1 && 'pwd' && return
+	echo $1
+}
+
+if [ -s $SYS_MK -a -d $dest ]; then
+	# if this is a BSD system we don't want to touch $SYS_MK
+	dest=`realpath $dest`
+	sys_mk_dir=`realpath $SYS_MK_DIR`
+	if [ $dest = $sys_mk_dir ]; then
+		case "$os" in
+		*BSD*)	SKIP_SYS_MK=: 
+			SKIP_BSD_MK=:
+			;;
+		*)	# could be fake?
+			if [ ! -d $dest/sys -a ! -s $dest/Generic.sys.mk ]; then
+				SKIP_SYS_MK=: # play safe
+				SKIP_BSD_MK=:
+			fi
+			;;
+		esac
+	fi
+fi
+
+[ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir -p $dest/sys
+[ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir $dest/sys || exit 1
+[ -z "$SKIP" ] && dest=`realpath $dest`
+
+cd `dirname $0`
+mksrc=`'pwd'`
+if [ $mksrc = $dest ]; then
+	SKIP_MKFILES=:
+else
+	# we do not install the examples
+	mk_files=`grep '^[a-z].*\.mk' FILES | egrep -v '(examples/|^sys\.mk|sys/)'`
+	mk_scripts=`egrep '^[a-z].*\.(sh|py)' FILES | egrep -v '/'`
+	sys_mk_files=`grep 'sys/.*\.mk' FILES`
+	SKIP_MKFILES=
+	[ -z "$SKIP_SYS_MK" ] && mk_files="sys.mk $mk_files"
+fi
+$SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_files $dest
+$SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $sys_mk_files $dest/sys
+$SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_scripts $dest
+$SKIP cd $dest
+$SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $MODE $mk_files $sys_mk_files
+$SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $BINMODE $mk_scripts
+[ "$GROUP" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chgrp $GROUP $mk_files $sys_mk_files
+[ "$OWNER" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chown $OWNER $mk_files $sys_mk_files
+# if this is a BSD system the bsd.*.mk should exist and be used.
+if [ -z "$SKIP_BSD_MK" ]; then
+	for f in dep doc init lib links man nls obj own prog subdir
+	do
+		b=bsd.$f.mk
+		[ -s $b ] || Do ln -s $f.mk $b
+	done
+fi
+exit 0
diff --git a/mk/install-new.mk b/mk/install-new.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddfff20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/install-new.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# $Id: install-new.mk,v 1.3 2012/03/24 18:25:49 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2009, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !defined(InstallNew)
+
+# copy if src and target are different making a backup if desired
+CmpCp= CmpCp() { \
+	src=$$1 target=$$2 _bak=$$3; \
+	if ! test -s $$target || ! cmp -s $$target $$src; then \
+		trap "" 1 2 3 15; \
+		if test -s $$target; then \
+			if test "x$$_bak" != x; then \
+				rm -f $$target$$_bak; \
+				mv $$target $$target$$_bak; \
+			else \
+				rm -f $$target; \
+			fi; \
+		fi; \
+		cp $$src $$target; \
+	fi; }
+
+# If the .new file is different, we want it.
+# Note: this function will work as is for *.new$RANDOM"
+InstallNew= ${CmpCp}; InstallNew() { \
+	_t=-e; _bak=; \
+	while :; do \
+		case "$$1" in \
+		-?) _t=$$1; shift;; \
+		--bak) _bak=$$2; shift 2;; \
+		*) break;; \
+		esac; \
+	done; \
+	for new in "$$@"; do \
+		if test $$_t $$new; then \
+			target=`expr $$new : '\(.*\).new'`; \
+			CmpCp $$new $$target $$_bak; \
+		fi; \
+		rm -f $$new; \
+	done; :; }
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/java.mk b/mk/java.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef4a5ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/java.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+#
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: java.mk,v 1.14 2007/11/22 08:16:25 sjg Exp $
+
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1998-2001, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+.include <init.mk>
+
+CLASSPATH?=.
+
+.if defined(PROG)
+SRCS?=	${PROG:.class=.java}
+.endif
+.if !defined(SRCS) || empty(SRCS)
+SRCS!=cd ${.CURDIR} && echo *.java
+.endif
+.SUFFIXES:	.class .java
+
+CLEANFILES+= *.class
+
+JAVAC?=   javac
+JAVADOC?= javadoc
+
+.if !target(docs)
+docs:
+	${JAVADOC} ${JAVADOC_FLAGS} ${SRCS}
+.endif
+
+.if defined(JAVADESTDIR) && !empty(JAVADESTDIR)
+JAVASRCDIR?=${JAVADESTDIR:H}/src
+__classdest:=${JAVADESTDIR}${.CURDIR:S,${JAVASRCDIR},,}/
+CLASSPATH:=${CLASSPATH}:${JAVADESTDIR}
+JAVAC_FLAGS+= -d ${JAVADESTDIR}
+.else
+__classdest=
+.endif
+
+JAVAC_FLAGS+= ${JAVAC_DBG}
+
+.if defined(MAKE_VERSION) && !defined(NO_CLASSES_COOKIE)
+# java works best by compiling a bunch of classes at once.
+# this lot does that but needs a recent netbsd make or 
+# or its portable cousin bmake.
+.for __s in ${SRCS}
+__c:= ${__classdest}${__s:.java=.class}
+.if !target(${__c})
+# We need to do something to force __c's parent to be made.
+${__c}:	${__s}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}
+.endif
+SRCS_${__c}=${__s}
+__classes:= ${__classes} ${__c}
+.endfor
+__classes_cookie=${__classdest}.classes.done
+CLEANFILES+= ${__classes} ${__classes_cookie}
+
+${__classes_cookie}:	${__classes}
+	CLASSPATH=${CLASSPATH} ${JAVAC} ${JAVAC_FLAGS} ${.OODATE:@c@${SRCS_$c}@}
+	@touch ${.TARGET}
+
+all:	${__classes_cookie}
+
+.else
+# this will work with other BSD make's
+.for __s in ${SRCS}
+__c:= ${__classdest}${__s:.java=.class}
+${__c}:	${__s}
+	CLASSPATH=${CLASSPATH} ${JAVAC} ${JAVAC_FLAGS} ${.OODATE}
+.endfor
+
+all:	${SRCS:%.java=${__classdest}%.class}
+
+.endif
+
+.if !target(cleanjava)
+cleanjava:
+	rm -f [Ee]rrs mklog core *.core ${PROG} ${CLEANFILES}
+
+clean: cleanjava
+cleandir: cleanjava
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/lib.mk b/mk/lib.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24f9527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/lib.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
+# $Id: lib.mk,v 1.48 2012/11/12 04:08:18 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+.include <init.mk>
+
+.if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF"
+NEED_SOLINKS?= yes
+.endif
+
+.if exists(${.CURDIR}/shlib_version)
+SHLIB_MAJOR != . ${.CURDIR}/shlib_version ; echo $$major
+SHLIB_MINOR != . ${.CURDIR}/shlib_version ; echo $$minor
+.endif
+
+print-shlib-major:
+.if defined(SHLIB_MAJOR) && ${MK_PIC} != "no"
+	@echo ${SHLIB_MAJOR}
+.else
+	@false
+.endif
+
+print-shlib-minor:
+.if defined(SHLIB_MINOR) && ${MK_PIC} != "no"
+	@echo ${SHLIB_MINOR}
+.else
+	@false
+.endif
+
+print-shlib-teeny:
+.if defined(SHLIB_TEENY) && ${MK_PIC} != "no"
+	@echo ${SHLIB_TEENY}
+.else
+	@false
+.endif
+
+SHLIB_FULLVERSION ?= ${${SHLIB_MAJOR} ${SHLIB_MINOR} ${SHLIB_TEENY}:L:ts.}
+SHLIB_FULLVERSION := ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}
+
+# add additional suffixes not exported.
+# .po is used for profiling object files.
+# .so is used for PIC object files.
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .so .po .o .s .S .c .cc .C .m .F .f .r .y .l .cl .p .h
+.SUFFIXES: .sh .m4 .m
+
+CFLAGS+=	${COPTS}
+
+# Derrived from NetBSD-1.6
+
+# Set PICFLAGS to cc flags for producing position-independent code,
+# if not already set.  Includes -DPIC, if required.
+
+# Data-driven table using make variables to control how shared libraries
+# are built for different platforms and object formats.
+# OBJECT_FMT:		currently either "ELF" or "a.out", from <bsd.own.mk>
+# SHLIB_SOVERSION:	version number to be compiled into a shared library
+#			via -soname. Usualy ${SHLIB_MAJOR} on ELF.
+#			NetBSD/pmax used to use ${SHLIB_MAJOR}[.${SHLIB_MINOR}
+#			[.${SHLIB_TEENY}]]
+# SHLIB_SHFLAGS:	Flags to tell ${LD} to emit shared library.
+#			with ELF, also set shared-lib version for ld.so.
+# SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE:	support .o file, call C++ file-level constructors
+# SHLIB_LDENDFILE:	support .o file, call C++ file-level destructors
+# FPICFLAGS:		flags for ${FC} to compile .[fF] files to .so objects.
+# CPPICFLAGS:		flags for ${CPP} to preprocess .[sS] files for ${AS}
+# CPICFLAGS:		flags for ${CC} to compile .[cC] files to .so objects.
+# CAPICFLAGS		flags for {$CC} to compiling .[Ss] files
+#		 	(usually just ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS})
+# APICFLAGS:		flags for ${AS} to assemble .[sS] to .so objects.
+
+.if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD"
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "alpha"
+		# Alpha-specific shared library flags
+FPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC
+CPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC -DPIC
+CPPPICFLAGS?= -DPIC 
+CAPICFLAGS?= ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS}
+APICFLAGS ?=
+.elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb"
+		# mips-specific shared library flags
+
+# On mips, all libs are compiled with ABIcalls, not just sharedlibs.
+MKPICLIB= no
+
+# so turn shlib PIC flags on for ${AS}.
+AINC+=-DABICALLS
+AFLAGS+= -fPIC
+AS+=	-KPIC
+
+.elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF"
+# On the VAX, all object are PIC by default, not just sharedlibs.
+MKPICLIB= no
+
+.elif (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64") && \
+       ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF"
+# If you use -fPIC you need to define BIGPIC to turn on 32-bit 
+# relocations in asm code
+FPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC
+CPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC -DPIC
+CPPPICFLAGS?= -DPIC -DBIGPIC
+CAPICFLAGS?= ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS}
+APICFLAGS ?= -KPIC
+
+.else
+
+# Platform-independent flags for NetBSD a.out shared libraries
+SHLIB_SOVERSION=${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}
+SHLIB_SHFLAGS=
+FPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC
+CPICFLAGS?= -fPIC -DPIC
+CPPPICFLAGS?= -DPIC 
+CAPICFLAGS?= ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS}
+APICFLAGS?= -k
+
+.endif
+
+# Platform-independent linker flags for ELF shared libraries
+.if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF"
+SHLIB_SOVERSION=	${SHLIB_MAJOR}
+SHLIB_SHFLAGS=		-soname lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_SOVERSION}
+SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE?=	/usr/lib/crtbeginS.o
+SHLIB_LDENDFILE?=	/usr/lib/crtendS.o
+.endif
+
+# for compatability with the following
+CC_PIC?= ${CPICFLAGS}
+LD_shared=${SHLIB_SHFLAGS}
+
+.endif # NetBSD
+
+.if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD"
+.if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF"
+SHLIB_SOVERSION=	${SHLIB_MAJOR}
+SHLIB_SHFLAGS=		-soname lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_SOVERSION}
+.else
+SHLIB_SHFLAGS=		-assert pure-text
+.endif
+SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE=
+SHLIB_LDENDFILE=
+CC_PIC?= -fpic
+LD_shared=${SHLIB_SHFLAGS}
+
+.endif # FreeBSD
+
+MKPICLIB?= yes
+
+# sys.mk can override these
+CC_PG?=-pg
+CC_PIC?=-DPIC
+
+LD_X?=-X
+LD_x?=-x
+LD_r?=-r
+
+# Non BSD machines will be using bmake.
+.if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "SunOS"
+LD_shared=-assert pure-text
+.if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" || ${MACHINE} == "solaris"
+# Solaris
+LD_shared=-h lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR} -G
+.endif
+.elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "HP-UX"
+LD_shared=-b
+LD_so=sl
+DLLIB=
+# HPsUX lorder does not grok anything but .o
+LD_sobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.so,'`
+LD_pobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.po,'`
+.elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "OSF1"
+LD_shared= -msym -shared -expect_unresolved '*'
+LD_solib= -all lib${LIB}_pic.a
+DLLIB=
+# lorder does not grok anything but .o
+LD_sobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.so,'`
+LD_pobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.po,'`
+AR_cq= -cqs
+.elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD"
+LD_solib= lib${LIB}_pic.a
+.elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "Linux"
+# this is ambiguous of course
+LD_shared=-shared -h lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}
+LD_solib= --whole-archive lib${LIB}_pic.a
+# Linux uses GNU ld, which is a multi-pass linker
+# so we don't need to use lorder or tsort
+LD_objs = ${OBJS}
+LD_pobjs = ${POBJS}
+LD_sobjs = ${SOBJS}
+.elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "Darwin"
+SHLIB_LD = ${CC}
+SHLIB_INSTALL_VERSION ?= ${SHLIB_MAJOR}
+SHLIB_COMPATABILITY_VERSION ?= ${SHLIB_MAJOR}.${SHLIB_MINOR:U0}
+SHLIB_COMPATABILITY ?= \
+	-compatibility_version ${SHLIB_COMPATABILITY_VERSION} \
+	-current_version ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}
+LD_shared = -dynamiclib \
+	-flat_namespace -undefined suppress \
+	-install_name ${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}.${SHLIB_INSTALL_VERSION}.${LD_solink} \
+	${SHLIB_COMPATABILITY}
+SHLIB_LINKS =
+.for v in ${SHLIB_COMPATABILITY_VERSION} ${SHLIB_INSTALL_VERSION}
+.if "$v" != "${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}"
+SHLIB_LINKS += lib${LIB}.$v.${LD_solink}
+.endif
+.endfor
+.if ${MK_LINKLIB} != "no"
+SHLIB_LINKS += lib${LIB}.${LD_solink}
+.endif
+
+LD_so = ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}.dylib
+LD_sobjs = ${SOBJS:O:u}
+LD_solib = ${LD_sobjs}
+SOLIB = ${LD_sobjs}
+LD_solink = dylib
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "i386"
+PICFLAG ?= -fPIC
+.else
+PICFLAG ?= -fPIC -fno-common
+.endif
+RANLIB = :
+.endif
+
+SHLIB_LD ?= ${LD}
+
+.if !empty(SHLIB_MAJOR)
+.if ${NEED_SOLINKS} && empty(SHLIB_LINKS)
+.if ${MK_LINKLIB} != "no"
+SHLIB_LINKS = lib${LIB}.${LD_solink}
+.endif
+.if "${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}" != "${SHLIB_MAJOR}"
+SHLIB_LINKS += lib${LIB}.${LD_solink}.${SHLIB_MAJOR}
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+LIBTOOL?=libtool
+LD_shared ?= -Bshareable -Bforcearchive
+LD_so ?= so.${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}
+LD_solink ?= so
+.if empty(LORDER)
+LD_objs ?= ${OBJS}
+LD_pobjs ?= ${POBJS}
+LD_sobjs ?= ${SOBJS}
+.else
+LD_objs ?= `${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT}`
+LD_sobjs ?= `${LORDER} ${SOBJS} | ${TSORT}`
+LD_pobjs ?= `${LORDER} ${POBJS} | ${TSORT}`
+.endif
+LD_solib ?= ${LD_sobjs}
+AR_cq ?= cq
+.if exists(/netbsd) && exists(${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/libdl.so)
+DLLIB ?= -ldl
+.endif
+
+# some libs have lots of objects, and scanning all .o, .po and .So meta files
+# is a waste of time, this tells meta.autodep.mk to just pick one 
+# (typically .So)
+# yes, 42 is a random number.
+.if ${MK_META_MODE} == "yes" && ${SRCS:Uno:[\#]} > 42
+OPTIMIZE_OBJECT_META_FILES ?= yes
+.endif
+
+
+.if ${MK_LIBTOOL} == "yes"
+# because libtool is so facist about naming the object files,
+# we cannot (yet) build profiled libs
+MK_PROFILE=no
+_LIBS=lib${LIB}.a
+.if exists(${.CURDIR}/shlib_version)
+SHLIB_AGE != . ${.CURDIR}/shlib_version ; echo $$age
+.endif
+.else
+# for the normal .a we do not want to strip symbols
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+
+# for the normal .a we do not want to strip symbols
+.cc.o .C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+
+.S.o .s.o:
+	@echo ${COMPILE.S} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC}
+	@${COMPILE.S} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} 
+
+.if (${LD_X} == "")
+.c.po:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${CC_PG} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+
+.cc.po .C.po:
+	${COMPILE.cc} -pg ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+
+.S.so .s.so:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+.else
+.c.po:
+	@echo ${COMPILE.c} ${CC_PG} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+	@${COMPILE.c} ${CC_PG} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o
+	@${LD} ${LD_X} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}.o
+
+.cc.po .C.po:
+	@echo ${COMPILE.cc} -pg ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+	@${COMPILE.cc} -pg ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o
+	@${LD} ${LD_X} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}.o
+
+.S.so .s.so:
+	@echo ${COMPILE.S} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+	@${COMPILE.S} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o
+	@${LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}.o
+.endif
+
+.if (${LD_x} == "")
+.c.so:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+
+.cc.so .C.so:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+
+.S.po .s.po:
+	${COMPILE.S} -DGPROF -DPROF ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+.else
+
+.c.so:
+	@echo ${COMPILE.c} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+	@${COMPILE.c} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o
+	@${LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}.o
+
+.cc.so .C.so:
+	@echo ${COMPILE.cc} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+	@${COMPILE.cc} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o
+	@${LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}.o
+
+.S.po .s.po:
+	@echo ${COMPILE.S} -DGPROF -DPROF ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}
+	@${COMPILE.S} -DGPROF -DPROF ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o
+	@${LD} ${LD_X} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}.o
+
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.c.ln:
+	${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${CFLAGS:M-[IDU]*} -i ${.IMPSRC}
+
+.if ${MK_LIBTOOL} != "yes"
+
+.if !defined(PICFLAG)
+PICFLAG=-fpic
+.endif
+
+_LIBS=
+
+.if ${MK_ARCHIVE} != "no"
+_LIBS += lib${LIB}.a
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_PROFILE} != "no"
+_LIBS+=lib${LIB}_p.a
+POBJS+=${OBJS:.o=.po}
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_PIC} != "no"
+.if ${MK_PICLIB} == "no"
+SOLIB ?= lib${LIB}.a
+.else
+SOLIB=lib${LIB}_pic.a
+_LIBS+=${SOLIB}
+.endif
+.if !empty(SHLIB_FULLVERSION)
+_LIBS+=lib${LIB}.${LD_so}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_LINT} != "no"
+_LIBS+=llib-l${LIB}.ln
+.endif
+
+# here is where you can define what LIB* are
+.-include <libnames.mk>
+.if ${MK_DPADD_MK} == "yes"
+# lots of cool magic, but might not suit everyone.
+.include <dpadd.mk>
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(_SKIP_BUILD)
+all: prebuild .WAIT ${_LIBS} 
+# a hook for things that must be done early
+prebuild:
+.if !defined(.PARSEDIR)
+# no-op is the best we can do if not bmake.
+.WAIT:
+.endif
+.endif
+all: _SUBDIRUSE
+
+.for s in ${SRCS:N*.h:M*/*}
+${.o .so .po .lo:L:@o@${s:T:R}$o@}: $s
+.endfor
+
+OBJS+=	${SRCS:T:N*.h:R:S/$/.o/g}
+.NOPATH:	${OBJS}
+
+.if ${MK_LIBTOOL} == "yes"
+.if ${MK_PIC} == "no"
+LT_STATIC=-static
+.else
+LT_STATIC=
+.endif
+SHLIB_AGE?=0
+
+# .lo's are created as a side effect
+.s.o .S.o .c.o:
+	${LIBTOOL} --mode=compile ${CC} ${LT_STATIC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${IMPFLAGS} -c ${.IMPSRC}
+
+# can't really do profiled libs with libtool - its too facist about
+# naming the output...
+lib${LIB}.a:: ${OBJS}
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	${LIBTOOL} --mode=link ${CC} ${LT_STATIC} -o ${.TARGET:.a=.la} ${OBJS:.o=.lo} -rpath ${SHLIBDIR}:/usr/lib -version-info ${SHLIB_MAJOR}:${SHLIB_MINOR}:${SHLIB_AGE}
+	@ln .libs/${.TARGET} .
+
+lib${LIB}.${LD_so}:: lib${LIB}.a
+	@[ -s ${.TARGET}.${SHLIB_AGE} ] || { ln -s .libs/lib${LIB}.${LD_so}* . 2>/dev/null; : }
+	@[ -s ${.TARGET} ] || ln -s ${.TARGET}.${SHLIB_AGE} ${.TARGET}
+
+.else  # MK_LIBTOOL=yes
+
+lib${LIB}.a:: ${OBJS}
+	@echo building standard ${LIB} library
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	@${AR} ${AR_cq} ${.TARGET} ${LD_objs}
+	${RANLIB} ${.TARGET}
+
+POBJS+=	${OBJS:.o=.po}
+.NOPATH:	${POBJS}
+lib${LIB}_p.a:: ${POBJS}
+	@echo building profiled ${LIB} library
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	@${AR} ${AR_cq} ${.TARGET} ${LD_pobjs}
+	${RANLIB} ${.TARGET}
+
+SOBJS+=	${OBJS:.o=.so}
+.NOPATH:	${SOBJS}
+lib${LIB}_pic.a:: ${SOBJS}
+	@echo building shared object ${LIB} library
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	@${AR} ${AR_cq} ${.TARGET} ${LD_sobjs}
+	${RANLIB} ${.TARGET}
+
+#SHLIB_LDADD?= ${LDADD}
+
+# bound to be non-portable...
+# this is known to work for NetBSD 1.6 and FreeBSD 4.2
+lib${LIB}.${LD_so}: ${SOLIB} ${DPADD}
+	@echo building shared ${LIB} library \(version ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}\)
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}
+.if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD" || ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD"
+.if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF"
+	${SHLIB_LD} -x -shared ${SHLIB_SHFLAGS} -o ${.TARGET} \
+	    ${SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE} \
+	    --whole-archive ${SOLIB} --no-whole-archive ${SHLIB_LDADD} \
+	    ${SHLIB_LDENDFILE}
+.else
+	${SHLIB_LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_shared} \
+	    -o ${.TARGET} ${SOLIB} ${SHLIB_LDADD}
+.endif
+.else
+	${SHLIB_LD} -o ${.TARGET} ${LD_shared} ${LD_solib} ${DLLIB} ${SHLIB_LDADD}
+.endif
+.endif
+.if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS)
+	rm -f ${SHLIB_LINKS}; ${SHLIB_LINKS:O:u:@x@ln -s ${.TARGET} $x;@}
+.endif
+
+LOBJS+=	${LSRCS:.c=.ln} ${SRCS:M*.c:.c=.ln}
+.NOPATH:	${LOBJS}
+LLIBS?=	-lc
+llib-l${LIB}.ln: ${LOBJS}
+	@echo building llib-l${LIB}.ln
+	@rm -f llib-l${LIB}.ln
+	@${LINT} -C${LIB} ${LOBJS} ${LLIBS}
+
+.if !target(clean)
+cleanlib: .PHONY
+	rm -f a.out [Ee]rrs mklog core *.core ${CLEANFILES}
+	rm -f lib${LIB}.a ${OBJS}
+	rm -f lib${LIB}_p.a ${POBJS}
+	rm -f lib${LIB}_pic.a lib${LIB}.so.*.* ${SOBJS}
+	rm -f llib-l${LIB}.ln ${LOBJS}
+.if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS)
+	rm -f ${SHLIB_LINKS}
+.endif
+
+clean: _SUBDIRUSE cleanlib
+cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE cleanlib
+.else
+cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE clean
+.endif
+
+.if defined(SRCS) && (!defined(MKDEP) || ${MKDEP} != autodep)
+afterdepend: .depend
+	@(TMP=/tmp/_depend$$$$; \
+	    sed -e 's/^\([^\.]*\).o[ ]*:/\1.o \1.po \1.so \1.ln:/' \
+	      < .depend > $$TMP; \
+	    mv $$TMP .depend)
+.endif
+
+.if !target(install)
+.if !target(beforeinstall)
+beforeinstall:
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(LIBOWN)
+LIB_INSTALL_OWN ?= -o ${LIBOWN} -g ${LIBGRP}
+.endif
+
+.include <links.mk>
+
+.if !target(realinstall)
+realinstall: libinstall
+.endif
+.if !target(libinstall)
+libinstall:
+	[ -d ${DESTDIR}/${LIBDIR} ] || \
+	${INSTALL} -d ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 775 ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+.if ${MK_ARCHIVE} != "no"
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 600 lib${LIB}.a \
+	    ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+	${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}.a
+	chmod ${LIBMODE} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}.a
+.endif
+.if ${MK_PROFILE} != "no"
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 600 \
+	    lib${LIB}_p.a ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+	${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_p.a
+	chmod ${LIBMODE} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_p.a
+.endif
+.if ${MK_PIC} != "no"
+.if ${MK_PICLIB} != "no"
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 600 \
+	    lib${LIB}_pic.a ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+	${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_pic.a
+	chmod ${LIBMODE} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_pic.a
+.endif
+.if !empty(SHLIB_MAJOR)
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${LIBMODE} \
+	    lib${LIB}.${LD_so} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+.if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS)
+	(cd ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} && { rm -f ${SHLIB_LINKS}; ${SHLIB_LINKS:O:u:@x@ln -s lib${LIB}.${LD_so} $x;@} })
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+.if ${MK_LINT} != "no" && ${MK_LINKLIB} != "no" && !empty(LOBJS)
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${LIBMODE} \
+	    llib-l${LIB}.ln ${DESTDIR}${LINTLIBDIR}
+.endif
+.if defined(LINKS) && !empty(LINKS)
+	@set ${LINKS}; ${_LINKS_SCRIPT}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+install: maninstall _SUBDIRUSE
+maninstall: afterinstall
+afterinstall: realinstall
+realinstall: beforeinstall
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_MAN} != "no"
+.include <man.mk>
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_NLS} != "no"
+.include <nls.mk>
+.endif
+
+.include <obj.mk>
+.include <inc.mk>
+.include <dep.mk>
+.include <subdir.mk>
+.endif
+
+# during building we usually need/want to install libs somewhere central
+# note that we do NOT ch{own,grp} as that would likely fail at this point.
+# otherwise it is the same as realinstall
+# Note that we don't need this when using dpadd.mk
+.libinstall:	${_LIBS}
+	test -d ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} || ${INSTALL} -d -m775 ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+.for _lib in ${_LIBS:M*.a}
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} -m 644 ${_lib} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+	${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/${_lib}
+.endfor
+.for _lib in ${_LIBS:M*.${LD_solink}*:O:u}
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} -m ${LIBMODE} ${_lib} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
+.if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS)
+	(cd ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} && { ${SHLIB_LINKS:O:u:@x@ln -sf ${_lib} $x;@}; })
+.endif
+.endfor
+	@touch ${.TARGET}
+
+.include <final.mk>
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/libnames.mk b/mk/libnames.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60e12eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/libnames.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# $Id: libnames.mk,v 1.7 2009/12/25 07:34:03 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2007-2009, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+DLIBEXT ?= .a
+DSHLIBEXT ?= .so
+
+.-include "local.libnames.mk"
+.-include "sjg.libnames.mk"
+.-include "fwall.libnames.mk"
+.-include "host.libnames.mk"
diff --git a/mk/libs.mk b/mk/libs.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05b4506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/libs.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# $Id: libs.mk,v 1.2 2007/04/30 17:39:27 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2006, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.MAIN: all
+
+.if defined(LIBS)
+
+.ifndef LIB
+.for t in ${LIBS:R:T:S,^lib,,}
+.if make(lib$t)
+LIB?= $t
+lib$t: all
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.if defined(LIB)
+# just one of many
+.for v in DPADD SRCS CFLAGS ${LIB_VARS}
+$v += ${${v}_lib${LIB}}
+.endfor
+# ensure that we don't clobber each other's dependencies
+DEPENDFILE?= .depend.${LIB}
+# lib.mk will do the rest
+.else
+all: ${LIBS:S,^lib,,:@t@lib$t.a@} .MAKE
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# handle being called [bsd.]libs.mk
+.include <${.PARSEFILE:S,libs,lib,}>
+
+.ifndef LIB
+.for t in ${LIBS:R:T:S,^lib,,}
+lib$t.a: ${SRCS} ${DPADD} ${SRCS_lib$t} ${DPADD_lib$t} 
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} LIB=$t)
+
+clean: $t.clean
+$t.clean:
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} LIB=$t ${@:E})
+.endfor
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/links.mk b/mk/links.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ec8a01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/links.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# $Id: links.mk,v 1.5 2005/07/11 18:01:05 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2005, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# some platforms need something special
+LN?= ln
+ECHO?= echo
+
+LINKS?=
+SYMLINKS?=
+
+__SYMLINK_SCRIPT= \
+		${ECHO} "$$t -> $$l"; \
+		mkdir -p `dirname $$t`; \
+		rm -f $$t; \
+		${LN} -s $$l $$t
+
+__LINK_SCRIPT= \
+		${ECHO} "$$t -> $$l"; \
+		mkdir -p `dirname $$t`; \
+		rm -f $$t; \
+		${LN} $$l $$t
+
+_SYMLINKS_SCRIPT= \
+	while test $$\# -ge 2; do \
+		l=$$1; shift; \
+		t=${DESTDIR}$$1; shift; \
+		${__SYMLINK_SCRIPT}; \
+	done; :;
+
+_LINKS_SCRIPT= \
+	while test $$\# -ge 2; do \
+		l=${DESTDIR}$$1; shift; \
+		t=${DESTDIR}$$1; shift; \
+		${__LINK_SCRIPT}; \
+	done; :;
+
+_SYMLINKS_USE:	.USE
+	@set ${$@_SYMLINKS:U${SYMLINKS}}; ${_SYMLINKS_SCRIPT}
+
+_LINKS_USE:	.USE
+	@set ${$@_LINKS:U${LINKS}}; ${_LINKS_SCRIPT}
+
+
+# sometimes we want to ensure DESTDIR is ignored
+_BUILD_SYMLINKS_SCRIPT= \
+	while test $$\# -ge 2; do \
+		l=$$1; shift; \
+		t=$$1; shift; \
+		${__SYMLINK_SCRIPT}; \
+	done; :;
+
+_BUILD_LINKS_SCRIPT= \
+	while test $$\# -ge 2; do \
+		l=$$1; shift; \
+		t=$$1; shift; \
+		${__LINK_SCRIPT}; \
+	done; :;
+
+_BUILD_SYMLINKS_USE:	.USE
+	@set ${$@_SYMLINKS:U${SYMLINKS}}; ${_BUILD_SYMLINKS_SCRIPT}
+
+_BUILD_LINKS_USE:	.USE
+	@set ${$@_LINKS:U${LINKS}}; ${_BUILD_LINKS_SCRIPT}
diff --git a/mk/man.mk b/mk/man.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..391b08a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/man.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# $Id: man.mk,v 1.20 2012/12/13 01:51:01 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+.include <init.mk>
+
+# unlike bsd.man.mk we handle 3 approaches
+# 1. install unformated nroff (default)
+# 2. install formatted pages
+# 3. install formatted pages but with extension of .0
+# sadly we cannot rely on a shell that supports ${foo#...} and ${foo%...}
+# so we have to use sed(1).
+
+# set MANTARGET=cat for formatted pages
+MANTARGET?=	man
+# set this to .0 for same behavior as bsd.man.mk
+MCATEXT?=
+
+NROFF?=		nroff
+MANDIR?=	/usr/share/man
+MANDOC?= man
+
+.SUFFIXES: .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .cat1 .cat2 .cat3 .cat4 .cat5 .cat6 \
+	.cat7 .cat8 .cat9
+
+.9.cat9 .8.cat8 .7.cat7 .6.cat6 .5.cat5 .4.cat4 .3.cat3 .2.cat2 .1.cat1:
+	@echo "${NROFF} -${MANDOC} ${.IMPSRC} > ${.TARGET:T}"
+	@${NROFF} -${MANDOC} ${.IMPSRC} > ${.TARGET:T} || ( rm -f ${.TARGET:T} ; false )
+
+.if defined(MAN) && !empty(MAN)
+
+# we use cmt2doc.pl to extract manpages from source
+# this is triggered by the setting of EXTRACT_MAN or MAN being set but
+# not existsing.
+
+.if !exists(${MAN:[1]}) && !target(${MAN:[1]})
+.if defined(EXTRACT_MAN) && ${EXTRACT_MAN} == "no"
+MAN=
+.else
+.if exists(/usr/local/share/bin/cmt2doc.pl)
+CMT2DOC?= cmt2doc.pl
+CMT2DOC_OPTS?=  ${CMT2DOC_ORGOPT} -pmS${.TARGET:E}
+.endif
+.ifdef CMT2DOC
+.c.8 .c.5 .c.3 .c.4 .c.1 \
+	.cc.8 .cc.5 .cc.3 .cc.4 .cc.1 \
+	.h.8 .h.5 .h.3 .h.4 .h.1 \
+	.sh.8 .sh.5 .sh.3 .sh.4 .sh.1 \
+	.pl.8 .pl.5 .pl.3 .pl.4 .pl.1:
+	@echo "${CMT2DOC} ${.IMPSRC} > ${.TARGET:T}"
+	@${CMT2DOC} ${CMT2DOC_OPTS} ${.IMPSRC} > ${.TARGET:T} || ( rm -f ${.TARGET:T} ; false )
+.else
+MAN=
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+_mandir=${DESTDIR}${MANDIR}/${MANTARGET}`echo $$page | sed -e 's/.*\.cat/./' -e 's/.*\.//'`
+.if ${MANTARGET} == "cat"
+_mfromdir?=.
+MANALL=	${MAN:S/.1$/.cat1/g:S/.2$/.cat2/g:S/.3$/.cat3/g:S/.4$/.cat4/g:S/.5$/.cat5/g:S/.6$/.cat6/g:S/.7$/.cat7/g:S/.8$/.cat8/g:S/.9$/.cat9/g}
+.if ${MCATEXT} == ""
+_minstpage=`echo $$page | sed 's/\.cat/./'`
+.else
+_minstpage=`echo $$page | sed 's/\.cat.*//'`${MCATEXT}
+.endif
+.endif
+.if target(${MAN:[1]})
+_mfromdir?=.
+.endif
+_mfromdir?=${.CURDIR}
+MANALL?= ${MAN}
+_minstpage?=$${page}
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(MANOWN)
+MAN_INSTALL_OWN ?= -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP}
+MAN_CHOWN ?= chown
+.else
+MAN_CHOWN = :
+.endif
+
+MINSTALL=	${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${MAN_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${MANMODE}
+.if defined(MANZ)
+# chown and chmod are done afterward automatically
+MCOMPRESS=	gzip -cf
+MCOMPRESSSUFFIX= .gz
+.endif
+
+maninstall:
+.if defined(MANALL) && !empty(MANALL)
+	@for page in ${MANALL:T}; do \
+		test -s ${_mfromdir}/$$page || continue; \
+		dir=${_mandir}; \
+		test -d $$dir || ${INSTALL} -d ${MAN_INSTALL_OWN} -m 775 $$dir; \
+		instpage=$${dir}${MANSUBDIR}/${_minstpage}${MCOMPRESSSUFFIX}; \
+		if [ X"${MCOMPRESS}" = X ]; then \
+			echo ${MINSTALL} ${_mfromdir}/$$page $$instpage; \
+			${MINSTALL} ${_mfromdir}/$$page $$instpage; \
+		else \
+			rm -f $$instpage; \
+			echo ${MCOMPRESS} ${_mfromdir}/$$page \> $$instpage; \
+			${MCOMPRESS} ${_mfromdir}/$$page > $$instpage; \
+			${MAN_CHOWN} ${MANOWN}:${MANGRP} $$instpage; \
+			chmod ${MANMODE} $$instpage; \
+		fi \
+	done
+.if defined(MLINKS) && !empty(MLINKS)
+	@set ${MLINKS}; \
+	while test $$# -ge 2; do \
+		page=$$1; \
+		shift; \
+		dir=${_mandir}; \
+		l=${_minstpage}${MCOMPRESSSUFFIX}; \
+		page=$$1; \
+		shift; \
+		dir=${_mandir}; \
+		t=$${dir}${MANSUBDIR}/${_minstpage}${MCOMPRESSSUFFIX}; \
+		echo $$t -\> $$l; \
+		rm -f $$t; \
+		ln -s $$l $$t; \
+	done
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if defined(MANALL) && !empty(MANALL)
+manall: ${MANALL}
+all: manall
+.endif
+
+.if defined(CLEANMAN) && !empty(CLEANMAN)
+cleandir: cleanman
+cleanman:
+	rm -f ${CLEANMAN}
+.endif
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/meta.autodep.mk b/mk/meta.autodep.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c29c26e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/meta.autodep.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+# $Id: meta.autodep.mk,v 1.32 2012/11/13 00:44:26 sjg Exp $
+
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2010, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+_this ?= ${.PARSEFILE}
+.if !target(__${_this}__)
+__${_this}__: .NOTMAIN
+
+.-include "local.autodep.mk"
+
+.if defined(SRCS)
+# it would be nice to be able to query .SUFFIXES
+OBJ_EXTENSIONS+= .o .po .lo .So
+
+# explicit dependencies help short-circuit .SUFFIX searches
+SRCS_DEP_FILTER+= N*.[hly]
+.for s in ${SRCS:${SRCS_DEP_FILTER:O:u:ts:}}
+.for e in ${OBJ_EXTENSIONS:O:u}
+.if !target(${s:T:R}$e)
+${s:T:R}$e: $s
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.if make(gendirdeps)
+# you are supposed to know what you are doing!
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = yes
+.elif !empty(.TARGETS) && !make(all)
+# do not update the *depend* files 
+# unless we are building the entire directory or the default target.
+# NO means don't update .depend - or Makefile.depend*
+# no means update .depend but not Makefile.depend*
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO
+.elif ${.MAKEFLAGS:M-k} != ""
+# it is a bad idea to update anything
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO
+.endif
+
+_CURDIR ?= ${.CURDIR}
+_DEPENDFILE := ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+.if ${BUILD_AT_LEVEL0:Uyes:tl} == "no"
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO
+.endif
+.endif
+.if !exists(${_DEPENDFILE})
+_bootstrap_dirdeps = yes
+.endif
+_bootstrap_dirdeps ?= no
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE ?= yes
+
+.if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != ""
+.info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} update=${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE}
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(XMAKE_META_FILE)
+.if exists(${.OBJDIR}/${XMAKE_META_FILE})
+# we cannot get accurate dependencies from an update build
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO
+.else
+META_XTRAS += ${XMAKE_META_FILE}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if ${_bootstrap_dirdeps} == "yes" || exists(${_DEPENDFILE})
+# if it isn't supposed to be touched by us the Makefile should have
+# UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = no
+WANT_UPDATE_DEPENDFILE ?= yes
+.endif
+
+.if ${WANT_UPDATE_DEPENDFILE:Uno:tl} != "no"
+.if ${.MAKE.MODE:Mmeta*} == "" || ${.MAKE.MODE:M*read*} != ""
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = no
+.endif
+
+.if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != ""
+.info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} update=${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE}
+.endif
+
+.if ${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE:tl} == "yes"
+# sometimes we want .meta files generated to aid debugging/error detection
+# but do not want to consider them for dependencies
+# for example the result of running configure
+# just make sure this is not empty
+META_FILE_FILTER ?= N.meta
+
+.if !empty(DPADD)
+# if we have any non-libs in DPADD, 
+# they probably need to be paid attention to
+.if !empty(DPLIBS)
+FORCE_DPADD = ${DPADD:${DPLIBS:${M_ListToSkip}}:${DPADD_LAST:${M_ListToSkip}}}
+.else
+_nonlibs := ${DPADD:T:Nlib*:N*include}
+.if !empty(_nonlibs)
+FORCE_DPADD += ${_nonlibs:@x@${DPADD:M*/$x}@}
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if !make(gendirdeps)
+.END:	gendirdeps
+.endif
+
+# if we don't have OBJS, then .depend isn't useful
+.if !target(.depend) && (!empty(OBJS) || ${.ALLTARGETS:M*.o} != "")
+# some makefiles and/or targets contain
+# circular dependencies if you dig too deep 
+# (as meta mode is apt to do) 
+# so we provide a means of supressing them.
+# the input to the loop below is target: dependency
+# with just one dependency per line.
+# Also some targets are not really local, or use random names.
+# Use local.autodep.mk to provide local additions!
+SUPPRESS_DEPEND += \
+	${SB:S,/,_,g}* \
+	*:y.tab.c \
+	*.c:*.c \
+	*.h:*.h
+
+.NOPATH:	.depend
+# we use ${.MAKE.META.CREATED} to trigger an update but
+# we process using ${.MAKE.META.FILES}
+# the double $$ defers initial evaluation
+# if necessary, we fake .po dependencies, just so the result 
+# in Makefile.depend* is stable
+# The current objdir may be refered to in various ways
+OBJDIR_REFS += ${.OBJDIR} ${.OBJDIR:tA} ${_OBJDIR} ${RELOBJTOP}/${RELDIR}
+_depend = .depend
+# it would be nice to be able to get .SUFFIXES as ${.SUFFIXES}
+# we actually only care about the .SUFFIXES of files that might be 
+# generated by tools like yacc.
+DEPEND_SUFFIXES += .c .h .cpp .hpp .cxx .hxx .cc .hh
+.depend: .NOMETA $${.MAKE.META.CREATED} ${_this}
+	@echo "Updating $@: ${.OODATE:T:[1..8]}"
+	@egrep -i '^R .*\.(${DEPEND_SUFFIXES:tl:O:u:S,^.,,:ts|})$$' /dev/null ${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:O:u:${META_FILE_FILTER:ts:}:M*o.meta} | \
+	sed -e 's, \./, ,${OBJDIR_REFS:O:u:@d@;s, $d/, ,@};/\//d' \
+		-e 's,^\([^/][^/]*\).meta...[0-9]* ,\1: ,' | \
+	sort -u | \
+	while read t d; do \
+		case "$$d:" in $$t) continue;; esac; \
+		case "$$t$$d" in ${SUPPRESS_DEPEND:U.:O:u:ts|}) continue;; esac; \
+		echo $$t $$d; \
+	done > $@.${.MAKE.PID}
+	@case "${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:M*.po.*}" in \
+	*.po.*) mv $@.${.MAKE.PID} $@;; \
+	*) { cat $@.${.MAKE.PID}; \
+	sed 's,\.So:,.o:,;s,\.o:,.po:,' $@.${.MAKE.PID}; } | sort -u > $@; \
+	rm -f $@.${.MAKE.PID};; \
+	esac
+.else
+# make sure this exists
+.depend:
+# do _not_ assume that .depend is in any fit state for us to use
+CAT_DEPEND = /dev/null
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0
+.export CAT_DEPEND
+.endif
+_depend =
+.endif
+
+.if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != ""
+.info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} _depend=${_depend}
+.endif
+
+gendirdeps:	${_DEPENDFILE}
+
+.if !target(${_DEPENDFILE})
+.if ${_bootstrap_dirdeps} == "yes"
+# We are boot-strapping a new directory
+# Use DPADD to seed DIRDEPS
+.if !empty(DPADD)
+# anything which matches ${_OBJROOT}* but not ${_OBJTOP}*
+# needs to be qualified in DIRDEPS
+# The pseudo machine "host" is used for HOST_TARGET
+DIRDEPS = \
+	${DPADD:M${_OBJTOP}*:H:C,${_OBJTOP}[^/]*/,,:N.:O:u} \
+	${DPADD:M${_OBJROOT}*:N${_OBJTOP}*:H:S,${_OBJROOT},,:C,^([^/]+)/(.*),\2.\1,:S,${HOST_TARGET}$,host,:N.*:O:u}
+
+.endif
+.endif
+
+_gendirdeps_mutex =
+.if defined(NEED_GENDIRDEPS_MUTEX)
+# If a src dir gets built with multiple object dirs,
+# we need a mutex.  Obviously, this is best avoided.
+# Note if .MAKE.DEPENDFILE is common for all ${MACHINE}
+# you either need to mutex, or ensure only one machine builds at a time!
+# lockf is an example of a suitable tool
+LOCKF ?= /usr/bin/lockf
+.if exists(${LOCKF})
+GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER ?= ${LOCKF} -k
+.endif
+.if empty(GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER)
+.error NEED_GENDIRDEPS_MUTEX defined, but GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER not set
+.else
+_gendirdeps_mutex = ${GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER} ${GENDIRDEPS_MUTEX:U${_CURDIR}/Makefile}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# If we have META_XTRAS we most likely did not create them
+# but we need to behave as if we did.
+# Avoid adding glob patterns to .MAKE.META.CREATED though.
+.MAKE.META.CREATED += ${META_XTRAS:N*\**:O:u}
+
+.if make(gendirdeps)
+META_FILES = *.meta
+.elif ${OPTIMIZE_OBJECT_META_FILES:Uno:tl} == "no"
+META_FILES = ${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:N.depend*:O:u}
+.else
+# if we have 1000's of .o.meta, .So.meta etc we need only look at one set
+# it is left as an exercise for the reader to work out what this does
+META_FILES = ${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:N.depend*:N*o.meta:O:u} \
+	${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:M*.${.MAKE.META.FILES:M*o.meta:R:E:O:u:[1]}.meta:O:u}
+.endif
+
+.if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != ""
+.info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}: ${_depend} ${.PARSEDIR}/gendirdeps.mk ${META2DEPS} xtras=${META_XTRAS}
+.endif
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0 && !empty(GENDIRDEPS_FILTER)
+.export GENDIRDEPS_FILTER
+.endif
+
+# we might have .../ in MAKESYSPATH
+_makesyspath:= ${_PARSEDIR}
+${_DEPENDFILE}: ${_depend} ${.PARSEDIR}/gendirdeps.mk  ${META2DEPS} $${.MAKE.META.CREATED}
+	@echo Checking $@: ${.OODATE:T:[1..8]}
+	@(cd . && \
+	SKIP_GENDIRDEPS='${SKIP_GENDIRDEPS:O:u}' \
+	DPADD='${FORCE_DPADD:O:u}' ${_gendirdeps_mutex} \
+	MAKESYSPATH=${_makesyspath} \
+	${.MAKE} -f gendirdeps.mk RELDIR=${RELDIR} _DEPENDFILE=${_DEPENDFILE} \
+	META_FILES='${META_XTRAS:T:O:u} ${META_FILES:T:O:u:${META_FILE_FILTER:ts:}}')
+	@test -s $@ && touch $@; :
+.endif
+
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if ${_bootstrap_dirdeps} == "yes"
+# make sure this is included at least once
+.include <dirdeps.mk>
+.else
+${_DEPENDFILE}: .PRECIOUS
+.endif
+
+CLEANFILES += *.meta filemon.* *.db
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/meta.stage.mk b/mk/meta.stage.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0faeef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/meta.stage.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+# $Id: meta.stage.mk,v 1.24 2013/03/23 02:25:19 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2011, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+.if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:U${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}:M*.${MACHINE}} != ""
+# this is generally safer anyway
+_dirdep = ${RELDIR}.${MACHINE}
+.else
+_dirdep = ${RELDIR}
+.endif
+
+# this allows us to trace dependencies back to their src dir
+.dirdep:
+	@echo '${_dirdep}' > $@
+
+.if defined(NO_POSIX_SHELL) || ${type printf:L:sh:Mbuiltin} == ""
+_stage_file_basename = `basename $$f`
+_stage_target_dirname = `dirname $$t`
+.else
+_stage_file_basename = $${f\#\#*/}
+_stage_target_dirname = $${t%/*}
+.endif
+
+_objroot ?= ${_OBJROOT:tA}
+# make sure this is global
+_STAGED_DIRS ?=
+.export _STAGED_DIRS
+# add each dir we stage to to _STAGED_DIRS
+# and make sure we have absolute paths so that bmake
+# will match against .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK
+STAGE_DIR_FILTER = tA:@d@$${_STAGED_DIRS::+=$$d}$$d@
+# convert _STAGED_DIRS into suitable filters
+GENDIRDEPS_FILTER += Nnot-empty-is-important \
+	${_STAGED_DIRS:O:u:M${OBJTOP}*:S,${OBJTOP}/,N,} \
+	${_STAGED_DIRS:O:u:N${OBJTOP}*:S,${_objroot},,:C,^([^/]+)/(.*),N\2.\1,:S,${HOST_TARGET},.host,}
+
+LN_CP_SCRIPT = LnCp() { \
+  rm -f $$2 2> /dev/null; \
+  ln $$1 $$2 2> /dev/null || \
+  cp -p $$1 $$2; }
+
+# it is an error for more than one src dir to try and stage
+# the same file
+STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT = ${LN_CP_SCRIPT}; StageDirdep() { \
+  t=$$1; \
+  if [ -s $$t.dirdep ]; then \
+	cmp -s .dirdep $$t.dirdep && return; \
+	echo "ERROR: $$t installed by `cat $$t.dirdep` not ${_dirdep}" >&2; \
+	exit 1; \
+  fi; \
+  LnCp .dirdep $$t.dirdep || exit 1; }
+
+# common logic for staging files
+# this all relies on RELDIR being set to a subdir of SRCTOP
+# we use ln(1) if we can, else cp(1)
+STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT = ${STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT}; StageFiles() { \
+  case "$$1" in "") return;; -m) mode=$$2; shift 2;; *) mode=;; esac; \
+  dest=$$1; shift; \
+  mkdir -p $$dest; \
+  [ -s .dirdep ] || echo '${_dirdep}' > .dirdep; \
+  for f in "$$@"; do \
+	case "$$f" in */*) t=$$dest/${_stage_file_basename};; *) t=$$dest/$$f;; esac; \
+	StageDirdep $$t; \
+	LnCp $$f $$t || exit 1; \
+	[ -z "$$mode" ] || chmod $$mode $$t; \
+  done; :; }
+
+STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT = ${STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT}; StageLinks() { \
+  case "$$1" in "") return;; --) shift;; -*) ldest= lnf=$$1; shift;; /*) ldest=$$1/;; esac; \
+  dest=$$1; shift; \
+  mkdir -p $$dest; \
+  [ -s .dirdep ] || echo '${_dirdep}' > .dirdep; \
+  while test $$\# -ge 2; do \
+	l=$$ldest$$1; shift; \
+	t=$$dest/$$1; \
+	case "$$1" in */*) mkdir -p ${_stage_target_dirname};; esac; \
+	shift; \
+	StageDirdep $$t; \
+	rm -f $$t 2>/dev/null; \
+	ln $$lnf $$l $$t || exit 1; \
+  done; :; }
+
+STAGE_AS_SCRIPT = ${STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT}; StageAs() { \
+  case "$$1" in "") return;; -m) mode=$$2; shift 2;; *) mode=;; esac; \
+  dest=$$1; shift; \
+  mkdir -p $$dest; \
+  [ -s .dirdep ] || echo '${_dirdep}' > .dirdep; \
+  while test $$\# -ge 2; do \
+	s=$$1; shift; \
+	t=$$dest/$$1; \
+	case "$$1" in */*) mkdir -p ${_stage_target_dirname};; esac; \
+	shift; \
+	StageDirdep $$t; \
+	LnCp $$s $$t || exit 1; \
+	[ -z "$$mode" ] || chmod $$mode $$t; \
+  done; :; }
+
+# this is simple, a list of the "staged" files depends on this,
+_STAGE_BASENAME_USE:	.USE ${.TARGET:T}
+	@${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${.TARGET:H:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${.TARGET:T}
+
+.if !empty(STAGE_INCSDIR)
+STAGE_TARGETS += stage_incs
+STAGE_INCS ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep}
+
+stage_incs:	.dirdep
+	@${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${STAGE_INCSDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_INCS}
+	@touch $@
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(STAGE_LIBDIR)
+STAGE_TARGETS += stage_libs
+
+STAGE_LIBS ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep}
+
+stage_libs:	.dirdep
+	@${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${STAGE_LIBDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_LIBS}
+.if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS)
+	@${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks -s ${STAGE_LIBDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} \
+	${SHLIB_LINKS:@t@${STAGE_LIBS:T:M$t.*} $t@}
+.elif !empty(SHLIB_LINK) && !empty(SHLIB_NAME)
+	@${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks -s ${STAGE_LIBDIR:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${SHLIB_NAME} ${SHLIB_LINK} ${SYMLINKS:T}
+.endif
+	@touch $@
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(STAGE_DIR)
+STAGE_SETS += _default
+STAGE_DIR._default = ${STAGE_DIR}
+STAGE_LINKS_DIR._default = ${STAGE_LINKS_DIR:U${STAGE_OBJTOP}}
+STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR._default = ${STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR:U${STAGE_OBJTOP}}
+STAGE_FILES._default = ${STAGE_FILES}
+STAGE_LINKS._default = ${STAGE_LINKS}
+STAGE_SYMLINKS._default = ${STAGE_SYMLINKS}
+STAGE_FILES ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep:Nstage_*}
+STAGE_SYMLINKS ?= ${.ALLSRC:T:N.dirdep:Nstage_*}
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(STAGE_SETS)
+CLEANFILES += ${STAGE_SETS:@s@stage*$s@}
+
+# some makefiles need to populate multiple directories
+.for s in ${STAGE_SETS:O:u}
+STAGE_FILES.$s ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep}
+STAGE_SYMLINKS.$s ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep}
+STAGE_LINKS_DIR.$s ?= ${STAGE_OBJTOP}
+STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR.$s ?= ${STAGE_OBJTOP}
+
+STAGE_TARGETS += stage_files
+.if $s != "_default"
+stage_files:	stage_files.$s
+stage_files.$s:	.dirdep
+.else
+stage_files:	.dirdep
+.endif
+	@${STAGE_FILE_SCRIPT}; StageFiles ${FLAGS.$@} ${STAGE_FILES_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_FILES.$s}
+	@touch $@
+
+STAGE_TARGETS += stage_links
+.if $s != "_default"
+stage_links:	stage_links.$s
+stage_links.$s:	.dirdep
+.else
+stage_links:	.dirdep
+.endif
+	@${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks ${STAGE_LINKS_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_LINKS.$s}
+	@touch $@
+
+STAGE_TARGETS += stage_symlinks
+.if $s != "_default"
+stage_symlinks:	stage_symlinks.$s
+stage_symlinks.$s:	.dirdep
+.else
+stage_symlinks:	.dirdep
+.endif
+	@${STAGE_LINKS_SCRIPT}; StageLinks -s ${STAGE_SYMLINKS_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_SYMLINKS.$s}
+	@touch $@
+
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(STAGE_AS_SETS)
+CLEANFILES += ${STAGE_AS_SETS:@s@stage*$s@}
+
+STAGE_TARGETS += stage_as
+
+# sometimes things need to be renamed as they are staged
+# each ${file} will be staged as ${STAGE_AS_${file:T}}
+# one could achieve the same with SYMLINKS
+.for s in ${STAGE_AS_SETS:O:u}
+STAGE_AS.$s ?= ${.ALLSRC:N.dirdep}
+
+stage_as:	stage_as.$s
+stage_as.$s:	.dirdep
+	@${STAGE_AS_SCRIPT}; StageAs ${FLAGS.$@} ${STAGE_FILES_DIR.$s:U${STAGE_DIR.$s}:${STAGE_DIR_FILTER}} ${STAGE_AS.$s:@f@$f ${STAGE_AS_${f:T}:U${f:T}}@}
+	@touch $@
+
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+CLEANFILES += ${STAGE_TARGETS}
+
+# stage_*links usually needs to follow any others.
+.for t in ${STAGE_TARGETS:N*links:O:u}
+.ORDER: $t stage_links
+.ORDER: $t stage_symlinks
+.endfor
+
+# make sure this exists
+staging:
+
+# generally we want staging to wait until everything else is done
+STAGING_WAIT ?= .WAIT
+
+all: ${STAGING_WAIT} staging
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/meta.subdir.mk b/mk/meta.subdir.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b739ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/meta.subdir.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+# $Id: meta.subdir.mk,v 1.10 2012/07/03 05:26:46 sjg Exp $
+
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2010, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !defined(NO_SUBDIR) && !empty(SUBDIR)
+.if make(destroy*) || make(clean*)
+.MAKE.MODE = compat
+.if !commands(destroy)
+.-include <bsd.obj.mk>
+.endif
+.elif ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+
+.MAIN: all
+
+.if !exists(${.CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}) || make(gendirdeps)
+# start with this
+DIRDEPS = ${SUBDIR:N.WAIT:O:u:@d@${RELDIR}/$d@}
+
+.if make(gendirdeps)
+.include <meta.autodep.mk>
+.else
+# this is the cunning bit
+# actually it is probably a bit risky 
+# since we may pickup subdirs which are not relevant
+# the alternative is a walk through the tree though
+# which is difficult without a sub-make.
+
+.if defined(BOOTSTRAP_DEPENDFILES)
+_find_name = ${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE:@m@-o -name $m@:S,^-o,,1}
+DIRDEPS = ${_subdeps:H:O:u:@d@${RELDIR}/$d@}
+.elif ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} == ${MACHINE} && defined(ALL_MACHINES)
+# we want to find Makefile.depend.* ie for all machines
+# and turn the dirs into dir.<machine>
+_find_name = -name '${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}*'
+DIRDEPS = ${_subdeps:O:u:${NIgnoreFiles}:@d@${RELDIR}/${d:H}.${d:E}@:S,.${MACHINE}$,,:S,.depend$,,}
+.else
+# much simpler
+_find_name = -name ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}
+.if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} == ${MACHINE}
+_find_name += -o -name ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}
+.endif
+DIRDEPS = ${_subdeps:H:O:u:@d@${RELDIR}/$d@}
+.endif
+
+_subdeps != cd ${.CURDIR} && \
+	find ${SUBDIR:N.WAIT} -type f \( ${_find_name} \) -print -o \
+	-name .svn -prune 2> /dev/null; echo
+
+.if empty(_subdeps)
+DIRDEPS =
+.else
+# clean up if needed
+DIRDEPS := ${DIRDEPS:S,^./,,:S,/./,/,g:${SUBDIREPS_FILTER:Uu}}
+.endif
+# we just dealt with it, if we leave it defined,
+# dirdeps.mk will compute some interesting combinations.
+.undef ALL_MACHINES
+
+DEP_RELDIR = ${RELDIR}
+.include <dirdeps.mk>
+.endif
+.endif
+.else
+all: .PHONY
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/meta.sys.mk b/mk/meta.sys.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1707a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/meta.sys.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+# $Id: meta.sys.mk,v 1.16 2012/07/03 05:26:00 sjg Exp $
+
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2010, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# include this if you want to enable meta mode
+# for maximum benefit, requires filemon(4) driver.
+
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100901
+.if !target(.ERROR)
+
+
+META_MODE += meta verbose
+.MAKE.MODE ?= ${META_MODE}
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+_make_mode := ${.MAKE.MODE} ${META_MODE}
+.if ${_make_mode:M*read*} != "" || ${_make_mode:M*nofilemon*} != ""
+# tell everyone we are not updating Makefile.depend*
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO
+.export UPDATE_DEPENDFILE
+.endif
+.if ${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE:Uyes:tl} == "no" && !exists(/dev/filemon)
+# we should not get upset
+META_MODE += nofilemon
+.export META_MODE
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(NO_SILENT)
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION} > 20110818
+# only be silent when we have a .meta file
+META_MODE += silent=yes
+.else
+.SILENT:
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# make defaults .MAKE.DEPENDFILE to .depend
+# that won't work for us.
+.if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE} == ".depend"
+.undef .MAKE.DEPENDFILE
+.endif
+
+# if you don't cross build for multiple MACHINEs concurrently, then
+# .MAKE.DEPENDFILE = Makefile.depend
+# probably makes sense - you can set that in local.sys.mk 
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE ?= Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}
+
+# we use the pseudo machine "host" for the build host.
+# this should be taken care of before we get here
+.if ${OBJTOP:Ua} == ${HOST_OBJTOP:Ub}
+MACHINE = host
+.endif
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+# it can be handy to know which MACHINE kicked off the build
+# for example, if using Makefild.depend for multiple machines,
+# allowing only MACHINE0 to update can keep things simple.
+MACHINE0 := ${MACHINE}
+
+.if defined(PYTHON) && exists(${PYTHON})
+# we prefer the python version of this - it is much faster
+META2DEPS ?= ${.PARSEDIR}/meta2deps.py
+.else
+META2DEPS ?= ${.PARSEDIR}/meta2deps.sh
+.endif
+META2DEPS := ${META2DEPS}
+.export META2DEPS
+.endif
+
+MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR += \
+	.ERROR_TARGET \
+	.ERROR_META_FILE \
+	.MAKE.LEVEL \
+	MAKEFILE \
+	.MAKE.MODE
+
+.if !defined(SB) && defined(SRCTOP)
+SB = ${SRCTOP:H}
+.endif
+ERROR_LOGDIR ?= ${SB}/error
+meta_error_log = ${ERROR_LOGDIR}/meta-${.MAKE.PID}.log
+
+# we are not interested in make telling us a failure happened elsewhere
+.ERROR: _metaError
+_metaError: .NOMETA .NOTMAIN
+	-@[ "${.ERROR_META_FILE}" ] && { \
+	grep -q 'failure has been detected in another branch' ${.ERROR_META_FILE} && exit 0; \
+	mkdir -p ${meta_error_log:H}; \
+	cp ${.ERROR_META_FILE} ${meta_error_log}; \
+	echo "ERROR: log ${meta_error_log}" >&2; }; :
+
+.endif
+
+# Are we, after all, in meta mode?
+.if ${.MAKE.MODE:Mmeta*} != ""
+MKDEP = meta.autodep
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+# make sure dirdeps target exists and do it first
+all: dirdeps .WAIT
+dirdeps:
+.NOPATH: dirdeps
+
+.if defined(ALL_MACHINES)
+# the first .MAIN: is what counts
+# by default dirdeps is all we want at level0
+.MAIN: dirdeps
+# tell dirdeps.mk what we want
+BUILD_AT_LEVEL0 = no
+.endif
+
+.if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} == ${MACHINE}
+# it works best if we do everything via sub-makes
+BUILD_AT_LEVEL0 ?= no
+.endif
+BUILD_AT_LEVEL0 ?= yes
+.endif
+
+# if we think we are updating dependencies, 
+# then filemon had better be present
+.if ${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE:Uyes:tl} != "no" && !exists(/dev/filemon)
+.error ${.newline}ERROR: The filemon module (/dev/filemon) is not loaded.
+.endif
+
+.endif
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/meta2deps.py b/mk/meta2deps.py
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6b6157c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/meta2deps.py
@@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+"""
+This script parses each "meta" file and extracts the
+information needed to deduce build and src dependencies.
+
+It works much the same as the original shell script, but is
+*much* more efficient.
+
+The parsing work is handled by the class MetaFile.
+We only pay attention to a subset of the information in the
+"meta" files.  Specifically:
+
+'CWD'	to initialize our notion.
+
+'C'	to track chdir(2) on a per process basis
+
+'R'	files read are what we really care about.
+	directories read, provide a clue to resolving
+	subsequent relative paths.  That is if we cannot find
+	them relative to 'cwd', we check relative to the last
+	dir read.
+
+'W'	files opened for write or read-write,
+	for filemon V3 and earlier.
+        
+'E'	files executed.
+
+'L'	files linked
+
+'V'	the filemon version, this record is used as a clue
+	that we have reached the interesting bit.
+
+"""
+
+"""
+RCSid:
+	$Id: meta2deps.py,v 1.12 2013/03/31 22:31:59 sjg Exp $
+
+	Copyright (c) 2011-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+	All rights reserved.
+
+	Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+	modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+	are met: 
+	1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+	   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+	2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+	   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+	   documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+
+	THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+	"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+	LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+	A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+	OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+	SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+	LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+	DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+	THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+	(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+	OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+ 
+"""
+
+import os, re, sys
+
+def getv(dict, key, d=None):
+    """Lookup key in dict and return value or the supplied default."""
+    if key in dict:
+        return dict[key]
+    return d
+
+def resolve(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr):
+    """
+    Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed.
+    """
+    if path.endswith('/.'):
+        path = path[0:-2]
+    if path[0] == '/':
+        return path
+    if path == '.':
+        return cwd
+    if path.startswith('./'):
+        return cwd + path[1:]
+    if last_dir == cwd:
+        last_dir = None
+    for d in [last_dir, cwd]:
+        if not d:
+            continue
+        p = '/'.join([d,path])
+        if debug > 2:
+            print >> debug_out, "looking for:", p,
+        if not os.path.exists(p):
+            if debug > 2:
+                print >> debug_out, "nope"
+            p = None
+            continue
+        if debug > 2:
+            print >> debug_out, "found:", p
+        return p
+    return None
+
+def abspath(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr):
+    """
+    Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed.
+    this gets called a lot, so we try to avoid calling realpath
+    until we know we have something.
+    """
+    path = resolve(path, cwd, last_dir, debug, debug_out)
+    if path and (path.find('./') > 0 or
+                 path.endswith('/..') or
+                 os.path.islink(path)):
+        return os.path.realpath(path)
+    return path
+
+def sort_unique(list, cmp=None, key=None, reverse=False):
+    list.sort(cmp, key, reverse)
+    nl = []
+    le = None
+    for e in list:
+        if e == le:
+            continue
+        nl.append(e)
+    return nl
+
+class MetaFile:
+    """class to parse meta files generated by bmake."""
+
+    conf = None
+    dirdep_re = None
+    host_target = None
+    srctops = []
+    objroots = []
+    
+    seen = {}
+    obj_deps = []
+    src_deps = []
+    file_deps = []
+    
+    def __init__(self, name, conf={}):
+        """if name is set we will parse it now.
+        conf can have the follwing keys:
+
+        SRCTOPS	list of tops of the src tree(s).
+
+        CURDIR	the src directory 'bmake' was run from.
+
+        RELDIR	the relative path from SRCTOP to CURDIR
+
+        MACHINE	the machine we built for.
+        	set to 'none' if we are not cross-building.
+		More specifically if machine cannot be deduced from objdirs.
+
+        HOST_TARGET
+		when we build for the psuedo machine 'host'
+		the object tree uses HOST_TARGET rather than MACHINE.
+
+        OBJROOTS a list of the common prefix for all obj dirs it might
+		end in '/' or '-'.
+
+        DPDEPS	names an optional file to which per file dependencies
+		will be appended.
+		For example if 'some/path/foo.h' is read from SRCTOP
+		then 'DPDEPS_some/path/foo.h +=' "RELDIR" is output.
+		This can allow 'bmake' to learn all the dirs within
+ 		the tree that depend on 'foo.h'
+
+        debug	desired debug level
+
+        debug_out open file to send debug output to (sys.stderr)
+
+        """
+        
+        self.name = name
+        self.debug = getv(conf, 'debug', 0)
+        self.debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr)
+
+        self.machine = getv(conf, 'MACHINE', '')
+        self.curdir = getv(conf, 'CURDIR')
+        self.reldir = getv(conf, 'RELDIR')
+        self.dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS')
+
+        if not self.conf:
+            # some of the steps below we want to do only once
+            self.conf = conf
+            self.host_target = getv(conf, 'HOST_TARGET')
+            for srctop in getv(conf, 'SRCTOPS', []):
+                if srctop[-1] != '/':
+                    srctop += '/'
+                if not srctop in self.srctops:
+                    self.srctops.append(srctop)
+                _srctop = os.path.realpath(srctop)
+                if _srctop[-1] != '/':
+                    _srctop += '/'
+                if not _srctop in self.srctops:
+                    self.srctops.append(_srctop)
+
+            trim_list = ['/' + self.machine + '/',
+                         '/' + self.machine, 
+                         self.machine + '/',
+                         self.machine]
+
+            if self.machine == 'host':
+                trim_list += ['/' + self.host_target + '/',
+                              '/' + self.host_target,
+                              self.host_target + '/',
+                              self.host_target]
+
+            for objroot in getv(conf, 'OBJROOTS', []):
+                for e in trim_list:
+                    if objroot.endswith(e):
+                        # this is not what we want - fix it
+                        objroot = objroot[0:-len(e)]
+                        if e.endswith('/'):
+                            objroot += '/'
+                if not objroot in self.objroots:
+                    self.objroots.append(objroot)
+                    _objroot = os.path.realpath(objroot)
+                    if objroot[-1] == '/':
+                        _objroot += '/'
+                    if not _objroot in self.objroots:
+                        self.objroots.append(_objroot)
+
+            # we want the longest match
+            self.srctops.sort(reverse=True)
+            self.objroots.sort(reverse=True)
+            
+            if self.debug:
+                print >> self.debug_out, "host_target=", self.host_target
+                print >> self.debug_out, "srctops=", self.srctops
+                print >> self.debug_out, "objroots=", self.objroots
+
+            self.dirdep_re = re.compile(r'([^/]+)/(.+)')
+
+        if self.dpdeps and not self.reldir:
+            if self.debug:
+                print >> self.debug_out, "need reldir:",
+            if self.curdir:
+                srctop = self.find_top(self.curdir, self.srctops)
+                if srctop:
+                    self.reldir = self.curdir.replace(srctop,'')
+                    if self.debug:
+                        print >> self.debug_out, self.reldir
+            if not self.reldir:
+                self.dpdeps = None      # we cannot do it?
+
+        self.cwd = os.getcwd()          # make sure this is initialized
+
+        if name:
+            self.parse()
+
+    def reset(self):
+        """reset state if we are being passed meta files from multiple directories."""
+        self.seen = {}
+        self.obj_deps = []
+        self.src_deps = []
+        self.file_deps = []
+          
+    def dirdeps(self, sep='\n'):
+        """return DIRDEPS"""
+        return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.obj_deps)
+    
+    def src_dirdeps(self, sep='\n'):
+        """return SRC_DIRDEPS"""
+        return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.src_deps)
+
+    def file_depends(self, out=None):
+        """Append DPDEPS_${file} += ${RELDIR}
+        for each file we saw, to the output file."""
+        if not self.reldir:
+            return None
+        for f in sort_unique(self.file_deps):
+            print >> out, 'DPDEPS_%s += %s' % (f, self.reldir)
+
+    def seenit(self, dir):
+        """rememer that we have seen dir."""
+        self.seen[dir] = 1
+          
+    def add(self, list, data, clue=''):
+        """add data to list if it isn't already there."""
+        if data not in list:
+            list.append(data)
+            if self.debug:
+                print >> self.debug_out, "%s: %sAdd: %s" % (self.name, clue, data)
+
+    def find_top(self, path, list):
+        """the logical tree may be split accross multiple trees"""
+        for top in list:
+            if path.startswith(top):
+                if self.debug > 2:
+                    print >> self.debug_out, "found in", top
+                return top
+        return None
+
+    def find_obj(self, objroot, dir, path, input):
+        """return path within objroot, taking care of .dirdep files"""
+        ddep = None
+        for ddepf in [path + '.dirdep', dir + '/.dirdep']:
+            if not ddep and os.path.exists(ddepf):
+                ddep = open(ddepf, 'rb').readline().strip('# \n')
+                if self.debug > 1:
+                    print >> self.debug_out, "found %s: %s\n" % (ddepf, ddep)
+                if ddep.endswith(self.machine):
+                    ddep = ddep[0:-(1+len(self.machine))]
+
+        if not ddep:
+            # no .dirdeps, so remember that we've seen the raw input
+            self.seenit(input)
+            self.seenit(dir)
+            if self.machine == 'none':
+                if dir.startswith(objroot):
+                    return dir.replace(objroot,'')
+                return None
+            m = self.dirdep_re.match(dir.replace(objroot,''))
+            if m:
+                ddep = m.group(2)
+                dmachine = m.group(1)
+                if dmachine != self.machine:
+                    if not (self.machine == 'host' and
+                            dmachine == self.host_target):
+                        if self.debug > 2:
+                            print >> self.debug_out, "adding .%s to %s" % (dmachine, ddep)
+                        ddep += '.' + dmachine
+
+        return ddep
+
+    def parse(self, name=None, file=None):
+        """A meta file looks like:
+        
+	# Meta data file "path"
+	CMD "command-line"
+	CWD "cwd"
+	TARGET "target"
+	-- command output --
+	-- filemon acquired metadata --
+	# buildmon version 3
+	V 3
+	C "pid" "cwd"
+	E "pid" "path"
+        F "pid" "child"
+	R "pid" "path"
+	W "pid" "path"
+	X "pid" "status"
+        D "pid" "path"
+        L "pid" "src" "target"
+        M "pid" "old" "new"
+        S "pid" "path"
+        # Bye bye
+
+        We go to some effort to avoid processing a dependency more than once.
+        Of the above record types only C,E,F,L,R,V and W are of interest.
+        """
+
+        version = 0                     # unknown
+        if name:
+            self.name = name;
+        if file:
+            f = file
+            cwd = last_dir = self.cwd
+        else:
+            f = open(self.name, 'rb')
+        skip = True
+        pid_cwd = {}
+        pid_last_dir = {}
+        last_pid = 0
+
+        if self.curdir:
+            self.seenit(self.curdir)    # we ignore this
+
+        interesting = 'CEFLRV'
+        for line in f:
+            # ignore anything we don't care about
+            if not line[0] in interesting:
+                continue
+            if self.debug > 2:
+                print >> self.debug_out, "input:", line,
+            w = line.split()
+
+            if skip:
+                if w[0] == 'V':
+                    skip = False
+                    version = int(w[1])
+                    """
+                    if version < 4:
+                        # we cannot ignore 'W' records
+                        # as they may be 'rw'
+                        interesting += 'W'
+                    """
+                elif w[0] == 'CWD':
+                    self.cwd = cwd = last_dir = w[1]
+                    self.seenit(cwd)    # ignore this
+                    if self.debug:
+                        print >> self.debug_out, "%s: CWD=%s" % (self.name, cwd)
+                continue
+
+            pid = int(w[1])
+            if pid != last_pid:
+                if last_pid:
+                    pid_cwd[last_pid] = cwd
+                    pid_last_dir[last_pid] = last_dir
+                cwd = getv(pid_cwd, pid, self.cwd)
+                last_dir = getv(pid_last_dir, pid, self.cwd)
+                last_pid = pid
+
+            # process operations
+            if w[0] == 'F':
+                npid = int(w[2])
+                pid_cwd[npid] = cwd
+                pid_last_dir[npid] = cwd
+                last_pid = npid
+                continue
+            elif w[0] == 'C':
+                cwd = abspath(w[2], cwd, None, self.debug, self.debug_out)
+                if cwd.endswith('/.'):
+                    cwd = cwd[0:-2]
+                last_dir = cwd
+                if self.debug > 1:
+                    print >> self.debug_out, "cwd=", cwd
+                continue
+
+            if w[2] in self.seen:
+                if self.debug > 2:
+                    print >> self.debug_out, "seen:", w[2]
+                continue
+            # file operations
+            if w[0] in 'ML':
+                path = w[2].strip("'")
+            else:
+                path = w[2]
+            # we are never interested in .dirdep files as dependencies
+            if path.endswith('.dirdep'):
+                continue
+            # we don't want to resolve the last component if it is
+            # a symlink
+            path = resolve(path, cwd, last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out)
+            if not path:
+                continue
+            dir,base = os.path.split(path)
+            if dir in self.seen:
+                if self.debug > 2:
+                    print >> self.debug_out, "seen:", dir
+                continue
+            # we can have a path in an objdir which is a link
+            # to the src dir, we may need to add dependencies for each
+            rdir = dir
+            dir = abspath(dir, cwd, last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out)
+            if rdir == dir or rdir.find('./') > 0:
+                rdir = None
+            # now put path back together
+            path = '/'.join([dir,base])
+            if self.debug > 1:
+                print >> self.debug_out, "raw=%s rdir=%s dir=%s path=%s" % (w[2], rdir, dir, path)
+            if w[0] in 'SRWL':
+                if w[0] == 'W' and path.endswith('.dirdep'):
+                    continue
+                if path in [last_dir, cwd, self.cwd, self.curdir]:
+                    if self.debug > 1:
+                        print >> self.debug_out, "skipping:", path
+                    continue
+                if os.path.isdir(path):
+                    if w[0] in 'RW':
+                        last_dir = path;
+                    if self.debug > 1:
+                        print >> self.debug_out, "ldir=", last_dir
+                    continue
+
+            if w[0] in 'REWML':
+                # finally, we get down to it
+                if dir == self.cwd or dir == self.curdir:
+                    continue
+                srctop = self.find_top(path, self.srctops)
+                if srctop:
+                    if self.dpdeps:
+                        self.add(self.file_deps, path.replace(srctop,''), 'file')
+                    self.add(self.src_deps, dir.replace(srctop,''), 'src')
+                    self.seenit(w[2])
+                    self.seenit(dir)
+                    if rdir and not rdir.startswith(srctop):
+                        dir = rdir      # for below
+                        rdir = None
+                    else:
+                        continue
+
+                objroot = None
+                for dir in [dir,rdir]:
+                    if not dir:
+                        continue
+                    objroot = self.find_top(dir, self.objroots)
+                    if objroot:
+                        break
+                if objroot:
+                    ddep = self.find_obj(objroot, dir, path, w[2])
+                    if ddep:
+                        self.add(self.obj_deps, ddep, 'obj')
+                else:
+                    # don't waste time looking again
+                    self.seenit(w[2])
+                    self.seenit(dir)
+        if not file:
+            f.close()
+
+                            
+def main(argv, klass=MetaFile, xopts='', xoptf=None):
+    """Simple driver for class MetaFile.
+
+    Usage:
+    	script [options] [key=value ...] "meta" ...
+        
+    Options and key=value pairs contribute to the
+    dictionary passed to MetaFile.
+
+    -S "SRCTOP"
+		add "SRCTOP" to the "SRCTOPS" list.
+
+    -C "CURDIR"
+    
+    -O "OBJROOT"
+    		add "OBJROOT" to the "OBJROOTS" list.
+
+    -m "MACHINE"
+
+    -H "HOST_TARGET"
+
+    -D "DPDEPS"
+    
+    -d	bumps debug level
+
+    """
+    import getopt
+
+    # import Psyco if we can
+    # it can speed things up quite a bit
+    have_psyco = 0
+    try:
+        import psyco
+        psyco.full()
+        have_psyco = 1
+    except:
+        pass
+
+    conf = {
+        'SRCTOPS': [],
+        'OBJROOTS': [],
+        }
+
+    try:
+        machine = os.environ['MACHINE']
+        if machine:
+            conf['MACHINE'] = machine
+        srctop = os.environ['SB_SRC']
+        if srctop:
+            conf['SRCTOPS'].append(srctop)
+        objroot = os.environ['SB_OBJROOT']
+        if objroot:
+            conf['OBJROOTS'].append(objroot)
+    except:
+        pass
+
+    debug = 0
+    output = True
+    
+    opts, args = getopt.getopt(argv[1:], 'dS:C:O:R:m:D:H:q' + xopts)
+    for o, a in opts:
+        if o == '-d':
+            debug += 1
+        elif o == '-q':
+            output = False
+        elif o == '-H':
+            conf['HOST_TARGET'] = a
+        elif o == '-S':
+            if a not in conf['SRCTOPS']:
+                conf['SRCTOPS'].append(a)
+        elif o == '-C':
+            conf['CURDIR'] = a
+        elif o == '-O':
+            if a not in conf['OBJROOTS']:
+                conf['OBJROOTS'].append(a)
+        elif o == '-R':
+            conf['RELDIR'] = a
+        elif o == '-D':
+            conf['DPDEPS'] = a
+        elif o == '-m':
+            conf['MACHINE'] = a
+        elif xoptf:
+            xoptf(o, a, conf)
+
+    conf['debug'] = debug
+
+    # get any var=val assignments
+    eaten = []
+    for a in args:
+        if a.find('=') > 0:
+            k,v = a.split('=')
+            if k in ['SRCTOP','OBJROOT','SRCTOPS','OBJROOTS']:
+                if k == 'SRCTOP':
+                    k = 'SRCTOPS'
+                elif k == 'OBJROOT':
+                    k = 'OBJROOTS'
+                if v not in conf[k]:
+                    conf[k].append(v)
+            else:
+                conf[k] = v
+            eaten.append(a)
+            continue
+        break
+
+    for a in eaten:
+        args.remove(a)
+
+    debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr)
+
+    if debug:
+        print >> debug_out, "config:"
+        print >> debug_out, "psyco=", have_psyco
+        for k,v in conf.items():
+            print >> debug_out, "%s=%s" % (k,v)
+
+    for a in args:
+        m = klass(a, conf)
+
+    if output:
+        print m.dirdeps()
+
+        print m.src_dirdeps('\nsrc:')
+
+        dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS')
+        if dpdeps:
+            m.file_depends(open(dpdeps, 'wb'))
+
+    return m
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    try:
+        main(sys.argv)
+    except:
+        # yes, this goes to stdout
+        print "ERROR: ", sys.exc_info()[1]
+        raise
+
diff --git a/mk/meta2deps.sh b/mk/meta2deps.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9c76b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/meta2deps.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# NAME:
+#	meta2deps.sh - extract useful info from .meta files
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+#	meta2deps.sh SB="SB" "meta" ...
+#	
+# DESCRIPTION:
+#	This script looks each "meta" file and extracts the
+#	information needed to deduce build and src dependencies.
+#	
+#	To do this, we extract the 'CWD' record as well as all the
+#	syscall traces which describe 'R'ead, 'C'hdir and 'E'xec
+#	syscalls.
+#
+#	The typical meta file looks like::
+#.nf
+#
+#	# Meta data file "path"
+#	CMD "command-line"
+#	CWD "cwd"
+#	TARGET "target"
+#	-- command output --
+#	-- filemon acquired metadata --
+#	# buildmon version 2
+#	V 2
+#	E "pid" "path"
+#	R "pid" "path"
+#	C "pid" "cwd"
+#	R "pid" "path"
+#	X "pid" "status"
+#.fi
+#
+#	The fact that all the syscall entry lines start with a single
+#	character make these files quite easy to process using sed(1).
+#
+#	To simplify the logic the 'CWD' line is made to look like a
+#	normal 'C'hdir entry, and "cwd" is remembered so that it can
+#	be prefixed to any "path" which is not absolute.
+#
+#	If the "path" being read ends in '.srcrel' it is the content
+#	of (actually the first line of) that file that we are
+#	interested in.
+#
+#	Any "path" which lies outside of the sandbox "SB" is generally
+#	not of interest and is ignored.
+#
+#	The output, is a set of absolute paths with "SB" like:
+#.nf
+#
+#	$SB/obj-i386/junos/gnu/lib/csu
+#	$SB/obj-i386/junos/gnu/lib/libgcc
+#	$SB/obj-i386/bsd/include
+#	$SB/obj-i386/bsd/lib/csu/i386-elf
+#	$SB/obj-i386/bsd/lib/libc
+#	$SB/src/bsd/include
+#	$SB/src/bsd/sys/i386/include
+#	$SB/src/bsd/sys/sys
+#	$SB/src/pan-release/rtsock
+#	$SB/src/pfe-shared/include/jnx
+#.fi
+#
+#	Which can then be further processed by 'gendirdeps.mk'
+#
+#	If we are passed 'DPDEPS='"dpdeps", then for each src file
+#	outside of "CURDIR" we read, we output a line like:
+#.nf
+#
+#	DPDEPS_$path += $RELDIR
+#.fi
+#
+#	with "$path" geting turned into reldir's, so that we can end
+#	up with a list of all the directories which depend on each src
+#	file in another directory.  This can allow for efficient yet
+#	complete testing of changes.
+
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: meta2deps.sh,v 1.5 2013/02/10 19:21:46 sjg Exp $
+
+# Copyright (c) 2010-2012, Juniper Networks, Inc.
+# All rights reserved.
+# 
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+# are met: 
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+#    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
+# 
+# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+# "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+# A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+# OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+# SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+# LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+# DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+# THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+# (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+# OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 
+
+meta2src() {
+    cat /dev/null "$@" |
+    sed -n '/^R .*\.[chyl]$/s,^..[0-9]* ,,p' |
+    sort -u
+}
+    
+meta2dirs() {
+    cat /dev/null "$@" |
+    sed -n '/^R .*\/.*\.[a-z0-9][^\/]*$/s,^..[0-9]* \(.*\)/[^/]*$,\1,p' |
+    sort -u
+}
+
+meta2deps() {
+    DPDEPS=
+    while :
+    do
+	case "$1" in
+	*=*) eval export "$1"; shift;;
+	*) break;;
+	esac
+    done
+
+    [ -z "$RELDIR" ] && unset DPDEPS
+    tf=/tmp/m2d$$-$USER
+    rm -f $tf.*
+    trap 'rm -f $tf.*; trap 0' 0
+
+    > $tf.dirdep
+    > $tf.qual
+    > $tf.srcdep
+    > $tf.srcrel
+    > $tf.dpdeps
+
+    seenit=
+    seensrc=
+    lpid=
+    cat /dev/null "$@" |
+    sed -e 's,^CWD,C C,;/^[CREFL] /!d' -e "s,',,g" |
+    while read op pid path junk
+    do
+	: op=$op pid=$pid path=$path
+	# we track cwd and ldir (of interest) per pid
+	# CWD is bmake's cwd
+	case "$lpid,$pid" in
+	,C) CWD=$path cwd=$path ldir=$path
+	    if [ -z "$SB" ]; then
+		SB=`echo $CWD | sed 's,/obj.*,,'`
+	    fi
+	    SRCTOP=${SRCTOP:-$SB/src}
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	$pid,$pid) ;;
+	*)
+	    case "$lpid" in
+	    "") ;;
+	    *) eval ldir_$lpid=$ldir cwd_$lpid=$cwd;;
+	    esac
+	    eval ldir=\${ldir_$pid:-$CWD} cwd=\${cwd_$pid:-$CWD}
+	    lpid=$pid
+	    ;;
+	esac
+
+	case "$op,$path" in
+	*.dirdep)  continue;;
+	W,*srcrel) continue;;
+	C,*)
+	    case "$path" in
+	    /*) cwd=$path;;
+	    *) cwd=`cd $cwd/$path 2> /dev/null && /bin/pwd`;;
+	    esac
+	    # watch out for temp dirs that no longer exist
+	    test -d ${cwd:-/dev/null/no/such} || cwd=$CWD
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	F,*)  eval cwd_$path=$cwd ldir_$path=$ldir
+	    continue
+	    ;;	  
+	*)  dir=${path%/*}
+	    case "$path" in
+	    $SB/*|${SB_BACKING_SB:-$SB}/*) ;;
+	    $SB_OBJROOT*) ;;
+	    /*/stage/*) ;;
+	    /*) continue;;
+	    *)	for path in $ldir/$path $cwd/$path
+		do
+			test -e $path && break
+		done
+		dir=${path%/*}
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	# avoid repeating ourselves...
+	case "$DPDEPS,$seensrc," in
+	,*)
+	    case ",$seenit," in
+	    *,$dir,*) continue;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	*,$path,*) continue;;
+	esac
+	# canonicalize if needed
+	case "/$dir/" in
+	*/../*|*/./*)
+	    rdir=$dir
+	    dir=`cd $dir 2> /dev/null && /bin/pwd`
+	    seen="$rdir,$dir"
+	    ;;
+	*)  seen=$dir;;
+	esac
+	case "$dir" in
+	${CURDIR:-.}|${CURDIR:-.}/*|"") continue;;
+	$SRCTOP/*|${SB_BACKING_SB:-$SB}/src/*)
+	    # avoid repeating ourselves...
+	    case "$DPDEPS,$seensrc," in
+	    ,*)
+		case ",$seenit," in
+		*,$dir,*) continue;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    case ",$seenit," in
+	    *,$dir,*) continue;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	if [ -d $path ]; then
+	    case "$path" in
+	    */..) ldir=${dir%/*};;
+	    *) ldir=$path;;
+	    esac
+	    continue
+	fi
+	[ -f $path ] || continue
+	case "$dir" in
+	$CWD) continue;;		# ignore
+	$SRCTOP/*|${SB_BACKING_SB:-$SB}/src/*)
+	    seenit="$seenit,$seen"
+	    echo $dir >> $tf.srcdep
+	    case "$DPDEPS,$reldir,$seensrc," in
+	    ,*) ;;
+	    *)	seensrc="$seensrc,$path"
+		echo "DPDEPS_$dir/${path##*/} += $RELDIR" >> $tf.dpdeps
+		;;
+	    esac
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	# if there is a .dirdep we cannot skip
+	# just because we've seen the dir before.
+	if [ -s $path.dirdep ]; then
+	    # this file contains:
+	    # '# ${RELDIR}.<machine>'
+	    echo $path.dirdep >> $tf.qual
+	    continue
+	elif [ -s $dir.dirdep ]; then
+	    echo $dir.dirdep >> $tf.qual
+	    seenit="$seenit,$seen"
+	    continue
+	fi
+	seenit="$seenit,$seen"
+	case "$dir" in
+	$SB/*|${SB_OBJROOT:-$SB/}*|${SB_BACKING_SB:-$SB}/*)
+	    echo $dir;;
+	esac
+    done > $tf.dirdep
+    _nl=echo
+    for f in $tf.dirdep $tf.qual $tf.srcdep
+    do
+	[ -s $f ] || continue
+	case $f in
+	*qual) # a list of .dirdep files
+	    # we can prefix everthing with $OBJTOP to
+	    # tell gendirdeps.mk that these are
+	    # DIRDEP entries, since they are already
+	    # qualified with .<machine> as needed.
+	    # We strip .$MACHINE though
+	    xargs cat < $f | sort -u |
+	    sed "s,^# ,,;s,^,$OBJTOP/,;s,\.$MACHINE\$,,"
+	    ;;
+	*)  sort -u $f;;
+	esac
+	_nl=:
+    done
+    if [ -s $tf.dpdeps ]; then
+	case "$DPDEPS" in
+	*/*) ;;
+	*) echo > $DPDEPS;;		# the echo is needed!
+	esac
+	sort -u $tf.dpdeps |
+	sed "s,${SRCTOP}/,,;s,${SB_BACKING_SB:-$SB}/src/,," >> $DPDEPS
+    fi
+    # ensure we produce _something_ else egrep -v gets upset
+    $_nl
+}
+
+case /$0 in
+*/meta2dep*) meta2deps "$@";;
+*/meta2dirs*) meta2dirs "$@";;
+*/meta2src*) meta2src "$@";;
+esac
diff --git a/mk/mk-files.txt b/mk/mk-files.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7882641
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/mk-files.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+mk-files
+********
+
+The term ``mk-files`` refers to a collection of ``*.mk`` files.
+
+You need bmake_ or a *recent* NetBSD_ make.
+If in doubt use bmake_.
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+Many years ago, when building large software projects, I used GNU make
+(or my own patched version of it), and had developed a set of macros
+to simplify developing complex build trees.
+
+Since the early 90's my main development machines, run BSD
+(NetBSD_ to be precise), and the BSD source tree is good example of a
+large software project.   It quickly became clear that
+``/usr/share/mk/*.mk`` were a great model, but were quite tightly
+linked to building the BSD tree.
+
+Much as I liked using NetBSD, my customers were more likely to be
+using SunOS, HP-UX etc, so I started on bmake_ and a portable collection
+of mk-files (mk.tar.gz_).  NetBSD provided much of the original structure.
+
+Since then I've added a lot of features to NetBSD's make and hence to
+bmake which is kept closely in sync.  The mk-files however have 
+diverged quite a bit, though ideas are still picked up from NetBSD.
+
+Basics
+------
+
+The BSD build model is very simple.  A directory produces one
+component, which is generally either a library or a program.
+Library makefiles include ``lib.mk`` and programs include ``prog.mk``
+and they *do the right thing*.
+
+A simple library makefile might look like::
+
+	LIB = sig
+
+	SRCS = \
+		sigaction.c \
+		sigcompat.c \
+		sighdl.c
+
+	.include <lib.mk>
+
+a simple program makefile::
+
+	PROG = cat
+
+	SRCS = cat.c
+
+	.include <prog.mk>
+
+in such cases even the ``SRCS`` line is unnecessary as ``prog.mk``
+will default it to ``${PROG}.c``.
+
+It is the sensible use of defaults and the plethora of macro modifiers
+provided by bmake_ that allow simple makefiles such as the above
+*just work* on many different systems.
+
+
+mk-files
+========
+
+This section provides a brief description of some of the ``*.mk``
+files. 
+
+sys.mk
+------
+
+When bmake starts, it looks for ``sys.mk`` and reads it before doing
+anything else.  Thus, this is the place to setup the environment for
+everyone else.
+
+In this distribution, sys.mk avoids doing anything platform dependent.
+It is quite short, and includes a number of other files (which may or
+may not exists)
+
+sys.env.mk
+	If it exists, is expected to do things like conditioning the
+	environment.  Since it will only be included by the initial
+	instance of bmake, it should ``.export`` anything that
+	sub-makes might need.
+
+examples/sys.clean-env.mk
+	An example of how to clean the environment.
+	See the file for all the details::
+
+		.if ${MAKE_VERSION} >= 20100606 && ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0
+		# we save any env var that starts with these
+		MAKE_SAVE_ENV_PREFIX += SB MK MAKE MACHINE NEED_ CCACHE DISTCC USE_ SSH
+		MAKE_SAVE_ENV_VARS += \
+			PATH HOME USER LOGNAME \
+			SRCTOP OBJTOP OBJROOT \
+			${_env_vars}
+		
+		_env_vars != env | egrep '^(${MAKE_SAVE_ENV_PREFIX:ts|})' | sed 's,=.*,,'; echo
+		_export_list =
+		.for v in ${MAKE_SAVE_ENV_VARS:O:u}
+		.if !empty($v)
+		_export_list += $v
+		$v := ${$v}
+		.endif
+		.endfor
+		# now clobber the environment
+		.unexport-env
+
+		# list of vars that we handle specially below
+		_tricky_env_vars = MAKEOBJDIR
+		# export our selection - sans tricky ones
+		.export ${_export_list:${_tricky_env_vars:${M_ListToSkip}}}
+
+		# this next bit may need tweaking
+		.if defined(MAKEOBJDIR)
+		srctop := ${SRCTOP:U${SB_SRC:U${SB}/src}}
+		objroot := ${OBJROOT:U${SB_OBJROOT:U${SB}/${SB_OBJPREFIX}}}
+		# we'll take care of MACHINE below
+		objtop := ${OBJTOP:U${objroot}${MACHINE}}
+		.if !empty(objtop)
+		# we would normally want something like (/bin/sh):
+		# MAKEOBJDIR="\${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP},${OBJROOT}\${MACHINE},}"
+		# the $$ below is how we achieve the same result here.
+		# since everything saved from the environment above
+		# has run through := we need to compensate for ${MACHINE}
+		MAKEOBJDIR = $${.CURDIR:S,${srctop},${objtop:S,${MACHINE},\${MACHINE},},}
+
+		# export these as-is, and do not track...
+		.export-env ${_tricky_env_vars}
+		# now evaluate for ourselves
+		.for v in ${_tricky_env_vars}
+		$v := ${$v}
+		.endfor
+
+		.endif
+		.endif
+		.endif
+
+
+host-target.mk
+	Is used to set macros like ``HOST_TARGET``, ``HOST_OS`` and
+	``host_os`` which are used to find the next step.
+
+sys/\*.mk
+	Platform specific additions, such as ``Darwin.mk`` or ``SunOS.mk``
+	set things like ``HOST_LIBEXT = .dylib`` for Darwin or
+	``SHLIB_FULLVERSION = ${SHLIB_MAJOR}`` for SunOS 5.
+	If there is no OS specific file, ``sys/Generic.mk`` is used.
+
+local.sys.mk
+	Any ``local.*.mk`` file is not part of the distribution.
+	This provides a hook for sites to do extra setup without
+	having to edit the distributed files.
+
+
+The above arrangement makes it easy for the mk files to be part of a
+src tree on an NFS volume and to allow building on multiple platforms.
+
+lib.mk
+------
+
+This file is used to build a number of different libraries from the
+same SRCS.
+
+lib${LIB}.a
+	An archive lib of ``.o`` files, this is the default
+
+lib${LIB}_p.a
+	A profiled lib of ``.po`` files.  
+	Still an archive lib, but all the objects are built with
+	profiling in mind - hence the different extension.
+	It is skipped if ``MKPROFILE`` is "no".
+
+lib${LIB}_pic.a
+	An archive of ``.so`` objects compiled for relocation.
+	On NetBSD this is the input to ``lib${LIB}.${LD_so}``, it is
+	skipped if ``MKPICLIB`` is "no".
+
+lib${LIB}.${LD_so}
+	A shared library.  The value of ``LD_so`` is very platform
+	specific.  For example::
+
+		# SunOS 5 and most other ELF systems
+		libsslfd.so.1
+
+		# Darwin
+		libsslfd.1.dylib
+
+	This library will only be built if ``SHLIB_MAJOR`` has
+	a value, and ``MKPIC`` is not set to "no".
+
+There is a lot of platform specific tweaking in ``lib.mk``, largely the
+result of the original distributions trying to avoid interfering with
+the system's ``sys.mk``. 
+
+libnames.mk
+-----------
+
+This is included by both ``prog.mk`` and ``lib.mk`` and tries to
+include ``*.libnames.mk`` of which:
+
+local.libnames.mk
+	does not exist unless you create it.  It is a handy way for you
+	to customize without touching the distributed files. 
+	For example, on a test machine I needed to build openssl but
+	not install it, so put the following in ``local.libnames.mk``:: 
+
+		.if ${host_os} == "sunos"
+		LIBCRYPTO = ${OBJTOP}/openssl/lib/crypto/libcrypto${DLIBEXT}
+		LIBSSL = ${OBJTOP}/openssl/lib/ssl/libssl${DLIBEXT}
+		INCLUDES_libcrypto = -I${OBJ_libcrypto}
+		.endif
+		
+	The makefile created an openssl dir in ``${OBJ_libcrypto}`` to
+	gather all the headers. dpadd.mk_ did the rest.
+
+sjg.libnames.mk
+	not part of the mk-files distribution.
+
+host.libnames.mk
+	contains logic to find any libs named in ``HOST_LIBS`` in
+	``HOST_LIBDIRS``.
+
+Each file above gets an opportunity to define things like::
+
+	LIBSSLFD	?= ${OBJTOP}/ssl/lib/sslfd/libsslfd${DLIBEXT}
+	INCLUDES_libsslfd = -I${SRC_libsslfd}/h -I${OBJ_libslfd}
+
+these are used by dpadd.mk_ and will be explained below.
+
+dpadd.mk
+--------
+
+This file looks like line noise, and is best considered read-only.
+However it provides some very useful functionality, which simplifies the build.
+
+Makefiles can use the LIB* macros defined via libnames.mk_ or anywhere
+else in various ways::
+
+	# indicate that we need to include headers from LIBCRYPTO
+	# this would result in ${INCLUDES_libcrypto} being added to CFLAGS.
+	SRC_LIBS += ${LIBCRYPTO}
+
+	# indicate that libsslfd must be built already.
+	# it also has the same effect as SRC_LIBS
+	DPADD += ${LIBSSLFD}
+
+	# indicate that not only must libsslfd be built, 
+	# but that we need to link with it.
+	# this is almost exactly equivalent to
+	# DPADD += ${LIBSSLFD}
+	# LDADD += -L${LIBSSLFD:H} -lsslfd
+	# and mostly serves to ensure that DPADD and LDADD are in sync.
+	DPLIBS += ${LIBSSLFD}
+
+Any library (referenced by its full path) in any of the above, is
+added to ``DPMAGIC_LIBS`` with the following results, for each lib *foo*.
+
+SRC_libfoo
+	Is set to indicate where the src for libfoo is.
+	By default it is derived from ``LIBFOO`` by replacing
+	``${OBJTOP}`` with ``${SRCTOP}``.
+
+OBJ_libfoo
+	Not very exciting, is just the dir where libfoo lives.
+
+INCLUDES_libfoo
+	What to add to ``CFLAGS`` to find the public headers.
+	The default varies.  If ``${SRC_libfoo}/h`` exists, it is assumed
+	to be the home of all public headers and thus the default is
+	``-I${SRC_libfoo}/h``
+
+	Otherwise we make no assumptions and the default is
+	``-I${SRC_libfoo} -I${OBJ_libfoo}``
+
+LDADD_libfoo
+	This only applies to libs reference via ``DPLIBS``.
+	The default is ``-lfoo``, ``LDADD_*`` provides a hook to
+	instantiate other linker flags at the appropriate point
+	without losing the benfits of ``DPLIBS``.
+
+prog.mk
+-------
+
+Compiles the specified SRCS and links them and the nominated libraries
+into a program.  Prog makefiles usually need to list the libraries
+that need to be linked.   We prefer use of ``DPLIBS`` but the more
+traditional ``DPADD`` and ``LDADD`` work just as well.
+That is::
+
+	DPLIBS += ${LIBCRYPTO}
+
+is equivalent to::
+
+	DPADD += ${LIBCRYPTO}
+	LDADD += -lcrypto
+
+obj.mk
+------
+
+One of the cool aspects of BSD make, is its support for separating
+object files from the src tree.  This is also the source of much
+confusion to some.
+
+Traditionally one had to do a separate ``make obj`` pass through the
+tree.  If ``MKOBJDIRS`` is "auto", we include auto.obj.mk_.
+
+auto.obj.mk
+-----------
+
+This leverages the ``.OBJDIR`` target introduced some years ago to
+NetBSD make, to automatically create the desired object dir.
+
+subdir.mk
+---------
+
+This is the traditional means of walking the tree.  A makefile sets
+``SUBDIR`` to the list of sub-dirs to visit.
+
+If ``SUBDIR_MUST_EXIST`` is set, missing directories cause an error,
+otherwise a warning is issued.  If you don't even want the warning,
+set ``MISSING_DIR=continue``.
+
+Traditionally, ``subdir.mk`` prints clue as it visits each subdir::
+
+	===> ssl
+	===> ssl/lib
+	===> ssl/lib/sslfd
+
+you can suppress that - or enhance it by setting ``ECHO_DIR``::
+
+	# suppress subdir noise
+	ECHO_DIR=:
+	# print time stamps
+	ECHO_DIR=echo @ `date "+%s [%Y-%m-%d %T] "`
+
+links.mk
+--------
+
+Provides rules for processing lists of ``LINKS`` and ``SYMLINKS``.
+Each is expected to be a list of ``link`` and ``target`` pairs
+(``link`` -> ``target``). 
+
+The logic is generally in a ``_*_SCRIPT`` which is referenced in a
+``_*_USE`` (``.USE``) target.
+
+The ``_BUILD_*`` forms are identical, but do not use ``${DESTDIR}``
+and so are useful for creating symlinks during the build phase.
+For example::
+
+	SYMLINKS += ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE_ARCH}/include machine
+	header_links: _BUILD_SYMLINKS_USE
+	
+	md.o: header_links
+
+would create a symlink called ``machine`` in ``${.OBJDIR}`` pointing to
+``${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE_ARCH}/include`` before compiling ``md.o``
+
+
+autoconf.mk
+-----------
+
+Deals with running (or generating) GNU autoconf ``configure`` scripts.
+
+dep.mk
+------
+
+Deals with collecting dependencies.  Another useful feature of BSD
+make is the separation of this sort of information into a ``.depend``
+file.  ``MKDEP`` needs to point to a suitable tool (like mkdeps.sh_)
+
+If ``USE_AUTODEP_MK`` is "yes" includes autodep.mk_
+
+autodep.mk
+----------
+
+Leverages the ``-MD`` feature of recent GCC to collect dependency
+information as a side effect of compilation.  With this GCC puts
+dependency info into a ``.d`` file.
+
+Unfortunately GCC bases the name of the ``.d`` file on the name of the
+input rather than the output file, which causes problems when the same
+source is compiled different ways.  The latest GCC supports ``-MF`` to
+name the ``.d`` file and ``-MT`` to control the name to put as the
+dependent.
+
+Recent bmake allows dependencies for the ``.END`` target (run at the
+end if everything was successful), and ``autodep.mk`` uses this to
+post process the ``.d`` files into ``.depend``.
+
+auto.dep.mk
+-----------
+
+A much simpler implementation than autodep.mk_ it uses 
+``-MF ${.TARGET:T}.d``
+to avoid possible conflicts during parallel builds.  
+This precludes the use of suffix rules to drive ``make depend``, so 
+dep.mk_ handles that if specifically requested.
+
+own.mk
+------
+
+Normally included by ``init.mk`` (included by ``lib.mk`` and
+``prog.mk`` etc), sets macros for default ownership  etc.
+
+It includes ``${MAKECONF}`` if it is defined and exists.
+
+man.mk
+------
+
+Deals with man pages.
+
+warnings.mk
+-----------
+
+This provides a means of fine grained control over warnings on a per
+``${MACHINE}`` or even file basis.
+
+A makefile sets ``WARNINGS_SET`` to name a list of warnings
+and individual ``W_*`` macros can be used to tweak them.
+For example::
+
+	WARNINGS_SET = HIGH
+	W_unused_sparc = -Wno-unused
+
+would add all the warnings in ``${HIGH_WARNINGS}`` to CFLAGS, but
+on sparc, ``-Wno-unused`` would replace ``-Wunused``.
+
+You should never need to edit ``warnings.mk``, it will include
+``warnings-sets.mk`` if it exists and you use that to make any local
+customizations. 
+
+Meta mode
+=========
+
+The 20110505 and later versions of ``mk-files`` include a number of
+makefile contributed by Juniper Networks, Inc.  
+These allow the latest version of bmake_ to run in `meta mode`_.
+
+.. _`meta mode`: bmake-meta-mode.htm
+
+Install
+=======
+
+You can use the content of mk.tar.gz_ without installing at all.
+
+The script ``install-mk`` takes care of copying ``*.mk`` into a
+destination directory, and unless told not to, create ``bsd.*.mk`` links
+for ``lib.mk`` etc.
+
+If you just want to create the ``bsd.*.mk`` links in the directory
+where you unpacked the tar file, you can::
+
+	./mk/install-mk ./mk
+
+------
+
+.. _bmake: bmake.htm
+.. _NetBSD: http://www.netbsd.org/
+.. _mkdeps.sh: http://www.crufty.net/ftp/pub/sjg/mkdeps.sh
+.. _mk.tar.gz: http://www.crufty.net/ftp/pub/sjg/mk.tar.gz
+
+:Author: sjg@crufty.net
+:Revision: $Id: mk-files.txt,v 1.15 2011/06/08 07:06:18 sjg Exp $
+:Copyright: Crufty.NET
diff --git a/mk/nls.mk b/mk/nls.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e302c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/nls.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#	$NetBSD: bsd.nls.mk,v 1.3 1996/10/18 02:34:45 thorpej Exp $
+
+.if !target(.MAIN)
+.if exists(${.CURDIR}/../Makefile.inc)
+.include "${.CURDIR}/../Makefile.inc"
+.endif
+
+.MAIN: all
+.endif
+
+.SUFFIXES: .cat .msg
+
+.msg.cat:
+	@rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	gencat ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC}
+
+.if defined(NLS) && !empty(NLS)
+NLSALL= ${NLS:.msg=.cat}
+.NOPATH: ${NLSALL}
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(NLSNAME)
+.if defined(PROG)
+NLSNAME=${PROG}
+.else
+NLSNAME=lib${LIB}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+nlsinstall:
+.if defined(NLSALL)
+	@for msg in ${NLSALL}; do \
+		NLSLANG=`basename $$msg .cat`; \
+		dir=${DESTDIR}${NLSDIR}/$${NLSLANG}; \
+		${INSTALL} -d $$dir; \
+		${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${NLSOWN} -g ${NLSGRP} -m ${NLSMODE} $$msg $$dir/${NLSNAME}.cat; \
+	done
+.endif
+
+.if defined(NLSALL)
+all: ${NLSALL}
+
+install:  nlsinstall
+
+cleandir: cleannls
+cleannls:
+	rm -f ${NLSALL}
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/obj.mk b/mk/obj.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b936379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/obj.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+# $Id: obj.mk,v 1.15 2012/11/11 22:37:02 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1999-2010, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE:S,bsd.,,}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE:S,bsd.,,}__:
+
+.include <init.mk>
+
+ECHO_TRACE ?= echo
+
+.if ${MK_OBJDIRS} == "no"
+obj:
+objlink:
+objwarn:
+.else
+
+# this has to match how make behaves
+.if defined(MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(MAKEOBJDIR)
+.if defined(MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX)
+__objdir:= ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR}
+.else
+__objdir:= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.else
+__objdir= ${__objlink}
+.endif
+
+.if defined(OBJMACHINE)
+__objlink=	obj.${MACHINE}
+.else
+__objlink=	obj
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_AUTO_OBJ} == "yes"
+.-include "auto.obj.mk"
+.endif
+
+.NOPATH:	${__objdir}
+.PHONY:		obj
+
+obj: _SUBDIRUSE
+	@if test ! -d ${__objdir}/.; then \
+		mkdir -p ${__objdir}; \
+		if test ! -d ${__objdir}; then \
+			mkdir ${__objdir}; exit 1; \
+		fi; \
+		${ECHO_TRACE} "[Creating objdir ${__objdir}...]" >&2; \
+	fi
+
+.if !target(_SUBDIRUSE)
+# this just allows us to be included by ourselves
+_SUBDIRUSE:
+.endif
+
+# so we can interact with freebsd makefiles
+.if !target(objwarn)
+objwarn:
+.if ${.OBJDIR} == ${.CURDIR}
+	@echo "Warning Object directory is ${.CURDIR}"
+.elif ${.OBJDIR} != ${__objdir}
+	@echo "Warning Object directory is ${.OBJDIR} vs. ${__objdir}"
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if !target(objlink)
+objlink:
+.if ${__objdir:T} != ${__objlink}
+	@if test -d ${__objdir}/.; then \
+		${RM} -f ${.CURDIR}/${__objlink}; \
+		${LN} -s ${__objdir} ${.CURDIR}/${__objlink}; \
+		echo "${__objlink} -> ${__objdir}"; \
+	else \
+		echo "No ${__objdir} to link to - do a 'make obj'"; \
+	fi
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+_CURDIR?= ${.CURDIR}
+_OBJDIR?= ${.OBJDIR}
+
+.if !target(print-objdir)
+print-objdir:
+	@echo ${_OBJDIR}
+.endif
+
+.if !target(whereobj)
+whereobj:
+	@echo ${_OBJDIR}
+.endif
+
+.if !target(destroy)
+.if ${.CURDIR} != ${.OBJDIR}
+destroy:
+	(cd ${_CURDIR} && rm -rf ${_OBJDIR})
+.else
+destroy:  clean
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/options.mk b/mk/options.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d1bf67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/options.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# $Id: options.mk,v 1.6 2013/01/28 19:28:52 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2012, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# Inspired by FreeBSD bsd.own.mk, but intentionally simpler.
+
+# Options are normally listed in either OPTIONS_DEFAULT_{YES,NO}
+# We convert these to ${OPTION}/{yes,no} in OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES.
+# We add the OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO first so they take precedence.
+# This allows override of an OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES by adding it to
+# OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO or adding ${OPTION}/no to OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES.
+# An OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO option can only be overridden by putting
+# ${OPTION}/yes in OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES.
+# A makefile may set NO_* (or NO*) to indicate it cannot do something.
+# User sets WITH_* and WITHOUT_* to indicate what they want.
+# We set MK_* which is then all we need care about.
+OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES += \
+	${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO:O:u:S,$,/no,} \
+	${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES:O:u:S,$,/yes,}
+
+.for o in ${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES:M*/*}
+.if ${o:T:tl} == "no"
+.if defined(WITH_${o:H}) && !defined(NO_${o:H}) && !defined(NO${o:H})
+MK_${o:H} ?= yes
+.else
+MK_${o:H} ?= no
+.endif
+.else
+.if defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) || defined(NO_${o:H}) || defined(NO${o:H})
+MK_${o:H} ?= no
+.else
+MK_${o:H} ?= yes
+.endif
+.endif
+.endfor
+
+# OPTIONS_DEFAULT_DEPENDENT += FOO_UTILS/FOO
+# if neither WITH[OUT]_FOO_UTILS is set, use value of MK_FOO
+.for o in ${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_DEPENDENT:M*/*:O:u}
+.if defined(WITH_${o:H}) && !defined(NO_${o:H}) && !defined(NO${o:H})
+MK_${o:H} ?= yes
+.elif defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) || defined(NO_${o:H}) || defined(NO${o:H})
+MK_${o:H} ?= no
+.else
+MK_${o:H} ?= ${MK_${o:T}}
+.endif
+.endfor
diff --git a/mk/own.mk b/mk/own.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85ea66b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/own.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+# $Id: own.mk,v 1.26 2012/12/11 23:40:19 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+.if !target(__init.mk__)
+.include "init.mk"
+.endif
+
+.ifndef NOMAKECONF
+MAKECONF?=	/etc/mk.conf
+.-include "${MAKECONF}"
+.endif
+
+.include <host-target.mk>
+
+TARGET_OSNAME?= ${_HOST_OSNAME}
+TARGET_OSREL?= ${_HOST_OSREL}
+TARGET_OSTYPE?= ${HOST_OSTYPE}
+TARGET_HOST?= ${HOST_TARGET}
+
+# these may or may not exist
+.-include "${TARGET_HOST}.mk"
+.-include "config.mk"
+
+RM?= rm
+LN?= ln
+INSTALL?= install
+
+prefix?=	/usr
+.if exists(${prefix}/lib)
+libprefix?=	${prefix}
+.else
+libprefix?=	/usr
+.endif
+
+# FreeBSD at least does not set this
+MACHINE_ARCH?=${MACHINE}
+# we need to make sure these are defined too in case sys.mk fails to.
+COMPILE.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} -c
+LINK.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c -traditional-cpp
+LINK.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+CXXFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+LEX.l?=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+COMPILE.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+YACC.y?=	${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# for suffix rules
+IMPFLAGS?=	${COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T}} ${CPUFLAGS.${.IMPSRC:T}} ${CPPFLAGS.${.IMPSRC:T}}
+.for s in .c .cc 
+COMPILE.$s += ${IMPFLAGS}
+LINK.$s +=  ${IMPFLAGS}
+.endfor
+
+PRINT.VAR.MAKE = MAKESYSPATH=${MAKESYSPATH:U${.PARSEDIR}} ${.MAKE}
+.if empty(.MAKEFLAGS:M-V*)
+.if defined(MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(MAKEOBJDIR)
+PRINTOBJDIR=	${PRINT.VAR.MAKE} -r -V .OBJDIR -f /dev/null xxx
+.else
+PRINTOBJDIR=	${PRINT.VAR.MAKE} -V .OBJDIR
+.endif
+.else
+PRINTOBJDIR=	echo # prevent infinite recursion
+.endif
+
+# we really like to have SRCTOP and OBJTOP defined...
+.if !defined(SRCTOP) || !defined(OBJTOP)
+.-include "srctop.mk"
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(SRCTOP) || !defined(OBJTOP)
+# dpadd.mk is rather pointless without these
+OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO+= DPADD_MK
+.endif
+
+# process options
+OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO+= \
+	INSTALL_AS_USER \
+	LIBTOOL \
+	LINT \
+	META_MODE \
+
+OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES+= \
+	ARCHIVE \
+	AUTODEP \
+	AUTO_OBJ \
+	CRYPTO \
+	DOC \
+	DPADD_MK \
+	GDB \
+	KERBEROS \
+	LINKLIB \
+	MAN \
+	NLS \
+	OBJ \
+	PIC \
+	SHARE \
+	SKEY \
+	YP \
+
+OPTIONS_DEFAULT_DEPENDENT+= \
+	CATPAGES/MAN \
+	OBJDIRS/OBJ \
+	PICINSTALL/LINKLIB \
+	PICLIB/PIC \
+	PROFILE/LINKLIB \
+
+.include <options.mk>
+
+.if ${MK_INSTALL_AS_USER} == "yes"
+# We ignore this if user is root.
+_uid!=  id -u
+.if ${_uid} != 0
+.if !defined(USERGRP)
+USERGRP!=  id -g
+.export USERGRP
+.endif
+.for x in BIN CONF DOC INFO KMOD LIB MAN NLS SHARE
+$xOWN=  ${USER}
+$xGRP=  ${USERGRP}
+.endfor
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# override this in sys.mk
+ROOT_GROUP?=	wheel
+BINGRP?=	${ROOT_GROUP}
+BINOWN?=	root
+BINMODE?=	555
+NONBINMODE?=	444
+
+# Define MANZ to have the man pages compressed (gzip)
+#MANZ=		1
+
+MANTARGET?= cat
+MANDIR?=	${prefix}/share/man/${MANTARGET}
+MANGRP?=	${BINGRP}
+MANOWN?=	${BINOWN}
+MANMODE?=	${NONBINMODE}
+
+LIBDIR?=	${libprefix}/lib
+SHLIBDIR?=	${libprefix}/lib
+.if ${USE_SHLIBDIR:Uno} == "yes"
+_LIBSODIR?=	${SHLIBDIR}
+.else
+_LIBSODIR?=	${LIBDIR}
+.endif
+# this is where ld.*so lives
+SHLINKDIR?=	/usr/libexec
+LINTLIBDIR?=	${libprefix}/libdata/lint
+LIBGRP?=	${BINGRP}
+LIBOWN?=	${BINOWN}
+LIBMODE?=	${NONBINMODE}
+
+DOCDIR?=        ${prefix}/share/doc
+DOCGRP?=	${BINGRP}
+DOCOWN?=	${BINOWN}
+DOCMODE?=       ${NONBINMODE}
+
+NLSDIR?=	${prefix}/share/nls
+NLSGRP?=	${BINGRP}
+NLSOWN?=	${BINOWN}
+NLSMODE?=	${NONBINMODE}
+
+KMODDIR?=	${prefix}/lkm
+KMODGRP?=	${BINGRP}
+KMODOWN?=	${BINOWN}
+KMODMODE?=	${NONBINMODE}
+
+COPY?=		-c
+STRIP_FLAG?=	-s
+
+.if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD"
+.if exists(/usr/libexec/ld.elf_so)
+OBJECT_FMT=ELF
+.endif
+OBJECT_FMT?=a.out
+.endif
+# sys.mk should set something appropriate if need be.
+OBJECT_FMT?=ELF
+
+.if (${_HOST_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD")
+CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS}
+.endif
+
+# allow for per target flags
+# apply the :T:R first, so the more specific :T can override if needed
+CPPFLAGS += ${CPPFLAGS_${.TARGET:T:R}} ${CPPFLAGS_${.TARGET:T}} 
+CFLAGS += ${CFLAGS_${.TARGET:T:R}} ${CFLAGS_${.TARGET:T}} 
+
+# Define SYS_INCLUDE to indicate whether you want symbolic links to the system
+# source (``symlinks''), or a separate copy (``copies''); (latter useful
+# in environments where it's not possible to keep /sys publicly readable)
+#SYS_INCLUDE= 	symlinks
+
+# don't try to generate PIC versions of libraries on machines
+# which don't support PIC.
+.if  (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax") || \
+    ((${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mips") && defined(STATIC_TOOLCHAIN)) || \
+    ((${MACHINE_ARCH} == "alpha") && defined(ECOFF_TOOLCHAIN))
+MK_PIC=no
+.endif
+
+# No lint, for now.
+NOLINT=
+
+
+.if ${MK_LINKLIB} == "no"
+MK_PICINSTALL=	no
+MK_PROFILE=	no
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_MAN} == "no"
+MK_CATPAGES=	no
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_OBJ} == "no"
+MK_OBJDIRS=	no
+MK_AUTO_OBJ=	no
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_SHARE} == "no"
+MK_CATPAGES=	no
+MK_DOC=		no
+MK_INFO=	no
+MK_MAN=		no
+MK_NLS=		no
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/prlist.mk b/mk/prlist.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09d7dfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/prlist.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# $Id: prlist.mk,v 1.3 2008/07/17 16:24:57 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2006, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+# this needs to be included after all the lists it will process
+# are defined - which is why it is a separate file.
+# Usage looks like:
+#   MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} prlist.SOMETHING_HUGE | xargs whatever
+#
+.if make(prlist.*)
+.for t in ${.TARGETS:Mprlist.*:E}
+.if empty($t)
+prlist.$t:
+.else
+prlist.$t:	${$t:O:u:S,^,prlist-,}
+${$t:O:u:S,^,prlist-,}: .PHONY
+	@echo "${.TARGET:S,prlist-,,}"
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/prog.mk b/mk/prog.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99fd7e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/prog.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+#	$Id: prog.mk,v 1.24 2012/12/13 23:04:14 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__)
+__${.PARSEFILE}__:
+
+.include <init.mk>
+
+# FreeBSD at least expects MAN8 etc.
+.if defined(MAN) && !empty(MAN)
+_sect:=${MAN:E}
+MAN${_sect}=${MAN}
+.endif
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .o .c .cc .C .y .l .s .8 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2 .1 .0
+
+CFLAGS+=	${COPTS}
+
+.if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD"
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64"
+CFLAGS+=	-mcmodel=medlow
+.endif
+
+# ELF platforms depend on crtbegin.o and crtend.o
+.if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF"
+.ifndef LIBCRTBEGIN
+LIBCRTBEGIN=	${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/crtbegin.o
+.MADE: ${LIBCRTBEGIN}
+.endif
+.ifndef LIBCRTEND
+LIBCRTEND=	${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/crtend.o
+.MADE: ${LIBCRTEND}
+.endif
+_SHLINKER=	${SHLINKDIR}/ld.elf_so
+.else
+LIBCRTBEGIN?=
+LIBCRTEND?=
+_SHLINKER=	${SHLINKDIR}/ld.so
+.endif
+
+.ifndef LIBCRT0
+LIBCRT0=	${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/crt0.o
+.MADE: ${LIBCRT0}
+.endif
+.endif	# NetBSD
+
+# here is where you can define what LIB* are
+.-include <libnames.mk>
+.if ${MK_DPADD_MK} == "yes"
+# lots of cool magic, but might not suit everyone.
+.include <dpadd.mk>
+.endif
+
+.if defined(SHAREDSTRINGS)
+CLEANFILES+=strings
+.c.o:
+	${CC} -E ${CFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} | xstr -c -
+	@${CC} ${CFLAGS} -c x.c -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f x.c
+
+.cc.o:
+	${CXX} -E ${CXXFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} | xstr -c -
+	@mv -f x.c x.cc
+	@${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} -c x.cc -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f x.cc
+
+.C.o:
+	${CXX} -E ${CXXFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} | xstr -c -
+	@mv -f x.c x.C
+	@${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} -c x.C -o ${.TARGET}
+	@rm -f x.C
+.endif
+
+
+.if defined(PROG)
+SRCS?=	${PROG}.c
+.for s in ${SRCS:N*.h:N*.sh:M*/*}
+${.o .po .lo:L:@o@${s:T:R}$o@}: $s
+.endfor
+.if !empty(SRCS:N*.h:N*.sh)
+OBJS+=	${SRCS:T:N*.h:N*.sh:R:S/$/.o/g}
+LOBJS+=	${LSRCS:.c=.ln} ${SRCS:M*.c:.c=.ln}
+.endif
+
+.if defined(OBJS) && !empty(OBJS)
+.NOPATH: ${OBJS} ${PROG} ${SRCS:M*.[ly]:C/\..$/.c/} ${YHEADER:D${SRCS:M*.y:.y=.h}}
+
+# this is known to work for NetBSD 1.6 and FreeBSD 4.2
+.if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD" || ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD"
+_PROGLDOPTS=
+.if ${SHLINKDIR} != "/usr/libexec"	# XXX: change or remove if ld.so moves
+_PROGLDOPTS+=	-Wl,-dynamic-linker=${_SHLINKER}
+.endif
+.if defined(LIBDIR) && ${SHLIBDIR} != ${LIBDIR}
+_PROGLDOPTS+=	-Wl,-rpath-link,${DESTDIR}${SHLIBDIR}:${DESTDIR}/usr/lib \
+		-L${DESTDIR}${SHLIBDIR}
+.endif
+_PROGLDOPTS+=	-Wl,-rpath,${SHLIBDIR}:/usr/lib 
+
+.if defined(PROG_CXX)
+_CCLINK=	${CXX}
+_SUPCXX=	-lstdc++ -lm
+.endif
+.endif	# NetBSD
+
+_CCLINK?=	${CC}
+
+.if defined(DESTDIR) && exists(${LIBCRT0}) && ${LIBCRT0} != "/dev/null"
+
+${PROG}: ${LIBCRT0} ${OBJS} ${LIBC} ${DPADD}
+	${_CCLINK} ${LDFLAGS} ${LDSTATIC} -o ${.TARGET} -nostdlib ${_PROGLDOPTS} -L${DESTDIR}/usr/lib ${LIBCRT0} ${LIBCRTBEGIN} ${OBJS} ${LDADD} -L${DESTDIR}/usr/lib ${_SUPCXX} -lgcc -lc -lgcc ${LIBCRTEND}
+
+.else
+
+${PROG}: ${LIBCRT0} ${OBJS} ${LIBC} ${DPADD}
+	${_CCLINK} ${LDFLAGS} ${LDSTATIC} -o ${.TARGET} ${_PROGLDOPTS} ${OBJS} ${LDADD}
+
+.endif	# defined(DESTDIR)
+.endif	# defined(OBJS) && !empty(OBJS)
+
+.if	!defined(MAN)
+MAN=	${PROG}.1
+.endif	# !defined(MAN)
+.endif	# defined(PROG)
+
+.if !defined(_SKIP_BUILD)
+all: ${PROG}
+.endif
+all: _SUBDIRUSE
+
+.if !target(clean)
+cleanprog:
+	rm -f a.out [Ee]rrs mklog core *.core \
+	    ${PROG} ${OBJS} ${LOBJS} ${CLEANFILES}
+
+clean: _SUBDIRUSE cleanprog
+cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE cleanprog
+.else
+cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE clean
+.endif
+
+.if defined(SRCS) && (!defined(MKDEP) || ${MKDEP} != autodep)
+afterdepend: .depend
+	@(TMP=/tmp/_depend$$$$; \
+	    sed -e 's/^\([^\.]*\).o[ ]*:/\1.o \1.ln:/' \
+	      < .depend > $$TMP; \
+	    mv $$TMP .depend)
+.endif
+
+.if !target(install)
+.if !target(beforeinstall)
+beforeinstall:
+.endif
+.if !target(afterinstall)
+afterinstall:
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(BINOWN)
+PROG_INSTALL_OWN ?= -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP}
+.endif
+
+.if !target(realinstall)
+realinstall: proginstall
+.endif
+.if !target(proginstall)
+proginstall:
+.if defined(PROG)
+	[ -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} ] || \
+	${INSTALL} -d ${PROG_INSTALL_OWN} -m 775 ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR}
+	${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${STRIP_FLAG} ${PROG_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${BINMODE} \
+	    ${PROG} ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR}/${PROG_NAME}
+.endif
+.if defined(HIDEGAME)
+	(cd ${DESTDIR}/usr/games; rm -f ${PROG}; ln -s dm ${PROG})
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.include <links.mk>
+
+install: maninstall install_links _SUBDIRUSE
+
+install_links:
+.if !empty(SYMLINKS)
+	@set ${SYMLINKS}; ${_SYMLINKS_SCRIPT}
+.endif
+.if !empty(LINKS)
+	@set ${LINKS}; ${_LINKS_SCRIPT}
+.endif
+
+maninstall: afterinstall
+afterinstall: realinstall
+realinstall: beforeinstall
+.endif
+
+.if !target(lint)
+lint: ${LOBJS}
+.if defined(LOBJS) && !empty(LOBJS)
+	@${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS:M-L*} ${LOBJS} ${LDADD}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.NOPATH:	${PROG}
+.if defined(OBJS) && !empty(OBJS)
+.NOPATH:	${OBJS}
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_MAN} != "no"
+.include <man.mk>
+.endif
+
+.if ${MK_NLS} != "no"
+.include <nls.mk>
+.endif
+
+.include <obj.mk>
+.include <dep.mk>
+.include <subdir.mk>
+.include <final.mk>
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/progs.mk b/mk/progs.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fd2312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/progs.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# $Id: progs.mk,v 1.11 2012/11/06 17:18:54 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2006, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.MAIN: all
+
+.if defined(PROGS)
+
+# In meta mode, we can capture dependenices for _one_ of the progs.
+# if makefile doesn't nominate one, we use the first.
+.ifndef UPDATE_DEPENDFILE_PROG
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE_PROG = ${PROGS:[1]}
+.export UPDATE_DEPENDFILE_PROG
+.endif
+
+.ifndef PROG
+# They may have asked us to build just one
+.for t in ${PROGS}
+.if make($t)
+PROG ?= $t
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.if defined(PROG)
+# just one of many
+PROG_VARS += CFLAGS CPPFLAGS CXXFLAGS DPADD DPLIBS LDADD MAN SRCS
+.for v in ${PROG_VARS:O:u}
+$v += ${${v}_${PROG}:U${${v}.${PROG}}}
+.endfor
+
+# for meta mode, there can be only one!
+.if ${PROG} == ${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE_PROG:Uno}
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE ?= yes
+.endif
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE ?= NO
+
+# ensure that we don't clobber each other's dependencies
+DEPENDFILE?= .depend.${PROG}
+# prog.mk will do the rest
+.else
+all: ${PROGS}
+
+# We cannot capture dependencies for meta mode here
+UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO
+# nor can we safely run in parallel.
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# handle being called [bsd.]progs.mk
+.include <${.PARSEFILE:S,progs,prog,}>
+
+.ifndef PROG
+PROGS_TARGETS += clean
+
+.for p in ${PROGS}
+.if defined(PROGS_CXX) && !empty(PROGS_CXX:M$p)
+# bsd.prog.mk may need to know this
+x.$p= PROG_CXX=$p
+.endif
+
+$p ${p}_p: .PHONY .MAKE
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} PROG=$p ${x.$p})
+
+.for t in ${PROGS_TARGETS:O:u}
+$p.$t: .PHONY .MAKE
+	(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} PROG=$p ${x.$p} ${@:E})
+.endfor
+.endfor
+
+.for t in ${PROGS_TARGETS:O:u}
+$t: ${PROGS:%=%.$t}
+.endfor
+
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/rst2htm.mk b/mk/rst2htm.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bd66da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/rst2htm.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# $Id: rst2htm.mk,v 1.8 2011/04/03 21:39:25 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2009, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# convert reStructuredText to HTML, using rst2html.py from
+# docutils - http://docutils.sourceforge.net/
+
+.if empty(TXTSRCS)
+TXTSRCS != 'ls' -1t ${.CURDIR}/*.txt ${.CURDIR}/*.rst 2>/dev/null; echo
+.endif
+RSTSRCS ?= ${TXTSRCS}
+HTMFILES ?= ${RSTSRCS:R:T:O:u:%=%.htm}
+RST2HTML ?= rst2html.py
+RST2S5 ?= rst2s5.py
+# the following will run RST2S5 if the target name contains the word 'slides'
+# otherwise it uses RST2HTML
+RST2HTM = ${"${.TARGET:T:M*slides*}":?${RST2S5} ${RST2S5_FLAGS}:${RST2HTML} ${RST2HTML_FLAGS}}
+
+RST_SUFFIXES ?= .rst .txt
+
+CLEANFILES += ${HTMFILES}
+
+html:	${HTMFILES}
+
+.SUFFIXES: ${RST_SUFFIXES} .htm
+
+${RST_SUFFIXES:@s@$s.htm@}:
+	${RST2HTM} ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
+
+.for s in ${RSTSRCS:O:u}
+${s:R:T}.htm: $s
+.endfor
diff --git a/mk/scripts.mk b/mk/scripts.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efd65f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/scripts.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# $Id: scripts.mk,v 1.2 2006/11/09 01:55:18 sjg Exp $
+
+.include <init.mk>
+
+.if defined(SCRIPTS) 
+
+all:	${SCRIPTS}
+
+.PHONY:		scriptsinstall
+install:	scriptsinstall
+
+.if !target(scriptsinstall)
+SCRIPTSDIR?=	${BINDIR}
+SCRIPTSOWN?=	${BINOWN}
+SCRIPTSGRP?=	${BINGRP}
+SCRIPTSMODE?=	${BINMODE}
+
+# how we get script name from src
+SCRIPTSNAME_MOD?=T:R
+
+script_targets= ${SCRIPTS:@s@${DESTDIR}${SCRIPTSDIR_$s:U${SCRIPTSDIR}}/${SCRIPTSNAME_$s:U${s:${SCRIPTSNAME_MOD}}}@}
+
+scriptsinstall:: ${script_targets}
+
+.PRECIOUS: ${script_targets}
+.if !defined(UPDATE)
+.PHONY: ${script_targets}
+.endif
+
+INSTALL_FLAGS?= ${RENAME} ${PRESERVE} ${COPY} ${INSTPRIV} \
+	-o ${OWN_${.TARGET:T}:U${SCRIPTSOWN}} \
+	-g ${GRP_${.TARGET:T}:U${SCRIPTSGRP}} \
+	-m ${MODE_${.TARGET:T}:U${SCRIPTSMODE}}
+
+__SCRIPTINSTALL_USE: .USE
+	${INSTALL} ${INSTALL_FLAGS_${.TARGET:T}:U${INSTALL_FLAGS}} \
+	    ${.ALLSRC} ${.TARGET}
+
+.for s in ${SCRIPTS}
+.if !defined(BUILD) && !make(all) && !make(${s})
+${DESTDIR}${SCRIPTSDIR_$s:U${SCRIPTSDIR}}/${SCRIPTSNAME_$s:U${s:${SCRIPTSNAME_MOD}}}:	.MADE
+.endif
+${DESTDIR}${SCRIPTSDIR_$s:U${SCRIPTSDIR}}/${SCRIPTSNAME_$s:U${s:${SCRIPTSNAME_MOD}}}:	${s} __SCRIPTINSTALL_USE
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.endif
+
+.if !target(scriptsinstall)
+scriptsinstall::
+.endif
+
diff --git a/mk/srctop.mk b/mk/srctop.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fab090c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/srctop.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# $Id: srctop.mk,v 1.3 2012/11/11 23:20:18 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2012, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.if !defined(SRCTOP)
+# if using mk(1) SB will be set.
+.ifdef SB
+.if ${.CURDIR:S,${SB},,} != ${.CURDIR}
+# we are actually within SB
+.ifdef SB_SRC
+SRCTOP:= ${SB_SRC}
+.elif exists(${SB}/src)
+SRCTOP:= ${SB}/src
+.else
+SRCTOP:= ${SB}
+.endif
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(SRCTOP)
+.for rd in share/mk build/mk mk
+.if ${_this_mk_dir:M*${rd}} != ""
+.if ${.CURDIR:S,${_this_mk_dir:${rd:C,[^/]+,H,g:S,/, ,g:ts:}},,} != ${.CURDIR}
+SRCTOP:= ${_this_mk_dir:${rd:C,[^/]+,H,g:S,/, ,g:ts:}}
+.endif
+.endif
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(SRCTOP)
+_SRCTOP_TEST_?= [ -f ../.sandbox-env -o -d share/mk ]
+# Linux at least has a bug where attempting to check an automounter
+# directory will hang.  So avoid looking above /a/b
+SRCTOP!= cd ${.CURDIR}; while :; do \
+		here=`pwd`; \
+		${_SRCTOP_TEST_} && { echo $$here; break; }; \
+		case $$here in /*/*/*) cd ..;; *) echo ""; break;; esac; \
+		done 
+.endif
+.if defined(SRCTOP) && exists(${SRCTOP}/.)
+.export SRCTOP
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.if !defined(OBJTOP) && !empty(SRCTOP)
+.if defined(MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) && exists(${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${SRCTOP})
+OBJTOP= ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${SRCTOP}
+.elif (exists(${SRCTOP}/Makefile) || exists(${SRCTOP}/makefile))
+OBJTOP!= cd ${SRCTOP} && ${PRINTOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.if empty(OBJTOP)
+OBJTOP= ${SRCTOP}
+.endif
+.export OBJTOP
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/subdir.mk b/mk/subdir.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..313b7d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/subdir.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#	$Id: subdir.mk,v 1.14 2012/11/12 04:34:33 sjg Exp $
+#	skip missing directories...
+
+#	$NetBSD: bsd.subdir.mk,v 1.11 1996/04/04 02:05:06 jtc Exp $
+#	@(#)bsd.subdir.mk	5.9 (Berkeley) 2/1/91
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 && ${.MAKE.MODE:Uno:Mmeta*} != ""
+.include <meta.subdir.mk>
+# keep everyone happy
+_SUBDIRUSE:
+.elif !commands(_SUBDIRUSE) && !defined(NO_SUBDIR) && !defined(NOSUBDIR)
+.if exists(${.CURDIR}/Makefile.inc)
+.include "Makefile.inc"
+.endif
+.if !target(.MAIN)
+.MAIN: all
+.endif
+
+ECHO_DIR ?= echo
+.ifdef SUBDIR_MUST_EXIST
+MISSING_DIR=echo "Missing ===> ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}"; exit 1
+.else
+MISSING_DIR=echo "Skipping ===> ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}"; continue
+.endif
+
+_SUBDIRUSE: .USE
+.if defined(SUBDIR)
+	@Exists() { test -f $$1; }; \
+	for entry in ${SUBDIR}; do \
+		(set -e; \
+		if Exists ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}.${MACHINE}/[mM]akefile; then \
+			_newdir_="$${entry}.${MACHINE}"; \
+		elif  Exists ${.CURDIR}/$${entry}/[mM]akefile; then \
+			_newdir_="$${entry}"; \
+		else \
+			${MISSING_DIR}; \
+		fi; \
+		if test X"${_THISDIR_}" = X""; then \
+			_nextdir_="$${_newdir_}"; \
+		else \
+			_nextdir_="$${_THISDIR_}/$${_newdir_}"; \
+		fi; \
+		${ECHO_DIR} "===> $${_nextdir_}"; \
+		cd ${.CURDIR}/$${_newdir_}; \
+		${.MAKE} _THISDIR_="$${_nextdir_}" \
+		    ${.TARGET:S/realinstall/install/:S/.depend/depend/}) || exit 1; \
+	done
+
+${SUBDIR}::
+	@set -e; if test -d ${.CURDIR}/${.TARGET}.${MACHINE}; then \
+		_newdir_=${.TARGET}.${MACHINE}; \
+	else \
+		_newdir_=${.TARGET}; \
+	fi; \
+	${ECHO_DIR} "===> $${_newdir_}"; \
+	cd ${.CURDIR}/$${_newdir_}; \
+	${.MAKE} _THISDIR_="$${_newdir_}" all
+.endif
+
+.if !target(install)
+.if !target(beforeinstall)
+beforeinstall:
+.endif
+.if !target(afterinstall)
+afterinstall:
+.endif
+install: maninstall
+maninstall: afterinstall
+afterinstall: realinstall
+realinstall: beforeinstall _SUBDIRUSE
+.endif
+
+.if defined(SRCS)
+etags: ${SRCS}
+	-cd ${.CURDIR}; etags `echo ${.ALLSRC:N*.h} | sed 's;${.CURDIR}/;;'`
+.endif
+
+SUBDIR_TARGETS += \
+	all \
+	clean \
+	cleandir \
+	includes \
+	depend \
+	lint \
+	obj \
+	tags \
+	etags
+
+.for t in ${SUBDIR_TARGETS:O:u}
+$t: _SUBDIRUSE
+.endfor
+
+.include <own.mk>
+.if make(destroy*)
+.include <obj.mk>
+.endif
+.endif
+# make sure this exists
+all:
diff --git a/mk/sys.clean-env.mk b/mk/sys.clean-env.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1867c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys.clean-env.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+# $Id: sys.clean-env.mk,v 1.20 2012/11/12 06:56:04 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2009, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# This makefile would normally be included by sys.env.mk
+
+# The variables used by this makefile include:
+#
+# MAKE_ENV_SAVE_VAR_LIST
+#	The actuall list of variables from the environment that will be
+#	preserved.
+# MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST
+#	A list of prefixes to match against the environment - the results
+#	are added to MAKE_ENV_SAVE_VAR_LIST after being filtered by...
+# MAKE_ENV_SAVE_EXCLUDE_LIST
+#	A list of words or patterns which is turned into a list of :N
+#	modifiers.
+
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 && ${MAKE_VERSION} >= 20100606
+# We save any env var that starts with the words in MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST.
+# This gets expanded to an egrep expression like '^(A|B|C...)'
+# and added to MAKE_ENV_SAVE_VAR_LIST below.
+# If any of these end up being too greedy, MAKE_ENV_SAVE_EXCLUDE_LIST
+# can be used to filter.
+MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST += \
+	CCACHE \
+	CVS \
+	DEBUG \
+	DISTCC \
+	HOST \
+	MACHINE \
+	MAKE \
+	MK \
+	NEED_ \
+	SB_ \
+	SSH \
+	SVN \
+	USE_ \
+	WITH_ \
+	WITHOUT_ \
+
+
+# This could be a list of vars or patterns to explicitly exclude.
+MAKE_ENV_SAVE_EXCLUDE_LIST ?= _
+
+# This is the actual list that we will save
+# HOME is probably something worth clobbering eg. 
+# HOME=/var/empty
+MAKE_ENV_SAVE_VAR_LIST += \
+	HOME \
+	LOGNAME \
+	OBJROOT \
+	OBJTOP \
+	PATH \
+	SB \
+	SRCTOP \
+	USER \
+	${_env_vars:${MAKE_ENV_SAVE_EXCLUDE_LIST:${M_ListToSkip}}}
+
+_env_vars != env | egrep '^(${MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST:ts|})' | sed 's,=.*,,'; echo
+
+_export_list =
+.for v in ${MAKE_ENV_SAVE_VAR_LIST:O:u}
+.if defined($v)
+_export_list += $v
+# Save current value
+$v := ${$v}
+.endif
+.endfor
+
+# Now, clobber the environment
+.unexport-env
+
+# This is a list of vars that we handle specially below
+_tricky_env_vars = MAKEOBJDIR OBJTOP
+# Export our selection - sans tricky ones
+.export ${_export_list:${_tricky_env_vars:${M_ListToSkip}}}
+
+# This next bit may need tweaking
+# if you don't happen to like the way I set it.
+.if defined(MAKEOBJDIR)
+# We are going to set this to the equivalent of the shell's
+# MAKEOBJDIR='${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP},${OBJTOP},}'
+_srctop := ${SRCTOP:U${SB_SRC:U${SB}/src}}
+_objroot := ${OBJROOT:U${SB_OBJROOT:U${SB}/${SB_OBJPREFIX}}}
+_objtop := ${OBJTOP:U${_objroot}${MACHINE}}
+# Take care of ${MACHINE}
+.if ${MACHINE} == "host" || ${OBJTOP} == ${HOST_OBJTOP:Uno}
+OBJTOP = ${_objtop:S,${HOST_TARGET}$,\${MACHINE},}
+.else
+OBJTOP = ${_objtop:S,${MACHINE}$,\${MACHINE},}
+.endif
+# Export like this
+MAKEOBJDIR = $${.CURDIR:S,${_srctop},$${OBJTOP},}
+#.info ${MAKE_SAVE_ENV_VARS _srctop _objroot _objtop OBJTOP MAKEOBJDIR:L:@v@${.newline}$v=${$v}@}
+
+# Export these as-is, and do not track...
+# otherwise the environment will be ruined when we evaluate them below.
+.export-env ${_tricky_env_vars}
+
+# Now evaluate for ourselves
+.for v in ${_tricky_env_vars}
+$v := ${$v}
+.endfor
+#.info ${_tricky_env_vars:@v@${.newline}$v=${$v}@}
+
+.endif				# MAKEOBJDIR
+.endif				# level 0
diff --git a/mk/sys.dependfile.mk b/mk/sys.dependfile.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42cec61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys.dependfile.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# $Id: sys.dependfile.mk,v 1.5 2013/03/08 00:59:21 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2012, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# This only makes sense in meta mode.
+# This allows a mixture of auto generated as well as manually edited
+# dependency files, which can be differentiated by their names.
+# As per dirdeps.mk we only require:
+# 1. a common prefix
+# 2. that machine specific files end in .${MACHINE}
+#
+# The .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE below is an example.
+
+# All depend file names should start with this
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX ?= Makefile.depend
+
+# The order of preference: we will use the first one of these we find.
+# It usually makes sense to order from most specific to least.
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE ?= \
+	${.CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}.${MACHINE} \
+	${.CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}
+
+# Normally the 1st entry is our default choice
+# Another useful default is ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT ?= ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:[1]}
+
+_e := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:@m@${exists($m):?$m:}@}
+.if !empty(_e)
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE := ${_e:[1]}
+.elif ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:M*${MACHINE}} != "" && ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT:E} != ${MACHINE}
+# MACHINE specific depend files are supported, but *not* default.
+# If any already exist, we should follow suit.
+_aml = ${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:Uarm amd64 i386 powerpc:N${MACHINE}} ${MACHINE}
+# MACHINE must be the last entry in _aml ;-)
+_e := ${_aml:@MACHINE@${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:@m@${exists($m):?$m:}@}@}
+.if !empty(_e)
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE ?= ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:M*${MACHINE}:[1]}
+.endif
+.endif
+.MAKE.DEPENDFILE ?= ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT}
diff --git a/mk/sys.mk b/mk/sys.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30eca9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+# $Id: sys.mk,v 1.35 2012/11/12 06:27:51 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2003-2009, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# Avoid putting anything platform specific in here.
+
+# We use the following paradigm for preventing multiple inclusion.
+# It relies on the fact that conditionals and dependencies are resolved 
+# at the time they are read.
+#
+# _this ?= ${.PARSEFILE}
+# .if !target(__${_this}__)
+# __${_this}__:
+#
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408
+_this = ${.PARSEDIR:tA}/${.PARSEFILE}
+.else
+_this = ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
+.endif
+
+# Sometimes we want to turn on debugging in just one or two places
+# if .CURDIR is matched by any entry in DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS we
+# will apply DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS now.
+# if an entry in DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS matches, we at the end of sys.mk
+# eg.  DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS=-dv DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS="*lib/sjg"
+# use DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0 to apply only to .MAKE.LEVEL 0
+#
+.if ${.MAKE.LEVEL:U1} == 0
+# we use indirection, to simplify the tests below, and incase
+# DEBUG_* were given on our command line.
+_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0}
+_DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS0:U${DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS}}
+_DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS0:U${DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS}}
+.else
+_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS}
+_DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS}
+_DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS}
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS)
+.if ${_DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS:Uno:@x@${.CURDIR:M$x}@} != ""
+.MAKEFLAGS: ${_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+# if this is an ancient version of bmake
+MAKE_VERSION ?= 0
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:M*make-*}
+# turn it into what we want - just the date
+MAKE_VERSION := ${MAKE_VERSION:[1]:C,.*-,,}
+.endif
+
+# some useful modifiers
+
+# A useful trick for testing multiple :M's against something
+# :L says to use the variable's name as its value - ie. literal
+# got = ${clean* destroy:${M_ListToMatch:S,V,.TARGETS,}}
+M_ListToMatch = L:@m@$${V:M$$m}@
+# match against our initial targets (see above)
+M_L_TARGETS = ${M_ListToMatch:S,V,_TARGETS,}
+
+# turn a list into a set of :N modifiers
+# NskipFoo = ${Foo:${M_ListToSkip}}
+M_ListToSkip= O:u:ts::S,:,:N,g:S,^,N,
+
+# type should be a builtin in any sh since about 1980,
+# AUTOCONF := ${autoconf:L:${M_whence}}
+M_type = @x@(type $$x 2> /dev/null); echo;@:sh:[0]:N* found*:[@]:C,[()],,g
+M_whence = ${M_type}:M/*
+
+# convert a path to a valid shell variable
+M_P2V = tu:C,[./-],_,g
+
+# convert path to absolute
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408
+M_tA = tA
+.else
+M_tA = C,.*,('cd' & \&\& 'pwd') 2> /dev/null || echo &,:sh
+.endif
+
+# absoulte path to what we are reading.
+_PARSEDIR = ${.PARSEDIR:${M_tA}}
+
+# we expect a recent bmake
+.if !defined(_TARGETS)
+# some things we do only once
+_TARGETS := ${.TARGETS}
+.-include <sys.env.mk>
+.endif
+
+# we need HOST_TARGET etc below.
+.include <host-target.mk>
+
+# find the OS specifics
+.if defined(SYS_OS_MK)
+.include <${SYS_OS_MK}>
+.else
+_sys_mk =
+.for x in ${HOST_OSTYPE} ${HOST_TARGET} ${HOST_OS} ${MACHINE} Generic
+.if empty(_sys_mk)
+.-include <sys/$x.mk>
+_sys_mk := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/$x.mk}
+.if !empty(_sys_mk)
+_sys_mk := sys/${_sys_mk:T}
+.endif
+.endif
+.if empty(_sys_mk)
+# might be an old style
+.-include <$x.sys.mk>
+_sys_mk := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/$x.sys.mk:T}
+.endif
+.endfor
+
+SYS_OS_MK := ${_sys_mk}
+.export SYS_OS_MK
+.endif
+
+# allow customization without editing.
+.-include <local.sys.mk>
+
+# if you want objdirs make them automatic
+.if ${MKOBJDIRS:Uno} == "auto"
+.include <auto.obj.mk>
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(SRCTOP)
+.if ${.CURDIR} == ${SRCTOP}
+RELDIR = .
+.elif ${.CURDIR:M${SRCTOP}/*}
+RELDIR := ${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}
+.endif
+.endif
+
+MACHINE_ARCH.host ?= ${_HOST_ARCH}
+MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE} ?= ${MACHINE}
+.if empty(MACHINE_ARCH)
+MACHINE_ARCH = ${MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE}}
+.endif
+
+.ifndef ROOT_GROUP
+ROOT_GROUP != sed -n /:0:/s/:.*//p /etc/group
+.export ROOT_GROUP
+.endif
+
+unix ?= We run ${_HOST_OSNAME}.
+
+# A race condition in mkdir, means that it can bail if another
+# process made a dir that mkdir expected to.
+# We repeat the mkdir -p a number of times to try and work around this.
+# We stop looping as soon as the dir exists.
+# If we get to the end of the loop, a plain mkdir will issue an error.
+Mkdirs= Mkdirs() { \
+	for d in $$*; do \
+		for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do \
+			mkdir -p $$d; \
+			test -d $$d && return 0; \
+		done; \
+		mkdir $$d || exit $$?; \
+	done; }
+
+# this often helps with debugging
+.SUFFIXES:      .cpp-out
+
+.c.cpp-out:
+	@${COMPILE.c:N-c} -E ${.IMPSRC} | grep -v '^[ 	]*$$'
+
+.cc.cpp-out:
+	@${COMPILE.cc:N-c} -E ${.IMPSRC} | grep -v '^[ 	]*$$'
+
+# we don't include own.mk but user can expect -DWITH_META_MODE to work
+.if defined(WITHOUT_META_MODE)
+USE_META= no
+.elif defined(WITH_META_MODE)
+USE_META= yes
+.endif
+.if ${USE_META:Uno} == "yes"
+.-include <meta.sys.mk>
+.endif
+# make sure we have a harmless value
+.MAKE.MODE ?= normal
+
+# if .CURDIR is matched by any entry in DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS we
+# will apply DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS, now.
+.if !empty(_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS)
+.if ${_DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS:Uno:@x@${.CURDIR:M$x}@} != ""
+.MAKEFLAGS: ${_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS}
+.endif
+.endif
diff --git a/mk/sys/AIX.mk b/mk/sys/AIX.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18adfa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/AIX.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+#	$NetBSD: sys.mk,v 1.19.2.1 1994/07/26 19:58:31 cgd Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	5.11 (Berkeley) 3/13/91
+
+OS=		AIX
+unix=		We run ${OS}.
+ROOT_GROUP=	system
+
+# This needs a lot of work yet...
+
+NOPIC=no	# no shared libs?
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .c .cc .C .F .f .r .y .l .s .S .cl .p .h .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+AR=		ar
+ARFLAGS=	rl
+RANLIB=		ranlib
+
+AS=		as
+AFLAGS=
+COMPILE.s=	${AS} ${AFLAGS}
+LINK.s=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.S=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/gcc)
+CC=		gcc
+DBG=		-O -g
+STATIC?=		-static
+.else
+CC=             cc 
+DBG=         -g
+STATIC=         
+.endif
+CFLAGS=		${DBG}
+COMPILE.c=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c=		${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX=		g++
+CXXFLAGS=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP=		cpp
+.if defined(DESTDIR)
+CPPFLAGS+=	-nostdinc -idirafter ${DESTDIR}/usr/include
+.endif
+
+MK_DEP=	mkdeps.sh -N
+FC=		f77
+FFLAGS=		-O
+RFLAGS=
+COMPILE.f=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+LEX=		lex
+LFLAGS=
+LEX.l=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD=		ld
+LDFLAGS=
+
+LINT=		lint
+LINTFLAGS=	-chapbx
+
+MAKE=		bmake
+
+PC=		pc
+PFLAGS=
+COMPILE.p=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p=		${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL=		sh
+
+YACC=		yacc
+YFLAGS=		-d
+YACC.y=		${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# C++
+.cc:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} 
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/Darwin.mk b/mk/sys/Darwin.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d05e32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/Darwin.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Darwin.sys.mk,v 1.3 2003/02/16 09:44:41 grant Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/21/94
+
+OS=		Darwin
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .s .S .c .cc .cpp .cxx .C .F .f .r .y .l .cl .p .h
+.SUFFIXES: .sh .m4 .dylib
+
+.LIBS:		.a .dylib
+
+SHLIBEXT =	.dylib
+HOST_LIBEXT =	.dylib
+DSHLIBEXT =	.dylib
+
+AR?=		ar
+ARFLAGS?=	rl
+RANLIB =
+
+AS?=		as
+AFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.s?=	${AS} ${AFLAGS}
+LINK.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+.if exists(/usr/bin/gcc)
+CC?=		gcc -pipe
+.else
+CC?=		cc -pipe
+.endif
+DBG?=		-O2
+CFLAGS?=	${DBG}
+COMPILE.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+.if exists(/usr/bin/g++)
+CXX?=		g++
+.else
+CXX?=		c++
+.endif
+CXXFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+OBJC?=		${CC}
+OBJCFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP?=		cpp
+NOLINT=		1
+CPPFLAGS?=
+
+MK_DEP?=	mkdeps.sh -N
+
+FC?=		f77
+FFLAGS?=	-O
+RFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+INSTALL?=	install
+
+LEX?=		lex
+LFLAGS?=
+LEX.l?=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD?=		ld
+LDFLAGS?=
+
+SHLIB_TEENY = 0
+SHLIB_MINOR = 0
+
+MKPICLIB = no
+LIBEXT = .dylib
+
+LINT?=		lint
+LINTFLAGS?=	-chapbx
+
+LORDER?=	lorder
+
+MAKE?=		bmake
+
+NM?=		nm
+
+PC?=		pc
+PFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL?=		sh
+
+SIZE?=		size
+
+TSORT?=		tsort -q
+
+YACC?=		bison -y
+YFLAGS?=	-d
+YACC.y?=	${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# C++
+.cc:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} 
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/Generic.mk b/mk/sys/Generic.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..179da97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/Generic.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+#	$Id: Generic.mk,v 1.11 2010/09/24 05:59:53 sjg Exp $
+#
+
+# some reasonable defaults
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .s .S .c .cc .cpp .cxx .C .F .f .r .y .l .cl .p .h
+.SUFFIXES: .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+tools = \
+	ar \
+	lorder \
+	ranlib \
+	tsort
+
+.for t in ${tools}
+${t:tu} := ${t:${M_whence}}
+.endfor
+
+# need to make sure this is set
+MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE} ?= ${MACHINE}
+.if empty(MACHINE_ARCH)
+MACHINE_ARCH = ${MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE}}
+.endif
+
+.if !empty(TSORT)
+TSORT += -q
+.endif
+
+ARFLAGS?=	rl
+
+AS?=		as
+AFLAGS?=
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64" 
+AFLAGS+= -Wa,-Av9a
+.endif
+COMPILE.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} -c
+LINK.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c -traditional-cpp
+LINK.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CC?=		cc
+DBG?=		-O2
+CFLAGS?=	${DBG}
+COMPILE.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX?=		c++
+CXXFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+OBJC?=		${CC}
+OBJCFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP?=		cpp
+CPPFLAGS?=	
+
+FC?=		f77
+FFLAGS?=	-O
+RFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+INSTALL?=	install
+
+LEX?=		lex
+LFLAGS?=
+LEX.l?=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD?=		ld
+LDFLAGS?=
+
+LINT?=		lint
+LINTFLAGS?=	-chapbxzF
+
+MAKE?=		${.MAKE}
+
+NM?=		nm
+
+PC?=		pc
+PFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL?=		sh
+
+SIZE?=		size
+
+YACC?=		yacc
+YFLAGS?=
+YACC.y?=	${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.c.ln:
+	${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS:M-[IDU]*} -i ${.IMPSRC}
+
+# C++
+.cc .cpp .cxx .C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o .cpp.o .cxx.o .C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a .cpp.a .cxx.a .C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
+
diff --git a/mk/sys/HP-UX.mk b/mk/sys/HP-UX.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6e3e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/HP-UX.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+#	$Id: HP-UX.mk,v 1.9 2003/09/30 16:42:23 sjg Exp $
+#	$NetBSD: sys.mk,v 1.19.2.1 1994/07/26 19:58:31 cgd Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	5.11 (Berkeley) 3/13/91
+
+OS=		HP-UX
+ROOT_GROUP=	root
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+
+# HP-UX's cc does not provide any clues as to wether this is 9.x or 10.x
+# nor does sys/param.h, so we'll use the existence of /hp-ux
+.if exists("/hp-ux") 
+OSMAJOR?=9
+.endif
+OSMAJOR?=10
+__HPUX_VERSION?=${OSMAJOR}
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .c .cc .C .F .f .r .y .l .s .S .cl .p .h .sh .m4
+
+LIBMODE= 755
+LIBCRT0=	/lib/crt0.o
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+# +b<path> is needed to stop the binaries from insisting on having
+#	the build tree available :-)
+# +s	tells the dynamic loader to use SHLIB_PATH if set
+LD_bpath?=-Wl,+b/lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib
+LD_spath?=-Wl,+s
+LDADD+= ${LD_bpath} ${LD_spath}
+
+.if exists(/usr/lib/end.o)
+LDADD+= /usr/lib/end.o
+.endif
+
+AR=		ar
+ARFLAGS=	rl
+RANLIB=		:
+
+AFLAGS=
+COMPILE.s=	${AS} ${AFLAGS}
+LINK.s=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.S=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/gcc)
+PIPE?= -pipe
+CC?=		gcc ${PIPE}
+AS=		gas
+DBG?=		-O -g
+STATIC?=		-static
+.if defined(DESTDIR)
+CPPFLAGS+=	-nostdinc -idirafter ${DESTDIR}/usr/include
+.endif
+.else
+# HP's bundled compiler knows not -g or -O
+AS=		as
+CC=             cc
+.if exists(/opt/ansic/bin/cc)
+CCMODE?=-Ae +ESlit
+PICFLAG?= +z
+LD_x=
+DBG?=-g -O
+.endif
+DBG?=         
+STATIC?=         -Wl,-a,archive
+.endif
+.if (${__HPUX_VERSION} == "10")
+CCSOURCE_FLAGS?= -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+.else
+CCSOURCE_FLAGS?= -D_HPUX_SOURCE -D_INCLUDE_POSIX_SOURCE -D_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE -D_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.endif
+CFLAGS=		${DBG}
+CFLAGS+= ${CCMODE} -D__hpux__ -D__HPUX_VERSION=${__HPUX_VERSION} ${CCSOURCE_FLAGS}
+COMPILE.c=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c=		${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX=		g++
+CXXFLAGS=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP=		cpp
+
+MK_DEP=	mkdeps.sh -N
+FC=		f77
+FFLAGS=		-O
+RFLAGS=
+COMPILE.f=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+LEX=		lex
+LFLAGS=
+LEX.l=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD=		ld
+LDFLAGS=
+
+LINT=		lint
+LINTFLAGS=	-chapbx
+
+MAKE=		bmake
+
+PC=		pc
+PFLAGS=
+COMPILE.p=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p=		${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+# HP's sh sucks
+ENV=
+SHELL=		/bin/ksh
+
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/bison)
+YACC=		bison -y
+.else
+YACC=		yacc
+.endif
+YFLAGS=		-d
+YACC.y=		${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# C++
+.cc:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} 
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/IRIX.mk b/mk/sys/IRIX.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..783e405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/IRIX.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+#	$NetBSD: IRIX.sys.mk,v 1.2 2002/12/24 23:03:27 jschauma Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/21/94
+
+.if ${.PARSEFILE} == "sys.mk"
+.ifndef ROOT_GROUP
+OS!=		uname -s
+ROOT_GROUP!=	sed -n /:0:/s/:.*//p /etc/group
+.MAKEOVERRIDES+= OS ROOT_GROUP
+.endif
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+.endif
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .s .S .c .cc .cpp .cxx .C .F .f .r .y .l .cl .p .h
+.SUFFIXES: .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+AR?=		ar
+ARFLAGS?=	rl
+RANLIB?=	ranlib
+
+AS?=		as
+AFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} -c
+LINK.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c -traditional-cpp
+LINK.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CC?=		cc
+NOGCCERROR?=	# defined
+DBG?=	-O2
+CFLAGS?=	${DBG}
+COMPILE.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX?=		CC
+CXXFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+OBJC?=		${CC}
+OBJCFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP?=		CC
+CPPFLAGS?=	
+
+FC?=		f77
+FFLAGS?=	-O
+RFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+INSTALL?=	${PREFIX}/bin/install-sh
+
+LEX?=		lex
+LFLAGS?=
+LEX.l?=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD?=		ld
+LDFLAGS?=
+
+LINT?=		lint
+LINTFLAGS?=	-chapbxzF
+
+LORDER?=	lorder
+
+MAKE?=		make
+
+NM?=		nm
+
+PC?=		pc
+PFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL?=		sh
+
+SIZE?=		size
+
+TSORT?= 	tsort -q
+
+YACC?=		yacc
+YFLAGS?=
+YACC.y?=	${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.c.ln:
+	${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS:M-[IDU]*} -i ${.IMPSRC}
+
+# C++
+.cc .cpp .cxx .C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o .cpp.o .cxx.o .C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a .cpp.a .cxx.a .C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/Linux.mk b/mk/sys/Linux.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..862cde6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/Linux.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+#	$Id: Linux.mk,v 1.7 2011/03/02 05:05:21 sjg Exp $
+#	$NetBSD: sys.mk,v 1.19.2.1 1994/07/26 19:58:31 cgd Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	5.11 (Berkeley) 3/13/91
+
+OS?=		Linux
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+
+ROOT_GROUP=	root
+
+# would be better to work out where it is...
+LIBCRT0= /dev/null
+
+NEED_SOLINKS=yes
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .c .cc .C .F .f .r .y .l .s .S .cl .p .h .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+AR=		ar
+ARFLAGS=	rl
+RANLIB=		ranlib
+
+AS=		as
+AFLAGS=
+COMPILE.s=	${AS} ${AFLAGS}
+LINK.s=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.S=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/gcc)
+CC=		gcc -pipe
+DBG=		-O -g
+STATIC?=		-static
+.else
+CC=             cc -pipe
+DBG=         -g
+STATIC=         -Bstatic
+.endif
+CFLAGS=		${DBG}
+COMPILE.c=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c=		${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX=		g++
+CXXFLAGS=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP=		cpp
+.if defined(DESTDIR)
+CPPFLAGS+=	-nostdinc -idirafter ${DESTDIR}/usr/include
+.endif
+
+MK_DEP=	mkdeps.sh -N
+FC=		f77
+FFLAGS=		-O
+RFLAGS=
+COMPILE.f=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+LEX=		lex
+LFLAGS=
+LEX.l=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD=		ld
+LDFLAGS=
+
+LINT=		lint
+LINTFLAGS=	-chapbx
+
+MAKE=		bmake
+
+PC=		pc
+PFLAGS=
+COMPILE.p=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p=		${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL=		sh
+
+YACC=		yacc
+YFLAGS=		-d
+YACC.y=		${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# C++
+.cc:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} 
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/NetBSD.mk b/mk/sys/NetBSD.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bc7da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/NetBSD.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+#	$NetBSD: sys.mk,v 1.66.2.1 2002/06/05 03:31:01 lukem Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/21/94
+
+OS=		NetBSD
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+
+.if !defined(MAKE_VERSION)
+# we are running native make
+# which defined MAKE_VERSION between 20010609 and 20090324
+# so we can make a rough guess
+.if defined(.MAKE.LEVEL)
+MAKE_VERSION = 20090908
+.elif defined(.MAKE.MAKEFILES)
+# introduced 20071008
+MAKE_VERSION = 20090324
+.else
+# this just before when MAKE_VERSION was introduced
+MAKE_VERSION = 20010606
+.endif
+.endif
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .s .S .c .cc .cpp .cxx .C .F .f .r .y .l .cl .p .h
+.SUFFIXES: .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+AR?=		ar
+ARFLAGS?=	rl
+RANLIB?=	ranlib
+
+AS?=		as
+AFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} -c
+LINK.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c -traditional-cpp
+LINK.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CC?=		cc
+
+# need to make sure this is set
+MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE} ?= ${MACHINE}
+.if empty(MACHINE_ARCH)
+MACHINE_ARCH = ${MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE}}
+.endif
+
+#
+# CPU model, derived from MACHINE_ARCH
+#
+MACHINE_CPU=	${MACHINE_ARCH:C/mipse[bl]/mips/:C/mips64e[bl]/mips/:C/sh3e[bl]/sh3/:S/m68000/m68k/:S/armeb/arm/}
+
+.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "alpha" || \
+    ${MACHINE_CPU} == "arm" || \
+    ${MACHINE_CPU} == "i386" || \
+    ${MACHINE_CPU} == "m68k" || \
+    ${MACHINE_CPU} == "mips" || \
+    ${MACHINE_CPU} == "powerpc" || \
+    ${MACHINE_CPU} == "sparc" || \
+    ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
+DBG?=	-O2
+.elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "x86_64"
+DBG?=
+.elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64"
+DBG?=	-O -ffixed-g4	#Hack for embedany memory model compatibility
+.else
+DBG?=	-O
+.endif
+CFLAGS?=	${DBG}
+COMPILE.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX?=		c++
+CXXFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+OBJC?=		${CC}
+OBJCFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP?=		cpp
+CPPFLAGS?=	
+
+FC?=		f77
+FFLAGS?=	-O
+RFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+INSTALL?=	install
+
+LEX?=		lex
+LFLAGS?=
+LEX.l?=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD?=		ld
+LDFLAGS?=
+
+LINT?=		lint
+LINTFLAGS?=	-chapbxzF
+
+LORDER?=	lorder
+
+MAKE?=		make
+
+NM?=		nm
+
+PC?=		pc
+PFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL?=		sh
+
+SIZE?=		size
+
+TSORT?= 	tsort -q
+
+YACC?=		yacc
+YFLAGS?=
+YACC.y?=	${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.c.ln:
+	${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS:M-[IDU]*} -i ${.IMPSRC}
+
+# C++
+.cc .cpp .cxx .C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o .cpp.o .cxx.o .C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a .cpp.a .cxx.a .C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/OSF1.mk b/mk/sys/OSF1.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8d729a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/OSF1.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+#	$Id: OSF1.mk,v 1.6 2003/09/30 16:42:23 sjg Exp $
+#	$NetBSD: sys.mk,v 1.19.2.1 1994/07/26 19:58:31 cgd Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	5.11 (Berkeley) 3/13/91
+
+OS?=		OSF1
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+ROOT_GROUP=	system
+
+# can't fine one anywhere, so just stop the dependency
+LIBCRT0= /dev/null
+
+PATH=/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/opt/gnu/bin:/usr/ccs/bin
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .c .cc .C .F .f .r .y .l .s .S .cl .p .h .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+# no -X
+LD_X=
+LD_x=		-x
+LD_r=		-r
+AR=		ar
+ARFLAGS=	rl
+RANLIB=		ranlib
+
+AS=		as
+AS_STDIN=	-
+AFLAGS=
+COMPILE.s=	${AS} ${AFLAGS}
+LINK.s=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.S=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+.if exists(/opt/gnu/bin/gcc) || exists(/usr/local/bin/gcc)
+CC?=		gcc 
+.else
+CC?=             cc -std
+.endif
+.if (${CC:T} == "gcc")
+DBG=		-O -g
+STATIC=		-static
+DBG=         -g
+STATIC=         -non_shared
+.endif
+
+CFLAGS=		${DBG}
+COMPILE.c=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c=		${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX=		g++
+CXXFLAGS=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP=		/usr/ccs/lib/cpp
+.if defined(DESTDIR)
+CPPFLAGS+=	-nostdinc -idirafter ${DESTDIR}/usr/include
+.endif
+
+MK_DEP=	mkdeps.sh -N
+FC=		f77
+FFLAGS=		-O
+RFLAGS=
+COMPILE.f=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+LEX=		lex
+LFLAGS=
+LEX.l=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD=		ld
+LDFLAGS=
+
+LINT=		lint
+LINTFLAGS=	-chapbx
+
+MAKE=		bmake
+
+PC=		pc
+PFLAGS=
+COMPILE.p=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p=		${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL=		sh
+
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/bison) || exists(/opt/gnu/bin/bison)
+YACC=		bison -y
+.else
+YACC=		yacc
+.endif
+YFLAGS=		-d
+YACC.y=		${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# C++
+.cc:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/OpenBSD.mk b/mk/sys/OpenBSD.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed496f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/OpenBSD.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+#	$NetBSD: OpenBSD.sys.mk,v 1.1 2002/11/17 09:18:00 cjep Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/21/94
+
+OS=		OpenBSD
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .s .S .c .cc .cpp .cxx .C .F .f .r .y .l .cl .p .h
+.SUFFIXES: .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+# need to make sure this is set
+MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE} ?= ${MACHINE}
+.if empty(MACHINE_ARCH)
+MACHINE_ARCH = ${MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE}}
+.endif
+
+AR?=		ar
+ARFLAGS?=	rl
+RANLIB?=	ranlib
+
+AS?=		as
+AFLAGS?=
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64" 
+AFLAGS+= -Wa,-Av9a
+.endif
+COMPILE.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} -c
+LINK.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c -traditional-cpp
+LINK.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CC?=		cc
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "alpha" || \
+    ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "i386" || \
+    ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k" || \
+    ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc" || \
+    ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
+DBG?=	-O2
+.else
+DBG?=	-O
+.endif
+CFLAGS?=	${DBG}
+COMPILE.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX?=		c++
+CXXFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+OBJC?=		${CC}
+OBJCFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.m?=	${OBJC} ${OBJCFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP?=		cpp
+CPPFLAGS?=	
+
+FC?=		f77
+FFLAGS?=	-O
+RFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+INSTALL?=	install
+
+LEX?=		lex
+LFLAGS?=
+LEX.l?=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD?=		ld
+LDFLAGS?=
+
+LINT?=		lint
+LINTFLAGS?=	-chapbxzF
+
+LORDER?=	lorder
+
+MAKE?=		make
+
+NM?=		nm
+
+PC?=		pc
+PFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL?=		sh
+
+SIZE?=		size
+
+TSORT?= 	tsort -q
+
+YACC?=		yacc
+YFLAGS?=
+YACC.y?=	${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.c.ln:
+	${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS:M-[IDU]*} -i ${.IMPSRC}
+
+# C++
+.cc .cpp .cxx .C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o .cpp.o .cxx.o .C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a .cpp.a .cxx.a .C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/SunOS.mk b/mk/sys/SunOS.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f164aa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/SunOS.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+#	$Id: SunOS.mk,v 1.5 2010/01/11 23:02:05 sjg Exp $
+
+.if ${.PARSEFILE} == "sys.mk"
+.include <host-target.mk>
+
+OS?=		SunOS.${HOST_OSMAJOR}
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+.endif
+
+.if ${HOST_OSMAJOR} > 4
+ROOT_GROUP=	root
+
+SHLIB_FULLVERSION = ${SHLIB_MAJOR}
+
+# supress the dependency
+LIBCRT0= /dev/null
+
+.ifndef CC
+# the PATH below may find an ancient gcc
+CC := ${gcc:L:${M_whence}}
+.export CC
+.endif
+
+# the stuff in /usr/xpg4/bin is usually more sane.
+PATH=/usr/xpg4/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/sfw/bin:/opt/gnu/bin:/usr/ccs/bin:/usr/local/bin
+.export PATH
+
+DSHLIBEXT = .so
+HOST_LIBDIRS = /usr/lib /lib /usr/sfw/lib
+
+# no -X
+LD_X=
+LD_x=
+RANLIB=		:
+CPP=		/usr/ccs/lib/cpp
+.else
+ROOT_GROUP=	wheel
+RANLIB=		ranlib
+CPP=		cpp
+.endif
+
+# the rest is common
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .c .cc .C .F .f .r .y .l .s .S .cl .p .h .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+AR=		ar
+ARFLAGS=	rl
+
+AS=		as
+AS_STDIN=	-
+AFLAGS=
+COMPILE.s=	${AS} ${AFLAGS}
+LINK.s=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.S=		${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+.if exists(/opt/gnu/bin/gcc) || exists(/usr/local/bin/gcc)
+CC ?=		gcc -pipe
+DBG=		-O -g
+STATIC=		-static
+.else
+CC ?=             cc
+DBG=         -g
+STATIC=         -Bstatic
+.endif
+CFLAGS=		${DBG}
+COMPILE.c=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c=		${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CXX=		g++
+CXXFLAGS=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+.if defined(DESTDIR)
+CPPFLAGS+=	-nostdinc -idirafter ${DESTDIR}/usr/include
+.endif
+
+MK_DEP=	mkdeps.sh -N
+FC=		f77
+FFLAGS=		-O
+RFLAGS=
+COMPILE.f=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r=		${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+LEX=		lex
+LFLAGS=
+LEX.l=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD=		ld
+LDFLAGS=
+
+LINT=		lint
+LINTFLAGS=	-chapbx
+
+MAKE=		bmake
+
+PC=		pc
+PFLAGS=
+COMPILE.p=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p=		${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL=		sh
+
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/bison) || exists(/opt/gnu/bin/bison)
+YACC=		bison -y
+.else
+YACC=		yacc
+.endif
+YFLAGS=		-d
+YACC.y=		${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# C++
+.cc:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/sys/UnixWare.mk b/mk/sys/UnixWare.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f21895b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/sys/UnixWare.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+#	$Id: UnixWare.mk,v 1.1 2005/10/09 22:56:40 sjg Exp $
+#	based on "Id: SunOS.5.sys.mk,v 1.6 2003/09/30 16:42:23 sjg Exp "
+#	$NetBSD: sys.mk,v 1.19.2.1 1994/07/26 19:58:31 cgd Exp $
+#	@(#)sys.mk	5.11 (Berkeley) 3/13/91
+
+OS?=		UnixWare
+unix?=		We run ${OS}.
+ROOT_GROUP=	root
+
+# can't fine one anywhere, so just stop the dependency
+LIBCRT0= /dev/null
+
+PATH=/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/ccs/bin:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ucb:/usr/local/bin
+
+.SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .c .cc .C .F .f .r .y .l .s .S .cl .p .h .sh .m4
+
+.LIBS:		.a
+
+# no -X
+LD_X=
+LD_x=
+AR?=		ar
+ARFLAGS?=	rl
+RANLIB?=	:
+
+AS?=		as
+AS_STDIN?=	-
+AFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.s?=	${AS} ${AFLAGS}
+LINK.s?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.S?=	${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+# at least gcc 2.95 on UnixWare has no internal macro to identify the system
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/gcc)
+CC?=		gcc -pipe -DUNIXWARE
+DBG?=		-O -g
+STATIC?=	-static
+.else
+CC?=		cc
+DBG?=		-g
+STATIC?=	-Bstatic # XXX: don't know about UDK compilers
+.endif
+CFLAGS?=	${DBG}
+COMPILE.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.c?=	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/g++)
+CXX?=		g++ -DUNIXWARE
+.else
+CXX?=		c++ # XXX: don't know about UDK compilers
+.endif
+CXXFLAGS?=	${CFLAGS}
+COMPILE.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.cc?=	${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+CPP?=		/usr/ccs/lib/cpp
+.if defined(DESTDIR)
+CPPFLAGS+=	-nostdinc -idirafter ${DESTDIR}/usr/include
+.endif
+
+MK_DEP?=	mkdeps.sh -N
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/g77)
+FC?=		g77
+.else
+FC?=		f77 # XXX: don't know about UDK compilers
+.endif
+FFLAGS?=	-O
+RFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c
+LINK.f?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.F?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+COMPILE.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c
+LINK.r?=	${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+INSTALL?=	/usr/ucb/install # BSD install
+
+LEX?=		lex
+LFLAGS?=
+LEX.l?=		${LEX} ${LFLAGS}
+
+LD?=		ld
+LDFLAGS?=
+
+LIBC?=		${DESTDIR}/usr/ccs/lib/libc.a
+LIBCOMPAT?=
+LIBCRYPT?=	${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/libcrypt.a
+LIBCURSES?=	${DESTDIR}/usr/ccs/lib/libcurses.a
+LIBDBM?=
+LIBDES?=
+LIBEDIT?=
+LIBGCC?=
+LIBKDB?=
+LIBKRB?=
+LIBKVM?=
+LIBL?=		${DESTDIR}/usr/ccs/lib/libl.a
+LIBM?=		${DESTDIR}/usr/ccs/lib/libm.a
+LIBMP?=
+LIBPC?=
+LIBPCAP?=
+LIBPLOT?=
+LIBRESOLV?=
+LIBRPCSVC?=	${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/librpcsvc.a
+LIBSKEY?=	${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/libskey.a
+LIBTERMCAP?=	${DESTDIR}/usr/ccs/lib/libtermcap.a
+LIBUTIL?=
+LIBWRAP?=
+LIBY?=		${DESTDIR}/usr/ccs/lib/liby.a
+LIBZ?=
+
+LINT?=		lint
+LINTFLAGS?=	-pF
+
+LORDER?=	lorder
+
+MAKE?=		bmake
+
+NM?=		nm
+
+PC?=		pc # XXX: UDK probably does not have pc
+PFLAGS?=
+COMPILE.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c
+LINK.p?=	${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}
+
+SHELL?=		sh
+
+SIZE?=		size
+
+TSORT?=		tsort
+
+.if exists(/usr/local/bin/bison)
+YACC?=		bison -y
+.else
+YACC?=		yacc
+.endif
+YFLAGS?=	-d
+YACC.y?=	${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+# C
+.c:
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.c.o:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+.c.a:
+	${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# C++
+.cc:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.cc.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.cc.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.C:
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.C.o:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+.C.a:
+	${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Fortran/Ratfor
+.f:
+	${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.f.o:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+.f.a:
+	${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.F:
+	${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.F.o:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+.F.a:
+	${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+.r:
+	${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.r.o:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+.r.a:
+	${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Pascal
+.p:
+	${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.p.o:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+.p.a:
+	${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Assembly
+.s:
+	${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.s.o:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+.s.a:
+	${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+.S:
+	${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS}
+.S.o:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+.S.a:
+	${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o
+	rm -f $*.o
+
+# Lex
+.l:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+.l.c:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET}
+.l.o:
+	${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c 
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+# Yacc
+.y:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS}
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+.y.o:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+# Shell
+.sh:
+	rm -f ${.TARGET}
+	cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET}
diff --git a/mk/target-flags.mk b/mk/target-flags.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8932b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/target-flags.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# NAME:
+#	target-flags.mk - target specific flags
+#
+# DESCRIPTION:
+#	Include this macro file after all others in a makefile and
+#	follow it with any target specfic flag settings.
+#	For each such variable v in TARGET_FLAG_VARS we set:
+#.nf
+#
+#	_$v := ${$v}
+#	$v = ${${v}_${.TARGET:T}:U${_$v}}
+#.fi
+#
+#	This allows one to do things like:
+#.nf
+#
+#	TARGET_FLAG_VARS= CFLAGS
+#	.include <target-flags.mk>
+#	CFLAGS_fu.o = ${_CFLAGS:N-Wall}
+#.fi
+#
+#	To turn off -Wall for just the target fu.o
+#	Actually CFLAGS is the default value for TARGET_FLAG_VARS.
+#
+# BUGS:
+#	One must be careful to avoid creating circular references in
+#	variables.  The original version of this macro file did
+#	elaborate things with CFLAGS.  The current, simpler
+#	implementation is ultimately more flexible.
+#	
+#	It is important that target-flags.mk is included after other
+#	macro files and that target specific flags that may reference
+#	_$v are set after that.
+#	
+#	Only works with a make(1) that does nested evaluation correctly.
+
+
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: target-flags.mk,v 1.8 2002/05/08 06:01:00 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1998-2002, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+TARGET_FLAG_VARS?= CFLAGS
+.for v in ${TARGET_FLAG_VARS}
+.ifndef _$v
+_$v := ${$v}
+$v  =  ${${v}_${.TARGET:T}:U${_$v}}
+.endif
+.endfor
+
diff --git a/mk/warnings.mk b/mk/warnings.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9143e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/warnings.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: warnings.mk,v 1.7 2009/12/11 17:06:03 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 2002, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+.ifndef _w_cflags
+
+# Any number of warnings sets can be added.
+.-include "warnings-sets.mk"
+
+# Modest defaults - put more elaborate sets in warnings-sets.mk
+# -Wunused  etc are here so you can set
+# W_unused=-Wno-unused etc.
+MIN_WARNINGS?= -Wall \
+	-Wformat \
+	-Wimplicit \
+	-Wunused \
+	-Wuninitialized 
+
+LOW_WARNINGS?= ${MIN_WARNINGS} -W -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes
+ 
+MEDIUM_WARNINGS?= ${LOW_WARNINGS} -Werror
+
+HIGH_WARNINGS?= ${MEDIUM_WARNINGS} \
+	-Wcast-align \
+	-Wcast-qual \
+	-Wparentheses \
+	-Wpointer-arith \
+	-Wmissing-declarations \
+	-Wreturn-type \
+	-Wswitch \
+	-Wwrite-strings
+
+# The two step default makes it easier to test build with different defaults.
+DEFAULT_WARNINGS_SET?= MIN
+WARNINGS_SET?= ${DEFAULT_WARNINGS_SET}
+
+# If you add sets, besure to list them (you don't have to touch this list).
+ALL_WARNINGS_SETS+= MIN LOW MEDIUM HIGH
+
+.if empty(${WARNINGS_SET}_WARNINGS)
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0:[1]:C/.*-//} >= 20050530
+.BEGIN:	_empty_warnings
+_empty_warnings: .PHONY
+.else
+.BEGIN:
+.endif
+	@echo "ERROR: Invalid: WARNINGS_SET=${WARNINGS_SET}"
+	@echo "ERROR: Try one of: ${ALL_WARNINGS_SETS:O:u}"; exit 1
+
+.endif
+
+# Without -O or if we've set -O0 somewhere - to make debugging more effective,
+# we need to turn off -Wuninitialized as otherwise we get a warning that
+# -Werror turns into an error.  To be safe, set W_uninitialized blank.
+_w_cflags:= ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}
+.if ${_w_cflags:M-O*} == "" || ${_w_cflags:M-O0} != ""
+W_uninitialized=
+.endif
+
+.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0:[1]:C/.*-//} <= 20040118
+# This version uses .for loops to avoid a double free bug in old bmake's
+# but the .for loops are sensitive to when this file is read.
+
+# first, make a list of all the warning flags - doesn't matter if
+# its redundant - we'll sort -u
+_all_sets= ${WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}} ${WARNINGS_SET} ${ALL_WARNINGS_SETS}
+_all_warnings= ${WARNINGS} ${_all_sets:O:u:@s@${$s_WARNINGS}@}
+
+# we want to set W_* for each warning so they are easy to turn off.
+# :O:u does a sort -u
+# using :C allows us to handle -f* -w* etc as well as -W*
+.for w in ${_all_warnings:O:u}
+${w:C/-(.)/\1_/} ?= $w
+.endfor
+
+# Allow for per-target warnings
+# Warning: the WARNINGS+= line below, 
+# may make your brain hurt - trust me; it works --sjg
+# the idea is that you can set WARNINGS_SET[_${MACHINE_ARCH}]=HIGH 
+# and use one of
+# W_format_mips_foo.o=
+# W_format_foo.o=
+# to turn off -Wformat for foo.o (on mips only in the first case), or
+# W_format_foo.o=-Wformat=2
+# for stricter checking.
+#
+# NOTE: that we force the target extension to be .o
+#
+.for w in ${WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${WARNINGS_SET}:@s@${$s_WARNINGS}@:O:u}
+WARNINGS+= ${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}}}}}
+.endfor
+
+.else
+
+# .for loops have the [dis]advantage of being evaluated when read,
+# so adding to WARNINGS_SET[_${MACHINE_ARCH}] after this file is 
+# read has no effect.
+# Replacing the above .for loops with the WARNINGS+= below solves that
+# but tiggers a double free bug in bmake-20040118 and earlier.
+# Don't try and read this too fast!
+#
+# The first :@ "loop" handles multiple sets in WARNINGS_SET
+#
+# In the second :@ "loop", the ::?= noise sets W_foo?=-Wfoo etc
+# which makes it easy to turn off override individual flags
+# (see W_uninitialized above).
+# 
+# The last bit expands to ${W_foo_${.TARGET:T}:U${W_foo}}
+# which is the bit we ultimately want.  It allows W_* to be set on a
+# per target basis.
+# 
+# NOTE: that we force the target extension to be .o
+#
+WARNINGS+= ${WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${WARNINGS_SET}:@s@${$s_WARNINGS}@:O:u:@w@${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}::?=$w} ${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}}}}}@}
+
+.endif
+
+.ifndef NO_CFLAGS_WARNINGS
+# Just ${WARNINGS} should do, but this is more flexible?
+CFLAGS+= ${WARNINGS_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${WARNINGS}}
+.endif
+
+# it is rather silly that g++ blows up on some warning flags
+NO_CXX_WARNINGS+= \
+	missing-declarations \
+	missing-prototypes \
+	nested-externs \
+	strict-prototypes
+
+.for s in ${SRCS:M*.cc}
+.for w in ${NO_CXX_WARNINGS}
+W_$w_${s:T:R}.o=
+.endfor
+.endfor
+
+.endif # _w_cflags
diff --git a/mk/yacc.mk b/mk/yacc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..910b004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mk/yacc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# $Id: yacc.mk,v 1.6 2011/06/10 22:45:46 sjg Exp $
+
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1999-2011, Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# this file contains rules to DTRT when SRCS contains foo.y or foo.c
+# when only a foo.y exists.
+
+YACC?= yacc
+YFLAGS?= -v -t
+RM?= rm
+
+YACC.y?= ${YACC} ${YFLAGS}
+
+.if ${YACC.y:M-d} == "" || defined(NO_RENAME_Y_TAB_H)
+
+.y.c:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	[ ! -s y.tab.c ] || mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}
+	${RM} -f y.tab.[!h]
+
+.else
+
+# the touch of the .c is to ensure it is newer than .h (paranoia)
+.y.h:
+	${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC}
+	[ ! -s y.tab.c ] || mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET:T:R}.c
+	[ ! -s y.tab.h ] || cmp -s y.tab.h ${.TARGET:T:R}.h \
+		|| mv y.tab.h ${.TARGET:T:R}.h
+	touch ${.TARGET:T:R}.c
+	${RM} -f y.tab.*
+
+# Normally the .y.h rule does the work - to avoid races.
+# If for any reason the .c is lost but the .h remains,
+# regenerate the .c
+.y.c:	${.TARGET:T:R}.h
+	[ -s ${.TARGET} ] || { \
+		${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC} && \
+		{ [ ! -s y.tab.c ] || mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET}; \
+		${RM} y.tab.*; }; }
+.endif
+
+beforedepend:	${SRCS:T:M*.y:S/.y/.c/g}
+
+CLEANFILES+= ${SRCS:T:M*.y:S/.y/.[ch]/g}
+CLEANFILES+= y.tab.[ch]
diff --git a/mkdeps.sh b/mkdeps.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..dd87c4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mkdeps.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+:
+# NAME:
+#	mkdeps - generate dependencies
+#
+# SYNOPSIS:
+#	mkdeps [options] file ...
+#
+# DESCRIPTION:
+#	This script updates "makefile" with dependencies for
+#	"file"(s).  It borrows ideas from various makedepend scripts
+#	and should be compatible with most.
+#
+#	By default we use grep to extract include file names from
+#	source files.  We source an "rc" file '$Mydir/.${Myname}rc' which
+#	can contain variable assignments such as:
+#.nf
+#   
+#	cpp_c=/usr/lib/cpp
+#	cpp_cc=g++ -E
+#	...
+#
+#.fi
+#	If the variable 'cpp_$suffix' is set, we use it as our cpp in
+#	place of grep.  The program referenced by these variables are
+#	expected to produce output like:
+#.nf
+#
+#	# 10 \"/usr/include/stdio.h\" 1
+#
+#.fi
+#	This allows us to skip most of our processing.  For lex,yacc
+#	and other source files, grep is probably just as quick and
+#	certainly more portable.
+#
+#	If the "rc" file does not exist, we create it and attempt to
+#	find cpp or an equivalent cc invocation to assign to 'cpp_c'.
+#		
+# AUTHOR:
+#	Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@zen.void.oz.au>
+#
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: mkdeps.sh,v 1.23 2002/11/29 06:58:59 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1993 Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@zen.void.oz.au
+#
+
+Myname=`basename $0 .sh`
+Mydir=`dirname $0`
+
+case `echo -n .` in
+-n*)	N=; C="\c";;
+*)	N=-n; C=;;
+esac
+
+cc_include=-I/usr/include
+
+TF=/tmp/dep.$$
+EF=/tmp/deperr.$$
+> $EF
+
+case "$*" in
+*-n*)				# don't use rc file
+  rc=/dev/null
+  norc=yes;;
+*)
+  rc=$Mydir/.${Myname}rc
+  ;;
+esac
+
+update=
+Include=include
+
+if [ x"$norc" = x -a -f $rc ]; then
+  . $rc
+else
+  # if /usr/lib/cpp or equivalent is available it is better than
+  # grepping .c files.
+  # See what (if anything) works on this system...
+  echo : > $rc
+  echo "# pre-processor for .c files" >> $rc
+  # try a couple of sane places first
+  for d in /usr/libexec /usr/lib /usr/bin /lib /usr/ccs/bin
+  do
+    cpp_c=$d/cpp
+    [ -x $cpp_c ] && break
+  done
+  
+  if [ -x $cpp_c ]; then
+    echo cpp_c=$cpp_c >> $rc
+  else
+    cpp_c=
+    # rats see if cc can be used
+    echo "#include <stdio.h>" > /tmp/f$$.c
+    echo "main() { return 0; }" >> /tmp/f$$.c
+    # try some sensible args to cc
+    for arg in -E -P -M
+    do
+      ok=`${REALCC:-${CC:-cc}} $arg /tmp/f$$.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^#.*stdio.h' | tail -1`
+      case "$ok" in
+      "") ;;
+      *)
+        cpp_c="${REALCC:-${CC:-cc}} $arg"
+        echo cpp_c="'$cpp_c'" >> $rc
+        break;;
+      esac
+    done
+    rm -f /tmp/f$$.c
+  fi
+fi
+
+clean_up() {
+  trap "" 2 3
+  trap 0
+  if [ -s $EF ]; then
+          egrep -vi "included from|warning" $EF > ${EF}2
+          if [ -s ${EF}2 ]; then
+	          cat $EF >&2
+                  rm -f .depend
+                  ests=1
+	  fi
+  fi
+  rm -f $TF $EF*
+  exit ${ests:-0}
+}
+
+# this lot does not work on HPsUX - complain to Hp.
+trap clean_up 0
+trap exit 2 3
+
+get_incs() {
+  case "$cpp" in
+  grep)
+    # set IGNORE="<" to skip system includes
+    egrep '^#[ 	]*include' $* | egrep -v "$IGNORE" | \
+      sed -e 's/^.*include[^"<]*["<]//' -e 's/[">].*//g';;
+  *)
+    # $cpp (eg. /usr/lib/cpp or cc -E) should produce output like:
+    # 1 "/usr/include/stdio.h" 2
+    # set IGNORE=/usr/include to skip system includes
+    $cpp $cpp_opts $cc_include $* 2>> $EF | egrep '^#.*\.h"' | sed 's,^#.*"\(.*\)".*,\1,' |
+      egrep -v "$IGNORE" | sort -u;;
+  esac
+}
+
+gen_deps() {
+  llen=$1
+  shift
+
+  for ifile in $*
+  do
+    case "$cpp" in
+    grep)
+      # this lot is not needed if not using grep.
+      for dir in $srcdir $dirlist /usr/include
+      do
+        [ -f "$dir/$ifile" ] && break
+      done
+
+      if [ ! -f "$dir/$ifile" ]; then
+        # produce a useful error message (useful to emacs or error)
+        iline=`grep -n ".*include.*[\"<]$ifile[\">]" $file | cut -d: -f1`
+        echo "\"$file\", line $iline: cannot find include file \"$ifile\"" >> $EF
+        # no point adding to dependency list as the resulting makefile
+        # would not work anyway...
+        continue
+      fi
+      ifile=$dir/$ifile
+      
+      # check whether we have done it yet
+      case `grep "$ifile" $TF` in
+      "") echo "$ifile" >> $TF;;
+      *)	continue;;		# no repeats...
+      esac
+      ;;
+    esac
+    
+    len=`expr "$ifile " : '.*'`
+    if [ "`expr $llen + $len`" -gt ${width:-76} ]; then
+      echo "\\" >> .depend
+      echo $N "	$C" >> .depend
+      llen=8
+    fi
+    echo $N "$ifile $C" >> .depend
+    llen=`expr $llen + $len`
+    
+    case "$cpp" in
+    grep)
+      # this lot is not needed unless using grep.
+      ilist=`get_incs $ifile` # recurse needed?
+      [ "$ilist" ] && llen=`gen_deps $llen $ilist`
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  echo $llen
+}
+
+for f in makefile Makefile
+do
+  test -s $f && { MAKEFILE=$f; break; }
+done
+
+MAKEFILE=${MAKEFILE:-makefile}
+IGNORE=${IGNORE:-"^-"}		# won't happen
+obj=o
+cpp_opts=			# incase cpp != grep
+vpath=
+append=
+progDep=
+
+set -- `getopt "AanNV:s:w:o:I:D:b:f:i:p" "$@"`
+for key in "$@"
+do
+  case $key in
+  --)	shift; break;;
+  -A)	Include=;;		# cat .depend >> $MAKEFILE
+  -a)	append=yes; shift;;
+  -n)	shift;;			# ignore rc
+  -N)	update=no; shift;;	# don't update $MAKEFILE
+  -I)	cpp_opts="$cpp_opts$1$2 "; dirlist="$dirlist $2"; shift 2;;
+  -o)	obj=$2; shift 2;;
+  -s)	shift 2;;		# can't handle it anyway...
+  -w)	width=$2; shift 2;;
+  -f)	MAKEFILE=$2; shift 2;;
+  -b)	BASEDIR=$2; shift 2;;
+  -i)	IGNORE="$2"; shift 2;;	# ignore headers matching this...
+  -D)	cpp_opts="$cpp_opts$1$2 "; shift 2;;
+  -V)	VPATH="$2"; shift 2;;	# where to look for files
+  -p)	progDep=yes; shift;;
+  esac
+done
+
+[ "$VPATH" ] && vpath=`IFS=:; set -- $VPATH; echo $*`
+
+[ "$append" ] || > .depend
+
+for file in $*
+do
+  cpp=
+  suffix=`expr $file : '.*\.\([^.]*\)'`
+
+  eval cpp=\"\${cpp_${suffix}:-grep}\"
+  
+  if [ ! -f $file -a "$vpath" ]; then
+    for d in . $vpath
+    do
+      [ -f $d/$file ] && { file=$d/$file; break; }
+    done
+  fi
+  srcdir=`dirname $file`
+  base=`basename $file .$suffix`
+  
+  ilist=`get_incs $file`
+
+  if [ "$ilist" ]; then
+    > $TF
+    if [ "$progDep" ]; then
+      echo "$base:	$file \\" >> .depend
+    else
+      echo "$base.$obj:	$file \\" >> .depend
+    fi
+    echo $N "	$C" >> .depend
+    llen=8
+    llen=`gen_deps $llen $ilist`
+    echo >> .depend
+    echo >> .depend
+  elif [ "$progDep" ]; then
+    echo "$base:	$file" >> .depend
+    echo >> .depend
+  fi
+done
+
+if [ -s .depend ]; then
+  # ./foo.h looks ugly
+  mv .depend $TF
+  { test "$BASEDIR" && sed -e "s;$BASEDIR;\$(BASEDIR);g" $TF || cat $TF; } |
+    sed 's;\([^.]\)\./;\1;g' > .depend 
+
+  #
+  # Save the manually updated section of the makefile
+  #
+  if [ x$update != xno ]; then
+    trap "" 2			# don't die if we got this far
+
+    # if make doesn't support include, then append our deps...
+    depended=`grep 'include.*\.depend' $MAKEFILE`
+    test "$depended" && clean_up
+  
+    sed '/^# DO NOT DELETE.*depend.*$/,$d' < $MAKEFILE > $TF
+    mv $TF $MAKEFILE
+    cat <<! >> $MAKEFILE
+# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- make depend depends on it
+# Do not edit anything below, it was added automagically by $Myname.
+
+!
+  
+    case "$Include" in
+    "")	cat .depend >> $MAKEFILE;;
+    .include)	echo '.include ".depend"' >> $MAKEFILE;;
+    include)	echo include .depend >> $MAKEFILE;;
+    esac
+  fi
+fi
+clean_up
diff --git a/nonints.h b/nonints.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c19ba89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/nonints.h
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nonints.h,v 1.65 2012/08/30 21:17:05 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)nonints.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)nonints.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94
+ */
+
+/* arch.c */
+ReturnStatus Arch_ParseArchive(char **, Lst, GNode *);
+void Arch_Touch(GNode *);
+void Arch_TouchLib(GNode *);
+time_t Arch_MTime(GNode *);
+time_t Arch_MemMTime(GNode *);
+void Arch_FindLib(GNode *, Lst);
+Boolean Arch_LibOODate(GNode *);
+void Arch_Init(void);
+void Arch_End(void);
+int Arch_IsLib(GNode *);
+
+/* compat.c */
+int CompatRunCommand(void *, void *);
+void Compat_Run(Lst);
+int Compat_Make(void *, void *);
+
+/* cond.c */
+struct If;
+int Cond_EvalExpression(const struct If *, char *, Boolean *, int);
+int Cond_Eval(char *);
+void Cond_restore_depth(unsigned int);
+unsigned int Cond_save_depth(void);
+
+/* for.c */
+int For_Eval(char *);
+int For_Accum(char *);
+void For_Run(int);
+
+/* job.c */
+#ifdef WAIT_T
+void JobReapChild(pid_t, WAIT_T, Boolean);
+#endif
+
+/* main.c */
+void Main_ParseArgLine(const char *);
+void MakeMode(const char *);
+int main(int, char **);
+char *Cmd_Exec(const char *, const char **);
+void Error(const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(1, 2);
+void Fatal(const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(1, 2) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+void Punt(const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(1, 2) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+void DieHorribly(void) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+int PrintAddr(void *, void *);
+void Finish(int) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD;
+int eunlink(const char *);
+void execError(const char *, const char *);
+char *getTmpdir(void);
+Boolean getBoolean(const char *, Boolean);
+
+/* parse.c */
+void Parse_Error(int, const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(2, 3);
+Boolean Parse_AnyExport(void);
+Boolean Parse_IsVar(char *);
+void Parse_DoVar(char *, GNode *);
+void Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *);
+void Parse_File(const char *, int);
+void Parse_Init(void);
+void Parse_End(void);
+void Parse_SetInput(const char *, int, int, char *(*)(void *, size_t *), void *);
+Lst Parse_MainName(void);
+
+/* str.c */
+char *str_concat(const char *, const char *, int);
+char **brk_string(const char *, int *, Boolean, char **);
+char *Str_FindSubstring(const char *, const char *);
+int Str_Match(const char *, const char *);
+char *Str_SYSVMatch(const char *, const char *, int *len);
+void Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *, char *, char *, int);
+
+/* suff.c */
+void Suff_ClearSuffixes(void);
+Boolean Suff_IsTransform(char *);
+GNode *Suff_AddTransform(char *);
+int Suff_EndTransform(void *, void *);
+void Suff_AddSuffix(char *, GNode **);
+Lst Suff_GetPath(char *);
+void Suff_DoPaths(void);
+void Suff_AddInclude(char *);
+void Suff_AddLib(char *);
+void Suff_FindDeps(GNode *);
+Lst Suff_FindPath(GNode *);
+void Suff_SetNull(char *);
+void Suff_Init(void);
+void Suff_End(void);
+void Suff_PrintAll(void);
+
+/* targ.c */
+void Targ_Init(void);
+void Targ_End(void);
+Lst Targ_List(void);
+GNode *Targ_NewGN(const char *);
+GNode *Targ_FindNode(const char *, int);
+Lst Targ_FindList(Lst, int);
+Boolean Targ_Ignore(GNode *);
+Boolean Targ_Silent(GNode *);
+Boolean Targ_Precious(GNode *);
+void Targ_SetMain(GNode *);
+int Targ_PrintCmd(void *, void *);
+int Targ_PrintNode(void *, void *);
+char *Targ_FmtTime(time_t);
+void Targ_PrintType(int);
+void Targ_PrintGraph(int);
+void Targ_Propagate(void);
+void Targ_Propagate_Wait(void);
+
+/* var.c */
+void Var_Delete(const char *, GNode *);
+void Var_Set(const char *, const char *, GNode *, int);
+void Var_Append(const char *, const char *, GNode *);
+Boolean Var_Exists(const char *, GNode *);
+char *Var_Value(const char *, GNode *, char **);
+char *Var_Parse(const char *, GNode *, Boolean, int *, void **);
+char *Var_Subst(const char *, const char *, GNode *, Boolean);
+char *Var_GetTail(const char *);
+char *Var_GetHead(const char *);
+void Var_Init(void);
+void Var_End(void);
+void Var_Dump(GNode *);
+void Var_ExportVars(void);
+void Var_Export(char *, int);
+void Var_UnExport(char *);
+
+/* util.c */
+void (*bmake_signal(int, void (*)(int)))(int);
diff --git a/os.sh b/os.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e45f37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/os.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+:
+# NAME:
+#	os.sh - operating system specifics
+#
+# DESCRIPTION:
+#	This file is included at the start of processing. Its role is
+#	to set the variables OS, OSREL, OSMAJOR, MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH to
+#	reflect the current system.
+#	
+#	It also sets variables such as MAILER, LOCAL_FS, PS_AXC to hide
+#	certain aspects of different UNIX flavours. 
+#
+# SEE ALSO:
+#	site.sh,funcs.sh
+#
+# AUTHOR:
+#	Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@crufty.net>
+
+# RCSid:
+#	$Id: os.sh,v 1.44 2010/06/29 15:37:21 sjg Exp $
+#
+#	@(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty
+#
+#	This file is provided in the hope that it will
+#	be of use.  There is absolutely NO WARRANTY.
+#	Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise
+#	use this file is hereby granted provided that 
+#	the above copyright notice and this notice are
+#	left intact. 
+#      
+#	Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+#	sjg@crufty.net
+#
+
+# this lets us skip sourcing it again
+_OS_SH=:
+
+OS=`uname`
+OSREL=`uname -r`
+OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1`
+MACHINE=`uname -m`
+MACHINE_ARCH=`uname -p 2>/dev/null || echo $MACHINE`
+
+# there is at least one case of `uname -p` outputting
+# a bunch of usless drivel
+case "$MACHINE_ARCH" in
+*[!A-Za-z0-9_-]*) MACHINE_ARCH="$MACHINE";;
+esac
+        
+# we need this here, and it is not always available...
+Which() {
+	case "$1" in
+	-*) t=$1; shift;;
+	*) t=-x;;
+	esac
+	case "$1" in
+	/*)	test $t $1 && echo $1;;
+	*)
+        	# some shells cannot correctly handle `IFS`
+        	# in conjunction with the for loop.
+        	_dirs=`IFS=:; echo ${2:-$PATH}`
+        	for d in $_dirs
+		do
+			test $t $d/$1 && { echo $d/$1; break; }
+		done
+		;;
+	esac
+}
+
+# tr is insanely non-portable wrt char classes, so we need to
+# spell out the alphabet. sed y/// would work too.
+toUpper() {
+        ${TR:-tr} abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+}
+
+toLower() {
+        ${TR:-tr} ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+}
+
+K=
+case $OS in
+AIX)	# everyone loves to be different...
+	OSMAJOR=`uname -v`
+	OSREL="$OSMAJOR.`uname -r`"
+	LOCAL_FS=jfs
+	PS_AXC=-e
+	SHARE_ARCH=$OS/$OSMAJOR.X
+	;;
+SunOS)
+	CHOWN=`Which chown /usr/etc:/usr/bin`
+	export CHOWN
+	
+	# Great! Solaris keeps moving arch(1)
+        # should just bite the bullet and use uname -p
+	arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb`
+	
+	MAILER=/usr/ucb/Mail
+	LOCAL_FS=4.2
+	
+	case "$OSREL" in
+	4.0*)
+		# uname -m just says sun which could be anything
+		# so use arch(1).
+		MACHINE_ARCH=`arch`
+		MACHINE=$MACHINE_ARCH
+		;;
+	4*)
+                MACHINE_ARCH=`arch`
+                ;;
+	5*)
+		K=-k
+		LOCAL_FS=ufs
+		MAILER=mailx
+		PS_AXC=-e
+		# can you believe that ln on Solaris defaults to
+		# overwriting an existing file!!!!! We want one that works!
+		test -x /usr/xpg4/bin/ln && LN=${LN:-/usr/xpg4/bin/ln}
+		# wonderful, 5.8's tr again require's []'s
+                # but /usr/xpg4/bin/tr causes problems if LC_COLLATE is set!
+                # use toUpper/toLower instead.
+		;;
+	esac
+	case "$OS/$MACHINE_ARCH" in
+	*sun386)	SHARE_ARCH=$MACHINE_ARCH;;
+	esac
+	;;
+*BSD)
+	K=-k
+	MAILER=/usr/bin/Mail
+	LOCAL_FS=local
+	case "$-" in
+	*i*) ;;
+	*) ENV=;;
+	esac
+	# NetBSD at least has good backward compatability
+	# so NetBSD/i386 is good enough
+	case $OS in
+	NetBSD) SHARE_ARCH=$OS/${MACHINE_ARCH:-$MACHINE};;
+	OpenBSD)
+	        arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb:$PATH`
+                MACHINE_ARCH=`$arch -s`
+                ;;
+	esac
+	NAWK=awk
+	export NAWK
+	;;
+HP-UX)
+	TMP_DIRS="/tmp /usr/tmp"
+	LOCAL_FS=hfs
+	MAILER=mailx
+	# don't rely on /bin/sh, its broken
+	_shell=/bin/ksh; ENV=
+	# also, no one would be interested in OSMAJOR=A
+	case "$OSREL" in
+	?.09*)	OSMAJOR=9; PS_AXC=-e;;
+	?.10*)	OSMAJOR=10; PS_AXC=-e;;
+	esac
+	;;
+IRIX)
+	LOCAL_FS=efs
+	;;
+Interix)
+	MACHINE=i386
+	MACHINE_ARCH=i386
+	;;
+UnixWare)
+	OSREL=`uname -v`
+	OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1`
+	MACHINE_ARCH=`uname -m`
+	;;
+Linux)
+	# Not really any such thing as Linux, but
+	# this covers red-hat and hopefully others.
+	case $MACHINE in
+	i?86)	MACHINE_ARCH=i386;; # we don't care about i686 vs i586
+	esac
+	LOCAL_FS=ext2
+	PS_AXC=axc
+	[ -x /usr/bin/md5sum ] && { MD5=/usr/bin/md5sum; export MD5; }
+	;;
+QNX)
+	case $MACHINE in
+	x86pc)	MACHINE_ARCH=i386;;
+	esac
+	;;
+Haiku)
+	case $MACHINE in
+	BeBox)	MACHINE_ARCH=powerpc;;
+	BeMac)	MACHINE_ARCH=powerpc;;
+	BePC)	MACHINE_ARCH=i386;;
+	esac
+	;;
+esac
+
+HOSTNAME=${HOSTNAME:-`( hostname ) 2>/dev/null`}
+HOSTNAME=${HOSTNAME:-`( uname -n ) 2>/dev/null`}
+case "$HOSTNAME" in
+*.*)	HOST=`IFS=.; set -- $HOSTNAME; echo $1`;;
+*)	HOST=$HOSTNAME;;
+esac
+
+TMP_DIRS=${TMP_DIRS:-"/tmp /var/tmp"}
+MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH:-$MACHINE}
+# we mount server:/share/arch/$SHARE_ARCH as /usr/local
+SHARE_ARCH=${SHARE_ARCH:-$OS/$OSMAJOR.X/$MACHINE_ARCH}
+LN=${LN:-ln}
+TR=${TR:-tr}
+
+# Some people like have /share/$HOST_TARGET/bin etc.
+HOST_TARGET=`echo ${OS}${OSMAJOR}-${MACHINE_ARCH} | toLower`
+export HOST_TARGET
+
+case `echo -n .` in -n*) N=; C="\c";; *) N=-n; C=;; esac
+
+export HOSTNAME HOST        
+export OS MACHINE MACHINE_ARCH OSREL OSMAJOR LOCAL_FS TMP_DIRS MAILER N C K PS_AXC
+export LN SHARE_ARCH TR
+
+case /$0 in
+*/os.sh)
+        for v in $*
+	do
+                eval vv=\$$v
+                echo "$v='$vv'"
+	done
+        ;;
+esac
+
diff --git a/parse.c b/parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14c868b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3140 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.188 2013/03/22 16:07:59 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.188 2013/03/22 16:07:59 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parse.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.188 2013/03/22 16:07:59 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * parse.c --
+ *	Functions to parse a makefile.
+ *
+ *	One function, Parse_Init, must be called before any functions
+ *	in this module are used. After that, the function Parse_File is the
+ *	main entry point and controls most of the other functions in this
+ *	module.
+ *
+ *	Most important structures are kept in Lsts. Directories for
+ *	the .include "..." function are kept in the 'parseIncPath' Lst, while
+ *	those for the .include <...> are kept in the 'sysIncPath' Lst. The
+ *	targets currently being defined are kept in the 'targets' Lst.
+ *
+ *	The variables 'fname' and 'lineno' are used to track the name
+ *	of the current file and the line number in that file so that error
+ *	messages can be more meaningful.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Parse_Init	    	    Initialization function which must be
+ *	    	  	    	    called before anything else in this module
+ *	    	  	    	    is used.
+ *
+ *	Parse_End		    Cleanup the module
+ *
+ *	Parse_File	    	    Function used to parse a makefile. It must
+ *	    	  	    	    be given the name of the file, which should
+ *	    	  	    	    already have been opened, and a function
+ *	    	  	    	    to call to read a character from the file.
+ *
+ *	Parse_IsVar	    	    Returns TRUE if the given line is a
+ *	    	  	    	    variable assignment. Used by MainParseArgs
+ *	    	  	    	    to determine if an argument is a target
+ *	    	  	    	    or a variable assignment. Used internally
+ *	    	  	    	    for pretty much the same thing...
+ *
+ *	Parse_Error	    	    Function called when an error occurs in
+ *	    	  	    	    parsing. Used by the variable and
+ *	    	  	    	    conditional modules.
+ *	Parse_MainName	    	    Returns a Lst of the main target to create.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "dir.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "buf.h"
+#include "pathnames.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+#ifndef MAP_COPY
+#define MAP_COPY MAP_PRIVATE
+#endif
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define MAP_FILE 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// types and constants
+
+/*
+ * Structure for a file being read ("included file")
+ */
+typedef struct IFile {
+    const char      *fname;         /* name of file */
+    int             lineno;         /* current line number in file */
+    int             first_lineno;   /* line number of start of text */
+    int             cond_depth;     /* 'if' nesting when file opened */
+    char            *P_str;         /* point to base of string buffer */
+    char            *P_ptr;         /* point to next char of string buffer */
+    char            *P_end;         /* point to the end of string buffer */
+    char            *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *); /* Function to get more data */
+    void            *nextbuf_arg;   /* Opaque arg for nextbuf() */
+    struct loadedfile *lf;          /* loadedfile object, if any */
+} IFile;
+
+
+/*
+ * These values are returned by ParseEOF to tell Parse_File whether to
+ * CONTINUE parsing, i.e. it had only reached the end of an include file,
+ * or if it's DONE.
+ */
+#define CONTINUE	1
+#define DONE		0
+
+/*
+ * Tokens for target attributes
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    Begin,  	    /* .BEGIN */
+    Default,	    /* .DEFAULT */
+    End,    	    /* .END */
+    dotError,	    /* .ERROR */
+    Ignore,	    /* .IGNORE */
+    Includes,	    /* .INCLUDES */
+    Interrupt,	    /* .INTERRUPT */
+    Libs,	    /* .LIBS */
+    Meta,	    /* .META */
+    MFlags,	    /* .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS */
+    Main,	    /* .MAIN and we don't have anything user-specified to
+		     * make */
+    NoExport,	    /* .NOEXPORT */
+    NoMeta,	    /* .NOMETA */
+    NoMetaCmp,	    /* .NOMETA_CMP */
+    NoPath,	    /* .NOPATH */
+    Not,	    /* Not special */
+    NotParallel,    /* .NOTPARALLEL */
+    Null,   	    /* .NULL */
+    ExObjdir,	    /* .OBJDIR */
+    Order,  	    /* .ORDER */
+    Parallel,	    /* .PARALLEL */
+    ExPath,	    /* .PATH */
+    Phony,	    /* .PHONY */
+#ifdef POSIX
+    Posix,	    /* .POSIX */
+#endif
+    Precious,	    /* .PRECIOUS */
+    ExShell,	    /* .SHELL */
+    Silent,	    /* .SILENT */
+    SingleShell,    /* .SINGLESHELL */
+    Stale,	    /* .STALE */
+    Suffixes,	    /* .SUFFIXES */
+    Wait,	    /* .WAIT */
+    Attribute	    /* Generic attribute */
+} ParseSpecial;
+
+/*
+ * Other tokens
+ */
+#define LPAREN	'('
+#define RPAREN	')'
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// result data
+
+/*
+ * The main target to create. This is the first target on the first
+ * dependency line in the first makefile.
+ */
+static GNode *mainNode;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// eval state
+
+/* targets we're working on */
+static Lst targets;
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/* command lines for targets */
+static Lst targCmds;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * specType contains the SPECial TYPE of the current target. It is
+ * Not if the target is unspecial. If it *is* special, however, the children
+ * are linked as children of the parent but not vice versa. This variable is
+ * set in ParseDoDependency
+ */
+static ParseSpecial specType;
+
+/*
+ * Predecessor node for handling .ORDER. Initialized to NULL when .ORDER
+ * seen, then set to each successive source on the line.
+ */
+static GNode	*predecessor;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// parser state
+
+/* true if currently in a dependency line or its commands */
+static Boolean inLine;
+
+/* number of fatal errors */
+static int fatals = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Variables for doing includes
+ */
+
+/* current file being read */
+static IFile *curFile;
+
+/* stack of IFiles generated by .includes */
+static Lst includes;
+
+/* include paths (lists of directories) */
+Lst parseIncPath;	/* dirs for "..." includes */
+Lst sysIncPath;		/* dirs for <...> includes */
+Lst defIncPath;		/* default for sysIncPath */
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// parser tables
+
+/*
+ * The parseKeywords table is searched using binary search when deciding
+ * if a target or source is special. The 'spec' field is the ParseSpecial
+ * type of the keyword ("Not" if the keyword isn't special as a target) while
+ * the 'op' field is the operator to apply to the list of targets if the
+ * keyword is used as a source ("0" if the keyword isn't special as a source)
+ */
+static const struct {
+    const char   *name;    	/* Name of keyword */
+    ParseSpecial  spec;	    	/* Type when used as a target */
+    int	    	  op;	    	/* Operator when used as a source */
+} parseKeywords[] = {
+{ ".BEGIN", 	  Begin,    	0 },
+{ ".DEFAULT",	  Default,  	0 },
+{ ".END",   	  End,	    	0 },
+{ ".ERROR",   	  dotError,    	0 },
+{ ".EXEC",	  Attribute,   	OP_EXEC },
+{ ".IGNORE",	  Ignore,   	OP_IGNORE },
+{ ".INCLUDES",	  Includes, 	0 },
+{ ".INTERRUPT",	  Interrupt,	0 },
+{ ".INVISIBLE",	  Attribute,   	OP_INVISIBLE },
+{ ".JOIN",  	  Attribute,   	OP_JOIN },
+{ ".LIBS",  	  Libs,	    	0 },
+{ ".MADE",	  Attribute,	OP_MADE },
+{ ".MAIN",	  Main,		0 },
+{ ".MAKE",  	  Attribute,   	OP_MAKE },
+{ ".MAKEFLAGS",	  MFlags,   	0 },
+{ ".META",	  Meta,		OP_META },
+{ ".MFLAGS",	  MFlags,   	0 },
+{ ".NOMETA",	  NoMeta,	OP_NOMETA },
+{ ".NOMETA_CMP",  NoMetaCmp,	OP_NOMETA_CMP },
+{ ".NOPATH",	  NoPath,	OP_NOPATH },
+{ ".NOTMAIN",	  Attribute,   	OP_NOTMAIN },
+{ ".NOTPARALLEL", NotParallel,	0 },
+{ ".NO_PARALLEL", NotParallel,	0 },
+{ ".NULL",  	  Null,	    	0 },
+{ ".OBJDIR",	  ExObjdir,	0 },
+{ ".OPTIONAL",	  Attribute,   	OP_OPTIONAL },
+{ ".ORDER", 	  Order,    	0 },
+{ ".PARALLEL",	  Parallel,	0 },
+{ ".PATH",	  ExPath,	0 },
+{ ".PHONY",	  Phony,	OP_PHONY },
+#ifdef POSIX
+{ ".POSIX",	  Posix,	0 },
+#endif
+{ ".PRECIOUS",	  Precious, 	OP_PRECIOUS },
+{ ".RECURSIVE",	  Attribute,	OP_MAKE },
+{ ".SHELL", 	  ExShell,    	0 },
+{ ".SILENT",	  Silent,   	OP_SILENT },
+{ ".SINGLESHELL", SingleShell,	0 },
+{ ".STALE",	  Stale,	0 },
+{ ".SUFFIXES",	  Suffixes, 	0 },
+{ ".USE",   	  Attribute,   	OP_USE },
+{ ".USEBEFORE",   Attribute,   	OP_USEBEFORE },
+{ ".WAIT",	  Wait, 	0 },
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// local functions
+
+static int ParseIsEscaped(const char *, const char *);
+static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *, size_t, int, const char *, ...)
+    MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(4,5);
+static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *, const char *, size_t, int, const char *, va_list)
+    MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(5, 0);
+static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *);
+static int ParseLinkSrc(void *, void *);
+static int ParseDoOp(void *, void *);
+static void ParseDoSrc(int, const char *);
+static int ParseFindMain(void *, void *);
+static int ParseAddDir(void *, void *);
+static int ParseClearPath(void *, void *);
+static void ParseDoDependency(char *);
+static int ParseAddCmd(void *, void *);
+static void ParseHasCommands(void *);
+static void ParseDoInclude(char *);
+static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *);
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+static void ParseTraditionalInclude(char *);
+#endif
+#ifdef GMAKEEXPORT
+static void ParseGmakeExport(char *);
+#endif
+static int ParseEOF(void);
+static char *ParseReadLine(void);
+static void ParseFinishLine(void);
+static void ParseMark(GNode *);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// file loader
+
+struct loadedfile {
+	const char *path;		/* name, for error reports */
+	char *buf;			/* contents buffer */
+	size_t len;			/* length of contents */
+	size_t maplen;			/* length of mmap area, or 0 */
+	Boolean used;			/* XXX: have we used the data yet */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Constructor/destructor for loadedfile
+ */
+static struct loadedfile *
+loadedfile_create(const char *path)
+{
+	struct loadedfile *lf;
+
+	lf = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*lf));
+	lf->path = (path == NULL ? "(stdin)" : path);
+	lf->buf = NULL;
+	lf->len = 0;
+	lf->maplen = 0;
+	lf->used = FALSE;
+	return lf;
+}
+
+static void
+loadedfile_destroy(struct loadedfile *lf)
+{
+	if (lf->buf != NULL) {
+		if (lf->maplen > 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+			munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen);
+#endif
+		} else {
+			free(lf->buf);
+		}
+	}
+	free(lf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * nextbuf() operation for loadedfile, as needed by the weird and twisted
+ * logic below. Once that's cleaned up, we can get rid of lf->used...
+ */
+static char *
+loadedfile_nextbuf(void *x, size_t *len)
+{
+	struct loadedfile *lf = x;
+
+	if (lf->used) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	lf->used = TRUE;
+	*len = lf->len;
+	return lf->buf;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Try to get the size of a file.
+ */
+static ReturnStatus
+load_getsize(int fd, size_t *ret)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (fstat(fd, &st) < 0) {
+		return FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+		return FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * st_size is an off_t, which is 64 bits signed; *ret is
+	 * size_t, which might be 32 bits unsigned or 64 bits
+	 * unsigned. Rather than being elaborate, just punt on
+	 * files that are more than 2^31 bytes. We should never
+	 * see a makefile that size in practice...
+	 *
+	 * While we're at it reject negative sizes too, just in case.
+	 */
+	if (st.st_size < 0 || st.st_size > 0x7fffffff) {
+		return FAILURE;
+	}
+
+	*ret = (size_t) st.st_size;
+	return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read in a file.
+ *
+ * Until the path search logic can be moved under here instead of
+ * being in the caller in another source file, we need to have the fd
+ * passed in already open. Bleh.
+ *
+ * If the path is NULL use stdin and (to insure against fd leaks)
+ * assert that the caller passed in -1.
+ */
+static struct loadedfile *
+loadfile(const char *path, int fd)
+{
+	struct loadedfile *lf;
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+	long pagesize;
+#endif
+	ssize_t result;
+	size_t bufpos;
+
+	lf = loadedfile_create(path);
+
+	if (path == NULL) {
+		assert(fd == -1);
+		fd = STDIN_FILENO;
+	} else {
+#if 0 /* notyet */
+		fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
+		if (fd < 0) {
+			...
+			Error("%s: %s", path, strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+	if (load_getsize(fd, &lf->len) == SUCCESS) {
+		/* found a size, try mmap */
+		pagesize = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+		if (pagesize <= 0) {
+			pagesize = 0x1000;
+		}
+		/* round size up to a page */
+		lf->maplen = pagesize * ((lf->len + pagesize - 1)/pagesize);
+
+		/*
+		 * XXX hack for dealing with empty files; remove when
+		 * we're no longer limited by interfacing to the old
+		 * logic elsewhere in this file.
+		 */
+		if (lf->maplen == 0) {
+			lf->maplen = pagesize;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * FUTURE: remove PROT_WRITE when the parser no longer
+		 * needs to scribble on the input.
+		 */
+		lf->buf = mmap(NULL, lf->maplen, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+			       MAP_FILE|MAP_COPY, fd, 0);
+		if (lf->buf != MAP_FAILED) {
+			/* succeeded */
+			if (lf->len == lf->maplen && lf->buf[lf->len - 1] != '\n') {
+				char *b = malloc(lf->len + 1);
+				b[lf->len] = '\n';
+				memcpy(b, lf->buf, lf->len++);
+				munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen);
+				lf->maplen = 0;
+				lf->buf = b;
+			}
+			goto done;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	/* cannot mmap; load the traditional way */
+
+	lf->maplen = 0;
+	lf->len = 1024;
+	lf->buf = bmake_malloc(lf->len);
+
+	bufpos = 0;
+	while (1) {
+		assert(bufpos <= lf->len);
+		if (bufpos == lf->len) {
+			lf->len *= 2;
+			lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len);
+		}
+		result = read(fd, lf->buf + bufpos, lf->len - bufpos);
+		if (result < 0) {
+			Error("%s: read error: %s", path, strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		if (result == 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+		bufpos += result;
+	}
+	assert(bufpos <= lf->len);
+	lf->len = bufpos;
+
+	/* truncate malloc region to actual length (maybe not useful) */
+	if (lf->len > 0) {
+		lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len);
+	}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+done:
+#endif
+	if (path != NULL) {
+		close(fd);
+	}
+	return lf;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// old code
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseIsEscaped --
+ *	Check if the current character is escaped on the current line
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the character is not backslash escaped, 1 otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseIsEscaped(const char *line, const char *c)
+{
+    int active = 0;
+    for (;;) {
+	if (line == c)
+	    return active;
+	if (*--c != '\\')
+	    return active;
+	active = !active;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFindKeyword --
+ *	Look in the table of keywords for one matching the given string.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String to find
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The index of the keyword, or -1 if it isn't there.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseFindKeyword(const char *str)
+{
+    int    start, end, cur;
+    int    diff;
+
+    start = 0;
+    end = (sizeof(parseKeywords)/sizeof(parseKeywords[0])) - 1;
+
+    do {
+	cur = start + ((end - start) / 2);
+	diff = strcmp(str, parseKeywords[cur].name);
+
+	if (diff == 0) {
+	    return (cur);
+	} else if (diff < 0) {
+	    end = cur - 1;
+	} else {
+	    start = cur + 1;
+	}
+    } while (start <= end);
+    return (-1);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ParseVErrorInternal  --
+ *	Error message abort function for parsing. Prints out the context
+ *	of the error (line number and file) as well as the message with
+ *	two optional arguments.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	"fatals" is incremented if the level is PARSE_FATAL.
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+static void
+ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *f, const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type,
+    const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+{
+	static Boolean fatal_warning_error_printed = FALSE;
+
+	(void)fprintf(f, "%s: ", progname);
+
+	if (cfname != NULL) {
+		(void)fprintf(f, "\"");
+		if (*cfname != '/' && strcmp(cfname, "(stdin)") != 0) {
+			char *cp;
+			const char *dir;
+
+			/*
+			 * Nothing is more annoying than not knowing
+			 * which Makefile is the culprit.
+			 */
+			dir = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
+			if (dir == NULL || *dir == '\0' ||
+			    (*dir == '.' && dir[1] == '\0'))
+				dir = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp);
+			if (dir == NULL)
+				dir = ".";
+
+			(void)fprintf(f, "%s/%s", dir, cfname);
+		} else
+			(void)fprintf(f, "%s", cfname);
+
+		(void)fprintf(f, "\" line %d: ", (int)clineno);
+	}
+	if (type == PARSE_WARNING)
+		(void)fprintf(f, "warning: ");
+	(void)vfprintf(f, fmt, ap);
+	(void)fprintf(f, "\n");
+	(void)fflush(f);
+	if (type == PARSE_FATAL || parseWarnFatal)
+		fatals += 1;
+	if (parseWarnFatal && !fatal_warning_error_printed) {
+		Error("parsing warnings being treated as errors");
+		fatal_warning_error_printed = TRUE;
+	}
+}
+
+/*-
+ * ParseErrorInternal  --
+ *	Error function
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+static void
+ParseErrorInternal(const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type,
+    const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) {
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+	}
+}
+
+/*-
+ * Parse_Error  --
+ *	External interface to ParseErrorInternal; uses the default filename
+ *	Line number.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+Parse_Error(int type, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	const char *fname;
+	size_t lineno;
+
+	if (curFile == NULL) {
+		fname = NULL;
+		lineno = 0;
+	} else {
+		fname = curFile->fname;
+		lineno = curFile->lineno;
+	}
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) {
+		va_start(ap, fmt);
+		ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap);
+		va_end(ap);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ParseMessage
+ *	Parse a .info .warning or .error directive
+ *
+ *	The input is the line minus the ".".  We substitute
+ *	variables, print the message and exit(1) (for .error) or just print
+ *	a warning if the directive is malformed.
+ */
+static Boolean
+ParseMessage(char *line)
+{
+    int mtype;
+
+    switch(*line) {
+    case 'i':
+	mtype = 0;
+	break;
+    case 'w':
+	mtype = PARSE_WARNING;
+	break;
+    case 'e':
+	mtype = PARSE_FATAL;
+	break;
+    default:
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "invalid syntax: \".%s\"", line);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    while (isalpha((u_char)*line))
+	line++;
+    if (!isspace((u_char)*line))
+	return FALSE;			/* not for us */
+    while (isspace((u_char)*line))
+	line++;
+
+    line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, 0);
+    Parse_Error(mtype, "%s", line);
+    free(line);
+
+    if (mtype == PARSE_FATAL) {
+	/* Terminate immediately. */
+	exit(1);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseLinkSrc  --
+ *	Link the parent node to its new child. Used in a Lst_ForEach by
+ *	ParseDoDependency. If the specType isn't 'Not', the parent
+ *	isn't linked as a parent of the child.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pgnp		The parent node
+ *	cgpn		The child node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always = 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	New elements are added to the parents list of cgn and the
+ *	children list of cgn. the unmade field of pgn is updated
+ *	to reflect the additional child.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseLinkSrc(void *pgnp, void *cgnp)
+{
+    GNode          *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+    GNode          *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+
+    if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts))
+	pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(pgn->cohorts));
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, cgn);
+    if (specType == Not)
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(cgn->parents, pgn);
+    pgn->unmade += 1;
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "# ParseLinkSrc: added child %s - %s\n", pgn->name, cgn->name);
+	Targ_PrintNode(pgn, 0);
+	Targ_PrintNode(cgn, 0);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoOp  --
+ *	Apply the parsed operator to the given target node. Used in a
+ *	Lst_ForEach call by ParseDoDependency once all targets have
+ *	been found and their operator parsed. If the previous and new
+ *	operators are incompatible, a major error is taken.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		The node to which the operator is to be applied
+ *	opp		The operator to apply
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The type field of the node is altered to reflect any new bits in
+ *	the op.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseDoOp(void *gnp, void *opp)
+{
+    GNode          *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    int             op = *(int *)opp;
+    /*
+     * If the dependency mask of the operator and the node don't match and
+     * the node has actually had an operator applied to it before, and
+     * the operator actually has some dependency information in it, complain.
+     */
+    if (((op & OP_OPMASK) != (gn->type & OP_OPMASK)) &&
+	!OP_NOP(gn->type) && !OP_NOP(op))
+    {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Inconsistent operator for %s", gn->name);
+	return (1);
+    }
+
+    if ((op == OP_DOUBLEDEP) && ((gn->type & OP_OPMASK) == OP_DOUBLEDEP)) {
+	/*
+	 * If the node was the object of a :: operator, we need to create a
+	 * new instance of it for the children and commands on this dependency
+	 * line. The new instance is placed on the 'cohorts' list of the
+	 * initial one (note the initial one is not on its own cohorts list)
+	 * and the new instance is linked to all parents of the initial
+	 * instance.
+	 */
+	GNode	*cohort;
+
+	/*
+	 * Propagate copied bits to the initial node.  They'll be propagated
+	 * back to the rest of the cohorts later.
+	 */
+	gn->type |= op & ~OP_OPMASK;
+
+	cohort = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOHASH);
+	if (doing_depend)
+	    ParseMark(cohort);
+	/*
+	 * Make the cohort invisible as well to avoid duplicating it into
+	 * other variables. True, parents of this target won't tend to do
+	 * anything with their local variables, but better safe than
+	 * sorry. (I think this is pointless now, since the relevant list
+	 * traversals will no longer see this node anyway. -mycroft)
+	 */
+	cohort->type = op | OP_INVISIBLE;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->cohorts, cohort);
+	cohort->centurion = gn;
+	gn->unmade_cohorts += 1;
+	snprintf(cohort->cohort_num, sizeof cohort->cohort_num, "#%d",
+		gn->unmade_cohorts);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * We don't want to nuke any previous flags (whatever they were) so we
+	 * just OR the new operator into the old
+	 */
+	gn->type |= op;
+    }
+
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoSrc  --
+ *	Given the name of a source, figure out if it is an attribute
+ *	and apply it to the targets if it is. Else decide if there is
+ *	some attribute which should be applied *to* the source because
+ *	of some special target and apply it if so. Otherwise, make the
+ *	source be a child of the targets in the list 'targets'
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	tOp		operator (if any) from special targets
+ *	src		name of the source to handle
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Operator bits may be added to the list of targets or to the source.
+ *	The targets may have a new source added to their lists of children.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseDoSrc(int tOp, const char *src)
+{
+    GNode	*gn = NULL;
+    static int wait_number = 0;
+    char wait_src[16];
+
+    if (*src == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)src[1])) {
+	int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(src);
+	if (keywd != -1) {
+	    int op = parseKeywords[keywd].op;
+	    if (op != 0) {
+		Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    if (parseKeywords[keywd].spec == Wait) {
+		/*
+		 * We add a .WAIT node in the dependency list.
+		 * After any dynamic dependencies (and filename globbing)
+		 * have happened, it is given a dependency on the each
+		 * previous child back to and previous .WAIT node.
+		 * The next child won't be scheduled until the .WAIT node
+		 * is built.
+		 * We give each .WAIT node a unique name (mainly for diag).
+		 */
+		snprintf(wait_src, sizeof wait_src, ".WAIT_%u", ++wait_number);
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(wait_src, TARG_NOHASH);
+		if (doing_depend)
+		    ParseMark(gn);
+		gn->type = OP_WAIT | OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS | OP_NOTMAIN;
+		Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn);
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    switch (specType) {
+    case Main:
+	/*
+	 * If we have noted the existence of a .MAIN, it means we need
+	 * to add the sources of said target to the list of things
+	 * to create. The string 'src' is likely to be free, so we
+	 * must make a new copy of it. Note that this will only be
+	 * invoked if the user didn't specify a target on the command
+	 * line. This is to allow #ifmake's to succeed, or something...
+	 */
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(src));
+	/*
+	 * Add the name to the .TARGETS variable as well, so the user can
+	 * employ that, if desired.
+	 */
+	Var_Append(".TARGETS", src, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	return;
+
+    case Order:
+	/*
+	 * Create proper predecessor/successor links between the previous
+	 * source and the current one.
+	 */
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE);
+	if (doing_depend)
+	    ParseMark(gn);
+	if (predecessor != NULL) {
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(predecessor->order_succ, gn);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->order_pred, predecessor);
+	    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# ParseDoSrc: added Order dependency %s - %s\n",
+			predecessor->name, gn->name);
+		Targ_PrintNode(predecessor, 0);
+		Targ_PrintNode(gn, 0);
+	    }
+	}
+	/*
+	 * The current source now becomes the predecessor for the next one.
+	 */
+	predecessor = gn;
+	break;
+
+    default:
+	/*
+	 * If the source is not an attribute, we need to find/create
+	 * a node for it. After that we can apply any operator to it
+	 * from a special target or link it to its parents, as
+	 * appropriate.
+	 *
+	 * In the case of a source that was the object of a :: operator,
+	 * the attribute is applied to all of its instances (as kept in
+	 * the 'cohorts' list of the node) or all the cohorts are linked
+	 * to all the targets.
+	 */
+
+	/* Find/create the 'src' node and attach to all targets */
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE);
+	if (doing_depend)
+	    ParseMark(gn);
+	if (tOp) {
+	    gn->type |= tOp;
+	} else {
+	    Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn);
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFindMain --
+ *	Find a real target in the list and set it to be the main one.
+ *	Called by ParseDoDependency when a main target hasn't been found
+ *	yet.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if main not found yet, 1 if it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	mainNode is changed and Targ_SetMain is called.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseFindMain(void *gnp, void *dummy)
+{
+    GNode   	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    if ((gn->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
+	mainNode = gn;
+	Targ_SetMain(gn);
+	return (dummy ? 1 : 1);
+    } else {
+	return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseAddDir --
+ *	Front-end for Dir_AddDir to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	See Dir_AddDir.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseAddDir(void *path, void *name)
+{
+    (void)Dir_AddDir((Lst) path, (char *)name);
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseClearPath --
+ *	Front-end for Dir_ClearPath to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	See Dir_ClearPath
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseClearPath(void *path, void *dummy)
+{
+    Dir_ClearPath((Lst) path);
+    return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoDependency  --
+ *	Parse the dependency line in line.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		the line to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The nodes of the sources are linked as children to the nodes of the
+ *	targets. Some nodes may be created.
+ *
+ *	We parse a dependency line by first extracting words from the line and
+ * finding nodes in the list of all targets with that name. This is done
+ * until a character is encountered which is an operator character. Currently
+ * these are only ! and :. At this point the operator is parsed and the
+ * pointer into the line advanced until the first source is encountered.
+ * 	The parsed operator is applied to each node in the 'targets' list,
+ * which is where the nodes found for the targets are kept, by means of
+ * the ParseDoOp function.
+ *	The sources are read in much the same way as the targets were except
+ * that now they are expanded using the wildcarding scheme of the C-Shell
+ * and all instances of the resulting words in the list of all targets
+ * are found. Each of the resulting nodes is then linked to each of the
+ * targets as one of its children.
+ *	Certain targets are handled specially. These are the ones detailed
+ * by the specType variable.
+ *	The storing of transformation rules is also taken care of here.
+ * A target is recognized as a transformation rule by calling
+ * Suff_IsTransform. If it is a transformation rule, its node is gotten
+ * from the suffix module via Suff_AddTransform rather than the standard
+ * Targ_FindNode in the target module.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseDoDependency(char *line)
+{
+    char  	   *cp;		/* our current position */
+    GNode 	   *gn = NULL;	/* a general purpose temporary node */
+    int             op;		/* the operator on the line */
+    char            savec;	/* a place to save a character */
+    Lst    	    paths;   	/* List of search paths to alter when parsing
+				 * a list of .PATH targets */
+    int	    	    tOp;    	/* operator from special target */
+    Lst	    	    sources;	/* list of archive source names after
+				 * expansion */
+    Lst 	    curTargs;	/* list of target names to be found and added
+				 * to the targets list */
+    char	   *lstart = line;
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "ParseDoDependency(%s)\n", line);
+    tOp = 0;
+
+    specType = Not;
+    paths = NULL;
+
+    curTargs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    do {
+	for (cp = line; *cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+		     !(isspace((unsigned char)*cp) ||
+			 *cp == '!' || *cp == ':' || *cp == LPAREN));
+		 cp++) {
+	    if (*cp == '$') {
+		/*
+		 * Must be a dynamic source (would have been expanded
+		 * otherwise), so call the Var module to parse the puppy
+		 * so we can safely advance beyond it...There should be
+		 * no errors in this, as they would have been discovered
+		 * in the initial Var_Subst and we wouldn't be here.
+		 */
+		int 	length;
+		void    *freeIt;
+		char	*result;
+
+		result = Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE, &length, &freeIt);
+		if (freeIt)
+		    free(freeIt);
+		cp += length-1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (!ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) && *cp == LPAREN) {
+	    /*
+	     * Archives must be handled specially to make sure the OP_ARCHV
+	     * flag is set in their 'type' field, for one thing, and because
+	     * things like "archive(file1.o file2.o file3.o)" are permissible.
+	     * Arch_ParseArchive will set 'line' to be the first non-blank
+	     * after the archive-spec. It creates/finds nodes for the members
+	     * and places them on the given list, returning SUCCESS if all
+	     * went well and FAILURE if there was an error in the
+	     * specification. On error, line should remain untouched.
+	     */
+	    if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, targets, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+			     "Error in archive specification: \"%s\"", line);
+		goto out;
+	    } else {
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+	savec = *cp;
+
+	if (!*cp) {
+	    /*
+	     * Ending a dependency line without an operator is a Bozo
+	     * no-no.  As a heuristic, this is also often triggered by
+	     * undetected conflicts from cvs/rcs merges.
+	     */
+	    if ((strncmp(line, "<<<<<<", 6) == 0) ||
+		(strncmp(line, "======", 6) == 0) ||
+		(strncmp(line, ">>>>>>", 6) == 0))
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		    "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts");
+	    else
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive"
+				     : "Need an operator");
+	    goto out;
+	}
+	*cp = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Have a word in line. See if it's a special target and set
+	 * specType to match it.
+	 */
+	if (*line == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)line[1])) {
+	    /*
+	     * See if the target is a special target that must have it
+	     * or its sources handled specially.
+	     */
+	    int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(line);
+	    if (keywd != -1) {
+		if (specType == ExPath && parseKeywords[keywd].spec != ExPath) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Mismatched special targets");
+		    goto out;
+		}
+
+		specType = parseKeywords[keywd].spec;
+		tOp = parseKeywords[keywd].op;
+
+		/*
+		 * Certain special targets have special semantics:
+		 *	.PATH		Have to set the dirSearchPath
+		 *			variable too
+		 *	.MAIN		Its sources are only used if
+		 *			nothing has been specified to
+		 *			create.
+		 *	.DEFAULT    	Need to create a node to hang
+		 *			commands on, but we don't want
+		 *			it in the graph, nor do we want
+		 *			it to be the Main Target, so we
+		 *			create it, set OP_NOTMAIN and
+		 *			add it to the list, setting
+		 *			DEFAULT to the new node for
+		 *			later use. We claim the node is
+		 *	    	    	A transformation rule to make
+		 *	    	    	life easier later, when we'll
+		 *	    	    	use Make_HandleUse to actually
+		 *	    	    	apply the .DEFAULT commands.
+		 *	.PHONY		The list of targets
+		 *	.NOPATH		Don't search for file in the path
+		 *	.STALE
+		 *	.BEGIN
+		 *	.END
+		 *	.ERROR
+		 *	.INTERRUPT  	Are not to be considered the
+		 *			main target.
+		 *  	.NOTPARALLEL	Make only one target at a time.
+		 *  	.SINGLESHELL	Create a shell for each command.
+		 *  	.ORDER	    	Must set initial predecessor to NULL
+		 */
+		switch (specType) {
+		case ExPath:
+		    if (paths == NULL) {
+			paths = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		    }
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, dirSearchPath);
+		    break;
+		case Main:
+		    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) {
+			specType = Not;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		case Begin:
+		case End:
+		case Stale:
+		case dotError:
+		case Interrupt:
+		    gn = Targ_FindNode(line, TARG_CREATE);
+		    if (doing_depend)
+			ParseMark(gn);
+		    gn->type |= OP_NOTMAIN|OP_SPECIAL;
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+		    break;
+		case Default:
+		    gn = Targ_NewGN(".DEFAULT");
+		    gn->type |= (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_TRANSFORM);
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+		    DEFAULT = gn;
+		    break;
+		case NotParallel:
+		    maxJobs = 1;
+		    break;
+		case SingleShell:
+		    compatMake = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		case Order:
+		    predecessor = NULL;
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    } else if (strncmp(line, ".PATH", 5) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * .PATH<suffix> has to be handled specially.
+		 * Call on the suffix module to give us a path to
+		 * modify.
+		 */
+		Lst 	path;
+
+		specType = ExPath;
+		path = Suff_GetPath(&line[5]);
+		if (path == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				 "Suffix '%s' not defined (yet)",
+				 &line[5]);
+		    goto out;
+		} else {
+		    if (paths == NULL) {
+			paths = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		    }
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, path);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Have word in line. Get or create its node and stick it at
+	 * the end of the targets list
+	 */
+	if ((specType == Not) && (*line != '\0')) {
+	    if (Dir_HasWildcards(line)) {
+		/*
+		 * Targets are to be sought only in the current directory,
+		 * so create an empty path for the thing. Note we need to
+		 * use Dir_Destroy in the destruction of the path as the
+		 * Dir module could have added a directory to the path...
+		 */
+		Lst	    emptyPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+		Dir_Expand(line, emptyPath, curTargs);
+
+		Lst_Destroy(emptyPath, Dir_Destroy);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * No wildcards, but we want to avoid code duplication,
+		 * so create a list with the word on it.
+		 */
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(curTargs, line);
+	    }
+
+	    while(!Lst_IsEmpty(curTargs)) {
+		char	*targName = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(curTargs);
+
+		if (!Suff_IsTransform (targName)) {
+		    gn = Targ_FindNode(targName, TARG_CREATE);
+		} else {
+		    gn = Suff_AddTransform(targName);
+		}
+		if (doing_depend)
+		    ParseMark(gn);
+
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn);
+	    }
+	} else if (specType == ExPath && *line != '.' && *line != '\0') {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target (%s) ignored", line);
+	}
+
+	*cp = savec;
+	/*
+	 * If it is a special type and not .PATH, it's the only target we
+	 * allow on this line...
+	 */
+	if (specType != Not && specType != ExPath) {
+	    Boolean warning = FALSE;
+
+	    while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+		((*cp != '!') && (*cp != ':')))) {
+		if (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) ||
+		    (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\t')) {
+		    warning = TRUE;
+		}
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    if (warning) {
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target ignored");
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	}
+	line = cp;
+    } while (*line && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, line) ||
+	((*line != '!') && (*line != ':'))));
+
+    /*
+     * Don't need the list of target names anymore...
+     */
+    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
+    curTargs = NULL;
+
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targets)) {
+	switch(specType) {
+	    default:
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Special and mundane targets don't mix. Mundane ones ignored");
+		break;
+	    case Default:
+	    case Stale:
+	    case Begin:
+	    case End:
+	    case dotError:
+	    case Interrupt:
+		/*
+		 * These four create nodes on which to hang commands, so
+		 * targets shouldn't be empty...
+		 */
+	    case Not:
+		/*
+		 * Nothing special here -- targets can be empty if it wants.
+		 */
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Have now parsed all the target names. Must parse the operator next. The
+     * result is left in  op .
+     */
+    if (*cp == '!') {
+	op = OP_FORCE;
+    } else if (*cp == ':') {
+	if (cp[1] == ':') {
+	    op = OP_DOUBLEDEP;
+	    cp++;
+	} else {
+	    op = OP_DEPENDS;
+	}
+    } else {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive"
+		    : "Missing dependency operator");
+	goto out;
+    }
+
+    cp++;			/* Advance beyond operator */
+
+    Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op);
+
+    /*
+     * Get to the first source
+     */
+    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	cp++;
+    }
+    line = cp;
+
+    /*
+     * Several special targets take different actions if present with no
+     * sources:
+     *	a .SUFFIXES line with no sources clears out all old suffixes
+     *	a .PRECIOUS line makes all targets precious
+     *	a .IGNORE line ignores errors for all targets
+     *	a .SILENT line creates silence when making all targets
+     *	a .PATH removes all directories from the search path(s).
+     */
+    if (!*line) {
+	switch (specType) {
+	    case Suffixes:
+		Suff_ClearSuffixes();
+		break;
+	    case Precious:
+		allPrecious = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    case Ignore:
+		ignoreErrors = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    case Silent:
+		beSilent = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    case ExPath:
+		Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseClearPath, NULL);
+		Dir_SetPATH();
+		break;
+#ifdef POSIX
+            case Posix:
+                Var_Set("%POSIX", "1003.2", VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+                break;
+#endif
+	    default:
+		break;
+	}
+    } else if (specType == MFlags) {
+	/*
+	 * Call on functions in main.c to deal with these arguments and
+	 * set the initial character to a null-character so the loop to
+	 * get sources won't get anything
+	 */
+	Main_ParseArgLine(line);
+	*line = '\0';
+    } else if (specType == ExShell) {
+	if (Job_ParseShell(line) != SUCCESS) {
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "improper shell specification");
+	    goto out;
+	}
+	*line = '\0';
+    } else if ((specType == NotParallel) || (specType == SingleShell)) {
+	*line = '\0';
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * NOW GO FOR THE SOURCES
+     */
+    if ((specType == Suffixes) || (specType == ExPath) ||
+	(specType == Includes) || (specType == Libs) ||
+	(specType == Null) || (specType == ExObjdir))
+    {
+	while (*line) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the target was one that doesn't take files as its sources
+	     * but takes something like suffixes, we take each
+	     * space-separated word on the line as a something and deal
+	     * with it accordingly.
+	     *
+	     * If the target was .SUFFIXES, we take each source as a
+	     * suffix and add it to the list of suffixes maintained by the
+	     * Suff module.
+	     *
+	     * If the target was a .PATH, we add the source as a directory
+	     * to search on the search path.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .INCLUDES, the source is taken to be the suffix of
+	     * files which will be #included and whose search path should
+	     * be present in the .INCLUDES variable.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .LIBS, the source is taken to be the suffix of
+	     * files which are considered libraries and whose search path
+	     * should be present in the .LIBS variable.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .NULL, the source is the suffix to use when a file
+	     * has no valid suffix.
+	     *
+	     * If it was .OBJDIR, the source is a new definition for .OBJDIR,
+	     * and will cause make to do a new chdir to that path.
+	     */
+	    while (*cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    savec = *cp;
+	    *cp = '\0';
+	    switch (specType) {
+		case Suffixes:
+		    Suff_AddSuffix(line, &mainNode);
+		    break;
+		case ExPath:
+		    Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseAddDir, line);
+		    break;
+		case Includes:
+		    Suff_AddInclude(line);
+		    break;
+		case Libs:
+		    Suff_AddLib(line);
+		    break;
+		case Null:
+		    Suff_SetNull(line);
+		    break;
+		case ExObjdir:
+		    Main_SetObjdir(line);
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    *cp = savec;
+	    if (savec != '\0') {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    line = cp;
+	}
+	if (paths) {
+	    Lst_Destroy(paths, NULL);
+	}
+	if (specType == ExPath)
+	    Dir_SetPATH();
+    } else {
+	while (*line) {
+	    /*
+	     * The targets take real sources, so we must beware of archive
+	     * specifications (i.e. things with left parentheses in them)
+	     * and handle them accordingly.
+	     */
+	    for (; *cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+		if ((*cp == LPAREN) && (cp > line) && (cp[-1] != '$')) {
+		    /*
+		     * Only stop for a left parenthesis if it isn't at the
+		     * start of a word (that'll be for variable changes
+		     * later) and isn't preceded by a dollar sign (a dynamic
+		     * source).
+		     */
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (*cp == LPAREN) {
+		sources = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+		if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, sources, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				 "Error in source archive spec \"%s\"", line);
+		    goto out;
+		}
+
+		while (!Lst_IsEmpty (sources)) {
+		    gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(sources);
+		    ParseDoSrc(tOp, gn->name);
+		}
+		Lst_Destroy(sources, NULL);
+		cp = line;
+	    } else {
+		if (*cp) {
+		    *cp = '\0';
+		    cp += 1;
+		}
+
+		ParseDoSrc(tOp, line);
+	    }
+	    while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+		cp++;
+	    }
+	    line = cp;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (mainNode == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * If we have yet to decide on a main target to make, in the
+	 * absence of any user input, we want the first target on
+	 * the first dependency line that is actually a real target
+	 * (i.e. isn't a .USE or .EXEC rule) to be made.
+	 */
+	Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseFindMain, NULL);
+    }
+
+out:
+    if (curTargs)
+	    Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_IsVar  --
+ *	Return TRUE if the passed line is a variable assignment. A variable
+ *	assignment consists of a single word followed by optional whitespace
+ *	followed by either a += or an = operator.
+ *	This function is used both by the Parse_File function and main when
+ *	parsing the command-line arguments.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		the line to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it is. FALSE if it ain't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	none
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Parse_IsVar(char *line)
+{
+    Boolean wasSpace = FALSE;	/* set TRUE if found a space */
+    char ch;
+    int level = 0;
+#define ISEQOPERATOR(c) \
+	(((c) == '+') || ((c) == ':') || ((c) == '?') || ((c) == '!'))
+
+    /*
+     * Skip to variable name
+     */
+    for (;(*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t'); line++)
+	continue;
+
+    /* Scan for one of the assignment operators outside a variable expansion */
+    while ((ch = *line++) != 0) {
+	if (ch == '(' || ch == '{') {
+	    level++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (ch == ')' || ch == '}') {
+	    level--;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (level != 0)
+	    continue;
+	while (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') {
+	    ch = *line++;
+	    wasSpace = TRUE;
+	}
+	if (ch == '=')
+	    return TRUE;
+	if (*line == '=' && ISEQOPERATOR(ch))
+	    return TRUE;
+	if (wasSpace)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_DoVar  --
+ *	Take the variable assignment in the passed line and do it in the
+ *	global context.
+ *
+ *	Note: There is a lexical ambiguity with assignment modifier characters
+ *	in variable names. This routine interprets the character before the =
+ *	as a modifier. Therefore, an assignment like
+ *	    C++=/usr/bin/CC
+ *	is interpreted as "C+ +=" instead of "C++ =".
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		a line guaranteed to be a variable assignment.
+ *			This reduces error checks
+ *	ctxt		Context in which to do the assignment
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the variable structure of the given variable name is altered in the
+ *	global context.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    char	   *cp;	/* pointer into line */
+    enum {
+	VAR_SUBST, VAR_APPEND, VAR_SHELL, VAR_NORMAL
+    }	    	    type;   	/* Type of assignment */
+    char            *opc;	/* ptr to operator character to
+				 * null-terminate the variable name */
+    Boolean	   freeCp = FALSE; /* TRUE if cp needs to be freed,
+				    * i.e. if any variable expansion was
+				    * performed */
+    int depth;
+
+    /*
+     * Skip to variable name
+     */
+    while ((*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t')) {
+	line++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skip to operator character, nulling out whitespace as we go
+     * XXX Rather than counting () and {} we should look for $ and
+     * then expand the variable.
+     */
+    for (depth = 0, cp = line + 1; depth != 0 || *cp != '='; cp++) {
+	if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') {
+	    depth++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+	    depth--;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (depth == 0 && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	    *cp = '\0';
+	}
+    }
+    opc = cp-1;		/* operator is the previous character */
+    *cp++ = '\0';	/* nuke the = */
+
+    /*
+     * Check operator type
+     */
+    switch (*opc) {
+	case '+':
+	    type = VAR_APPEND;
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    break;
+
+	case '?':
+	    /*
+	     * If the variable already has a value, we don't do anything.
+	     */
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    if (Var_Exists(line, ctxt)) {
+		return;
+	    } else {
+		type = VAR_NORMAL;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case ':':
+	    type = VAR_SUBST;
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    break;
+
+	case '!':
+	    type = VAR_SHELL;
+	    *opc = '\0';
+	    break;
+
+	default:
+#ifdef SUNSHCMD
+	    while (opc > line && *opc != ':')
+		opc--;
+
+	    if (strncmp(opc, ":sh", 3) == 0) {
+		type = VAR_SHELL;
+		*opc = '\0';
+		break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	    type = VAR_NORMAL;
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    while (isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) {
+	cp++;
+    }
+
+    if (type == VAR_APPEND) {
+	Var_Append(line, cp, ctxt);
+    } else if (type == VAR_SUBST) {
+	/*
+	 * Allow variables in the old value to be undefined, but leave their
+	 * invocation alone -- this is done by forcing oldVars to be false.
+	 * XXX: This can cause recursive variables, but that's not hard to do,
+	 * and this allows someone to do something like
+	 *
+	 *  CFLAGS = $(.INCLUDES)
+	 *  CFLAGS := -I.. $(CFLAGS)
+	 *
+	 * And not get an error.
+	 */
+	Boolean	  oldOldVars = oldVars;
+
+	oldVars = FALSE;
+
+	/*
+	 * make sure that we set the variable the first time to nothing
+	 * so that it gets substituted!
+	 */
+	if (!Var_Exists(line, ctxt))
+	    Var_Set(line, "", ctxt, 0);
+
+	cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, ctxt, FALSE);
+	oldVars = oldOldVars;
+	freeCp = TRUE;
+
+	Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0);
+    } else if (type == VAR_SHELL) {
+	char *res;
+	const char *error;
+
+	if (strchr(cp, '$') != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * There's a dollar sign in the command, so perform variable
+	     * expansion on the whole thing. The resulting string will need
+	     * freeing when we're done, so set freeCmd to TRUE.
+	     */
+	    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE);
+	    freeCp = TRUE;
+	}
+
+	res = Cmd_Exec(cp, &error);
+	Var_Set(line, res, ctxt, 0);
+	free(res);
+
+	if (error)
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, error, cp);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Normal assignment -- just do it.
+	 */
+	Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0);
+    }
+    if (strcmp(line, MAKEOVERRIDES) == 0)
+	Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(FALSE);	/* re-export MAKEFLAGS */
+    else if (strcmp(line, ".CURDIR") == 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Somone is being (too?) clever...
+	 * Let's pretend they know what they are doing and
+	 * re-initialize the 'cur' Path.
+	 */
+	Dir_InitCur(cp);
+	Dir_SetPATH();
+    } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_JOB_PREFIX) == 0) {
+	Job_SetPrefix();
+    } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_EXPORTED) == 0) {
+	Var_Export(cp, 0);
+    }
+    if (freeCp)
+	free(cp);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ * ParseAddCmd  --
+ *	Lst_ForEach function to add a command line to all targets
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		the node to which the command is to be added
+ *	cmd		the command to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A new element is added to the commands list of the node.
+ */
+static int
+ParseAddCmd(void *gnp, void *cmd)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    /* Add to last (ie current) cohort for :: targets */
+    if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts))
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts));
+
+    /* if target already supplied, ignore commands */
+    if (!(gn->type & OP_HAS_COMMANDS)) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd);
+	ParseMark(gn);
+    } else {
+#ifdef notyet
+	/* XXX: We cannot do this until we fix the tree */
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd);
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+		     "overriding commands for target \"%s\"; "
+		     "previous commands defined at %s: %d ignored",
+		     gn->name, gn->fname, gn->lineno);
+#else
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+		     "duplicate script for target \"%s\" ignored",
+		     gn->name);
+	ParseErrorInternal(gn->fname, gn->lineno, PARSE_WARNING,
+			    "using previous script for \"%s\" defined here",
+			    gn->name);
+#endif
+    }
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseHasCommands --
+ *	Callback procedure for Parse_File when destroying the list of
+ *	targets on the last dependency line. Marks a target as already
+ *	having commands if it does, to keep from having shell commands
+ *	on multiple dependency lines.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	OP_HAS_COMMANDS may be set for the target.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseHasCommands(void *gnp)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) {
+	gn->type |= OP_HAS_COMMANDS;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_AddIncludeDir --
+ *	Add a directory to the path searched for included makefiles
+ *	bracketed by double-quotes. Used by functions in main.c
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	dir		The name of the directory to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The directory is appended to the list.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *dir)
+{
+    (void)Dir_AddDir(parseIncPath, dir);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseDoInclude  --
+ *	Push to another file.
+ *
+ *	The input is the line minus the `.'. A file spec is a string
+ *	enclosed in <> or "". The former is looked for only in sysIncPath.
+ *	The latter in . and the directories specified by -I command line
+ *	options
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ *	fname and curFILE are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+Parse_include_file(char *file, Boolean isSystem, int silent)
+{
+    struct loadedfile *lf;
+    char          *fullname;	/* full pathname of file */
+    char          *newName;
+    char          *prefEnd, *incdir;
+    int           fd;
+    int           i;
+
+    /*
+     * Now we know the file's name and its search path, we attempt to
+     * find the durn thing. A return of NULL indicates the file don't
+     * exist.
+     */
+    fullname = file[0] == '/' ? bmake_strdup(file) : NULL;
+
+    if (fullname == NULL && !isSystem) {
+	/*
+	 * Include files contained in double-quotes are first searched for
+	 * relative to the including file's location. We don't want to
+	 * cd there, of course, so we just tack on the old file's
+	 * leading path components and call Dir_FindFile to see if
+	 * we can locate the beast.
+	 */
+
+	incdir = bmake_strdup(curFile->fname);
+	prefEnd = strrchr(incdir, '/');
+	if (prefEnd != NULL) {
+	    *prefEnd = '\0';
+	    /* Now do lexical processing of leading "../" on the filename */
+	    for (i = 0; strncmp(file + i, "../", 3) == 0; i += 3) {
+		prefEnd = strrchr(incdir + 1, '/');
+		if (prefEnd == NULL || strcmp(prefEnd, "/..") == 0)
+		    break;
+		*prefEnd = '\0';
+	    }
+	    newName = str_concat(incdir, file + i, STR_ADDSLASH);
+	    fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, parseIncPath);
+	    if (fullname == NULL)
+		fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, dirSearchPath);
+	    free(newName);
+	}
+	free(incdir);
+
+	if (fullname == NULL) {
+	    /*
+    	     * Makefile wasn't found in same directory as included makefile.
+	     * Search for it first on the -I search path,
+	     * then on the .PATH search path, if not found in a -I directory.
+	     * If we have a suffix specific path we should use that.
+	     */
+	    char *suff;
+	    Lst	suffPath = NULL;
+
+	    if ((suff = strrchr(file, '.'))) {
+		suffPath = Suff_GetPath(suff);
+		if (suffPath != NULL) {
+		    fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, suffPath);
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (fullname == NULL) {
+		fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, parseIncPath);
+		if (fullname == NULL) {
+		    fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, dirSearchPath);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Looking for a system file or file still not found */
+    if (fullname == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Look for it on the system path
+	 */
+	fullname = Dir_FindFile(file,
+		    Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath);
+    }
+
+    if (fullname == NULL) {
+	if (!silent)
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Could not find %s", file);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* Actually open the file... */
+    fd = open(fullname, O_RDONLY);
+    if (fd == -1) {
+	if (!silent)
+	    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Cannot open %s", fullname);
+	free(fullname);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /* load it */
+    lf = loadfile(fullname, fd);
+
+    /* Start reading from this file next */
+    Parse_SetInput(fullname, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf);
+    curFile->lf = lf;
+}
+
+static void
+ParseDoInclude(char *line)
+{
+    char          endc;	    	/* the character which ends the file spec */
+    char          *cp;		/* current position in file spec */
+    int		  silent = (*line != 'i') ? 1 : 0;
+    char	  *file = &line[7 + silent];
+
+    /* Skip to delimiter character so we know where to look */
+    while (*file == ' ' || *file == '\t')
+	file++;
+
+    if (*file != '"' && *file != '<') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+	    ".include filename must be delimited by '\"' or '<'");
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Set the search path on which to find the include file based on the
+     * characters which bracket its name. Angle-brackets imply it's
+     * a system Makefile while double-quotes imply it's a user makefile
+     */
+    if (*file == '<') {
+	endc = '>';
+    } else {
+	endc = '"';
+    }
+
+    /* Skip to matching delimiter */
+    for (cp = ++file; *cp && *cp != endc; cp++)
+	continue;
+
+    if (*cp != endc) {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		     "Unclosed %cinclude filename. '%c' expected",
+		     '.', endc);
+	return;
+    }
+    *cp = '\0';
+
+    /*
+     * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to
+     * find the thing.
+     */
+    file = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, FALSE);
+
+    Parse_include_file(file, endc == '>', silent);
+    free(file);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseSetParseFile  --
+ *	Set the .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables to the dirname and
+ *	basename of the given filename
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables are overwritten by the
+ *	dirname and basename of the given filename.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseSetParseFile(const char *filename)
+{
+    char *slash, *dirname;
+    const char *pd, *pf;
+    int len;
+
+    slash = strrchr(filename, '/');
+    if (slash == NULL) {
+	Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = filename, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	dirname= NULL;
+    } else {
+	len = slash - filename;
+	dirname = bmake_malloc(len + 1);
+	memcpy(dirname, filename, len);
+	dirname[len] = '\0';
+	Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = dirname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = slash + 1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "ParseSetParseFile: ${.PARSEDIR} = `%s' "
+	    "${.PARSEFILE} = `%s'\n", pd, pf);
+    free(dirname);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Track the makefiles we read - so makefiles can
+ * set dependencies on them.
+ * Avoid adding anything more than once.
+ */
+
+static void
+ParseTrackInput(const char *name)
+{
+    char *old;
+    char *fp = NULL;
+    size_t name_len = strlen(name);
+    
+    old = Var_Value(MAKE_MAKEFILES, VAR_GLOBAL, &fp);
+    if (old) {
+	/* does it contain name? */
+	for (; old != NULL; old = strchr(old, ' ')) {
+	    if (*old == ' ')
+		old++;
+	    if (memcmp(old, name, name_len) == 0
+		    && (old[name_len] == 0 || old[name_len] == ' '))
+		goto cleanup;
+	}
+    }
+    Var_Append (MAKE_MAKEFILES, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+ cleanup:
+    if (fp) {
+	free(fp);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_setInput  --
+ *	Start Parsing from the given source
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ *	fname and curFile are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd,
+	char *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *), void *arg)
+{
+    char *buf;
+    size_t len;
+
+    if (name == NULL)
+	name = curFile->fname;
+    else
+	ParseTrackInput(name);
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Parse_SetInput: file %s, line %d, fd %d, nextbuf %p, arg %p\n",
+		name, line, fd, nextbuf, arg);
+
+    if (fd == -1 && nextbuf == NULL)
+	/* sanity */
+	return;
+
+    if (curFile != NULL)
+	/* Save exiting file info */
+	Lst_AtFront(includes, curFile);
+
+    /* Allocate and fill in new structure */
+    curFile = bmake_malloc(sizeof *curFile);
+
+    /*
+     * Once the previous state has been saved, we can get down to reading
+     * the new file. We set up the name of the file to be the absolute
+     * name of the include file so error messages refer to the right
+     * place.
+     */
+    curFile->fname = name;
+    curFile->lineno = line;
+    curFile->first_lineno = line;
+    curFile->nextbuf = nextbuf;
+    curFile->nextbuf_arg = arg;
+    curFile->lf = NULL;
+
+    assert(nextbuf != NULL);
+
+    /* Get first block of input data */
+    buf = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len);
+    if (buf == NULL) {
+        /* Was all a waste of time ... */
+	free(curFile);
+	return;
+    }
+    curFile->P_str = buf;
+    curFile->P_ptr = buf;
+    curFile->P_end = buf+len;
+
+    curFile->cond_depth = Cond_save_depth();
+    ParseSetParseFile(name);
+}
+
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseTraditionalInclude  --
+ *	Push to another file.
+ *
+ *	The input is the current line. The file name(s) are
+ *	following the "include".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno,
+ *	fname and curFILE are altered for the new file
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseTraditionalInclude(char *line)
+{
+    char          *cp;		/* current position in file spec */
+    int		   done = 0;
+    int		   silent = (line[0] != 'i') ? 1 : 0;
+    char	  *file = &line[silent + 7];
+    char	  *all_files;
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "ParseTraditionalInclude: %s\n", file);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skip over whitespace
+     */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*file))
+	file++;
+
+    /*
+     * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to
+     * find the thing.
+     */
+    all_files = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, FALSE);
+
+    if (*file == '\0') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		     "Filename missing from \"include\"");
+	return;
+    }
+
+    for (file = all_files; !done; file = cp + 1) {
+	/* Skip to end of line or next whitespace */
+	for (cp = file; *cp && !isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+	    continue;
+
+	if (*cp)
+	    *cp = '\0';
+	else
+	    done = 1;
+
+	Parse_include_file(file, FALSE, silent);
+    }
+    free(all_files);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GMAKEEXPORT
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseGmakeExport  --
+ *	Parse export <variable>=<value>
+ *
+ *	And set the environment with it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseGmakeExport(char *line)
+{
+    char	  *variable = &line[6];
+    char	  *value;
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "ParseGmakeExport: %s\n", variable);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skip over whitespace
+     */
+    while (isspace((unsigned char)*variable))
+	variable++;
+
+    for (value = variable; *value && *value != '='; value++)
+	continue;
+
+    if (*value != '=') {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+		     "Variable/Value missing from \"export\"");
+	return;
+    }
+    *value++ = '\0';			/* terminate variable */
+
+    /*
+     * Expand the value before putting it in the environment.
+     */
+    value = Var_Subst(NULL, value, VAR_CMD, FALSE);
+    setenv(variable, value, 1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseEOF  --
+ *	Called when EOF is reached in the current file. If we were reading
+ *	an include file, the includes stack is popped and things set up
+ *	to go back to reading the previous file at the previous location.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	CONTINUE if there's more to do. DONE if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The old curFILE, is closed. The includes list is shortened.
+ *	lineno, curFILE, and fname are changed if CONTINUE is returned.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+ParseEOF(void)
+{
+    char *ptr;
+    size_t len;
+
+    assert(curFile->nextbuf != NULL);
+
+    /* get next input buffer, if any */
+    ptr = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len);
+    curFile->P_ptr = ptr;
+    curFile->P_str = ptr;
+    curFile->P_end = ptr + len;
+    curFile->lineno = curFile->first_lineno;
+    if (ptr != NULL) {
+	/* Iterate again */
+	return CONTINUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Ensure the makefile (or loop) didn't have mismatched conditionals */
+    Cond_restore_depth(curFile->cond_depth);
+
+    if (curFile->lf != NULL) {
+	    loadedfile_destroy(curFile->lf);
+	    curFile->lf = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Dispose of curFile info */
+    /* Leak curFile->fname because all the gnodes have pointers to it */
+    free(curFile->P_str);
+    free(curFile);
+
+    curFile = Lst_DeQueue(includes);
+
+    if (curFile == NULL) {
+	/* We've run out of input */
+	Var_Delete(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL);
+	Var_Delete(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL);
+	return DONE;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "ParseEOF: returning to file %s, line %d\n",
+	    curFile->fname, curFile->lineno);
+
+    /* Restore the PARSEDIR/PARSEFILE variables */
+    ParseSetParseFile(curFile->fname);
+    return (CONTINUE);
+}
+
+#define PARSE_RAW 1
+#define PARSE_SKIP 2
+
+static char *
+ParseGetLine(int flags, int *length)
+{
+    IFile *cf = curFile;
+    char *ptr;
+    char ch;
+    char *line;
+    char *line_end;
+    char *escaped;
+    char *comment;
+    char *tp;
+
+    /* Loop through blank lines and comment lines */
+    for (;;) {
+	cf->lineno++;
+	line = cf->P_ptr;
+	ptr = line;
+	line_end = line;
+	escaped = NULL;
+	comment = NULL;
+	for (;;) {
+	    if (cf->P_end != NULL && ptr == cf->P_end) {
+		/* end of buffer */
+		ch = 0;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    ch = *ptr;
+	    if (ch == 0 || (ch == '\\' && ptr[1] == 0)) {
+		if (cf->P_end == NULL)
+		    /* End of string (aka for loop) data */
+		    break;
+		if (cf->nextbuf != NULL) {
+		    /*
+		     * End of this buffer; return EOF and outer logic
+		     * will get the next one. (eww)
+		     */
+		    break;
+		}
+		Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Zero byte read from file");
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	    if (ch == '\\') {
+		/* Don't treat next character as special, remember first one */
+		if (escaped == NULL)
+		    escaped = ptr;
+		if (ptr[1] == '\n')
+		    cf->lineno++;
+		ptr += 2;
+		line_end = ptr;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (ch == '#' && comment == NULL) {
+		/* Remember first '#' for comment stripping */
+		/* Unless previous char was '[', as in modifier :[#] */
+		if (!(ptr > line && ptr[-1] == '['))
+		    comment = line_end;
+	    }
+	    ptr++;
+	    if (ch == '\n')
+		break;
+	    if (!isspace((unsigned char)ch))
+		/* We are not interested in trailing whitespace */
+		line_end = ptr;
+	}
+
+	/* Save next 'to be processed' location */
+	cf->P_ptr = ptr;
+
+	/* Check we have a non-comment, non-blank line */
+	if (line_end == line || comment == line) {
+	    if (ch == 0)
+		/* At end of file */
+		return NULL;
+	    /* Parse another line */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* We now have a line of data */
+	*line_end = 0;
+
+	if (flags & PARSE_RAW) {
+	    /* Leave '\' (etc) in line buffer (eg 'for' lines) */
+	    *length = line_end - line;
+	    return line;
+	}
+
+	if (flags & PARSE_SKIP) {
+	    /* Completely ignore non-directives */
+	    if (line[0] != '.')
+		continue;
+	    /* We could do more of the .else/.elif/.endif checks here */
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    /* Brutally ignore anything after a non-escaped '#' in non-commands */
+    if (comment != NULL && line[0] != '\t') {
+	line_end = comment;
+	*line_end = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* If we didn't see a '\\' then the in-situ data is fine */
+    if (escaped == NULL) {
+	*length = line_end - line;
+	return line;
+    }
+
+    /* Remove escapes from '\n' and '#' */
+    tp = ptr = escaped;
+    escaped = line;
+    for (; ; *tp++ = ch) {
+	ch = *ptr++;
+	if (ch != '\\') {
+	    if (ch == 0)
+		break;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	ch = *ptr++;
+	if (ch == 0) {
+	    /* Delete '\\' at end of buffer */
+	    tp--;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if (ch == '#' && line[0] != '\t')
+	    /* Delete '\\' from before '#' on non-command lines */
+	    continue;
+
+	if (ch != '\n') {
+	    /* Leave '\\' in buffer for later */
+	    *tp++ = '\\';
+	    /* Make sure we don't delete an escaped ' ' from the line end */
+	    escaped = tp + 1;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* Escaped '\n' replace following whitespace with a single ' ' */
+	while (ptr[0] == ' ' || ptr[0] == '\t')
+	    ptr++;
+	ch = ' ';
+    }
+
+    /* Delete any trailing spaces - eg from empty continuations */
+    while (tp > escaped && isspace((unsigned char)tp[-1]))
+	tp--;
+
+    *tp = 0;
+    *length = tp - line;
+    return line;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseReadLine --
+ *	Read an entire line from the input file. Called only by Parse_File.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A line w/o its newline
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Only those associated with reading a character
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+ParseReadLine(void)
+{
+    char 	  *line;    	/* Result */
+    int	    	  lineLength;	/* Length of result */
+    int	    	  lineno;	/* Saved line # */
+    int	    	  rval;
+
+    for (;;) {
+	line = ParseGetLine(0, &lineLength);
+	if (line == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+
+	if (line[0] != '.')
+	    return line;
+
+	/*
+	 * The line might be a conditional. Ask the conditional module
+	 * about it and act accordingly
+	 */
+	switch (Cond_Eval(line)) {
+	case COND_SKIP:
+	    /* Skip to next conditional that evaluates to COND_PARSE.  */
+	    do {
+		line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_SKIP, &lineLength);
+	    } while (line && Cond_Eval(line) != COND_PARSE);
+	    if (line == NULL)
+		break;
+	    continue;
+	case COND_PARSE:
+	    continue;
+	case COND_INVALID:    /* Not a conditional line */
+	    /* Check for .for loops */
+	    rval = For_Eval(line);
+	    if (rval == 0)
+		/* Not a .for line */
+		break;
+	    if (rval < 0)
+		/* Syntax error - error printed, ignore line */
+		continue;
+	    /* Start of a .for loop */
+	    lineno = curFile->lineno;
+	    /* Accumulate loop lines until matching .endfor */
+	    do {
+		line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_RAW, &lineLength);
+		if (line == NULL) {
+		    Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+			     "Unexpected end of file in for loop.");
+		    break;
+		}
+	    } while (For_Accum(line));
+	    /* Stash each iteration as a new 'input file' */
+	    For_Run(lineno);
+	    /* Read next line from for-loop buffer */
+	    continue;
+	}
+	return (line);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseFinishLine --
+ *	Handle the end of a dependency group.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	inLine set FALSE. 'targets' list destroyed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseFinishLine(void)
+{
+    if (inLine) {
+	Lst_ForEach(targets, Suff_EndTransform, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(targets, ParseHasCommands);
+	targets = NULL;
+	inLine = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_File --
+ *	Parse a file into its component parts, incorporating it into the
+ *	current dependency graph. This is the main function and controls
+ *	almost every other function in this module
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the name of the file being read
+ *	fd		Open file to makefile to parse
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	closes fd.
+ *	Loads. Nodes are added to the list of all targets, nodes and links
+ *	are added to the dependency graph. etc. etc. etc.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_File(const char *name, int fd)
+{
+    char	  *cp;		/* pointer into the line */
+    char          *line;	/* the line we're working on */
+    struct loadedfile *lf;
+
+    lf = loadfile(name, fd);
+
+    inLine = FALSE;
+    fatals = 0;
+
+    if (name == NULL) {
+	    name = "(stdin)";
+    }
+
+    Parse_SetInput(name, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf);
+    curFile->lf = lf;
+
+    do {
+	for (; (line = ParseReadLine()) != NULL; ) {
+	    if (DEBUG(PARSE))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "ParseReadLine (%d): '%s'\n",
+			curFile->lineno, line);
+	    if (*line == '.') {
+		/*
+		 * Lines that begin with the special character may be
+		 * include or undef directives.
+		 * On the other hand they can be suffix rules (.c.o: ...)
+		 * or just dependencies for filenames that start '.'.
+		 */
+		for (cp = line + 1; isspace((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp(cp, "include", 7) == 0 ||
+			((cp[0] == 's' || cp[0] == '-') &&
+			    strncmp(&cp[1], "include", 7) == 0)) {
+		    ParseDoInclude(cp);
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp(cp, "undef", 5) == 0) {
+		    char *cp2;
+		    for (cp += 5; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+			continue;
+		    for (cp2 = cp; !isspace((unsigned char) *cp2) &&
+				   (*cp2 != '\0'); cp2++)
+			continue;
+		    *cp2 = '\0';
+		    Var_Delete(cp, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		    continue;
+		} else if (strncmp(cp, "export", 6) == 0) {
+		    for (cp += 6; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++)
+			continue;
+		    Var_Export(cp, 1);
+		    continue;
+		} else if (strncmp(cp, "unexport", 8) == 0) {
+		    Var_UnExport(cp);
+		    continue;
+		} else if (strncmp(cp, "info", 4) == 0 ||
+			   strncmp(cp, "error", 5) == 0 ||
+			   strncmp(cp, "warning", 7) == 0) {
+		    if (ParseMessage(cp))
+			continue;
+		}		    
+	    }
+
+	    if (*line == '\t') {
+		/*
+		 * If a line starts with a tab, it can only hope to be
+		 * a creation command.
+		 */
+		cp = line + 1;
+	      shellCommand:
+		for (; isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) {
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if (*cp) {
+		    if (!inLine)
+			Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				     "Unassociated shell command \"%s\"",
+				     cp);
+		    /*
+		     * So long as it's not a blank line and we're actually
+		     * in a dependency spec, add the command to the list of
+		     * commands of all targets in the dependency spec
+		     */
+		    if (targets) {
+			cp = bmake_strdup(cp);
+			Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseAddCmd, cp);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+			Lst_AtEnd(targCmds, cp);
+#endif
+		    }
+		}
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+#ifdef SYSVINCLUDE
+	    if (((strncmp(line, "include", 7) == 0 &&
+		    isspace((unsigned char) line[7])) ||
+			((line[0] == 's' || line[0] == '-') &&
+			    strncmp(&line[1], "include", 7) == 0 &&
+			    isspace((unsigned char) line[8]))) &&
+		    strchr(line, ':') == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * It's an S3/S5-style "include".
+		 */
+		ParseTraditionalInclude(line);
+		continue;
+	    }
+#endif
+#ifdef GMAKEEXPORT
+	    if (strncmp(line, "export", 6) == 0 &&
+		isspace((unsigned char) line[6]) &&
+		strchr(line, ':') == NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * It's a Gmake "export".
+		 */
+		ParseGmakeExport(line);
+		continue;
+	    }
+#endif
+	    if (Parse_IsVar(line)) {
+		ParseFinishLine();
+		Parse_DoVar(line, VAR_GLOBAL);
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+#ifndef POSIX
+	    /*
+	     * To make life easier on novices, if the line is indented we
+	     * first make sure the line has a dependency operator in it.
+	     * If it doesn't have an operator and we're in a dependency
+	     * line's script, we assume it's actually a shell command
+	     * and add it to the current list of targets.
+	     */
+	    cp = line;
+	    if (isspace((unsigned char) line[0])) {
+		while ((*cp != '\0') && isspace((unsigned char) *cp))
+		    cp++;
+		while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(line, cp) ||
+			(*cp != ':') && (*cp != '!'))) {
+		    cp++;
+		}
+		if (*cp == '\0') {
+		    if (inLine) {
+			Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING,
+				     "Shell command needs a leading tab");
+			goto shellCommand;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	    ParseFinishLine();
+
+	    /*
+	     * For some reason - probably to make the parser impossible -
+	     * a ';' can be used to separate commands from dependencies.
+	     * Attempt to avoid ';' inside substitution patterns.
+	     */
+	    {
+		int level = 0;
+
+		for (cp = line; *cp != 0; cp++) {
+		    if (*cp == '\\' && cp[1] != 0) {
+			cp++;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (*cp == '$' &&
+			(cp[1] == '(' || cp[1] == '{')) {
+			level++;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (level > 0) {
+			if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+			    level--;
+			    continue;
+			}
+		    } else if (*cp == ';') {
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (*cp != 0)
+		/* Terminate the dependency list at the ';' */
+		*cp++ = 0;
+	    else
+		cp = NULL;
+
+	    /*
+	     * We now know it's a dependency line so it needs to have all
+	     * variables expanded before being parsed. Tell the variable
+	     * module to complain if some variable is undefined...
+	     */
+	    line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, TRUE);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Need a non-circular list for the target nodes
+	     */
+	    if (targets)
+		Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
+
+	    targets = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	    inLine = TRUE;
+
+	    ParseDoDependency(line);
+	    free(line);
+
+	    /* If there were commands after a ';', add them now */
+	    if (cp != NULL) {
+		goto shellCommand;
+	    }
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Reached EOF, but it may be just EOF of an include file...
+	 */
+    } while (ParseEOF() == CONTINUE);
+
+    if (fatals) {
+	(void)fflush(stdout);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "%s: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue",
+	    progname);
+	PrintOnError(NULL, NULL);
+	exit(1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_Init --
+ *	initialize the parsing module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the parseIncPath list is initialized...
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Parse_Init(void)
+{
+    mainNode = NULL;
+    parseIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    sysIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    defIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    includes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    targCmds = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+Parse_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(targCmds, (FreeProc *)free);
+    if (targets)
+	Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(defIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(sysIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(parseIncPath, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(includes, NULL);	/* Should be empty now */
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parse_MainName --
+ *	Return a Lst of the main target to create for main()'s sake. If
+ *	no such target exists, we Punt with an obnoxious error message.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A Lst of the single node to create.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Parse_MainName(void)
+{
+    Lst           mainList;	/* result list */
+
+    mainList = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    if (mainNode == NULL) {
+	Punt("no target to make.");
+    	/*NOTREACHED*/
+    } else if (mainNode->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) {
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode);
+	Lst_Concat(mainList, mainNode->cohorts, LST_CONCNEW);
+    }
+    else
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode);
+    Var_Append(".TARGETS", mainNode->name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    return (mainList);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * ParseMark --
+ *	Add the filename and lineno to the GNode so that we remember
+ *	where it was first defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+ParseMark(GNode *gn)
+{
+    gn->fname = curFile->fname;
+    gn->lineno = curFile->lineno;
+}
diff --git a/pathnames.h b/pathnames.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c597b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/pathnames.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pathnames.h,v 1.17 2009/04/11 09:41:18 apb Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)pathnames.h	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/1/90
+ *	$Id: pathnames.h,v 1.13 2009/08/26 23:43:42 sjg Exp $
+ */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
+#include "nbtool_config.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H
+#include <paths.h>
+#endif
+#define	_PATH_OBJDIR		"obj"
+#define	_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX	"/usr/obj"
+#ifndef _PATH_DEFSHELLDIR
+#define	_PATH_DEFSHELLDIR	"/bin"
+#endif
+#define	_PATH_DEFSYSMK		"sys.mk"
+#define _path_defsyspath	"/usr/share/mk:/usr/local/share/mk:/opt/share/mk"
+#ifndef _PATH_DEFSYSPATH
+# ifdef _PATH_PREFIX_SYSPATH
+#   define  _PATH_DEFSYSPATH	_PATH_PREFIX_SYSPATH ":" _path_defsyspath
+# else
+#   define  _PATH_DEFSYSPATH	_path_defsyspath
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef _PATH_TMP
+#define	_PATH_TMP		"/tmp/"		/* with trailing slash */
+#endif
diff --git a/ranlib.h b/ranlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..503c7c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ranlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*	@(#)ranlib.h 1.6 88/08/19 SMI; from UCB 4.1 83/05/03	*/
+/*	$Id: ranlib.h,v 1.5 2005/11/01 02:35:15 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Structure of the __.SYMDEF table of contents for an archive.
+ * __.SYMDEF begins with a word giving the number of ranlib structures
+ * which immediately follow, and then continues with a string
+ * table consisting of a word giving the number of bytes of strings
+ * which follow and then the strings themselves.
+ * The ran_strx fields index the string table whose first byte is numbered 0.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(IRIX) && !defined(__digital__) && !defined(__osf__)
+#ifndef _ranlib_h
+#define _ranlib_h
+
+#if 0
+#define RANLIBMAG	"!<arch>\n__.SYMDEF"	/* archive file name */
+#endif
+#define RANLIBMAG	"__.SYMDEF"	/* archive file name */
+#define RANLIBSKEW	3		/* creation time offset */
+
+struct	ranlib {
+	union {
+		off_t	ran_strx;	/* string table index of */
+		char	*ran_name;	/* symbol defined by */
+	} ran_un;
+	off_t	ran_off;		/* library member at this offset */
+};
+
+#endif /*!_ranlib_h*/
+#endif
diff --git a/realpath.c b/realpath.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbf0335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/realpath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/* $Id: realpath.c,v 1.3 2013/01/25 17:06:09 sjg Exp $ */
+/* from: $NetBSD: getcwd.c,v 1.53 2012/06/21 23:29:23 enami Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1995
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Jan-Simon Pendry.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_REALPATH
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __restrict
+# define __restrict /* restrict */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * char *realpath(const char *path, char *resolved);
+ *
+ * Find the real name of path, by removing all ".", ".." and symlink
+ * components.  Returns (resolved) on success, or (NULL) on failure,
+ * in which case the path which caused trouble is left in (resolved).
+ */
+char *
+realpath(const char * __restrict path, char * __restrict resolved)
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	int idx = 0, nlnk = 0;
+	const char *q;
+	char *p, wbuf[2][MAXPATHLEN], *fres;
+	size_t len;
+	ssize_t n;
+
+	/* POSIX sez we must test for this */
+	if (path == NULL) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (resolved == NULL) {
+		fres = resolved = malloc(MAXPATHLEN);
+		if (resolved == NULL)
+			return NULL;
+	} else
+		fres = NULL;
+
+
+	/*
+	 * Build real path one by one with paying an attention to .,
+	 * .. and symbolic link.
+	 */
+
+	/*
+	 * `p' is where we'll put a new component with prepending
+	 * a delimiter.
+	 */
+	p = resolved;
+
+	if (*path == '\0') {
+		*p = '\0';
+		errno = ENOENT;
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	/* If relative path, start from current working directory. */
+	if (*path != '/') {
+		/* check for resolved pointer to appease coverity */
+		if (resolved && getcwd(resolved, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) {
+			p[0] = '.';
+			p[1] = '\0';
+			goto out;
+		}
+		len = strlen(resolved);
+		if (len > 1)
+			p += len;
+	}
+
+loop:
+	/* Skip any slash. */
+	while (*path == '/')
+		path++;
+
+	if (*path == '\0') {
+		if (p == resolved)
+			*p++ = '/';
+		*p = '\0';
+		return resolved;
+	}
+
+	/* Find the end of this component. */
+	q = path;
+	do
+		q++;
+	while (*q != '/' && *q != '\0');
+
+	/* Test . or .. */
+	if (path[0] == '.') {
+		if (q - path == 1) {
+			path = q;
+			goto loop;
+		}
+		if (path[1] == '.' && q - path == 2) {
+			/* Trim the last component. */
+			if (p != resolved)
+				while (*--p != '/')
+					continue;
+			path = q;
+			goto loop;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Append this component. */
+	if (p - resolved + 1 + q - path + 1 > MAXPATHLEN) {
+		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+		if (p == resolved)
+			*p++ = '/';
+		*p = '\0';
+		goto out;
+	}
+	p[0] = '/';
+	memcpy(&p[1], path,
+	    /* LINTED We know q > path. */
+	    q - path);
+	p[1 + q - path] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * If this component is a symlink, toss it and prepend link
+	 * target to unresolved path.
+	 */
+	if (lstat(resolved, &sb) == -1)
+		goto out;
+
+	if (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
+		if (nlnk++ >= MAXSYMLINKS) {
+			errno = ELOOP;
+			goto out;
+		}
+		n = readlink(resolved, wbuf[idx], sizeof(wbuf[0]) - 1);
+		if (n < 0)
+			goto out;
+		if (n == 0) {
+			errno = ENOENT;
+			goto out;
+		}
+
+		/* Append unresolved path to link target and switch to it. */
+		if (n + (len = strlen(q)) + 1 > sizeof(wbuf[0])) {
+			errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+			goto out;
+		}
+		memcpy(&wbuf[idx][n], q, len + 1);
+		path = wbuf[idx];
+		idx ^= 1;
+
+		/* If absolute symlink, start from root. */
+		if (*path == '/')
+			p = resolved;
+		goto loop;
+	}
+	if (*q == '/' && !S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		errno = ENOTDIR;
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	/* Advance both resolved and unresolved path. */
+	p += 1 + q - path;
+	path = q;
+	goto loop;
+out:
+	free(fres);
+	return NULL;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/setenv.c b/setenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efd0f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/setenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_SETENV
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)setenv.c	5.6 (Berkeley) 6/4/91";*/
+static char *rcsid = "$Id: setenv.c,v 1.5 1996/09/04 22:10:42 sjg Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * __findenv --
+ *	Returns pointer to value associated with name, if any, else NULL.
+ *	Sets offset to be the offset of the name/value combination in the
+ *	environmental array, for use by setenv(3) and unsetenv(3).
+ *	Explicitly removes '=' in argument name.
+ *
+ *	This routine *should* be a static; don't use it.
+ */
+static char *
+__findenv(name, offset)
+	register char *name;
+	int *offset;
+{
+	extern char **environ;
+	register int len;
+	register char **P, *C;
+
+	for (C = name, len = 0; *C && *C != '='; ++C, ++len);
+	for (P = environ; *P; ++P)
+		if (!strncmp(*P, name, len))
+			if (*(C = *P + len) == '=') {
+				*offset = P - environ;
+				return(++C);
+			}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * setenv --
+ *	Set the value of the environmental variable "name" to be
+ *	"value".  If rewrite is set, replace any current value.
+ */
+setenv(name, value, rewrite)
+	register const char *name;
+	register const char *value;
+	int rewrite;
+{
+	extern char **environ;
+	static int alloced;			/* if allocated space before */
+	register char *C;
+	int l_value, offset;
+	char *__findenv();
+
+	if (*value == '=')			/* no `=' in value */
+		++value;
+	l_value = strlen(value);
+	if ((C = __findenv(name, &offset))) {	/* find if already exists */
+		if (!rewrite)
+			return (0);
+		if (strlen(C) >= l_value) {	/* old larger; copy over */
+			while (*C++ = *value++);
+			return (0);
+		}
+	} else {					/* create new slot */
+		register int	cnt;
+		register char	**P;
+
+		for (P = environ, cnt = 0; *P; ++P, ++cnt);
+		if (alloced) {			/* just increase size */
+			environ = (char **)realloc((char *)environ,
+			    (size_t)(sizeof(char *) * (cnt + 2)));
+			if (!environ)
+				return (-1);
+		}
+		else {				/* get new space */
+			alloced = 1;		/* copy old entries into it */
+			P = (char **)malloc((size_t)(sizeof(char *) *
+			    (cnt + 2)));
+			if (!P)
+				return (-1);
+			bcopy(environ, P, cnt * sizeof(char *));
+			environ = P;
+		}
+		environ[cnt + 1] = NULL;
+		offset = cnt;
+	}
+	for (C = (char *)name; *C && *C != '='; ++C);	/* no `=' in name */
+	if (!(environ[offset] =			/* name + `=' + value */
+	    malloc((size_t)((int)(C - name) + l_value + 2))))
+		return (-1);
+	for (C = environ[offset]; (*C = *name++) && *C != '='; ++C)
+		;
+	for (*C++ = '='; *C++ = *value++; )
+		;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * unsetenv(name) --
+ *	Delete environmental variable "name".
+ */
+void
+unsetenv(name)
+	const char	*name;
+{
+	extern char **environ;
+	register char **P;
+	int offset;
+	char *__findenv();
+
+	while (__findenv(name, &offset))		/* if set multiple times */
+		for (P = &environ[offset];; ++P)
+			if (!(*P = *(P + 1)))
+				break;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/sigcompat.c b/sigcompat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..608538d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sigcompat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+/*
+ * NAME:
+ *      sigcompat - BSD compat signals via POSIX
+ *
+ * SYNOPSIS:
+ *	void (*signal(int  "sig", void (*"handler")(int)))(int);
+ *	int sigsetmask(int "mask");
+ *	int sigblock(int "mask");
+ *	int sigpause(int "mask");
+ *	int sigvec(int "signo", struct sigvec *"sv", struct sigvec *"osv");
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *	These implement the old BSD routines via the POSIX equivalents.
+ *	This module can be used to provide the missing routines, or if
+ *	'FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS' is defined, force use of these.
+ *
+ *	Note that signal() is identical to my Signal() routine except
+ *	for checking for recursion.  Within libsig, signal() just
+ *	calls Signal().
+ *
+ * BUGS:
+ *      This package assumes POSIX signal handling is available and
+ *	NOT implemeneted using these routines.  To be safe, we check
+ *	for recursion and abort(3) if detected.
+ *
+ *	Sadly, on some systems, sigset_t is an array, and we cannot
+ *	test for this via #if sizeof(sigset_t) ..., so unless
+ *	'SIGSET_T_INT' is defined, we have to assume the worst and use
+ *	memcpy(3) to handle args and return values.
+ *
+ * HISTORY:
+ *	These routines originate from BSD, and are derrived from the
+ *	NetBSD 1.1 implementation.  They have been seriously hacked to
+ *	make them portable to other systems.
+ *
+ * AUTHOR:
+ *      Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@crufty.net>
+ */
+/*
+ *      @(#)Copyright (c) 1994, Simon J. Gerraty.
+ *
+ *      This is free software.  It comes with NO WARRANTY.
+ *      Permission to use, modify and distribute this source code
+ *      is granted subject to the following conditions.
+ *      1/ that the above copyright notice and this notice
+ *      are preserved in all copies and that due credit be given
+ *      to the author.
+ *      2/ that any changes to this code are clearly commented
+ *      as such so that the author does not get blamed for bugs
+ *      other than his own.
+ *
+ *      Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+ *      sjg@crufty.net
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(sun) && !(defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4))
+# define NO_SIGCOMPAT
+#endif
+#if defined(__MINT__)
+# define NO_SIGCOMPAT
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NO_SIGCOMPAT) && (defined(HAVE_SIGACTION) || defined(SA_NOCLDSTOP))
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)sigcompat.c	5.3 (Berkeley) 2/24/91";*/
+static char *rcsid = "$Id: sigcompat.c,v 1.23 2011/02/14 00:07:11 sjg Exp $";
+#endif				/* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#undef signal
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include "assert.h"
+
+#ifndef ASSERT
+# define ASSERT assert
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+# define _DBUG(x)
+#else
+# define _DBUG(x) x
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SA_RESTART
+# define SA_RESTART	2
+#endif
+#ifndef SV_INTERRUPT
+# define SV_INTERRUPT SA_RESTART
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MASK_T
+# if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+#   define MASK_T long
+# else
+#   define MASK_T int
+# endif
+#endif
+/* I just hate HPsUX */
+#if (defined(__HPUX_VERSION) && __HPUX_VERSION > 9) || defined(__hpux)
+# define  PAUSE_MASK_T int
+#else
+# define PAUSE_MASK_T MASK_T
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SIG_HDLR
+# define SIG_HDLR void
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS
+#if !(defined(libsig) || defined(libsjg))
+/*
+ * This little block is almost identical to Signal(),
+ * and make this module standalone.
+ * We don't use it in libsig by default, as some apps might use both
+ * and expect _SignalFlags to be used by both.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SIGNAL_FLAGS
+# define SIGNAL_FLAGS 0		/* no auto-restart */
+#endif
+int     _signalFlags = SIGNAL_FLAGS;
+
+SIG_HDLR(*signal(int sig, SIG_HDLR(*handler)(int)))(int)
+{
+	_DBUG(static int depth_signal = 0);
+	struct sigaction act, oact;
+	int     n;
+
+	_DBUG(++depth_signal);
+	ASSERT(depth_signal < 2);
+	act.sa_handler = handler;
+	sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+	act.sa_flags = _signalFlags;
+	n = sigaction(sig, &act, &oact);
+	_DBUG(--depth_signal);
+	if (n < 0)
+		return (SIG_ERR);
+	return (oact.sa_handler);
+}
+#else
+SIG_HDLR(*signal(int sig, SIG_HDLR(*handler)(int)))(int)
+{
+	extern  SIG_HDLR(*Signal(int, void (*)(int)))(int);
+	_DBUG(static int depth_signal = 0);
+	SIG_HDLR(*old) __P((int));
+
+	_DBUG(++depth_signal);
+	ASSERT(depth_signal < 2);
+	old = Signal(sig, handler);
+	_DBUG(--depth_signal);
+	return old;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * on some systems, sigset_t is an array...
+ * it would be nicer if we could do
+ * #if sizeof(sigset_t) > sizeof(MASK_T)
+ */
+#ifdef SIGSET_T_INT
+# define ss2m(ss) (MASK_T) *(ss)
+# define m2ss(ss, m)	*ss = (sigset_t) *(m)
+#else
+static  MASK_T
+ss2m(sigset_t *ss)
+{
+	MASK_T  ma[(sizeof(sigset_t) / sizeof(MASK_T)) + 1];
+
+	memcpy((char *) ma, (char *) ss, sizeof(sigset_t));
+	return ma[0];
+}
+
+static void
+m2ss(sigset_t *ss, MASK_T *m)
+{
+	if (sizeof(sigset_t) > sizeof(MASK_T))
+		memset((char *) ss, 0, sizeof(sigset_t));
+
+	memcpy((char *) ss, (char *) m, sizeof(MASK_T));
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_SIGSETMASK) || defined(FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+MASK_T
+sigsetmask(MASK_T mask)
+{
+	_DBUG(static int depth_sigsetmask = 0);
+	sigset_t m, omask;
+	int     n;
+
+	_DBUG(++depth_sigsetmask);
+	ASSERT(depth_sigsetmask < 2);
+	m2ss(&m, &mask);
+	n = sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, (sigset_t *) & m, (sigset_t *) & omask);
+	_DBUG(--depth_sigsetmask);
+	if (n)
+		return (n);
+
+	return ss2m(&omask);
+}
+
+
+MASK_T
+sigblock(MASK_T mask)
+{
+	_DBUG(static int depth_sigblock = 0);
+	sigset_t m, omask;
+	int     n;
+
+	_DBUG(++depth_sigblock);
+	ASSERT(depth_sigblock < 2);
+	if (mask)
+		m2ss(&m, &mask);
+	n = sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, (sigset_t *) ((mask) ? &m : 0), (sigset_t *) & omask);
+	_DBUG(--depth_sigblock);
+	if (n)
+		return (n);
+	return ss2m(&omask);
+}
+
+#undef sigpause				/* Linux at least */
+
+PAUSE_MASK_T
+sigpause(PAUSE_MASK_T mask)
+{
+	_DBUG(static int depth_sigpause = 0);
+	sigset_t m;
+	PAUSE_MASK_T  n;
+
+	_DBUG(++depth_sigpause);
+	ASSERT(depth_sigpause < 2);
+	m2ss(&m, &mask);
+	n = sigsuspend(&m);
+	_DBUG(--depth_sigpause);
+	return n;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SIGVEC) && defined(FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+int
+sigvec(int signo, struct sigvec *sv, struct sigvec *osv)
+{
+	_DBUG(static int depth_sigvec = 0);
+	int     ret;
+	struct sigvec nsv;
+
+	_DBUG(++depth_sigvec);
+	ASSERT(depth_sigvec < 2);
+	if (sv) {
+		nsv = *sv;
+		nsv.sv_flags ^= SV_INTERRUPT;	/* !SA_INTERRUPT */
+	}
+	ret = sigaction(signo, sv ? (struct sigaction *) & nsv : NULL,
+	    (struct sigaction *) osv);
+	_DBUG(--depth_sigvec);
+	if (ret == 0 && osv)
+		osv->sv_flags ^= SV_INTERRUPT;	/* !SA_INTERRUPT */
+	return (ret);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+# ifndef sigmask
+#   define sigmask(n) ((unsigned int)1 << (((n) - 1) & (32 - 1)))
+# endif
+
+int
+main(int  argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	MASK_T  old = 0;
+
+	printf("expect: old=0,old=2\n");
+	fflush(stdout);
+	signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+	old = sigblock(sigmask(SIGINT));
+	printf("old=%d,", old);
+	old = sigsetmask(sigmask(SIGALRM));
+	printf("old=%d\n", old);
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/sprite.h b/sprite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ec4fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sprite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sprite.h,v 1.11 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)sprite.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	from: @(#)sprite.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
+ */
+
+/*
+ * sprite.h --
+ *
+ * Common constants and type declarations for Sprite.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SPRITE
+#define _SPRITE
+
+
+/*
+ * A boolean type is defined as an integer, not an enum. This allows a
+ * boolean argument to be an expression that isn't strictly 0 or 1 valued.
+ */
+
+typedef int Boolean;
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE	1
+#endif /* TRUE */
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE	0
+#endif /* FALSE */
+
+/*
+ * Functions that must return a status can return a ReturnStatus to
+ * indicate success or type of failure.
+ */
+
+typedef int  ReturnStatus;
+
+/*
+ * The following statuses overlap with the first 2 generic statuses
+ * defined in status.h:
+ *
+ * SUCCESS			There was no error.
+ * FAILURE			There was a general error.
+ */
+
+#define	SUCCESS			0x00000000
+#define	FAILURE			0x00000001
+
+#endif /* _SPRITE */
diff --git a/str.c b/str.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc324b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/str.c
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.34 2012/03/03 23:16:47 dholland Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.34 2012/03/03 23:16:47 dholland Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char     sccsid[] = "@(#)str.c	5.8 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.34 2012/03/03 23:16:47 dholland Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif				/* not lint */
+#endif
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+/*-
+ * str_concat --
+ *	concatenate the two strings, inserting a space or slash between them,
+ *	freeing them if requested.
+ *
+ * returns --
+ *	the resulting string in allocated space.
+ */
+char *
+str_concat(const char *s1, const char *s2, int flags)
+{
+	int len1, len2;
+	char *result;
+
+	/* get the length of both strings */
+	len1 = strlen(s1);
+	len2 = strlen(s2);
+
+	/* allocate length plus separator plus EOS */
+	result = bmake_malloc((u_int)(len1 + len2 + 2));
+
+	/* copy first string into place */
+	memcpy(result, s1, len1);
+
+	/* add separator character */
+	if (flags & STR_ADDSPACE) {
+		result[len1] = ' ';
+		++len1;
+	} else if (flags & STR_ADDSLASH) {
+		result[len1] = '/';
+		++len1;
+	}
+
+	/* copy second string plus EOS into place */
+	memcpy(result + len1, s2, len2 + 1);
+
+	return(result);
+}
+
+/*-
+ * brk_string --
+ *	Fracture a string into an array of words (as delineated by tabs or
+ *	spaces) taking quotation marks into account.  Leading tabs/spaces
+ *	are ignored.
+ *
+ * If expand is TRUE, quotes are removed and escape sequences
+ *  such as \r, \t, etc... are expanded.
+ *
+ * returns --
+ *	Pointer to the array of pointers to the words.
+ *      Memory containing the actual words in *buffer.
+ *		Both of these must be free'd by the caller.
+ *      Number of words in *store_argc.
+ */
+char **
+brk_string(const char *str, int *store_argc, Boolean expand, char **buffer)
+{
+	int argc, ch;
+	char inquote, *start, *t;
+	const char *p;
+	int len;
+	int argmax = 50, curlen = 0;
+    	char **argv = bmake_malloc((argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+
+	/* skip leading space chars. */
+	for (; *str == ' ' || *str == '\t'; ++str)
+		continue;
+
+	/* allocate room for a copy of the string */
+	if ((len = strlen(str) + 1) > curlen)
+		*buffer = bmake_malloc(curlen = len);
+
+	/*
+	 * copy the string; at the same time, parse backslashes,
+	 * quotes and build the argument list.
+	 */
+	argc = 0;
+	inquote = '\0';
+	for (p = str, start = t = *buffer;; ++p) {
+		switch(ch = *p) {
+		case '"':
+		case '\'':
+			if (inquote) {
+				if (inquote == ch)
+					inquote = '\0';
+				else
+					break;
+			}
+			else {
+				inquote = (char) ch;
+				/* Don't miss "" or '' */
+				if (start == NULL && p[1] == inquote) {
+					if (!expand) {
+						start = t;
+						*t++ = ch;
+					} else
+						start = t + 1;
+					p++;
+					inquote = '\0';
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (!expand) {
+				if (!start)
+					start = t;
+				*t++ = ch;
+			}
+			continue;
+		case ' ':
+		case '\t':
+		case '\n':
+			if (inquote)
+				break;
+			if (!start)
+				continue;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case '\0':
+			/*
+			 * end of a token -- make sure there's enough argv
+			 * space and save off a pointer.
+			 */
+			if (!start)
+			    goto done;
+
+			*t++ = '\0';
+			if (argc == argmax) {
+				argmax *= 2;		/* ramp up fast */
+				argv = (char **)bmake_realloc(argv,
+				    (argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+			}
+			argv[argc++] = start;
+			start = NULL;
+			if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\0') {
+				if (expand && inquote) {
+					free(argv);
+					free(*buffer);
+					*buffer = NULL;
+					return NULL;
+				}
+				goto done;
+			}
+			continue;
+		case '\\':
+			if (!expand) {
+				if (!start)
+					start = t;
+				*t++ = '\\';
+				if (*(p+1) == '\0') /* catch '\' at end of line */
+					continue;
+				ch = *++p;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			switch (ch = *++p) {
+			case '\0':
+			case '\n':
+				/* hmmm; fix it up as best we can */
+				ch = '\\';
+				--p;
+				break;
+			case 'b':
+				ch = '\b';
+				break;
+			case 'f':
+				ch = '\f';
+				break;
+			case 'n':
+				ch = '\n';
+				break;
+			case 'r':
+				ch = '\r';
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				ch = '\t';
+				break;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		if (!start)
+			start = t;
+		*t++ = (char) ch;
+	}
+done:	argv[argc] = NULL;
+	*store_argc = argc;
+	return(argv);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Str_FindSubstring -- See if a string contains a particular substring.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	string		String to search.
+ *	substring	Substring to find in string.
+ *
+ * Results: If string contains substring, the return value is the location of
+ * the first matching instance of substring in string.  If string doesn't
+ * contain substring, the return value is NULL.  Matching is done on an exact
+ * character-for-character basis with no wildcards or special characters.
+ *
+ * Side effects: None.
+ */
+char *
+Str_FindSubstring(const char *string, const char *substring)
+{
+	const char *a, *b;
+
+	/*
+	 * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a single-
+	 * character match.  When it's found, then compare the rest of the
+	 * substring.
+	 */
+
+	for (b = substring; *string != 0; string += 1) {
+		if (*string != *b)
+			continue;
+		a = string;
+		for (;;) {
+			if (*b == 0)
+				return UNCONST(string);
+			if (*a++ != *b++)
+				break;
+		}
+		b = substring;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Str_Match --
+ *
+ * See if a particular string matches a particular pattern.
+ *
+ * Results: Non-zero is returned if string matches pattern, 0 otherwise. The
+ * matching operation permits the following special characters in the
+ * pattern: *?\[] (see the man page for details on what these mean).
+ *
+ * XXX this function does not detect or report malformed patterns.
+ *
+ * Side effects: None.
+ */
+int
+Str_Match(const char *string, const char *pattern)
+{
+	char c2;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		/*
+		 * See if we're at the end of both the pattern and the
+		 * string. If, we succeeded.  If we're at the end of the
+		 * pattern but not at the end of the string, we failed.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == 0)
+			return(!*string);
+		if (*string == 0 && *pattern != '*')
+			return(0);
+		/*
+		 * Check for a "*" as the next pattern character.  It matches
+		 * any substring.  We handle this by calling ourselves
+		 * recursively for each postfix of string, until either we
+		 * match or we reach the end of the string.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '*') {
+			pattern += 1;
+			if (*pattern == 0)
+				return(1);
+			while (*string != 0) {
+				if (Str_Match(string, pattern))
+					return(1);
+				++string;
+			}
+			return(0);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Check for a "?" as the next pattern character.  It matches
+		 * any single character.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '?')
+			goto thisCharOK;
+		/*
+		 * Check for a "[" as the next pattern character.  It is
+		 * followed by a list of characters that are acceptable, or
+		 * by a range (two characters separated by "-").
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '[') {
+			++pattern;
+			for (;;) {
+				if ((*pattern == ']') || (*pattern == 0))
+					return(0);
+				if (*pattern == *string)
+					break;
+				if (pattern[1] == '-') {
+					c2 = pattern[2];
+					if (c2 == 0)
+						return(0);
+					if ((*pattern <= *string) &&
+					    (c2 >= *string))
+						break;
+					if ((*pattern >= *string) &&
+					    (c2 <= *string))
+						break;
+					pattern += 2;
+				}
+				++pattern;
+			}
+			while ((*pattern != ']') && (*pattern != 0))
+				++pattern;
+			goto thisCharOK;
+		}
+		/*
+		 * If the next pattern character is '/', just strip off the
+		 * '/' so we do exact matching on the character that follows.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern == '\\') {
+			++pattern;
+			if (*pattern == 0)
+				return(0);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * There's no special character.  Just make sure that the
+		 * next characters of each string match.
+		 */
+		if (*pattern != *string)
+			return(0);
+thisCharOK:	++pattern;
+		++string;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Str_SYSVMatch --
+ *	Check word against pattern for a match (% is wild),
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	pattern		Pattern to examine against
+ *	len		Number of characters to substitute
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns the beginning position of a match or null. The number
+ *	of characters matched is returned in len.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Str_SYSVMatch(const char *word, const char *pattern, int *len)
+{
+    const char *p = pattern;
+    const char *w = word;
+    const char *m;
+
+    if (*p == '\0') {
+	/* Null pattern is the whole string */
+	*len = strlen(w);
+	return UNCONST(w);
+    }
+
+    if ((m = strchr(p, '%')) != NULL) {
+	/* check that the prefix matches */
+	for (; p != m && *w && *w == *p; w++, p++)
+	     continue;
+
+	if (p != m)
+	    return NULL;	/* No match */
+
+	if (*++p == '\0') {
+	    /* No more pattern, return the rest of the string */
+	    *len = strlen(w);
+	    return UNCONST(w);
+	}
+    }
+
+    m = w;
+
+    /* Find a matching tail */
+    do
+	if (strcmp(p, w) == 0) {
+	    *len = w - m;
+	    return UNCONST(m);
+	}
+    while (*w++ != '\0');
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Str_SYSVSubst --
+ *	Substitute '%' on the pattern with len characters from src.
+ *	If the pattern does not contain a '%' prepend len characters
+ *	from src.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Places result on buf
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *buf, char *pat, char *src, int len)
+{
+    char *m;
+
+    if ((m = strchr(pat, '%')) != NULL) {
+	/* Copy the prefix */
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, m - pat, pat);
+	/* skip the % */
+	pat = m + 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy the pattern */
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, src);
+
+    /* append the rest */
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(pat), pat);
+}
diff --git a/stresep.c b/stresep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1b5714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/stresep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: stresep.c,v 1.2 2007/12/06 22:07:07 seb Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_STRESEP)
+char * stresep(char **stringp, const char *delim, int esc);
+/*
+ * Get next token from string *stringp, where tokens are possibly-empty
+ * strings separated by characters from delim. If esc is not NUL, then
+ * the characters followed by esc are ignored and are not taken into account
+ * when splitting the string.
+ *
+ * Writes NULs into the string at *stringp to end tokens.
+ * delim need not remain constant from call to call.
+ * On return, *stringp points past the last NUL written (if there might
+ * be further tokens), or is NULL (if there are definitely no more tokens).
+ *
+ * If *stringp is NULL, stresep returns NULL.
+ */
+char *
+stresep(char **stringp, const char *delim, int esc)
+{
+	char *s;
+	const char *spanp;
+	int c, sc;
+	char *tok;
+
+	if (stringp == NULL || delim == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if ((s = *stringp) == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+	for (tok = s;;) {
+		c = *s++;
+		while (esc != '\0' && c == esc) {
+			(void)strcpy(s - 1, s);
+			c = *s++;
+		}
+		spanp = delim;
+		do {
+			if ((sc = *spanp++) == c) {
+				if (c == 0)
+					s = NULL;
+				else
+					s[-1] = 0;
+				*stringp = s;
+				return tok;
+			}
+		} while (sc != 0);
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/strlcpy.c b/strlcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b59b2f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/strlcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: strlcpy.c,v 1.3 2007/06/04 18:19:27 christos Exp $	*/
+/*	$OpenBSD: strlcpy.c,v 1.7 2003/04/12 21:56:39 millert Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND TODD C. MILLER DISCLAIMS ALL
+ * WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL TODD C. MILLER BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * Copy src to string dst of size siz.  At most siz-1 characters
+ * will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless siz == 0).
+ * Returns strlen(src); if retval >= siz, truncation occurred.
+ */
+size_t
+strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
+{
+	char *d = dst;
+	const char *s = src;
+	size_t n = siz;
+
+	if (!dst || !src)
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Copy as many bytes as will fit */
+	if (n != 0 && --n != 0) {
+		do {
+			if ((*d++ = *s++) == 0)
+				break;
+		} while (--n != 0);
+	}
+
+	/* Not enough room in dst, add NUL and traverse rest of src */
+	if (n == 0) {
+		if (siz != 0)
+			*d = '\0';		/* NUL-terminate dst */
+		while (*s++)
+			;
+	}
+
+	return(s - src - 1);	/* count does not include NUL */
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/strlist.c b/strlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fb2f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/strlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: strlist.c,v 1.4 2009/01/24 11:59:39 dsl Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "strlist.h"
+#include "make_malloc.h"
+
+void
+strlist_init(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+	sl->sl_num = 0;
+	sl->sl_max = 0;
+	sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_clean(strlist_t *sl)
+{
+	char *str;
+	int i;
+
+	STRLIST_FOREACH(str, sl, i)
+		free(str);
+	free(sl->sl_items);
+
+	sl->sl_num = 0;
+	sl->sl_max = 0;
+	sl->sl_items = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_add_str(strlist_t *sl, char *str, unsigned int info)
+{
+	unsigned int n;
+	strlist_item_t *items;
+
+	if (str == NULL)
+	    return;
+
+	n = sl->sl_num + 1;
+	sl->sl_num = n;
+	items = sl->sl_items;
+	if (n >= sl->sl_max) {
+	    items = bmake_realloc(items, (n + 7) * sizeof *sl->sl_items);
+	    sl->sl_items = items;
+	    sl->sl_max = n + 6;
+	}
+	items += n - 1;
+	items->si_str = str;
+	items->si_info = info;
+	items[1].si_str = NULL;         /* STRLIST_FOREACH() terminator */
+}
diff --git a/strlist.h b/strlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fc049e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/strlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: strlist.h,v 1.3 2009/01/16 21:15:34 dsl Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by David Laight.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STRLIST_H
+#define _STRLIST_H
+
+typedef struct {
+    char          *si_str;
+    unsigned int  si_info;
+} strlist_item_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned int    sl_num;
+    unsigned int    sl_max;
+    strlist_item_t  *sl_items;
+} strlist_t;
+
+void strlist_init(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_clean(strlist_t *);
+void strlist_add_str(strlist_t *, char *, unsigned int);
+
+#define strlist_num(sl) ((sl)->sl_num)
+#define strlist_str(sl, n)  ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_str)
+#define strlist_info(sl, n)  ((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info)
+#define strlist_set_info(sl, n, v)  ((void)((sl)->sl_items[n].si_info = (v)))
+
+#define STRLIST_FOREACH(v, sl, index) \
+    if ((sl)->sl_items != NULL) \
+	for (index = 0; (v = strlist_str(sl, index)) != NULL; index++)
+
+#endif /* _STRLIST_H */
diff --git a/suff.c b/suff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6abdeb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/suff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2653 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.69 2011/09/29 23:38:04 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.69 2011/09/29 23:38:04 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)suff.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/21/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: suff.c,v 1.69 2011/09/29 23:38:04 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * suff.c --
+ *	Functions to maintain suffix lists and find implicit dependents
+ *	using suffix transformation rules
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Suff_Init 	    	Initialize all things to do with suffixes.
+ *
+ *	Suff_End 	    	Cleanup the module
+ *
+ *	Suff_DoPaths	    	This function is used to make life easier
+ *	    	  	    	when searching for a file according to its
+ *	    	  	    	suffix. It takes the global search path,
+ *	    	  	    	as defined using the .PATH: target, and appends
+ *	    	  	    	its directories to the path of each of the
+ *	    	  	    	defined suffixes, as specified using
+ *	    	  	    	.PATH<suffix>: targets. In addition, all
+ *	    	  	    	directories given for suffixes labeled as
+ *	    	  	    	include files or libraries, using the .INCLUDES
+ *	    	  	    	or .LIBS targets, are played with using
+ *	    	  	    	Dir_MakeFlags to create the .INCLUDES and
+ *	    	  	    	.LIBS global variables.
+ *
+ *	Suff_ClearSuffixes  	Clear out all the suffixes and defined
+ *	    	  	    	transformations.
+ *
+ *	Suff_IsTransform    	Return TRUE if the passed string is the lhs
+ *	    	  	    	of a transformation rule.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddSuffix	    	Add the passed string as another known suffix.
+ *
+ *	Suff_GetPath	    	Return the search path for the given suffix.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddInclude	    	Mark the given suffix as denoting an include
+ *	    	  	    	file.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddLib	    	Mark the given suffix as denoting a library.
+ *
+ *	Suff_AddTransform   	Add another transformation to the suffix
+ *	    	  	    	graph. Returns  GNode suitable for framing, I
+ *	    	  	    	mean, tacking commands, attributes, etc. on.
+ *
+ *	Suff_SetNull	    	Define the suffix to consider the suffix of
+ *	    	  	    	any file that doesn't have a known one.
+ *
+ *	Suff_FindDeps	    	Find implicit sources for and the location of
+ *	    	  	    	a target based on its suffix. Returns the
+ *	    	  	    	bottom-most node added to the graph or NULL
+ *	    	  	    	if the target had no implicit sources.
+ *
+ *	Suff_FindPath	    	Return the appropriate path to search in
+ *				order to find the node.
+ */
+
+#include    	  <stdio.h>
+#include	  "make.h"
+#include	  "hash.h"
+#include	  "dir.h"
+
+static Lst       sufflist;	/* Lst of suffixes */
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static Lst	 suffClean;	/* Lst of suffixes to be cleaned */
+#endif
+static Lst	 srclist;	/* Lst of sources */
+static Lst       transforms;	/* Lst of transformation rules */
+
+static int        sNum = 0;	/* Counter for assigning suffix numbers */
+
+/*
+ * Structure describing an individual suffix.
+ */
+typedef struct _Suff {
+    char         *name;	    	/* The suffix itself */
+    int		 nameLen;	/* Length of the suffix */
+    short	 flags;      	/* Type of suffix */
+#define SUFF_INCLUDE	  0x01	    /* One which is #include'd */
+#define SUFF_LIBRARY	  0x02	    /* One which contains a library */
+#define SUFF_NULL 	  0x04	    /* The empty suffix */
+    Lst    	 searchPath;	/* The path along which files of this suffix
+				 * may be found */
+    int          sNum;	      	/* The suffix number */
+    int		 refCount;	/* Reference count of list membership */
+    Lst          parents;	/* Suffixes we have a transformation to */
+    Lst          children;	/* Suffixes we have a transformation from */
+    Lst		 ref;		/* List of lists this suffix is referenced */
+} Suff;
+
+/*
+ * for SuffSuffIsSuffix
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    char	*ename;		/* The end of the name */
+    int		 len;		/* Length of the name */
+} SuffixCmpData;
+
+/*
+ * Structure used in the search for implied sources.
+ */
+typedef struct _Src {
+    char            *file;	/* The file to look for */
+    char    	    *pref;  	/* Prefix from which file was formed */
+    Suff            *suff;	/* The suffix on the file */
+    struct _Src     *parent;	/* The Src for which this is a source */
+    GNode           *node;	/* The node describing the file */
+    int	    	    children;	/* Count of existing children (so we don't free
+				 * this thing too early or never nuke it) */
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    Lst		    cp;		/* Debug; children list */
+#endif
+} Src;
+
+/*
+ * A structure for passing more than one argument to the Lst-library-invoked
+ * function...
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    Lst            l;
+    Src            *s;
+} LstSrc;
+
+typedef struct {
+    GNode	  **gn;
+    Suff	   *s;
+    Boolean	    r;
+} GNodeSuff;
+
+static Suff 	    *suffNull;	/* The NULL suffix for this run */
+static Suff 	    *emptySuff;	/* The empty suffix required for POSIX
+				 * single-suffix transformation rules */
+
+
+static const char *SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *, const char *);
+static char *SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *, const SuffixCmpData *);
+static int SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *, const void *);
+static int SuffGNHasNameP(const void *, const void *);
+static void SuffUnRef(void *, void *);
+static void SuffFree(void *);
+static void SuffInsert(Lst, Suff *);
+static void SuffRemove(Lst, Suff *);
+static Boolean SuffParseTransform(char *, Suff **, Suff **);
+static int SuffRebuildGraph(void *, void *);
+static int SuffScanTargets(void *, void *);
+static int SuffAddSrc(void *, void *);
+static int SuffRemoveSrc(Lst);
+static void SuffAddLevel(Lst, Src *);
+static Src *SuffFindThem(Lst, Lst);
+static Src *SuffFindCmds(Src *, Lst);
+static void SuffExpandChildren(LstNode, GNode *);
+static void SuffExpandWildcards(LstNode, GNode *);
+static Boolean SuffApplyTransform(GNode *, GNode *, Suff *, Suff *);
+static void SuffFindDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static void SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static void SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *, Lst);
+static int SuffPrintName(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintSuff(void *, void *);
+static int SuffPrintTrans(void *, void *);
+
+	/*************** Lst Predicates ****************/
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffStrIsPrefix  --
+ *	See if pref is a prefix of str.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pref		possible prefix
+ *	str		string to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	NULL if it ain't, pointer to character in str after prefix if so
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static const char *
+SuffStrIsPrefix(const char *pref, const char *str)
+{
+    while (*str && *pref == *str) {
+	pref++;
+	str++;
+    }
+
+    return (*pref ? NULL : str);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsSuffix  --
+ *	See if suff is a suffix of str. sd->ename should point to THE END
+ *	of the string to check. (THE END == the null byte)
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	s		possible suffix
+ *	sd		string to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	NULL if it ain't, pointer to character in str before suffix if
+ *	it is.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+SuffSuffIsSuffix(const Suff *s, const SuffixCmpData *sd)
+{
+    char  *p1;	    	/* Pointer into suffix name */
+    char  *p2;	    	/* Pointer into string being examined */
+
+    if (sd->len < s->nameLen)
+	return NULL;		/* this string is shorter than the suffix */
+
+    p1 = s->name + s->nameLen;
+    p2 = sd->ename;
+
+    while (p1 >= s->name && *p1 == *p2) {
+	p1--;
+	p2--;
+    }
+
+    return (p1 == s->name - 1 ? p2 : NULL);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsSuffixP --
+ *	Predicate form of SuffSuffIsSuffix. Passed as the callback function
+ *	to Lst_Find.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the suffix is the one desired, non-zero if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffIsSuffixP(const void *s, const void *sd)
+{
+    return(!SuffSuffIsSuffix(s, sd));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffHasNameP --
+ *	Callback procedure for finding a suffix based on its name. Used by
+ *	Suff_GetPath.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	s		Suffix to check
+ *	sd		Desired name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if the suffix is of the given name. non-zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffHasNameP(const void *s, const void *sname)
+{
+    return (strcmp(sname, ((const Suff *)s)->name));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffSuffIsPrefix  --
+ *	See if the suffix described by s is a prefix of the string. Care
+ *	must be taken when using this to search for transformations and
+ *	what-not, since there could well be two suffixes, one of which
+ *	is a prefix of the other...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	s		suffix to compare
+ *	str		string to examine
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if s is a prefix of str. non-zero otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffSuffIsPrefix(const void *s, const void *str)
+{
+    return SuffStrIsPrefix(((const Suff *)s)->name, str) == NULL;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffGNHasNameP  --
+ *	See if the graph node has the desired name
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		current node we're looking at
+ *	name		name we're looking for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 if it does. non-zero if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffGNHasNameP(const void *gn, const void *name)
+{
+    return (strcmp(name, ((const GNode *)gn)->name));
+}
+
+ 	    /*********** Maintenance Functions ************/
+
+static void
+SuffUnRef(void *lp, void *sp)
+{
+    Lst l = (Lst) lp;
+
+    LstNode ln = Lst_Member(l, sp);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	Lst_Remove(l, ln);
+	((Suff *)sp)->refCount--;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFree  --
+ *	Free up all memory associated with the given suffix structure.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the suffix entry is detroyed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFree(void *sp)
+{
+    Suff           *s = (Suff *)sp;
+
+    if (s == suffNull)
+	suffNull = NULL;
+
+    if (s == emptySuff)
+	emptySuff = NULL;
+
+#ifdef notdef
+    /* We don't delete suffixes in order, so we cannot use this */
+    if (s->refCount)
+	Punt("Internal error deleting suffix `%s' with refcount = %d", s->name,
+	    s->refCount);
+#endif
+
+    Lst_Destroy(s->ref, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->children, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->parents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(s->searchPath, Dir_Destroy);
+
+    free(s->name);
+    free(s);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRemove  --
+ *	Remove the suffix into the list
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The reference count for the suffix is decremented and the
+ *	suffix is possibly freed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffRemove(Lst l, Suff *s)
+{
+    SuffUnRef(l, s);
+    if (s->refCount == 0) {
+	SuffUnRef(sufflist, s);
+	SuffFree(s);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffInsert  --
+ *	Insert the suffix into the list keeping the list ordered by suffix
+ *	numbers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		the list where in s should be inserted
+ *	s		the suffix to insert
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The reference count of the suffix is incremented
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffInsert(Lst l, Suff *s)
+{
+    LstNode 	  ln;		/* current element in l we're examining */
+    Suff          *s2 = NULL;	/* the suffix descriptor in this element */
+
+    if (Lst_Open(l) == FAILURE) {
+	return;
+    }
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
+	s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (s2->sNum >= s->sNum) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    Lst_Close(l);
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "inserting %s(%d)...", s->name, s->sNum);
+    }
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "at end of list\n");
+	}
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(l, s);
+	s->refCount++;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(s->ref, l);
+    } else if (s2->sNum != s->sNum) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "before %s(%d)\n", s2->name, s2->sNum);
+	}
+	(void)Lst_InsertBefore(l, ln, s);
+	s->refCount++;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(s->ref, l);
+    } else if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "already there\n");
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_ClearSuffixes --
+ *	This is gross. Nuke the list of suffixes but keep all transformation
+ *	rules around. The transformation graph is destroyed in this process,
+ *	but we leave the list of rules so when a new graph is formed the rules
+ *	will remain.
+ *	This function is called from the parse module when a
+ *	.SUFFIXES:\n line is encountered.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	the sufflist and its graph nodes are destroyed
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_ClearSuffixes(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Concat(suffClean, sufflist, LST_CONCLINK);
+#endif
+    sufflist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    sNum = 0;
+    suffNull = emptySuff;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffParseTransform --
+ *	Parse a transformation string to find its two component suffixes.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String being parsed
+ *	srcPtr		Place to store source of trans.
+ *	targPtr		Place to store target of trans.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the string is a valid transformation and FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The passed pointers are overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+SuffParseTransform(char *str, Suff **srcPtr, Suff **targPtr)
+{
+    LstNode		srcLn;	    /* element in suffix list of trans source*/
+    Suff		*src;	    /* Source of transformation */
+    LstNode		targLn;	    /* element in suffix list of trans target*/
+    char		*str2;	    /* Extra pointer (maybe target suffix) */
+    LstNode 	    	singleLn;   /* element in suffix list of any suffix
+				     * that exactly matches str */
+    Suff    	    	*single = NULL;/* Source of possible transformation to
+				     * null suffix */
+
+    srcLn = NULL;
+    singleLn = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * Loop looking first for a suffix that matches the start of the
+     * string and then for one that exactly matches the rest of it. If
+     * we can find two that meet these criteria, we've successfully
+     * parsed the string.
+     */
+    for (;;) {
+	if (srcLn == NULL) {
+	    srcLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffIsPrefix);
+	} else {
+	    srcLn = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, Lst_Succ(srcLn), str,
+				  SuffSuffIsPrefix);
+	}
+	if (srcLn == NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Ran out of source suffixes -- no such rule
+	     */
+	    if (singleLn != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Not so fast Mr. Smith! There was a suffix that encompassed
+		 * the entire string, so we assume it was a transformation
+		 * to the null suffix (thank you POSIX). We still prefer to
+		 * find a double rule over a singleton, hence we leave this
+		 * check until the end.
+		 *
+		 * XXX: Use emptySuff over suffNull?
+		 */
+		*srcPtr = single;
+		*targPtr = suffNull;
+		return(TRUE);
+	    }
+	    return (FALSE);
+	}
+	src = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(srcLn);
+	str2 = str + src->nameLen;
+	if (*str2 == '\0') {
+	    single = src;
+	    singleLn = srcLn;
+	} else {
+	    targLn = Lst_Find(sufflist, str2, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	    if (targLn != NULL) {
+		*srcPtr = src;
+		*targPtr = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(targLn);
+		return (TRUE);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_IsTransform  --
+ *	Return TRUE if the given string is a transformation rule
+ *
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		string to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if the string is a concatenation of two known suffixes.
+ *	FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Suff_IsTransform(char *str)
+{
+    Suff    	  *src, *targ;
+
+    return (SuffParseTransform(str, &src, &targ));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddTransform --
+ *	Add the transformation rule described by the line to the
+ *	list of rules and place the transformation itself in the graph
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	line		name of transformation to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The node created for the transformation in the transforms list
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The node is placed on the end of the transforms Lst and links are
+ *	made between the two suffixes mentioned in the target name
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Suff_AddTransform(char *line)
+{
+    GNode         *gn;		/* GNode of transformation rule */
+    Suff          *s,		/* source suffix */
+                  *t;		/* target suffix */
+    LstNode 	  ln;	    	/* Node for existing transformation */
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(transforms, line, SuffGNHasNameP);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Make a new graph node for the transformation. It will be filled in
+	 * by the Parse module.
+	 */
+	gn = Targ_NewGN(line);
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(transforms, gn);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * New specification for transformation rule. Just nuke the old list
+	 * of commands so they can be filled in again... We don't actually
+	 * free the commands themselves, because a given command can be
+	 * attached to several different transformations.
+	 */
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
+	Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
+	gn->commands = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	gn->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    gn->type = OP_TRANSFORM;
+
+    (void)SuffParseTransform(line, &s, &t);
+
+    /*
+     * link the two together in the proper relationship and order
+     */
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "defining transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+		s->name, t->name);
+    }
+    SuffInsert(t->children, s);
+    SuffInsert(s->parents, t);
+
+    return (gn);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_EndTransform --
+ *	Handle the finish of a transformation definition, removing the
+ *	transformation from the graph if it has neither commands nor
+ *	sources. This is a callback procedure for the Parse module via
+ *	Lst_ForEach
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		Node for transformation
+ *	dummy		Node for transformation
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the node has no commands or children, the children and parents
+ *	lists of the affected suffixes are altered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Suff_EndTransform(void *gnp, void *dummy)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts))
+	gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts));
+    if ((gn->type & OP_TRANSFORM) && Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands) &&
+	Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children))
+    {
+	Suff	*s, *t;
+
+	/*
+	 * SuffParseTransform() may fail for special rules which are not
+	 * actual transformation rules. (e.g. .DEFAULT)
+	 */
+	if (SuffParseTransform(gn->name, &s, &t)) {
+	    Lst	 p;
+
+	    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "deleting transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+		s->name, t->name);
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * Store s->parents because s could be deleted in SuffRemove
+	     */
+	    p = s->parents;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Remove the source from the target's children list. We check for a
+	     * nil return to handle a beanhead saying something like
+	     *  .c.o .c.o:
+	     *
+	     * We'll be called twice when the next target is seen, but .c and .o
+	     * are only linked once...
+	     */
+	    SuffRemove(t->children, s);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Remove the target from the source's parents list
+	     */
+	    SuffRemove(p, t);
+	}
+    } else if ((gn->type & OP_TRANSFORM) && DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "transformation %s complete\n", gn->name);
+    }
+
+    return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRebuildGraph --
+ *	Called from Suff_AddSuffix via Lst_ForEach to search through the
+ *	list of existing transformation rules and rebuild the transformation
+ *	graph when it has been destroyed by Suff_ClearSuffixes. If the
+ *	given rule is a transformation involving this suffix and another,
+ *	existing suffix, the proper relationship is established between
+ *	the two.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	transformp	Transformation to test
+ *	sp		Suffix to rebuild
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always 0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The appropriate links will be made between this suffix and
+ *	others if transformation rules exist for it.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffRebuildGraph(void *transformp, void *sp)
+{
+    GNode   	*transform = (GNode *)transformp;
+    Suff    	*s = (Suff *)sp;
+    char 	*cp;
+    LstNode	ln;
+    Suff  	*s2;
+    SuffixCmpData sd;
+
+    /*
+     * First see if it is a transformation from this suffix.
+     */
+    cp = UNCONST(SuffStrIsPrefix(s->name, transform->name));
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, cp, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Found target. Link in and return, since it can't be anything
+	     * else.
+	     */
+	    s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    SuffInsert(s2->children, s);
+	    SuffInsert(s->parents, s2);
+	    return(0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Not from, maybe to?
+     */
+    sd.len = strlen(transform->name);
+    sd.ename = transform->name + sd.len;
+    cp = SuffSuffIsSuffix(s, &sd);
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Null-terminate the source suffix in order to find it.
+	 */
+	cp[1] = '\0';
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, transform->name, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	/*
+	 * Replace the start of the target suffix
+	 */
+	cp[1] = s->name[0];
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Found it -- establish the proper relationship
+	     */
+	    s2 = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    SuffInsert(s->children, s2);
+	    SuffInsert(s2->parents, s);
+	}
+    }
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffScanTargets --
+ *	Called from Suff_AddSuffix via Lst_ForEach to search through the
+ *	list of existing targets and find if any of the existing targets
+ *	can be turned into a transformation rule.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	1 if a new main target has been selected, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If such a target is found and the target is the current main
+ *	target, the main target is set to NULL and the next target
+ *	examined (if that exists) becomes the main target.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffScanTargets(void *targetp, void *gsp)
+{
+    GNode   	*target = (GNode *)targetp;
+    GNodeSuff	*gs = (GNodeSuff *)gsp;
+    Suff	*s, *t;
+    char 	*ptr;
+
+    if (*gs->gn == NULL && gs->r && (target->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) {
+	*gs->gn = target;
+	Targ_SetMain(target);
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    if ((unsigned int)target->type == OP_TRANSFORM)
+	return 0;
+
+    if ((ptr = strstr(target->name, gs->s->name)) == NULL ||
+	ptr == target->name)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (SuffParseTransform(target->name, &s, &t)) {
+	if (*gs->gn == target) {
+	    gs->r = TRUE;
+	    *gs->gn = NULL;
+	    Targ_SetMain(NULL);
+	}
+	Lst_Destroy(target->children, NULL);
+	target->children = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	target->type = OP_TRANSFORM;
+	/*
+	 * link the two together in the proper relationship and order
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "defining transformation from `%s' to `%s'\n",
+		s->name, t->name);
+	}
+	SuffInsert(t->children, s);
+	SuffInsert(s->parents, t);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddSuffix --
+ *	Add the suffix in string to the end of the list of known suffixes.
+ *	Should we restructure the suffix graph? Make doesn't...
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		the name of the suffix to add
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A GNode is created for the suffix and a Suff structure is created and
+ *	added to the suffixes list unless the suffix was already known.
+ *	The mainNode passed can be modified if a target mutated into a
+ *	transform and that target happened to be the main target.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddSuffix(char *str, GNode **gn)
+{
+    Suff          *s;	    /* new suffix descriptor */
+    LstNode 	  ln;
+    GNodeSuff	  gs;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, str, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	s = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Suff));
+
+	s->name =   	bmake_strdup(str);
+	s->nameLen = 	strlen(s->name);
+	s->searchPath = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->children = 	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->parents = 	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->ref = 	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	s->sNum =   	sNum++;
+	s->flags =  	0;
+	s->refCount =	1;
+
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(sufflist, s);
+	/*
+	 * We also look at our existing targets list to see if adding
+	 * this suffix will make one of our current targets mutate into
+	 * a suffix rule. This is ugly, but other makes treat all targets
+	 * that start with a . as suffix rules.
+	 */
+	gs.gn = gn;
+	gs.s  = s;
+	gs.r  = FALSE;
+	Lst_ForEach(Targ_List(), SuffScanTargets, &gs);
+	/*
+	 * Look for any existing transformations from or to this suffix.
+	 * XXX: Only do this after a Suff_ClearSuffixes?
+	 */
+	Lst_ForEach(transforms, SuffRebuildGraph, s);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_GetPath --
+ *	Return the search path for the given suffix, if it's defined.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The searchPath for the desired suffix or NULL if the suffix isn't
+ *	defined.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Suff_GetPath(char *sname)
+{
+    LstNode   	  ln;
+    Suff    	  *s;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	return (s->searchPath);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_DoPaths --
+ *	Extend the search paths for all suffixes to include the default
+ *	search path.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The searchPath field of all the suffixes is extended by the
+ *	directories in dirSearchPath. If paths were specified for the
+ *	".h" suffix, the directories are stuffed into a global variable
+ *	called ".INCLUDES" with each directory preceded by a -I. The same
+ *	is done for the ".a" suffix, except the variable is called
+ *	".LIBS" and the flag is -L.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_DoPaths(void)
+{
+    Suff	   	*s;
+    LstNode  		ln;
+    char		*ptr;
+    Lst	    	    	inIncludes; /* Cumulative .INCLUDES path */
+    Lst	    	    	inLibs;	    /* Cumulative .LIBS path */
+
+    if (Lst_Open(sufflist) == FAILURE) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    inIncludes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    inLibs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(sufflist)) != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (s->searchPath)) {
+#ifdef INCLUDES
+	    if (s->flags & SUFF_INCLUDE) {
+		Dir_Concat(inIncludes, s->searchPath);
+	    }
+#endif /* INCLUDES */
+#ifdef LIBRARIES
+	    if (s->flags & SUFF_LIBRARY) {
+		Dir_Concat(inLibs, s->searchPath);
+	    }
+#endif /* LIBRARIES */
+	    Dir_Concat(s->searchPath, dirSearchPath);
+	} else {
+	    Lst_Destroy(s->searchPath, Dir_Destroy);
+	    s->searchPath = Lst_Duplicate(dirSearchPath, Dir_CopyDir);
+	}
+    }
+
+    Var_Set(".INCLUDES", ptr = Dir_MakeFlags("-I", inIncludes), VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    free(ptr);
+    Var_Set(".LIBS", ptr = Dir_MakeFlags("-L", inLibs), VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    free(ptr);
+
+    Lst_Destroy(inIncludes, Dir_Destroy);
+    Lst_Destroy(inLibs, Dir_Destroy);
+
+    Lst_Close(sufflist);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddInclude --
+ *	Add the given suffix as a type of file which gets included.
+ *	Called from the parse module when a .INCLUDES line is parsed.
+ *	The suffix must have already been defined.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	sname		Name of the suffix to mark
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The SUFF_INCLUDE bit is set in the suffix's flags field
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddInclude(char *sname)
+{
+    LstNode	  ln;
+    Suff	  *s;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	s->flags |= SUFF_INCLUDE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_AddLib --
+ *	Add the given suffix as a type of file which is a library.
+ *	Called from the parse module when parsing a .LIBS line. The
+ *	suffix must have been defined via .SUFFIXES before this is
+ *	called.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	sname		Name of the suffix to mark
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The SUFF_LIBRARY bit is set in the suffix's flags field
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_AddLib(char *sname)
+{
+    LstNode	  ln;
+    Suff	  *s;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, sname, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	s->flags |= SUFF_LIBRARY;
+    }
+}
+
+ 	  /********** Implicit Source Search Functions *********/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffAddSrc  --
+ *	Add a suffix as a Src structure to the given list with its parent
+ *	being the given Src structure. If the suffix is the null suffix,
+ *	the prefix is used unaltered as the file name in the Src structure.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	sp		suffix for which to create a Src structure
+ *	lsp		list and parent for the new Src
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	always returns 0
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A Src structure is created and tacked onto the end of the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffAddSrc(void *sp, void *lsp)
+{
+    Suff	*s = (Suff *)sp;
+    LstSrc      *ls = (LstSrc *)lsp;
+    Src         *s2;	    /* new Src structure */
+    Src    	*targ; 	    /* Target structure */
+
+    targ = ls->s;
+
+    if ((s->flags & SUFF_NULL) && (*s->name != '\0')) {
+	/*
+	 * If the suffix has been marked as the NULL suffix, also create a Src
+	 * structure for a file with no suffix attached. Two birds, and all
+	 * that...
+	 */
+	s2 = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+	s2->file =  	bmake_strdup(targ->pref);
+	s2->pref =  	targ->pref;
+	s2->parent = 	targ;
+	s2->node =  	NULL;
+	s2->suff =  	s;
+	s->refCount++;
+	s2->children =	0;
+	targ->children += 1;
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(ls->l, s2);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	s2->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+	Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, s2);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "1 add %x %x to %x:", targ, s2, ls->l);
+	Lst_ForEach(ls->l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+    }
+    s2 = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+    s2->file = 	    str_concat(targ->pref, s->name, 0);
+    s2->pref =	    targ->pref;
+    s2->parent =    targ;
+    s2->node = 	    NULL;
+    s2->suff = 	    s;
+    s->refCount++;
+    s2->children =  0;
+    targ->children += 1;
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(ls->l, s2);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    s2->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, s2);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "2 add %x %x to %x:", targ, s2, ls->l);
+    Lst_ForEach(ls->l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffAddLevel  --
+ *	Add all the children of targ as Src structures to the given list
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	l		list to which to add the new level
+ *	targ		Src structure to use as the parent
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * 	Lots of structures are created and added to the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffAddLevel(Lst l, Src *targ)
+{
+    LstSrc         ls;
+
+    ls.s = targ;
+    ls.l = l;
+
+    Lst_ForEach(targ->suff->children, SuffAddSrc, &ls);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffRemoveSrc --
+ *	Free all src structures in list that don't have a reference count
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Ture if an src was removed
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The memory is free'd.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+SuffRemoveSrc(Lst l)
+{
+    LstNode ln;
+    Src *s;
+    int t = 0;
+
+    if (Lst_Open(l) == FAILURE) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    fprintf(debug_file, "cleaning %lx: ", (unsigned long) l);
+    Lst_ForEach(l, PrintAddr, NULL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+#endif
+
+
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(l)) != NULL) {
+	s = (Src *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (s->children == 0) {
+	    free(s->file);
+	    if (!s->parent)
+		free(s->pref);
+	    else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+		LstNode ln = Lst_Member(s->parent->cp, s);
+		if (ln != NULL)
+		    Lst_Remove(s->parent->cp, ln);
+#endif
+		--s->parent->children;
+	    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "free: [l=%x] p=%x %d\n", l, s, s->children);
+	    Lst_Destroy(s->cp, NULL);
+#endif
+	    Lst_Remove(l, ln);
+	    free(s);
+	    t |= 1;
+	    Lst_Close(l);
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	else {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "keep: [l=%x] p=%x %d: ", l, s, s->children);
+	    Lst_ForEach(s->cp, PrintAddr, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+    Lst_Close(l);
+
+    return t;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindThem --
+ *	Find the first existing file/target in the list srcs
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	srcs		list of Src structures to search through
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The lowest structure in the chain of transformations
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Src *
+SuffFindThem(Lst srcs, Lst slst)
+{
+    Src            *s;		/* current Src */
+    Src		   *rs;		/* returned Src */
+    char	   *ptr;
+
+    rs = NULL;
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty (srcs)) {
+	s = (Src *)Lst_DeQueue(srcs);
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\ttrying %s...", s->file);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * A file is considered to exist if either a node exists in the
+	 * graph for it or the file actually exists.
+	 */
+	if (Targ_FindNode(s->file, TARG_NOCREATE) != NULL) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "remove %x from %x\n", s, srcs);
+#endif
+	    rs = s;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if ((ptr = Dir_FindFile(s->file, s->suff->searchPath)) != NULL) {
+	    rs = s;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "remove %x from %x\n", s, srcs);
+#endif
+	    free(ptr);
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "not there\n");
+	}
+
+	SuffAddLevel(srcs, s);
+	Lst_AtEnd(slst, s);
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF) && rs) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "got it\n");
+    }
+    return (rs);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindCmds --
+ *	See if any of the children of the target in the Src structure is
+ *	one from which the target can be transformed. If there is one,
+ *	a Src structure is put together for it and returned.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	targ		Src structure to play with
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The Src structure of the "winning" child, or NULL if no such beast.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	A Src structure may be allocated.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Src *
+SuffFindCmds(Src *targ, Lst slst)
+{
+    LstNode 	  	ln; 	/* General-purpose list node */
+    GNode		*t, 	/* Target GNode */
+	    	  	*s; 	/* Source GNode */
+    int	    	  	prefLen;/* The length of the defined prefix */
+    Suff    	  	*suff;	/* Suffix on matching beastie */
+    Src	    	  	*ret;	/* Return value */
+    char    	  	*cp;
+
+    t = targ->node;
+    (void)Lst_Open(t->children);
+    prefLen = strlen(targ->pref);
+
+    for (;;) {
+	ln = Lst_Next(t->children);
+	if (ln == NULL) {
+	    Lst_Close(t->children);
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	s = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	if (s->type & OP_OPTIONAL && Lst_IsEmpty(t->commands)) {
+	    /*
+	     * We haven't looked to see if .OPTIONAL files exist yet, so
+	     * don't use one as the implicit source.
+	     * This allows us to use .OPTIONAL in .depend files so make won't
+	     * complain "don't know how to make xxx.h' when a dependent file
+	     * has been moved/deleted.
+	     */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	cp = strrchr(s->name, '/');
+	if (cp == NULL) {
+	    cp = s->name;
+	} else {
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	if (strncmp(cp, targ->pref, prefLen) != 0)
+	    continue;
+	/*
+	 * The node matches the prefix ok, see if it has a known
+	 * suffix.
+	 */
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &cp[prefLen], SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	if (ln == NULL)
+	    continue;
+	/*
+	 * It even has a known suffix, see if there's a transformation
+	 * defined between the node's suffix and the target's suffix.
+	 *
+	 * XXX: Handle multi-stage transformations here, too.
+	 */
+	suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+	if (Lst_Member(suff->parents, targ->suff) != NULL)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Hot Damn! Create a new Src structure to describe
+     * this transformation (making sure to duplicate the
+     * source node's name so Suff_FindDeps can free it
+     * again (ick)), and return the new structure.
+     */
+    ret = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+    ret->file = bmake_strdup(s->name);
+    ret->pref = targ->pref;
+    ret->suff = suff;
+    suff->refCount++;
+    ret->parent = targ;
+    ret->node = s;
+    ret->children = 0;
+    targ->children += 1;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+    ret->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "3 add %x %x\n", targ, ret);
+    Lst_AtEnd(targ->cp, ret);
+#endif
+    Lst_AtEnd(slst, ret);
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\tusing existing source %s\n", s->name);
+    }
+    return (ret);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffExpandChildren --
+ *	Expand the names of any children of a given node that contain
+ *	variable invocations or file wildcards into actual targets.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cln		Child to examine
+ *	pgn		Parent node being processed
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	=== 0 (continue)
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The expanded node is removed from the parent's list of children,
+ *	and the parent's unmade counter is decremented, but other nodes
+ * 	may be added.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffExpandChildren(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
+{
+    GNode   	*cgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(cln);
+    GNode	*gn;	    /* New source 8) */
+    char	*cp;	    /* Expanded value */
+
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->order_pred) || !Lst_IsEmpty(cgn->order_succ))
+	/* It is all too hard to process the result of .ORDER */
+	return;
+
+    if (cgn->type & OP_WAIT)
+	/* Ignore these (& OP_PHONY ?) */
+	return;
+
+    /*
+     * First do variable expansion -- this takes precedence over
+     * wildcard expansion. If the result contains wildcards, they'll be gotten
+     * to later since the resulting words are tacked on to the end of
+     * the children list.
+     */
+    if (strchr(cgn->name, '$') == NULL) {
+	SuffExpandWildcards(cln, pgn);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Expanding \"%s\"...", cgn->name);
+    }
+    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cgn->name, pgn, TRUE);
+
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	Lst	    members = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+	if (cgn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	    /*
+	     * Node was an archive(member) target, so we want to call
+	     * on the Arch module to find the nodes for us, expanding
+	     * variables in the parent's context.
+	     */
+	    char	*sacrifice = cp;
+
+	    (void)Arch_ParseArchive(&sacrifice, members, pgn);
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Break the result into a vector of strings whose nodes
+	     * we can find, then add those nodes to the members list.
+	     * Unfortunately, we can't use brk_string b/c it
+	     * doesn't understand about variable specifications with
+	     * spaces in them...
+	     */
+	    char	    *start;
+	    char	    *initcp = cp;   /* For freeing... */
+
+	    for (start = cp; *start == ' ' || *start == '\t'; start++)
+		continue;
+	    for (cp = start; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+		if (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+		    /*
+		     * White-space -- terminate element, find the node,
+		     * add it, skip any further spaces.
+		     */
+		    *cp++ = '\0';
+		    gn = Targ_FindNode(start, TARG_CREATE);
+		    (void)Lst_AtEnd(members, gn);
+		    while (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t') {
+			cp++;
+		    }
+		    /*
+		     * Adjust cp for increment at start of loop, but
+		     * set start to first non-space.
+		     */
+		    start = cp--;
+		} else if (*cp == '$') {
+		    /*
+		     * Start of a variable spec -- contact variable module
+		     * to find the end so we can skip over it.
+		     */
+		    char	*junk;
+		    int 	len;
+		    void	*freeIt;
+
+		    junk = Var_Parse(cp, pgn, TRUE, &len, &freeIt);
+		    if (junk != var_Error) {
+			cp += len - 1;
+		    }
+
+		    if (freeIt)
+			free(freeIt);
+		} else if (*cp == '\\' && *cp != '\0') {
+		    /*
+		     * Escaped something -- skip over it
+		     */
+		    cp++;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (cp != start) {
+		/*
+		 * Stuff left over -- add it to the list too
+		 */
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(start, TARG_CREATE);
+		(void)Lst_AtEnd(members, gn);
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Point cp back at the beginning again so the variable value
+	     * can be freed.
+	     */
+	    cp = initcp;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Add all elements of the members list to the parent node.
+	 */
+	while(!Lst_IsEmpty(members)) {
+	    gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(members);
+
+	    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "%s...", gn->name);
+	    }
+	    /* Add gn to the parents child list before the original child */
+	    (void)Lst_InsertBefore(pgn->children, cln, gn);
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+	    pgn->unmade++;
+	    /* Expand wildcards on new node */
+	    SuffExpandWildcards(Lst_Prev(cln), pgn);
+	}
+	Lst_Destroy(members, NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * Free the result
+	 */
+	free(cp);
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now the source is expanded, remove it from the list of children to
+     * keep it from being processed.
+     */
+    pgn->unmade--;
+    Lst_Remove(pgn->children, cln);
+    Lst_Remove(cgn->parents, Lst_Member(cgn->parents, pgn));
+}
+
+static void
+SuffExpandWildcards(LstNode cln, GNode *pgn)
+{
+    GNode   	*cgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(cln);
+    GNode	*gn;	    /* New source 8) */
+    char	*cp;	    /* Expanded value */
+    Lst 	explist;    /* List of expansions */
+
+    if (!Dir_HasWildcards(cgn->name))
+	return;
+
+    /*
+     * Expand the word along the chosen path
+     */
+    explist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Dir_Expand(cgn->name, Suff_FindPath(cgn), explist);
+
+    while (!Lst_IsEmpty(explist)) {
+	/*
+	 * Fetch next expansion off the list and find its GNode
+	 */
+	cp = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(explist);
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s...", cp);
+	}
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(cp, TARG_CREATE);
+
+	/* Add gn to the parents child list before the original child */
+	(void)Lst_InsertBefore(pgn->children, cln, gn);
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->parents, pgn);
+	pgn->unmade++;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Nuke what's left of the list
+     */
+    Lst_Destroy(explist, NULL);
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now the source is expanded, remove it from the list of children to
+     * keep it from being processed.
+     */
+    pgn->unmade--;
+    Lst_Remove(pgn->children, cln);
+    Lst_Remove(cgn->parents, Lst_Member(cgn->parents, pgn));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_FindPath --
+ *	Find a path along which to expand the node.
+ *
+ *	If the word has a known suffix, use that path.
+ *	If it has no known suffix, use the default system search path.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node being examined
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The appropriate path to search for the GNode.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	XXX: We could set the suffix here so that we don't have to scan
+ *	again.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Suff_FindPath(GNode* gn)
+{
+    Suff *suff = gn->suffix;
+
+    if (suff == NULL) {
+	SuffixCmpData sd;   /* Search string data */
+	LstNode ln;
+	sd.len = strlen(gn->name);
+	sd.ename = gn->name + sd.len;
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Wildcard expanding \"%s\"...", gn->name);
+	}
+	if (ln != NULL)
+	    suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	/* XXX: Here we can save the suffix so we don't have to do this again */
+    }
+
+    if (suff != NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "suffix is \"%s\"...", suff->name);
+	}
+	return suff->searchPath;
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Use default search path
+	 */
+	return dirSearchPath;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffApplyTransform --
+ *	Apply a transformation rule, given the source and target nodes
+ *	and suffixes.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	tGn		Target node
+ *	sGn		Source node
+ *	t		Target suffix
+ *	s		Source suffix
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if successful, FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The source and target are linked and the commands from the
+ *	transformation are added to the target node's commands list.
+ *	All attributes but OP_DEPMASK and OP_TRANSFORM are applied
+ *	to the target. The target also inherits all the sources for
+ *	the transformation rule.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+SuffApplyTransform(GNode *tGn, GNode *sGn, Suff *t, Suff *s)
+{
+    LstNode 	ln, nln;    /* General node */
+    char    	*tname;	    /* Name of transformation rule */
+    GNode   	*gn;	    /* Node for same */
+
+    /*
+     * Form the proper links between the target and source.
+     */
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(tGn->children, sGn);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(sGn->parents, tGn);
+    tGn->unmade += 1;
+
+    /*
+     * Locate the transformation rule itself
+     */
+    tname = str_concat(s->name, t->name, 0);
+    ln = Lst_Find(transforms, tname, SuffGNHasNameP);
+    free(tname);
+
+    if (ln == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Not really such a transformation rule (can happen when we're
+	 * called to link an OP_MEMBER and OP_ARCHV node), so return
+	 * FALSE.
+	 */
+	return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\tapplying %s -> %s to \"%s\"\n", s->name, t->name, tGn->name);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Record last child for expansion purposes
+     */
+    ln = Lst_Last(tGn->children);
+
+    /*
+     * Pass the buck to Make_HandleUse to apply the rule
+     */
+    (void)Make_HandleUse(gn, tGn);
+
+    /*
+     * Deal with wildcards and variables in any acquired sources
+     */
+    for (ln = Lst_Succ(ln); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
+	nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+	SuffExpandChildren(ln, tGn);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Keep track of another parent to which this beast is transformed so
+     * the .IMPSRC variable can be set correctly for the parent.
+     */
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(sGn->iParents, tGn);
+
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindArchiveDeps --
+ *	Locate dependencies for an OP_ARCHV node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node for which to locate dependencies
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Same as Suff_FindDeps
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindArchiveDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+    char    	*eoarch;    /* End of archive portion */
+    char    	*eoname;    /* End of member portion */
+    GNode   	*mem;	    /* Node for member */
+    static const char	*copy[] = {
+	/* Variables to be copied from the member node */
+	TARGET,	    	    /* Must be first */
+	PREFIX,	    	    /* Must be second */
+    };
+    int	    	i;  	    /* Index into copy and vals */
+    Suff    	*ms;	    /* Suffix descriptor for member */
+    char    	*name;	    /* Start of member's name */
+
+    /*
+     * The node is an archive(member) pair. so we must find a
+     * suffix for both of them.
+     */
+    eoarch = strchr(gn->name, '(');
+    eoname = strchr(eoarch, ')');
+
+    *eoname = '\0';	  /* Nuke parentheses during suffix search */
+    *eoarch = '\0';	  /* So a suffix can be found */
+
+    name = eoarch + 1;
+
+    /*
+     * To simplify things, call Suff_FindDeps recursively on the member now,
+     * so we can simply compare the member's .PREFIX and .TARGET variables
+     * to locate its suffix. This allows us to figure out the suffix to
+     * use for the archive without having to do a quadratic search over the
+     * suffix list, backtracking for each one...
+     */
+    mem = Targ_FindNode(name, TARG_CREATE);
+    SuffFindDeps(mem, slst);
+
+    /*
+     * Create the link between the two nodes right off
+     */
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->children, mem);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(mem->parents, gn);
+    gn->unmade += 1;
+
+    /*
+     * Copy in the variables from the member node to this one.
+     */
+    for (i = (sizeof(copy)/sizeof(copy[0]))-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+	char *p1;
+	Var_Set(copy[i], Var_Value(copy[i], mem, &p1), gn, 0);
+	if (p1)
+	    free(p1);
+
+    }
+
+    ms = mem->suffix;
+    if (ms == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Didn't know what it was -- use .NULL suffix if not in make mode
+	 */
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "using null suffix\n");
+	}
+	ms = suffNull;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     * Set the other two local variables required for this target.
+     */
+    Var_Set(MEMBER, name, gn, 0);
+    Var_Set(ARCHIVE, gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+    if (ms != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Member has a known suffix, so look for a transformation rule from
+	 * it to a possible suffix of the archive. Rather than searching
+	 * through the entire list, we just look at suffixes to which the
+	 * member's suffix may be transformed...
+	 */
+	LstNode		ln;
+	SuffixCmpData	sd;		/* Search string data */
+
+	/*
+	 * Use first matching suffix...
+	 */
+	sd.len = eoarch - gn->name;
+	sd.ename = eoarch;
+	ln = Lst_Find(ms->parents, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Got one -- apply it
+	     */
+	    if (!SuffApplyTransform(gn, mem, (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln), ms) &&
+		DEBUG(SUFF))
+	    {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo transformation from %s -> %s\n",
+		       ms->name, ((Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln))->name);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Replace the opening and closing parens now we've no need of the separate
+     * pieces.
+     */
+    *eoarch = '('; *eoname = ')';
+
+    /*
+     * Pretend gn appeared to the left of a dependency operator so
+     * the user needn't provide a transformation from the member to the
+     * archive.
+     */
+    if (OP_NOP(gn->type)) {
+	gn->type |= OP_DEPENDS;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Flag the member as such so we remember to look in the archive for
+     * its modification time.
+     */
+    mem->type |= OP_MEMBER;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SuffFindNormalDeps --
+ *	Locate implicit dependencies for regular targets.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		Node for which to find sources
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Same as Suff_FindDeps...
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindNormalDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+    char    	*eoname;    /* End of name */
+    char    	*sopref;    /* Start of prefix */
+    LstNode 	ln, nln;    /* Next suffix node to check */
+    Lst	    	srcs;	    /* List of sources at which to look */
+    Lst	    	targs;	    /* List of targets to which things can be
+			     * transformed. They all have the same file,
+			     * but different suff and pref fields */
+    Src	    	*bottom;    /* Start of found transformation path */
+    Src 	*src;	    /* General Src pointer */
+    char    	*pref;	    /* Prefix to use */
+    Src	    	*targ;	    /* General Src target pointer */
+    SuffixCmpData sd;	    /* Search string data */
+
+
+    sd.len = strlen(gn->name);
+    sd.ename = eoname = gn->name + sd.len;
+
+    sopref = gn->name;
+
+    /*
+     * Begin at the beginning...
+     */
+    ln = Lst_First(sufflist);
+    srcs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    targs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    /*
+     * We're caught in a catch-22 here. On the one hand, we want to use any
+     * transformation implied by the target's sources, but we can't examine
+     * the sources until we've expanded any variables/wildcards they may hold,
+     * and we can't do that until we've set up the target's local variables
+     * and we can't do that until we know what the proper suffix for the
+     * target is (in case there are two suffixes one of which is a suffix of
+     * the other) and we can't know that until we've found its implied
+     * source, which we may not want to use if there's an existing source
+     * that implies a different transformation.
+     *
+     * In an attempt to get around this, which may not work all the time,
+     * but should work most of the time, we look for implied sources first,
+     * checking transformations to all possible suffixes of the target,
+     * use what we find to set the target's local variables, expand the
+     * children, then look for any overriding transformations they imply.
+     * Should we find one, we discard the one we found before.
+     */
+
+    while (ln != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Look for next possible suffix...
+	 */
+	ln = Lst_FindFrom(sufflist, ln, &sd, SuffSuffIsSuffixP);
+
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    int	    prefLen;	    /* Length of the prefix */
+
+	    /*
+	     * Allocate a Src structure to which things can be transformed
+	     */
+	    targ = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+	    targ->file = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+	    targ->suff = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    targ->suff->refCount++;
+	    targ->node = gn;
+	    targ->parent = NULL;
+	    targ->children = 0;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	    targ->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+
+	    /*
+	     * Allocate room for the prefix, whose end is found by subtracting
+	     * the length of the suffix from the end of the name.
+	     */
+	    prefLen = (eoname - targ->suff->nameLen) - sopref;
+	    targ->pref = bmake_malloc(prefLen + 1);
+	    memcpy(targ->pref, sopref, prefLen);
+	    targ->pref[prefLen] = '\0';
+
+	    /*
+	     * Add nodes from which the target can be made
+	     */
+	    SuffAddLevel(srcs, targ);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Record the target so we can nuke it
+	     */
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(targs, targ);
+
+	    /*
+	     * Search from this suffix's successor...
+	     */
+	    ln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Handle target of unknown suffix...
+     */
+    if (Lst_IsEmpty(targs) && suffNull != NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo known suffix on %s. Using .NULL suffix\n", gn->name);
+	}
+
+	targ = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Src));
+	targ->file = bmake_strdup(gn->name);
+	targ->suff = suffNull;
+	targ->suff->refCount++;
+	targ->node = gn;
+	targ->parent = NULL;
+	targ->children = 0;
+	targ->pref = bmake_strdup(sopref);
+#ifdef DEBUG_SRC
+	targ->cp = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * Only use the default suffix rules if we don't have commands
+	 * defined for this gnode; traditional make programs used to
+	 * not define suffix rules if the gnode had children but we
+	 * don't do this anymore.
+	 */
+	if (Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands))
+	    SuffAddLevel(srcs, targ);
+	else {
+	    if (DEBUG(SUFF))
+		fprintf(debug_file, "not ");
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF))
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "adding suffix rules\n");
+
+	(void)Lst_AtEnd(targs, targ);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Using the list of possible sources built up from the target suffix(es),
+     * try and find an existing file/target that matches.
+     */
+    bottom = SuffFindThem(srcs, slst);
+
+    if (bottom == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * No known transformations -- use the first suffix found for setting
+	 * the local variables.
+	 */
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targs)) {
+	    targ = (Src *)Lst_Datum(Lst_First(targs));
+	} else {
+	    targ = NULL;
+	}
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * Work up the transformation path to find the suffix of the
+	 * target to which the transformation was made.
+	 */
+	for (targ = bottom; targ->parent != NULL; targ = targ->parent)
+	    continue;
+    }
+
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+
+    pref = (targ != NULL) ? targ->pref : gn->name;
+    Var_Set(PREFIX, pref, gn, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Now we've got the important local variables set, expand any sources
+     * that still contain variables or wildcards in their names.
+     */
+    for (ln = Lst_First(gn->children); ln != NULL; ln = nln) {
+	nln = Lst_Succ(ln);
+	SuffExpandChildren(ln, gn);
+    }
+
+    if (targ == NULL) {
+	if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\tNo valid suffix on %s\n", gn->name);
+	}
+
+sfnd_abort:
+	/*
+	 * Deal with finding the thing on the default search path. We
+	 * always do that, not only if the node is only a source (not
+	 * on the lhs of a dependency operator or [XXX] it has neither
+	 * children or commands) as the old pmake did.
+	 */
+	if ((gn->type & (OP_PHONY|OP_NOPATH)) == 0) {
+	    free(gn->path);
+	    gn->path = Dir_FindFile(gn->name,
+				    (targ == NULL ? dirSearchPath :
+				     targ->suff->searchPath));
+	    if (gn->path != NULL) {
+		char *ptr;
+		Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path, gn, 0);
+
+		if (targ != NULL) {
+		    /*
+		     * Suffix known for the thing -- trim the suffix off
+		     * the path to form the proper .PREFIX variable.
+		     */
+		    int     savep = strlen(gn->path) - targ->suff->nameLen;
+		    char    savec;
+
+		    if (gn->suffix)
+			gn->suffix->refCount--;
+		    gn->suffix = targ->suff;
+		    gn->suffix->refCount++;
+
+		    savec = gn->path[savep];
+		    gn->path[savep] = '\0';
+
+		    if ((ptr = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) != NULL)
+			ptr++;
+		    else
+			ptr = gn->path;
+
+		    Var_Set(PREFIX, ptr, gn, 0);
+
+		    gn->path[savep] = savec;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * The .PREFIX gets the full path if the target has
+		     * no known suffix.
+		     */
+		    if (gn->suffix)
+			gn->suffix->refCount--;
+		    gn->suffix = NULL;
+
+		    if ((ptr = strrchr(gn->path, '/')) != NULL)
+			ptr++;
+		    else
+			ptr = gn->path;
+
+		    Var_Set(PREFIX, ptr, gn, 0);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	goto sfnd_return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the suffix indicates that the target is a library, mark that in
+     * the node's type field.
+     */
+    if (targ->suff->flags & SUFF_LIBRARY) {
+	gn->type |= OP_LIB;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Check for overriding transformation rule implied by sources
+     */
+    if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->children)) {
+	src = SuffFindCmds(targ, slst);
+
+	if (src != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Free up all the Src structures in the transformation path
+	     * up to, but not including, the parent node.
+	     */
+	    while (bottom && bottom->parent != NULL) {
+		if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL) {
+		    Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
+		}
+		bottom = bottom->parent;
+	    }
+	    bottom = src;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (bottom == NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * No idea from where it can come -- return now.
+	 */
+	goto sfnd_abort;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We now have a list of Src structures headed by 'bottom' and linked via
+     * their 'parent' pointers. What we do next is create links between
+     * source and target nodes (which may or may not have been created)
+     * and set the necessary local variables in each target. The
+     * commands for each target are set from the commands of the
+     * transformation rule used to get from the src suffix to the targ
+     * suffix. Note that this causes the commands list of the original
+     * node, gn, to be replaced by the commands of the final
+     * transformation rule. Also, the unmade field of gn is incremented.
+     * Etc.
+     */
+    if (bottom->node == NULL) {
+	bottom->node = Targ_FindNode(bottom->file, TARG_CREATE);
+    }
+
+    for (src = bottom; src->parent != NULL; src = src->parent) {
+	targ = src->parent;
+
+	if (src->node->suffix)
+	    src->node->suffix->refCount--;
+	src->node->suffix = src->suff;
+	src->node->suffix->refCount++;
+
+	if (targ->node == NULL) {
+	    targ->node = Targ_FindNode(targ->file, TARG_CREATE);
+	}
+
+	SuffApplyTransform(targ->node, src->node,
+			   targ->suff, src->suff);
+
+	if (targ->node != gn) {
+	    /*
+	     * Finish off the dependency-search process for any nodes
+	     * between bottom and gn (no point in questing around the
+	     * filesystem for their implicit source when it's already
+	     * known). Note that the node can't have any sources that
+	     * need expanding, since SuffFindThem will stop on an existing
+	     * node, so all we need to do is set the standard and System V
+	     * variables.
+	     */
+	    targ->node->type |= OP_DEPS_FOUND;
+
+	    Var_Set(PREFIX, targ->pref, targ->node, 0);
+
+	    Var_Set(TARGET, targ->node->name, targ->node, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (gn->suffix)
+	gn->suffix->refCount--;
+    gn->suffix = src->suff;
+    gn->suffix->refCount++;
+
+    /*
+     * Nuke the transformation path and the Src structures left over in the
+     * two lists.
+     */
+sfnd_return:
+    if (bottom)
+	if (Lst_Member(slst, bottom) == NULL)
+	    Lst_AtEnd(slst, bottom);
+
+    while (SuffRemoveSrc(srcs) || SuffRemoveSrc(targs))
+	continue;
+
+    Lst_Concat(slst, srcs, LST_CONCLINK);
+    Lst_Concat(slst, targs, LST_CONCLINK);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_FindDeps  --
+ *	Find implicit sources for the target described by the graph node
+ *	gn
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Nothing.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Nodes are added to the graph below the passed-in node. The nodes
+ *	are marked to have their IMPSRC variable filled in. The
+ *	PREFIX variable is set for the given node and all its
+ *	implied children.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	The path found by this target is the shortest path in the
+ *	transformation graph, which may pass through non-existent targets,
+ *	to an existing target. The search continues on all paths from the
+ *	root suffix until a file is found. I.e. if there's a path
+ *	.o -> .c -> .l -> .l,v from the root and the .l,v file exists but
+ *	the .c and .l files don't, the search will branch out in
+ *	all directions from .o and again from all the nodes on the
+ *	next level until the .l,v node is encountered.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Suff_FindDeps(GNode *gn)
+{
+
+    SuffFindDeps(gn, srclist);
+    while (SuffRemoveSrc(srclist))
+	continue;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		node we're dealing with
+ *
+ */
+static void
+SuffFindDeps(GNode *gn, Lst slst)
+{
+    if (gn->type & OP_DEPS_FOUND) {
+	/*
+	 * If dependencies already found, no need to do it again...
+	 */
+	return;
+    } else {
+	gn->type |= OP_DEPS_FOUND;
+    }
+    /*
+     * Make sure we have these set, may get revised below.
+     */
+    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, gn, 0);
+    Var_Set(PREFIX, gn->name, gn, 0);
+    if (gn->type & OP_PHONY) {
+	/*
+	 * If this is a .PHONY target, we do not apply suffix rules.
+	 */
+	return;
+    }
+    if (DEBUG(SUFF)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "SuffFindDeps (%s)\n", gn->name);
+    }
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_ARCHV) {
+	SuffFindArchiveDeps(gn, slst);
+    } else if (gn->type & OP_LIB) {
+	/*
+	 * If the node is a library, it is the arch module's job to find it
+	 * and set the TARGET variable accordingly. We merely provide the
+	 * search path, assuming all libraries end in ".a" (if the suffix
+	 * hasn't been defined, there's nothing we can do for it, so we just
+	 * set the TARGET variable to the node's name in order to give it a
+	 * value).
+	 */
+	LstNode	ln;
+	Suff	*s;
+
+	ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, LIBSUFF, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+	if (gn->suffix)
+	    gn->suffix->refCount--;
+	if (ln != NULL) {
+	    gn->suffix = s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	    gn->suffix->refCount++;
+	    Arch_FindLib(gn, s->searchPath);
+	} else {
+	    gn->suffix = NULL;
+	    Var_Set(TARGET, gn->name, gn, 0);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Because a library (-lfoo) target doesn't follow the standard
+	 * filesystem conventions, we don't set the regular variables for
+	 * the thing. .PREFIX is simply made empty...
+	 */
+	Var_Set(PREFIX, "", gn, 0);
+    } else {
+	SuffFindNormalDeps(gn, slst);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_SetNull --
+ *	Define which suffix is the null suffix.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		Name of null suffix
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	'suffNull' is altered.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	Need to handle the changing of the null suffix gracefully so the
+ *	old transformation rules don't just go away.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_SetNull(char *name)
+{
+    Suff    *s;
+    LstNode ln;
+
+    ln = Lst_Find(sufflist, name, SuffSuffHasNameP);
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	s = (Suff *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	if (suffNull != NULL) {
+	    suffNull->flags &= ~SUFF_NULL;
+	}
+	s->flags |= SUFF_NULL;
+	/*
+	 * XXX: Here's where the transformation mangling would take place
+	 */
+	suffNull = s;
+    } else {
+	Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Desired null suffix %s not defined.",
+		     name);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_Init --
+ *	Initialize suffixes module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Many
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Suff_Init(void)
+{
+    sufflist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    suffClean = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+#endif
+    srclist = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    transforms = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    sNum = 0;
+    /*
+     * Create null suffix for single-suffix rules (POSIX). The thing doesn't
+     * actually go on the suffix list or everyone will think that's its
+     * suffix.
+     */
+    emptySuff = suffNull = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Suff));
+
+    suffNull->name =   	    bmake_strdup("");
+    suffNull->nameLen =     0;
+    suffNull->searchPath =  Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Dir_Concat(suffNull->searchPath, dirSearchPath);
+    suffNull->children =    Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    suffNull->parents =	    Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    suffNull->ref =	    Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    suffNull->sNum =   	    sNum++;
+    suffNull->flags =  	    SUFF_NULL;
+    suffNull->refCount =    1;
+
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Suff_End --
+ *	Cleanup the this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The memory is free'd.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+Suff_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(sufflist, SuffFree);
+    Lst_Destroy(suffClean, SuffFree);
+    if (suffNull)
+	SuffFree(suffNull);
+    Lst_Destroy(srclist, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(transforms, NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/********************* DEBUGGING FUNCTIONS **********************/
+
+static int SuffPrintName(void *s, void *dummy)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s ", ((Suff *)s)->name);
+    return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+static int
+SuffPrintSuff(void *sp, void *dummy)
+{
+    Suff    *s = (Suff *)sp;
+    int	    flags;
+    int	    flag;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# `%s' [%d] ", s->name, s->refCount);
+
+    flags = s->flags;
+    if (flags) {
+	fputs(" (", debug_file);
+	while (flags) {
+	    flag = 1 << (ffs(flags) - 1);
+	    flags &= ~flag;
+	    switch (flag) {
+		case SUFF_NULL:
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "NULL");
+		    break;
+		case SUFF_INCLUDE:
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "INCLUDE");
+		    break;
+		case SUFF_LIBRARY:
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "LIBRARY");
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    fputc(flags ? '|' : ')', debug_file);
+	}
+    }
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\tTo: ");
+    Lst_ForEach(s->parents, SuffPrintName, NULL);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\tFrom: ");
+    Lst_ForEach(s->children, SuffPrintName, NULL);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\tSearch Path: ");
+    Dir_PrintPath(s->searchPath);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+static int
+SuffPrintTrans(void *tp, void *dummy)
+{
+    GNode   *t = (GNode *)tp;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s: ", t->name);
+    Targ_PrintType(t->type);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    Lst_ForEach(t->commands, Targ_PrintCmd, NULL);
+    fputc('\n', debug_file);
+    return(dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+void
+Suff_PrintAll(void)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Suffixes:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(sufflist, SuffPrintSuff, NULL);
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Transformations:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(transforms, SuffPrintTrans, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/targ.c b/targ.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d26b845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/targ.c
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.57 2012/06/12 19:21:51 joerg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.57 2012/06/12 19:21:51 joerg Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)targ.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: targ.c,v 1.57 2012/06/12 19:21:51 joerg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * targ.c --
+ *	Functions for maintaining the Lst allTargets. Target nodes are
+ * kept in two structures: a Lst, maintained by the list library, and a
+ * hash table, maintained by the hash library.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Targ_Init 	    	Initialization procedure.
+ *
+ *	Targ_End 	    	Cleanup the module
+ *
+ *	Targ_List 	    	Return the list of all targets so far.
+ *
+ *	Targ_NewGN	    	Create a new GNode for the passed target
+ *	    	  	    	(string). The node is *not* placed in the
+ *	    	  	    	hash table, though all its fields are
+ *	    	  	    	initialized.
+ *
+ *	Targ_FindNode	    	Find the node for a given target, creating
+ *	    	  	    	and storing it if it doesn't exist and the
+ *	    	  	    	flags are right (TARG_CREATE)
+ *
+ *	Targ_FindList	    	Given a list of names, find nodes for all
+ *	    	  	    	of them. If a name doesn't exist and the
+ *	    	  	    	TARG_NOCREATE flag was given, an error message
+ *	    	  	    	is printed. Else, if a name doesn't exist,
+ *	    	  	    	its node is created.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Ignore	    	Return TRUE if errors should be ignored when
+ *	    	  	    	creating the given target.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Silent	    	Return TRUE if we should be silent when
+ *	    	  	    	creating the given target.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Precious	    	Return TRUE if the target is precious and
+ *	    	  	    	should not be removed if we are interrupted.
+ *
+ *	Targ_Propagate		Propagate information between related
+ *				nodes.	Should be called after the
+ *				makefiles are parsed but before any
+ *				action is taken.
+ *
+ * Debugging:
+ *	Targ_PrintGraph	    	Print out the entire graphm all variables
+ *	    	  	    	and statistics for the directory cache. Should
+ *	    	  	    	print something for suffixes, too, but...
+ */
+
+#include	  <stdio.h>
+#include	  <time.h>
+
+#include	  "make.h"
+#include	  "hash.h"
+#include	  "dir.h"
+
+static Lst        allTargets;	/* the list of all targets found so far */
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static Lst	  allGNs;	/* List of all the GNodes */
+#endif
+static Hash_Table targets;	/* a hash table of same */
+
+#define HTSIZE	191		/* initial size of hash table */
+
+static int TargPrintOnlySrc(void *, void *);
+static int TargPrintName(void *, void *);
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+static void TargFreeGN(void *);
+#endif
+static int TargPropagateCohort(void *, void *);
+static int TargPropagateNode(void *, void *);
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Init --
+ *	Initialize this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The allTargets list and the targets hash table are initialized
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_Init(void)
+{
+    allTargets = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Hash_InitTable(&targets, HTSIZE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_End --
+ *	Finalize this module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	All lists and gnodes are cleared
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_End(void)
+{
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    Lst_Destroy(allTargets, NULL);
+    if (allGNs)
+	Lst_Destroy(allGNs, TargFreeGN);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&targets);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_List --
+ *	Return the list of all targets
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The list of all targets.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Targ_List(void)
+{
+    return allTargets;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_NewGN  --
+ *	Create and initialize a new graph node
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the name to stick in the new node
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	An initialized graph node with the name field filled with a copy
+ *	of the passed name
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The gnode is added to the list of all gnodes.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Targ_NewGN(const char *name)
+{
+    GNode *gn;
+
+    gn = bmake_malloc(sizeof(GNode));
+    gn->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+    gn->uname = NULL;
+    gn->path = NULL;
+    if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == 'l') {
+	gn->type = OP_LIB;
+    } else {
+	gn->type = 0;
+    }
+    gn->unmade =    	0;
+    gn->unmade_cohorts = 0;
+    gn->cohort_num[0] = 0;
+    gn->centurion =    	NULL;
+    gn->made = 	    	UNMADE;
+    gn->flags = 	0;
+    gn->checked =	0;
+    gn->mtime =		0;
+    gn->cmgn =		NULL;
+    gn->iParents =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->cohorts =   	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->parents =   	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->children =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->order_pred =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->order_succ =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Hash_InitTable(&gn->context, 0);
+    gn->commands =  	Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    gn->suffix =	NULL;
+    gn->lineno =	0;
+    gn->fname = 	NULL;
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+    if (allGNs == NULL)
+	allGNs = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+    Lst_AtEnd(allGNs, gn);
+#endif
+
+    return (gn);
+}
+
+#ifdef CLEANUP
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargFreeGN  --
+ *	Destroy a GNode
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+TargFreeGN(void *gnp)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+
+    free(gn->name);
+    if (gn->uname)
+	free(gn->uname);
+    if (gn->path)
+	free(gn->path);
+    /* gn->fname points to name allocated when file was opened, don't free */
+
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->iParents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->cohorts, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->parents, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->children, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_succ, NULL);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->order_pred, NULL);
+    Hash_DeleteTable(&gn->context);
+    Lst_Destroy(gn->commands, NULL);
+    free(gn);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FindNode  --
+ *	Find a node in the list using the given name for matching
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		the name to find
+ *	flags		flags governing events when target not
+ *			found
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The node in the list if it was. If it wasn't, return NULL of
+ *	flags was TARG_NOCREATE or the newly created and initialized node
+ *	if it was TARG_CREATE
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Sometimes a node is created and added to the list
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+GNode *
+Targ_FindNode(const char *name, int flags)
+{
+    GNode         *gn;	      /* node in that element */
+    Hash_Entry	  *he = NULL; /* New or used hash entry for node */
+    Boolean	  isNew;      /* Set TRUE if Hash_CreateEntry had to create */
+			      /* an entry for the node */
+
+    if (!(flags & (TARG_CREATE | TARG_NOHASH))) {
+	he = Hash_FindEntry(&targets, name);
+	if (he == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+	return (GNode *)Hash_GetValue(he);
+    }
+
+    if (!(flags & TARG_NOHASH)) {
+	he = Hash_CreateEntry(&targets, name, &isNew);
+	if (!isNew)
+	    return (GNode *)Hash_GetValue(he);
+    }
+
+    gn = Targ_NewGN(name);
+    if (!(flags & TARG_NOHASH))
+	Hash_SetValue(he, gn);
+    Var_Append(".ALLTARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    (void)Lst_AtEnd(allTargets, gn);
+    if (doing_depend)
+	gn->flags |= FROM_DEPEND;
+    return gn;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FindList --
+ *	Make a complete list of GNodes from the given list of names
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		list of names to find
+ *	flags		flags used if no node is found for a given name
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A complete list of graph nodes corresponding to all instances of all
+ *	the names in names.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If flags is TARG_CREATE, nodes will be created for all names in
+ *	names which do not yet have graph nodes. If flags is TARG_NOCREATE,
+ *	an error message will be printed for each name which can't be found.
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Lst
+Targ_FindList(Lst names, int flags)
+{
+    Lst            nodes;	/* result list */
+    LstNode	   ln;		/* name list element */
+    GNode	   *gn;		/* node in tLn */
+    char    	   *name;
+
+    nodes = Lst_Init(FALSE);
+
+    if (Lst_Open(names) == FAILURE) {
+	return (nodes);
+    }
+    while ((ln = Lst_Next(names)) != NULL) {
+	name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln);
+	gn = Targ_FindNode(name, flags);
+	if (gn != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Note: Lst_AtEnd must come before the Lst_Concat so the nodes
+	     * are added to the list in the order in which they were
+	     * encountered in the makefile.
+	     */
+	    (void)Lst_AtEnd(nodes, gn);
+	} else if (flags == TARG_NOCREATE) {
+	    Error("\"%s\" -- target unknown.", name);
+	}
+    }
+    Lst_Close(names);
+    return (nodes);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Ignore  --
+ *	Return true if should ignore errors when creating gn
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		node to check for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if should ignore errors
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Ignore(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (ignoreErrors || gn->type & OP_IGNORE) {
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	return (FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Silent  --
+ *	Return true if be silent when creating gn
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		node to check for
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if should be silent
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Silent(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (beSilent || gn->type & OP_SILENT) {
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	return (FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Precious --
+ *	See if the given target is precious
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		the node to check
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it is precious. FALSE otherwise
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Targ_Precious(GNode *gn)
+{
+    if (allPrecious || (gn->type & (OP_PRECIOUS|OP_DOUBLEDEP))) {
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	return (FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/******************* DEBUG INFO PRINTING ****************/
+
+static GNode	  *mainTarg;	/* the main target, as set by Targ_SetMain */
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_SetMain --
+ *	Set our idea of the main target we'll be creating. Used for
+ *	debugging output.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gn		The main target we'll create
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	"mainTarg" is set to the main target's node.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_SetMain(GNode *gn)
+{
+    mainTarg = gn;
+}
+
+static int
+TargPrintName(void *gnp, void *pflags MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%s%s ", gn->name, gn->cohort_num);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+Targ_PrintCmd(void *cmd, void *dummy)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\t%s\n", (char *)cmd);
+    return (dummy ? 0 : 0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_FmtTime --
+ *	Format a modification time in some reasonable way and return it.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The time reformatted.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The time is placed in a static area, so it is overwritten
+ *	with each call.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Targ_FmtTime(time_t tm)
+{
+    struct tm	  	*parts;
+    static char	  	buf[128];
+
+    parts = localtime(&tm);
+    (void)strftime(buf, sizeof buf, "%k:%M:%S %b %d, %Y", parts);
+    return(buf);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_PrintType --
+ *	Print out a type field giving only those attributes the user can
+ *	set.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_PrintType(int type)
+{
+    int    tbit;
+
+#define PRINTBIT(attr)	case CONCAT(OP_,attr): fprintf(debug_file, "." #attr " "); break
+#define PRINTDBIT(attr) case CONCAT(OP_,attr): if (DEBUG(TARG))fprintf(debug_file, "." #attr " "); break
+
+    type &= ~OP_OPMASK;
+
+    while (type) {
+	tbit = 1 << (ffs(type) - 1);
+	type &= ~tbit;
+
+	switch(tbit) {
+	    PRINTBIT(OPTIONAL);
+	    PRINTBIT(USE);
+	    PRINTBIT(EXEC);
+	    PRINTBIT(IGNORE);
+	    PRINTBIT(PRECIOUS);
+	    PRINTBIT(SILENT);
+	    PRINTBIT(MAKE);
+	    PRINTBIT(JOIN);
+	    PRINTBIT(INVISIBLE);
+	    PRINTBIT(NOTMAIN);
+	    PRINTDBIT(LIB);
+	    /*XXX: MEMBER is defined, so CONCAT(OP_,MEMBER) gives OP_"%" */
+	    case OP_MEMBER: if (DEBUG(TARG))fprintf(debug_file, ".MEMBER "); break;
+	    PRINTDBIT(ARCHV);
+	    PRINTDBIT(MADE);
+	    PRINTDBIT(PHONY);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static const char *
+made_name(enum enum_made made)
+{
+    switch (made) {
+    case UNMADE:     return "unmade";
+    case DEFERRED:   return "deferred";
+    case REQUESTED:  return "requested";
+    case BEINGMADE:  return "being made";
+    case MADE:       return "made";
+    case UPTODATE:   return "up-to-date";
+    case ERROR:      return "error when made";
+    case ABORTED:    return "aborted";
+    default:         return "unknown enum_made value";
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPrintNode --
+ *	print the contents of a node
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int
+Targ_PrintNode(void *gnp, void *passp)
+{
+    GNode         *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    int	    	  pass = passp ? *(int *)passp : 0;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "# %s%s, flags %x, type %x, made %d\n",
+	    gn->name, gn->cohort_num, gn->flags, gn->type, gn->made);
+    if (gn->flags == 0)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (!OP_NOP(gn->type)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "#\n");
+	if (gn == mainTarg) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# *** MAIN TARGET ***\n");
+	}
+	if (pass >= 2) {
+	    if (gn->unmade) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# %d unmade children\n", gn->unmade);
+	    } else {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# No unmade children\n");
+	    }
+	    if (! (gn->type & (OP_JOIN|OP_USE|OP_USEBEFORE|OP_EXEC))) {
+		if (gn->mtime != 0) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "# last modified %s: %s\n",
+			      Targ_FmtTime(gn->mtime),
+			      made_name(gn->made));
+		} else if (gn->made != UNMADE) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "# non-existent (maybe): %s\n",
+			      made_name(gn->made));
+		} else {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "# unmade\n");
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->iParents)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# implicit parents: ");
+		Lst_ForEach(gn->iParents, TargPrintName, NULL);
+		fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if (gn->unmade)
+		fprintf(debug_file, "# %d unmade children\n", gn->unmade);
+	}
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->parents)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# parents: ");
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->parents, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->order_pred)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# order_pred: ");
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->order_pred, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+	if (!Lst_IsEmpty (gn->order_succ)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "# order_succ: ");
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->order_succ, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	}
+
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s", gn->name);
+	switch (gn->type & OP_OPMASK) {
+	    case OP_DEPENDS:
+		fprintf(debug_file, ": "); break;
+	    case OP_FORCE:
+		fprintf(debug_file, "! "); break;
+	    case OP_DOUBLEDEP:
+		fprintf(debug_file, ":: "); break;
+	}
+	Targ_PrintType(gn->type);
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->children, TargPrintName, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, Targ_PrintCmd, NULL);
+	fprintf(debug_file, "\n\n");
+	if (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) {
+	    Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, Targ_PrintNode, &pass);
+	}
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPrintOnlySrc --
+ *	Print only those targets that are just a source.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The name of each file is printed preceded by #\t
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPrintOnlySrc(void *gnp, void *dummy MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode   	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+    if (!OP_NOP(gn->type))
+	return 0;
+
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\t%s [%s] ",
+	    gn->name, gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name);
+    Targ_PrintType(gn->type);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_PrintGraph --
+ *	print the entire graph. heh heh
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	pass		Which pass this is. 1 => no processing
+ *			2 => processing done
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	lots o' output
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_PrintGraph(int pass)
+{
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Input graph:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(allTargets, Targ_PrintNode, &pass);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n\n");
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#\n#   Files that are only sources:\n");
+    Lst_ForEach(allTargets, TargPrintOnlySrc, NULL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Global Variables:\n");
+    Var_Dump(VAR_GLOBAL);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "#*** Command-line Variables:\n");
+    Var_Dump(VAR_CMD);
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    Dir_PrintDirectories();
+    fprintf(debug_file, "\n");
+    Suff_PrintAll();
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPropagateNode --
+ *	Propagate information from a single node to related nodes if
+ *	appropriate.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	gnp		The node that we are processing.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0, for the benefit of Lst_ForEach().
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Information is propagated from this node to cohort or child
+ *	nodes.
+ *
+ *	If the node was defined with "::", then TargPropagateCohort()
+ *	will be called for each cohort node.
+ *
+ *	If the node has recursive predecessors, then
+ *	TargPropagateRecpred() will be called for each recursive
+ *	predecessor.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPropagateNode(void *gnp, void *junk MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+    GNode	  *gn = (GNode *)gnp;
+
+    if (gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP)
+	Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, TargPropagateCohort, gnp);
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TargPropagateCohort --
+ *	Propagate some bits in the type mask from a node to
+ *	a related cohort node.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	cnp		The node that we are processing.
+ *	gnp		Another node that has cnp as a cohort.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Always returns 0, for the benefit of Lst_ForEach().
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	cnp's type bitmask is modified to incorporate some of the
+ *	bits from gnp's type bitmask.  (XXX need a better explanation.)
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static int
+TargPropagateCohort(void *cgnp, void *pgnp)
+{
+    GNode	  *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp;
+    GNode	  *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp;
+
+    cgn->type |= pgn->type & ~OP_OPMASK;
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Targ_Propagate --
+ *	Propagate information between related nodes.  Should be called
+ *	after the makefiles are parsed but before any action is taken.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	none
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Information is propagated between related nodes throughout the
+ *	graph.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Targ_Propagate(void)
+{
+    Lst_ForEach(allTargets, TargPropagateNode, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/trace.c b/trace.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..267177f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/trace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Bill Sommerfeld
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: trace.c,v 1.11 2008/12/28 18:31:51 christos Exp $");
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * trace.c --
+ *	handle logging of trace events generated by various parts of make.
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Trace_Init		Initialize tracing (called once during
+ *				the lifetime of the process)
+ *
+ *	Trace_End		Finalize tracing (called before make exits)
+ *
+ *	Trace_Log		Log an event about a particular make job.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "make.h"
+#include "job.h"
+#include "trace.h"
+
+static FILE *trfile;
+static pid_t trpid;
+char *trwd;
+
+static const char *evname[] = {
+	"BEG",
+	"END",
+	"ERR",
+	"JOB",
+	"DON",
+	"INT",
+};
+
+void
+Trace_Init(const char *pathname)
+{
+	char *p1;
+	if (pathname != NULL) {
+		trpid = getpid();
+		trwd = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1);
+
+		trfile = fopen(pathname, "a");
+	}
+}
+
+void
+Trace_Log(TrEvent event, Job *job)
+{
+	struct timeval rightnow;
+	
+	if (trfile == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL);
+
+	fprintf(trfile, "%lld.%06ld %d %s %d %s",
+	    (long long)rightnow.tv_sec, (long)rightnow.tv_usec,
+	    jobTokensRunning,
+	    evname[event], trpid, trwd);
+	if (job != NULL) {
+		fprintf(trfile, " %s %d %x %x", job->node->name,
+		    job->pid, job->flags, job->node->type);
+	}
+	fputc('\n', trfile);
+	fflush(trfile);
+}
+
+void
+Trace_End(void)
+{
+	if (trfile != NULL)
+		fclose(trfile);
+}
diff --git a/trace.h b/trace.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc0fc6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/trace.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: trace.h,v 1.3 2008/04/28 20:24:14 martin Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Bill Sommerfeld
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*-
+ * trace.h --
+ *	Definitions pertaining to the tracing of jobs in parallel mode.
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+	MAKESTART,
+	MAKEEND,
+	MAKEERROR,
+	JOBSTART,
+	JOBEND,
+	MAKEINTR
+} TrEvent;
+
+void Trace_Init(const char *);
+void Trace_Log(TrEvent, Job *);
+void Trace_End(void);
+
diff --git a/unit-tests/Makefile.in b/unit-tests/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfd29b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.42 2013/03/23 02:31:13 sjg Exp $
+#
+# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.36 2013/03/22 16:36:46 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Unit tests for make(1)
+# The main targets are:
+# 
+# all:	run all the tests
+# test:	run 'all', capture output and compare to expected results
+# accept: move generated output to expected results
+#
+# Adding a test case.  
+# Each feature should get its own set of tests in its own suitably
+# named makefile which should be added to SUBFILES to hook it in.
+# 
+
+srcdir= @srcdir@
+
+.MAIN: all
+
+UNIT_TESTS:= ${srcdir}
+
+# Simple sub-makefiles - we run them as a black box
+# keep the list sorted.
+SUBFILES= \
+	comment \
+	cond1 \
+	error \
+	export \
+	export-all \
+	export-env \
+	doterror \
+	dotwait \
+	forloop \
+	forsubst \
+	hash \
+	misc \
+	moderrs \
+	modmatch \
+	modmisc \
+	modorder \
+	modts \
+	modword \
+	order \
+	phony-end \
+	posix \
+	qequals \
+	sysv \
+	ternary \
+	unexport \
+	unexport-env \
+	varcmd
+
+all: ${SUBFILES}
+
+flags.doterror=
+flags.order=-j1
+
+# the tests are actually done with sub-makes.
+.PHONY: ${SUBFILES}
+.PRECIOUS: ${SUBFILES}
+${SUBFILES}:
+	-@${.MAKE} ${flags.$@:U-k} -f ${UNIT_TESTS}/$@
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.out *.fail *.core
+
+.-include <obj.mk>
+
+TEST_MAKE?= ${.MAKE}
+TOOL_SED?= sed
+TOOL_TR?= tr
+TOOL_DIFF?= diff
+DIFF_FLAGS?= @diff_u@
+
+.if defined(.PARSEDIR)
+# ensure consistent results from sort(1)
+LC_ALL= C
+LANG= C
+.export LANG LC_ALL
+.endif
+
+# The driver.
+# We always pretend .MAKE was called 'make' 
+# and strip ${.CURDIR}/ from the output
+# and replace anything after 'stopped in' with unit-tests
+# so the results can be compared.
+test:
+	@echo "${TEST_MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} > ${.TARGET}.out 2>&1"
+	@cd ${.OBJDIR} && ${TEST_MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} 2>&1 | \
+	${TOOL_TR} -d '\015' | \
+	${TOOL_SED} -e 's,^${TEST_MAKE:T:C/\./\\\./g}:,make:,' \
+	-e '/stopped/s, /.*, unit-tests,' \
+	-e 's,${.CURDIR:C/\./\\\./g}/,,g' \
+	-e 's,${UNIT_TESTS:C/\./\\\./g}/,,g' > ${.TARGET}.out || { \
+	tail ${.TARGET}.out; mv ${.TARGET}.out ${.TARGET}.fail; exit 1; }
+	${TOOL_DIFF} ${DIFF_FLAGS} ${UNIT_TESTS}/${.TARGET}.exp ${.TARGET}.out
+
+accept:
+	mv test.out ${srcdir}/test.exp
+
diff --git a/unit-tests/comment b/unit-tests/comment
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dd7dbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/comment
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# This is a comment
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == something
+FOO=bar
+.endif
+
+#\
+	Multiline comment
+
+BAR=# defined
+FOOBAR= # defined 
+
+# This is an escaped comment \
+that keeps going until the end of this line
+
+# Another escaped comment \
+that \
+goes \
+on
+
+# This is NOT an escaped comment due to the double backslashes \\
+all: hi foo bar
+	@echo comment testing done
+
+hi:
+	@echo comment testing start
+
+foo:
+	@echo this is $@
+
+bar:
+	@echo This is how a comment looks: '# comment'
diff --git a/unit-tests/cond1 b/unit-tests/cond1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c877c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/cond1
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+# $Id: cond1,v 1.1.1.3 2011/03/06 00:04:58 sjg Exp $
+
+# hard code these!
+TEST_UNAME_S= NetBSD
+TEST_UNAME_M= sparc
+TEST_MACHINE= i386
+
+.if ${TEST_UNAME_S}
+Ok=var,
+.endif
+.if ("${TEST_UNAME_S}")
+Ok+=(\"var\"),
+.endif
+.if (${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE})
+Ok+=(var != var),
+.endif
+.if ${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE}
+Ok+= var != var,
+.endif
+.if !((${TEST_UNAME_M} != ${TEST_MACHINE}) && defined(X))
+Ok+= !((var != var) && defined(name)),
+.endif
+# from bsd.obj.mk
+MKOBJ?=no
+.if ${MKOBJ} == "no"
+o= no
+Ok+= var == "quoted",
+.else
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(norMAKEOBJDIR)
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX)
+o=${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${__curdir}
+.else
+o= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.endif
+o= o
+.endif
+
+# repeat the above to check we get the same result
+.if ${MKOBJ} == "no"
+o2= no
+.else
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX) || defined(norMAKEOBJDIR)
+.if defined(notMAKEOBJDIRPREFIX)
+o2=${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${__curdir}
+.else
+o2= ${MAKEOBJDIR}
+.endif
+.endif
+o2= o
+.endif
+
+PRIMES=2 3 5 7 11
+NUMBERS=1 2 3 4 5
+
+n=2
+.if ${PRIMES:M$n} == ""
+X=not
+.else
+X=
+.endif
+
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == no-such
+A=one
+.else
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == not-this
+.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == something-else
+A=unlikely
+.else
+A=no
+.endif
+.endif
+A=other
+# We expect an extra else warning - we're not skipping here
+.else
+A=this should be an error
+.endif
+
+.if $X != ""
+.if $X == not
+B=one
+.else
+B=other
+# We expect an extra else warning - we are skipping here
+.else
+B=this should be an error
+.endif
+.else
+B=unknown
+.endif
+
+.if "quoted" == quoted
+C=clever
+.else
+C=dim
+.endif
+
+.if defined(nosuch) && ${nosuch:Mx} != ""
+# this should not happen
+.info nosuch is x
+.endif
+
+all:
+	@echo "$n is $X prime"
+	@echo "A='$A' B='$B' C='$C' o='$o,${o2}'"
+	@echo "Passed:${.newline} ${Ok:S/,/${.newline}/}"
+	@echo "${NUMBERS:@n@$n is ${("${PRIMES:M$n}" == ""):?not:} prime${.newline}@}"
+	@echo "${"${DoNotQuoteHere:U0}" > 0:?OK:No}"
+	@echo "${${NoSuchNumber:U42} > 0:?OK:No}"
diff --git a/unit-tests/doterror b/unit-tests/doterror
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75d8920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/doterror
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# $Id: doterror,v 1.1.1.1 2010/04/08 17:43:00 sjg Exp $
+
+
+.BEGIN:
+	@echo At first, I am
+
+.END:
+	@echo not reached
+
+.ERROR:
+	@echo "$@: Looks like '${.ERROR_TARGET}' is upset."
+
+all:	happy sad
+
+happy:
+	@echo $@
+
+sad:
+	@echo and now: $@; exit 1
+
diff --git a/unit-tests/dotwait b/unit-tests/dotwait
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43706af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/dotwait
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# $NetBSD: dotwait,v 1.1 2006/02/26 22:45:46 apb Exp $
+
+THISMAKEFILE:= ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
+
+TESTS= simple recursive shared cycle
+PAUSE= sleep 1
+
+# Use a .for loop rather than dependencies here, to ensure
+# that the tests are run one by one, with parallelism
+# only within tests.
+# Ignore "--- target ---" lines printed by parallel make.
+all:
+.for t in ${TESTS}
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${THISMAKEFILE} -j4 $t | grep -v "^--- "
+.endfor
+
+#
+# Within each test, the names of the sub-targets follow these
+# conventions:
+# * If it's expected that two or more targets may be made in parallel,
+#   then the target names will differ only in an alphabetic component
+#   such as ".a" or ".b".
+# * If it's expected that two or more targets should be made in sequence
+#   then the target names will differ in numeric components, such that
+#   lexical ordering of the target names matches the expected order
+#   in which the targets should be made.
+#
+# Targets may echo ${PARALLEL_TARG} to print a modified version
+# of their own name, in which alphabetic components like ".a" or ".b"
+# are converted to ".*".  Two targets that are expected to
+# be made in parallel will thus print the same strings, so that the
+# output is independent of the order in which these targets are made.
+#
+PARALLEL_TARG= ${.TARGET:C/\.[a-z]/.*/g:Q}
+.DEFAULT:
+	@echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}; ${PAUSE}; echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}
+_ECHOUSE: .USE
+	@echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}; ${PAUSE}; echo ${PARALLEL_TARG}
+
+# simple: no recursion, no cycles
+simple: simple.1 .WAIT simple.2
+
+# recursive: all children of the left hand side of the .WAIT
+# must be made before any child of the right hand side.
+recursive: recursive.1.99 .WAIT recursive.2.99
+recursive.1.99: recursive.1.1.a recursive.1.1.b _ECHOUSE
+recursive.2.99: recursive.2.1.a recursive.2.1.b _ECHOUSE
+
+# shared: both shared.1.99 and shared.2.99 depend on shared.0.
+# shared.0 must be made first, even though it is a child of
+# the right hand side of the .WAIT.
+shared: shared.1.99 .WAIT shared.2.99
+shared.1.99: shared.0 _ECHOUSE
+shared.2.99: shared.2.1 shared.0 _ECHOUSE
+
+# cycle: the cyclic dependency must not cause infinite recursion
+# leading to stack overflow and a crash.
+cycle: cycle.1.99 .WAIT cycle.2.99
+cycle.2.99: cycle.2.98 _ECHOUSE
+cycle.2.98: cycle.2.97 _ECHOUSE
+cycle.2.97: cycle.2.99 _ECHOUSE
diff --git a/unit-tests/error b/unit-tests/error
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0a1403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/error
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# $Id: error,v 1.1.1.2 2010/05/24 23:36:03 sjg Exp $
+
+.info just FYI
+.warning this could be serious
+.error this is fatal
+
+all:
+
+.info.html:
+	@echo this should be ignored
diff --git a/unit-tests/export b/unit-tests/export
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e2ad95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/export
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# $Id: export,v 1.1.1.1 2007/10/08 20:30:12 sjg Exp $
+
+UT_TEST=export
+UT_FOO=foo${BAR}
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+UT_NO=all
+# belive it or not, we expect this one to come out with $UT_FU unexpanded.
+UT_DOLLAR= This is $$UT_FU
+
+.export UT_FU UT_FOO
+.export UT_DOLLAR
+# this one will be ignored
+.export .MAKE.PID
+
+BAR=bar is ${UT_FU}
+
+.MAKE.EXPORTED+= UT_ZOO UT_TEST
+
+all:
+	@env | grep '^UT_' | sort
+
diff --git a/unit-tests/export-all b/unit-tests/export-all
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a243fe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/export-all
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# $Id: export-all,v 1.1.1.2 2010/04/21 04:26:14 sjg Exp $
+
+UT_OK=good
+UT_F=fine
+
+# the old way to do :tA
+M_tAbad = C,.*,cd & \&\& 'pwd',:sh
+# the new
+M_tA = tA
+
+here := ${.PARSEDIR}
+
+# this will cause trouble (recursing if we let it)
+UT_BADDIR = ${${here}/../${here:T}:L:${M_tAbad}:T}
+# this will be ok
+UT_OKDIR = ${${here}/../${here:T}:L:${M_tA}:T}
+
+.export
+
+.include "export"
+
+UT_TEST=export-all
+UT_ALL=even this gets exported
diff --git a/unit-tests/export-env b/unit-tests/export-env
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6ce6a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/export-env
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# $Id: export-env,v 1.1.1.1 2013/03/23 02:26:59 sjg Exp $
+
+# our normal .export, subsequent changes affect the environment
+UT_TEST=this
+.export UT_TEST
+UT_TEST:= ${.PARSEFILE}
+
+# not so with .export-env
+UT_ENV=exported
+.export-env UT_ENV
+UT_ENV=not-exported
+
+# gmake style export goes further; affects nothing but the environment
+UT_EXP=before-export
+export UT_EXP=exported
+UT_EXP=not-exported
+
+all:
+	@echo make:; ${UT_TEST UT_ENV UT_EXP:L:@v@echo $v=${$v};@}
+	@echo env:; ${UT_TEST UT_ENV UT_EXP:L:@v@echo $v=$${$v};@}
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/unit-tests/forloop b/unit-tests/forloop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b50e66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/forloop
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# $Id: forloop,v 1.1.1.1 2012/06/19 23:30:49 sjg Exp $
+
+all: for-loop
+
+LIST = one "two and three" four "five"
+
+.if make(for-fail)
+for-fail:
+
+XTRA_LIST = xtra
+.else
+
+.for x in ${LIST}
+X!= echo 'x=$x' >&2; echo
+.endfor
+
+CFL = -I/this -I"This or that" -Ithat "-DTHIS=\"this and that\""
+cfl=
+.for x in ${CFL}
+X!= echo 'x=$x' >&2; echo
+.if empty(cfl)
+cfl= $x
+.else
+cfl+= $x
+.endif
+.endfor
+X!= echo 'cfl=${cfl}' >&2; echo
+
+.if ${cfl} != ${CFL}
+.error ${.newline}'${cfl}' != ${.newline}'${CFL}'
+.endif
+
+.for a b in ${EMPTY}
+X!= echo 'a=$a b=$b' >&2; echo
+.endfor
+.endif
+
+.for a b in ${LIST} ${LIST:tu} ${XTRA_LIST}
+X!= echo 'a=$a b=$b' >&2; echo
+.endfor
+
+for-loop:
+	@echo We expect an error next:
+	@(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} for-fail) && \
+	{ echo "Oops that should have failed!"; exit 1; } || echo OK
diff --git a/unit-tests/forsubst b/unit-tests/forsubst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3a7de1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/forsubst
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# $Id: forsubst,v 1.1.1.1 2009/10/07 18:53:35 sjg Exp $
+
+all: for-subst
+
+here := ${.PARSEDIR}
+# this should not run foul of the parser
+.for file in ${.PARSEFILE}
+for-subst:	  ${file:S;^;${here}/;g}
+	@echo ".for with :S;... OK"
+.endfor
diff --git a/unit-tests/hash b/unit-tests/hash
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ed84e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/hash
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+STR1=
+STR2=	a
+STR3=	ab
+STR4=	abc
+STR5=	abcd
+STR6=	abcde
+STR7=	abcdef
+STR8=	abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+
+all:
+	@echo ${STR1:hash}
+	@echo ${STR2:hash}
+	@echo ${STR3:hash}
+	@echo ${STR4:hash}
+	@echo ${STR5:hash}
+	@echo ${STR6:hash}
+	@echo ${STR7:hash}
+	@echo ${STR8:hash}
diff --git a/unit-tests/misc b/unit-tests/misc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ba3655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/misc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# $Id: misc,v 1.1.1.1 2011/03/06 00:04:58 sjg Exp $
+
+.if !exists(${.CURDIR}/)
+.warning ${.CURDIR}/ doesn't exist ?
+.endif
+
+.if !exists(${.CURDIR}/.)
+.warning ${.CURDIR}/. doesn't exist ?
+.endif
+
+.if !exists(${.CURDIR}/..)
+.warning ${.CURDIR}/.. doesn't exist ?
+.endif
+
+all:
+	@: all is well
diff --git a/unit-tests/moderrs b/unit-tests/moderrs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8f78ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/moderrs
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# $Id: moderrs,v 1.2 2006/05/11 18:53:39 sjg Exp $
+#
+# various modifier error tests
+
+VAR=TheVariable
+# incase we have to change it ;-)
+MOD_UNKN=Z
+MOD_TERM=S,V,v
+MOD_S:= ${MOD_TERM},
+
+all:	modunkn modunknV varterm vartermV modtermV
+
+modunkn:
+	@echo "Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'"
+	@echo "VAR:Z=${VAR:Z}"
+
+modunknV:
+	@echo "Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'"
+	@echo "VAR:${MOD_UNKN}=${VAR:${MOD_UNKN}}"
+
+varterm:
+	@echo "Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR"
+	@echo VAR:S,V,v,=${VAR:S,V,v,
+
+vartermV:
+	@echo "Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR"
+	@echo VAR:${MOD_TERM},=${VAR:${MOD_S}
+
+modtermV:
+	@echo "Expect: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)"
+	-@echo "VAR:${MOD_TERM}=${VAR:${MOD_TERM}}"
diff --git a/unit-tests/modmatch b/unit-tests/modmatch
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48a1bef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/modmatch
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+X=a b c d e
+
+.for x in $X
+LIB${x:tu}=/tmp/lib$x.a
+.endfor
+
+X_LIBS= ${LIBA} ${LIBD} ${LIBE}
+
+LIB?=a
+
+var = head
+res = no
+.if !empty(var:M${:Uhead\:tail:C/:.*//})
+res = OK
+.endif
+
+all:
+	@for x in $X; do ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} show LIB=$$x; done
+	@echo "Mscanner=${res}"
+
+show:
+	@echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M$${LIB$${LIB:tu}} is "${X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}}}"'
+	@echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M*/lib$${LIB}.a is "${X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a}"'
+	@echo 'LIB=${LIB} X_LIBS:M*/lib$${LIB}.a:tu is "${X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu}"'
diff --git a/unit-tests/modmisc b/unit-tests/modmisc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d562e46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/modmisc
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# $Id: modmisc,v 1.1.1.5 2011/04/11 15:10:32 sjg Exp $
+#
+# miscellaneous modifier tests
+
+# do not put any dirs in this list which exist on some
+# but not all target systems - an exists() check is below.
+path=:/bin:/tmp::/:.:/no/such/dir:.
+# strip cwd from path.
+MOD_NODOT=S/:/ /g:N.:ts:
+# and decorate, note that $'s need to be doubled. Also note that 
+# the modifier_variable can be used with other modifiers.
+MOD_NODOTX=S/:/ /g:N.:@d@'$$d'@
+# another mod - pretend it is more interesting
+MOD_HOMES=S,/home/,/homes/,
+MOD_OPT=@d@$${exists($$d):?$$d:$${d:S,/usr,/opt,}}@
+MOD_SEP=S,:, ,g
+
+all:	modvar modvarloop modsysv
+
+modsysv:
+	@echo "The answer is ${libfoo.a:L:libfoo.a=42}"
+
+modvar:
+	@echo "path='${path}'"
+	@echo "path='${path:${MOD_NODOT}}'"
+	@echo "path='${path:S,home,homes,:${MOD_NODOT}}'"
+	@echo "path=${path:${MOD_NODOTX}:ts:}"
+	@echo "path=${path:${MOD_HOMES}:${MOD_NODOTX}:ts:}"
+
+.for d in ${path:${MOD_SEP}:N.} /usr/xbin
+path_$d?= ${d:${MOD_OPT}:${MOD_HOMES}}/
+paths+= ${d:${MOD_OPT}:${MOD_HOMES}}
+.endfor
+
+modvarloop:
+	@echo "path_/usr/xbin=${path_/usr/xbin}"
+	@echo "paths=${paths}"
+	@echo "PATHS=${paths:tu}"
diff --git a/unit-tests/modorder b/unit-tests/modorder
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68b66fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/modorder
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# $NetBSD: modorder,v 1.2 2007/10/05 15:27:46 sjg Exp $
+
+LIST=		one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
+LISTX=		${LIST:Ox}
+LISTSX:=	${LIST:Ox}
+TEST_RESULT= && echo Ok || echo Failed
+
+# unit-tests have to produce the same results on each run
+# so we cannot actually include :Ox output.
+all:
+	@echo "LIST      = ${LIST}"
+	@echo "LIST:O    = ${LIST:O}"
+	# Note that 1 in every 10! trials two independently generated
+	# randomized orderings will be the same.  The test framework doesn't
+	# support checking probabilistic output, so we accept that the test
+	# will incorrectly fail with probability 2.8E-7.
+	@echo "LIST:Ox   = `test '${LIST:Ox}' != '${LIST:Ox}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "LIST:O:Ox = `test '${LIST:O:Ox}' != '${LIST:O:Ox}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "LISTX     = `test '${LISTX}' != '${LISTX}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "LISTSX    = `test '${LISTSX}' = '${LISTSX}' ${TEST_RESULT}`"
+	@echo "BADMOD 1  = ${LIST:OX}"
+	@echo "BADMOD 2  = ${LIST:OxXX}"
diff --git a/unit-tests/modts b/unit-tests/modts
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..616bd89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/modts
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+
+LIST= one two three
+LIST+= four five six
+
+FU_mod-ts = a / b / cool
+
+AAA= a a a
+B.aaa= Baaa
+
+all:   mod-ts
+
+# Use print or printf iff they are builtin.
+# XXX note that this causes problems, when make decides 
+# there is no need to use a shell, so avoid where possible.
+.if ${type print 2> /dev/null || echo:L:sh:Mbuiltin} != ""
+PRINT= print -r --
+.elif ${type printf 2> /dev/null || echo:L:sh:Mbuiltin} != ""
+PRINT= printf '%s\n'
+.else
+PRINT= echo
+.endif
+
+mod-ts:
+	@echo 'LIST="${LIST}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts,="${LIST:ts,}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts/:tu="${LIST:ts/:tu}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts::tu="${LIST:ts::tu}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts:tu="${LIST:ts:tu}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tu:ts/="${LIST:tu:ts/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts:="${LIST:ts:}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts="${LIST:ts}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts:S/two/2/="${LIST:ts:S/two/2/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:S/two/2/:ts="${LIST:S/two/2/:ts}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:ts/:S/two/2/="${LIST:ts/:S/two/2/}"'
+	@echo "Pretend the '/' in '/n' etc. below are back-slashes."
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/n="${LIST:ts\n}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/t="${LIST:ts\t}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/012:tu="${LIST:ts\012:tu}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:tx="${LIST:tx}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'LIST:ts/x:tu="${LIST:ts\x:tu}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'FU_$@="${FU_${@:ts}:ts}"'
+	@${PRINT} 'FU_$@:ts:T="${FU_${@:ts}:ts:T}" == cool?'
+	@${PRINT} 'B.$${AAA:ts}="${B.${AAA:ts}}" == Baaa?'
diff --git a/unit-tests/modword b/unit-tests/modword
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39355d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/modword
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+# $Id: modword,v 1.1.1.1 2003/09/28 17:01:48 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Test behaviour of new :[] modifier
+
+all: mod-squarebrackets mod-S-W mod-C-W mod-tW-tw
+
+LIST= one two three
+LIST+= four five six
+LONGLIST= 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
+
+EMPTY= # the space should be ignored
+ESCAPEDSPACE=\ # escaped space before the '#'
+REALLYSPACE:=${EMPTY:C/^/ /W}
+HASH= \#
+AT= @
+STAR= *
+ZERO= 0
+ONE= 1
+MINUSONE= -1
+
+mod-squarebrackets: mod-squarebrackets-0-star-at \
+	mod-squarebrackets-hash \
+	mod-squarebrackets-n \
+	mod-squarebrackets-start-end \
+	mod-squarebrackets-nested
+
+mod-squarebrackets-0-star-at:
+	@echo 'LIST:[]="${LIST:[]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]="${LIST:[0]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0x0]="${LIST:[0x0]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[000]="${LIST:[000]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]="${LIST:[*]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]="${LIST:[@]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/="${LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-hash:
+	@echo 'EMPTY="${EMPTY}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:[#]="${EMPTY:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE="${ESCAPEDSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]="${ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE="${REALLYSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE:[#]="${REALLYSPACE:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[#]="${LIST:[#]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[#]="${LIST:[0]:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[#]="${LIST:[*]:[#]}" == 1 ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[#]="${LIST:[@]:[#]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1]:[#]="${LIST:[1]:[#]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..3]:[#]="${LIST:[1..3]:[#]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-n:
+	@echo 'EMPTY:[1]="${EMPTY:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE="${ESCAPEDSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]="${ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE="${REALLYSPACE}"'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE:[1]="${REALLYSPACE:[1]}" == "" ?'
+	@echo 'REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]="${REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]}" == " " ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1]="${LIST:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1.]="${LIST:[1.]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1].="${LIST:[1].}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[2]="${LIST:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[6]="${LIST:[6]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[7]="${LIST:[7]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[999]="${LIST:[999]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-]="${LIST:[-]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[--]="${LIST:[--]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-1]="${LIST:[-1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-2]="${LIST:[-2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-6]="${LIST:[-6]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-7]="${LIST:[-7]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-999]="${LIST:[-999]}"'
+	@echo 'LONGLIST:[17]="${LONGLIST:[17]}"'
+	@echo 'LONGLIST:[0x11]="${LONGLIST:[0x11]}"'
+	@echo 'LONGLIST:[021]="${LONGLIST:[021]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[1]="${LIST:[0]:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[1]="${LIST:[*]:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[1]="${LIST:[@]:[1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0]:[2]="${LIST:[0]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[@]:[2]="${LIST:[@]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]="${LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-start-end:
+	@echo 'LIST:[1.]="${LIST:[1.]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..]="${LIST:[1..]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..1]="${LIST:[1..1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..1.]="${LIST:[1..1.]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[1..2]="${LIST:[1..2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[2..1]="${LIST:[2..1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[3..-2]="${LIST:[3..-2]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-4..4]="${LIST:[-4..4]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0..1]="${LIST:[0..1]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-1..0]="${LIST:[-1..0]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-1..1]="${LIST:[-1..1]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[0..0]="${LIST:[0..0]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[3..99]="${LIST:[3..99]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-3..-99]="${LIST:[-3..-99]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[-99..-3]="${LIST:[-99..-3]}"'
+
+mod-squarebrackets-nested:
+	@echo 'HASH="${HASH}" == "#" ?'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${HASH}]="${LIST:[${HASH}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${ZERO}]="${LIST:[${ZERO}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${ZERO}x$${ONE}]="${LIST:[${ZERO}x${ONE}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${ONE}]="${LIST:[${ONE}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${MINUSONE}]="${LIST:[${MINUSONE}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${STAR}]="${LIST:[${STAR}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${AT}]="${LIST:[${AT}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${EMPTY}]="${LIST:[${EMPTY}]}" is an error'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]="${LIST:[${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${LIST:[#]}]="${LIST:[${LIST:[#]}]}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:[$${LIST:[$${HASH}]}]="${LIST:[${LIST:[${HASH}]}]}"'
+
+mod-C-W:
+	@echo 'LIST:C/ /,/="${LIST:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:C/ /,/W="${LIST:C/ /,/W}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:C/ /,/gW="${LIST:C/ /,/gW}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:C/^/,/="${EMPTY:C/^/,/}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:C/^/,/W="${EMPTY:C/^/,/W}"'
+
+mod-S-W:
+	@echo 'LIST:S/ /,/="${LIST:S/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:S/ /,/W="${LIST:S/ /,/W}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:S/ /,/gW="${LIST:S/ /,/gW}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:S/^/,/="${EMPTY:S/^/,/}"'
+	@echo 'EMPTY:S/^/,/W="${EMPTY:S/^/,/W}"'
+
+mod-tW-tw:
+	@echo 'LIST:tW="${LIST:tW}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw="${LIST:tw}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/g="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/g="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g="${LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/="${LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/}"'
+	@echo 'LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/="${LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/}"'
diff --git a/unit-tests/order b/unit-tests/order
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..175da47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/order
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# $NetBSD: order,v 1.1 2012/11/09 19:08:28 sjg Exp $
+
+# Test that .ORDER is handled correctly.
+# The explicit dependency the.o: the.h will make us examine the.h
+# the .ORDER will prevent us building it immediately,
+# we should then examine the.c rather than stop.
+
+all: the.o
+
+.ORDER: the.c the.h
+
+the.c the.h:
+	@echo Making $@
+
+.SUFFIXES: .o .c
+
+.c.o:
+	@echo Making $@ from $?
+
+the.o: the.h
diff --git a/unit-tests/phony-end b/unit-tests/phony-end
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d61884c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/phony-end
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# $Id: phony-end,v 1.1.1.1 2011/10/01 17:19:39 sjg Exp $
+
+all ok also.ok bug phony:
+	@echo '${.TARGET .PREFIX .IMPSRC:L:@v@$v="${$v}"@}'
+
+.END:	ok also.ok bug
+
+phony bug:	.PHONY
+all: phony
diff --git a/unit-tests/posix b/unit-tests/posix
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48ed7a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/posix
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# $Id: posix,v 1.1.1.1 2004/05/08 16:45:39 sjg Exp $
+
+all:	x plus subs err
+
+x:
+	@echo "Posix says we should execute the command as if run by system(3)"
+	@echo "Expect 'Hello,' and 'World!'"
+	@echo Hello,; false; echo "World!"
+
+plus:
+	@echo a command
+	+@echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+	@echo another command
+
+subs:
+	@echo make -n
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} -n plus
+	@echo make -n -j1
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} -n -j1 plus
+
+err:
+	@(echo Now we expect an error...; exit 1)
+	@echo "Oops! you shouldn't see this!"
+
diff --git a/unit-tests/qequals b/unit-tests/qequals
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e23078e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/qequals
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# $Id: qequals,v 1.1.1.1 2008/03/31 00:13:05 sjg Exp $
+
+M= i386
+V.i386= OK
+V.$M ?= bug
+
+all:
+	@echo 'V.$M ?= ${V.$M}'
diff --git a/unit-tests/sysv b/unit-tests/sysv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eedacb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/sysv
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# $Id: sysv,v 1.1.1.2 2011/06/05 04:23:49 sjg Exp $
+
+FOO ?=
+FOOBAR = $(FOO:=bar)
+
+_this := ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE}
+
+B = /b
+S = /
+FUN = ${B}${S}fun
+SUN = the Sun
+
+# we expect nothing when FOO is empty
+all: foo fun
+
+foo:
+	@echo FOOBAR = $(FOOBAR)
+.if empty(FOO)
+	@FOO="foo fu" ${.MAKE} -f ${_this} foo
+.endif
+
+fun:
+	@echo ${FUN:T}
+	@echo ${FUN:${B}${S}fun=fun}
+	@echo ${FUN:${B}${S}%=%}
+	@echo ${In:L:%=% ${SUN}}
diff --git a/unit-tests/ternary b/unit-tests/ternary
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77f8349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/ternary
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+all:
+	@for x in "" A= A=42; do ${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} show $$x; done
+
+show:
+	@echo "The answer is ${A:?known:unknown}"
+	@echo "The answer is ${A:?$A:unknown}"
+	@echo "The answer is ${empty(A):?empty:$A}"
diff --git a/unit-tests/test.exp b/unit-tests/test.exp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6fad78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/test.exp
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+comment testing start
+this is foo
+This is how a comment looks: # comment
+comment testing done
+make: "cond1" line 75: warning: extra else
+make: "cond1" line 85: warning: extra else
+2 is  prime
+A='other' B='unknown' C='clever' o='no,no'
+Passed:
+ var
+ ("var")
+ (var != var)
+ var != var
+ !((var != var) && defined(name))
+ var == quoted
+
+1 is not prime
+2 is  prime
+3 is  prime
+4 is not prime
+5 is  prime
+
+make: warning: String comparison operator should be either == or !=
+make: Bad conditional expression `"0" > 0' in "0" > 0?OK:No
+
+OK
+make: "error" line 3: just FYI
+make: "error" line 4: warning: this could be serious
+make: "error" line 5: this is fatal
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_FOO=foobar is fubar
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_TEST=export
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+UT_ALL=even this gets exported
+UT_BADDIR=unit-tests
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_F=fine
+UT_FOO=foobar is fubar
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_NO=all
+UT_OK=good
+UT_OKDIR=unit-tests
+UT_TEST=export-all
+UT_ZOO=hoopie
+make:
+UT_TEST=export-env
+UT_ENV=not-exported
+UT_EXP=not-exported
+env:
+UT_TEST=export-env
+UT_ENV=exported
+UT_EXP=exported
+At first, I am
+happy
+and now: sad
+.ERROR: Looks like 'sad' is upset.
+*** Error code 1
+
+Stop.
+make: stopped in unit-tests
+simple.1
+simple.1
+simple.2
+simple.2
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.1.*
+recursive.1.99
+recursive.1.99
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.1.*
+recursive.2.99
+recursive.2.99
+shared.0
+shared.0
+shared.1.99
+shared.1.99
+shared.2.1
+shared.2.1
+shared.2.99
+shared.2.99
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.99'
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.98'
+make: Graph cycles through `cycle.2.97'
+cycle.1.99
+cycle.1.99
+x=one
+x="two and three"
+x=four
+x="five"
+x=-I/this
+x=-I"This or that"
+x=-Ithat
+x="-DTHIS=\"this and that\""
+cfl=-I/this -I"This or that" -Ithat "-DTHIS=\"this and that\""
+a=one b="two and three"
+a=four b="five"
+a=ONE b="TWO AND THREE"
+a=FOUR b="FIVE"
+We expect an error next:
+make: "forloop" line 38: Wrong number of words (9) in .for substitution list with 2 vars
+make: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
+make: stopped in unit-tests
+OK
+.for with :S;... OK
+b2af338b
+3360ac65
+7747f046
+9ca87054
+880fe816
+208fcbd3
+d5d376eb
+de41416c
+Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+make: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+VAR:Z=
+Expect: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+make: Unknown modifier 'Z'
+VAR:Z=
+Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification (expecting '}') for "VAR" (value "Thevariable") modifier S
+VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
+Expect: Unclosed variable specification for VAR
+make: Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '}') for VAR
+VAR:S,V,v,=Thevariable
+Expect: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
+make: Unclosed substitution for VAR (, missing)
+VAR:S,V,v=
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/liba.a"
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/liba.a"
+LIB=a X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBA.A"
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is ""
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is ""
+LIB=b X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is ""
+LIB=c X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is ""
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/libd.a"
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/libd.a"
+LIB=d X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBD.A"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M${LIB${LIB:tu}} is "/tmp/libe.a"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a is "/tmp/libe.a"
+LIB=e X_LIBS:M*/lib${LIB}.a:tu is "/TMP/LIBE.A"
+Mscanner=OK
+path=':/bin:/tmp::/:.:/no/such/dir:.'
+path='/bin:/tmp:/:/no/such/dir'
+path='/bin:/tmp:/:/no/such/dir'
+path='/bin':'/tmp':'/':'/no/such/dir'
+path='/bin':'/tmp':'/':'/no/such/dir'
+path_/usr/xbin=/opt/xbin/
+paths=/bin /tmp / /no/such/dir /opt/xbin
+PATHS=/BIN /TMP / /NO/SUCH/DIR /OPT/XBIN
+The answer is 42
+LIST      = one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
+LIST:O    = eight five four nine one seven six ten three two
+LIST:Ox   = Ok
+LIST:O:Ox = Ok
+LISTX     = Ok
+LISTSX    = Ok
+make: Bad modifier `:OX' for LIST
+BADMOD 1  = }
+make: Bad modifier `:OxXX' for LIST
+BADMOD 2  = XX}
+LIST="one two three four five six"
+LIST:ts,="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:ts/:tu="ONE/TWO/THREE/FOUR/FIVE/SIX"
+LIST:ts::tu="ONE:TWO:THREE:FOUR:FIVE:SIX"
+LIST:ts:tu="ONETWOTHREEFOURFIVESIX"
+LIST:tu:ts/="ONE/TWO/THREE/FOUR/FIVE/SIX"
+LIST:ts:="one:two:three:four:five:six"
+LIST:ts="onetwothreefourfivesix"
+LIST:ts:S/two/2/="one2threefourfivesix"
+LIST:S/two/2/:ts="one2threefourfivesix"
+LIST:ts/:S/two/2/="one/2/three/four/five/six"
+Pretend the '/' in '/n' etc. below are back-slashes.
+LIST:ts/n="one
+two
+three
+four
+five
+six"
+LIST:ts/t="one	two	three	four	five	six"
+LIST:ts/012:tu="ONE
+TWO
+THREE
+FOUR
+FIVE
+SIX"
+make: Bad modifier `:tx' for LIST
+LIST:tx="}"
+make: Bad modifier `:ts\x' for LIST
+LIST:ts/x:tu="\x:tu}"
+FU_mod-ts="a/b/cool"
+FU_mod-ts:ts:T="cool" == cool?
+B.${AAA:ts}="Baaa" == Baaa?
+make: Bad modifier `:[]' for LIST
+LIST:[]="" is an error
+LIST:[0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[0x0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[000]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[0]:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:C/ /,/1g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[0]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[0]:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[*]:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:[@]:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+EMPTY=""
+EMPTY:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+ESCAPEDSPACE="\ "
+ESCAPEDSPACE:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+REALLYSPACE=" "
+REALLYSPACE:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[#]="6"
+LIST:[0]:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[*]:[#]="1" == 1 ?
+LIST:[@]:[#]="6"
+LIST:[1]:[#]="1"
+LIST:[1..3]:[#]="3"
+EMPTY:[1]=""
+ESCAPEDSPACE="\ "
+ESCAPEDSPACE:[1]="\ "
+REALLYSPACE=" "
+REALLYSPACE:[1]="" == "" ?
+REALLYSPACE:[*]:[1]=" " == " " ?
+LIST:[1]="one"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1.]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[1].' for LIST
+LIST:[1].="}" is an error
+LIST:[2]="two"
+LIST:[6]="six"
+LIST:[7]=""
+LIST:[999]=""
+make: Bad modifier `:[-]' for LIST
+LIST:[-]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[--]' for LIST
+LIST:[--]="" is an error
+LIST:[-1]="six"
+LIST:[-2]="five"
+LIST:[-6]="one"
+LIST:[-7]=""
+LIST:[-999]=""
+LONGLIST:[17]="17"
+LONGLIST:[0x11]="17"
+LONGLIST:[021]="17"
+LIST:[0]:[1]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[*]:[1]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[@]:[1]="one"
+LIST:[0]:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:[2]=""
+LIST:[@]:[2]="two"
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[*]:[2]=""
+LIST:[*]:C/ /,/:[@]:[2]="three"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1.]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[1..]' for LIST
+LIST:[1..]="" is an error
+LIST:[1..1]="one"
+make: Bad modifier `:[1..1.]' for LIST
+LIST:[1..1.]="" is an error
+LIST:[1..2]="one two"
+LIST:[2..1]="two one"
+LIST:[3..-2]="three four five"
+LIST:[-4..4]="three four"
+make: Bad modifier `:[0..1]' for LIST
+LIST:[0..1]="" is an error
+make: Bad modifier `:[-1..0]' for LIST
+LIST:[-1..0]="" is an error
+LIST:[-1..1]="six five four three two one"
+LIST:[0..0]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[3..99]="three four five six"
+LIST:[-3..-99]="four three two one"
+LIST:[-99..-3]="one two three four"
+HASH="#" == "#" ?
+LIST:[${HASH}]="6"
+LIST:[${ZERO}]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[${ZERO}x${ONE}]="one"
+LIST:[${ONE}]="one"
+LIST:[${MINUSONE}]="six"
+LIST:[${STAR}]="one two three four five six"
+LIST:[${AT}]="one two three four five six"
+make: Bad modifier `:[${EMPTY' for LIST
+LIST:[${EMPTY}]="" is an error
+LIST:[${LONGLIST:[21]:S/2//}]="one"
+LIST:[${LIST:[#]}]="six"
+LIST:[${LIST:[${HASH}]}]="six"
+LIST:S/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:S/ /,/W="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:S/ /,/gW="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+EMPTY:S/^/,/=","
+EMPTY:S/^/,/W=","
+LIST:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:C/ /,/W="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:C/ /,/gW="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+EMPTY:C/^/,/=","
+EMPTY:C/^/,/W=","
+LIST:tW="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:tW:C/ /,/1g="one,two,three,four,five,six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:C/ /,/1g="one two three four five six"
+LIST:tw:tW:C/ /,/="one,two three four five six"
+LIST:tW:tw:C/ /,/="one two three four five six"
+Making the.c
+Making the.h
+Making the.o from the.h the.c
+.TARGET="phony" .PREFIX="phony" .IMPSRC=""
+.TARGET="all" .PREFIX="all" .IMPSRC=""
+.TARGET="ok" .PREFIX="ok" .IMPSRC=""
+.TARGET="also.ok" .PREFIX="also.ok" .IMPSRC=""
+.TARGET="bug" .PREFIX="bug" .IMPSRC=""
+Posix says we should execute the command as if run by system(3)
+Expect 'Hello,' and 'World!'
+Hello,
+World!
+a command
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+another command
+make -n
+echo a command
+echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+echo another command
+make -n -j1
+{ echo a command 
+} || exit $?
+echo "a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n"
+a command prefixed by '+' executes even with -n
+{ echo another command 
+} || exit $?
+Now we expect an error...
+*** Error code 1 (continuing)
+`all' not remade because of errors.
+V.i386 ?= OK
+FOOBAR =
+FOOBAR = foobar fubar
+fun
+fun
+fun
+In the Sun
+The answer is unknown
+The answer is unknown
+The answer is empty
+The answer is known
+The answer is 
+The answer is empty
+The answer is known
+The answer is 42
+The answer is 42
+UT_DOLLAR=This is $UT_FU
+UT_FU=fubar
+UT_TEST=unexport
+UT_TEST=unexport-env
+default FU=<v>fu</v> FOO=<v>foo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+two FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+three FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v></v>
+four FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v>Internal</v>
+five FU=<v>bar</v> FOO=<v>goo</v> VAR=<v>Internal</v>
+five v=is x k=is x
+six v=is y k=is y
+show-v v=override k=override
+*** Error code 1 (ignored)
+*** Error code 1 (ignored)
diff --git a/unit-tests/unexport b/unit-tests/unexport
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb40d0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/unexport
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# $Id: unexport,v 1.1.1.1 2009/11/19 00:31:11 sjg Exp $
+
+# pick up a bunch of exported vars
+.include "export"
+
+.unexport UT_ZOO UT_FOO
+
+UT_TEST = unexport
diff --git a/unit-tests/unexport-env b/unit-tests/unexport-env
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6a2ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/unexport-env
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# $Id: unexport-env,v 1.1.1.1 2009/11/19 00:31:11 sjg Exp $
+
+# pick up a bunch of exported vars
+.include "export"
+
+# an example of setting up a minimal environment.
+PATH = /bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin
+
+# now clobber the environment to just PATH and UT_TEST
+UT_TEST = unexport-env
+
+# this removes everything
+.unexport-env
+.export PATH UT_TEST
diff --git a/unit-tests/varcmd b/unit-tests/varcmd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a58e014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unit-tests/varcmd
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# $Id: varcmd,v 1.3 2008/05/15 04:30:47 sjg Exp $
+#
+# Test behaviour of recursive make and vars set on command line.
+
+FU=fu
+FOO?=foo
+.if !empty(.TARGETS)
+TAG=${.TARGETS}
+.endif
+TAG?=default
+
+all:	one
+
+show:
+	@echo "${TAG} FU=<v>${FU}</v> FOO=<v>${FOO}</v> VAR=<v>${VAR}</v>"
+
+one:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} FU=bar FOO=goo two
+
+two:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} three
+
+three:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} four
+
+
+.ifmake four
+VAR=Internal
+.MAKEOVERRIDES+= VAR
+.endif
+
+four:	show
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} five
+
+M = x
+V.y = is y
+V.x = is x
+V := ${V.$M}
+K := ${V}
+
+show-v:
+	@echo '${TAG} v=${V} k=${K}'
+
+five:	show show-v
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} M=y six
+
+six:	show-v
+	@${.MAKE} -f ${MAKEFILE} V=override show-v
+
diff --git a/util.c b/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a63fd33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.53 2012/06/04 22:45:05 sjg Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Missing stuff from OS's
+ *
+ *	$Id: util.c,v 1.32 2012/06/06 20:08:44 sjg Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "make.h"
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.53 2012/06/04 22:45:05 sjg Exp $";
+#else
+#ifndef lint
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.53 2012/06/04 22:45:05 sjg Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_STRERROR)
+extern int errno, sys_nerr;
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+char *
+strerror(int e)
+{
+    static char buf[100];
+    if (e < 0 || e >= sys_nerr) {
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Unknown error %d", e);
+	return buf;
+    }
+    else
+	return sys_errlist[e];
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_GETENV) || !defined(HAVE_SETENV) || !defined(HAVE_UNSETENV)
+extern char **environ;
+
+static char *
+findenv(const char *name, int *offset)
+{
+	size_t i, len;
+	char *p, *q;
+
+	len = strlen(name);
+	for (i = 0; (q = environ[i]); i++) {
+		p = strchr(q, '=');
+		if (p == NULL || p - q != len)
+			continue;
+		if (strncmp(name, q, len) == 0) {
+			*offset = i;
+			return q + len + 1;
+		}
+	}
+	*offset = i;
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+getenv(const char *name)
+{
+    int offset;
+
+    return(findenv(name, &offset));
+}
+
+int
+unsetenv(const char *name)
+{
+	char **p;
+	int offset;
+
+	if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr(name, '=') != NULL) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	while (findenv(name, &offset))	{ /* if set multiple times */
+		for (p = &environ[offset];; ++p)
+			if (!(*p = *(p + 1)))
+				break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int
+setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int rewrite)
+{
+	char *c, **newenv;
+	const char *cc;
+	size_t l_value, size;
+	int offset;
+
+	if (name == NULL || value == NULL) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (*value == '=')			/* no `=' in value */
+		++value;
+	l_value = strlen(value);
+
+	/* find if already exists */
+	if ((c = findenv(name, &offset))) {
+		if (!rewrite)
+			return 0;
+		if (strlen(c) >= l_value)	/* old larger; copy over */
+			goto copy;
+	} else {					/* create new slot */
+		size = sizeof(char *) * (offset + 2);
+		if (savedEnv == environ) {		/* just increase size */
+			if ((newenv = realloc(savedEnv, size)) == NULL)
+				return -1;
+			savedEnv = newenv;
+		} else {				/* get new space */
+			/*
+			 * We don't free here because we don't know if
+			 * the first allocation is valid on all OS's
+			 */
+			if ((savedEnv = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+				return -1;
+			(void)memcpy(savedEnv, environ, size - sizeof(char *));
+		}
+		environ = savedEnv;
+		environ[offset + 1] = NULL;
+	}
+	for (cc = name; *cc && *cc != '='; ++cc)	/* no `=' in name */
+		continue;
+	size = cc - name;
+	/* name + `=' + value */
+	if ((environ[offset] = malloc(size + l_value + 2)) == NULL)
+		return -1;
+	c = environ[offset];
+	(void)memcpy(c, name, size);
+	c += size;
+	*c++ = '=';
+copy:
+	(void)memcpy(c, value, l_value + 1);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	setenv(argv[1], argv[2], 0);
+	printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1]));
+	unsetenv(argv[1]);
+	printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1]));
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+/* strrcpy():
+ *	Like strcpy, going backwards and returning the new pointer
+ */
+static char *
+strrcpy(char *ptr, char *str)
+{
+    int len = strlen(str);
+
+    while (len)
+	*--ptr = str[--len];
+
+    return (ptr);
+} /* end strrcpy */
+
+
+char    *sys_siglist[] = {
+        "Signal 0",
+        "Hangup",                       /* SIGHUP    */
+        "Interrupt",                    /* SIGINT    */
+        "Quit",                         /* SIGQUIT   */
+        "Illegal instruction",          /* SIGILL    */
+        "Trace/BPT trap",               /* SIGTRAP   */
+        "IOT trap",                     /* SIGIOT    */
+        "EMT trap",                     /* SIGEMT    */
+        "Floating point exception",     /* SIGFPE    */
+        "Killed",                       /* SIGKILL   */
+        "Bus error",                    /* SIGBUS    */
+        "Segmentation fault",           /* SIGSEGV   */
+        "Bad system call",              /* SIGSYS    */
+        "Broken pipe",                  /* SIGPIPE   */
+        "Alarm clock",                  /* SIGALRM   */
+        "Terminated",                   /* SIGTERM   */
+        "User defined signal 1",        /* SIGUSR1   */
+        "User defined signal 2",        /* SIGUSR2   */
+        "Child exited",                 /* SIGCLD    */
+        "Power-fail restart",           /* SIGPWR    */
+        "Virtual timer expired",        /* SIGVTALRM */
+        "Profiling timer expired",      /* SIGPROF   */
+        "I/O possible",                 /* SIGIO     */
+        "Window size changes",          /* SIGWINDOW */
+        "Stopped (signal)",             /* SIGSTOP   */
+        "Stopped",                      /* SIGTSTP   */
+        "Continued",                    /* SIGCONT   */
+        "Stopped (tty input)",          /* SIGTTIN   */
+        "Stopped (tty output)",         /* SIGTTOU   */
+        "Urgent I/O condition",         /* SIGURG    */
+        "Remote lock lost (NFS)",       /* SIGLOST   */
+        "Signal 31",                    /* reserved  */
+        "DIL signal"                    /* SIGDIL    */
+};
+#endif /* __hpux__ || __hpux */
+
+#if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/syscall.h>
+#include <sys/signal.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+killpg(int pid, int sig)
+{
+    return kill(-pid, sig);
+}
+
+#if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux)
+void
+srandom(long seed)
+{
+    srand48(seed);
+}
+
+long
+random(void)
+{
+    return lrand48();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux)
+int
+utimes(char *file, struct timeval tvp[2])
+{
+    struct utimbuf t;
+
+    t.actime  = tvp[0].tv_sec;
+    t.modtime = tvp[1].tv_sec;
+    return(utime(file, &t));
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(BSD) && !defined(d_fileno)
+# define d_fileno d_ino
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEV_DEV_COMPARE
+# define DEV_DEV_COMPARE(a, b) ((a) == (b))
+#endif
+#define ISDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && (((c)[1] == '\0') || ((c)[1] == '/')))
+#define ISDOTDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && ISDOT(&((c)[1])))
+
+char *
+getwd(char *pathname)
+{
+    DIR    *dp;
+    struct dirent *d;
+    extern int errno;
+
+    struct stat st_root, st_cur, st_next, st_dotdot;
+    char    pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN], nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN * 2];
+    char   *pathptr, *nextpathptr, *cur_name_add;
+
+    /* find the inode of root */
+    if (stat("/", &st_root) == -1) {
+	(void)sprintf(pathname,
+			"getwd: Cannot stat \"/\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+    pathptr = &pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
+    nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+    cur_name_add = nextpathptr = &nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1];
+
+    /* find the inode of the current directory */
+    if (lstat(".", &st_cur) == -1) {
+	(void)sprintf(pathname,
+			"getwd: Cannot stat \".\" (%s)", strerror(errno));
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../");
+
+    /* Descend to root */
+    for (;;) {
+
+	/* look if we found root yet */
+	if (st_cur.st_ino == st_root.st_ino &&
+	    DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_cur.st_dev, st_root.st_dev)) {
+	    (void)strcpy(pathname, *pathptr != '/' ? "/" : pathptr);
+	    return (pathname);
+	}
+
+	/* open the parent directory */
+	if (stat(nextpathptr, &st_dotdot) == -1) {
+	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+			    "getwd: Cannot stat directory \"%s\" (%s)",
+			    nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	if ((dp = opendir(nextpathptr)) == NULL) {
+	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+			    "getwd: Cannot open directory \"%s\" (%s)",
+			    nextpathptr, strerror(errno));
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+
+	/* look in the parent for the entry with the same inode */
+	if (DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_dotdot.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev)) {
+	    /* Parent has same device. No need to stat every member */
+	    for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp))
+		if (d->d_fileno == st_cur.st_ino)
+		    break;
+	}
+	else {
+	    /*
+	     * Parent has a different device. This is a mount point so we
+	     * need to stat every member
+	     */
+	    for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp)) {
+		if (ISDOT(d->d_name) || ISDOTDOT(d->d_name))
+		    continue;
+		(void)strcpy(cur_name_add, d->d_name);
+		if (lstat(nextpathptr, &st_next) == -1) {
+		    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+			"getwd: Cannot stat \"%s\" (%s)",
+			d->d_name, strerror(errno));
+		    (void)closedir(dp);
+		    return NULL;
+		}
+		/* check if we found it yet */
+		if (st_next.st_ino == st_cur.st_ino &&
+		    DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_next.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev))
+		    break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (d == NULL) {
+	    (void)sprintf(pathname,
+		"getwd: Cannot find \".\" in \"..\"");
+	    (void)closedir(dp);
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+	st_cur = st_dotdot;
+	pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, d->d_name);
+	pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, "/");
+	nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../");
+	(void)closedir(dp);
+	*cur_name_add = '\0';
+    }
+} /* end getwd */
+
+#endif /* __hpux */
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_GETCWD)
+char *
+getcwd(path, sz)
+     char *path;
+     int sz;
+{
+	return getwd(path);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* force posix signals */
+void (*
+bmake_signal(int s, void (*a)(int)))(int)
+{
+    struct sigaction sa, osa;
+
+    sa.sa_handler = a;
+    sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+    sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
+
+    if (sigaction(s, &sa, &osa) == -1)
+	return SIG_ERR;
+    else
+	return osa.sa_handler;
+}
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_VASPRINTF)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+#if !defined(__osf__)
+#ifdef _IOSTRG
+#define STRFLAG	(_IOSTRG|_IOWRT)	/* no _IOWRT: avoid stdio bug */
+#else
+#if 0
+#define STRFLAG	(_IOREAD)		/* XXX: Assume svr4 stdio */
+#endif
+#endif /* _IOSTRG */
+#endif /* __osf__ */
+
+int
+vsnprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+#ifdef STRFLAG
+	FILE fakebuf;
+
+	fakebuf._flag = STRFLAG;
+	/*
+	 * Some os's are char * _ptr, others are unsigned char *_ptr...
+	 * We cast to void * to make everyone happy.
+	 */
+	fakebuf._ptr = (void *)s;
+	fakebuf._cnt = n-1;
+	fakebuf._file = -1;
+	_doprnt(fmt, args, &fakebuf);
+	fakebuf._cnt++;
+	putc('\0', &fakebuf);
+	if (fakebuf._cnt<0)
+	    fakebuf._cnt = 0;
+	return (n-fakebuf._cnt-1);
+#else
+#ifndef _PATH_DEVNULL
+# define _PATH_DEVNULL "/dev/null"
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * Rats... we don't want to clobber anything...
+	 * do a printf to /dev/null to see how much space we need.
+	 */
+	static FILE *nullfp;
+	int need = 0;			/* XXX what's a useful error return? */
+
+	if (!nullfp)
+		nullfp = fopen(_PATH_DEVNULL, "w");
+	if (nullfp) {
+		need = vfprintf(nullfp, fmt, args);
+		if (need < n)
+			(void)vsprintf(s, fmt, args);
+	}
+	return need;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF)
+int
+snprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int rv;
+
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+	rv = vsnprintf(s, n, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+	return rv;
+}
+#endif
+		
+#if !defined(HAVE_STRFTIME)
+size_t
+strftime(char *buf, size_t len, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm)
+{
+	static char months[][4] = {
+		"Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", 
+		"Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
+	};
+
+	size_t s;
+	char *b = buf;
+
+	while (*fmt) {
+		if (len == 0)
+			return buf - b;
+		if (*fmt != '%') {
+			*buf++ = *fmt++;
+			len--;
+			continue;
+		}
+		switch (*fmt++) {
+		case '%':
+			*buf++ = '%';
+			len--;
+			if (len == 0) return buf - b;
+			/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+		case '\0':
+			*buf = '%';
+			s = 1;
+			break;
+		case 'k':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", tm->tm_hour);
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_min);
+			break;
+		case 'S':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_sec);
+			break;
+		case 'b':
+			if (tm->tm_mon >= 12)
+				return buf - b;
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%s", months[tm->tm_mon]);
+			break;
+		case 'd':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_mday);
+			break;
+		case 'Y':
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", 1900 + tm->tm_year);
+			break;
+		default:
+			s = snprintf(buf, len, "Unsupported format %c",
+			    fmt[-1]);
+			break;
+		}
+		buf += s;
+		len -= s;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_KILLPG)
+#if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux)
+int
+killpg(int pid, int sig)
+{
+    return kill(-pid, sig);
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_WARNX)
+static void
+vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname);
+	if ((fmt)) {
+		vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
+		fprintf(stderr, ": ");
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_WARN)
+static void
+vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+	vwarnx(fmt, args);
+	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno));
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_ERR)
+static void
+verr(int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+	vwarn(fmt, args);
+	exit(eval);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_ERRX)
+static void
+verrx(int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+	vwarnx(fmt, args);
+	exit(eval);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_ERR)
+void
+err(int eval, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+        va_list ap;
+
+        va_start(ap, fmt);
+        verr(eval, fmt, ap);
+        va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_ERRX)
+void
+errx(int eval, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+        va_list ap;
+
+        va_start(ap, fmt);
+        verrx(eval, fmt, ap);
+        va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_WARN)
+void
+warn(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+        va_list ap;
+
+        va_start(ap, fmt);
+        vwarn(fmt, ap);
+        va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_WARNX)
+void
+warnx(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+        va_list ap;
+
+        va_start(ap, fmt);
+        vwarnx(fmt, ap);
+        va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/var.c b/var.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8fd8f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/var.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4174 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.173 2013/02/24 19:43:37 christos Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Adam de Boor.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAKE_NATIVE
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.173 2013/02/24 19:43:37 christos Exp $";
+#else
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#ifndef lint
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94";
+#else
+__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.173 2013/02/24 19:43:37 christos Exp $");
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ * var.c --
+ *	Variable-handling functions
+ *
+ * Interface:
+ *	Var_Set		    Set the value of a variable in the given
+ *			    context. The variable is created if it doesn't
+ *			    yet exist. The value and variable name need not
+ *			    be preserved.
+ *
+ *	Var_Append	    Append more characters to an existing variable
+ *			    in the given context. The variable needn't
+ *			    exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't.
+ *			    A space is placed between the old value and the
+ *			    new one.
+ *
+ *	Var_Exists	    See if a variable exists.
+ *
+ *	Var_Value 	    Return the value of a variable in a context or
+ *			    NULL if the variable is undefined.
+ *
+ *	Var_Subst 	    Substitute named variable, or all variables if
+ *			    NULL in a string using
+ *			    the given context as the top-most one. If the
+ *			    third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is
+ *			    called if any variables are undefined.
+ *
+ *	Var_Parse 	    Parse a variable expansion from a string and
+ *			    return the result and the number of characters
+ *			    consumed.
+ *
+ *	Var_Delete	    Delete a variable in a context.
+ *
+ *	Var_Init  	    Initialize this module.
+ *
+ * Debugging:
+ *	Var_Dump  	    Print out all variables defined in the given
+ *			    context.
+ *
+ * XXX: There's a lot of duplication in these functions.
+ */
+
+#include    <sys/stat.h>
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+#include    <sys/types.h>
+#include    <regex.h>
+#endif
+#include    <ctype.h>
+#include    <inttypes.h>
+#include    <stdlib.h>
+#include    <limits.h>
+#include    <time.h>
+
+#include    "make.h"
+#include    "buf.h"
+#include    "dir.h"
+#include    "job.h"
+
+/*
+ * This lets us tell if we have replaced the original environ
+ * (which we cannot free).
+ */
+char **savedEnv = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * This is a harmless return value for Var_Parse that can be used by Var_Subst
+ * to determine if there was an error in parsing -- easier than returning
+ * a flag, as things outside this module don't give a hoot.
+ */
+char 	var_Error[] = "";
+
+/*
+ * Similar to var_Error, but returned when the 'errnum' flag for Var_Parse is
+ * set false. Why not just use a constant? Well, gcc likes to condense
+ * identical string instances...
+ */
+static char	varNoError[] = "";
+
+/*
+ * Internally, variables are contained in four different contexts.
+ *	1) the environment. They may not be changed. If an environment
+ *	    variable is appended-to, the result is placed in the global
+ *	    context.
+ *	2) the global context. Variables set in the Makefile are located in
+ *	    the global context. It is the penultimate context searched when
+ *	    substituting.
+ *	3) the command-line context. All variables set on the command line
+ *	   are placed in this context. They are UNALTERABLE once placed here.
+ *	4) the local context. Each target has associated with it a context
+ *	   list. On this list are located the structures describing such
+ *	   local variables as $(@) and $(*)
+ * The four contexts are searched in the reverse order from which they are
+ * listed.
+ */
+GNode          *VAR_GLOBAL;   /* variables from the makefile */
+GNode          *VAR_CMD;      /* variables defined on the command-line */
+
+#define FIND_CMD	0x1   /* look in VAR_CMD when searching */
+#define FIND_GLOBAL	0x2   /* look in VAR_GLOBAL as well */
+#define FIND_ENV  	0x4   /* look in the environment also */
+
+typedef struct Var {
+    char          *name;	/* the variable's name */
+    Buffer	  val;		/* its value */
+    int		  flags;    	/* miscellaneous status flags */
+#define VAR_IN_USE	1   	    /* Variable's value currently being used.
+				     * Used to avoid recursion */
+#define VAR_FROM_ENV	2   	    /* Variable comes from the environment */
+#define VAR_JUNK  	4   	    /* Variable is a junk variable that
+				     * should be destroyed when done with
+				     * it. Used by Var_Parse for undefined,
+				     * modified variables */
+#define VAR_KEEP	8	    /* Variable is VAR_JUNK, but we found
+				     * a use for it in some modifier and
+				     * the value is therefore valid */
+#define VAR_EXPORTED	16 	    /* Variable is exported */
+#define VAR_REEXPORT	32	    /* Indicate if var needs re-export.
+				     * This would be true if it contains $'s
+				     */
+#define VAR_FROM_CMD	64 	    /* Variable came from command line */
+}  Var;
+
+/*
+ * Exporting vars is expensive so skip it if we can
+ */
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_NONE	0
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_YES	1
+#define VAR_EXPORTED_ALL	2
+static int var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE;
+/*
+ * We pass this to Var_Export when doing the initial export
+ * or after updating an exported var.
+ */
+#define VAR_EXPORT_PARENT 1
+
+/* Var*Pattern flags */
+#define VAR_SUB_GLOBAL	0x01	/* Apply substitution globally */
+#define VAR_SUB_ONE	0x02	/* Apply substitution to one word */
+#define VAR_SUB_MATCHED	0x04	/* There was a match */
+#define VAR_MATCH_START	0x08	/* Match at start of word */
+#define VAR_MATCH_END	0x10	/* Match at end of word */
+#define VAR_NOSUBST	0x20	/* don't expand vars in VarGetPattern */
+
+/* Var_Set flags */
+#define VAR_NO_EXPORT	0x01	/* do not export */
+
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+     * The following fields are set by Var_Parse() when it
+     * encounters modifiers that need to keep state for use by
+     * subsequent modifiers within the same variable expansion.
+     */
+    Byte	varSpace;	/* Word separator in expansions */
+    Boolean	oneBigWord;	/* TRUE if we will treat the variable as a
+				 * single big word, even if it contains
+				 * embedded spaces (as opposed to the
+				 * usual behaviour of treating it as
+				 * several space-separated words). */
+} Var_Parse_State;
+
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/",
+ * to VarSYSVMatch() for ":lhs=rhs". */
+typedef struct {
+    const char   *lhs;	    /* String to match */
+    int		  leftLen; /* Length of string */
+    const char   *rhs;	    /* Replacement string (w/ &'s removed) */
+    int		  rightLen; /* Length of replacement */
+    int		  flags;
+} VarPattern;
+
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */
+typedef struct {
+    GNode	*ctxt;		/* variable context */
+    char	*tvar;		/* name of temp var */
+    int		tvarLen;
+    char	*str;		/* string to expand */
+    int		strLen;
+    int		errnum;		/* errnum for not defined */
+} VarLoop_t;
+
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+/* struct passed as 'void *' to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */
+typedef struct {
+    regex_t	   re;
+    int		   nsub;
+    regmatch_t 	  *matches;
+    char 	  *replace;
+    int		   flags;
+} VarREPattern;
+#endif
+
+/* struct passed to VarSelectWords() for ":[start..end]" */
+typedef struct {
+    int		start;		/* first word to select */
+    int		end;		/* last word to select */
+} VarSelectWords_t;
+
+static Var *VarFind(const char *, GNode *, int);
+static void VarAdd(const char *, const char *, GNode *);
+static Boolean VarHead(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarTail(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#endif
+static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+static void VarREError(int, regex_t *, const char *);
+static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+#endif
+static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *);
+static char *VarGetPattern(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+			   int, const char **, int, int *, int *,
+			   VarPattern *);
+static char *VarQuote(char *);
+static char *VarHash(char *);
+static char *VarModify(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *,
+    const char *,
+    Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+    void *);
+static char *VarOrder(const char *, const char);
+static char *VarUniq(const char *);
+static int VarWordCompare(const void *, const void *);
+static void VarPrintVar(void *);
+
+#define BROPEN	'{'
+#define BRCLOSE	'}'
+#define PROPEN	'('
+#define PRCLOSE	')'
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarFind --
+ *	Find the given variable in the given context and any other contexts
+ *	indicated.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name to find
+ *	ctxt		context in which to find it
+ *	flags		FIND_GLOBAL set means to look in the
+ *			VAR_GLOBAL context as well. FIND_CMD set means
+ *			to look in the VAR_CMD context also. FIND_ENV
+ *			set means to look in the environment
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A pointer to the structure describing the desired variable or
+ *	NULL if the variable does not exist.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Var *
+VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
+{
+    Hash_Entry         	*var;
+    Var			*v;
+
+	/*
+	 * If the variable name begins with a '.', it could very well be one of
+	 * the local ones.  We check the name against all the local variables
+	 * and substitute the short version in for 'name' if it matches one of
+	 * them.
+	 */
+	if (*name == '.' && isupper((unsigned char) name[1]))
+		switch (name[1]) {
+		case 'A':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".ALLSRC"))
+				name = ALLSRC;
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".ARCHIVE"))
+				name = ARCHIVE;
+			break;
+		case 'I':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".IMPSRC"))
+				name = IMPSRC;
+			break;
+		case 'M':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".MEMBER"))
+				name = MEMBER;
+			break;
+		case 'O':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".OODATE"))
+				name = OODATE;
+			break;
+		case 'P':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".PREFIX"))
+				name = PREFIX;
+			break;
+		case 'T':
+			if (!strcmp(name, ".TARGET"))
+				name = TARGET;
+			break;
+		}
+#ifdef notyet
+    /* for compatibility with gmake */
+    if (name[0] == '^' && name[1] == '\0')
+	    name = ALLSRC;
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * First look for the variable in the given context. If it's not there,
+     * look for it in VAR_CMD, VAR_GLOBAL and the environment, in that order,
+     * depending on the FIND_* flags in 'flags'
+     */
+    var = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name);
+
+    if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD)) {
+	var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_CMD->context, name);
+    }
+    if (!checkEnvFirst && (var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) &&
+	(ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL))
+    {
+	var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name);
+    }
+    if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_ENV)) {
+	char *env;
+
+	if ((env = getenv(name)) != NULL) {
+	    int		len;
+
+	    v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+	    v->name = bmake_strdup(name);
+
+	    len = strlen(env);
+
+	    Buf_Init(&v->val, len + 1);
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, env);
+
+	    v->flags = VAR_FROM_ENV;
+	    return (v);
+	} else if (checkEnvFirst && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) &&
+		   (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL))
+	{
+	    var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name);
+	    if (var == NULL) {
+		return NULL;
+	    } else {
+		return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    } else if (var == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    } else {
+	return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var));
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarFreeEnv  --
+ *	If the variable is an environment variable, free it
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	v		the variable
+ *	destroy		true if the value buffer should be destroyed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	1 if it is an environment variable 0 ow.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The variable is free'ed if it is an environent variable.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarFreeEnv(Var *v, Boolean destroy)
+{
+    if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) == 0)
+	return FALSE;
+    free(v->name);
+    Buf_Destroy(&v->val, destroy);
+    free(v);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarAdd  --
+ *	Add a new variable of name name and value val to the given context
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name of variable to add
+ *	val		value to set it to
+ *	ctxt		context in which to set it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The new variable is placed at the front of the given context
+ *	The name and val arguments are duplicated so they may
+ *	safely be freed.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+VarAdd(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Var   	  *v;
+    int		  len;
+    Hash_Entry    *h;
+
+    v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+
+    len = val ? strlen(val) : 0;
+    Buf_Init(&v->val, len+1);
+    Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, val);
+
+    v->flags = 0;
+
+    h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL);
+    Hash_SetValue(h, v);
+    v->name = h->name;
+    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Delete --
+ *	Remove a variable from a context.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The Var structure is removed and freed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Hash_Entry 	  *ln;
+
+    ln = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	fprintf(debug_file, "%s:delete %s%s\n",
+	    ctxt->name, name, ln ? "" : " (not found)");
+    }
+    if (ln != NULL) {
+	Var 	  *v;
+
+	v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(ln);
+	if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+	    unsetenv(v->name);
+	}
+	if (strcmp(MAKE_EXPORTED, v->name) == 0) {
+	    var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE;
+	}
+	if (v->name != ln->name)
+		free(v->name);
+	Hash_DeleteEntry(&ctxt->context, ln);
+	Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
+	free(v);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Export a var.
+ * We ignore make internal variables (those which start with '.')
+ * Also we jump through some hoops to avoid calling setenv
+ * more than necessary since it can leak.
+ * We only manipulate flags of vars if 'parent' is set.
+ */
+static int
+Var_Export1(const char *name, int parent)
+{
+    char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+    Var *v;
+    char *val = NULL;
+    int n;
+
+    if (*name == '.')
+	return 0;			/* skip internals */
+    if (!name[1]) {
+	/*
+	 * A single char.
+	 * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in
+	 * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst
+	 * into a loop.
+	 */
+	switch (name[0]) {
+	case '@':
+	case '%':
+	case '*':
+	case '!':
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+    v = VarFind(name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    if (!parent &&
+	(v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) {
+	return 0;			/* nothing to do */
+    }
+    val = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+    if (strchr(val, '$')) {
+	if (parent) {
+	    /*
+	     * Flag this as something we need to re-export.
+	     * No point actually exporting it now though,
+	     * the child can do it at the last minute.
+	     */
+	    v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
+	    return 1;
+	}
+	if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) {
+	    /*
+	     * We recursed while exporting in a child.
+	     * This isn't going to end well, just skip it.
+	     */
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", name);
+	if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+	    val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	    setenv(name, val, 1);
+	    free(val);
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (parent) {
+	    v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT;	/* once will do */
+	}
+	if (parent || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+	    setenv(name, val, 1);
+	}
+    }
+    /*
+     * This is so Var_Set knows to call Var_Export again...
+     */
+    if (parent) {
+	v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This gets called from our children.
+ */
+void
+Var_ExportVars(void)
+{
+    char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+    Hash_Entry         	*var;
+    Hash_Search 	state;
+    Var *v;
+    char *val;
+    int n;
+
+    if (VAR_EXPORTED_NONE == var_exportedVars)
+	return;
+
+    if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL == var_exportedVars) {
+	/*
+	 * Ouch! This is crazy...
+	 */
+	for (var = Hash_EnumFirst(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, &state);
+	     var != NULL;
+	     var = Hash_EnumNext(&state)) {
+	    v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(var);
+	    Var_Export1(v->name, 0);
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+    /*
+     * We have a number of exported vars,
+     */
+    n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}");
+    if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+	char **av;
+	char *as;
+	int ac;
+	int i;
+
+	val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+	for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	    Var_Export1(av[i], 0);
+	}
+	free(val);
+	free(as);
+	free(av);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is called when .export is seen or
+ * .MAKE.EXPORTED is modified.
+ * It is also called when any exported var is modified.
+ */
+void
+Var_Export(char *str, int isExport)
+{
+    char *name;
+    char *val;
+    char **av;
+    char *as;
+    int track;
+    int ac;
+    int i;
+
+    if (isExport && (!str || !str[0])) {
+	var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_ALL; /* use with caution! */
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0) {
+	track = 0;
+	str += 4;
+    } else {
+	track = VAR_EXPORT_PARENT;
+    }
+    val = Var_Subst(NULL, str, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+    av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	name = av[i];
+	if (!name[1]) {
+	    /*
+	     * A single char.
+	     * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in
+	     * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst
+	     * into a loop.
+	     */
+	    switch (name[0]) {
+	    case '@':
+	    case '%':
+	    case '*':
+	    case '!':
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (Var_Export1(name, track)) {
+	    if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL != var_exportedVars)
+		var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_YES;
+	    if (isExport && track) {
+		Var_Append(MAKE_EXPORTED, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    free(val);
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * This is called when .unexport[-env] is seen.
+ */
+extern char **environ;
+
+void
+Var_UnExport(char *str)
+{
+    char tmp[BUFSIZ];
+    char *vlist;
+    char *cp;
+    Boolean unexport_env;
+    int n;
+
+    if (!str || !str[0]) {
+	return; 			/* assert? */
+    }
+
+    vlist = NULL;
+
+    str += 8;
+    unexport_env = (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0);
+    if (unexport_env) {
+	char **newenv;
+
+	cp = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL);	/* we should preserve this */
+	if (environ == savedEnv) {
+	    /* we have been here before! */
+	    newenv = bmake_realloc(environ, 2 * sizeof(char *));
+	} else {
+	    if (savedEnv) {
+		free(savedEnv);
+		savedEnv = NULL;
+	    }
+	    newenv = bmake_malloc(2 * sizeof(char *));
+	}
+	if (!newenv)
+	    return;
+	/* Note: we cannot safely free() the original environ. */
+	environ = savedEnv = newenv;
+	newenv[0] = NULL;
+	newenv[1] = NULL;
+	setenv(MAKE_LEVEL, cp, 1);
+#ifdef MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE
+	setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE, cp, 1);
+#endif
+    } else {
+	for (; *str != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char) *str); str++)
+	    continue;
+	if (str[0] && str[0] != '\n') {
+	    vlist = str;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!vlist) {
+	/* Using .MAKE.EXPORTED */
+	n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}");
+	if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+	    vlist = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	}
+    }
+    if (vlist) {
+	Var *v;
+	char **av;
+	char *as;
+	int ac;
+	int i;
+
+	av = brk_string(vlist, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+	for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	    v = VarFind(av[i], VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+	    if (!v)
+		continue;
+	    if (!unexport_env &&
+		(v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) {
+		unsetenv(v->name);
+	    }
+	    v->flags &= ~(VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT);
+	    /*
+	     * If we are unexporting a list,
+	     * remove each one from .MAKE.EXPORTED.
+	     * If we are removing them all,
+	     * just delete .MAKE.EXPORTED below.
+	     */
+	    if (vlist == str) {
+		n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp),
+			     "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":N%s}", v->name);
+		if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) {
+		    cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+		    Var_Set(MAKE_EXPORTED, cp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0);
+		    free(cp);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	free(as);
+	free(av);
+	if (vlist != str) {
+	    Var_Delete(MAKE_EXPORTED, VAR_GLOBAL);
+	    free(vlist);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Set --
+ *	Set the variable name to the value val in the given context.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name of variable to set
+ *	val		value to give to the variable
+ *	ctxt		context in which to set it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the variable doesn't yet exist, a new record is created for it.
+ *	Else the old value is freed and the new one stuck in its place
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	The variable is searched for only in its context before being
+ *	created in that context. I.e. if the context is VAR_GLOBAL,
+ *	only VAR_GLOBAL->context is searched. Likewise if it is VAR_CMD, only
+ *	VAR_CMD->context is searched. This is done to avoid the literally
+ *	thousands of unnecessary strcmp's that used to be done to
+ *	set, say, $(@) or $(<).
+ *	If the context is VAR_GLOBAL though, we check if the variable
+ *	was set in VAR_CMD from the command line and skip it if so.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags)
+{
+    Var   *v;
+    char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
+    /*
+     * We only look for a variable in the given context since anything set
+     * here will override anything in a lower context, so there's not much
+     * point in searching them all just to save a bit of memory...
+     */
+    if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+	expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0);
+	if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Set(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+			"name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+			name, val);
+	    }
+	    free(expanded_name);
+	    return;
+	}
+	name = expanded_name;
+    }
+    if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) {
+	v = VarFind(name, VAR_CMD, 0);
+	if (v != NULL) {
+	    if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) {
+		if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s ignored!\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+		}
+		goto out;
+	    }
+	    VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+	}
+    }
+    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	VarAdd(name, val, ctxt);
+    } else {
+	Buf_Empty(&v->val);
+	Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
+
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val);
+	}
+	if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) {
+	    Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT);
+	}
+    }
+    /*
+     * Any variables given on the command line are automatically exported
+     * to the environment (as per POSIX standard)
+     */
+    if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) {
+	if (v == NULL) {
+	    /* we just added it */
+	    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+	}
+	if (v != NULL)
+	    v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD;
+	/*
+	 * If requested, don't export these in the environment
+	 * individually.  We still put them in MAKEOVERRIDES so
+	 * that the command-line settings continue to override
+	 * Makefile settings.
+	 */
+	if (varNoExportEnv != TRUE)
+	    setenv(name, val, 1);
+
+	Var_Append(MAKEOVERRIDES, name, VAR_GLOBAL);
+    }
+    /*
+     * Another special case.
+     * Several make's support this sort of mechanism for tracking
+     * recursion - but each uses a different name.
+     * We allow the makefiles to update .MAKE.LEVEL and ensure
+     * children see a correctly incremented value.
+     */
+    if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL && strcmp(MAKE_LEVEL, name) == 0) {
+	char tmp[64];
+	int level;
+	
+	level = atoi(val);
+	snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", level + 1);
+	setenv(MAKE_LEVEL, tmp, 1);
+#ifdef MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE
+	setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE, tmp, 1);
+#endif
+    }
+	
+	
+ out:
+    if (expanded_name != NULL)
+	free(expanded_name);
+    if (v != NULL)
+	VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Append --
+ *	The variable of the given name has the given value appended to it in
+ *	the given context.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name of variable to modify
+ *	val		String to append to it
+ *	ctxt		Context in which this should occur
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If the variable doesn't exist, it is created. Else the strings
+ *	are concatenated (with a space in between).
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	Only if the variable is being sought in the global context is the
+ *	environment searched.
+ *	XXX: Knows its calling circumstances in that if called with ctxt
+ *	an actual target, it will only search that context since only
+ *	a local variable could be being appended to. This is actually
+ *	a big win and must be tolerated.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Var		   *v;
+    Hash_Entry	   *h;
+    char *expanded_name = NULL;
+
+    if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) {
+	expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0);
+	if (expanded_name[0] == 0) {
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Append(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) "
+			"name expands to empty string - ignored\n",
+			name, val);
+	    }
+	    free(expanded_name);
+	    return;
+	}
+	name = expanded_name;
+    }
+
+    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) ? FIND_ENV : 0);
+
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	VarAdd(name, val, ctxt);
+    } else {
+	Buf_AddByte(&v->val, ' ');
+	Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val);
+
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name,
+		   Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+	}
+
+	if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
+	    /*
+	     * If the original variable came from the environment, we
+	     * have to install it in the global context (we could place
+	     * it in the environment, but then we should provide a way to
+	     * export other variables...)
+	     */
+	    v->flags &= ~VAR_FROM_ENV;
+	    h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL);
+	    Hash_SetValue(h, v);
+	}
+    }
+    if (expanded_name != NULL)
+	free(expanded_name);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Exists --
+ *	See if the given variable exists.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		Variable to find
+ *	ctxt		Context in which to start search
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if it does, FALSE if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+Boolean
+Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Var		  *v;
+    char          *cp;
+
+    if ((cp = strchr(name, '$')) != NULL) {
+	cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, FALSE);
+    }
+    v = VarFind(cp ? cp : name, ctxt, FIND_CMD|FIND_GLOBAL|FIND_ENV);
+    if (cp != NULL) {
+	free(cp);
+    }
+    if (v == NULL) {
+	return(FALSE);
+    } else {
+	(void)VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+    }
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Value --
+ *	Return the value of the named variable in the given context
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	name		name to find
+ *	ctxt		context in which to search for it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The value if the variable exists, NULL if it doesn't
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp)
+{
+    Var            *v;
+
+    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+    *frp = NULL;
+    if (v != NULL) {
+	char *p = (Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+	if (VarFreeEnv(v, FALSE))
+	    *frp = p;
+	return p;
+    } else {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarHead --
+ *	Remove the tail of the given word and place the result in the given
+ *	buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	True if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before sticking in the head
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarHead(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy)
+{
+    char *slash;
+
+    slash = strrchr(word, '/');
+    if (slash != NULL) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	*slash = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+	*slash = '/';
+	return (TRUE);
+    } else {
+	/*
+	 * If no directory part, give . (q.v. the POSIX standard)
+	 */
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace)
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, '.');
+    }
+    return(dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarTail --
+ *	Remove the head of the given word and place the result in the given
+ *	buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	True if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the tail
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarTail(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy)
+{
+    char *slash;
+
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+    }
+
+    slash = strrchr(word, '/');
+    if (slash != NULL) {
+	*slash++ = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), slash);
+	slash[-1] = '/';
+    } else {
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSuffix --
+ *	Place the suffix of the given word in the given buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space before placing the
+ *			suffix in the buffer
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The suffix from the word is placed in the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSuffix(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	  char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	  void *dummy)
+{
+    char *dot;
+
+    dot = strrchr(word, '.');
+    if (dot != NULL) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	*dot++ = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), dot);
+	dot[-1] = '.';
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+    }
+    return (dummy ? addSpace : addSpace);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarRoot --
+ *	Remove the suffix of the given word and place the result in the
+ *	buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to trim
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before placing the root in it
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be
+ *	added to the buffer before the next word).
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The trimmed word is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRoot(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	void *dummy)
+{
+    char *dot;
+
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+    }
+
+    dot = strrchr(word, '.');
+    if (dot != NULL) {
+	*dot = '\0';
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+	*dot = '.';
+    } else {
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarMatch --
+ *	Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern.
+ *	Callback function for VarModify to implement the :M modifier.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the word, if it matches
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *	pattern		Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ *	word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	 char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	 void *pattern)
+{
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "VarMatch [%s] [%s]\n", word, (char *)pattern);
+    if (Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return(addSpace);
+}
+
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSYSVMatch --
+ *	Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern.
+ *	Callback function for VarModify to implement the System V %
+ *	modifiers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the word, if it matches
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *	patp		Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ *	word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	     char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	     void *patp)
+{
+    int len;
+    char *ptr;
+    VarPattern 	  *pat = (VarPattern *)patp;
+    char *varexp;
+
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace)
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+
+    addSpace = TRUE;
+
+    if ((ptr = Str_SYSVMatch(word, pat->lhs, &len)) != NULL) {
+        varexp = Var_Subst(NULL, pat->rhs, ctx, 0);
+	Str_SYSVSubst(buf, varexp, ptr, len);
+	free(varexp);
+    } else {
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+
+    return(addSpace);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarNoMatch --
+ *	Place the word in the buffer if it doesn't match the given pattern.
+ *	Callback function for VarModify to implement the :N modifier.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to examine
+ *	addSpace	TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer
+ *			before adding the word, if it matches
+ *	buf		Buffer in which to store it
+ *	pattern		Pattern the word must match
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next
+ *	word.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The word may be copied to the buffer.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	   char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	   void *pattern)
+{
+    if (!Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) {
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+    }
+    return(addSpace);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSubstitute --
+ *	Perform a string-substitution on the given word, placing the
+ *	result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to modify
+ *	addSpace	True if space should be added before
+ *			other characters
+ *	buf		Buffer for result
+ *	patternp	Pattern for substitution
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	      void *patternp)
+{
+    int  	wordLen;    /* Length of word */
+    char 	*cp;	    /* General pointer */
+    VarPattern	*pattern = (VarPattern *)patternp;
+
+    wordLen = strlen(word);
+    if ((pattern->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) !=
+	(VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) {
+	/*
+	 * Still substituting -- break it down into simple anchored cases
+	 * and if none of them fits, perform the general substitution case.
+	 */
+	if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) &&
+	    (strncmp(word, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) {
+		/*
+		 * Anchored at start and beginning of word matches pattern
+		 */
+		if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) &&
+		    (wordLen == pattern->leftLen)) {
+			/*
+			 * Also anchored at end and matches to the end (word
+			 * is same length as pattern) add space and rhs only
+			 * if rhs is non-null.
+			 */
+			if (pattern->rightLen != 0) {
+			    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+				Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+			    }
+			    addSpace = TRUE;
+			    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+			}
+			pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+		} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) {
+		    /*
+		     * Doesn't match to end -- copy word wholesale
+		     */
+		    goto nosub;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Matches at start but need to copy in trailing characters
+		     */
+		    if ((pattern->rightLen + wordLen - pattern->leftLen) != 0){
+			if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+			    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+			}
+			addSpace = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen - pattern->leftLen,
+				 (word + pattern->leftLen));
+		    pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+		}
+	} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) {
+	    /*
+	     * Had to match at start of word and didn't -- copy whole word.
+	     */
+	    goto nosub;
+	} else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) {
+	    /*
+	     * Anchored at end, Find only place match could occur (leftLen
+	     * characters from the end of the word) and see if it does. Note
+	     * that because the $ will be left at the end of the lhs, we have
+	     * to use strncmp.
+	     */
+	    cp = word + (wordLen - pattern->leftLen);
+	    if ((cp >= word) &&
+		(strncmp(cp, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) {
+		/*
+		 * Match found. If we will place characters in the buffer,
+		 * add a space before hand as indicated by addSpace, then
+		 * stuff in the initial, unmatched part of the word followed
+		 * by the right-hand-side.
+		 */
+		if (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0) {
+		    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+			Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+		    }
+		    addSpace = TRUE;
+		}
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, word);
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+		pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Had to match at end and didn't. Copy entire word.
+		 */
+		goto nosub;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Pattern is unanchored: search for the pattern in the word using
+	     * String_FindSubstring, copying unmatched portions and the
+	     * right-hand-side for each match found, handling non-global
+	     * substitutions correctly, etc. When the loop is done, any
+	     * remaining part of the word (word and wordLen are adjusted
+	     * accordingly through the loop) is copied straight into the
+	     * buffer.
+	     * addSpace is set FALSE as soon as a space is added to the
+	     * buffer.
+	     */
+	    Boolean done;
+	    int origSize;
+
+	    done = FALSE;
+	    origSize = Buf_Size(buf);
+	    while (!done) {
+		cp = Str_FindSubstring(word, pattern->lhs);
+		if (cp != NULL) {
+		    if (addSpace && (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0)){
+			Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+			addSpace = FALSE;
+		    }
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, word);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs);
+		    wordLen -= (cp - word) + pattern->leftLen;
+		    word = cp + pattern->leftLen;
+		    if (wordLen == 0) {
+			done = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    if ((pattern->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) == 0) {
+			done = TRUE;
+		    }
+		    pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+		} else {
+		    done = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (wordLen != 0) {
+		if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+		    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+		}
+		Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * If added characters to the buffer, need to add a space
+	     * before we add any more. If we didn't add any, just return
+	     * the previous value of addSpace.
+	     */
+	    return ((Buf_Size(buf) != origSize) || addSpace);
+	}
+	return (addSpace);
+    }
+ nosub:
+    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+    }
+    Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word);
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarREError --
+ *	Print the error caused by a regcomp or regexec call.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	An error gets printed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+VarREError(int errnum, regex_t *pat, const char *str)
+{
+    char *errbuf;
+    int errlen;
+
+    errlen = regerror(errnum, pat, 0, 0);
+    errbuf = bmake_malloc(errlen);
+    regerror(errnum, pat, errbuf, errlen);
+    Error("%s: %s", str, errbuf);
+    free(errbuf);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarRESubstitute --
+ *	Perform a regex substitution on the given word, placing the
+ *	result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+		Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+		char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+		void *patternp)
+{
+    VarREPattern *pat;
+    int xrv;
+    char *wp;
+    char *rp;
+    int added;
+    int flags = 0;
+
+#define MAYBE_ADD_SPACE()		\
+	if (addSpace && !added)		\
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');	\
+	added = 1
+
+    added = 0;
+    wp = word;
+    pat = patternp;
+
+    if ((pat->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) ==
+	(VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED))
+	xrv = REG_NOMATCH;
+    else {
+    tryagain:
+	xrv = regexec(&pat->re, wp, pat->nsub, pat->matches, flags);
+    }
+
+    switch (xrv) {
+    case 0:
+	pat->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED;
+	if (pat->matches[0].rm_so > 0) {
+	    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, pat->matches[0].rm_so, wp);
+	}
+
+	for (rp = pat->replace; *rp; rp++) {
+	    if ((*rp == '\\') && ((rp[1] == '&') || (rp[1] == '\\'))) {
+		MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		Buf_AddByte(buf,rp[1]);
+		rp++;
+	    }
+	    else if ((*rp == '&') ||
+		((*rp == '\\') && isdigit((unsigned char)rp[1]))) {
+		int n;
+		const char *subbuf;
+		int sublen;
+		char errstr[3];
+
+		if (*rp == '&') {
+		    n = 0;
+		    errstr[0] = '&';
+		    errstr[1] = '\0';
+		} else {
+		    n = rp[1] - '0';
+		    errstr[0] = '\\';
+		    errstr[1] = rp[1];
+		    errstr[2] = '\0';
+		    rp++;
+		}
+
+		if (n > pat->nsub) {
+		    Error("No subexpression %s", &errstr[0]);
+		    subbuf = "";
+		    sublen = 0;
+		} else if ((pat->matches[n].rm_so == -1) &&
+			   (pat->matches[n].rm_eo == -1)) {
+		    Error("No match for subexpression %s", &errstr[0]);
+		    subbuf = "";
+		    sublen = 0;
+	        } else {
+		    subbuf = wp + pat->matches[n].rm_so;
+		    sublen = pat->matches[n].rm_eo - pat->matches[n].rm_so;
+		}
+
+		if (sublen > 0) {
+		    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		    Buf_AddBytes(buf, sublen, subbuf);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		Buf_AddByte(buf, *rp);
+	    }
+	}
+	wp += pat->matches[0].rm_eo;
+	if (pat->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) {
+	    flags |= REG_NOTBOL;
+	    if (pat->matches[0].rm_so == 0 && pat->matches[0].rm_eo == 0) {
+		MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+		Buf_AddByte(buf, *wp);
+		wp++;
+
+	    }
+	    if (*wp)
+		goto tryagain;
+	}
+	if (*wp) {
+	    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+	    Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(wp), wp);
+	}
+	break;
+    default:
+	VarREError(xrv, &pat->re, "Unexpected regex error");
+       /* fall through */
+    case REG_NOMATCH:
+	if (*wp) {
+	    MAYBE_ADD_SPACE();
+	    Buf_AddBytes(buf,strlen(wp),wp);
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    return(addSpace||added);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarLoopExpand --
+ *	Implements the :@<temp>@<string>@ modifier of ODE make.
+ *	We set the temp variable named in pattern.lhs to word and expand
+ *	pattern.rhs storing the result in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	word		Word to modify
+ *	addSpace	True if space should be added before
+ *			other characters
+ *	buf		Buffer for result
+ *	pattern		Datafor substitution
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+	      Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+	      char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	      void *loopp)
+{
+    VarLoop_t	*loop = (VarLoop_t *)loopp;
+    char *s;
+    int slen;
+
+    if (word && *word) {
+        Var_Set(loop->tvar, word, loop->ctxt, VAR_NO_EXPORT);
+        s = Var_Subst(NULL, loop->str, loop->ctxt, loop->errnum);
+        if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') {
+            if (addSpace && *s != '\n')
+                Buf_AddByte(buf, ' ');
+            Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), s);
+            addSpace = (slen > 0 && s[slen - 1] != '\n');
+            free(s);
+        }
+    }
+    return addSpace;
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarSelectWords --
+ *	Implements the :[start..end] modifier.
+ *	This is a special case of VarModify since we want to be able
+ *	to scan the list backwards if start > end.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be trimmed
+ *	seldata		words to select
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string of all the words selected.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	       const char *str, VarSelectWords_t *seldata)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    Boolean 	  addSpace; 	    /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
+				     * buffer before adding the trimmed
+				     * word */
+    char **av;			    /* word list */
+    char *as;			    /* word list memory */
+    int ac, i;
+    int start, end, step;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    addSpace = FALSE;
+
+    if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
+	/* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */
+	ac = 1;
+    	av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+	as = bmake_strdup(str);
+	av[0] = as;
+	av[1] = NULL;
+    } else {
+	av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now sanitize seldata.
+     * If seldata->start or seldata->end are negative, convert them to
+     * the positive equivalents (-1 gets converted to argc, -2 gets
+     * converted to (argc-1), etc.).
+     */
+    if (seldata->start < 0)
+	seldata->start = ac + seldata->start + 1;
+    if (seldata->end < 0)
+	seldata->end = ac + seldata->end + 1;
+
+    /*
+     * We avoid scanning more of the list than we need to.
+     */
+    if (seldata->start > seldata->end) {
+	start = MIN(ac, seldata->start) - 1;
+	end = MAX(0, seldata->end - 1);
+	step = -1;
+    } else {
+	start = MAX(0, seldata->start - 1);
+	end = MIN(ac, seldata->end);
+	step = 1;
+    }
+
+    for (i = start;
+	 (step < 0 && i >= end) || (step > 0 && i < end);
+	 i += step) {
+	if (av[i] && *av[i]) {
+	    if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	    }
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+	    addSpace = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ * VarRealpath --
+ *	Replace each word with the result of realpath()
+ *	if successful.
+ */
+static Boolean
+VarRealpath(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+	    char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf,
+	    void *patternp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+	char rbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *rp;
+			    
+	if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace);
+	}
+	addSpace = TRUE;
+	rp = realpath(word, rbuf);
+	if (rp && *rp == '/' && stat(rp, &st) == 0)
+		word = rp;
+	
+	Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word);
+	return(addSpace);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarModify --
+ *	Modify each of the words of the passed string using the given
+ *	function. Used to implement all modifiers.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be trimmed
+ *	modProc		Function to use to modify them
+ *	datum		Datum to pass it
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string of all the words modified appropriately.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate,
+    const char *str,
+    Boolean (*modProc)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *,
+		       Boolean, Buffer *, void *),
+    void *datum)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    Boolean 	  addSpace; 	    /* TRUE if need to add a space to the
+				     * buffer before adding the trimmed
+				     * word */
+    char **av;			    /* word list */
+    char *as;			    /* word list memory */
+    int ac, i;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    addSpace = FALSE;
+
+    if (vpstate->oneBigWord) {
+	/* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */
+	ac = 1;
+    	av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+	as = bmake_strdup(str);
+	av[0] = as;
+	av[1] = NULL;
+    } else {
+	av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, &buf, datum);
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+static int
+VarWordCompare(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	int r = strcmp(*(const char * const *)a, *(const char * const *)b);
+	return r;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarOrder --
+ *	Order the words in the string.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be sorted.
+ *	otype		How to order: s - sort, x - random.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string containing the words ordered.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for the new string */
+    char **av;			    /* word list [first word does not count] */
+    char *as;			    /* word list memory */
+    int ac, i;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+    av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+
+    if (ac > 0)
+	switch (otype) {
+	case 's':	/* sort alphabetically */
+	    qsort(av, ac, sizeof(char *), VarWordCompare);
+	    break;
+	case 'x':	/* randomize */
+	{
+	    int rndidx;
+	    char *t;
+
+	    /*
+	     * We will use [ac..2] range for mod factors. This will produce
+	     * random numbers in [(ac-1)..0] interval, and minimal
+	     * reasonable value for mod factor is 2 (the mod 1 will produce
+	     * 0 with probability 1).
+	     */
+	    for (i = ac-1; i > 0; i--) {
+		rndidx = random() % (i + 1);
+		if (i != rndidx) {
+		    t = av[i];
+		    av[i] = av[rndidx];
+		    av[rndidx] = t;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	} /* end of switch */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+	if (i != ac - 1)
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarUniq --
+ *	Remove adjacent duplicate words.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String whose words should be sorted
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string containing the resulting words.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarUniq(const char *str)
+{
+    Buffer	  buf;		    /* Buffer for new string */
+    char 	**av;		    /* List of words to affect */
+    char 	 *as;		    /* Word list memory */
+    int 	  ac, i, j;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+
+    if (ac > 1) {
+	for (j = 0, i = 1; i < ac; i++)
+	    if (strcmp(av[i], av[j]) != 0 && (++j != i))
+		av[j] = av[i];
+	ac = j + 1;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) {
+	Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]);
+	if (i != ac - 1)
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+    }
+
+    free(as);
+    free(av);
+
+    return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarGetPattern --
+ *	Pass through the tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters,
+ *	'$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in
+ *	uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before
+ *	the delimiter (expand the variable substitution unless flags
+ *	has VAR_NOSUBST set).
+ *	Return the expanded string or NULL if the delimiter was missing
+ *	If pattern is specified, handle escaped ampersands, and replace
+ *	unescaped ampersands with the lhs of the pattern.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	A string of all the words modified appropriately.
+ *	If length is specified, return the string length of the buffer
+ *	If flags is specified and the last character of the pattern is a
+ *	$ set the VAR_MATCH_END bit of flags.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED,
+	      int errnum, const char **tstr, int delim, int *flags,
+	      int *length, VarPattern *pattern)
+{
+    const char *cp;
+    char *rstr;
+    Buffer buf;
+    int junk;
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    if (length == NULL)
+	length = &junk;
+
+#define IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim) \
+    ((cp[0] == '\\') && ((cp[1] == delim) ||  \
+     (cp[1] == '\\') || (cp[1] == '$') || (pattern && (cp[1] == '&'))))
+
+    /*
+     * Skim through until the matching delimiter is found;
+     * pick up variable substitutions on the way. Also allow
+     * backslashes to quote the delimiter, $, and \, but don't
+     * touch other backslashes.
+     */
+    for (cp = *tstr; *cp && (*cp != delim); cp++) {
+	if (IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim)) {
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
+	    cp++;
+	} else if (*cp == '$') {
+	    if (cp[1] == delim) {
+		if (flags == NULL)
+		    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+		else
+		    /*
+		     * Unescaped $ at end of pattern => anchor
+		     * pattern at end.
+		     */
+		    *flags |= VAR_MATCH_END;
+	    } else {
+		if (flags == NULL || (*flags & VAR_NOSUBST) == 0) {
+		    char   *cp2;
+		    int     len;
+		    void   *freeIt;
+
+		    /*
+		     * If unescaped dollar sign not before the
+		     * delimiter, assume it's a variable
+		     * substitution and recurse.
+		     */
+		    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt);
+		    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+		    if (freeIt)
+			free(freeIt);
+		    cp += len - 1;
+		} else {
+		    const char *cp2 = &cp[1];
+
+		    if (*cp2 == PROPEN || *cp2 == BROPEN) {
+			/*
+			 * Find the end of this variable reference
+			 * and suck it in without further ado.
+			 * It will be interperated later.
+			 */
+			int have = *cp2;
+			int want = (*cp2 == PROPEN) ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+			int depth = 1;
+
+			for (++cp2; *cp2 != '\0' && depth > 0; ++cp2) {
+			    if (cp2[-1] != '\\') {
+				if (*cp2 == have)
+				    ++depth;
+				if (*cp2 == want)
+				    --depth;
+			    }
+			}
+			Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cp2 - cp, cp);
+			cp = --cp2;
+		    } else
+			Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (pattern && *cp == '&')
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, pattern->leftLen, pattern->lhs);
+	else
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+    }
+
+    if (*cp != delim) {
+	*tstr = cp;
+	*length = 0;
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    *tstr = ++cp;
+    *length = Buf_Size(&buf);
+    rstr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "Modifier pattern: \"%s\"\n", rstr);
+    return rstr;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarQuote --
+ *	Quote shell meta-characters in the string
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The quoted string
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarQuote(char *str)
+{
+
+    Buffer  	  buf;
+    /* This should cover most shells :-( */
+    static const char meta[] = "\n \t'`\";&<>()|*?{}[]\\$!#^~";
+    const char	*newline;
+    size_t len, nlen;
+
+    if ((newline = Shell_GetNewline()) == NULL)
+	    newline = "\\\n";
+    nlen = strlen(newline);
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    while (*str != '\0') {
+	if ((len = strcspn(str, meta)) != 0) {
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, len, str);
+	    str += len;
+	} else if (*str == '\n') {
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, nlen, newline);
+	    ++str;
+	} else {
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, '\\');
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+	    ++str;
+	}
+    }
+    str = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+    if (DEBUG(VAR))
+	fprintf(debug_file, "QuoteMeta: [%s]\n", str);
+    return str;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * VarHash --
+ *      Hash the string using the MurmurHash3 algorithm.
+ *      Output is computed using 32bit Little Endian arithmetic.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		String to modify
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *      Hash value of str, encoded as 8 hex digits.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *      None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static char *
+VarHash(char *str)
+{
+    static const char    hexdigits[16] = "0123456789abcdef";
+    Buffer         buf;
+    size_t         len, len2;
+    unsigned char  *ustr = (unsigned char *)str;
+    uint32_t       h, k, c1, c2;
+    int            done;
+
+    done = 1;
+    h  = 0x971e137bU;
+    c1 = 0x95543787U;
+    c2 = 0x2ad7eb25U;
+    len2 = strlen(str);
+
+    for (len = len2; len; ) {
+	k = 0;
+	switch (len) {
+	default:
+	    k = (ustr[3] << 24) | (ustr[2] << 16) | (ustr[1] << 8) | ustr[0];
+	    len -= 4;
+	    ustr += 4;
+	    break;
+	case 3:
+	    k |= (ustr[2] << 16);
+	case 2:
+	    k |= (ustr[1] << 8);
+	case 1:
+	    k |= ustr[0];
+	    len = 0;
+	}
+	c1 = c1 * 5 + 0x7b7d159cU;
+	c2 = c2 * 5 + 0x6bce6396U;
+	k *= c1;
+	k = (k << 11) ^ (k >> 21);
+	k *= c2;
+	h = (h << 13) ^ (h >> 19);
+	h = h * 5 + 0x52dce729U;
+	h ^= k;
+   } while (!done);
+   h ^= len2;
+   h *= 0x85ebca6b;
+   h ^= h >> 13;
+   h *= 0xc2b2ae35;
+   h ^= h >> 16;
+
+   Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+   for (len = 0; len < 8; ++len) {
+       Buf_AddByte(&buf, hexdigits[h & 15]);
+       h >>= 4;
+   }
+
+   return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+}
+
+static char *
+VarStrftime(const char *fmt, int zulu)
+{
+    char buf[BUFSIZ];
+    time_t utc;
+
+    time(&utc);
+    if (!*fmt)
+	fmt = "%c";
+    strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, zulu ? gmtime(&utc) : localtime(&utc));
+    
+    buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0';
+    return bmake_strdup(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Now we need to apply any modifiers the user wants applied.
+ * These are:
+ *  	  :M<pattern>	words which match the given <pattern>.
+ *  			<pattern> is of the standard file
+ *  			wildcarding form.
+ *  	  :N<pattern>	words which do not match the given <pattern>.
+ *  	  :S<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
+ *  			Substitute <pat2> for <pat1> in the value
+ *  	  :C<d><pat1><d><pat2><d>[1gW]
+ *  			Substitute <pat2> for regex <pat1> in the value
+ *  	  :H		Substitute the head of each word
+ *  	  :T		Substitute the tail of each word
+ *  	  :E		Substitute the extension (minus '.') of
+ *  			each word
+ *  	  :R		Substitute the root of each word
+ *  			(pathname minus the suffix).
+ *	  :O		("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable.
+ *	  :Ox		("intermiX") Randomize words in variable.
+ *	  :u		("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words.
+ *	  :tu		Converts the variable contents to uppercase.
+ *	  :tl		Converts the variable contents to lowercase.
+ *	  :ts[c]	Sets varSpace - the char used to
+ *			separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is
+ *			omitted then no separation is used.
+ *	  :tW		Treat the variable contents as a single
+ *			word, even if it contains spaces.
+ *			(Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.)
+ *	  :tw		Treat the variable contents as multiple
+ *			space-separated words.
+ *			(Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.)
+ *	  :[index]	Select a single word from the value.
+ *	  :[start..end]	Select multiple words from the value.
+ *	  :[*] or :[0]	Select the entire value, as a single
+ *			word.  Equivalent to :tW.
+ *	  :[@]		Select the entire value, as multiple
+ *			words.	Undoes the effect of :[*].
+ *			Equivalent to :tw.
+ *	  :[#]		Returns the number of words in the value.
+ *
+ *	  :?<true-value>:<false-value>
+ *			If the variable evaluates to true, return
+ *			true value, else return the second value.
+ *    	  :lhs=rhs  	Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of
+ *    			the invocation.
+ *	  :sh		Treat the current value as a command
+ *			to be run, new value is its output.
+ * The following added so we can handle ODE makefiles.
+ *	  :@<tmpvar>@<newval>@
+ *			Assign a temporary local variable <tmpvar>
+ *			to the current value of each word in turn
+ *			and replace each word with the result of
+ *			evaluating <newval>
+ *	  :D<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable defined
+ *	  :U<newval>	Use <newval> as value if variable undefined
+ *	  :L		Use the name of the variable as the value.
+ *	  :P		Use the path of the node that has the same
+ *			name as the variable as the value.  This
+ *			basically includes an implied :L so that
+ *			the common method of refering to the path
+ *			of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use
+ *			the form '${x:P}'.
+ *	  :!<cmd>!	Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the
+ *			current value of the variable.
+ * The ::= modifiers, actually assign a value to the variable.
+ * Their main purpose is in supporting modifiers of .for loop
+ * iterators and other obscure uses.  They always expand to
+ * nothing.  In a target rule that would otherwise expand to an
+ * empty line they can be preceded with @: to keep make happy.
+ * Eg.
+ *
+ * foo:	.USE
+ * .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz
+ * 	@: ${t::=$i}
+ *	@echo blah ${t:T}
+ * .endfor
+ *
+ *	  ::=<str>	Assigns <str> as the new value of variable.
+ *	  ::?=<str>	Assigns <str> as value of variable if
+ *			it was not already set.
+ *	  ::+=<str>	Appends <str> to variable.
+ *	  ::!=<cmd>	Assigns output of <cmd> as the new value of
+ *			variable.
+ */
+
+/* we now have some modifiers with long names */
+#define STRMOD_MATCH(s, want, n) \
+    (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':'))
+
+static char *
+ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr,
+	       int startc, int endc,
+	       Var *v, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum,
+	       int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr)
+{
+    const char 	   *start;
+    const char     *cp;    	/* Secondary pointer into str (place marker
+				 * for tstr) */
+    char	   *newStr;	/* New value to return */
+    char	    termc;	/* Character which terminated scan */
+    int             cnt;	/* Used to count brace pairs when variable in
+				 * in parens or braces */
+    char	delim;
+    int		modifier;	/* that we are processing */
+    Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */
+
+    delim = '\0';
+    parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+    parsestate.varSpace = ' ';	/* word separator */
+
+    start = cp = tstr;
+
+    while (*tstr && *tstr != endc) {
+
+	if (*tstr == '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * We may have some complex modifiers in a variable.
+	     */
+	    void *freeIt;
+	    char *rval;
+	    int rlen;
+	    int c;
+
+	    rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, errnum, &rlen, &freeIt);
+
+	    /*
+	     * If we have not parsed up to endc or ':',
+	     * we are not interested.
+	     */
+	    if (rval != NULL && *rval &&
+		(c = tstr[rlen]) != '\0' &&
+		c != ':' &&
+		c != endc) {
+		if (freeIt)
+		    free(freeIt);
+		goto apply_mods;
+	    }
+
+	    if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+		fprintf(debug_file, "Got '%s' from '%.*s'%.*s\n",
+		       rval, rlen, tstr, rlen, tstr + rlen);
+	    }
+
+	    tstr += rlen;
+
+	    if (rval != NULL && *rval) {
+		int used;
+
+		nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, rval,
+				      0, 0,
+				      v, ctxt, errnum, &used, freePtr);
+		if (nstr == var_Error
+		    || (nstr == varNoError && errnum == 0)
+		    || strlen(rval) != (size_t) used) {
+		    if (freeIt)
+			free(freeIt);
+		    goto out;		/* error already reported */
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (freeIt)
+		free(freeIt);
+	    if (*tstr == ':')
+		tstr++;
+	    else if (!*tstr && endc) {
+		Error("Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '%c') for %s", endc, v->name);
+		goto out;
+	    }
+	    continue;
+	}
+    apply_mods:
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Applying[%s] :%c to \"%s\"\n", v->name,
+		*tstr, nstr);
+	}
+	newStr = var_Error;
+	switch ((modifier = *tstr)) {
+	case ':':
+	    {
+		if (tstr[1] == '=' ||
+		    (tstr[2] == '=' &&
+		     (tstr[1] == '!' || tstr[1] == '+' || tstr[1] == '?'))) {
+		    /*
+		     * "::=", "::!=", "::+=", or "::?="
+		     */
+		    GNode *v_ctxt;		/* context where v belongs */
+		    const char *emsg;
+		    char *sv_name;
+		    VarPattern	pattern;
+		    int	how;
+
+		    if (v->name[0] == 0)
+			goto bad_modifier;
+
+		    v_ctxt = ctxt;
+		    sv_name = NULL;
+		    ++tstr;
+		    if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+			/*
+			 * We need to bmake_strdup() it incase
+			 * VarGetPattern() recurses.
+			 */
+			sv_name = v->name;
+			v->name = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+		    } else if (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) {
+			Var *gv = VarFind(v->name, ctxt, 0);
+			if (gv == NULL)
+			    v_ctxt = VAR_GLOBAL;
+			else
+			    VarFreeEnv(gv, TRUE);
+		    }
+
+		    switch ((how = *tstr)) {
+		    case '+':
+		    case '?':
+		    case '!':
+			cp = &tstr[2];
+			break;
+		    default:
+			cp = ++tstr;
+			break;
+		    }
+		    delim = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+		    pattern.flags = 0;
+
+		    pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+						&cp, delim, NULL,
+						&pattern.rightLen,
+						NULL);
+		    if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+			/* restore original name */
+			free(v->name);
+			v->name = sv_name;
+		    }
+		    if (pattern.rhs == NULL)
+			goto cleanup;
+
+		    termc = *--cp;
+		    delim = '\0';
+
+		    switch (how) {
+		    case '+':
+			Var_Append(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt);
+			break;
+		    case '!':
+			newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg);
+			if (emsg)
+			    Error(emsg, nstr);
+			else
+			    Var_Set(v->name, newStr,  v_ctxt, 0);
+			if (newStr)
+			    free(newStr);
+			break;
+		    case '?':
+			if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0)
+			    break;
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		    default:
+			Var_Set(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt, 0);
+			break;
+		    }
+		    free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		    newStr = var_Error;
+		    break;
+		}
+		goto default_case; /* "::<unrecognised>" */
+	    }
+	case '@':
+	    {
+		VarLoop_t	loop;
+		int flags = VAR_NOSUBST;
+
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		delim = '@';
+		if ((loop.tvar = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+					       &cp, delim,
+					       &flags, &loop.tvarLen,
+					       NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		if ((loop.str = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+					      &cp, delim,
+					      &flags, &loop.strLen,
+					      NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		termc = *cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+
+		loop.errnum = errnum;
+		loop.ctxt = ctxt;
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarLoopExpand,
+				   &loop);
+		free(loop.tvar);
+		free(loop.str);
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'D':
+	case 'U':
+	    {
+		Buffer  buf;    	/* Buffer for patterns */
+		int	    wantit;	/* want data in buffer */
+
+		/*
+		 * Pass through tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters,
+		 * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in
+		 * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before
+		 * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution).
+		 * The result is left in the Buffer buf.
+		 */
+		Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+		for (cp = tstr + 1;
+		     *cp != endc && *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0';
+		     cp++) {
+		    if ((*cp == '\\') &&
+			((cp[1] == ':') ||
+			 (cp[1] == '$') ||
+			 (cp[1] == endc) ||
+			 (cp[1] == '\\')))
+			{
+			    Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]);
+			    cp++;
+			} else if (*cp == '$') {
+			    /*
+			     * If unescaped dollar sign, assume it's a
+			     * variable substitution and recurse.
+			     */
+			    char    *cp2;
+			    int	    len;
+			    void    *freeIt;
+
+			    cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt);
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2);
+			    if (freeIt)
+				free(freeIt);
+			    cp += len - 1;
+			} else {
+			    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp);
+			}
+		}
+
+		termc = *cp;
+
+		if (*tstr == 'U')
+		    wantit = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0);
+		else
+		    wantit = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0);
+		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		if (wantit) {
+		    newStr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+		} else {
+		    newStr = nstr;
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'L':
+	    {
+		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		termc = *tstr;
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'P':
+	    {
+		GNode *gn;
+
+		if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0)
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		gn = Targ_FindNode(v->name, TARG_NOCREATE);
+		if (gn == NULL || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) {
+		    newStr = NULL;
+		} else if (gn->path) {
+		    newStr = bmake_strdup(gn->path);
+		} else {
+		    newStr = Dir_FindFile(v->name, Suff_FindPath(gn));
+		}
+		if (!newStr) {
+		    newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name);
+		}
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		termc = *tstr;
+		break;
+	    }
+	case '!':
+	    {
+		const char *emsg;
+		VarPattern 	    pattern;
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+
+		delim = '!';
+
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+						 &cp, delim,
+						 NULL, &pattern.rightLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+		newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg);
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		if (emsg)
+		    Error(emsg, nstr);
+		termc = *cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case '[':
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * Look for the closing ']', recursively
+		 * expanding any embedded variables.
+		 *
+		 * estr is a pointer to the expanded result,
+		 * which we must free().
+		 */
+		char *estr;
+
+		cp = tstr+1; /* point to char after '[' */
+		delim = ']'; /* look for closing ']' */
+		estr = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+				     errnum, &cp, delim,
+				     NULL, NULL, NULL);
+		if (estr == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup; /* report missing ']' */
+		/* now cp points just after the closing ']' */
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (cp[0] != ':' && cp[0] != endc) {
+		    /* Found junk after ']' */
+		    free(estr);
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		}
+		if (estr[0] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found empty square brackets in ":[]". */
+		    free(estr);
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		} else if (estr[0] == '#' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found ":[#]" */
+
+		    /*
+		     * We will need enough space for the decimal
+		     * representation of an int.  We calculate the
+		     * space needed for the octal representation,
+		     * and add enough slop to cope with a '-' sign
+		     * (which should never be needed) and a '\0'
+		     * string terminator.
+		     */
+		    int newStrSize =
+			(sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT + 2) / 3 + 2;
+
+		    newStr = bmake_malloc(newStrSize);
+		    if (parsestate.oneBigWord) {
+			strncpy(newStr, "1", newStrSize);
+		    } else {
+			/* XXX: brk_string() is a rather expensive
+			 * way of counting words. */
+			char **av;
+			char *as;
+			int ac;
+
+			av = brk_string(nstr, &ac, FALSE, &as);
+			snprintf(newStr, newStrSize,  "%d", ac);
+			free(as);
+			free(av);
+		    }
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		} else if (estr[0] == '*' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found ":[*]" */
+		    parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+		    newStr = nstr;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		} else if (estr[0] == '@' && estr[1] == '\0') {
+		    /* Found ":[@]" */
+		    parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+		    newStr = nstr;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * We expect estr to contain a single
+		     * integer for :[N], or two integers
+		     * separated by ".." for :[start..end].
+		     */
+		    char *ep;
+
+		    VarSelectWords_t seldata = { 0, 0 };
+
+		    seldata.start = strtol(estr, &ep, 0);
+		    if (ep == estr) {
+			/* Found junk instead of a number */
+			free(estr);
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    } else if (ep[0] == '\0') {
+			/* Found only one integer in :[N] */
+			seldata.end = seldata.start;
+		    } else if (ep[0] == '.' && ep[1] == '.' &&
+			       ep[2] != '\0') {
+			/* Expecting another integer after ".." */
+			ep += 2;
+			seldata.end = strtol(ep, &ep, 0);
+			if (ep[0] != '\0') {
+			    /* Found junk after ".." */
+			    free(estr);
+			    goto bad_modifier;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			/* Found junk instead of ".." */
+			free(estr);
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    }
+		    /*
+		     * Now seldata is properly filled in,
+		     * but we still have to check for 0 as
+		     * a special case.
+		     */
+		    if (seldata.start == 0 && seldata.end == 0) {
+			/* ":[0]" or perhaps ":[0..0]" */
+			parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+			newStr = nstr;
+			termc = *cp;
+			free(estr);
+			break;
+		    } else if (seldata.start == 0 ||
+			       seldata.end == 0) {
+			/* ":[0..N]" or ":[N..0]" */
+			free(estr);
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    }
+		    /*
+		     * Normal case: select the words
+		     * described by seldata.
+		     */
+		    newStr = VarSelectWords(ctxt, &parsestate,
+					    nstr, &seldata);
+
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    free(estr);
+		    break;
+		}
+
+	    }
+	case 'g':
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "gmtime", 6)) {
+		newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 1);
+		cp = tstr + 6;
+		termc = *cp;
+	    } else {
+		goto default_case;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'h':
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "hash", 4)) {
+		newStr = VarHash(nstr);
+		cp = tstr + 4;
+		termc = *cp;
+	    } else {
+		goto default_case;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 'l':
+	    cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+	    if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "localtime", 9)) {
+		newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 0);
+		cp = tstr + 9;
+		termc = *cp;
+	    } else {
+		goto default_case;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case 't':
+	    {
+		cp = tstr + 1;	/* make sure it is set */
+		if (tstr[1] != endc && tstr[1] != ':') {
+		    if (tstr[1] == 's') {
+			/*
+			 * Use the char (if any) at tstr[2]
+			 * as the word separator.
+			 */
+			VarPattern pattern;
+
+			if (tstr[2] != endc &&
+			    (tstr[3] == endc || tstr[3] == ':')) {
+			    /* ":ts<unrecognised><endc>" or
+			     * ":ts<unrecognised>:" */
+			    parsestate.varSpace = tstr[2];
+			    cp = tstr + 3;
+			} else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') {
+			    /* ":ts<endc>" or ":ts:" */
+			    parsestate.varSpace = 0; /* no separator */
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			} else if (tstr[2] == '\\') {
+			    switch (tstr[3]) {
+			    case 'n':
+				parsestate.varSpace = '\n';
+				cp = tstr + 4;
+				break;
+			    case 't':
+				parsestate.varSpace = '\t';
+				cp = tstr + 4;
+				break;
+			    default:
+				if (isdigit((unsigned char)tstr[3])) {
+				    char *ep;
+
+				    parsestate.varSpace =
+					strtoul(&tstr[3], &ep, 0);
+				    if (*ep != ':' && *ep != endc)
+					goto bad_modifier;
+				    cp = ep;
+				} else {
+				    /*
+				     * ":ts<backslash><unrecognised>".
+				     */
+				    goto bad_modifier;
+				}
+				break;
+			    }
+			} else {
+			    /*
+			     * Found ":ts<unrecognised><unrecognised>".
+			     */
+			    goto bad_modifier;
+			}
+
+			termc = *cp;
+
+			/*
+			 * We cannot be certain that VarModify
+			 * will be used - even if there is a
+			 * subsequent modifier, so do a no-op
+			 * VarSubstitute now to for str to be
+			 * re-expanded without the spaces.
+			 */
+			pattern.flags = VAR_SUB_ONE;
+			pattern.lhs = pattern.rhs = "\032";
+			pattern.leftLen = pattern.rightLen = 1;
+
+			newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+					   VarSubstitute,
+					   &pattern);
+		    } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') {
+			/*
+			 * Check for two-character options:
+			 * ":tu", ":tl"
+			 */
+			if (tstr[1] == 'A') { /* absolute path */
+			    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+					       VarRealpath, NULL);
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else if (tstr[1] == 'u') {
+			    char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr);
+			    for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++)
+				*dp = toupper((unsigned char)*dp);
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else if (tstr[1] == 'l') {
+			    char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr);
+			    for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++)
+				*dp = tolower((unsigned char)*dp);
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else if (tstr[1] == 'W' || tstr[1] == 'w') {
+			    parsestate.oneBigWord = (tstr[1] == 'W');
+			    newStr = nstr;
+			    cp = tstr + 2;
+			    termc = *cp;
+			} else {
+			    /* Found ":t<unrecognised>:" or
+			     * ":t<unrecognised><endc>". */
+			    goto bad_modifier;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			/*
+			 * Found ":t<unrecognised><unrecognised>".
+			 */
+			goto bad_modifier;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Found ":t<endc>" or ":t:".
+		     */
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'N':
+	case 'M':
+	    {
+		char    *pattern;
+		const char *endpat; /* points just after end of pattern */
+		char    *cp2;
+		Boolean copy;	/* pattern should be, or has been, copied */
+		Boolean needSubst;
+		int nest;
+
+		copy = FALSE;
+		needSubst = FALSE;
+		nest = 1;
+		/*
+		 * In the loop below, ignore ':' unless we are at
+		 * (or back to) the original brace level.
+		 * XXX This will likely not work right if $() and ${}
+		 * are intermixed.
+		 */
+		for (cp = tstr + 1;
+		     *cp != '\0' && !(*cp == ':' && nest == 1);
+		     cp++)
+		    {
+			if (*cp == '\\' &&
+			    (cp[1] == ':' ||
+			     cp[1] == endc || cp[1] == startc)) {
+			    if (!needSubst) {
+				copy = TRUE;
+			    }
+			    cp++;
+			    continue;
+			}
+			if (*cp == '$') {
+			    needSubst = TRUE;
+			}
+			if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{')
+			    ++nest;
+			if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') {
+			    --nest;
+			    if (nest == 0)
+				break;
+			}
+		    }
+		termc = *cp;
+		endpat = cp;
+		if (copy) {
+		    /*
+		     * Need to compress the \:'s out of the pattern, so
+		     * allocate enough room to hold the uncompressed
+		     * pattern (note that cp started at tstr+1, so
+		     * cp - tstr takes the null byte into account) and
+		     * compress the pattern into the space.
+		     */
+		    pattern = bmake_malloc(cp - tstr);
+		    for (cp2 = pattern, cp = tstr + 1;
+			 cp < endpat;
+			 cp++, cp2++)
+			{
+			    if ((*cp == '\\') && (cp+1 < endpat) &&
+				(cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc)) {
+				cp++;
+			    }
+			    *cp2 = *cp;
+			}
+		    *cp2 = '\0';
+		    endpat = cp2;
+		} else {
+		    /*
+		     * Either Var_Subst or VarModify will need a
+		     * nul-terminated string soon, so construct one now.
+		     */
+		    pattern = bmake_strndup(tstr+1, endpat - (tstr + 1));
+		}
+		if (needSubst) {
+		    /*
+		     * pattern contains embedded '$', so use Var_Subst to
+		     * expand it.
+		     */
+		    cp2 = pattern;
+		    pattern = Var_Subst(NULL, cp2, ctxt, errnum);
+		    free(cp2);
+		}
+		if (DEBUG(VAR))
+		    fprintf(debug_file, "Pattern[%s] for [%s] is [%s]\n",
+			v->name, nstr, pattern);
+		if (*tstr == 'M') {
+		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarMatch,
+				       pattern);
+		} else {
+		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarNoMatch,
+				       pattern);
+		}
+		free(pattern);
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'S':
+	    {
+		VarPattern 	    pattern;
+		Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate;
+
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+		tmpparsestate = parsestate;
+		delim = tstr[1];
+		tstr += 2;
+
+		/*
+		 * If pattern begins with '^', it is anchored to the
+		 * start of the word -- skip over it and flag pattern.
+		 */
+		if (*tstr == '^') {
+		    pattern.flags |= VAR_MATCH_START;
+		    tstr += 1;
+		}
+
+		cp = tstr;
+		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+						 &cp, delim,
+						 &pattern.flags,
+						 &pattern.leftLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+						 &cp, delim, NULL,
+						 &pattern.rightLen,
+						 &pattern)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		/*
+		 * Check for global substitution. If 'g' after the final
+		 * delimiter, substitution is global and is marked that
+		 * way.
+		 */
+		for (;; cp++) {
+		    switch (*cp) {
+		    case 'g':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL;
+			continue;
+		    case '1':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE;
+			continue;
+		    case 'W':
+			tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+
+		termc = *cp;
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr,
+				   VarSubstitute,
+				   &pattern);
+
+		/*
+		 * Free the two strings.
+		 */
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		delim = '\0';
+		break;
+	    }
+	case '?':
+	    {
+		VarPattern 	pattern;
+		Boolean	value;
+
+		/* find ':', and then substitute accordingly */
+
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+
+		cp = ++tstr;
+		delim = ':';
+		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+						 &cp, delim, NULL,
+						 &pattern.leftLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		/* BROPEN or PROPEN */
+		delim = endc;
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum,
+						 &cp, delim, NULL,
+						 &pattern.rightLen,
+						 NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		termc = *--cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (Cond_EvalExpression(NULL, v->name, &value, 0)
+		    == COND_INVALID) {
+		    Error("Bad conditional expression `%s' in %s?%s:%s",
+			  v->name, v->name, pattern.lhs, pattern.rhs);
+		    goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		if (value) {
+		    newStr = UNCONST(pattern.lhs);
+		    free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+		} else {
+		    newStr = UNCONST(pattern.rhs);
+		    free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+		}
+		if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+		    v->flags |= VAR_KEEP;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+#ifndef NO_REGEX
+	case 'C':
+	    {
+		VarREPattern    pattern;
+		char           *re;
+		int             error;
+		Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate;
+
+		pattern.flags = 0;
+		tmpparsestate = parsestate;
+		delim = tstr[1];
+		tstr += 2;
+
+		cp = tstr;
+
+		if ((re = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim,
+					NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		if ((pattern.replace = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+						     errnum, &cp, delim, NULL,
+						     NULL, NULL)) == NULL){
+		    free(re);
+		    goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		for (;; cp++) {
+		    switch (*cp) {
+		    case 'g':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL;
+			continue;
+		    case '1':
+			pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE;
+			continue;
+		    case 'W':
+			tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+
+		termc = *cp;
+
+		error = regcomp(&pattern.re, re, REG_EXTENDED);
+		free(re);
+		if (error)  {
+		    *lengthPtr = cp - start + 1;
+		    VarREError(error, &pattern.re, "RE substitution error");
+		    free(pattern.replace);
+		    goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		pattern.nsub = pattern.re.re_nsub + 1;
+		if (pattern.nsub < 1)
+		    pattern.nsub = 1;
+		if (pattern.nsub > 10)
+		    pattern.nsub = 10;
+		pattern.matches = bmake_malloc(pattern.nsub *
+					  sizeof(regmatch_t));
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr,
+				   VarRESubstitute,
+				   &pattern);
+		regfree(&pattern.re);
+		free(pattern.replace);
+		free(pattern.matches);
+		delim = '\0';
+		break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	case 'Q':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarQuote(nstr);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'T':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'H':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'E':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSuffix,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'R':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRoot,
+				   NULL);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+	case 'O':
+	    {
+		char otype;
+
+		cp = tstr + 1;	/* skip to the rest in any case */
+		if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		    otype = 's';
+		    termc = *cp;
+		} else if ( (tstr[1] == 'x') &&
+			    (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') ) {
+		    otype = tstr[1];
+		    cp = tstr + 2;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		} else {
+		    goto bad_modifier;
+		}
+		newStr = VarOrder(nstr, otype);
+		break;
+	    }
+	case 'u':
+	    if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') {
+		newStr = VarUniq(nstr);
+		cp = tstr + 1;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+#ifdef SUNSHCMD
+	case 's':
+	    if (tstr[1] == 'h' && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':')) {
+		const char *emsg;
+		newStr = Cmd_Exec(nstr, &emsg);
+		if (emsg)
+		    Error(emsg, nstr);
+		cp = tstr + 2;
+		termc = *cp;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    goto default_case;
+#endif
+	default:
+	default_case:
+	{
+#ifdef SYSVVARSUB
+	    /*
+	     * This can either be a bogus modifier or a System-V
+	     * substitution command.
+	     */
+	    VarPattern      pattern;
+	    Boolean         eqFound;
+
+	    pattern.flags = 0;
+	    eqFound = FALSE;
+	    /*
+	     * First we make a pass through the string trying
+	     * to verify it is a SYSV-make-style translation:
+	     * it must be: <string1>=<string2>)
+	     */
+	    cp = tstr;
+	    cnt = 1;
+	    while (*cp != '\0' && cnt) {
+		if (*cp == '=') {
+		    eqFound = TRUE;
+		    /* continue looking for endc */
+		}
+		else if (*cp == endc)
+		    cnt--;
+		else if (*cp == startc)
+		    cnt++;
+		if (cnt)
+		    cp++;
+	    }
+	    if (*cp == endc && eqFound) {
+
+		/*
+		 * Now we break this sucker into the lhs and
+		 * rhs. We must null terminate them of course.
+		 */
+		delim='=';
+		cp = tstr;
+		if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+						 errnum, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags,
+						 &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+		delim = endc;
+		if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate,
+						 errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen,
+						 &pattern)) == NULL)
+		    goto cleanup;
+
+		/*
+		 * SYSV modifications happen through the whole
+		 * string. Note the pattern is anchored at the end.
+		 */
+		termc = *--cp;
+		delim = '\0';
+		if (pattern.leftLen == 0 && *nstr == '\0') {
+		    newStr = nstr;	/* special case */
+		} else {
+		    newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr,
+				       VarSYSVMatch,
+				       &pattern);
+		}
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs));
+		free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs));
+	    } else
+#endif
+		{
+		    Error("Unknown modifier '%c'", *tstr);
+		    for (cp = tstr+1;
+			 *cp != ':' && *cp != endc && *cp != '\0';
+			 cp++)
+			continue;
+		    termc = *cp;
+		    newStr = var_Error;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (DEBUG(VAR)) {
+	    fprintf(debug_file, "Result[%s] of :%c is \"%s\"\n",
+		v->name, modifier, newStr);
+	}
+
+	if (newStr != nstr) {
+	    if (*freePtr) {
+		free(nstr);
+		*freePtr = NULL;
+	    }
+	    nstr = newStr;
+	    if (nstr != var_Error && nstr != varNoError) {
+		*freePtr = nstr;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (termc == '\0' && endc != '\0') {
+	    Error("Unclosed variable specification (expecting '%c') for \"%s\" (value \"%s\") modifier %c", endc, v->name, nstr, modifier);
+	} else if (termc == ':') {
+	    cp++;
+	}
+	tstr = cp;
+    }
+ out:
+    *lengthPtr = tstr - start;
+    return (nstr);
+
+ bad_modifier:
+    /* "{(" */
+    Error("Bad modifier `:%.*s' for %s", (int)strcspn(tstr, ":)}"), tstr,
+	  v->name);
+
+ cleanup:
+    *lengthPtr = cp - start;
+    if (delim != '\0')
+	Error("Unclosed substitution for %s (%c missing)",
+	      v->name, delim);
+    if (*freePtr) {
+	free(*freePtr);
+	*freePtr = NULL;
+    }
+    return (var_Error);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Parse --
+ *	Given the start of a variable invocation, extract the variable
+ *	name and find its value, then modify it according to the
+ *	specification.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	str		The string to parse
+ *	ctxt		The context for the variable
+ *	errnum		TRUE if undefined variables are an error
+ *	lengthPtr	OUT: The length of the specification
+ *	freePtr		OUT: Non-NULL if caller should free *freePtr
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The (possibly-modified) value of the variable or var_Error if the
+ *	specification is invalid. The length of the specification is
+ *	placed in *lengthPtr (for invalid specifications, this is just
+ *	2...?).
+ *	If *freePtr is non-NULL then it's a pointer that the caller
+ *	should pass to free() to free memory used by the result.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* coverity[+alloc : arg-*4] */
+char *
+Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr,
+	  void **freePtr)
+{
+    const char	   *tstr;    	/* Pointer into str */
+    Var		   *v;		/* Variable in invocation */
+    Boolean 	    haveModifier;/* TRUE if have modifiers for the variable */
+    char	    endc;    	/* Ending character when variable in parens
+				 * or braces */
+    char	    startc;	/* Starting character when variable in parens
+				 * or braces */
+    int		    vlen;	/* Length of variable name */
+    const char 	   *start;	/* Points to original start of str */
+    char	   *nstr;	/* New string, used during expansion */
+    Boolean 	    dynamic;	/* TRUE if the variable is local and we're
+				 * expanding it in a non-local context. This
+				 * is done to support dynamic sources. The
+				 * result is just the invocation, unaltered */
+    Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */
+    char	  name[2];
+
+    *freePtr = NULL;
+    dynamic = FALSE;
+    start = str;
+    parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE;
+    parsestate.varSpace = ' ';	/* word separator */
+
+    startc = str[1];
+    if (startc != PROPEN && startc != BROPEN) {
+	/*
+	 * If it's not bounded by braces of some sort, life is much simpler.
+	 * We just need to check for the first character and return the
+	 * value if it exists.
+	 */
+
+	/* Error out some really stupid names */
+	if (startc == '\0' || strchr(")}:$", startc)) {
+	    *lengthPtr = 1;
+	    return var_Error;
+	}
+	name[0] = startc;
+	name[1] = '\0';
+
+	v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+	if (v == NULL) {
+	    *lengthPtr = 2;
+
+	    if ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)) {
+		/*
+		 * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context,
+		 * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle
+		 * this specially and return the longhand for the variable
+		 * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the
+		 * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated
+		 * specially as they are the only four that will be set
+		 * when dynamic sources are expanded.
+		 */
+		switch (str[1]) {
+		    case '@':
+			return UNCONST("$(.TARGET)");
+		    case '%':
+			return UNCONST("$(.ARCHIVE)");
+		    case '*':
+			return UNCONST("$(.PREFIX)");
+		    case '!':
+			return UNCONST("$(.MEMBER)");
+		}
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Error
+	     */
+	    return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError);
+	} else {
+	    haveModifier = FALSE;
+	    tstr = &str[1];
+	    endc = str[1];
+	}
+    } else {
+	Buffer buf;	/* Holds the variable name */
+
+	endc = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE;
+	Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * Skip to the end character or a colon, whichever comes first.
+	 */
+	for (tstr = str + 2;
+	     *tstr != '\0' && *tstr != endc && *tstr != ':';
+	     tstr++)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * A variable inside a variable, expand
+	     */
+	    if (*tstr == '$') {
+		int rlen;
+		void *freeIt;
+		char *rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, errnum, &rlen, &freeIt);
+		if (rval != NULL) {
+		    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(rval), rval);
+		}
+		if (freeIt)
+		    free(freeIt);
+		tstr += rlen - 1;
+	    }
+	    else
+		Buf_AddByte(&buf, *tstr);
+	}
+	if (*tstr == ':') {
+	    haveModifier = TRUE;
+	} else if (*tstr != '\0') {
+	    haveModifier = FALSE;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * If we never did find the end character, return NULL
+	     * right now, setting the length to be the distance to
+	     * the end of the string, since that's what make does.
+	     */
+	    *lengthPtr = tstr - str;
+	    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+	    return (var_Error);
+	}
+	str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &vlen);
+
+	/*
+	 * At this point, str points into newly allocated memory from
+	 * buf, containing only the name of the variable.
+	 *
+	 * start and tstr point into the const string that was pointed
+	 * to by the original value of the str parameter.  start points
+	 * to the '$' at the beginning of the string, while tstr points
+	 * to the char just after the end of the variable name -- this
+	 * will be '\0', ':', PRCLOSE, or BRCLOSE.
+	 */
+
+	v = VarFind(str, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD);
+	/*
+	 * Check also for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're
+	 * in a local context and the name is the right length.
+	 */
+	if ((v == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) &&
+		(vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D') &&
+		strchr("@%*!<>", str[0]) != NULL) {
+	    /*
+	     * Well, it's local -- go look for it.
+	     */
+	    name[0] = *str;
+	    name[1] = '\0';
+	    v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0);
+
+	    if (v != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * No need for nested expansion or anything, as we're
+		 * the only one who sets these things and we sure don't
+		 * but nested invocations in them...
+		 */
+		nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+
+		if (str[1] == 'D') {
+		    nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead,
+				    NULL);
+		} else {
+		    nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail,
+				    NULL);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Resulting string is dynamically allocated, so
+		 * tell caller to free it.
+		 */
+		*freePtr = nstr;
+		*lengthPtr = tstr-start+1;
+		Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE);
+		return nstr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (v == NULL) {
+	    if (((vlen == 1) ||
+		 (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D')))) &&
+		((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)))
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context,
+		 * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle
+		 * this specially and return the longhand for the variable
+		 * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the
+		 * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated
+		 * specially as they are the only four that will be set
+		 * when dynamic sources are expanded.
+		 */
+		switch (*str) {
+		    case '@':
+		    case '%':
+		    case '*':
+		    case '!':
+			dynamic = TRUE;
+			break;
+		}
+	    } else if ((vlen > 2) && (*str == '.') &&
+		       isupper((unsigned char) str[1]) &&
+		       ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)))
+	    {
+		int	len;
+
+		len = vlen - 1;
+		if ((strncmp(str, ".TARGET", len) == 0) ||
+		    (strncmp(str, ".ARCHIVE", len) == 0) ||
+		    (strncmp(str, ".PREFIX", len) == 0) ||
+		    (strncmp(str, ".MEMBER", len) == 0))
+		{
+		    dynamic = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (!haveModifier) {
+		/*
+		 * No modifiers -- have specification length so we can return
+		 * now.
+		 */
+		*lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1;
+		if (dynamic) {
+		    char *pstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr);
+		    *freePtr = pstr;
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		    return(pstr);
+		} else {
+		    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+		    return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError);
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * Still need to get to the end of the variable specification,
+		 * so kludge up a Var structure for the modifications
+		 */
+		v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var));
+		v->name = UNCONST(str);
+		Buf_Init(&v->val, 1);
+		v->flags = VAR_JUNK;
+		Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE);
+	    }
+	} else
+	    Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) {
+	Fatal("Variable %s is recursive.", v->name);
+	/*NOTREACHED*/
+    } else {
+	v->flags |= VAR_IN_USE;
+    }
+    /*
+     * Before doing any modification, we have to make sure the value
+     * has been fully expanded. If it looks like recursion might be
+     * necessary (there's a dollar sign somewhere in the variable's value)
+     * we just call Var_Subst to do any other substitutions that are
+     * necessary. Note that the value returned by Var_Subst will have
+     * been dynamically-allocated, so it will need freeing when we
+     * return.
+     */
+    nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL);
+    if (strchr(nstr, '$') != NULL) {
+	nstr = Var_Subst(NULL, nstr, ctxt, errnum);
+	*freePtr = nstr;
+    }
+
+    v->flags &= ~VAR_IN_USE;
+
+    if ((nstr != NULL) && haveModifier) {
+	int used;
+	/*
+	 * Skip initial colon.
+	 */
+	tstr++;
+
+	nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, tstr, startc, endc,
+			      v, ctxt, errnum, &used, freePtr);
+	tstr += used;
+    }
+    if (*tstr) {
+	*lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1;
+    } else {
+	*lengthPtr = tstr - start;
+    }
+
+    if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) {
+	Boolean	  destroy = FALSE;
+
+	if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) {
+	    destroy = TRUE;
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * Returning the value unmodified, so tell the caller to free
+	     * the thing.
+	     */
+	    *freePtr = nstr;
+	}
+	VarFreeEnv(v, destroy);
+    } else if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) {
+	/*
+	 * Perform any free'ing needed and set *freePtr to NULL so the caller
+	 * doesn't try to free a static pointer.
+	 * If VAR_KEEP is also set then we want to keep str as is.
+	 */
+	if (!(v->flags & VAR_KEEP)) {
+	    if (*freePtr) {
+		free(nstr);
+		*freePtr = NULL;
+	    }
+	    if (dynamic) {
+		nstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr);
+		*freePtr = nstr;
+	    } else {
+		nstr = errnum ? var_Error : varNoError;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL))
+	    Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE);
+	free(v->name);
+	free(v);
+    }
+    return (nstr);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Subst  --
+ *	Substitute for all variables in the given string in the given context
+ *	If undefErr is TRUE, Parse_Error will be called when an undefined
+ *	variable is encountered.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	var		Named variable || NULL for all
+ *	str		the string which to substitute
+ *	ctxt		the context wherein to find variables
+ *	undefErr	TRUE if undefineds are an error
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The resulting string.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None. The old string must be freed by the caller
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr)
+{
+    Buffer  	  buf;		    /* Buffer for forming things */
+    char    	  *val;		    /* Value to substitute for a variable */
+    int		  length;   	    /* Length of the variable invocation */
+    Boolean	  trailingBslash;   /* variable ends in \ */
+    void 	  *freeIt = NULL;    /* Set if it should be freed */
+    static Boolean errorReported;   /* Set true if an error has already
+				     * been reported to prevent a plethora
+				     * of messages when recursing */
+
+    Buf_Init(&buf, 0);
+    errorReported = FALSE;
+    trailingBslash = FALSE;
+
+    while (*str) {
+	if (*str == '\n' && trailingBslash)
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' ');
+	if (var == NULL && (*str == '$') && (str[1] == '$')) {
+	    /*
+	     * A dollar sign may be escaped either with another dollar sign.
+	     * In such a case, we skip over the escape character and store the
+	     * dollar sign into the buffer directly.
+	     */
+	    str++;
+	    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+	    str++;
+	} else if (*str != '$') {
+	    /*
+	     * Skip as many characters as possible -- either to the end of
+	     * the string or to the next dollar sign (variable invocation).
+	     */
+	    const char  *cp;
+
+	    for (cp = str++; *str != '$' && *str != '\0'; str++)
+		continue;
+	    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, str - cp, cp);
+	} else {
+	    if (var != NULL) {
+		int expand;
+		for (;;) {
+		    if (str[1] == '\0') {
+			/* A trailing $ is kind of a special case */
+			Buf_AddByte(&buf, str[0]);
+			str++;
+			expand = FALSE;
+		    } else if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) {
+			if (str[1] != *var || strlen(var) > 1) {
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, str);
+			    str += 2;
+			    expand = FALSE;
+			}
+			else
+			    expand = TRUE;
+			break;
+		    }
+		    else {
+			const char *p;
+
+			/*
+			 * Scan up to the end of the variable name.
+			 */
+			for (p = &str[2]; *p &&
+			     *p != ':' && *p != PRCLOSE && *p != BRCLOSE; p++)
+			    if (*p == '$')
+				break;
+			/*
+			 * A variable inside the variable. We cannot expand
+			 * the external variable yet, so we try again with
+			 * the nested one
+			 */
+			if (*p == '$') {
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
+			    str = p;
+			    continue;
+			}
+
+			if (strncmp(var, str + 2, p - str - 2) != 0 ||
+			    var[p - str - 2] != '\0') {
+			    /*
+			     * Not the variable we want to expand, scan
+			     * until the next variable
+			     */
+			    for (;*p != '$' && *p != '\0'; p++)
+				continue;
+			    Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str);
+			    str = p;
+			    expand = FALSE;
+			}
+			else
+			    expand = TRUE;
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+		if (!expand)
+		    continue;
+	    }
+
+	    val = Var_Parse(str, ctxt, undefErr, &length, &freeIt);
+
+	    /*
+	     * When we come down here, val should either point to the
+	     * value of this variable, suitably modified, or be NULL.
+	     * Length should be the total length of the potential
+	     * variable invocation (from $ to end character...)
+	     */
+	    if (val == var_Error || val == varNoError) {
+		/*
+		 * If performing old-time variable substitution, skip over
+		 * the variable and continue with the substitution. Otherwise,
+		 * store the dollar sign and advance str so we continue with
+		 * the string...
+		 */
+		if (oldVars) {
+		    str += length;
+		} else if (undefErr) {
+		    /*
+		     * If variable is undefined, complain and skip the
+		     * variable. The complaint will stop us from doing anything
+		     * when the file is parsed.
+		     */
+		    if (!errorReported) {
+			Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL,
+				     "Undefined variable \"%.*s\"",length,str);
+		    }
+		    str += length;
+		    errorReported = TRUE;
+		} else {
+		    Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str);
+		    str += 1;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * We've now got a variable structure to store in. But first,
+		 * advance the string pointer.
+		 */
+		str += length;
+
+		/*
+		 * Copy all the characters from the variable value straight
+		 * into the new string.
+		 */
+		length = strlen(val);
+		Buf_AddBytes(&buf, length, val);
+		trailingBslash = length > 0 && val[length - 1] == '\\';
+	    }
+	    if (freeIt) {
+		free(freeIt);
+		freeIt = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return Buf_DestroyCompact(&buf);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_GetTail --
+ *	Return the tail from each of a list of words. Used to set the
+ *	System V local variables.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	file		Filename to modify
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The resulting string.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#if 0
+char *
+Var_GetTail(char *file)
+{
+    return(VarModify(file, VarTail, NULL));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_GetHead --
+ *	Find the leading components of a (list of) filename(s).
+ *	XXX: VarHead does not replace foo by ., as (sun) System V make
+ *	does.
+ *
+ * Input:
+ *	file		Filename to manipulate
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The leading components.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+char *
+Var_GetHead(char *file)
+{
+    return(VarModify(file, VarHead, NULL));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Init --
+ *	Initialize the module
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The VAR_CMD and VAR_GLOBAL contexts are created
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Init(void)
+{
+    VAR_GLOBAL = Targ_NewGN("Global");
+    VAR_CMD = Targ_NewGN("Command");
+
+}
+
+
+void
+Var_End(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/****************** PRINT DEBUGGING INFO *****************/
+static void
+VarPrintVar(void *vp)
+{
+    Var    *v = (Var *)vp;
+    fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL));
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Var_Dump --
+ *	print all variables in a context
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+Var_Dump(GNode *ctxt)
+{
+    Hash_Search search;
+    Hash_Entry *h;
+
+    for (h = Hash_EnumFirst(&ctxt->context, &search);
+	 h != NULL;
+	 h = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) {
+	    VarPrintVar(Hash_GetValue(h));
+    }
+}
diff --git a/wait.h b/wait.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7408d15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wait.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* NAME:
+ *	wait.h - compensate for what vendors leave out
+ *
+ * AUTHOR:
+ *	Simon J. Gerraty <sjg@crufty.net>
+ */
+/*
+ * RCSid:
+ *	$Id: wait.h,v 1.6 2002/11/26 07:53:06 sjg Exp $
+ *
+ *      @(#)Copyright (c) 1994, Simon J. Gerraty.
+ *      
+ *      This is free software.  It comes with NO WARRANTY.
+ *      Permission to use, modify and distribute this source code 
+ *      is granted subject to the following conditions.
+ *      1/ that the above copyright notice and this notice 
+ *      are preserved in all copies and that due credit be given 
+ *      to the author.  
+ *      2/ that any changes to this code are clearly commented 
+ *      as such so that the author does not get blamed for bugs 
+ *      other than his own.
+ *      
+ *      Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to:
+ *      sjg@crufty.net
+ */
+
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#ifdef sun386
+# define UNION_WAIT
+# define WEXITSTATUS(x) ((&x)->w_retcode)
+# define WTERMSIG(x) ((&x)->w_termsig)
+# define WSTOPSIG(x) ((&x)->w_stopsig)
+# define HAVE_WAIT4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WAIT_T
+# ifdef UNION_WAIT
+#   define WAIT_T union wait
+#   define WAIT_STATUS(x) (x).w_status
+# else
+#   define WAIT_T int
+#   define WAIT_STATUS(x) x
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+# define WEXITSTATUS(_X)       (((int)(_X)>>8)&0377)
+#endif
+#ifndef WSTOPPED
+# define WSTOPPED 0177
+#endif
+#ifndef WSTOPSIG
+# define WSTOPSIG(x) WSTOPPED
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UNION_WAIT
+#ifndef WSET_STOPCODE
+#define WSET_STOPCODE(x, sig) ((&x)->w_stopsig = (sig))
+#endif
+#ifndef WSET_EXITCODE
+#define WSET_EXITCODE(x, ret, sig) ((&x)->w_termsig = (sig), (&x)->w_retcode = (ret))
+#endif 
+#else
+#ifndef WSET_STOPCODE
+#define WSET_STOPCODE(x, sig) ((x) = ((sig) << 8) | 0177)
+#endif
+#ifndef WSET_EXITCODE
+#define WSET_EXITCODE(x, ret, sig) ((x) = (ret << 8) | (sig))
+#endif 
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_WAITPID
+# ifdef HAVE_WAIT4
+#   define waitpid(pid, statusp, flags)	 wait4(pid, statusp, flags, (char *)0)
+# else
+#   ifdef HAVE_WAIT3
+#     define waitpid(pid, statusp, flags) wait3(statusp, flags, (char *)0)
+#   endif
+# endif
+#endif
author	Lorry Tar Creator <lorry-tar-importer@baserock.org>	2013-04-01 14:07:52 +0000
committer	<>	2013-05-17 14:06:43 +0000
commit	986bc2ac05bc4c08c6a0ed30c9e97674932ccfeb (patch)
tree	8346daf16e98e93415195acbf99f09cb5326b73b
download	bmake-tarball-master.tar.gz